The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

The Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

Official text

1

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

MINISTRY OF HEALTH AND FAMILY

WELFARE

(Department of Health)

THE DRUGS AND COSMETICS ACT

AND RULES

THE DRUGS AND COSMETICS ACT, 1940

(23 OF 1940)

(As amended up to the 31

st

December, 2016)

and

THE DRUGS AND COSMETICS RULES, 1945

(As amended up to the 31

st

December, 2016)

IndiaCode

2

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED

A.O. 1950 ……………………………… For Adaptation of Laws Order, 1950

Cl. …………………………………. . … ‖ Clause

Ins. …………………………………….. ‖ Inserted

P. ……………………………………… ‖ Page

Pt. ……………………………………… ‖ Part

Reg. ………………………………........ ‖ Regulation

Rep. …………………………………… ‖ Repealed

S. ……………………………………… ‖ Section

Sch. ……………………………………. ‖ Schedule

Sec. ………………………………......... ‖ Section

Subs. …………………………………… ‖ Substituted

w.e.f. …………………………………… ‖ With effect from

CONTENTS

Pages

The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (23 of 1940) …………. 1−30

The Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 ……. . . ……………... 31−546

IndiaCode

3

iii

THE DRUGS AND COSMETICE ACT, 1940

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

Sections

1. Short title, extent and commencement.

2. Application of other laws not barred.

3. Definitions.

3A. Construction of references to any law not in force or any

functionary not in existence in the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

4. Presumption as to poisonous substances.

CHAPTER II

THE DRUGS TECHNICAL ADVISORY BOARD, THE CENTRAL DRUGS LABORATORY

AND THE DRUGS CONSULTATIVE COMMITTEE

5. The Drugs Technical Advisory Board.

6. The Central Drugs Laboratory.

7. The Drugs Consultative Committee.

7A. Sections 5 and 7 not to apply to Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani

drugs.

CHAPTER III

IMPORT OF DRUGS AND COSMETICS

8. Standards of quality.

9. Misbranded drugs.

9A. Adulterated drugs.

9B. Spurious drugs.

9C. Misbranded cosmetics.

9D. Spurious cosmetics.

10. Prohibition of import of certain drugs or cosmetics.

10A. Power of Central Government to prohibit import of drugs and

cosmetics in public interest.

11. Application of law relating to sea customs and powers of

Customs officers.

12. Power of Central Government to make rules.

13. Offences.

14. Confiscation.

15. Jurisdiction.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

4

CHAPTER IV

MANUFACTURE, SALE AND DISTRIBUTION OF DRUGS AND

COSMETICS

Sections

16. Standards of quality.

17. Misbranded drugs.

17A. Adulterated drugs.

17B. Spurious drugs.

17C. Misbranded cosmetics.

17D. Spurious cosmetics.

18. Prohibition of manufacture and sale of certain drugs

and cosmetics.

18A. Disclosure of the name of the manufacturer, etc.

18B. Maintenance of records and furnishing of information.

19. Pleas.

20. Government Analysts.

21. Inspectors.

22. Powers of Inspectors.

23. Procedure of Inspectors.

24. Persons bound to disclose place where drugs or cosmetics

are manufactured or kept.

25. Reports of Government Analysts.

26. Purchaser of drug or cosmetic enabled to obtain test or analysis.

26A. Power of Central Government to prohibit manufacture, etc.,

of drug and cosmetic in public interest.

27. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of drugs in contravention

of this Chapter.

27A. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of cosmetics in

contravention of this Chapter.

28. Penalty for non-disclosure of the name of the manufacturer, etc.

28A. Penalty for not keeping documents, etc., and for non-disclosure

of information.

28B. Penalty for manufacture, etc. of drugs or cosmetics

in contravention of section 26A.

29. Penalty for use of Government Analyst‘s report for advertising.

30. Penalty for subsequent offences.

31. Confiscation.

31A. Application of provisions to Government departments.

32. Cognizance of offences.

32A. Power of Court to implead the manufacturer, etc.

33. Power of Central Government to make rules.

33A. Chapter not to apply to Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs.

CHAPTER IV A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO AYURVEDIC SIDDHA AND UNANI DRUGS

33B. Application of Chapter IV A.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

5

Sections

33C. Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Technical

Advisory Board.

33D. The Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Consultative

Committee.

33E. Misbranded drugs.

33EE. Adulterated drugs.

33EEA. Spurious drugs.

33EEB. Regulation of manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs.

33EEC. Prohibition of manufacture and sale of certain

Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs.

33EED. Power of Central Government to prohibit manufacture,

etc., of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs in public

interest.

33F. Government Analysts.

33G. Inspectors.

33H. Application of provisions of sections 22, 23, 24 and

25.

33-I. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of Ayurvedic,

Siddha or Unani drugs in contravention of this

Chapter.

33J. Penalty for subsequent offences.

33K. Confiscation.

33L. Application of provisions to Government departments.

33M. Cognizance of offences.

33N. Power of Central Government to make rules.

33O. Power to amend First Schedule.

CHAPTER V

MISCELLANEOUS

33P. Power to give directions.

34. Offences by companies.

34A. Offences by Government departments.

34AA. Penalty vexatious search or seizure.

35. Publication of sentences passed under this Act.

36. Magistrate‘s power to impose enhanced penalties.

36A. Certain offences to be tried summarily.

37. Protection of action taken in good faith.

38. Rules to be laid before Parliament.

THE FIRST SCHEDULE.

THE SECOND SCHEDULE.

IndiaCode

6

1 Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

THE DRUGS AND COSMETICS ACT, 1940

(23 OF 1940)

1

[10th April, 1940.]

An Act to regulate the import, manufacture, distribution and sale of drugs

2

[and cosmetics];

WHEREAS it is expedient to regulate the

3

[import, manufacture, distribution and sale] of drugs

2

[and

cosmetics];

AND WHEREAS the Legislature of all the Provinces have passed resolutions in terms of section 103

of the Government of India Act, 1935 (26 Geo. 5, c.2), in relation to such of the above-mentioned

matters and matters ancillary thereto as are enumerated in List II of the Seventh Schedule to the said Act;

It is hereby enacted as follows:-

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

1. Short title, extent and commencement.⎯ (1) This Act may be called the Drugs

2

[and Cosmetics]

Act, 1940.

(2) It extends to the whole of India

4

[ * * *].

(3) It shall come into force at once; but Chapter III shall take effect only from such date

5

as the

Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint in this behalf, and Chapter IV shall

take effect in a particular State only from such date

5

as the State Government may, by like notification,

appoint in this behalf:

6

[Provided that in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, Chapter III shall take effect only from

such date

10

after the commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (Amendment) Act, 1972 (19 of 1972), as

the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint in this behalf.]

2. Application of other laws not barred.- The provisions of this Act shall be in addition to and not in

derogation of, the Dangerous Drugs Act, 1930 (2 of 1930), and any other law for the time being in force.

3. Definitions.—In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,

7

[(a) ―

8

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug‖ includes all medicines intended for internal or external use

for or in the diagnosis, treatment, mitigation or prevention of

8

[disease or disorder in human beings or

animals, and manufactured] exclusively in accordance with the formulae described in, the authoritative

books of

9

[Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Tibb systems of medicine], specified in the First Schedule;]

9

[(aa) ―the Board‖ means—

(i) in relation to

9

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug, the

9

[Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

Drugs Technical Advisory Board] constituted under section 33C; and

(ii) in relation to any other drug or cosmetic, the Drugs Technical Advisory Board

constituted under section 5;]

1. For Statement of Object and Reasons, see Gazette of India, 1940, Pt. V, p. 34; for the Report of the Select Committee, see ibid., p. 143.

The Act has been applied to all the partially excluded areas in the State of Orissa, see Orissa Government Notification No. 3358-LSG., dated the 25

th

August, 1941.

2. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 2 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

3. Subs. by the A.O. 1950, for certain words.

4. The words ―except the State of Jammu and Kashmir‖ omitted by Act 19 of 1972, s .2. (w.e.f. 31-5-1972).

5 1

st

April, 1947; see Notifn. No. F. 28 (10) (3) 45-H (1), dated the 2

nd

September 1946, Gazette of India, 1946, Pt. I, p.1349.

Chapter IV came into force in the States of Delhi, Ajmer and Coorg on the 1

st

April, 1947, see ibid., Chapters III and IV came into force in the

States of Himachal Pradesh, Bilaspur, Kutch, Bhopal, Tripura, Vindhya Pradesh and Manipur on the 1

st

April, 1953, vide Notification No. S.R.O.

663, dated the 30

th

March, 1953, Gazette of India, Pt. II, Sec. 3, p. 451.

Chapter IV came into force in the Union territory of Dadra and Nagar Haveli w.e.f. 1

st

August, 1968, see Notification No. ADM/Law/117(74),

dated the 20

th

July, 1968, Gazette of India, Pt. III, Sec. 3, p.128. The Act is extended to Dadra and Nagar Haveli by Reg. 6 of 1963, s. 2 and Sch.

I; to Pondicherry by Reg. 7 of 1963. s. 3 and Sch. I; to Goa, Daman and Diu by Reg. 11 of 1963, s. 3 and Sch. and to Laccadive, Minicoy and

Amindivi Islands by Reg. 8 of 1965. s.3 and Sch.

6. Added by Act 19 of 1972, s. 2.

7 Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 2 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

8. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

9. Clause. (a) was relettered as cl. (aa) by Act 13 of 1964 s. 2, (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

10. 24

th

August, 1974, vide notifin no. S.O. 2185, dt. 9

th

August, 1974.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

7

1

[

2

[(aaa)] ―cosmetic‖ means any article intended to be rubbed, poured, sprinkled or sprayed on, or

introduced into, or otherwise applied to, the human body or any part thereof for cleansing, beautifying,

promoting attractiveness, or altering the appearance, and includes any article intended for use as a component

of cosmetic

3

[* * *] ;]

4

[(b) ―drug‖ includes—

5

[(i) all medicines for internal or external use of human beings or animals and all substances

intended to be used for or in the diagnosis, treatment, mitigation or prevention of any disease or disorder

in human beings or animals, including preparations applied on human body for the purpose of repelling

insects like mosquitoes;]

(ii) such substances (other than food) intended to affect the structure or any function of the human

body or intended to be used for the destruction of

6

[vermin] or insects which cause disease in human

beings or animals, as may be specified from time to time by the Central Government by notification in

the Official Gazette;]

7

[(iii) all substances intended for use as components of a drug including empty gelatin capsules; and

(iv) such devices* intended for internal or external use in the diagnosis, treatment, mitigation or

prevention of disease or disorder in human beings or animals, as may be specified from time to time by

the Central Government by notification in the Official Gazette, after consultation with the Board;]

8

[(c) ―Government Analyst‖ means—

(i) in relation to

9

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug, a Government Analyst appointed by the

Central Government or a State Government under section 33F; and

(ii) in relation to any other drug or cosmetic, a Government Analyst appointed by the Central

Government or a State Government under section 20;]

10

[* * * * *]

11

[(e) ―Inspector‖ means—

(i) in relation to

9

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug, an Inspector appointed by the Central

Government or a State Government under section 33G; and

(ii) in relation to any other drug or cosmetic, an Inspector appointed by the Central Government

or a State Government under section 21;]

12

[

13

[(f)] ―manufacture‖ in relation to any drug

14

[or cosmetic] includes any process or part of a

process for making, altering, ornamenting, finishing, packing, labelling, breaking up or otherwise

treating or adopting any drug

14

[or cosmetic] with a view to its

15

[sale or distribution] but does not

include the compounding or dispensing

16

[of any drug, or the packing of any drug or cosmetic,] in

the ordinary course of retail business; and ―to manufacture‖ shall be construed accordingly;]

17

[(g)] ―to import‖, with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions means to bring into

18

[India];

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 4 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Clause. (aa) relettered by Act 13 of 1964, s. 2 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

3. omitted by Act 68 of 1982, s.3, certain words.

4. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 2, for cl. (b).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 3 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

6. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 2, for ―vermins‖ (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

7. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s.3 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

The Central Government has specified (vide S.O. 1468 (E), dated 6-10-2005) the following devices intended for external or internal use in human

beings or drugs with immediate effect, namely:-

(i) Cardiac Stents (ii) Drug Eluding Stents (iii) Catheters (iv) Intra Ocular Lenses (v) I.V. Cannulac (vi) Bone Cements

(vii) Heart Valves (viii) Scalp Vein Set (ix) Orthopaedic Implants (x) Internal Prosthetic Replacements

8. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 2, for cl. (c) (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

9. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982 s.2, for ―Ayurvedic (including sidda) or Unani‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

10. Cl. (d) omitted by Act 19 of 1972, s. 3. 15. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.3, for ―sale and distribution‖(w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

11. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 2, for cl. (e) (w.e.f. 15-9-1964). 16. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962 s. 4, for ―or the packing of any drug‖.

12. Ins. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 2. 17. Cls.(c), (d) and (e) relettered as cls. (g), (h) and (i) respectively by Act 35 of 1960, s. 2 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

13. Clause. (bbb) relettered as cl. (f) by Act 35 of 1960, s. 2 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

14. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 4 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964). 18. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for ―the States‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

8

1

[

2

[(h)] ―patent or proprietary medicine‖ means,—

(i) in relation to Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani Tibb systems of medicine all formulations containing only

such ingredients mentioned in the formulae described in the authoritative books of Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani

Tibb systems of medicine specified in the First Schedule, but does not include a medicine which is

administered by parenteral route and also a formulation included in the authoritative books as specified in

clause (a);

(ii) in relation to any other systems of medicine, a drug which is a remedy or prescription presented in

a form ready for internal or external administration of human beings or animals and which is not included in

the edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia for the time being or any other Pharmacopoeia authorised in this

behalf by the Central Government after consultation with the Drugs Technical Advisory Board constituted

under section 5;]

3

[

2

[(i)] ―prescribed‖ means prescribed by rules made under this Act.]

4

[* * * * *]

5

[3A. Construction of references to any law not in force or any functionary not in existence in the

State of Jammu and Kashmir.—Any reference in this Act to any law which is not in force, or any

functionary not in existence, in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, shall, in relation to that State, be construed

as a reference to the corresponding law in force, or to the corresponding functionary in existence, in that

State.]

4. Presumption as to poisonous substances.—Any substance specified as poisonous by rule made under

Chapter III or Chapter IV

6

[or Chapter IVA] shall be deemed to be a poisonous substance for the purposes of

Chapter III or Chapter IV

6

[or Chapter IVA], as the case may be.

CHAPTER II

THE DRUGS TECHNICAL ADVISORY BOARD, THE CENTRAL DRUGS LABOURATORY

AND THE DRUGS CONSULTATIVE COMMITTEE

5. The Drugs Technical Advisory Board.—(1) The Central Government shall, as soon as may be,

constitute a Board (to be called the Drugs Technical Advisory Board) to advise the Central Government and

the State Governments on technical matters arising out of the administration of this Act and to carry out the

other functions assigned to it by this Act.

7

[(2) The Board shall consist of the following members, namely:—

(i) the Director General of Health Services, ex officio, who shall be Chairman; (ii) the Drugs

Controller, India, ex officio;

(iii) the Director of the Central Drugs Laboratory, Calcutta, ex officio;

(iv) the Director of the Central Research Institute, Kasauli, ex officio;

(v) the Director of Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Izatnagar, ex officio;

(vi) the President of Medical Council of India, ex officio;

(vii) the President of the Pharmacy Council of India, ex officio;

(viii) the Director of Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow, ex officio;

(ix) two persons to be nominated by the Central Government from among persons who are in

charge of drugs control in the States;

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 3, for cl. (h) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Cls. (c), (d) and (e) relettered as cls. (g), (h) and (i) respectively by Act 35 of 1960, s. 2 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

3. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 2, for cl. (e).

4. Clause. (f) ins. by the A.O. 1950 and omitted by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch.

5. Ins. by Act 19 of 1972, s. 4 (w.e.f. 31-5-1972).

6. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 3 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

7. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 4, for sub-section (2) (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

9

(x) one person, to be elected by the Executive Committee of the Pharmacy Council of India, from

among teachers in pharmacy or pharmaceutical chemistry or pharmacognosy on the staff of an

Indian university or a college affiliated thereto;

(xi) one person, to be elected by the Executive Committee of the Medical Council of India, from

among teachers in medicine or therapeutics on the staff of an Indian university or a college affiliated

thereto;

(xii) one person to be nominated by the Central Government from the pharmaceutical industry;

(xiii) one pharmacologist to be elected by the Governing Body of the Indian Council of Medical

Research;

(xiv) one person to be elected by the Central Council of the Indian Medical Association;

(xv) one person to be elected by the Council of the Indian Pharmaceutical Association;

(xvi) two persons holding the appointment of Government Analyst under this Act, to be

nominated by the Central Government.]

(3) The nominated and elected members of the Board shall hold office for three years, but shall be

eligible for re- nomination and re-election:

1

[Provided that the person nominated or elected, as the case may be, under clause (ix) or clause (x) or

clause (xi) or clause (xvi) of sub-section (2) shall hold office for so long as he holds the appointment of the

office by virtue of which he was nominated or elected to the Board.]

(4) The Board may, subject to the previous approval of the Central Government, make bye-laws fixing a

quorum and regulating its own procedure and the conduct of all business to be transacted by it.

(5) The Board may constitute sub-committees and may appoint to such sub-committees for such periods,

not exceeding three years, as it may decide, or temporarily for the consideration of particular matters,

persons who are not members of the Board.

(6) The functions of the Board may be exercised notwithstanding any vacancy therein.

(7) The Central Government shall appoint a person to be Secretary of the Board and shall provide the

Board with such clerical and other staff as the Central Government considers necessary.

6. The Central Drugs Laboratory.—(1) The Central Government shall, as soon as may be, established

a Central Drugs Laboratory under the control of a Director to be appointed by the Central Government, to

carry out the functions entrusted to it by this Act or any rules made under this Chapter:

Provided that, if the Central Government so prescribes, the functions of the Central Drugs Laboratory in

respect of any drug or class of drugs

2

[or cosmetic or class of cosmetics] shall be carried out at the Central

Research Institute, Kasauli, or at any other prescribed Laboratory and the functions of the Director of the

Central Drugs Laboratory in respect of such drug or class of drugs

2

[or such cosmetic or class of

cosmetics] shall be exercised by the Director of that Institute or of that other Laboratory, as the case may

be.

(2) the Central Government may, after consultation with the Board, make rules prescribing—

(a) the functions of the Central Drugs Laboratory;

3

[* * * * *]

(d) the procedure for the submission to the said Laboratory

4

[under Chapter IV or Chapter IVA] of

samples of drugs

2

[or cosmetics] for analysis or test, the forms of Laboratory‘s reports thereon and the

fees payable in respect of such reports;

1. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 4, for the proviso (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 5 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

3. Cls. (b) and (c) omitted by Act 11 of 1955, s. 4.

4. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 5, for ―under Chapter IV‖ (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

10

(e) such other matters as may be necessary or expedient to enable the said Laboratory to

carry out its functions;

(f) the matters necessary to be prescribed for the purposes of the proviso to sub-section (1).

7. The Drugs Consultative Committee.—(1) The Central Government may constitute an advisory

committee to be called ―the Drugs Consultative Committee‖ to advise the Central Government, the State

Governments and the Drugs Technical Advisory Board on any other matter tending to secure uniformity

throughout

1

[India] in the administration of this Act.

(2) The Drugs Consultative Committee shall consist of two representatives of the Central

Government to be nominated by that Government and one representative of each State Government to

be nominated by the State Government concerned.

(3) The Drugs Consultative Committee shall meet when required to do so by the Central Government and

shall have power to regulate its own procedure.

2

[7A. Sections 5 and 7 not to apply to Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs.—Nothing contained in

sections 5 and 7 shall apply to

3

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs.]

CHAPTER III

4

[IMPORT OF DRUGS AND COSMETICS ]

8. Standards of quality.—

5

[(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, the expression ―standard quality‖

means—

(a) in relation to a drug, that the drug complies with the standard set out in

6

[the Second Schedule],

and

(b) in relation to a cosmetic, that the cosmetic compiles with such standard as may be

prescribed].

(2) The Central Government, after consultation with the Board and after giving by notification in the

Official Gazette not less than three months‘ notice of its intention so to do, may by a like notification add to or

otherwise amend

6

[the Second Schedule], for the purposes of this Chapter, and thereupon

6

[the Second

Schedule] shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.

7

[9. Misbranded drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter a drug shall be deemed to be misbranded—

(a) if it is so coloured, coated, powdered or polished that damage is concealed or if it is made to

appear of better or greater therapeutic value than it really is; or

(b) if it is not labelled in the prescribed manner; or

(c) if its label or container or anything accompanying the drug bears any statement, design or

device which makes any false claim for the drug or which is false or misleading in any particular.]

8

[9A. Adulterated drugs.— For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be adulterated.—

(a) if it consists, in whole or in part, of any filthy, putrid or decomposed substance; or

(b) if it has been prepared, packed or stored under insanitary conditions whereby it may

have been contaminated with filth or whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health; or

1. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for ―the States‖.

2. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 6 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2 for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 4, for ―IMPORT OF DRUGS‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 6, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

6. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 7, for ―the Schedule‖ (w..e.f. 15-9-1964).

7. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 5, for s. 9 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

8. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 6, (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

11

(c) if its container is composed in whole or in part, of any poisonous or deleterious substance

which may render the contents injurious to health; or

(d) if it bears or contains, for purposes of colouring only, a colour other than one which is

prescribed; or

(e) if it contains any harmful or toxic substance which may render it injurious to health; or

(f) if any substance has been mixed therewith so as to reduce its quality or strength.

9B. Spurious drugs.— For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be spurious—

(a) if it is imported under a name which belongs to another drug; or

(b) if it is an imitation of, or a substitute for, another drug or resembles another drug in a manner

likely to deceive or bears upon it or upon its label or container the name of another

drug unless it is plainly and conspicuously marked so as to reveal its true character and its

lack of identity with such other drug; or

(c) if the label or the container bears the name of an individual or company purporting to be the

manufacturer of the drug, which individual or company is fictitious or does not exist; or

(d) if it has been substituted wholly or in part by another drug or substance; or

(e) if it purports to be the product of a manufacturer of whom it is not truly a product.

9C. Misbranded cosmetics.—For the purposes of this chapter, a cosmetic shall be deemed to be

misbranded—

(a) if it contains a colour which is not prescribed; or

(b) if it is not labelled in a prescribed manner; or

(c) if the label or container or anything accompanying the cosmetic bears any statement which is

false or misleading in any particular.

9D. Spurious cosmetics.—For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be spurious,—

(a) if it is imported under the name which belongs to another cosmetic; or

(b) if it is an imitation of, or is a substitute for, another cosmetic or resembles another cosmetic in a

manner likely to deceive or bears upon it or upon its label or container the name of another cosmetic,

unless it is plainly or conspicuously marked so as to reveal its true character and its lack of identity with

such other cosmetic; or

(c) if the label or the container bears the name of an individual or company purporting to be the

manufacturer of the cosmetic, which individual or company is fictitious or does not exist; or

(d) if it purports to be the product of a manufacturer of whom it is not truly a product.]

10. Prohibition of import of certain drugs or cosmetics.— From such date

1

as may be fixed by the

Central Government by notification in the Official Gazette in this behalf, no person shall import—

(a) any drug

2

[or cosmetic] which is not of standard quality;

3

[(b) any misbranded drug

4

[or misbranded or spurious cosmetic;]

1. 1st April, 1947 for cls. (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) and 1st April 1949 for cl. (d) see Notifn. No.18- 12/46-D (I), dated the 11th February 1947, Gazette of

India, 1947, Pt. 1, P. 189 as amended by Notifn. No.F.1-2/48-D (1), dated the 29th September,1948.

1st April, 1953 for the States of Himachal Pradesh, Bilaspur, Kutch, Bhopal,Tripura, Vindhya Pradesh and Manipur; vide Notifn. No. S.R.O. 666,

dated the 30th March, 1953, Gazette of India, 1953, Pt. II, Sec. 3, p.451.

2. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 8 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

3. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 8, for cl. (b) (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.7, for ―or misbranded cosmetic‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

12

1

[(bb) any

2

[adulterated or spurious] drug;]

(c) any drug

3

[or cosmetic] for the import of which a licence is prescribed, otherwise than under, and

in accordance with, such licence;

4

[(d) any patent or proprietary medicine, unless there is displayed in the prescribed manner on the

label or container thereof

5

[the true formula or list of active ingredients contained in it, together with the

quantities thereof;]

(e) any drug which by means of any statement, design or device accompanying it or by any

other means, purports or claims to cure or mitigate any such disease or ailment, or to have any such other

effect, as may be prescribed;

3

[(ee) any cosmetic containing any ingredient which may render it unsafe or harmful for use

under the directions indicated or recommended;]

(f) any drug

3

[or cosmetic] the import of which is prohibited by rule made under this Chapter:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to the import, subject to prescribed conditions, of small

quantities of any drug for the purpose of examination, test or analysis or for personal use:

Provided further that the Central Government may, after consultation with the Board, by notification in the

Official Gazette, permit, subject to any conditions specified in the notification, the import of any drug or class

of drugs not being of standard quality.

6

[* * * * *]

7

[10A. Power of Central Government to prohibit import of drugs and cosmetics in public interest.—

Without prejudice to any other provision contained in this Chapter, if the Central Government is satisfied that

the use of any drug or cosmetic is likely to involve any risk to human beings or animals or that any drug does

not have the therapeutic value claimed for it or contains ingredients and in such quantity for which there is no

therapeutic justification and that in the public interest it is necessary or expedient so to do then, that

Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, prohibit the import of such drug or cosmetic.]

11. Application of law relating to sea customs and powers of Customs Officers.— (1) The law for the

time being in force relating to sea customs and to goods, the import of which is prohibited by section 18 of

the Sea Customs Act, 1878 (8 of 1878)

8

shall, subject to the provisions of section 13 of this Act, apply in

respect of drugs

9

[and cosmetics] the import of which is prohibited under this Chapter, and officers of Customs

and officers empowered under that Act to perform the duties imposed thereby on a

10

[Commissioners of

Customs] and other officers of Customs, shall have the same powers in respect of such drugs

9

[and

cosmetics] as they have for the time being in respect of such goods as aforesaid.

11

[(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-sections (1), the

10

[Commissioners of Customs] any

officer of the Government authorized by the Central Government in this behalf, may detain any imported

package which he suspects to contain any drug

9

[or cosmetic] the import of which is prohibited under this

Chapter and shall forthwith report such detention to the Drugs Controller, India, and, if necessary, forward the

package or sample of any suspected drug

9

[or cosmetic] found therein to the Central Drugs Laboratory.]

12. Power of Central Government to make rules.—(1) The Central Government may,

12

[after

consultation with or on the recommendation of the Board] and after previous publication by notification in

the Official Gazette, make rules for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions of this Chapter:

1. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 9 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.7, for ―adulterated‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 8 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

4. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 5, for cl. (d).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.7, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

6. Explanation omitted by s.7, ibid. (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

7. Ins. by s. 8, Act 68 of 1982. (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

8. Now see the Customs Act, 1962.

9. Ins. by Act 21of 1962, s. 9 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

10. Subs. by Act 22 of 1995, s. 83, for ―Customs Collector‖.

11. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 6, for sub-section (2).

12. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.9, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

13

1

[Provided that consultation with the Board may be dispensed with if the Central Government is of

opinion that circumstances have arisen which render it necessary to make rules without such consultation,

but in such a case the Board shall be consulted within six months of the making of the rules and the Central

Government shall take into consideration any suggestions which the Board may make in relation to the

amendment of the said rules.]

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the forgoing power, such rules may—

(a) specify the drugs or classes of drugs

2

[or cosmetics or classes of cosmetics] for the import of

which a licence is required,

3

[and prescribe the form and conditions of such licences, the authority

empowered to issue the same, the fees payable therefor and provide for the cancellation, or suspension of

such licence in any case where any provision of this Chapter or the rules made thereunder is contravened

or any of the conditions subject to which the licence is issued is not complied with];

(b) prescribe the methods of test or analysis to be employed in determining whether a drug

2

[or

cosmetic] is of standard quality;

(c) prescribe, in respect of biological and organometallic compounds, the units or

methods of standardization;

4

[(cc) prescribe under clause (d) of

5

[section 9A] the colour or colours which a drug may bear or

contain for purposes or colouring;]

(d) specify the diseases or ailments which an imported drug may not purport or claim

6

[to prevent,

cure or mitigate] and such other effects which such drug may not purport or claim to have;

(e) prescribe the conditions subject to which small quantities of drugs, the import of which is

otherwise prohibited under this Chapter, may be imported for the purpose of examination, test or

analysis or for personal use;

(f) prescribe the places at which drugs

2

[or cosmetics] may be imported, and prohibit their

import at any other place;

(g) require the date of manufacture and the date of expiry of potency to be clearly and truly

stated on the label or container of any specified imported drug or class of such drug, and prohibit the

import of the said drug or class of drug after the expiry of a specified period from the date of

manufacture;

(h) regulate the submission by importers, and the securing, of samples of drugs

2

[or

cosmetics] for examination, test or analysis by the Central Drugs Laboratory, and prescribe the fees, if

any, payable for such examination, test or analysis;

(i) prescribe the evidence to be supplied, whether by accompanying documents or otherwise, of

the quality of drugs

2

[or cosmetics] sought to be imported, the procedure of officers of Customs

in dealing with such evidence, and the manner of storage at places of import of drugs

2

[or cosmetics]

detained pending admission;

(j) provide for the exemption, conditionally or otherwise, from all or any of the provisions of

this Chapter and the rules made thereunder of drugs

2

[or cosmetics] imported for the purpose only of

transport through, an export from,

7

[India];

(k) prescribe the conditions to be observed in the packing in bottles, packages or other containers,

of imported drugs

2

[or cosmetics]

8

[including the use of packing material which comes into direct

contact with the drugs];

(l) regulate the mode of labeling drugs

2

[or cosmetics] imported for sale in packages, and

prescribe the matters which shall or shall not be included in such labels;

(m) prescribe the maximum proportion of any poisonous substance which may be added to or

contained in any imported drug, prohibit the import of any drug in which that proportion is exceeded,

and specify substances which shall be deemed to be poisonous for the purposes of this Chapter and the

rules made thereunder;

1. Ins. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 7.

2. Ins. by Act 21of 1962, s. 10 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 9, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 10 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 9, for ―section 9B‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

6. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 7, for ―to cure or mitigate‖.

7. Subs. by Act 3 of 1951, s. 3 and Sch., for ―the States‖.

8. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 9 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

14

(n) require that the accepted scientific name of any specified drug shall be displayed in the

prescribed manner on the label or wrapper of any imported, patent or proprietary medicine containing

such drug;

(o) provide for the exemption, conditionally or otherwise, from all or any of the provisions of this

Chapter or the rules made thereunder, of any specified drug or class of drugs

1

[or cosmetic or class of

cosmetics].

2

[13. Offences.—(1) Whoever himself or by any other person on his behalf imports, —

(a) any drug deemed to be adulterated under section 9A or deemed to be a spurious drug under section

9B or any spurious cosmetic referred to in section 9D or any cosmetic of the nature referred to in clause (ee)

of section 10 shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and a fine

which may extend to five thousand rupees;

(b) any drug or cosmetic other than a drug or cosmetic referred to in clause (a), the import of which is

prohibited under section 10, or any rule made under this Chapter, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a

term which may extend to six months, or with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees, or with both;

(c) any drug or cosmetic in contravention of the provisions of any notification issued under section 10A,

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, or with fine which may

extend to five thousand rupees, or with both;

(2) Whoever having been convicted of an offence—

(a) under clause (a) or clause (c) of sub-section (1), is again convicted of an offence under that clause,

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five years, or with fine which may

extend to ten thousand rupees, or with both;

(b) under clause (b) of sub-section (1), is again convicted of an offence under that clause, shall be

punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine which may extend to

one thousand rupees, or with both.

(3) The punishment provided by this section shall be in addition to any penalty to which the offender

may be liable under the provisions of section 11.]

14. Confiscation.—Where any offence punishable under section 13 has been committed, the consignment

of the drugs

3

[or cosmetics] in respect of which the offence has been committed shall be liable to confiscation.

15. Jurisdiction.—No Court inferior to that

4

[of a Metropolitan Magistrate or of a Judicial Magistrate

of the first class] shall try an offence punishable under section 13.

CHAPTER IV

MANUFACTURE, SALE AND DISTRIBUTION OF

5

[DRUGS AND COSMETICS ]

16. Standards of quality.—

6

[(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, the expression ―standard quality‖

means—

(a) in relation to a drug, that the drug complies with the standard set out in

7

[the Second

Schedule], and

(b) in relation to a cosmetic, that the cosmetic complies with such standard as may be

prescribed.]

(2) The

8

[Central Government], after consultation with the Board and after giving by notification in

the Official Gazette not less than three months‘ notice of its intention so to do, may by a like notification

add to or otherwise amend

7

[the Second Schedule] for the purposes of this Chapter, and thereupon

7

[the

Second Schedule] shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 10 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.10, for s.13 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 11 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 11, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982 for ―DRUGS‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

6. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 12, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

7. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 11, for ―the Schedule‖ (w.e.f 15-9-1964).

8. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 8, for ―State Government‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

15

1

[17. Misbranded drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be misbranded,—

(a) if it is so coloured, coated, powdered or polished that damage is concealed or if it is made to

appear of betapeutic value than it really is; or

(b) if it is not labelled in the prescribed manner; or

(c) if its label or container or anything accompanying the drug bears any statement, design or

device which makes any false claim for the drug or which is false or misleading in any particular.

17A. Adulterated drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be adulterated,—

(a) if it consists in whole or in part, of any filthy, putrid or decomposed substance; or

(b) if it has been prepared, packed or stored under insanitary conditions whereby it may have been

contaminated with filth or whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health; or

(c) if its container is composed, in whole or in part, of any poisonous or deleterious substance which

may render the contents injurious to health; or

(d) if it bears or contains, for the purposes of colouring only, a colour other than one which is

prescribed; or

(e) if it contains any harmful or toxic substance which may render it injurious to health; or

(f) if any substance has been mixed therewith so as to reduce its quality or strength.

17B. Spurious drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, a drug shall be deemed to be spurious,—

(a) if it is manufactured under a name which belongs to another drug; or

(b) if it is an imitation of, or is a substitute for, another drug or resembles another drug in a manner

likely to deceive or bears upon it or upon its label or container the name of another drug unless

it is plainly and conspicuously marked so as to reveal its true character and its lack of identity with such

other drug; or

(c) if the label or container bears the name of an individual or company purporting to be the

manufacturer of the drug , which individual or company is fictitious or does not exist; or

(d) if it has been substituted wholly or in part by another drug or substance; or

(e) if it purports to be the product of a manufacturer of whom it is not truly a product.

17C. Misbranded cosmetics.— For the purposes of this Chapter, a cosmetic shall be deemed to be

misbranded, --

(a) if it contains a colour which is not prescribed; or

(b) if it is not labelled in the prescribed manner; or

(c) if the label or container or anything accompanying the cosmetic bears any statement which is

false or misleading in any particular.

17D. Spurious cosmetics.—For the purposes of this Chapter, a cosmetic shall be deemed to be spurious,--

(a) if it is manufactured under a name which belongs to another cosmetic; or

(b) if it is an imitation of, or a substitute for, another cosmetic or resembles another cosmetic in

a manner likely to deceive or bears upon it or upon its label or container the name of another cosmetic

unless it is plainly and conspicuously marked so as to reveal its true character and its lack of identity with

such other cosmetic; or

(c) if the label or container bears the name of an individual or a company purporting to be the

manufacturer of the cosmetic which individual or company is fictitious or does not exist; or

(d) if it purports to be the product of a manufacturer of whom it is not truly a product.]

2

[17E Adulterated cosmetics.- For the purposes of this Chapter, a cosmetic shall be deemed to be

adulterated,-

(a) if it consists in whole or in part, of any filthy, putrid or decomposed substance; or

(b) if it has been prepared, packed or stored under insanitary conditions whereby it may have been

contaminated with filth or whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health; or

(c) if its container is composed, in whole or in part, of any poisonous or deleterious substance which may

render the contents injurious to health; or

(d) if it bears or contains, for purposes of colouring only, a colour other than one which is prescribed; or

(e) if it contains any harmful or toxic substance which may render it injurious to health; or

(f) if any substance has been mixed therewith so as to reduce its quality or strength.]

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.13, for s.17, 17A and 17B (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s 2 (w.e.f 10-8-2009)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

16

18. Prohibition of manufacture and sale of certain drugs and cosmetics.—From such date

1

as may

be fixed by the State Government by notification in the Official Gazette in this behalf, no person shall himself

or by any other person on his behalf—

(a)

2

[manufacture for sale or for distribution, or sell, or stock or exhibit or offer for sale] or

distribute—

2

[(i) any drug which is not of a standard quality, or is misbranded, adulterated or spurious;

12

[(ii) any cosmetic which is not of a standard quality or is misbranded or spurious;]

3

[(iii) any patent or proprietary medicine, unless there is displayed in the prescribed manner on the

label or container thereof

2

[the true formula or list of active ingredients contained in it together with

the quantities thereof];]

(iv) any drug which by means of any statement, design or device accompanying it or by any other

means, purports or claims

4

[to prevent, cure or mitigate] any such disease or ailment, or to have any

such other effect as may be prescribed;

5

[(v) any cosmetic containing any ingredient which may render it unsafe or harmful for use under

the directions indicated or recommended;

(vi) any drug or cosmetic in contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter or any

rule made thereunder;]

(b)

6

[sell, or stock or exhibit or offer for sale,] or distribute any drug

7

[or cosmetic] which has been

imported or manufactured in contravention of any of the provisions of this Act or any rule made

thereunder;

(c)

6

[manufacture for sale or for distribution, or sell, or stock or exhibit or offer for sale,] or

distribute any drug

7

[or cosmetic], except under, and in accordance with the conditions of, a licence

issued for such purpose under this Chapter:

Provided that nothing in this section shall apply to the manufacture, subject to prescribed

conditions, of small quantities of any drug for the purpose of examination, test or analysis:

Provided further that the

8

[Central Government] may, after consultation with the Board, by notification in

the Official Gazette, permit, subject to any conditions specified in the notification, the

6

[manufacture for sale,

or for distribution, sale, stocking or exhibiting or offering for sale] or distribution of any drug or class of drugs

not being of standard quality.

9

[* * * * *]

10

[18A. Disclosure of the name of the manufacturer, etc.—Every person, not being the manufacturer

of a drug or cosmetic or his agent for the distribution thereof, shall, if so required, disclose to the Inspector the

name, address and other particulars of the person from whom he acquired the drug or cosmetic.]

11

[18B. Maintenance of records and furnishing of information.—Every person holding a licence under

clause (c) of section 18 shall keep and maintain such records, registers and other documents as may be

prescribed and shall furnish to any officer or authority exercising any power or discharging any function

under this Act such information as is required by such officer or authority for carrying out the purposes of

this Act.]

1. 1st April,1947 for sub-clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) of clause (a) and clauses (b) and (c) ; 1st April, 1949 for sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) in so far as it

takes effect in Delhi, Ajmer and Coorg, see Notifn. No. 18-12/46-D. II, dated the 11th February, 1947. Gazette of India, 1947, Pt. I, p.189; as

amended by Notifn. No. F. 1-2/48-D(II), dated the 29th September, 1948; 1st April, 1953 for the States of Himachal Pradesh, Bilaspur, Kutch,

Bhopal, Tripura, Vindhya Pradesh and Manipur, vide Notifn. No. S.R.O. 664, dated the 30th March,1953, Gazette of India, 1953, Pt. II, Sec. 3, p.

451.

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.14, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 9, for sub-clause (iii).

4. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 9, for ―to cure or mitigate‖.

5. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 14, for sub-clause (v) (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

6. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 14, for certain words (w.e.f.1-2-1983).

7. Ins. by Act. 21 of 1962, s. 14 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

8. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 9, for ―State Government‖.

9. Explanation omitted by Act 68 of 1982, s.14 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

10. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 14 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

11. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 15 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

12. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 3, for sub-clause (ii) (w.e.f 10-8-2009), before substitution, stood as under :

―any cosmetic which is not of a standard quality or is misbranded or spurious‖

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

17

19. Pleas.—(1) Save as hereinafter provided in this section, it shall be no defence in a prosecution under

this Chapter to prove merely that the accused was ignorant of the nature, substance or quality of the drug

1

[or cosmetic] in respect of which the offence has been committed or of the circumstances of its

manufacture or import, or that a purchaser, having bought only for the purpose of test or analysis, has not

been prejudiced by the sale.

(2)

2

[For the purposes of section 18 a drug shall not be deemed to be misbranded or

2

[adulterated or

spurious] or to be below standard quality nor shall a cosmetic be deemed to be misbranded or to be below

standard quality] only by reason of the fact that—

(a) there has been added thereto some innocuous substance or ingredient because the same is required

for manufacture or preparation of the drug

1

[or cosmetic] as an article of commerce in a state fit for

carriage or consumption, and not to increase the bulk, weight or measure of the drug

1

[or cosmetic] or to

conceal its inferior quality or other defects; or

4

[* * * * *]

(b) in the process of manufacture, preparation or conveyance some extraneous substance has

unavoidably become intermixed with it: Provided that this clause shall not apply in relation to any sale or

distribution of the drug

1

[or cosmetic] occurring after the vendor or distributor became aware of such

intermixture.

5

[(3) A person, not being the manufacturer of a drug or cosmetic or his agent for the distribution thereof,

shall not be liable for a contravention of section 18 if he proves—

(a) that he acquired the drug or cosmetic from a duly licensed manufacturer, distributor or

dealer thereof;

(b) that he did not know and could not, with reasonable diligence, have ascertained that the drug

or cosmetic in any way contravened the provisions of that section; and

(c) that the drug or cosmetic, while in his possession, was properly stored and remained in the

same state as when he acquired it.]

6

[20.Government Analysts.— (1) The State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette,

appoint such persons as it thinks fit, having the prescribed qualifications, to be Government Analysts for such

areas in the state and in respect of such drugs or

7

[classes of drugs or such cosmetics or classes of cosmetics]

as may be specified in the notification.

(2) The Central Government may also, by notification in the Official Gazette, appoint such persons as it

thinks fit, having the prescribed qualifications, to be Government Analysts in respect of such drugs or

7

[classes

of drugs or such cosmetics or classes of cosmetics] as may be specified in the notification.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1) or sub-section (2), neither the Central

Government nor a State Government shall appoint as a Government Analyst any official not serving under it

without the previous consent of the Government under which he is serving.

8

[(4) No person who has any financial interest in the import, manufacture or sale of drugs or cosmetics

shall be appointed to be a Government Analyst under sub-section (1) or sub-section (2) of this section.]

21. Inspectors.—(1) The Central Government or a State Government may, by notification in the Official

Gazette, appoint such persons as it thinks fit, having the prescribed qualifications, to be Inspectors for such

areas as may be assigned to them by the Central Government or State Government, as the case may be.

(2) The powers which may be exercised by an Inspector and the duties which may be performed by him,

the drugs or

9

[classes of drugs or cosmetics or classes of cosmetics] in relation to which and the

conditions, limitations or restrictions subject to which, such powers and duties may be exercised or

performed shall be such as may be prescribed.

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s.15 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 15, for certain words (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.16, for ―adulterated‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Cl.(aa) ins. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 10 and omitted by Act 13 of 1964, s. 15 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

5. Subs.by Act 13 of 1964, s. 15, for sub-section (3) (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

6. Subs. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 4, for ss. 20 and 21 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

7. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 16, for ―class of drugs‖ (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

8. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s.17 (w.e.f.1-2-1983).

9. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s.17, for ―class of drugs‖ (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

18

(3) No person who has any financial interest

1

[in the import, manufacture or sale of drugs or cosmetics]

shall be appointed to be an Inspector under this section.

(4) Every Inspector shall be deemed to be public servant within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian

Penal Code (45 of 1860), and shall be officially subordinate to such authority

2

[having the prescribed

qualifications,] as the Government appointing him may specify in this behalf.]

3

[22. Powers of Inspectors.—(1) Subject to the provisions of section 23 and of any rules made by

the Central Government in this behalf, an Inspector may, within the local limits of the area for which he is

appointed,—

4

[(a) inspect,—

(i) any premises wherein any drug or cosmetic is being manufactured and the means employed for

standardising and testing the drug or cosmetic;

(ii) any premises wherein any drug or cosmetic is being sold, or stocked or exhibited or offered for

sale, or distributed;

(b) take samples of any drug or cosmetic,—

(i) which is being manufactured or being sold or is stocked or exhibited or offered for sale, or is

being distributed;

(ii) from any person who is in the course of conveying, delivering or preparing to deliver such

drug or cosmetic to a purchaser or a consignee;

(c) at all reasonable times, with such assistance, if any, as he considers necessary,--

(i) search any person, who, he has reason to believe, has secreted about his person, any drug or

cosmetic in respect of which an offence under this Chapter has been, or is being, committed; or

(ii) enter and search any place in which he has reason to believe that an offence under this Chapter

has been, or is being, committed; or

(iii) stop and search any vehicle, vessel or other conveyance which, he has reason to believe, is

being used for carrying any drug or cosmetic in respect of which an offence under this Chapter has

been, or is being, committed,

and order in writing the person in possession of the drug or cosmetic in respect of which the offence has

been, or is being, committed, not to dispose of any stock of such drug or cosmetic for a specified period

not exceeding twenty days, or, unless the alleged offence is such that the defect may be removed by the

possessor of the drug or cosmetic, seize the stock of such drug or cosmetic and any substance or article by

means of which the offence has been, or is being, committed or which may be employed for the

commission of such offence;]

5

[(cc) examine any record, register, document or any other material object found

4

[with any person, or

in any place, vehicle, vessel or other conveyance referred to in clause (c)], and seize the same if he has

reason to believe that it may furnish evidence of the commission of an offence punishable under

this Act or the rules made thereunder;]

4

[(cca) require any person to produce any record, register, or other document relating to the

manufacture for sale or for distribution, stocking, exhibition for sale, offer for sale or distribution of any

drug or cosmetic in respect of which he has reason to believe that an offence under this Chapter has been,

or is being, committed;]

(d) exercise such other powers as may be necessary for carrying out the purposes of this Chapter or

any rules made thereunder.

1. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s.17, for ―in the manufacture, import or sale of drugs‖ (w.e.f 27-7-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s.18 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 11of 1955, s. 11, for s. 22.

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.19, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Ins. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 5 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

19

(2) The provisions of

1

[the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974)] shall, so far as may be,

apply to any search or seizure under this Chapter as they apply to any search or seizure made under the

authority of a warrant issued under

1

[section 94] of the said Code.

2

[(2A) Every record, register or other document seized under clause (cc) or produced under clause (cca)

shall be returned to the person, from whom they were seized or who produce the same, within a period of

twenty days of the date of such seizure or production, as the case may be, after copies thereof or extracts

therefrom certified by that person, in such manner as may be prescribed, have been taken.]

(3) If any person wilfully obstructs an Inspector in the exercise of the powers conferred upon him by or

under this Chapter,

2

[or refuses to produce any record, register or other document when so required under

clause (cca) of sub- section (1),] he shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to three years,

or with fine, or with both.]

23. Procedure of Inspectors.—(1) Where an Inspector takes any sample of a drug

3

[or cosmetic] under

this Chapter, he shall tender the fair price thereof and may require a written acknowledgment therefor.

(2) Where the price tendered under sub-section (1) is refused, or where the Inspector seizes the stock of

any drug

3

[or cosmetic] under clause (c) of section 22, he shall tender a receipt therefor in the prescribed form.

(3) Where an Inspector takes a sample of a drug

3

[or cosmetic] for the purpose of test or analysis, he shall

intimate such purpose in writing in the prescribed form to the person from whom he takes it and, in the

presence of such person unless he wilfully absents himself, shall divide the sample into four portions and

effectively seal and suitably mark the same and permit such person to add his own seal and mark to all or any

of the portions so sealed and marked:

Provided that where the sample is taken from premises whereon the drug

3

[or cosmetic] is being

manufactured, it shall be necessary to divide the sample into three portions only:

Provided further that where the drug

3

[or cosmetic] is made up in containers of small volume, instead of

dividing a sample as aforesaid, the Inspector may, and if the drug

3

[or cosmetic] be such that it is likely

to deteriorate or be otherwise damaged by exposure shall, take three or four, as the case may be, of the said

containers after suitably marking the same and, where necessary, sealing them.

(4) The Inspector shall restore one portion of a sample so divided or one container, as the case may be, to

the person from whom he takes it, and shall retain the remainder and dispose of the same as follows:—

(i) one portion or container he shall forthwith send to the Government Analyst for test or analysis;

(ii) the second he shall produce to the Court before which proceedings, if any, are instituted in

respect of the drug

3

[or cosmetic];

4

[(iii) the third, where taken, he shall send to the person, if any, whose name, address and other

particulars have been disclosed under section 18A.]

(5) Where an Inspector takes any action under clause (c) of section 22,—

(a) he shall use all despatch in ascertaining whether or not the drug

3

[or cosmetic] contravenes any of

the provisions of the section 18 and, if it is ascertained that the drug

3

[or cosmetic] does not so contravene,

forthwith revoke the order passed under the said clause or, as the case may be, take such action as may be

necessary for the return of the stock seized;

(b) if he seizes the stock of the drug

3

[or cosmetic], he shall as soon as may be inform

5

[a Judicial

Magistrate] and take his orders as to the custody thereof;

(c) without prejudice to the institution of any prosecution, if the alleged contravention be such that

the defect may be remedied by the possessor of the drug

3

[or cosmetic], he shall, on being satisfied that

the defect has been so remedied, forthwith revoke his order under the said clause.

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.19, for ―the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 19. (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins.by Act 21 of 1962, s.15 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

4. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s.16, for cl. (iii) (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 20, for ―a Magistrate‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

20

1

[(6) Where an Inspector seizes any record, register, document or any other material object under clause

(cc) of sub- section (1) of section 22, he shall, as soon as may be, inform

2

[a Judicial Magistrate] and take his

orders as to the custody thereof.]

24. Persons bound to disclose place where drugs or cosmetics are manufactured or kept. —Every

person for the time being in charge of any premises whereon any drug

3

[or cosmetic] is being manufactured or

is kept for sale or distribution shall, on being required by an Inspector so to do, be legally bound to disclose to

the Inspector the place where the drug

3

[or cosmetic] is being manufactured or is kept, as the case may be.

25. Reports of Government Analysts.—(1) The Government Analyst to whom a sample of any drug

3

[or

cosmetic] has been submitted for test or analysis under sub-section (4) of section 23, shall deliver to the

Inspector submitting it a signed report in triplicate in the prescribed form.

(2) The Inspector on receipt thereof shall deliver one copy of the report to the person from whom the

sample was taken

4

[and another copy to the person, if any, whose name, address and other particulars have

been disclosed under section 18A], and shall retain the third copy for use in any prosecution in respect of the

sample.

(3) Any document purporting to be a report signed by a Government Analyst under this Chapter shall be

evidence to the facts stated therein, and such evidence shall be conclusive unless the person from whom the

sample was taken

5

[or the person whose name, address and other particulars have been disclosed under

section 18A] has, within twenty-eight days of the receipt of a copy of the report, notified in writing the

Inspector or the Court before which any proceedings in respect of the sample are pending that he intends to

adduce evidence in controversion of the report.

(4) Unless the sample has already been tested or analysed in the Central Drugs Laboratory, where a

person has under sub-section (3) notified his intention of adducing evidence in controversion of a Government

Analyst‘s report, the Court may, of its own motion or in its discretion at the request either of the complainant

or the accused, cause the sample of the drug

3

[or cosmetic] produced before the Magistrate under sub-

section (4) of section 23 to be sent for test or analysis to the said Laboratory, which shall make the test or

analysis and report in writing signed by, or under the authority of, the Director of the Central Drugs

Laboratory the result thereof, and such report shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated therein.

(5) The cost of a test or analysis made by the Central Drugs Laboratory under sub-section (4) shall be

paid by the complainant or accused as the Court shall direct.

26. Purchaser of drug

3

[or cosmetic] enabled to obtain test or analysis.—Any person

6

[or any

recognised consumer association, whether such person is a member of that association or not,] shall, on

application in the prescribed manner and on payment of the prescribed fee, be entitled to submit for test or

analysis to a Government Analyst any drug

3

[or cosmetic]

7

[purchased by him or it] and to receive a report of

such test or analysis signed by the Government Analyst.

8

[Explanation.—For the purposes of this section and section 32, ―recognised consumer association‖

means a voluntary consumer association registered under the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956) or any other

law for the time being in force.]

9

[26A. Power of Central Government to prohibit manufacture, etc., of drug and cosmetic in public

interest.— Without prejudice to any other provision contained in this Chapter, if the Central Government is

satisfied, that the use of any drug or cosmetic is likely to involve any risk to human beings or animals or that

any drug does not have the therapeutic value claimed or purported to be claimed for it or contains ingredients

and in such quantity for which there is no therapeutic justification and that in the public interest it is

necessary or expedient so to do, then, that Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette,

11

[regulate, restrict or prohibit] the manufacture, sale or distribution of such drug or cosmetic.]

12

[26B. Powers of Central Government to regulate or restrict, manufacture, etc., of drug in public

interest. – Without prejudice to any other provision contained in this Chapter, if the Central Government is

satisfied that a drug is essential to meet the requirements of an emergency arising due to epidemic or natural

calamities and that in the public interest it is necessary or expedient so to do, then, that Government may, by

notification in the Official Gazette, regulate or restrict the manufacture, sale or distribution of such drug.]

10

[27. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of drugs in contravention of this Chapter.—Whoever,

himself or by any other person on his behalf, manufactures for sale or for distribution, or sells, or stocks or

exhibits or offers for sale or distributes, —

1. Ins. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 6 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961). 9. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 21 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 20, for ―a Magistrate‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983). 10. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982 s. 22, for s. 27 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 15 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964). 11. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 4, for ―prohibit‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

4. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 17, for certain words (w.e.f. 15-9-1964). 12. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, sec 5(w.e.f. 10-8-2009).

5. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964 s.17, for ―or the said warrantor‖(w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

6. Ins. by Act 71 of 1986, s. 2 (w.e.f. 15-9-1987).

7. Subs. by Act 71 of 1986 s. 2, for ―purchased by him‖ (w.e.f. 15-9-1987).

8. Added by Act 71 of 1986 s. 2, (w.e.f. 15-9-1987).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

21

(a) any drug deemed to be adulterated under section 17A or spurious under section

1

[17B and

which] when used by any person for or in the diagnosis, treatment, mitigation, or prevention of any

disease or disorder is likely to cause his death or is likely to cause such harm on his body as would

amount to grievous hurt within the meaning of section 320 of the Indian Penal Code (45 of 1860), solely

on account of such drug being adulterated or spurious or not of standard quality, as the case may be, shall

be

2

[punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than ten years but which may extend

to a term of life and with fine which shall not be less than ten lakh rupees or three times value of the drugs

confiscated, whichever is more;]

3

[Provided that the fine imposed on and released from, the person convicted under this clause shall be

paid, by way of compensation, to the person who had used the adulterated or spurious drugs referred to in

this clause.

Provided further that where the use of the adulterated or spurious drugs referred to in this clause has

caused the death of a person who used such drugs, the fine imposed on and realised from, the person

convicted under this clause, shall be paid to the relative of the person who had died due to the use of the

adulterated or spurious drugs referred to in this clause.

Explanation.—For the purposes of the second proviso, the expression "relative" means—

(i) spouse of the deceased person; or

(ii) a minor legitimate son, and unmarried legitimate daughter and a widowed mother; or

(iii) parent of the minor victim; or

(iv) if wholly dependent on the earnings of the deceased person at the time of his death, a son or a daughter

who has attained the age of eighteen years; or

(v) any person, if wholly or in part, dependent on the earnings of the deceased person at the time of this

death,—

(a) the parent; or

(b) a minor brother or an unmarried sister; or

(c) a widowed daughter-in-law; or

(d) a widowed sister; or

(e) a minor child of a pre-deceased son; or

(f) a minor child of a pre-deceased daughter where no parent of the child is alive; or

(g) the paternal grandparent if no parent of the member is alive.]

(b) any drug—

(i) deemed to be adulterated under section 17A, but not being a drug referred to in clause (a), or

(ii) without a valid licence as required under clause (c) of section 18,

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall

4

[not be less than three year but which may

extend to five years and with fine which shall not be less than one lakh rupees or three times the value of

the drugs confiscated, whichever is more]:

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons to be recorded in the judgment,

impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of

5

[less than three years and of fine of less than one lakh

rupees];

(c) any drug deemed to be spurious under section 17B, but not being a drug referred to in clause (a)

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall

6

[not be less than seven years but which

may extend to imprisonment for life and with fine which shall not be less than three lakh rupees or

three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more]:

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons, to be recorded in the

judgment, impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of

7

[less than seven years but not less than three

years and of fine of less than one lakh rupees];

(d) any drug, other than a drug referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) or clause (c), in contravention

of any other provision of this Chapter or any rule made thereunder, shall be punishable with

imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to two years

8

[and

with fine which shall not be less than twenty thousand rupees]:

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons, to be recorded in the judgment

impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than one year.

1. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(i)(A), for ―17B or which‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

2. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(i)(B), for ―punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than five years but which may extend to a term

of life and with fine which shall not be less than ten thousand rupees;‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

3. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 6(i)(C) (w.e.f.10-8-2009).

4. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(ii)(A), for ―not be less than one year but which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than five

thousand rupees;‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

5. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(ii)(B),for ―less than one year and of fine of less than five thousand rupees;‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

6. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(iii)(A),(w.e.f 10-8-2009).

7. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(iii)(B),(w.e.f 10-8-2009). 8. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s 6(iv), for ―and with fine‖ (w.e.f 10-8-2009).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

22

8

[27A. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of cosmetics in contravention of this Chapter.—Whoever

himself or by any other person on his behalf manufactures for sale or for distribution, or sells, or stocks or

exhibits or offers for sale—

9

[(i) any cosmetic deemed to be spurious under section 17D or adulterated under section 17E shall be

punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be

less than fifty thousand rupees or three times to value of the cosmetics confiscated, whichever is more;

(ii) any cosmetic other than a cosmetic referred to in clause (i) in contravention of any provisions of this

Chapter or any rule made thereunder shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend

to one year or with fine which may extend to twenty thousand rupees, or with both.]

1

[28. Penalty for non-disclosure of the name of the manufacturer, etc.—Whoever contravenes the

provisions of section 18A

2

[or section 24] shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may

extend to one year, or

3

[with fine which shall not be less than twenty thousand rupees or with both.]

4

[28A. Penalty for not keeping documents, etc., and for non-disclosure of information.—Whoever

without reasonable cause or excuse, contravenes the provisions of section 18B shall be punishable with

imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or

12

[with fine which shall not be less than twenty

thousand rupees or with both].

28B. Penalty for manufacture, etc., of drugs or cosmetics in contravention of section 26A.—Whoever

himself or by any other person on his behalf manufactures or sells or distributes any drug or cosmetic in

contravention of the provisions of any notification issued under section 26A, shall be punishable with

imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and shall also be liable to fine which may extend to

five thousand rupees.]

29. Penalty for use of Government Analyst‘s report for advertising.—Whoever uses any report of a

test or analysis made by the Central Drugs Laboratory or by a Government Analyst, or any extract from

such report, for the purpose of advertising any drug

5

[or cosmetic], shall be punishable with fine, which may

extend to five hundred rupees.

6

[30. Penalty for subsequent offences.—

7

[(1) Whoever having been convicted of an offence—

(a) Under clause (b) of section 27, is again convicted of an offence under that clause, shall be

punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be

1 0

[less than seven years but which may

extend to ten years and with fine which shall not be less than two lakh rupees];

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment,

impose a sentence of imprisonment for a term of

11

[less than seven years and of fine of less than one lakh

rupees];

1. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s.19, for s. 28 (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 23 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 s. 7. Earlier Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s.23.

4. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 24, (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 15 (w.e.f.27-7-1964).

6. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 14, for s. 30.

7. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 25, for sub-section (1) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

8. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982 s. 22, for s. 27A (w.e.f. 1-2-1983), Earlier s. 27A was inserted by Act 21 of 1962, s 19 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

9. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 s. 7, for clause (i) and (ii) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009).

10. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 sec. 11(a)(i)(A), for ―less than two years but which may extend to six years and with fine which shall not be less than ten

thousand rupees‖;( w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

11. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 sec. 11(a)(i)(B), for ―less than two years and of fine of less than ten thousand rupees‖; (w.e.f. 10-8-2009).

12. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 s. 7, for ―with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees or with both‖ (w.e.f. 10-8-2009).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

23

(b) under clause (c) of section 27 is again convicted of an offence under that clause, shall be

punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall

1 2

[ less than ten years but which may extend to

imprisonment for life and with fine which shall not be less than three lakh rupees];

(c) under clause (d) of section 27, is again convicted of an offence under that clause shall be

punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than two years but which may extend

to four years or with fine which shall not be less than

13

[fifty thousand rupees], or with both.]

1

[(1A) Whoever, having been convicted of an offence under section 27A is again convicted under that

section, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine which

may extend to

2

[two thousand rupees], or with both.]

(2) Whoever, having been convicted of an offence under

3

[* * *] section 29 is again convicted of an

offence under the same section shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to

4

[two tears, or

with fine which shall not be less than ten thousand rupees], or with both.]

31. Confiscation.—

5

[(1)] Where any person has been convicted under this Chapter for contravening any

such provision of this Chapter or any rule made thereunder as may be specified by rule made in this behalf, the

stock of the drug

6

[or cosmetic] in respect of which the contravention has been made shall be liable to

confiscation

7

[and if such contravention is in respect of—

8

[(i) manufacture of any drug deemed to be misbranded under section 17, adulterated under section

17A or spurious under section 17B; or

(ii)

9

[manufacture for sale, or for distribution, sale, or stocking or exhibiting or offering for sale,] or

distribution of any drug without a valid licence as required under clause (c) of section 18;

any implements or machinery used in such manufacture, sale or distribution and any receptacles, packages or

coverings in which such drug is contained and the animals, vehicles, vessels or other conveyances used in

carrying such drug shall also be liable to confiscation.]

10

[(2) Without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (1) where the Court is satisfied, on the

application of an Inspector or otherwise and after such inquiry as may be necessary that the drug or

cosmetic is not of standard quality or is a

9

[misbranded, adulterated or spurious drug or misbranded or

spurious cosmetic,] such drug or, as the case may be, such cosmetic shall be liable to confiscation.]

11

[31A. Application of provisions to Government departments.—The provisions of this Chapter except

those contained in section 31 shall apply in relation to the manufacture, sale or distribution of drugs of any

department of Government as they apply in relation to the manufacture, sale or distribution of drugs by any

other person.]

32. Cognizance of offence.—

14

[(1) No prosecution under this Chapter shall be instituted except by-

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 20 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 25, for ―one thousand rupees‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. The words and figures ―section 28 or‖ omitted by Act 13 of 1964, s. 26 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

4. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 sec. 11(b), for ―ten years, or with fine, or with both‖.

5. S. 31 re-numbered as sub-section (1) by Act 35 of 1960, s. 9 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

6. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 21 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

7. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 21 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

8. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 26, for cl. (i) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

9. Subs. by s. 26, ibid., for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

10. Sub-section (2) ins. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 9 and subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 21 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

11. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 22 (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

12. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 sec. 11(a)(ii), for ―less than six years but which may extend to ten years and with fine which shall not be less than ten

thousand rupees ‖;( w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

13. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008 sec. 11(a)(iii), for ―five thousand rupees ‖; (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

14. Subs. by Act 26 of 2008, sec 12, for sub-section (1) and (2) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

24

(a) an Inspector, or

(b) any gazetted Officer of the Central Government or a State Government authorized in writing in this

behalf by the Central Government or a State Government by a general or special order made in this

behalf by that Government; or

(c) the person aggrieved; or

(d) a recognised consumer association whether such person is a member of that association or not.

(2) Save as otherwise provided in this Act, no court inferior to that of a Court of Sessions shall try an

offence punishable under this Chapter.]

(3) Nothing contained in this Chapter shall be deemed to prevent any person from being prosecuted under

any other law for any act or omission which constitutes an offence against this Chapter.

1

[32A. Power of Court to implead the manufacturer, etc.—Where, at any time during the trial of any

offence under this Chapter alleged to have been committed by any person, not being the manufacturer of a

drug or cosmetic or his agent for the distribution thereof, the Court is satisfied, on the evidence adduced

before it, that such manufacturer or agent is also concerned in that offence, then, the Court may,

notwithstanding anything contained

2

[in sub-sections (1), (2) and (3) of section 319 of the Code of Criminal

Procedure,1973 (2 of 1974)] proceed against him as though a prosecution had been instituted against him

under section 32.]

3

[32B. Compounding of certain offences.- (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of

Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), any offence punishable under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of Section

13, Section 28 and Section 28A of this Act(whether committed by a company or any officer thereof), not being

an offence punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine, may, either before or

after the instructions of any prosecution, be compounded by the Central Government or by any State

Government or any officer authorized in this behalf Central Government or a State Government, on payment

for credit to that Government of such sum as that Government may, by rules made in this behalf, specify:

Provided that such sum shall not, in any case, exceed the maximum amount of the fine which may be

imposed under this Act for the offences so compounded:

Provided further that in cases of subsequent offences, the same shall not be compoundable.

(2) When the accused has been committed for trial or when he has been convicted and an appeal is

pending, no composition for the offences shall be allowed without the leave of the court to which he is

committed or, as the case may be, before which the appeal is to be heard.

(3) Where an offence is compounded under sub-section (1), no proccding or further proceeding, as the

case may be , shall be taken against the offender in respect of the offences so compounded and the offender, if

in custody, shall be released forthwith.]

33. Power of Central Government to make rules.—

4

[(1) The Central Government may

5

[after

consultation with, or on the recommendation of, the Board] and after previous publication by notification in

the Official Gazette, make rules for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions of this Chapter:

Provided that consultation with the Board may be dispensed with if the Central Government is of opinion

that circumstances have arisen which render it necessary to make rules without such consultation, but in

such a case the Board shall be consulted within six months of the making of the rules and the Central

Government shall take into consideration any suggestions which the Board may make in relation to the

amendment of the said rules.]

1. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 23 (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 28, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 13; (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

4. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 15, for sub-section (1).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 29, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

25

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may—

(a) provide for the establishment of laboratories for testing and analysing drugs

1

[or cosmetics];

(b) prescribed the qualifications and duties of Government Analysts and the qualifications of

Inspectors;

(c) prescribe the methods of test or analysis to be employed in determining whether a drug

1

[or

cosmetic] is of standard quality;

(d) prescribe, in respect of biological and organometallic compounds, the units or methods of

standardisation;

2

[(dd) prescribe under clause (d) of

3

[section 17A] the colour or colours which a drug may bear or

contain for purposes of colouring;]

4

[(dda) prescribe under clause (d) of section 17E the colour or colours which a cosmetic may bear or

contain for purposes of colouring];

(e) prescribe the forms of licences

6

[for the manufacture for sale or for distribution], for the sale

and for the distribution of drugs or any specified drug or class of drugs

1

[or of cosmetics or any

specified cosmetic or class of cosmetics], the form of application for such licences, the conditions

subject to which such licences may be issued, the authority empowered to issue the same

3

[, the

qualification of such authority] and the fees payable therefor

3

[and provide for the cancellation or

suspension of such licences in any case where any provision of this Chapter or the rules made

thereunder is contravened or any of the conditions subject to which they are issued is not complied

with;]

3

[(ee) prescribe the records, registers or other documents to be kept and maintained under

section 18B;

(eea) prescribe the fees for the inspection (for the purposes of grant or renewal of licence) of

premises, wherein any drug or cosmetic is being or is proposed to be manufactured;

(eeb) prescribe the manner in which copies are to be certified under sub-section (2A) of

section 22;]

(f) specify the diseases or ailments which a drug may not purport or claim

5

[to prevent, cure or

mitigate]

and such other effects which a drug may not purport or claim to have;

(g) prescribe the conditions subject to which small quantities of drugs may be

manufactured for the purpose of examination, test or analysis;

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 22 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 24 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

3. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 29 ( w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 14(i) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

5. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 15, for ―to cure or mitigate‖.

6. Subs. By Act 68 of 1982, s. 29 ( w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

26

(h) require the date of manufacture and the date of expiry of potency to be clearly or truly stated

on the label or container of any specified drug or class of drugs, and prohibit the sale, stocking or

exhibition for sale, or distribution of the said drug or class of drugs after the expiry of a specified

period from the date of manufacture or after the expiry of the date of potency;

(i) prescribe the conditions to be observed in the packing in bottles, packages, and other

containers of drugs

1

[or cosmetics],

2

[including the use of packing material which comes into direct

contact with the drugs] and prohibit the sale, stocking or exhibition for sale, or distribution of drugs

1

[or cosmetics] packed in contravention of such conditions;

(j) regulate the mode of labelling packed drugs

1

[or cosmetics], and prescribe the matter which

shall or shall not be included in such labels;

(k) prescribe the maximum proportion of any poisonous substance which may be added or

contained in any drug, prohibit the manufacture, sale or stocking or exhibition for sale, or

distribution of any drug in which that proportion is exceeded, and specify substances which shall be

deemed to be poisonous for the purposes of this Chapter and the rules made thereunder;

(l) require that the accepted scientific name of any specified drug shall be displayed in the

prescribed manner on the label or wrapper of any patent or proprietary medicine containing such

drug;

3

[****]

4

[(n) prescribe the powers and duties of Inspectors

5

[and the qualifications of the authority to

which such Inspectors shall be subordinate] and

6

[specify the drugs or classes of drugs or cosmetics

or classes of cosmetics] in relation to which and the conditions, limitations or restrictions subject to

which, such powers and duties may be exercised or performed;]

(o) prescribe the forms of report to be given by Government Analysts, and the manner of

application for test or analysis under section 26 and the fees payable therefor;

7

[(p) specify the offences against this Chapter or any rule made thereunder in relation to

which an order of confiscation may be made under section 31;

8

[****]]

(q) provide for the exemption, conditionally or otherwise, from all or any of the provisions of

this Chapter or the rules made thereunder, of any specified drug or class of drugs

1

[or cosmetic or

class of cosmetics];

9

[and]

10

[(r) sum which may be specified by the Central Government under section 32-B.]

11

[****]

12

[33A. Chapter not to apply to

13

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs.—Save as otherwise

provided in this Act, nothing contained in this Chapter shall apply to

13

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs.]

14

[CHAPTER IVA

PROVISIONS RELATING TO

13

[AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA AND UNANI] DRUGS

33B. Application of Chapter IVA.—This Chapter shall apply only to

13

[Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani]

drugs.

33C.

15

[Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Technical Advisory Board].—(1) The Central

Government shall, by notification in the Official Gazette and with effect from such date as may be specified

therein, constitute a Board (to be called the

15

[Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Technical Advisory

Board]) to advise the Central Government and the State Governments on technical matters arising out of

this Chapter and to carry out the other functions assigned to it by this Chapter.

(2) The Board shall consist of the following members, namely:—

1. Ins. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 22 (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 29 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Cl. (m) omitted by Act 13 of 1964, s. 24 (w.e.f. 15-9-1965).

4. Subs. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 10, for cl. (n) (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

5. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 29 (w.e.f. 15-9-1965).

6. Subs. by Act 21 of 1962, s. 22, for ―the drugs or class of drugs‖ (w.e.f. 27-7-1964).

7. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 24, for cl. (p) (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

8. The word ―and‖omitted by Act 26 of 2008, sec. 14(ii) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

9. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, Sec. 14 (iii) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

10. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, Sec. 14 (iv) (w.e.f. 10-8-2009)

11. Sub-section (3) ins. by Act 35 of 1960 and omitted by Act 13 of 1964, s. 24 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

12. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 25 (w.e.f. 1-2-1969).

13. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2, for ―AYURVEDIC (INCLUDING SIDDHA) OR UNANI‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

14. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 26 (w.e.f. 1-2-1969).

15. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 30, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

27

(i) the Director General of Health Services, ex officio;

(ii) the Drugs Controller, India, ex officio;

1

[(iii) the principal officer dealing with Indian systems of medicine in the Ministry of Health, ex officio;]

(iv) the Director of the Central Drugs Laboratory, Calcutta, ex officio;

(v) one person holding the appointment of Government Analyst under section 33F, to be nominated by the

Central Government;

(vi) one Pharmacognocist to be nominated by the Central Government;

(vii) one Phyto-chemist to be nominated by the Central Government;

2

[(viii) four persons to be nominated by the Central Government, two from amongst the members of the

Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia Committee, one from amongst the members of the Unani Pharmacopoeia Committee and

one from amongst the members of the Siddha Pharmacopoeia Committee;]

(ix) one teacher in Dravyaguna and Bhaishajya Kalpana, to be nominated by the Central Government;

(x) one teacher in ILM-UL-ADVIA and TAKLIS-WA-DAWA-SAZI, to be nominated by the Central

Government;

3

[(xi) one teacher in Gunapadam, to be nominated by the Central Government;

(xii) three persons, one each to represent the Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug industry, to be nominated by the

Central Government;

(xiii) three persons, one each from among the practitioners of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Tibb system of

medicine, to be nominated by the Central Government.]

(3) The Central Government shall appoint a member of the Board as its Chairman.

(4) The nominated members of the Board shall hold office for three years but shall be eligible for renomination.

(5) The Board may, subject to the previous approval of the Central Government, make bye-laws fixing a quorum and

regulating its own procedure and conduct of all business to be transacted by it.

(6) The functions of the Board may be exercised notwithstanding any vacancy therein.

(7) The Central Government shall appoint a person to be Secretary of the Board and shall provide the Board with

such clerical and other staff as the Central Government considers necessary.

4

[33D. The Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Consultative Committee.—(1) The Central Government may

constitute an Advisory Committee to be called the Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Consultative Committee to advise

the Central Government, the State Governments and the Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Technical Advisory Board

on any matter for the purpose of securing uniformity throughout India in the administration of this Act in so far as it

relates to Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs.

(2) The Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Consultative Committee shall consist of two persons to be nominated

by the Central Government as representatives of that Government and not more than one representative of each State to

be nominated by the State Government concerned.

(3) The Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs Consultative Committee shall meet when required to do so by the

Central Government and shall regulate its own procedure.

33E. Misbranded drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, an Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs shall be deemed

to be misbranded—

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 30, for cl. (iii) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 30, for cl. (viii) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 30, for cls. (xi) and (xii) (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 31, for ss. 33D and 33E (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

28

(a) if it is so coloured, coated, powered or polished that damage is concealed, or if it is made to appear of better

or greater therapeutic value than it really is; or

(b) if it is not labelled in the prescribed manner; or

(c) if its label or container or anything accompanying the drug bears any statement, design or device which

makes any false claim for the drug or which is false or misleading in any particular.

33EE. Adulterated drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, an Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug shall be deemed

to be adulterated,—

(a) if it consists, in whole or in part, of any filthy, putrid or decomposed substance; or

(b) if it has been prepared, packed or stored under insanitary conditions whereby it may have been contaminated

with filth or whereby it may have been rendered injurious to health; or

(c) if its container is composed, in whole or in part, of any poisonous or deleterious substance which may render

the contents injurious to health; or

(d) if it bears or contains, for purposes of coloring only, a colour other than one which is prescribed; or

(e) if it contains any harmful or toxic substance which may render it injurious to health; or

(f) if any substance has been mixed therewith so as to reduce its quality or strength.

Explanation.—For the purpose of clause (a), a drug shall not be deemed to consist, in whole or in part, of any

decomposed substance only by reason of the fact that such decomposed substance is the result of any natural

decomposition of the drug:

Provided that such decomposition is not due to any negligence on the part of the manufacturer of the drug or the

dealer thereof and that it does not render the drug injurious to health.

33EEA. Spurious drugs.—For the purposes of this Chapter, an Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug shall be deemed

to be spurious—

(a) if it is sold, or offered or exhibited for sale, under a name which belongs to another drug; or

(b) if it is an imitation of, or is a substitute for, another drug or resembles another drug in a manner likely to

deceive, or bears upon it or upon its label or container the name of another drug, unless it is plainly and

conspicuously marked so as to reveal its true character and its lack of identity with such other drug; or

(c) if the label or container bears the name of an individual or company purporting to be the manufacturer of the

drug, which individual or company is fictitious or does not exist; or

(d) if it has been substituted wholly or in part by any other drug or substance; or

(e) if it purports to be the product of a manufacturer of whom it is not truly a product.

33EEB. Regulation of manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs.—No person shall

manufacture for sale or for distribution any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug except in accordance with such standards,

if any, as may be prescribed in relation to that drug.

33EEC. Prohibition of manufacture and sale of certain Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug.—From such date

as the State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, specify in this behalf, no person, either by himself

or by any other person on his behalf, shall—

(a) manufacture for sale or for distribution—

(i) any misbranded, adulterated or spurious Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs;

(ii) any patent or proprietary medicine, unless there is displayed in the prescribed manner on the label or

container thereof the true list of all the ingredients contained in it; and

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

29

(iii) any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug in contravention of any of the provisions of this Chapter or any

rule made thereunder;

(b) sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale or distribute, any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug which has been

manufactured in contravention of any of the provisions of this Act, or any rule made thereunder;

(c) manufacture for sale or for distribution, any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug, except under, and in

accordance with the conditions of, a licence issued for such purpose under this Chapter by the prescribed authority:

Provided that nothing in this section apply to Vaidyas and Hakims who manufacture Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani

drug for the use of their own patients:

Provided further that nothing in this section shall apply to the manufacture, subject to the prescribed conditions, of

small quantities of any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug for the purpose of examination, test or analysis.

33EED. Power of Central Government to prohibit manufacture, etc., of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs in

public interest.—Without prejudice to any other provision contained in this Chapter, if the Central Government is

satisfied on the basis of any evidence or other material available before it that the use of any Ayruvedic, Siddha or Unani

drug is likely to involve any risk to human beings or animals or that any such drug does not have the therapeutic value

claimed or purported to be claimed for it and that in the public interest it is necessary or expedient so to do then, that

Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, prohibit the manufacture, sale or distribution of such drug.]

33F. Government Analysts.—(1) The Central Government or a State Government may, by notification in the

Official Gazette, appoint such persons as it thinks fit, having the prescribed qualifications, to be Government Analysts for

such areas as may be assigned to them by the Central Government or the State Government, as the case may be.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), neither the Central Government nor a State Government

shall appoint as a Government Analyst any official not serving under it without the previous consent of the Government

under which he is serving.

1

[(3) No person who has any financial interest in the manufacture or sale of any drug shall be appointed to be a

Government Analyst under this section.]

33G. Inspectors.—(1) The Central Government or a State Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette,

appoint such persons as it thinks fit, having the prescribed qualifications, to be Inspectors for such areas as may be

assigned to them by the Central Government or the State Government, as the case may be.

(2) The powers which may be exercised by an Inspector and the duties which may be performed by him and the

conditions, limitations or restrictions subject to which such powers and duties may be exercised or performed shall be

such as may be prescribed.

(3) No person who has any financial interest in the manufacture or sale of any drug shall be appointed to be an

Inspector under this section.

(4) Every Inspector shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code

(45 of 1860) and shall be officially subordinate to such authority as the Government appointing him may specify in this

behalf.

33H. Application of provisions of sections 22, 23, 24 and 25.—The provisions of sections 22, 23, 24 and 25 and

the rules, if any, made thereunder shall, so far as may be, apply in relation to an Inspector and a Government Analyst

appointed under this Chapter as they apply in relation to an Inspector and a Government Analyst appointed under

Chapter IV, subject to the modification that the references to ―drug‖ in the said section, shall be construed as references

to

2

[―Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs‖.

3

[33-I. Penalty for manufacture, sale, etc., of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug in contravention of this

Chapter —Whoever himself or by any other person on his behalf—

(1) manufactures for sale or for distribution,—

1. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 32 (w.e.f.1-2-1983).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 33, for ss. 33-I and 33J (w.e.f.1-2-1983).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

30

1

[(a) Any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug –

(i) deemed to be misbranded under section 33E,

(ii) deemed to be adulterated under section 33EE, or

(ii) without a valid licence as required under clause (c) of section 33EEC,

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year and with fine which shall not be less

than twenty thousand rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more;]

(b) any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug deemed to be spurious under section 33EEA, shall be punishable

with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to three years and with

fine which shall not be less than

2

[fifty thousand rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever

is more]:

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a

sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than one year and of fine of less than

2

[fifty thousand rupees or three

times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more]; or

3

[(c) any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug in contravention of the provisions of any notifications issuedunder

Section 33-EED shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years and with fine

which may extend to fifty thousand rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more.]

(2) contravenes any other provisions of this Chapter or of section 24 as applied by section 33H or any rule made

under this Chapter, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to

4

[six months and with

fine which shall not be less than ten thousand rupees.]

5

[33J. Penalty for subsequent offences.—Whoever having being convicted of an offence,—

(a) under clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 33-I is again convicted of an offence under that clause, shall

be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years and with fine which shall not be less

than

6

[fifty thousand rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more];

(b) under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 33-I is again convicted of an offence under that clause, shall

be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than two years but which may extend to six years

and with fine which shall not be less than

7

[one lakh rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated,

whichever is more:]

Provided that the Court may, for any adequate and special reasons to be mentioned in the judgment, impose a

sentence of imprisonment for a term of less than two years and of fine of less than

7

[one lakh rupees or three times

the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever is more;]

1. Sub. by s. 15(a)(i), for clause (a) (w.e.f. 10.08.2008). Clause (a), before substitution, stood as:―(a) Any Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug – (i) deemed

to be adulterated under section 33EE, or (ii) without a valid licence as required under clause (c) of section 33EEC, shall be punishable with imprisonment

for a term which may extend to one year and with fine which shall not be less than two thousand rupees;‖

2. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 15(a)(ii), for ―five thousand rupees‖ (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

3. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 15(a)(iii) (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

4. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 15(b) for ―three months and with fine which shall not be less than five hundred rupees.‖ (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

5. Sub by Act 68 of 1982,s.33 for section 33J(w.e.f. 01.02.1983)

6. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 16(a), for ―two thousand rupees‖ (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

7. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 16(b), for ―five thousand rupees‖ (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

31

(c) under sub-section (2) of section 33-I is again convicted of an offence under that sub-section,

shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to

5

[one year and with fine which

shall not be less than twenty thousand rupees or three times the value of the drugs confiscated, whichever

is more;]

33K. Confiscation.—Where any person has been convicted under this Chapter, the stock of the

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug, in respect of which the contravention has been made, shall be liable to

confiscation.

6

[33-KA. Disclosure of name of manufacturer etc., –Every person, not being the manufacturer of any

Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drug or his agent for the distribution thereof, shall, if so required, disclose to the

Inspector the name, address and other particulars of the person from whom he acquired the Ayurvedic, Siddha

or Unani drug.]

6

[33-KB. Maintenance of records and furnishing of information.— Every person holding a licence under

clause (c) of section 33-EEC shall keep and maintain such records, registers and other documents as may be

prescribed and shall furnish to any officer or authority exercising any power or discharging any function under

this Act such information as is required by such officer or authority for carrying out the purposes of this Act. ]

33L. Application of provisions to Government departments.—The provisions of this Chapter except

those contained in section 33K shall apply in relation to the manufacture for sale, sale or distribution of

any

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drug by any department of Government as they apply in relation to the

manufacture for sale, sale or distribution of such drug by any other person.

33M. Cognizance of offences.—(1) No prosecution under this Chapter shall be instituted except by an

Inspector

2

[with the previous sanction of the authority specified under sub-section (4) of section 33G].

(2) No Court inferior to that

3

[of a Metropolitan Magistrate or of a Judicial Magistrate of the first class]

shall try an offence punishable under this Chapter.

33N. Power of Central Government to make rules.—(1) The Central Government may,

4

[after

consultation with, or on the recommendation of, the Board] and after previous publication by notification in

the Official Gazette, make rules for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions of this Chapter:

Provided that consultation with the Board may be dispensed with if the Central Government is of

opinion that circumstances have arisen which render it necessary to make rules without such consultation, but

in such a case, the Board shall be consulted within six months of the making of the rules and the Central

Government shall take into consideration any suggestions which the Board may make in relation to the

amendment of the said rules.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may—

(a) provide for the establishment of laboratories for testing and analysing

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or

Unani] drugs;

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2, for ―Ayurvedic (including Siddha) and Unani‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 34, (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 34, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982 , s. 35, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 16(c), for ―six months and with fine which shall not be less than one thousand rupees.‖ (w.e.f. 10.08.2008)

6. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 17, (w.e.f. 10.08.2008).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

32

(b) prescribe the qualification and duties of Government Analysts and the qualifications of Inspectors;

(c) prescribe the methods of test or analysis to be employed in determining whether any

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or

Unani] drug is labelled with the true list of the ingredients which it is purported to contain;

(d) specify any substance as a poisonous substance;

(e) prescribe the forms of licences for the manufacture for sale of

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs,

2

[and for

sale of processed Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs,] the form of application for such licences, the conditions

subject to which such licences may be issued, the authority empowered to issue the same and the fees payable

therefor;

2

[and provide for the cancellation or suspension of such licences in any case where any provision of this

Chapter or rules made thereunder is contravened or any of the conditions subject to which they are issued is not

complied with];

3

[(f) prescribe the conditions to be observed in the packing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs including the

use of packing material which comes into direct contact with the drugs, regulate the mode of labelling packed drugs

and prescribe the matters which shall or shall not be included in such labels;]

(g) prescribe the conditions subject to which small quantities of

1

[Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani] drugs may be

manufactured for the purpose of examination, test or analysis;

2

[(gg) prescribe under clause (d) of section 33EE the colour or colours which an Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani

drug may bear or contain for purposes of colouring;

(gga) prescribe the standards for Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs under section 33EEB

7

[***];]

8

[(ggb) prescribe the records, registers or other documents to be kept and maintained under section 33 KB; and]

(h) any other matter which is to be or may be prescribed under this Chapter.

33-O. Power to amend First Schedule.—The Central Government, after consultation with the Board and after

giving, by notification in the Official Gazette, not less than three months‘ notice of its intention so to do, may, by a like

notification, add to or otherwise amend the First Schedule for the purposes of this Chapter and thereupon the said

Schedule shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.]

4

[CHAPTER V

M ISCELLANEOUS

5

[

6

[33P.] Power to give directions.—The Central Government may give such directions to any State Government

as may appear to the Central Government to be necessary for carrying into execution in the State any of the provisions of

this Act or of any rule or order made thereunder.]

34. Offences by companies.—(1) Where an offence under this Act has been committed by a company, every

person who at the time the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible to the company for the conduct

of the business of the company, as well as the company shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be liable to

be proceeded against and punished accordingly:

Provided that nothing contained in this sub-section shall render any such person liable to any punishment provided

in this Act if he proves that the offence was committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due diligence to

prevent the commission of such offence.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where an offence under this Act has been committed by

a company and it is proved that the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to

any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such director, manager,

secretary or other officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable to be proceeded against and

punished accordingly:

1. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 2, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 35, (w.e.f. 1-2-1968).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 35, for cl. (f) (w.e.f. 1-2-1968).

4. Subs. by Act 11 of 1955, s. 16, for Chapter V.

5

..

Ins. by Act 35 of 1960, s. 11 (w.e.f. 16-3-1961).

6. S. 33A re-numbered as s. 33P by Act 13 of 1964, s. 27 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

7. The word ―and‖ omitted by Act 26 of 2008, sec.18(i) (w.e.f. 10.08.2009)

8. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 18(ii) (w.e.f. 10.08.2009)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

33

Explanation.—For the purposes of this section—

(a) ―company‖ means a body corporate, and includes a firm or other association of individuals; and

(b) ―director‖ in relation to a firm means a partner in the firm.

1

[34A. Offences by Government Departments.—Where an offence under Chapter 1V or Chapter 1VA has been committed

by any department of Government, such authority as is specified by the Central Government to be in charge of manufacture, sale or

distribution of drugs or where no authority is specified, the head of the department, shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and

shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly:

Provided that nothing contained in this section shall render any such authority or person liable to any punishment provided in

Chapter 1V or Chapter 1VA, as the case may be, if such authority or person proves that the offence was committed without its or his

knowledge or that such authority or person exercised all due diligence to prevent the commission of such offence.]

2

[34AA. Penalty for vexatious search or seizure.—Any Inspector exercising powers under this Act or the rules

made thereunder, who,—

(a) without reasonable ground of suspicion searches any place, vehicle, vessel or other conveyance; or

(b) vexatiously and unnecessarily searches any person; or

(c) vexatiously and unnecessarily seizes any drug or cosmetic, or any substance or article, or any record,

register, document or other material object; or

(d) commits, as such Inspector, any other act, to the injury of any person without having reason to believe that

such act is required for the execution of his duty,

shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one thousand rupees.]

35. Publication of sentences passed under this Act.— (1) If any person is convicted of an offence under this Act,

3

[the Court

before which the conviction takes place shall, on application made to it by the Inspector, cause] the offender‘s name, place of

residence, the offence of which he has been convicted and the penalty which has been inflicted upon him, to be published at the

expense of such person in such newspapers or in such other manner as the Court may direct.

(2) The expenses of such publication shall be deemed to form part of the cost relating to the conviction and shall be recoverable

in the same manner as those costs are recoverable.

36. Magistrate‘s power to impose enhanced penalties.—Notwithstanding anything contained in

4

[***]

5

[the Code of

Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974)] it shall be lawful for

6

[any Metropolitan Magistrate or any Judicial Magistrate of the first class]

to pass any sentence authorised by this Act in excess of his powers under

4

[* * *] the said Code.

7

[36A. Certain offences to be tried summarily.—Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal

Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974),

8

[all offences except the offences triable by the Special Court under Section 36-AB or Court

of Sessions under this Act,] punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years, other than an offence

under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 33-I, shall be tried in a summary way by a Judicial Magistrate of the first

class specially empowered in this behalf by the State Government or by a Metropolitan Magistrate and the provisions of

sections 262 to 265 (both inclusive) of the said Code shall, as far as may be, apply to such trial:

Provided that, in the case of any conviction in a summary trial under this section, it shall be lawful for the

Magistrate to pass a sentence of imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year:

Provided further that when at the commencement of, or in the course of, a summary trial under this section it

appears to the Magistrate that the nature of the case is such that a sentence of imprisonment for a term exceeding one

year may have to be passed or that it is, for any other reason, undesirable to try the case summarily, the Magistrate shall,

after hearing the parties, record an order to that effect and thereafter recall any witness who has been examined and

proceed to hear or rehear the case in the manner provided by the said Code.]

1. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 28 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

2. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 36 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 37, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

4. The words and figures ―section 32 of‖ omitted by Act 13 of 1964, s. 29 (w.e.f.15-9-1964).

5. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 38, for ―the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898‖ (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

6. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 38, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

7. Ins. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 38, (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

8. Sub. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 19 for all offences (w.e.f. 10.08.2009)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

34

3

[36-AB. Special Courts. – (1) The Central Government, or the State Government, in consultation with the Chief

Justice of the High Court, shall, for trial of offences relating to adulterated drugs or spurious drugs punishable under

clause (a) and (b) of Section 13, sub-section (3) of Section 22, clause (a) and (c) of Section 27, Section 28, Section 28-A,

Section 28-B and clause (b) of sub-section (1) of Section 30 and other offences relating to adulterated drugs or spurious

drugs, by notification, designate one or more Courts of Sessions as a Special Court or Special Courts for such area or for

such case or class or group of cases as may be specified in the notification.

Explanation.- In this sub-section, ―High Court‖ means the High Court of the State in which a Court of Sessions

designated as Special Court was functioning immediately before such designation.

(2) While trying an offence under this Act, a Special Court shall also try an offence, other than an offence referred

to in sub-section (1), with which the accused may, under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974), be charged at

the same trial.]

3

[36-AC. Offences to be cognizable and non-bailable in certain cases. –

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974)-

(a) every offence, relating to adulterated or spurious drug and punishable under clause (a) and (c) of sub-

section (1) Section 13, clause (a) of sub-section (2) of Section 13, subsection (3) of Section 22, clause (a) and

(c) of Section 27, Section 28, Section 28A, 40 Section 28B and sub-section (1) and (2) of Section 30 and

other offences relating to adulterated drugs or spurious drugs, shall be cognizable.

(b) no person accused, of an offence punishable under clause (a) and (c) of sub-section (1) of Section 13,

clause (a) of sub-section (2) of Section 13, sub-section (3) of Section 22, clause (a) and (c) of Section 27,

Section 28, Section 28A, Section 28B and subsection (1) and (2) of Section 30 and other offences relating to

adulterated drugs or spurious drugs, shall be released on bail or on his own bond unless-

(i) the Public Prosecutor has been given an opportunity to oppose the application for such release; and

(ii) where the Public Prosecutor opposes the application, the court is satisfied that there are reasonable

grounds for believing that he is not guilty of such offence and that he is not likely to commit any

offence while on bail:

Provided that a person, who, is under the age of sixteen years,or is a woman or is sick or infirm, may be released

on bail, if the Special Court so directs.

(2) The limitation on granting of bail specified in clause (b) of sub-section (1) is in addition to the limitations under

the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) or any other law for the time being in force on granting bail.

(3) Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to affect the Special powers of the High Court regarding bail

under Section 439 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) and the High Court may exercise such powers

including the power under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of that section as if the reference to ―Magistrate‖ in that section

includes also a reference to ―Special Court‖ designated under Section 36AB.]

3

[36-AD. Application Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 to proceedings before Special Courts. – (1) Save as

otherwise provided in this Act, the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) (including the

provisions as to bails and bonds), shall apply to the proceedings before a Special Courts and for the purpose of said

provisions, the Special Court shall be deemed to be a Court of Sessions and the person conducting the prosecution before

the Special Court, shall be deemed to be a Public Prosecutor:

Provided that the Central Government or the State Government may also appoint, for any case or cases or group of

cases, a Special Public Prosecutor.

(2) A person shall not be qualified to be appointed as Public Prosecutor or a Special Public Prosecutor under this

section unless he has been in practice as an advocate for not less than seven years, under the Union or a State, requiring

special knowledge of law.

(3) Every person appointed as a Public Prosecutor or a Special Public Prosecutor under this section shall be

deemed to be a Public Prosecutor within the meaning of clause (u) of 41 Section 2 of the Code of Criminal Procedure,

1973 (2 of 1974) and the provisions of that Code shall have effect accordingly.]

3

[36AE. Appeal and revision.- The High Court may exercise, so far as may be applicable, all the powers

conferred by Chapter XXIX or Chapter XXX of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973(2 of 1974), on a High Court, as if

a Special Court within the local limits of the jurisdiction of the High Court were a Court of Session trying cases within

the local limits of the jurisdiction of the High Court.]

37. Protection of action taken in good faith.—No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against any

person for anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act.

1

[38. Rules to be laid before Parliament.— Every rule made under this Act shall be laid as soon as may be after

it is made before each House of Parliament while it is in session for a total period of thirty days which may be comprised

in one session or in two or more successive sessions,

2

[and if, before the expiry of the session immediately following the

session or the successive sessions aforesaid], both Houses agree in making any modification in the rule or both Houses

agree that the rule should not be made, the rule shall thereafter have effect only in such modified from or be of no effect,

as the case may be; so however that any such modification or annulment shall be without prejudice to the validity of

anything previously done under that rule.]

1. Ins. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 30 (w.e.f. 15-9-1964).

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 40, for certain words (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Ins. by Act 26 of 2008, s. 20 (w.e.f. 10.08.2009)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

35

1

[THE FIRST SCHEDULE

[See section 3(a)]

2

[A.—AYURVEDIC AND SIDDHA SYSTEMS]

Serial No. Name of book

Ayurveda

1. Arogya Kalpadruma

2. Arka Prakasha

3. Arya Bhishak

4. Ashtanga Hridaya

5. Ashtanga Samgraha

6. Ayurveda Kalpadruma

7. Ayurveda Prakasha

8. Ayurveda Samgraha

9. Bhaishajya Ratnavali

10. Brihat Bhaishajya Ratnakara

11. Bhava Prakasha

12. Brihat Nighantu Ratnakara

13. Charaka Samihita

14. Chakra Datta

15. Gada Nigraha

16. Kupi Pakva Rasayana

17. Nighantu Ratnakara

18. Rasa Chandanshu

19. Rasa Raja Sundara

20. Rasaratna Samuchaya

21.

3

[Rasatantra Sara Va Siddha Prayoga Sangraha—Part 1]

4

[21 (a) Rasatantra Sara Va Siddha Prayoga Sangraha—Part II (Edition 2006)]

22. Rasa Tarangini

23. Rasa Yoga Sagara

24. Rasa Yoga Ratnakara

25. Rasa Yoga Samgraha

26. Rasendra Sara Samgraha

27. Rasa Pradipika

28. Sahasrayoga

29. Sarvaroga Chikitsa Ratnam

30. Sarvayoga Chikitsa Ratnam

31. Sharangadhara Samhita

32. Siddha Bhaishajya Manimala

33. Siddha Yoga Samgraha

34. Sushruta Samhita

35. Vaidya Chintamani

36. Vaidyaka Shabda Sindu

37. Vaidyaka Chikitsa Sara

38. Vidya Jiwan

39. Vasava Rajeeyam

40. Yoga Ratnakara

41. Yoga Tarangini

42. Yoga Chintamani

43. Kashyapasamhita

44. Bhelasamhita

45. Vishwanathachikitsa

46. Vrindachikitsa

1. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, s. 31, for the Sch. The First Schedule came into force with effect from 1-2-1969 and the Second Schedule came into force

with effect from the 15

th

September, 1964.

2. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 41 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

3. Subs. by Notification No. G.S R. 658 (E), dated 31-08-1994.

4. Added by G.S R. 337 (E), dated 15-04-2010 (w.e.f. 20.4.2010).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

36

Serial No. Name of book

47. Ayurvedachintamani

48. Abhinavachintamani

49. Ayurveda-Ratnakara

50. Yogaratnasangraha

51. Rasamrita

52. Dravyagunanighantu

53. Rasamanjari

54. Bangasena

1

[54A

6

[ Ayurvedic Formulary of India and its Parts)

54B Ayurveda Sara Samgraha]

2

[54C Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India.]

5

[54D. Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India and its Parts.]

Siddha

55 Siddha Vaidya Thirattu

56 Therayar Maha Karisal

57 Brahma Muni Karukkadai (300)

58 Bhogar (700)

59 Pulippani (500)

60 Agasthiyar Paripuranam (400)

61 Therayar Yamagam

62 Agasthiyar Chenduram (300)

63 Agasthiyar (1500)

64 Athmarakshamrutham

65 Agasthiyar Pin (80)

66 Agasthiyar Rathna Churukkam

67 Therayar Karisal (300)

68 Veeramamuni Nasa Kandam

69 Agasthiyar (600)

70 Agasthiyar Kanma Soothiram

71 18 Siddar‘s Chillarai Kovai

72 Yog Vatha Kaviyam

73 Therayar Tharu

74 Agasthiyar Vaidya Kaviyam (1500)

75 Bala Vagadam

76 Chimittu Rathna (Rathna) Churukkam

77 Nagamuni (200)

78 Agasthiyar Chillarai Kovai

79 Chikicha Rathna Deepam

80 Agasthiyar Nayana Vidhi

81 Yugi Karisal (151)

82 Agasthiyar Vallathi (600)

83 Therayar Thaila Varkam

31

[84 Siddha Formulary of India (Part I)]

5

[85 Siddha Formulary of India and its Parts]

4

[B.—UNANI TIBB SYSTEM]

Serial No. Name of book

1 Karabadin Qadri

2 Karabadin Kabir

3 Karabadin Azam

4 Ilaj-ul-Amraz

5 Al Karabadin

6 Biaz Kabir Vol. II

7 Karabadin Jadid

8 Kitab-ul-Taklis

9 Sanat-ul-Taklis

10 Mifta-ul-Khazain

11 Madan-ul-Aksir

12 Makhzan-ul-murabhat

1

[13 National Formulary of Unani Medicine

7

[****]]

8

[14 Unani Pharmacopoeia of India]

1. Ins. by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 735 (E), dated the 28th August, 1987. 6. Subs. by G.S R. 337 (E), dated 15-04-2010 (w.e.f. 20.4.2010).

2. Ins. by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 423 (E), dated the 11th June, 2002. 7. Omitted by GSR 780(E), dt 25-11-2004.

3. Ins. by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 735 (E), dated the 28th August, 1987. 8. Ins by GSR 780 (E), dt. 25.11.20114.

4. Subs. by Act 68 of 1982, s. 41 (w.e.f. 1-2-1983).

5. Ins. by G.S R. 337 (E), dated 15-04-2010 (w.e.f. 20.4.2010).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

37

4

[THE SECOND SCHEDULE

(See sections 8 and 16)

STANDARDS TO BE COMPLIED WITH BY IMPORTED DRUGS AND BY DRUGS MANUFACTURED FOR SALE, SOLD,

STOCKED OR EXHIBITED FOR SALE OR DISTRIBUTED

Class of drug Standard to be complied with

1 2

1. Patent or proprietary medicines

1

[other than

Homoeopathic medicines]

2.

2

[Substances commonly known as vaccines, sera

toxins, toxoids, antitoxins and antigens and

biological products of like nature, for human use or

for veterinary use.

3[* * * *]

4. Substances (other than food) intended to affect the

structure or any function of the human body or

intended to be used for the destruction of vermin or

insects which cause disease in human beings or

animals.

5

[

1

[4-A. Homoeopathic Medicines.

(a) Drugs included in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India.

(b) Drugs not included in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India but which are

included in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of United States of

America or the United kingdom or the

German Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia.

(c) Drugs not included in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India or the United

States of America, or the United

Kingdom or the German Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia.

The formula of list of ingredients displayed in the

prescribed manner on the label of the container and

such other standards as may be prescribed.

The standards maintained at the International

Laboratory for Biological Standards, Stantans Serum

Institute, Copenhagen and at the Central Veterinary

Laboratory, Weybridge Surrey, U.K., and such other

laboratories recognized by the World Health

Organization from time to time, and such further

standards of strength, quality and purity, as may be

prescribed.]

Such standards as may be prescribed.

Standards of identity, purity and strength specified in

the edition of the Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia of

India for the time being and such other standards as

may be prescribed.

Standards of identity, purity and strength prescribed

for the drugs in the edition of such Pharmacopoeia

for the time being in which they are given and such

other standards as may be prescribed.

The formula or list of ingredients displayed in the

prescribed manner on the label of the containder and

such other standards as may be prescribed by the

Central Government].]

1. Ins. by Notifn. No. S.O. 887, dated the 19th March 1966, Gazette of India , Pt. II, Sec. 3 (ii), p. 819.

2. Subs. by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 299(E), dated the 23rd April 1984.

3. Entry 3 omitted by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 299(E), dated the 23rd April, 1984.

4. Subs. by Act 13 of 1964, S. 31, for the Schedule.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 820 (E), dt. 6-6-1978, for item 4A, earlier Ins. by Notifn. No. S.O. 887, dated the 19th March 1966, Gazette of India , Pt.

II, Sec. 3 (ii), p. 819.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

38

Class of drug Standard to be complied with

1 2

1

[5. Other drugs:

(a) Drugs included in the Indian Pharmacopoeia

(b) Drugs not included in the Indian

Pharmacopoeia but which are included in the

official Pharmacopoeia of any other country.

Standards of identity, purity and strength specified

in the edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia for the

time being in force and such other standards as may

be prescribed.

In case the standards of identity, purity and strength

for drugs are not specified in the edition of the

Indian Pharmacopoeia for the time being in force

but are specified in the edition of the Indian

pharmacopoeia immediately preceding, the

standards of identity, purity and strength shall be

those occurring in such immediately preceding

edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia and such other

standards as may be prescribed.

Standards of identity, purity and strength specified

for drugs in the edition of such official

Pharmacopoeia of any other country for the time

being in force and such other standards as may be

prescribed.

In case the standards of identity, purity and strength

for drugs are not specified in the edition of such

official Pharmacopoeia for the time being in force,

but are specified in the edition immediately

preceding, the standards of identity, purity and

strength shall be those occurring in such

immediately preceding of such official

Pharmacopoeia and such other standards as may be

prescribed.]]

1. Subs. by Notifn. No. G.S.R. 885, dated the 4

th

August, 1973, Gazette of India, Pt. II, s. 3(i), p. 1643, for item 5.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

39

[21st December 1945]

_

In exercise of the powers conferred by

1

[sections 6(2),

12, 33 and 33N] of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (XXIII of 1940), the Central

Government is pleased to make the following Rules:-

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title, extent and commencement.

Drugs

9

[and Cosmetics] Rules, 1945.

(2) They extend to the whole of India.

2

[***]

(1) These Rules may be called the

10

[***]

2. Definitions.

context

In these Rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or

(a) ―the Act‖ means the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (XXIII of 1940) as

amended from time to time;

3

[(b) ―Central Licence Approving Authority‖ means the Drugs Controller,

India, or the Joint Drugs Controller (India) or the Deputy Drugs Controller (India)

appointed by the Central Government;]

(c) ―Director‖ means the Director of the Central Drugs Laboratory;

(d) ―Form‖ means a form set forth in Schedule A;

4

[(dd) Homoeopathic medicines include any drug which is recorded in

Homoeopathic provings or therapeutic efficacy of which has been established

through long clinical experience as recorded in authoritative Homoeopathic

literature of India and abroad and which is prepared according to the techniques

of Homoeopathic pharmacy and covers combination of ingredients of such

Homoeopathic medicines but does not include a medicine which is

administered by parenteral route;]

(e) ―Laboratory‖ means the Central Drugs Laboratory;

5

[(ea) ―registered Homoeopathic medical practitioner‖ means a person who

is registered in the Central Register or State Register of Homoeopathy;]

8

[(eb)―Phytopharmaceutical drug‖ includes purified and standardised fraction

with defined minimum four bio-active or phyto-chemical compounds

(qualitatively and quantitatively assessed) of an extract of a medicinal plant or

its part, for internal or external use of human beings or animals for diagnosis,

treatment, mitigation or prevention of any disease or disorder but does not

include administration by parenteral route.]

6

[(ee) ―Registered medical practitioner‖ means a person

(i) holding a qualification granted by an authority specified or notified

under section 3 of the Indian Medical Degrees Act, 1916 (7 of 1916), or

specified in the Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956 (102 of

1956); or

(ii) registered or eligible for registration in a medical register of a

State meant for the registration of persons practising the modern scientific

system of medicine

7

[excluding the Homoeopathic system of medicine]; or

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 370(E), dt. 7-4-1994. 2. Omitted by G.S.R. 358, dt. 15-3-1975.

3. Sub. by GSR. 579(E), dt. 20-9-2006, earlier Ins. by G.S.R. 923(E), dt. 14-12-1992.

5. Ins. by G.S.R 680 (E), dt. 5-12-1980. 6. Ins. by Notfn. F. 1-22 / 59-D, dt. 9-4-1960.

9. Ins. by GSR 1183(E), dt 17-8-1964. 10. Sub-rule (3) omitted by GSR 19, dt. 15-12-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

40

(iii) registered in a medical register,

1

[other than a register for the

registration of Homoeopathic practitioner], of a State, who although not falling

within sub-clause (i) or sub-clause (ii) is declared by a general or special order

made by the State Government in this behalf as a person practising the modern

scientific system of medicine for the purposes of this Act; or

(iv) registered or eligible for registration in the register of dentists for a

State under the Dentists Act, 1948 (16 of 1948); or

(v) who is engaged in the practice of veterinary medicine and who

possesses qualifications approved by the State Government;]

2

[(f) ―retail sale‖ means a sale

3

[whether to a hospital, or dispensary, or a

medical, educational or research institute or to any other person] other than a

sale by way of wholesale dealing];

4

[(g) ―sale by way of wholesale dealing‖ means sale to a person for the

purpose of selling again and includes sale to a hospital, dispensary, medical,

educational or research institution;]

5

[(h) ―Schedule‖ means a Schedule to these Rules;]

6

[(i) State Government in relation to a Union Territory means the

Administrator thereof;

9

[***]

PART II

3. Functions.

THE CENTRAL DRUGS LABORATORY

It shall be the function of the Laboratory

(i) to analyse or test such samples of drugs as may be sent to it under sub-

section (2) of section 11, or under sub-section (4) of section 25 of the Act;

7

[* * * * *]

(iii) to carry out such other duties as may be entrusted to it by the Central

Government or, with the permission of the Central Government, by a State

Government after consultation with the Drugs Technical Advisory Board.

8

[3A. (1)The functions of the Laboratory in respect of the following drugs or

classes of drugs shall be carried out at the Central Research Institute, Kasauli, and the

functions of the Director in respect of the said drugs or classes of drugs shall be

exercised by the Director of the said Institute :

(1) Sera.

(2) Solution of serum proteins intended for injection.

(3) Vaccines.

(4) Toxins.

(5) Antigens.

1. Ins. by S.O. 2139, dt. 5-6-1972.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 681 (E), dt. 6-6-1988.

4. Subs. by Notfn. F-1-16/57, dt. 15.6.1957.

5. Subs. by Notfn. No. F. 28-10/45-H (1), dt. 31-3-1957.

6. Subs. by Notfn. No. F-1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

41

(6) Anti-toxins.

(7) Sterilized surgical ligature and sterilised surgical suture.

(8) Bacteriophages:

1

[Provided that the functions of the Director in respect of Oral Polio Vaccine shall

be exercised by the Deputy Director and Head of the Polio Vaccine Testing

Laboratory in case of Central Research Institute, Kasauli only.]

2

[(1A) The functions of the Laboratory in respect of Oral Polio Vaccine shall be

carried out by the following Institutes and the functions of the Director in respect of

the said drugs shall be exercised by the Director of the respective Institutes :-

(a) Pasteur Institute of India, Coonoor.

(b) Enterovirus Research Centre (Indian Council of Medical Research),

Haffkin Institute Compound, Parel, Bombay-400012.]

3

[(c) The National Institute of Biologicals, NOIDA.]

4

[(2) The functions of the Laboratory in respect of the following drugs or classes of

drugs shall be carried out at the Indian Veterinary Research Institute, Izatnagar or

Mukteshwar and the functions of the Director in respect of the said drugs or classes of

drugs shall be exercised by the Director of either of the said institutes.

(1) Anti-sera for veterinary use.

(2) Vaccines for veterinary use.

(3) Toxoids for veterinary use.

(4) Diagnostic Antigens for veterinary use.]

5

[(3) The functions of the laboratory in respect of testing of condoms shall be

carried out at the Central Drugs Testing Laboratory, Chennai, and the functions of

the Director in respect of the said products shall be exercised by the Director of the

said Laboratory.]

6

[(4)] The functions of the Laboratory in respect of the following drug shall be

carried out at the Laboratory of the Serologist and Chemical Examiner to the

Government of India, Calcutta and the functions of the Director in respect of the said

drug shall be performed by the Serologist and Chemical Examiner of the said

Laboratory :

VDRL Antigen.

7

[(5) The function of the Laboratory in respect of Intra-Utrine Devices and Falope

Rings shall be carried out at the Central Drugs Testing Laboratory, Thane,

Maharashtra and the functions of the Director in respect of the said devices shall be

exercised by the Director of the said Laboratory.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R.445(E), dt. 30-4-1992. Earlier Ins. by G.S.R.62(E), dt. 15-2-1982.

3. Ins. by G.S.R.249(E), dt. 4-4-2002.

4. Ins. by Notfn. No. F.-1-6/62-D, dt. 2-7-1969.

6. Sub-rule (4) omitted and sub-rule (5) renumbered as sub-rule (4) by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 62(E),

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

42

1

[(6) The functions of the Laboratory in respect of human blood and human blood

products including components, to test for freedom of HIV antibodies, shall be

carried out by the following Institutes/Hospitals and the functions of the Director in

respect of the above mentioned products shall be exercised by the head of the

respective Institute, namely:-

(a) National Institute for Communicable Disease, Department of

Microbiology, Delhi.

(b) National Institute of Virology, Pune

(c) Centre of Advanced Research in Virology, Christian Medical College,

Vellore.]

2

[(7) The functions of the Laboratory in respect of Homoeopathic medicines shall

be carried out at the Homoeopathy Pharmacopoeia Laboratory, Ghaziabad and the

functions of the Director in respect of the Homoeopathic medicines shall be exercised

by the Director of the laboratory.]

3

[(8) (a) The functions of the Laboratory in respect of the following kits or class of

drugs shall be carried out at the National Institute of Biologicals, Noida and the

functions of the Director in respect of the said drugs or class of drugs shall be

exercised by the Director of the said institute.

(b) The kits or class of drugs referred to in clause (a) are-

(1) Blood grouping reagents.

(2) Diagnostic kits for human immunodeficiency virus, Hepatitis B Surface Antigen

and Hepatitis C Virus.

(3) Blood products-

(a) Human Albumin;

(b) Human Normal Immunoglobulin (intramuscular and intravenous);

(c) Human Coagulation Factor VIII;

(d) Human Coagulation Factor IX;

(e) Plasma Protein Fractionation;

(f) Fibrin Sealant Kit;

(g) Anti Inhibitor Coagulation complex.

(4) Recombinant products such as-

(a) Recombinant insulin and insulin analogue;

(b) r-erythropoietin (EPO);

(c) r-Granulocyte Colony stimulating Factor (G-CSF).

(5) Biochemical kits-

(a) Glucose Test Strips;

(b) Fully Automated analyzer based glucose reagents.]

4. Despatch of samples for test or analysis.- (1) Samples for test or analysis under

sub-section (4) of section 25 of the Act shall be sent by registered post in a sealed

packet, enclosed, together with a memorandum in Form 1, in an outer cover

addressed to the Director.

(2) The packet as well as the outer cover, shall be marked with a distinguishing

number.

(3) A copy of the memorandum in Form 1 and a specimen impression of the seal used

to seal the packet shall be sent separately by registered post to the Director.

5. Recording of condition of seals.

On receipt of the packet, it shall be opened by an officer authorised in writing in that

behalf by the Director who shall record the condition of the seal on the packet.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

43

6. Report of result of test or analysis. After test or analysis the result of the test or

analysis, together with full protocols of the tests applied, shall be supplied forthwith

to the sender in Form 2.

7. Fees. The fees for test and analysis shall be those specified in Schedule B.

8. Signature of certificates. Certificates issued under these Rules by the

Laboratory shall be signed by the Director or by an officer authorised by the Central

Government by Notification in the Official Gazette to sign such certificates.

1

[PART III

[RULES 9 to 20- omitted by SRO. 2136 dated 15-06-1957]

PART IV

2

[IMPORT AND REGISTRATION ]

21. In this Part.–

3

[(a) ―import licence‖ means either a licence in Form 10 to import drugs

4

[* *

*]; excluding those specified in Schedule X, or a licence in Form 10-A to

import drugs specified in Schedule X;]

(b) ―licensing authority‖ means the authority appointed by the Central

Government to perform the duties of the licensing authority under these Rules and

includes any person to whom the powers of a licensing authority may be

delegated under Rule 22;

(c) ―licence for examination, test or analysis‖ means a licence in Form 11 to

import small quantities of drugs the import of which is otherwise prohibited, for

the purpose of examination, test or analysis;

5

[(d) ―manufacturer‖ includes a manufacturer of drugs, who may be a

Company or a unit or a body corporate or any other establishment in a country

other than India, having its drugs manufacturing facilities duly approved by the

National Regulatory Authority of that country, and who also has a free sale

approval of the drugs approved by the said authority in the concerned country, and

/or in other major countries;

(e) ―Registration Certificate‖ means a certificate issued under Rule 27A by

the licensing authority in Form 41 for registration of the premises and the drugs

manufactured by the manufacturer meant for import into and use in India.]

22. The licensing authority may with the approval of the Central Government by an

order in writing delegate the

2

[power to sign licences and Registration Certificate and]

such other powers as may be specified in the order to any other person under his

control.

1. Part III (Rules 9 to 20) omitted by Notfn. No. F. 1-16/57-D (SRO 2136), dt. 15-6-1957.

2. Sub. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E),dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Omitted by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

5. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

44

1

[23. Import licences.–An import licence in Form 10 shall be required for

2

[import

of drugs], excluding those specified in Schedule X, and an import licence in Form 10-

A shall be required for the import of drugs specified in Schedule X.]

2

[24. Form and manner of application for import licence.– (1) An application for

an import licence shall be made to the licensing authority in Form 8 for drugs

excluding those specified in Schedule X, and in Form 8A for drugs specified in

Schedule X, either by the manufacturer himself having a valid wholesale licence for

sale or distribution of drugs under these Rules, or by the manufacturer‘s agent in

India either having a valid licence under the Rules to manufacture for sale of a drug

or having a valid wholesale licence for sale or distribution of drugs under these Rules,

and shall be accompanied by a licence fee of one thousand rupees for a single drug

and an additional fee at the rate of one hundred rupees for each additional drug and by

an undertaking in Form 9 duly signed by or on behalf of the manufacturer:

Provided that in the case of any subsequent application made by the same importer

for import licence for drugs manufactured by the same manufacturer, the fee to

accompany each such application shall be one hundred rupees for each drug:

(2) Any application for import licence in Form 8 or Form 8-A, as the case may be,

shall be accompanied by a copy of Registration Certificate issued in Form 41 under

Rule 27A:

Provided that in case of emergencies the licensing authority may, with the

approval of the Central Government, issue an import licence in Form 10 or 10A, as

the case may be, without the issuance of Registration Certificate under Rule 27A, for

reasons to be recorded in writing.

3

[Provided further that Registration certificate shall not be required to be

accompanied with an application for an import licence under the Rules for the import

of in-vitro diagnostic kits and regents, except for the diagnostic kits notified from

time to time under sub-clause (iv) of clause (b) of section 3.]

(3) A fee of two hundred and fifty rupees shall be paid for a duplicate copy of the

licence issued under this Rule, if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.]

4

[24A. Form and manner of application for Registration Certificate.—(1) An

application for issue of a Registration Certificate shall be made to the licensing

authority in Form 40, either by the manufacturer himself, having a valid wholesale

licence for sale or distribution of drugs under these rules, or by his authorised agent

in India, either having a valid licence under the rules to manufacture for sale of a drug

or having a valid wholesale licence for sale or distribution of drugs under these rules,

and shall be accompanied by the fee specified in sub-rule (3) and the informations and

undertakings specified in Schedules D-I and D-II duly signed by or on behalf of the

manufacturer.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

4. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-08-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

45

(2) The authorisation by a manufacturer to his agent in India shall be documented

by a power of attorney executed and authenticated either in India before a First Class

Magistrate, or in the country of origin before such an equivalent authority, the

certificate of which is attested by the Indian Embassy of the said country, and the

original of the same shall be furnished along with the application for Registration

Certificate.

(3) (i) A fee of one thousand and five hundred US dollars

1

[or its equivalent in

Indian rupees] shall be paid along with the application in Form 40 as registration fee

for his premises meant for manufacturing of drugs intended for import into and use in

India

(ii) A fee of one thousand US dollars

1

[or its equivalent in Indian rupees] shall be

paid along with the application in Form 40 for the registration of a single drug meant

for import into and use in India and an additional fee at the rate of one thousand US

dollars for each additional drug:

Provided that in the case of any subsequent application for registration of

additional drugs by the same manufacturer, the fee to accompany shall be one

thousand US dollars

1

[or its equivalent in Indian rupees] for each drug.

(4) The fees shall be paid through a Challan in the Bank of Baroda, Kasturba

Gandhi Marg, New Delhi-110001 or any other branch or branches of Bank of Baroda,

or any other bank, as notified, from time to time, by the Central Government, to be

credited under the Head of Account ―0210-Medical and Public Health, 04-Public

Health, 104-Fees and Fines‖:

Provided that in the case of any direct payment of fees by a manufacturer in the

country of origin, the fees shall be paid through Electronic Clearance System (ECS)

from any bank in the country of origin to the Bank of Baroda, Kasturba Gandhi Marg,

New Delhi, through the Electronic Code of the bank in the Head of Account ―0210-

Medical and Public Health, 04- Public Health, 104-Fee and Fines‖, and the original

receipt of the said transfer shall be treated as an equivalent to the bank challan,

subject to the approval by the Bank of Baroda that they have received the payment.

(5) The applicant shall be liable for the payment of a fee of five thousand US

dollars

1

[or its equivalent in Indian rupees] for expenditure as may be required for

inspection or visit of the manufacturing premises or drugs, by the licensing authority

or by any other persons to whom powers have been delegated in this behalf by the

licensing authority under Rule 22.

(6) The applicant shall be liable for the payment of testing fees directly to a testing

laboratory approved by the Central Government in India or abroad, as may be

required for examination, tests and analysis of drug.

(7) A fee of three hundred US dollars

1

[or its equivalent in Indian rupees] shall be

paid for a duplicate copy of the Registration Certificate, if the original is defaced,

damaged or lost.

(8) No Registration Certificate shall be required under these Rules in respect of an

inactive bulk substance to be used for a drug formulation, with or without

pharmacopoeial conformity.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

46

25. Licences for import of drugs manufactured by one manufacturer.– (1) A single

application may be made, and a single licence may be issued, in respect of the import

of more than one drug or class of drugs manufactured by the same manufacturer:

1

[Provided that the drugs or classes of drugs are manufactured at one factory or

more than one factory functioning conjointly as a single manufacturing unit:

Provided further that if a single manufacturer has two or more factories situated in

different places manufacturing the same or different drugs a separate licence shall be

required in respect of the drugs manufactured by each such factory.]

2

[* * * * *]

3

[25A. Condition to be satisfied before a licence in Form 10 or Form 10-A is

granted. (1) A licence in Form 10 or in Form 10-A shall be granted by the licensing

authority having regard to–

(i) the premises, where the imported substances will be stocked, are

equipped with proper storage accommodation for preserving the properties of the

drugs to which the licence applies; and

(ii) the occupation, trade or business ordinarily carried out by the

applicant:

Provided that the licensing authority may refuse to grant a licence in Form 10-A

in respect of any applicant where he is satisfied,--

(a) that the applicant has not complied with the provisions of the Act or

these rules; or

(b) that by reasons of—

4

[(i) his conviction under the Act or these Rules or the Narcotic Drugs

and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985 (61 of 1985) or the rules made

thereunder;]

(ii) previous suspension or cancellation of the licence granted to him;

he is not a fit person to whom licence shall be granted.

(2) Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the licensing authority

under this Rule may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to the

Central Government and the Central Government may after such enquiry into the

matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity for

making a representation in the matter, make such orders in relation thereto as it thinks

fit.]

4. Subs. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

47

1

[25B. Registration Certificate for import of drugs manufactured by one

manufacturer.--(1) A single application may be made, and a single Registration

Certificate in Form 41 may be issued in respect of the import of more than one drug

or class of drugs, manufactured by the same manufacturer:

Provided that the drug or classes of drugs, are manufactured at one factory or

more than one factory functioning conjointly as a single manufacturing unit:

Provided further that if a single manufacturer has two or more factories situated in

different places manufacturing the same or different drugs, separate Registration

Certificates shall be required in respect of the drugs manufactured by each such

factory.]

26. Conditions of import licence.

following conditions:

An import licence shall be subject to the

(i) the manufacturer shall at all times observe the undertaking given by him

or on his behalf in Form 9;

(ii) the licensee shall allow any Inspector authorised by the licensing

authority in that behalf to enter with or without notice any premises where the

imported substance is stocked, to inspect the means, if any, employed for

testing the substance and to take samples;

(iii) the licensee shall on request furnish to the licensing authority from

every batch of each substance or from such batch or batches as the licensing

authority may from time to time specify a sample of such amount as the

licensing authority may consider adequate for any examination required to be

made, and the licensee shall, if so required, furnish full protocols of the tests, if

any, which have been applied;

(iv) if the licensing authority so directs the licensee shall not sell or offer

for sale any batch in respect of which a sample is or protocols are furnished

under the last preceding sub-rule until a certificate authorising the sale of the

batch has been issued to him by or on behalf of the licensing authority;

(v) the licensee shall, on being informed by the licensing authority that any

part of any batch of the substance has been found by the licensing authority not

to conform with the standards of strength, quality and purity prescribed by

Chapter III of the Act, or the rules thereunder and on being directed so to do,

withdraw the remainder of that batch from sale and, so far as may in the

particular circumstances of the case be practicable, recall the issues already

made from that batch;

(vi) the licensee shall maintain a record of all sales by him of substances for

the import of which a licence is required, showing particulars of the substance

and of the person to whom sold and such further particulars, if any, as the

licensing authority may specify and such record shall be open to the inspection of

any Inspector authorised in that behalf by the licensing authority:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

48

1

[Provided that in respect of the sale or distribution of drugs specified in Schedule

X, the licensee shall maintain a separate record or register showing the following

particulars, namely:

1. Name of the Drug,

2. Batch number,

3. Name and address of the manufacturer,

4. Date of transaction,

5. Opening stock on the business day,

6. Quantity of drug received, if any, and the source from which received,

7. Name of the purchaser, his address and licence number,

8. Balance quantity of drug at the end of the business day,

9. Signature of the person under whose supervision the drugs have been

supplied.]

(vii) the licensee shall comply with such further requirements, if any,

applicable to the holders of import licenses, as may be specified in any rules,

subsequently made under Chapter III of the Act and of which the licensing

authority has given to him not less than four months‘ notice.

27. Grant of import licence. On receipt of an application for an import licence

in the form and manner prescribed in Rule 24, the licensing authority shall, on being

satisfied that, if granted, the conditions of the licence will be observed, issue an

import licence in Form 10

1

[or From 10A, as the case may be].

2

[27A Grant of Registration Certificate. (1) On receipt of an application for

Registration Certificate in the Form and manner specified in Rule 24A, the licensing

authority shall, on being satisfied, that, if granted, the conditions of the Registration

Certificate will be observed, issue a Registration Certificate in Form 41:

Provided further that if the application is complete in all respects and

informations specified in Schedules D-I and D-II are in order, the licensing authority

shall, within nine months from the date of receipt of an application, issue such

Registration Certificate, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be

recorded in writing, the Registration Certificate may be issued within such extended

period, not exceeding three months, as the licensing authority may deem fit.

(2) If the applicant does not receive the Registration Certificate within the period

as specified in the proviso to sub-rule (1), he may appeal to the Central Government

and the Central Government may after such enquiry into the matter, as it considers

necessary, may pass such orders in relation thereto as it thinks fit.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

49

1

[28. Duration of import licence. A licence unless, it is sooner suspended or

cancelled, shall be

2

[valid for a period of three years from the date of its issue:]

Provided that if application for a fresh licence is made three months before the

expiry of the existing licence the current licence shall be deemed to continue in force

until orders are passed on the application.]

3

[28A. Duration of Registration Certificate.—- A Registration Certificate, unless,

it is sooner suspended or cancelled, shall be valid for a period of three years from the

date of its issue:

Provided that if the application for a fresh Registration Certificate is made nine

months before the expiry of the existing certificate, the current Registration

Certificate shall be deemed to continue in force until orders are passed on the

application.]

4

[29. Suspension and cancellation of import licence. If the manufacturer or

licensee fails to comply with any of the conditions of an import licence, the licensing

authority may after giving the manufacturer or licensee an opportunity to show cause

why such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons

therefor, suspend or cancel it for such period as it thinks fit, either wholly or in

respect of some of the substances to which it relates:

Provided that a person, who is aggrieved by the order passed by the licensing

authority under this rule may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to

the Central Government, and the Central Government may, after such enquiry into the

matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity for

representing his views in the matter, pass such orders in relation thereto as it thinks

fit.]

3

[29A. Suspension and cancellation of Registration Certificate. —If the

manufacturer fails to comply with any of the conditions of the Registration

Certificate, the licensing authority may after giving him an opportunity to show cause

why such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons

therefor, suspend or cancel the Registration Certificate for such period as it thinks fit

either wholly or in respect of some of the substances to which it relates:

Provided that a person, who is aggrieved by the order passed by the licensing

authority under this rule may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to

the Central Government, and the Central Government may, after such enquiry into the

matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity for

representing his views in the matter, pass such orders in relation thereto as it thinks

fit.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

4. Subs. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

50

30. Prohibition of import after expiry of potency. —No biological or other special

product specified in Schedule C or C (I) shall be imported after the date shown on the

label, wrapper or container of the drug as the date up to which the drug may be

expected to retain a potency not less than, or not to acquire a toxicity greater than,

that required, or as the case may be, permitted by the prescribed test.

1

[* * * * *]

2

[30AA. Import of new Homoeopathic medicine.—(1) No new Homoeopathic

medicine shall be imported except under and in accordance with the permission in

writing of the Licensing Authority.

(2) The importer of a New Homoeopathic medicine when applying for permission

shall produce before the Licensing Authority such documentary and other evidence as

may be required by the Licensing Authority for assessing the therapeutic efficacy of

the medicine including the minimum provings carried out with it.]

3

[Explanation. —For the purpose of this rule, ‗New Homoeopathic Medicine‘

means—

(i) a Homoeopathic medicine which is not specified in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India or United States of America or of the United Kingdom

or the German Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia; or

(ii) which is not recognized in authoritative Homoeopathic literature as

efficacious under the conditions recommended; or

(iii) a combination of Homoeopathic medicines containing one or more

medicines which are not specified in any of the Pharmacopoeias referred to in

clause (i) as Homoeopathic medicines and also not recognized in authoritative

Homoeopathic literature as efficacious under the conditions recommended.]

4

[30B. Prohibition of import of certain drugs. No drug, the manufacture, sale

or distribution of which is prohibited in the country of origin, shall be imported under

the same name or under any other name except for the purpose of examination, test or

analysis.]

5

[31. Standard for certain imported drugs.—No drug shall be imported unless it

complies with the standard of strength, quality and purity, if any, and the test

prescribed in the Rules shall be applicable for determining whether any such imported

drug complies with the said standard:

Provided that the drugs intended for veterinary use, the standards of strength,

quality and purity, if any, shall be those that are specified in Schedule F(1) and the

test prescribed in that Schedule shall be applicable for determining whether any such

imported drug complies with the said standards and where no standards are specified

in Schedule F(1) for any veterinary drug, the standards for such drug shall be those

specified in the current edition, for the time being in force, of the British

Pharmacopoeia Veterinary:

1. Rule 30A omitted by G.S.R.944 (E), dt. 21-9-1988. Earlier rules 30A and 30AA ins. by Notfn. F. 1-

4. Ins. by Notfn. No. F. 1-45 4-1-1951.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

51

Provided further that the licensing authority shall not allow the import of any drug

having less than sixty per cent residual shelf-life period as on the date of import:

Provided also that in exceptional cases the licensing authority may, for reasons to

be recorded in writing, may allow, the import of any drug having lesser shelf-life

period, but before the date of expiry as declared on the container of the drug.]

1

[32. Packing and labelling of imported drugs. No drug shall be imported unless

it is packed and labelled in conformity with the Rules in Parts IX and X

2

[* * *] and

further conform to the standards laid down in Part XII provided that in the case of

drugs intended for veterinary use, the packing and labelling shall conform to the rules

in Parts IX and X and Schedule F(1)].

3

[32A Packing and Labelling of Homoeopathic medicine. No Homoeopathic

medicine shall be imported unless it is packed and labelled in conformity with the

rules in Part IX-A.]

33. Import of drugs for examination, test or analysis Small quantities of drugs

the import of which is otherwise prohibited under section 10 of the Act may be

imported for the purpose of examination, test or analysis subject to the following

conditions:

(a) No drug shall be imported for such purpose except under a licence in

Form 11;

(b) the licensee shall use the substances imported under the licence

exclusively for purposes of examination, test or analysis and shall carry on such

examination, test or analysis in the place specified in the licence, or in such other

places as the licensing authority may from time to time authorise;

(c) the licensee shall allow any Inspector authorized by the licensing authority

in this behalf to enter, with or without prior notice, the premises where the substances

are kept, and to inspect the premises, and investigate the manner in which the

substances are being used and to take samples thereof;

(d) the licensee shall keep a record of, and shall report to the licensing

authority, the substances imported under the licence, together with the quantities

imported, the date of importation and the name of the manufacturer;

(e) the licensee shall comply with such further requirements, if any, applicable

to the holders of licences for examination, test or analysis as may be specified in

any rules subsequently made under Chapter III of the Act and of which the

licensing authority has given to him not less than one month‘s notice.

1. Subs. by Notfn. No. F. 1-6/62-D (SO 2889), dt. 2-7-1969.

2. Certain words omitted by G.S.R. 661(E), dt. 3-7-1992.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

52

1

[33A Import of drugs by a Government Hospital or Autonomous Medical

Institution for the treatment of patients.—Small quantities of new drug, as defined in

Rule 122-E, the import of which is otherwise prohibited under section 10 of the Act,

may be imported for treatment of patients suffering from life threatening diseases, or

diseases causing serious permanent disability, or such disease requiring therapies for

unmet medical needs, by a Medical Officer of a Government Hospital or an

Autonomous Medical Institution providing tertiary care, duly certified by the Medical

Superintendent of the Government Hospital, or Head of the Autonomous Medical

Institution, subject to the following conditions, namely:-

(a) no new drug shall be imported for the said purpose except under a licence

in Form 11-A, and the said drug has been approved for marketing in the country

of origin;

(b) the licensee shall use the substances or drugs imported under the licence

exclusively for the purpose of treatment of patients suffering from life threatening

diseases, or diseases causing serious permanent disability, or such diseases

requiring therapies for unmet medical needs, under the supervision of its own

Medical Officers at the place, specified in the licence or at such other places, as

the licensing authority, may from time to time authorise;

(c) the licensee shall allow an Inspector authorised by the licensing authority

in this behalf to enter, with or without prior notice, the premises where the

substances or drugs are stocked, and to inspect the premises and relevant records

and investigate the manner in which the substances or drugs are being used and

to take, if necessary, samples thereof ;

(d) the licensee shall keep a record of, and shall submit the said report half

yearly to the licensing authority, the substances or drugs imported under the

licence, together with the quantities imported and issued to the patients, the date

of importation, the name of the manufacturer, the name and address of the patient

for whom the drug is prescribed and the name of disease;

(e) the licensee shall comply with such other requirements, if any, applicable

to the holders of import licences for import of new drugs for treatment of patients

by Government Hospitals, as may be specified from time to time in any rule

subsequently made under Chapter III of the Act and of which the licensing

authority has given to him not less than one month‘s notice;

(f) the drug shall be stocked under proper storage conditions and shall be

dispensed under the supervision of a registered pharmacist;

(g) the quantity of any single drug so imported shall not exceed 100 average

dosages per patient:

Provided that the licensing authority may, in exceptional circumstances, sanction

the import of drug of a larger quantity.]

34. Application for licence for examination, test or analysis. (1) An application

for a licence for examination, test or analysis shall be made in Form 12 and shall be

made or countersigned by the head of the institution in which, or by a proprietor or

director of the company or firm by which the examination, test or analysis will be

conducted.

1. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

53

(2) The licensing authority may require such further particulars to be supplied as

he may consider necessary.

1

[(3) Every application in Form 12 shall be accompanied by a fee of one hundred

rupees for a single drug and an additional fee of fifty rupees for each additional drug.

(4) The fees shall be paid through a challan in the Bank of Baroda, Kasturba

Gandhi Marg, New Delhi-110001 or any other branch or branches of Bank of Baroda,

or any other Bank, as notified, from time to time, by the Central Government, to be

credited under the Head of Account 0210-Medical and Public Health, 04- Public

Health, 104- Fees and Fines.]

2

[34A. Application for licence to import small quantities of new drugs by a

Government Hospital or Autonomous Medical Institution for the treatment of

patients. (1) An application for an import licence for small quantities of a new drug,

as defined in Rule 122-E for the purpose of treatment of patients suffering from life

threatening diseases, or diseases causing serious permanent disability, or such

diseases requiring therapies for unmet medical needs, shall be made in Form 12-AA,

by a Medical Officer of the Government Hospital or Autonomous Medical Institution,

which shall be certified by the Medical Superintendent of the Government Hospital or

Head of the Autonomous Medical Institution, as the case may be.

(2) The licensing authority may require such further particulars to be supplied, as

he may consider necessary.

(3) Every application in Form 12-AA shall be accompanied by a fee of one

hundred rupees for a single drug and an additional fee of fifty rupees for each

additional drug.

(4) The fees shall be paid through a challan in the Bank of Baroda, Kasturba

Gandhi Marg, New Delhi-110001 or any other branch or branches of Bank of Baroda,

or any other Bank, as notified, from time to time, by the Central Government, to be

credited under the Head of Account 0210- Medical and Public Health, 04- Public

Health, 104- Fees and Fine.]

35. Cancellation of licence for examination, test or analysis. (1) A licence for

examination, test or analysis may be cancelled by the licensing authority for breach of

any of the conditions subject to which the licence was issued.

(2) A licensee whose licence has been cancelled may appeal to the Central

Government within three months of the date of the order.

1. Subs. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

54

1

[35A. Cancellation of licence for import of small quantities of new drugs. (1) A

licence for import of small quantities of a new drug, defined in Rule122E, for the

purpose of the treatment of patients suffering from life threatening diseases, or diseases

causing serious permanent disability, or such diseases requiring therapies for unmet

medical needs, by a Government Hospital or an Autonomous Medical Institution may be

cancelled by the licensing authority for breach of any of the conditions subject to which

the licence was issued or for contravention of any of the provisions of the Act and rules

made thereunder.

(2) A licensee whose licence has been cancelled may appeal to the Central

Government within three months from the date of the receipt of the order, and the Central

Government may after such enquiry into the matter, as it considers necessary and after

giving the appellant an opportunity for representing his views, may pass such orders in

relation thereto, as it thinks fit.]

36. Import of drugs for personal use. Small quantities of drugs, the import of which

is otherwise prohibited under section 10 of the Act, may be imported for personal use

subject to the following conditions:

(i) the drugs shall form part of a passenger‘s bona fide baggage and shall be the

property of, and be intended for, the exclusive personal use of the passenger;

(ii) the drugs shall be declared to the Customs authorities if they so direct;

(iii) the quantity of any single drug so imported shall not exceed one hundred

average doses :

Provided that the licensing authority may in an exceptional case in any individual

case sanction the import of a larger quantity:

2

[Provided further that any drug, imported for personal use but not forming part of

bona fide personal baggage, may be allowed to be imported subject to the following

conditions, namely:

(i) the licensing authority, on an application made to it in Form 12A is

satisfied that the drug is for bona fide personal use;

(ii) the quantity to be imported is reasonable in the opinion of the licensing

authority and is covered by prescription from a registered medical practitioner ;

and

(iii) the licensing authority grants a permit in respect of the said drug in Form

12B.]

3

[37. Packing of patent or proprietary medicine. —Patent or proprietary

medicines shall be imported in containers intended for retail sale:

4

[Provided that such medicines may be imported in bulk containers by any

person who holds a licence to manufacture, if such person has obtained permission in

writing to import such medicines from the licensing authority at least three months prior

to the date of import and the imports are made within a period of twelve months from

the date of issue of such permission].]

38. Statement to accompany imported drugs. All consignments of drugs sought to be

imported shall be accompanied by an invoice or other statement showing the name and

address of the manufacturer and the name and quantities of the drugs.

39. Documents to be supplied to the Customs Collector. Before drugs for the import

of which a licence is not required are imported a declaration signed by or on behalf of the

manufacturer or by or on behalf of the importer that the drugs comply with the provisions

of Chapter III of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules thereunder shall be

supplied to the Customs Collector.

1. Ins. by G.S.R 604 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Ins. by Notfn. No.F-1-36/54-D.S., (SRO 560), dt. 3-3-1955.

3. Ins. by Notfn. No.F-1-3/51-D.S., (SRO 3262), dt. 15-10-1954.

4. Ins. by Notfn. No.F-1-45/58-D, (SO 115), dt. 4-1-1961.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

55

1

[40. Procedure for the import of drugs. (1) If the Customs Collector has reason

to doubt whether any drugs comply with the provisions of Chapter III of the Act and

Rules thereunder he may, and if requested by an officer appointed for this purpose by

the Central Government shall, take samples of any drugs in the consignment and

forward them to the Director of the laboratory appointed for this purpose by the

Central Government and may detain the drugs in the consignment of which samples

have been taken until the report of the Director of the said laboratory or any other

officer empowered by him on this behalf, subject to the approval of the Central

Government, on such samples is received:

Provided that if the importer gives an undertaking in writing not to dispose of the

drugs without the consent of the Customs Collector and to return the consignment or

such portion thereof as may be required, the Customs Collector shall make over the

consignment to the importer.

(2) If an importer who has given an undertaking under the proviso to sub-rule (1)

is required by the Customs Collector to return the consignment or any portion thereof

he shall return the consignment or portion thereof within ten days of receipt of the

notice.]

2

[41. (1) If the Director of the laboratory appointed for the purpose by the Central

Government or any other officer empowered by him on this behalf, subject to the

approval of the Central Government, reports to the Customs Collector that the

samples of any drug in a consignment are not of standard quality, or that the drug

contravenes in any other respect the provisions of Chapter III of the Act or the Rules

thereunder and that the contravention is such that it cannot be remedied by the

importer, the Customs Collector shall communicate the report forthwith to the

importer who shall, within two months of his receiving the communication either

export all the drugs of that description in the consignment, to the country in which

they were manufactured or forfeit them to the Central Government which shall cause

them to be destroyed :

Provided that the importer may within fifteen days of receipt of the report make a

representation against the report to the Customs Collector, and the Customs Collector

shall forward the representation with a further sample to the licensing authority, who

after obtaining, if necessary, the report of the Director of the Central Drugs

Laboratory, shall pass orders thereon which shall be final.

3

[(2) If the Director of the laboratory appointed for the purpose by the Central

Government or any other officer empowered by him on this behalf, subject to the

approval of the Central Government reports to the Customs Collector that the samples

of any drug contravene in any respect the provisions of Chapter III of the Act or the

Rules thereunder and that the contravention is such that it can be remedied by the

importer, the Customs Collector shall communicate the report forthwith to the

importer and permit him to import the drug on his giving an undertaking in writing

not to dispose of the drug without the permission of the officer authorised in this

behalf by the Central Government.]]

4

[* * * * *]

1. Subs. by Notifn. 1-99/52-D.S., dated 3-11-1953.

3. Ins. by Notfn. No. 7-11/47-D, dt. 5-10-1951.

4. Rule 42 omitted by Notfn. No. F. 1-9/52-DS., dt. 3-11-1953.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

56

43. The drugs specified in Schedule D shall be exempt from the provisions of

Chapter III of the Act and of the Rules made thereunder to the extent, and subject to

the conditions specified in that Schedule.

1

[43A. No drug shall be imported into India except through one of the following

places, namely:

Freozepore Cantonment and Amritsar Railway Stations:

In respect of drugs imported by rail across the frontier with Pakistan.

Ranaghat, Bongaon and Mohiassan Railways Stations:

In respect of drugs imported by rail across the frontier with Bangladesh.

5

[Petrapole Road in West Bengal, Sutarkandi in Assam, Old Raghna Bazar and Agartala in

Tripura :

In respect of drugs imported by Road from Bangladesh;]

2

[Raxaul:

In respect of drugs imported by road and railway lines connecting Raxaul in India

and Birganj in Nepal;]

4

[Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, Cochin, Nhava Sheva, Kandla and Inland Container

Depots at Tuglakabad and Patparganj in Delhi and Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu and

Marmugao port in Goa and Visakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh:

In respect of drugs imported by sea into India;

Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, Delhi,Ahmedabad, Hyderabad, Goa, Bengaluru and

Visakhapatnam:

in respect of drugs imported by air into India.]

4

[43-B. Drugs, consignments of which are in transit through India to foreign

countries and which shall not be sold or distributed in India shall be exempted from

the requirements of Chapter III of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (23 of 1940)

and the Rules made thereunder:

Provided that if the Government of the countries to which the drugs are consigned

regulate their import by the grant of import licences, the importer shall at the time of

import into India, produce such import licences.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R 478 (E), dt. 6-8-1981. Earlier Ins. by Notfn No. F.7/7/47-D. dt. 5-1-1954.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 120 (E), dt. 5-3-1998.

3. Sub. by G.S.R 532 (E), dt. 18-05-2016. Earlier sub. by G.S.R 575 (E), dt. 17-11-2012, G.S.R 101 (E), dt.

4. Added by Notfn. No. E. 1-60/D, (SO 1056) dt. 19-3-1964.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 116 (E), 24-01-2009.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

57

PART V

1

[GOVERNMENT ANALYSTS, INSPECTORS, LICENSING

AUTHORITIES AND CONTROLLING AUTHORITIES]

2

[44. Qualifications of Government Analyst.

Government Analyst under the Act shall be a person who

A person appointed as a

(a) is a graduate in medicine or science or pharmacy or Pharmaceutical

Chemistry of a

3

[University established in India by law or has an equivalent

qualification recognized and notified by the Central Government for such

purpose] and has had not less than five years‘ post-graduate experience in the

testing of drugs in a laboratory under control of (i) a Government Analyst

appointed under the Act, or (ii) the head of an Institution or testing laboratory

approved for the purpose by the appointing authority,

4

[or has completed two

years‘ training on testing of drugs, including items stated in Schedule C, in

Central Drugs Laboratory], or

(b) possesses a post-graduate degree in medicine or science or pharmacy

or Pharmaceutical chemistry of a

3

[University established in India by law or

has an equivalent qualification recognized and notified by the Central

Government for such purpose] or possesses the Associateship Diploma of the

Institution of Chemists (India) obtained by passing the said examination with

‗Analysis of Drugs and Pharmaceuticals‘ as one of the subjects and has had

after obtaining the said post-graduate degree or diploma not less than three

years‘ experience in the testing of drugs in a laboratory under the control of (i)

a Government Analyst appointed under the Act, or (ii) the head of an

Institution or testing laboratory approved for the purpose by the appointing

authority

4

[or has completed training on testing of drugs, including items stated

in Schedule C, in Central Drugs Laboratory]:

Provided that-

4

[(i) for purpose of examination of items in Schedule C,-

(ia) the persons appointed under clause (a) or (b) and having degree in

Medicine, Physiology, Pharmacology, Microbiology, Pharmacy should

have experience or training in testing of said items in an institution or

laboratory approved by the appointing authority for a period of not less than

six months;

(ib) the person appointed under clause(a) or (b) but not having degree in the

above subjects should have experience or training in testing of said

Schedule C drugs for a period of not less than three years in an institution or

laboratory approved by the appointing authority or have completed two

years training on testing of drugs including items stated in Schedule C in

Central Drugs Laboratory;]

1. Subs. by G.S.R 443 (E), dt. 12-4-1989.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. No. 1427, dt. 22-10-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

58

(ii) for a period of four years from the date on which Chapter IV of the Act

takes effect in the States, persons whose training and experience are regarded

by the appointing authority as affording, subject to such further training, if any,

as may be considered necessary, a reasonable guarantee of adequate knowledge

and competence, may be appointed as Government Analysts. The persons so

appointed may, if the appointing authority so desires, continue in service after

the expiry of the said period of four years;

(iii) no person who is engaged directly or indirectly in any trade or business

connected with the manufacture of drugs shall be appointed as a Government

Analyst for any area:

Provided further that for the purpose of examination of Anti-sera, Toxoid and

Vaccines and Diagnostic Antigens for Veterinary use, the person appointed shall be a

person who is a graduate in Veterinary Science, or general science, or medicine or

pharmacy and has had not less than five years‘ experience in the standardization of

biological products or person holding a post-graduate degree in Veterinary Science,

or general science, or medicine or pharmacy or pharmaceutical chemistry with an

experience of not less than three years in the standardization of biological products :

Provided also that persons, already appointed as Government Analysts may

continue to remain in service, if the appointing authority so desires, notwithstanding

the fact that they do not fulfil the qualifications as laid down in clause (a), clause (b)

or the preceding proviso.

45. Duties of Government Analysts.−(1) The Government Analyst shall cause to

be analysed or tested such samples or drugs

1

[and cosmetics] as may be sent to

him by Inspectors or other persons under the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

shall furnish reports of the results of test or analysis in accordance with these Rules.

(2) A Government Analyst shall from time to time forward to the Government

reports giving the result of analytical work and research with a view to their

publication at the discretion of Government.

46. Procedure on receipt of sample.−O n receipt of a package from an Inspector

containing a sample for test or analysis, the Government Analyst shall compare the

seals on the packet

2

[or on portion of sample or container] with the specimen

impression received separately and shall note the condition of the seals on the

3

[packet or on portion of sample or container]. After the test or analysis has been

completed, he shall forthwith supply to the Inspector a report in triplicate in Form 13

of the result of the test or analysis, together with full protocols of the tests or analysis

applied:

1. Ins. by S.O. 2139 dt. 5-6-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

59

1

[Explanation. It shall be deemed to be full and sufficient compliance with the

requirement of the rule in respect of the supply of ―protocols of the tests or analysis

applied‖, if

(1) for pharmacopoeial drug, where the tests or methods of analysis

prescribed in the official pharmacopoeia are followed, references to the specific

tests or analysis in the pharmacopoeias are given in the report;

(2) for patent or proprietary medicines for which the tests and methods

prescribed in any of the official pharmacopoeias are applicable and are

followed, references to the specific tests or analysis in the pharmacopoeias are

given in the report;

(3 )for patent or proprietary medicines containing pharmacopoeial drugs for

which the official tests or analysis or methods of assays are modified and

applied, a description of the actual tests or, as the case may be, analysis or

methods of assays so applied is given in the report;

(4) for patent or proprietary medicines for which no pharmacopoeial tests or

methods of analysis are available or can be applied but for which tests or

methods of analysis given in standard books or journals are followed, a

description of such tests or methods of analysis applied together with the

reference to the relevant books or journals from which the tests or methods of

analysis have been adopted, is given in the report;

(5) for those drugs for which methods of test are not available and have

been evolved by the Government Analyst, a description of tests applied is

given in the report.]

47. Report of result of test or analysis. An application from a purchaser for test

or analysis of a drug under section 26 of the Act shall be made in Form 14 A and the

report of test or analysis of the drug made on such application shall be supplied to the

applicant in Form 14B.

48. Fees. The fees to be paid by a person submitting to the Government

Analyst under section 26 of the Act for test or analysis of a drug

3

[or cosmetic]

purchased by him shall be those specified in Schedule B.

2

[49. Qualifications of Inspectors. —A person who is appointed an Inspector

under the Act shall be a person who has a degree in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical

Sciences or Medicine with specialisation in Clinical Pharmacology or Microbiology

from a University established in India by law:

Provided that only those Inspectors: ⎯

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

60

(i) Who have not less than 18 months‘ experience in the manufacture of

at least one of the substances specified in Schedule C, or

(ii) Who have not less than 18 months‘ experience in testing of at least

one of the substances in Schedule C in a laboratory approved for this purpose

by the licensing authority, or

(iii) Who have gained experiences of not less than three years in the

inspection of firms manufacturing any of the substances specified in Schedule

C during the tenure of their services as Drugs Inspectors;

shall be authorised to inspect the manufacture of the substances mentioned in Schedule

C:]

1

[Provided further that the requirement as to the academic qualification shall not

apply to persons appointed as Inspectors on or before the 18th day of October, 1993.]

2

[ 49A. Qualification of a Licensing Authority.—No person shall be qualified to be a

Licensing Authority under the Act unless:-

(i) he is a graduate in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry or in Medicine

with specialization in clinical pharmacology or microbiology from a University

established in India by law; and

(ii) he has experience in the manufacture or testing of drugs or enforcement of

the provisions of the Act for a minimum period of five years:

3

[ Provided that the requirements as to the academic qualification shall not apply

to those inspectors and the Government Analysts who were holding those positions

on the 12

th

day of April,1989.]]

4

[50. Controlling authority. (1) All Inspectors appointed by the Central

Government shall be under the control of an officer appointed in this behalf by the

Central Government.

(2) All Inspectors appointed by the State Government shall be under the control

of an officer appointed in this behalf by the State Government.

(3) For the purposes of these rules an officer appointed by the Central Government

under sub-rule (1), or as the case may be, an officer appointed by the State

Government under sub-rule (2), shall be a controlling authority.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R 552 (E), dt. 4-12-1996.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 443 (E), dt. 12-4-1989.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 532 (E), dt. 14.8.1991.

4. Subs. by S.O. 2139, dt. 5-6-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

61

1

[50A. Qualification of a Controlling Authority.

to be a Controlling Authority under the Act unless

(1) No person shall be qualified

(i) he is a graduate in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry or in

Medicine with specialization in Clinical Pharmacology or Microbiology from a

University established in India by law; and

(ii) he has experience in the manufacture or testing of drugs or enforcement of

the provisions of the Act for a minimum period of five years:

2

[Provided that the requirements as to the academic qualifications shall not apply

to those Inspectors and the Government Analysts who were holding those positions

on the 12th day of April, 1989.]

51. Duties of Inspectors of premises licensed for sale. Subject to the

instructions of the controlling authority, it shall be duty of an Inspector authorized to

inspect premises licensed for the sale of drugs

(1) to inspect

3

[not less than once a year] all establishments licensed for the

sale of drugs within the area assigned to him;

(2) to satisfy himself that the conditions of the licences are being observed;

(3) to procure and send for test or analysis, if necessary, imported packages

which he has reason to suspect contain drugs being sold or stocked or exhibited

for sale in contravention of the provisions of the Act or Rules thereunder;

(4) to investigate any complaint in writing which may be made to him;

(5) to institute prosecutions in respect of breaches of the Act and Rules

thereunder;

(6) to maintain a record of all inspections made and action taken by him in the

performance of his duties, including the taking of samples and the seizure of

stocks, and to submit copies of such record to the controlling authority;

(7) to make such enquiries and inspections as may be necessary to detect the

sale of drugs in contravention of the Act;

1. Ins. by G.S.R 443 (E), dt. 12-04-1989.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 532 (E), dt. 14-8-1991.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 700 (E), dt. 28-9-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

62

(8) when so authorized by the State Government, to detain imported packages

which he has reason to suspect contain drugs, the import of which is prohibited.

52. Duties of Inspectors specially authorized to inspect the manufacture of

1

[drugs or cosmetics]. Subject to the instructions of the controlling authority it shall

be the duty of an Inspector authorized to inspect the manufacture of drugs

(1) to inspect

2

[not less than once a year], all premises licensed for

manufacture of

1

[drugs or cosmetics] within the area allotted to him to satisfy

himself that the conditions of the licence and provisions of the Act and Rules

thereunder are being observed;

(2) in the case of establishments licensed to manufacture products specified

in Schedules C and C(1) to inspect the plant and the process of manufacture, the

means employed for standardizing and testing the

2

[drugs or cosmetics], the

methods and place of storage, the technical qualifications of the staff employed

and all details of location, construction and administration of the establishment

likely to affect the potency or purity of the product;

(3) to send forthwith to the controlling authority after each inspection a

detailed report indicating the conditions of the licence and provisions of the Act

and rules thereunder which are being observed and the conditions and

provisions, if any, which are not being observed;

(4) to take samples of the

1

[drugs or cosmetics] manufactured on the

premises and send them for test or analysis in accordance with these Rules;

(5) to institute prosecutions in respect of breaches of the Act and Rules

thereunder.

53. Prohibition of disclosure of information. Except for the purposes of official

business or when required by a Court of Law, an Inspector shall not, without the

sanction in writing of his official superior, disclose to any person any information

acquired by him in the course of his official duties.

54. Form of order not to dispose of stock. An order in writing by an Inspector

under clause (c) of section 22 of the Act requiring a person not to dispose of any

stock in his possession shall be in Form 15.

1. Subs. by G.S.R 504 (E), dt. 18-7-2002.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 700 (E), dt. 28-9-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

63

1

[54A. Prohibition of sale. No person in possession of a drug

2

[or cosmetic] in

respect of which an Inspector has made an order under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of

section 22 of the Act shall in contravention of that order sell or otherwise dispose of

any stock of such drug

2

[or cosmetic].

3

[55. Forms of receipts for seized drug, cosmetic, record register, document or

any other material object.-- A receipt by an Inspector for the stock of any drug or

cosmetic or for any record, register, document or any other material object seized by

him under clause (c) or clause (cc) of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Act shall be

in Form 16.]

4

[55A. Manner of certifying copies of seized documents.—The Drugs Inspector

shall return the documents , seized by him under clause (cc) or produced before him

under clause (cca), of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Act, within a period of

twenty days of the date of such seizure or production, to the person from whom they

have seized or, as the case may be, the person who produced them, after copies

thereof of extracts therefrom have been signed by the concerned Drug Inspector and

the person from whom they have seized , or, as the case may be , who produced such

records.]

56. Form of intimation of purpose of taking samples. When an Inspector takes a

sample of a drug for the purpose of test or analysis, he shall intimate such purpose in

writing in Form 17 to the person from whom he takes it.

5

[56A. Form or receipt for samples of drugs where fair price tendered is

refused.—Where the fair price, for the samples of drugs taken for the purpose of test

or analysis, tendered under sub-section (1) of section 23 has been refused, the

Inspector shall tender a receipt therefor to the person from whom the said samples

have been taken as specified in Form 17A.]

57. Procedure for despatch of sample to Government Analyst. (1) The portion of

sample or the container sent by an Inspector to the Government Analyst for test or

analysis under sub-section (4) of section 23 of the Act shall be sent by registered post

or by hand in a sealed packet, enclosed together with a memorandum in Form 18, in

an outer cover addressed to the Government Analyst.

(2) A copy of the memorandum and a specimen impression of the seal used to

seal the packet shall be sent to the Government Analyst separately by registered post

or by hand.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. No. 926 dt. 16-7-1977.

4. Ins. by G.S.R 89 (E), dt. 16-2-1985.

5. Ins. by G.S.R 292 (E), dt. 29-5-1997.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

64

1

[58. Confiscation of drugs, implements, machinery etc. (1) Where any person has

been convicted for contravening any of the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act or any

Rule made thereunder, the stock of the drug in respect of which the contravention has

been made shall be liable to confiscation.

(2) Where any person has been convicted for the manufacture of any drug

deemed to be misbranded under clause (a), clause (b), clause (c), clause (d), clause (f)

or clause (g) of section 17 of the Act, or adulterated drug under section 17B of the

Act, or for manufacture for sale, or stocking or exhibiting for sale or distribution of

any drug without a valid licence as required under clause (c) of section 18 of the Act,

any implements or machinery used in such manufacture, sale or distribution and any

receptacle, packages, or coverings in which such drug is contained and the animals,

vehicles, vessels or other conveyances used in carrying such drug shall also be liable

to confiscation.]

2

[58A. Procedure for disposal of confiscated drugs. (1) The Court shall refer

the confiscated drugs to the Inspector concerned for report as to whether they are of

standard quality or contravene the provisions of the Act or the Rules in any respect.

(2) If the Inspector, on the basis of Government Analyst‘s report finds the

confiscated drugs to be not of standard quality or to contravene any of the provisions

of the Act or the Rules made thereunder, he shall report to the Court accordingly. The

Court shall thereupon order the destruction of the drugs. The destruction shall take

place under the supervision of the Inspector in the presence of such authority, if any,

as may be specified by the Court.

(3) If the Inspector finds that the confiscated drugs are of standard quality and do

not contravene the provisions of the Act or the Rules made thereunder, he shall report

to the Court accordingly.

3

[The Court may then order the Inspector to give the stocks

of confiscated drugs to hospital or dispensary maintained or supported by the

Government or by Charitable Institutions].]

1. Subs. by S. O. 289, dt. 3-2-1973.

2. Ins. by No. F. 1-9/62-D (GSR 6), dt. 2-12-1964.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 59 (E), dt. 7-2-1995.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

65

PART VI

SALE OF DRUGS OTHER THAN HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

59. (1) The State Government shall appoint Licensing Authorities for the purpose

of this Part for such areas as may be specified.

1

[(2) Applications for the grant or renewal of a licence

2

[to sell, stock, exhibit or

offer for sale or distribute] drugs, other than those included in Schedule X,

3

[shall be

made in Form 19 accompanied by a fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred or

Form 19A accompanied by a fee of rupees five hundred, as the case may be, or in the

case of drugs included in Schedule X shall be made in Form 19C accompanied by a

fee of rupees five hundred, to the licensing authority:]

Provided that in the case of an itinerant vendor or an applicant who desires to

establish a shop in a village or town having population of 5,000 or less, the

application in Form 19-A shall be accompanied by a fee of rupees ten .

(3)

3

[A fee of rupees one hundred and fifty] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of

a licence

2

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or distribute] drugs, other than those

included in Schedule X, or for a licence

2

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or

distribute] drugs, included in Schedule X, if the original is defaced, damaged or lost:

Provided that in the case of itinerant vendor or an applicant who desires to

establish a shop in a village or town having a population of 5,000 or less, the fee for a

duplicate copy of a licence if the original is defaced, damaged or lost, shall be rupees

two.

(4) Application for renewal of a licence

2

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or

distribute] drugs, after its expiry but within six months of such expiry

3

[shall be

accompanied by a fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred plus an additional fee

at the rate of rupees five hundred per month or part thereof in Form 19, rupees five

hundred plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees two hundred and fifty per month

or part thereof in Form 19-A and rupees five hundred plus an additional fee at the rate

of rupees two hundred and fifty per month or part thereof in Form 19C:]

Provided that in the case of an itinerant vendor or an applicant desiring to open a

shop in a village or town having a population of 5,000 or less the application for such

renewal shall be accompanied by a fee of rupees ten, plus an additional fee at the rate

of rupees eight per month or part thereof.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 601 (E), dt. 24-08-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

66

1

[60. A licensing authority may with the approval of the State Government by an

order in writing delegate the power to sign licences and such other powers as may be

specified in the order to any other person under his control.]

2

[61. Forms of licences to sell drugs. (1) a licence

3

[ to sell, stock, exhibit or

offer for sale or distribute] drugs other than those specified in Schedules C, C (1) and

X and by retail on restricted licence or by wholesale, shall be issued in Form 20,

Form 20A or Form 20B, as the case may be:

Provided that a licence in Form 20A shall be valid for only such drugs as are

specified in the licence.

(2) A licence

3

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or distribute] drugs specified

in Schedule C and C (1) excluding those specified in Schedule X, by retail on

restricted licence or by wholesale shall be issued in Form 21, Form 21A or Form 21B,

as the case may be:

4

[Provided that a licence in Form 21A shall not be granted for drugs specified in

Schedules C and shall be valid for only such Schedule C (1) drugs as are specified in

the licence.]

(3 )A licence

3

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or distribute] drugs specified

in Schedule X by retail or by wholesale shall be issued in Form 20F or Form 20G as

the case may be.]

62. Sale at more than one place. If drugs are sold or stocked for sale at more

than one place, separate application shall be made, and a separate licence shall be

issued, in respect of each such place:

5

[Provided that this shall not apply to itinerant vendors who have no specified

place of business and who will be licensed to conduct business in a particular area

within the jurisdiction of the licensing authority.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

4. Subs. by G.S.R 487 (E), dt. 2-7-1984.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

67

1

[62A. Restricted licences in Forms 20A and 21A. (a) Restricted licences in

Forms 20A and 21A shall be issued subject to the discretion of the Licensing

Authority, to dealers or persons in respect of drugs whose sale does not require the

supervision of a qualified person.

(b) Licences to itinerant vendors shall be issued only in exceptional circumstances

for bona fide travelling agents of firms dealing in drugs or for a vendor who

purchases drugs from a licensed dealer for distribution in sparsely populated rural

areas where other channels of distribution of drugs are not available.

(c) The licensing authority may issue a licence in Form 21A to a travelling agent

of a firm but to no other class of itinerant vendors for the specific purpose of

distribution to medical practitioners or dealers, samples of biological and other

special products specified in Schedule C:

Provided that travelling agents of licensed manufacturers, agents, of such

manufacturers and importers of drugs shall be exempted from taking out licence for

the free distribution of samples of medicines among members of the medical

profession, hospitals, dispensaries and the medical institution or research institutions.

1

[62-B. Conditions to be satisfied before a licence in Form 20A or Form 21A is

granted. (1) A licence in Form 20A or Form 21A shall not be granted to any

person, unless the authority empowered to grant the licence is satisfied that the

premises in respect of which the licence is to be granted are adequate and equipped

with proper storage accommodation for preserving the properties of drugs to which

the licence applies:

Provided that this condition shall not apply in the case of licence granted to

itinerant vendors.

(2) In granting a licence under Rule 62A the authority empowered to grant it

shall have regard to:

(i) the number of licences granted in the locality during one year

immediately preceding; and

(ii) the occupation, trade or business carried on by such applicant :

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

68

Provided that the licensing authority may refuse to grant or renew a licence to any

applicant or licensee in respect of whom it is satisfied that by reason of his conviction

of an offence under the Act or these Rules or the previous cancellation or suspension

of any licence granted thereunder, he is not a fit person to whom a licence should be

granted under this rule.

(3) Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the licensing authority in

sub-rule (1) may, within 30 days from the date of the receipt of such order appeal to

the State Government and the State Government may, after such enquiry into the

matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity for

representing his views in the matter make such order in relation thereto as it thinks

fit.]

1

[62C. Application for licence to sell drugs by wholesale or to distribute the same

from a motor vehicle. (1) Application for the grant or renewal of a licence to sell by

wholesale or to distribute from a motor vehicle shall be made to the Licensing

Authority in Form 19AA and shall be accompanied by

2

[a fee of rupees five

hundred]:

Provided that if the applicant applies for the renewal of a licence after its expiry

but within six months of such expiry , the fee payable for renewal of such licence

shall be

2

[rupees five hundred plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees two hundred

and fifty per month or part thereof].

(2) A fee of

2

[rupees one hundred and fifty] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of a

licence issued under this rule, if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.]

3

[62D. Form of licences to sell drugs by wholesale or distribute drugs from a

motor vehicle. A licence shall be issued for sale by wholesale or for distribution

from a motor vehicle of drugs other than those specified in Schedule and Schedule

C(1) in Form 20BB and of drugs specified in Schedule C and Schedule C(1) in Form

21BB :

Provided that such a licence shall not be required in a case where a public carrier

or a hired vehicle is used for transportation or distribution of drug.]

3

[63. Duration of licence. An original licence or a renewed licence to sell drugs,

unless sooner suspended or cancelled, shall be

2

[valid for a period of five years on

and from the date on which] it is granted or renewed:

1. Ins. by Notfn. No. 1-9/60-D dt. 3-7-1961.

2. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

69

1

[Provided that if the application for renewal of licence in force is made before its

expiry or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of

additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application. The licence shall be deemed to have expired if application for its renewal

is not made within six months after its expiry].]

2

[63A. Certificate of renewal of a sale licence. The certificate of renewal of a

sale licence in Forms 20, 20A, 20B,

3

[20F, 20G], 21, 21A and 21B shall be

issued in Form 21C.]

4

[63B. Certificate of renewal of licence. A certificate of renewal of a licence in

Form 20BB or Form 21BB shall be issued in Form 21CC.]

5

[64. Conditions to be satisfied before a licence in Form

8

21 or 21B] is granted . (1)A licence in Form

3

6

[to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale or distribute] drugs shall not be granted

7

[or

renewed] to any person unless the authority empowered to grant the licence is

satisfied that the premises in respect of which the licence is to be granted

7

[or

renewed] are adequate, equipped with proper storage accommodation for preserving

the properties of the drugs to which the licence applies and are in charge of a person

competent in the opinion of the licensing authority to supervise and control the sale,

distribution and preservation of drugs :

Provided that in the case of a pharmacy a licence in Form 20 or 21 shall not be

granted

7

[or renewed] unless the licensing authority is satisfied that the requirements

prescribed for a pharmacy in Schedule N have been complied with:

3

[Provided further that licence in Form 20F shall be granted

7

[or renewed] only

to a pharmacy and in areas where a pharmacy is not operating, such licence may be

7

[granted or renewed] to a chemist and druggist.]

Explanation. For the purpose of this rule the term ‗Pharmacy‘ shall be held to

mean to include every store or shop or other place : (1) where drugs are dispensed,

that is, measured or weighed or made up and supplied ; or (2) where prescriptions are

compounded; or (3) where drugs are prepared; or (4) which has upon it or displayed

within it, or affixed to or used in connection with it, a sign bearing the word or words

―Pharmacy‖, ―Pharmacist‖, ―Dispensing Chemist‖ or ―Pharmaceutical Chemist‖; or

(5) which, by sign, symbol or indication within or upon it gives the impression that

the operations mentioned at (1), (2) and (3) are carried out in the premises; or (6)

which is advertised in terms referred to in (4) above.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Ins. by Notfn. No. F.1-10/62-D,dt. 10-4-1964.

6. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

8. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

70

(2) In granting

1

[or renewing] a licence under sub-rule (1) the authority empowered

to grant it shall have regard

2

[(i) to the average number of licences granted

1

[or renewed] during the

period of 3 years immediately preceding, and]

(ii) to the occupation, trade or business ordinarily carried on by such

applicant during the period aforesaid:

Provided that the licensing authority may refuse to grant or renew a licence to any

applicant or licensee in respect of whom it is satisfied that by reason of his conviction

of an offence under the Act or these rules, or the previous cancellation or suspension

of any licence granted

1

[or renewed] thereunder, he is not a fit person to whom a

licence should be granted

1

[or renewed] under this rule. Every such order shall be

communicated to the licensee as soon as possible:

3

[Provided further that in respect of an application for the grant of a licence in

Form 20B or Form 21B or both, the licensing authority shall satisfy himself that the

premises in respect of which a wholesale licence is to be granted

1

[or renewed] are:-

(i) of an area of not less than ten square meters; and]

4

[(ii) in the charge of a competent person, who—

(a) is a Registered Pharmacist, or

(b) has passed the matriculation examination or its equivalent

examination from a recognised Board with four years‘ experience in dealing

with sale of drugs, or

(c) holds a degree of a recognised University with one year‘s

experience in dealing with drugs:]

5

[Provided also that,-

(i) in respect of an application for the grant of a licence in Form 20 or Form

21 or both, the licensing authority shall satisfy itself that the premises are of an

area] of not less than 10 square meters, and

(ii) in respect of an application for the grant of a licence

(A) In Form 20 or Form 21 or both, and

(B) In Form 20 B or Form 21B or both,

the licensing authority shall satisfy itself that the premises are of an area not less than

15 square meters:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

71

Provided also that the provisions of the preceding proviso shall not apply to the

premises for which licences have been issued by the licensing authority before the

commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (1st Amendment) Rules, 1997.]

1

[(3) Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the licensing authority

in sub-Rule (1) may, within 30 days from the date of receipt of such order, appeal to

the State Government and the State Government may, after such enquiry into the

matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity for

representing his views in the matter, make such an order in relation thereto as it thinks

fit.]

65. Condition of licences. Licences in

2

and 21-B] shall be subject to the conditions stated therein and to the following general

conditions

2

[(1) Any drug shall, if compounded or made on the licensee‘s premises be

compounded or made by or under the direct and personal supervision of a

3

[registered

Pharmacist].]

(2) The supply, otherwise than by way of wholesale dealing,

4

[* * *] of any drug

supplied on the prescription of a Registered Medical Practitioner shall be effected

only by or under the personal supervision of a

3

[registered Pharmacist].

5

[(3) (1) The supply of any drug

6

[other than those specified in Schedule X] on a

prescription of a Registered Medical Practitioner shall be recorded at the time of

supply in a prescription register specially maintained for the purpose and the serial

number of the entry in the register shall be entered on the prescription. The following

particulars shall be entered in the register:

_

(a) serial number of the entry,

(b) the date of supply,

(c) the name and address of the prescriber,

7

[(d) the name and address of the patient, or the name and address of the

owner of the animal if the drug supplied is for veterinary use,

(e) the name of the drug or preparation and the quantity or in the case of a

medicine made up by the licensee, the ingredients and quantities thereof,

(f) in the case of a drug specified in

2

[Schedule C or

8

[Schedule H and

Schedule H1]] the name of the manufacturer of the drug, its batch number and

the date of expiry of potency, if any,

(g) the signature of the

3

[registered Pharmacist] by or under whose

supervision the medicine was made up or supplied:

1. Amended by F.1-9/60-D dt. 3-7-1961.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 676 (E), dt. 6-9-1994.

5. Subs. by S. O. 2139, dt. 5-6-1972.

7. Subs. by G.S.R. 926 dt. 16-7-1977.

8. Subs. by G.S.R 588 (E), dt. 30-08-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

72

Provided that in the case of drugs which are not compounded in the premises and

which are supplied from or in the original containers, the particulars specified in

items (a) to (g) above may be entered in a cash or credit memo book, serially

numbered and specially maintained for this purpose:

Provided further that if the medicine is supplied on a prescription on which the

medicine has been supplied on a previous occasion and entries made in the

prescription register, it shall be sufficient if the new entry in the register includes a

serial number, the date of supply, the quantity supplied and a sufficient reference to

an entry in the register recording the dispensing of the medicine on the previous

occasion:

Provided also that it shall not be necessary to record the above details in the

register or in the cash or credit memo particulars in respect of−

(i) any drugs supplied against prescription under the Employees State

Insurance Scheme if all the above particulars are given in that prescription, and

(ii) any drug other than that specified in

1

[Schedule C or

4

[Schedule H and Schedule

H1]] if it is supplied in the original unopened container of the manufacturer and

if the prescription is duly stamped at the time of supply with the name of the supplier

and the date on which the supply was made and on condition that the provisions of

sub-rule (4)(3) of this rule are complied with.

5

[(h) the supply of a drug specified in Schedule H1 shall be recorded in a separate

register at the time of the supply giving the name and address of the prescriber, the

name of the patient, the name of the drug and the quantity supplied and such records

shall be maintained for three years and be open for inspection.]

(2) The option to maintain a prescription register or a cash or credit memo book

in respect of drugs and medicines which are supplied from or in the original container,

shall be made in writing to the Licensing Authority at the time of application for the

grant or renewal of the licence to sell by retail:

Provided that the Licensing Authority may require records to be maintained only

in prescription register if it is satisfied that the entries in the carbon copy of the cash

or credit memo book are not legible.]

2

[(4) (1) The supply by retail, otherwise than on a prescription of a drug specified

in Schedule C

3

[* * *] shall be recorded at the time of supply

either−

1. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Ins. by Notfn. No. 1-63/61-D, dt. 17-7-1963.

3. Omitted by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Subs. by G.S.R 588 (E), dt. 30-08-2013.

5. Ins. by G.S.R 588 (E), dt. 30-08-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

73

(i) in a register specially maintained for the purpose in which the following

particulars shall be entered :

(a) serial number of the entry,

(b) the date of supply,

(c) the name and address of the purchaser,

(d) the name of the drug and the quantity thereof,

(e) in the case of a drug specified in Schedule C, the name of the

manufacturer, the batch number and the date of expiry of potency,

(f) the signature of the person under whose supervision the sale was

effected, or

(ii) in a cash or credit memo book, serially numbered containing all the

particulars specified in items (b) to (f) of sub-clause (i) above.

NOTE: The entries in the carbon copy of the cash or credit memo which is retained

by the licensee shall be maintained in a legible manner.

(2) The option to maintain a register or a cash or credit memo book shall be made

in writing to the Licensing Authority at the time of application for the grant or

renewal of a licence to sell by retail:

Provided that the Licensing Authority may require records to be maintained in a

register if it is satisfied that the entries in the carbon copy of the cash/credit memo

book are not legible.

(3)(i) The supply by retail of any drug shall be made against a cash/credit memo

which shall contain the following particulars :

(a) Name, address and sale licence number of the dealer,

1

[(b) Serial number of the cash/credit memo,

(c) the name and quantity of the drug supplied.]

(ii) Carbon copies of cash/credit memos shall be maintained by the licensee as

record.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

74

1

[(4)(i) Records of purchase of a drug intended for sale or sold by retail shall be

maintained by the licensee and such records shall show the following particulars,

namely:

(a) the date of purchase,

(b) the name and address of the person from whom purchased and the

number of the relevant licence held by him,

(c) the name of the drug, the quantity and the batch number, and

(d) the name of the manufacturer of the drug.

(ii) Purchase bills including cash or credit memo shall be serially numbered by the

licensee and maintained by him in a chronological order.]

2

[(5)(1) Subject to the other provisions of these Rules the supply of a drug by

wholesale shall be made against a cash or credit memo bearing the name and address

of the licensee and his licence number under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act in which

the following particulars shall be entered

(a) the date of sale,

(b) the name, address of the licensee to whom sold and his sale licence

number. In case of sale to an authority purchasing on behalf of Government, or

to a hospital, medical, educational or research institution or to a Registered

Medical Practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients the name and

address of the authority, institution or the Registered Medical Practitioner as

the case may be,

(c) the name of the drug, the quantity and the batch number,

(d) the name of the manufacturer,

3

[(e) the signature of the competent person under whose supervision the sale

was effected.]

(2) Carbon copies of cash or credit memos specified in clause (1) shall be

preserved as records for a period of three years from the date of the sale of the drug.

1. Subs. by G.S.R 1242 (E), dt. 17-9-1979.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 496 (E), dt. 9-6-1995.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

75

1

[(3) (i) Records of purchase of a drug intended for resale or sold by wholesale

shall be maintained by the licensee and such records shall show the following

particulars, namely:-

(a) the date of purchase,

(b) the name, address and the number of the relevant licence held by the

person from whom purchased,

(c) the name of the drug, the quantity and the batch number, and

(d) the name of the manufacturer of the drug.

(ii) Purchase bills including cash or credit memos shall be serially numbered by

the licensee and maintained by him in a chronological order.]

(6) The licensee shall produce for inspection by an Inspector appointed under the

Act on demand all registers and records maintained under these Rules, and shall

supply to the Inspector such information as he may require for the purpose of

ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act and Rules thereunder have been

observed.

(7) Except where otherwise provided in these Rules, all registers and records

maintained under these Rules shall be preserved for a period of not less than two

years from the date of the last entry therein.

(8) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Rule it shall not be necessary to

record particulars in a register specially maintained for the purpose if the particulars

are recorded in any other register specially maintained under any other law for the

time being in force.

2

[(9) (a) Substances specified in

3

[Schedule H and Schedule H1] or Schedule X

shall not be sold by retail except on and in accordance with the prescription of a

Registered Medical Practitioner and in the case of substances specified in Schedule

X, the prescriptions shall be in duplicate, one copy of which shall be retained by the

licensee for a period of two years.

(b) The supply of drugs specified in

3

[Schedule H and Schedule H1] or

Schedule X to Registered Medical Practitioners, Hospitals, Dispensaries and Nursing

Homes shall be made only against the signed order in writing which shall be

preserved by the licensee for a period of two years.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

76

(10) For the purposes of clause (9) a prescription shall

(a) be in writing and be signed by the person giving it with his usual

signature and be dated by him;

1

[(b) specify the name and address of the person for whose treatment it is

given, or the name and address of the owner of the animal if the drug is meant

for veterinary use;]

(c) indicate the total amount of the medicine to be supplied and the dose to

be taken.

(11) The person dispensing a prescription containing a drug specified in

5

[Schedule H and Schedule H1]

2

[and Schedule X] shall comply with the following

requirements in addition to other requirement of these rules.

(a) the prescription must not be dispensed more than once unless the

prescriber has stated thereon that it may be dispensed more than once;

(b) if the prescription contains a direction that it may be dispensed a stated

number of times or at stated intervals it must not be dispensed otherwise than

in accordance with the directions;

(c) at the time of dispensing there must be noted on the prescription above

the signature of the prescriber the name and address of the seller and the date

on which the prescription is dispensed.

4

[(11-A) No person dispensing a prescription containing substances specified in

3

[

5

[Schedule H and Schedule H1] or X], may supply any other preparation, whether

containing the same substance or not, in lieu thereof.

3

[(12) Substances specified in Schedule X kept in retail shop or premises used in

connection therewith shall be stored—

(a) under lock and key in cupboard or drawer reserved solely for the storage

of these substances; or

(b) in a part of the premises separated from the remainder of the premises

and to which only responsible persons have access;]

2. Ins. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Subs., by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Ins. by SO 2139, dt. 5-6-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

77

1

[* * * * *]

2

[(15)(a) The description ―Drugstore‖ shall be displayed by such licensees who do

not require the services of a

3

[Registered Pharmacist].

(b) The description ―Chemists and Druggists‖ shall be displayed by such

licensees who employ the services of a

3

[Registered Pharmacist] but who do not

maintain a ―Pharmacy‖ for compounding against prescriptions.

(c) The description ―Pharmacy‖, ―Pharmacist‖, ―Dispensing Chemist‖ or

―Pharmaceutical Chemist‖ shall be displayed by such licensees who employ the

services of a

3

[Registered Pharmacist] and maintain a ―Pharmacy‖ for compounding

against prescriptions:

3

[Explanation:- For the purpose of this rule,-

(i) ―Registered Pharmacist‖ means a person who is a registered

Pharmacist as defined in clause (i) of section (2) of the Pharmacy Act, 1948

(Act No. 8 of 1948):

Provided that the provisions of sub-clause (i) shall not apply to those

persons who are already approved as ―qualified person‖ by the licensing

authority on or before 31st December, 1969:

(ii) ―Date of Expiry of potency‖ means the date that is recorded on the

container, label or wrapper as the date up to which the substance may be

expected to retain a potency not less than or not to acquire a toxicity greater

than that required or permitted by the prescribed test].]

4

[(16) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

1. Sub-Rules (13) and (14) omitted by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 676 (E), dt. 6-9-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

78

1

[(17) No drug shall be sold or stocked by the licensee after the date of expiration

of potency recorded on its container, label or wrapper, or in violation of any statement

or direction recorded on such container, label or wrapper:

Provided that any such drugs in respect of which the licensee has taken steps with

the manufacturer or his representative for the withdrawal, reimbursement or disposal

of the same, may be stocked after the date of expiration of potency pending such

withdrawal, reimbursement or disposal, as the case may be, subject to the condition

that the same shall be stored separately from the trade stocks

2

[and all such drugs

shall be kept in packages or cartons, the top of which shall display prominently, the

words ―Not for sale‖].]

3

[(18) No drug intended for distribution to the medical profession as free sample

which bears a label on the container as specified in clause

4

[(ix)] of sub-rule (1) of rule

96, and no drug meant for consumption by the Employees‘ State Insurance

Corporation, the Central Government Health Scheme, the Government Medical

Stores Depots, the Armed Forces Medical Stores or other Government institutions,

which bears a distinguishing mark or any inscription on the drug or on the label

affixed to the container thereof indicating this purpose shall be sold or stocked by the

licensee on his premises:]

5

[Provided that this sub-rule shall not be applicable to licensees who have been

appointed as approved chemists, by the State Government in writing, under the

employees‘ State Insurance Scheme, or have been appointed as authorised agent or

distributor, by the manufacturer in writing, for drugs meant for consumption under

the Central Government Health Scheme, the Government Medical Stores Depots, the

Armed Forces Medical Stores or other Government Institutions for drugs meant for

consumption under those schemes

6

[or have been appointed as authorised Depots or

Carrying and Forwarding agent by the manufacturer in writing, for storing free

samples meant for distribution to medical profession] subject to the conditions that

the stock shall be stored separately from the trade stocks and shall maintain separate

records of the stocks received and distributed by them.]

3. Ins. by Notfn. No. 1-113/69-D, dt. 23-12-1969.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

79

1

[(19) The supply by retail of any drug in a container other than the one in which

the manufacturer has marketed the drug, shall be made only by dealers who employ

the services of a

2

[Registered Pharmacist] and such supply shall be made under the

direct supervision of the

2

[Registered Pharmacist] in an envelope or other suitable

wrapper or container showing the following particulars on the label:

(a) name of the drug,

(b) the quantity supplied,

(c) the name and address of the dealer.]

3

[(20) The medicines for treatment of animals kept in a retail shop or premises

shall be labelled with the words ‗Not for human use

and shall be stored

for treatment of animals only‘

(a) in a cupboard or drawer reserved solely for the storage of veterinary

drugs, or

(b) in a part of the premises separated from the remainder of the premises

to which customers are not permitted to have access.]

4

[(21) (a) The supply of drugs specified in Schedule X shall be recorded at the

time of supply in a register (bound and serially page numbered) specially maintained

for the purpose and separate pages shall be allotted for each drug.

(b) The following particulars shall be entered in the said register, namely:--

(i) Date of transaction;

(ii) Quantity received, if any, the name and address of the supplier and the

number of the relevant licence held by the supplier;

(iii) Name of the drug;

(iv) Quantity supplied;

(vi) Batch No. or Lot No;

(vii) Name and address of the patient/purchaser;

(viii) Reference Number of the prescription against which supplies were

made;

(ix) Bill No and date in respect of purchases and supplies made by him;

(x) Signature of the person under whose supervision the drugs have been

supplied.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R 676 (E), dt. 6-9-1994.

4. Ins. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

80

1

[65A. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for liscence or a

licensee to the Licensing Authority. The applicant for the grant of a licence or any

person granted a licence under this Part shall, on demand, furnish to the licensing

authority, before the grant of the licence or during the period the licence is in force,

as the case may be, documentary evidence in respect of the ownership of occupation

or rental or other basis of the premises, specified in the application for licence or in

the licence granted, constitution of the firm, or any other relevant matter which may

be required for the purpose of verifying the correctness of the statements made by the

applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after obtaining the licence, as the case

may be.]

66. Cancellation and suspension of licences. (1) The Licensing Authority may,

after giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not

be passed by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued

under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit, either wholly or in

respect of some of the substances to which it relates, if in his opinion, the licensee has

failed to comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any provisions of

the Act or Rules thereunder:

1

[Provided that, where such failure or contravention is the consequence of an act

or omission on the part of an agent or employee, the licence shall not be cancelled or

suspended if the licensee proves to the satisfaction of the licensing authority−

(a) that the act or omission was not instigated or connived at by him or, if the

licensee is a firm or company, by a partner of the firm or a director of the

company, or

(b) that he or his agent or employee had not been guilty of any similar act or

omission within twelve months before the date on which the act or omission in

question took place, or where his agent or employee had been guilty of any such act

or omission the licensee had not or could not reasonably have had, knowledge of that

previous act or omission, or

(c) if the act or omission was a continuing act or omission, he had not or could

not reasonably have had knowledge of that previous act or omission, or

(d) that he had used due diligence to ensure that the conditions of the licence or

the provisions of the Act or the Rules thereunder were observed.]

2

[(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may, within three

months of the date of order under sub-rule (1), prefer an appeal against that order to

the State Government, which shall decide the same.]

3

[66A. Procedure for disposal of drugs in the event of cancellation of licence.—

(1) In case a licensee, whose licence has been cancelled, desires to dispose of the

drugs he has in his possession in the premises in respect of which the licence has been

cancelled, he shall apply in writing to the licensing authority for this purpose, giving

the following particulars, namely:—

1. Ins. by S. O. 2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 1242 (E), dt. 17-9-1979.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

81

(a) the name and address of the person to whom the drugs are proposed to

be sold or supplied together with the number of the licence for sale or

manufacture, as the case may be, held by him,

(b) the names of drugs together with their quantities, batch numbers, the

names and addresses of their manufacturers and the dates of their expiry, if any,

proposed to be sold to the person mentioned in clause (a).

(2) The licensing authority may, after examination of the particulars referred to in

sub-rule (1) and, if necessary, after inspection by an Inspector of the premises where

the drugs are stocked, grant the necessary permission for their disposal.]

6

[****]

1

[PART VIA

SALE OF HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

67A. (1) The State Government shall appoint Licensing Authorities for the

purpose of this Part for such areas as may be specified.

(2) Application for the grant or renewal of a licence

2

[to sell, stock or exhibit or

offer for sale or distribute] Homoeopathic medicines shall be made in Form 19-B to

the Licensing Authority and shall be accompanied by a

3

[fee of rupees two hundred

and fifty]:

4

[Provided that if the applicant applies for renewal of licence after its expiry but

within six months of such expiry the fee payable for renewal of such licence shall be

3

[rupees two hundred and fifty plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees fifty or part

thereof].

5

[(3) If the original licence is either defaced, damaged or lost, a duplicate copy

thereof may be issued on payment of a

3

[fee of rupees fifty].]

67B. A Licensing Authority may, with the approval of the State Government, by

an order in writing, delegate the power to sign licences and such other powers, as may

be specified, to any other person under his control.

67C. Forms of licences to sell drugs. (1) A licence

2

[to sell, stock or exhibit or

offer for sale or distribute] Homoeopathic medicines by retail or by wholesale shall

be issued in Form 20C or 20D as the case may be.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

4. Amended by S. O. 2139 dt. 12-8-1972.

6. Rule 67 omitted by SO 289 (E), dt. 20-12-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

82

67D. Sale at more than one place. If drugs are sold or stocked for sale at more

than one place, a separate application shall be made and a separate licence shall be

obtained in respect of each place.

67E. Duration of licences. An original licence or a renewed licence unless it is

sooner suspended or cancelled shall be

1

[valid for a period of five years on and from

the date on which] it is granted or renewed :

2

[Provided that if the application for renewal of a licence in force is made before

its expiry or if the application is made within six month of its expiry, after payment of

additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if application for its

renewal is not made within six months after its expiry.]

3

[67EE. Certificate of renewal. The certificate of renewal of a sale licence in

Forms 20C and 20D shall be issued in Form 20E.]

67F. Condition to be satisfied before a licence in Form 20C or Form 20D is

granted.-(1) A licence in Form 20C or Form 20D to

4

[to sell, stock or exhibit or

offer for sale or distribute] Homoeopathic medicines shall not be granted to any

person unless the authority empowered to grant the licence is satisfied that the

premises in respect of which the licence is to be granted are clean and in the case of a

licence in Form 20C the sale premises is in charge of a person who is or has been

dealing in Homoeopathic medicines and who is in the opinion of the Licensing

Authority competent to deal in Homoeopathic medicines:

5

[Provided that no registered Homoeopathic medical practitioner who is

practising Homoeopathy in the premises where Homoeopathic medicines are sold

shall deal in Homoeopathic medicines.]

(2) Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the Licensing Authority

under sub-rule (1) may within 30 days from the date of the receipt of such order

appeal to the State Government and the State Government may, after such enquiry

into the matter as it considers necessary and after giving the appellant an opportunity

for representing his case, make such order in relation thereto as it thinks fit.

1. Subs. by G.S.R 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Subs. by S. O. 2139 dt. 5-6-1972.

3. Added by Notfn. No. F. 1-14/67-D, dt. the 3-2-1969.

4. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

5. Ins. by Notfn. No. G.S.R 680 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

83

67G. Conditions of licence. Licence in Form 20C or 20D shall be subject to

the conditions stated therein and to the following further conditions, namely:

(1) The premises where the Homoeopathic medicines are stocked for sale or

sold are maintained in a clean condition.

(2) The sale of Homoeopathic medicines shall be conducted under the

supervision of a person, competent to deal in Homoeopathic medicines.

(3) The licensee shall permit an Inspector to inspect the premises and

furnish such information as he may require for ascertaining whether the

provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder have been observed.

(4) The licensee in Form 20D shall maintain records of purchase and sale

of Homoeopathic medicines containing alcohol together with names and

addresses of parties to whom sold.

1

[(5) The licensee in Form 20C shall maintain records of purchase and sale

of Homoeopathic medicines containing alcohol. No records of sale in respect

of Homoeopathic potentised preparation in containers of 30 ml. or lower

capacity and in respect of mother tinctures made up in quantities up to 60 ml.

need be maintained.]

2

[(6) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable

an Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

3

[67GG. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for licence or a

licensee to the Licensing Authority. The applicant for the grant of a licence or any

person granted a licence under this Part shall, on demand furnish to the Licensing

Authority, before the grant of the licence or during the period the licence is in force

as the case may be, documentary evidence in respect of the ownership or occupation

or rental or other basis of the premises, specified in the application for licence or in

the licence granted, constitution of the firm, or any other relevant matter, which

may be required for the purpose of verifying the correctness of the statements made

by the applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after obtaining the licence, as

the case may be.]

1. Ins. by Notfn. No. F. 1-59/68-D, dt. the 19-11-1969.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 331 (E), dt. 8-5-1984.

3. Ins. by S. O. 2139 dt. 5-6-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

84

67-H. Cancellation and suspension of licences. (1) The Licensing Authority

may, after giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should

not be passed by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, cancel a licence

issued under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit, if in his opinion,

the licensee has failed to comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any

provisions of the Act or Rules made thereunder:

1

[Provided that, where such failure or contravention is the consequence of an act

or omission on the part of an agent or employee, the licence shall not be cancelled or

suspended if the licensee proves to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority−

(a) that the act or omission was not instigated or connived at by him or, if

the licensee is a firm or company, by a partner of the firm or a director of the

company, or

(b) that he or his agent or employee had not been guilty of any similar act

or omission within twelve months before the date on which the act or omission

in question took place, or where his agent or employee had been guilty of any

such act or omission, the licensee had not or could not reasonably have had,

knowledge of that previous act or omission, or

(c) if the act or omission was a continuing act or omission that he had not

or could not reasonably have had knowledge of that previous act or omission,

or

(d) that he had used due diligence to ensure that the conditions of the

licence or the provisions of the Act or the Rules thereunder were observed.]

2

[(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may, within three

months of the date of the order under sub-rule (1), prefer an appeal against that order

to the State Government, which shall decide the same.]

1. Ins. by S. O. 2139 dt. 5-6-1972.

2. Amended by G.S.R. 926 dt. 16-7-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

85

PART VII

1

[MANUFACTURE FOR SALE OR FOR DISTRIBUTION] OF DRUGS

OTHER THAN HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

68. Manufacture on more than one set of premises. If drugs are manufactured

on more than one set of premises a separate application shall be made and a separate

licence shall be issued in respect of each such set of premises.

2

[68-A. Grant or Renewal of Licences by the Central Licence Approving

Authority.— (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Part, on and from the

commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (Amendment) Rules,1992, a licence for

the manufacture for sale or distribution of drugs as specified from time to time by the

Central Government by notification in the Official Gazette, for the purpose of this

rule, shall be granted or renewed, as the case may be, by the Central Licence

Approving Authority (appointed by the Central Government):]

Provided that the application for the grant or renewal of such licence

shall be made to the Licensing Authority.

(2) On receipt of the application for grant or renewal of a licence, the licensing

authority shall,-

(i) verify the statement made in the application form;

(ii) cause the manufacturing and testing establishment to be inspected in

accordance with the provisions of rule 79; and

(iii) in case the application is for the renewal of licence, call for the

information(s) of the past performance of the licensee.

(3) If the licensing authority is satisfied that the applicant is in a position to fulfil

the requirements laid down as in these Rules, he shall prepare a report to that effect

and forward it along with the application

3

[and the licence (in triplicate) to be

granted and renewed, duly completed] to the Central Licence Approving Authority:

Provided that if the licensing authority is of the opinion that the applicant is not in

a position to fulfil the requirements laid down in these Rules, he may, by order, for

reasons to be recorded in writing, refuse to grant or renew the licence, as the case may

be.

(4) If on receipt of the application and the report of the licensing authority

referred to in sub-rule (3) and after taking such measures including inspection of the

premises by the Inspector, appointed by the Central Government under section

21 of the Act, with or without an expert in the concerned field if deemed

necessary, the Central Licence Approving Authority, is satisfied that the applicant

1. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 89 (E), dt. 14-2-1996.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

86

is in a position to fulfil the requirements laid down in these Rules, he may grant or

renew the licence, as the case may be:

Provided that if the Central Licence Approving Authority is of the opinion that

the applicant is not in a position to fulfil the requirements laid down in these rules, he

may, notwithstanding the report of the licensing authority, by order, for reasons to be

recorded in writing, reject the application for grant or renewal of licence, as the case

may be.]

1

[68B. Delegation of Powers by the Central Licence Approving Authority.—The

Central Licence Approving Authority may with the approval of the Central

Government, by notification delegate his powers of signing licences and any other

powers under the rules to any person under his control having same qualifications as

prescribed for controlling authority under Rule 50A for such areas and for such

periods as may be specified.]

2

[69. Application for licence to manufacture drugs other than those specified in

Schedules C and C(I) to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules.

3

[(1) Application for grant

or renewal of

4

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution] of drugs, other than

those specified in Schedules C and C(I) shall be made to the licensing authority

appointed by the State Government for the purpose of this Part (hereinafter in this

Part referred to as the licensing authority) and shall be made

(a) in the case of repacking of drugs excluding those specified in Schedule

X for sale or distribution in, Form 24B;

(b) in the case of manufacture of drugs included in Schedule X, in Form

24F;

(c) in any other case, in Form 24.]

5

[(2)(a) Every application in Form 24B shall be made up to ten items for each

category of drugs categorised in Schedule M and shall be accompanied by a licence

fee of rupees five hundred plus and an inspection fee of rupees two hundred for every

inspection or for the purpose of renewal of the licence.

1. Ins. by G.S.R 89 (E), dt. 14-02-1996.

2. Amended by Notfn. F. 1-22/59-D, dt. 9-4-1960.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-06-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

87

(b) Every application in Form 24F shall be made up to ten items for each

category of drugs categorised in Schedule M and shall be accompanied by a licence

fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five

hundred for every subsequent inspection or for the purpose of renewal of licence.

(c) Every application in Form 24 shall be made up to ten items for each category

of drugs

3

[referred to in Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals products and

Schedule MIII relating to medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics] and shall be

accompanied by a licence fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of one

thousand and five hundred for every inspection or for the purpose of renewal of the

licence.]

1

[(3) If a person applies for the renewal of a licence after the expiry thereof but

within six months of such expiry the fee payable for the renewal of such licence shall

be−]

2

[(i) in the case of Form 24B a licence fee of rupees five hundred plus an

additional fee at the rate of rupees two hundred and fifty per month or part

thereof in addition to an inspection fee of rupees two hundred;

(ii) in the case of Form 24F a licence fee of rupees six thousand plus an

additional fee at the rate of rupees one thousand per month or part thereof in

addition to an inspection fee of rupees one thousand;

(iii) in the case of Form 24 a licence fee of rupees six thousand plus an

additional fee at the rate of rupees one thousand per month or part thereof in

addition to an inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred.]

1

[(4) A fee

2

[rupees one thousand shall be paid] for a duplicate copy of the

licence issued under clause (a), clause (b) or clause (c) of sub-Rule (1) if the original

is defaced, damaged or lost.]

2

[(5) Applications for manufacture of more than ten items of each category of

drugs as categorized under Schedule M and M-III or for manufacture of additional

items of drugs by licensees in Form 24 or Form 24F shall be accompanied by an

additional fee at the rate of rupees three hundred for each additional item of drug.

Applications in Form 24B for licence to manufacture for sale and distribution for

repacking for more than 10 items of each category or for manufacture of additional

item of drug shall be accompanied by additional fee of rupees one hundred for each

additional item of drugs as cetegorized in Schedule M and M-III].

1. Subs. by G.S.R 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 26 (E), dt. 19-1-2006.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 640 (E), dt. 29-6-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

88

1

[(6) Where an application under this Rule is for the manufacture of drug

formulations falling under the purview of new drug as defined in rule 122E, such

application shall also be accompanied with approval, in writing in favour of the

applicant, from the licensing authority as defined in clause (b) of rule 21.]

2

[69A. Loan Licences.⎯

3

[(1) Application for the grant or renewal of loan

licences to manufacture for sale or for distribution of drugs other than those specified

in Schedule C, Schedule C (1) and Schedule X shall be made up to ten items for each

category of drugs

5

[referred to in Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals products and

Schedule M-III relating to medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics] and shall be made

in Form 24A accompanied by a licence fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection

fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred to the licensing authority:

Provided that if the applicant applies for the renewal of a licence after its expiry

but within six months of such expiry, the fee payable for renewal of such licence shall

be accompanied by a licence fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of

rupees one thousand and five hundred plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees one

thousand per month or part thereof.]

4

[Explanation.- For the purpose of this rule a loan licence means a licence which

the Licensing Authority may issue to an applicant who does not have his own

arrangements for manufacture but who intends to avail himself of the manufacturing

facilities owned by a licensee in Form 25.]

(2) The Licensing Authority shall, before the grant of a loan licence, satisfy

himself that the manufacturing unit has adequate equipment, staff, capacity for

manufacture, and facilities for testing, to undertake the manufacture on behalf of the

applicant for a loan licence.

3

[(3) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (2), application for manufacture of

more than ten items for each category of drug on a loan licence shall be accompanied

by an additional fee of rupees three hundred per additional item specified

5

[referred to

in Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals products and Schedule MIII relating to

medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics].

1. Ins. by G.S.R 311 (E), dt. 1-5-2002.

2. Amended by Notfn. No. F. 1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6- 1957.

5. Subs. by G.S.R 640 (E), dt. 29-6-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

89

1

[(4) If the Licensing Authority is satisfied that a loan licence is defaced,

damaged or lost or otherwise rendered useless, he may, on payment of a

2

[fee of

rupees one thousand] issue a duplicate licence.]

3

[* * * * *]

4

[70. Form of licence to repack or manufacture drugs other than those specified

in Schedules C and C(1).-

Licences for repacking of drugs against application in Form 24-B shall be granted in

Form 25-B, licences for manufacture of drugs included in Schedule X and against

application in Form 24-F shall be granted in Form 25-F and licences for manufacture

of drugs against application in Form 24 shall be granted in Form 25.]

5

[70A. Form of loan

6

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution] of drugs

other than those

7

[specified in Schedules C, C(1) and X].⎯

A loan

6

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution] or drugs other than those

7

[specified in Schedules C, C(1) and X] shall be issued in Form 25A.]

8

[71. Conditions for the grant or renewal of a licence in Form 25

9

[or Form

25F].⎯

Before a licence in Form 25

9

[or Form 25F] is granted or renewed, the

following conditions shall be complied with by the applicant.-

(1) The manufacture shall be conducted under the active direction and

personal supervision of competent technical staff consisting at least of one person

who is a whole-time employee and who is

(a) a graduate in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry of

10

[a

University established in India by law or has an equivalent qualification

recognised and notified by the Central Government for such purpose] and

has had at least eighteen months practical experience after the graduation in

the manufacture of drugs. This period of experience may, however, be

reduced by six months if the person has undergone training in manufacture of

drugs for a period of six months during his University course; or

(b) a graduate in Science of

10

[a University established

in India by law or has an equivalent qualification recognized and

notified by the Central Government for such purpose] who for the purpose

of his degree has studied Chemistry as a principal subject and has

1. Ins. by Notfn. No. F.1-20/64-D, dt. 26.10.1968.

2. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24.8.2001.

3. Rule 69 omitted by G.S.R. 944 (E), dt. 21-9-1988.

4. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22.6.1982.

6. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

7. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

8. Subs. by Notfn. No. F.1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

10. Subs. by Notfn. No. G.S.R. 71 (E), dt. 30-1-1987.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

90

had at least three years practical experience in the manufacture of drugs after

his graduation; or

(c) a graduate in Chemical Engineering or Chemical Technology or Medicine

of

1

[a University established in India by law or has an equivalent qualification

recognised and notified by the Central Government for such purpose] with

general training and practical experience, extending over a period of not less

than three years in the manufacture of drugs, after his graduation; or

2

[(d) holding any foreign qualification the quality and content of training of

which are comparable with those prescribed in clause (a), clause (b) or clause

(c) and is permitted to work as competent technical staff under this Rule by the

Central Government:]

Provided that any person who was immediately before the 29th June, 1957,

actively directing and personally supervising the manufacture of drugs and whose

name was accordingly entered in any licence granted in Form 25

3

[or Form 25F] as it

existed before the date shall be deemed to be qualified for the purposes of this rule:

4

[Provided further that for drugs other than those specified in Schedules C, C(1)

and X and meant for veterinary use, the whole-time employee under whose

supervision the manufacture is conducted shall be a graduate in Veterinary Science or

Pharmacy or General Science or Medicine of a University recognized by the Central

Government and who has had at least three years practical experience in the

manufacture of drugs excluding graduate in Pharmacy who shall have at least

eighteen months practical experience in the manufacture of drugs:]

5

[Provided

6

[also] that the Licensing Authority may, in the matter of manufacture

of disinfectant fluids, insecticides, liquid paraffin, medicinal gases, non-chemical

contraceptives, plaster of Paris and surgical dressings, for the manufacture of which

the knowledge of Pharmaceutical Chemistry or Pharmacy is not essential, permit the

manufacture of the substance under the active direction and personal supervision of

the competent technical staff, who, although not having any of the qualifications

included in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this rule, has, in the opinion of the Licensing

Authority, adequate experience in the manufacture of such substance.]

2. Added by Notfn. NO. F. 1-19/59-D, dt. 13-6-1961.

3. Ins. by. G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Ins. by. G.S.R. 93 (E), dt. 24-2-1999.

6. Sub. by. G.S.R. 93 (E), dt. 24-2-1999.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

91

(2) The factory premises shall comply with the conditions prescribed in

Schedule M.

(3) The applicant shall provide adequate space, plant and equipment for the

manufacturing operations; the space, plant and equipment recommended for various

operations are given in Schedule M.

1

[(4) The applicant shall provide and maintain adequate staff, premises and

laboratory equipment for carrying out tests of the strength, quality and purity of the

substances at a testing unit, which shall be separate from the manufacturing unit and

the head of the testing unit shall be independent of the head of the manufacturing

unit :

Provided that the manufacturing units, which, before the commencement of the

Drugs and Cosmetics (Amendment) Rules, 1977, were making arrangements with

institutions approved by the Licensing Authority for such tests to be carried out on

their behalf may continue such arrangements up to the 30th June, 1977 :

Provided further that for tests requiring sophisticated instrumentation techniques

or biological or microbiological methods other than sterility the Licensing Authority

may permit such tests to be conducted by institutions approved by it

4

[ under

Part XV(A) of these rules] for this purpose.]

2

[(4A) The head of the testing unit referred to in condition (4) shall possess a

degree in Medicine or Science or Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry of a

University recognized for this purpose and shall have experience in the testing of

drugs, which in the opinion of the licensing authority is considered adequate.]

(5) The applicant shall make adequate arrangements for the storage of drugs

manufactured by him.

3

[(6) The applicant shall, while applying for a licence to manufacture patent or

proprietary medicines, furnish to the Licensing Authority evidence and data justifying

that the patent or proprietary medicines

(i) contain the constituent ingredients in therapeutic/prophylactic quantities

as determined in relation to the claims or conditions for which the medicines

are recommended for use or claimed to be useful;

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 926 dt. 16-7-1977.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 515 dt. 10-4-1976.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 dt. 23-8-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

92

(ii) are safe for use in the context of the vehicles, excipients, additives and

pharmaceutical aids used in the formulation and under the conditions in which

the formulation for administration and use are recommended;

(iii) are stable under the conditions of storage recommended;

(iv) contain such ingredients and in such quantities for which there is

therapeutic justification; and]

1

[(v) have the approval, in writing, in favour of the applicant to manufacture

drugs formulations falling under the purview of new drug as defined in Rule

122-E, from the Licensing Authority as defined in clause (b) of rule 21.]

2

[(7) The licensee shall comply with the requirements of Good Manufacturing

Practices as laid down in Schedule M.]

6

[(8) The applicant shall make application for grant of licence for a drug formulation

containing single active ingredient only in proper name.]

3

[71A. Conditions for the grant or renewal of a licence in Form 25B. Before a licence in

Form 25B is granted or renewed the following conditions shall be complied with by the

applicant :-

(1) the repacking operation shall be carried out under hygienic conditions and

under the supervision of a competent person;

4

[(2) the factory premises shall comply with the conditions prescribed in

Schedule M; and]

5

[(3) the applicant shall have adequate arrangements in his own premises for

carrying out tests for the strength, quality and purity of the drugs at a testing unit

which shall be separate from the repacking unit:]

6

[(4) The application for grant of licence for a drug formulation containing single

active ingredient shall be made only in proper name:]

Provided that the repacking units, which before the commencement of the Drugs

and Cosmetics (Second Amendment) Rules, 1977, were making arrangements with

institutions approved by the licensing authority for such tests to be carried out on their

behalf, may continue such arrangements up to the 31st July, 1977:

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 311 (E), dt. 1-5-2002.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 735 (E), dt. 24-6-1988.

4. Amended by S.O. 2139 dt. 12-8-1972.

5. Amended by G.S.R. 926 dt. 16-7-1977.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 570 (E), dt. 7-8-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

93

Provided further that for tests requiring sophisticated instrumentation techniques

or biological or microbiological methods the licensing authority may permit such test

to be conducted by institutions approved by it under Part XV(A) of these Rules for

this purpose.]

Explanation.−A person who satisfies the following minimum qualifications shall

be deemed to be a ―competent person‖ for the purposes of rule 71A or 74A of these

rules, namely: −

(a) a person who holds the Diploma in Pharmacy approved by the Pharmacy

Council of India under the Pharmacy Act, 1948 (VIII of 1948) or a person who is

registered under the said Act, or

(b) a person who has passed the Intermediate examination with Chemistry

as one of the principal subjects or an examination equivalent to it or an

examination recognized by the Licensing Authority as equivalent to it; or

(c) a person who has passed the Matriculation examination or an

examination recognized by the Licensing Authority as equivalent to it and has

had not less than four years‘ practical experience in the manufacture,

dispensing or repacking of drugs.]

1

[71B. Conditions for the grant of renewal of a licence in Form 25A.− Before a

licence in Form 25A is granted or renewed, the applicant shall, while applying for a

licence to manufacture patent or proprietary medicines, furnish to the Licensing

Authority evidence and data justifying that the patent or proprietary medicines:-

(i) contain the constituent ingredients in therapeutic/prophylactic quantities as

determined in relation to the claims or conditions for which the medicines are

recommended for use or claimed to be useful;

(ii) are safe for use in the context of the vehicles, recipients, additives and

pharmaceutical aids used in the formulations and under conditions in which the

formulations for administration and use are recommended;

(iii) are stable under the conditions of storage recommended; and

(iv) contain such ingredients and in such quantities for which there is

therapeutic justification.

2

[Provided that the application for grant of a licence for a drug formulation

containing single active ingredient shall be made only in proper name.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 515 (E), dt. 24-3-1976.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 570 (E), dt. 7-8-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

94

1

[72. Duration of licence.–An original licence or a renewed licence in

Form 25,

2

[Form 25B or Form 25F] unless sooner suspended or cancelled shall be

3

[valid for a period of five years on and from the date on which] it is granted or

renewed:

4

[Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its

expiry, or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of

additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if the application for its

renewal is not made within six months of its expiry.]

2

[73. Certificate of renewal.– The certificate of renewal of a licence in Form 25 or

Form 25F shall be issued in Form 26 or Form 26E respectively].

5

[73A. A certificate of renewal of loan licence.- The certificate of renewal of a

loan licence in Form 25A shall be issued in Form 26A.]

5

[73AA. Duration of loan licence.– An original loan licence in Form 25A or a

renewed loan licence in Form 26A, unless sooner suspended or cancelled, shall be

3

[valid for a period of five years on and from the date on which] it is granted or

renewed:]

6

[Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its

expiry, or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of

additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if the application for its

renewal is not made within six months of its expiry.]

7

[73B. Certificate of renewal of licence in Form 25B.–The certificate of renewal

of a licence in Form 25B shall be issued in Form 26B.]

1. Subs. by Notfn. No. F.1-10/62-D, dt. 10-4-1964.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

4. Amended by S.O. 2139 dt. 12-8-1972.

5. Amended by Notfn. No. F.1-10/62-D, dt. 10-4-1964.

6. Amended by S.O. 2139 dt. 12-8-1972.

7. Ins. by S.O. 1196, dt. 6-5-1960.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

95

1

[74. Conditions of licence in Form 25.−A licence in

2

[Form 25 and Form

25F] shall be subject to the conditions stated therein and to the following

further conditions, namely :

(a) the licensee shall provide and maintain staff, premises and the

equipment as specified in rule 71;

(b) the licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of these

rules and with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any

rules subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act; provided that where

such further requirements are specified in the Rules, these would come into

force, four months after publication in the Official Gazette;

(c) the licensee shall either in his own laboratory or in any other laboratory

approved by the Licensing Authority

4

[ under Part XV (A) of these rules]

test each batch or lot of the raw material used by him for the manufacture of

his products and also each batch of the final product and shall maintain records

or registers showing the particulars in respect of such tests as specified

in Schedule U. The records or registers shall be retained for a period of 5

years from the date of manufacture;

(d) the licensee shall keep records of the details of manufacture as per

particulars given in Schedule U of each batch of the drugs manufactured by

him and such records shall be retained for a period of five years;

(e) the licensee shall allow an

3

[ Inspector appointed under the Act], to

enter, with or without prior notice, any premises and to inspect the plant and

the process of manufacture and the means employed in standardizing and

testing the drugs;

(f) the licensee shall allow an

3

[ Inspector appointed under the Act] to

inspect all registers and records maintained under these rules and to take

samples of the manufactured drugs and shall supply to such Inspector such

information as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the

provisions of the Act and the rules thereunder have been observed;

(g) the licensee shall, from time to time, report to the Licensing Authority

any changes in the expert staff responsible for the manufacture or testing of the

drugs and any material alterations in the premises or plant used for the purpose

which have been made since the date of the last inspection made on behalf

of the licensing authority;

1. Subs. by Notfn. No. F. 1-20/64-D (S.O. 3868), dt. 26-10-1968.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Amended by G.S.R. 444 dt. 28-4-1973.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

96

1

[ (h) the licensee shall, on request, furnish to the Licensing Authority, the

Controlling Authority or to such authorities as the Licensing Authority or the

Controlling Authority may direct from every batch, or batches of drugs as the

Licensing Authority or the Controlling Authority may from time to time

specify, a sample of such quantity as may be considered adequate by such

authority for any examination and, if so required, also furnish full protocols of

tests which have been applied;]

(i) if the Licensing Authority

2

[or the Controlling Authority] so directs and

if requested by the licensee who had also furnished prima facie reasons for

such directions, the licensee shall not sell or offer for sale any batch in respect

of which a sample is or protocols are furnished under clause (h) until a

certificate authorizing the sale of the batch has been issued to him by or on

behalf of the Licensing Authority

2

[or the Controlling Authority;

(j) the licensee shall on being informed by the Licensing Authority

2

[or the

Controlling Authority] that any part of any batch of the drug has been found by

the Licensing Authority

2

[or the Controlling Authority]not to conform with the

standards of strength, quality or purity specified in these rules and on being

directed so to do, withdraw the remainder of the batch from sale, and, so far as

may in the particular circumstances of the case be practicable, recall all issues

already made from that batch;

(k) the licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed;

1

[(l) the licensee shall maintain reference samples from each batch of the

drugs manufactured by him in a quantity which is at least twice the quantity of

the drug required to conduct all the tests performed on the batch. In case of

drugs bearing an expiry date on the label, the reference samples shall be

maintained for a period of three months beyond the date of expiry or potency.

In case of drugs where no date of expiry of potency is specified on the label,

the reference samples shall be maintained for a period of three years from the

date of manufacture;]

2

[(m) the licensee, who has been granted a licence in Form 25F, shall-

(i) forward to the licensing authority of the concerned States of

manufacture and supply of the drug a statement of the sales effected to

manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, hospitals, dispensaries and nursing

homes and Registered Medical Practitioners every three months;

(ii) maintain accounts of all transactions giving details as

indicated below in a register bound and serially page numbered and such

records shall be retained for a period of five years or one year after the

expiry of potency, whichever is later:-

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No. 444 dt. 31-3-1973.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. No. 444 dt. 31-3-1973.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

97

A. Accounts of the drugs specified in Schedule X used for the

manufacture:

1. Date of issue.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Opening balance of stock on the production day.

4. Quantity received, if any, and source from where received.

5. Quantity used in manufacture.

6. Balance quantity on hand at the end of the production day.

7. Signature of the person in charge.

B. Accounts of production:

1. Date of manufacture.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Batch Number.

4. Quantity of raw material used in manufacture.

5. Anticipated yield.

6. Actual yield,

7 Wastage,

8. Quantity of the manufactured goods transferred.

C. Accounts of the manufactured drugs:

1. Date of manufacture.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Batch Number.

4. Opening Balance.

5. Quantity manufactured.

6. Quantity sold.

7. Name of the purchaser and his address.

8. Balance quantity at the end of the day.

9. Signature of the person in charge.

(n) the licensee shall store drugs specified in Schedule X in bulk form

and when any of such drug is required for manufacture in a place other than

its place of storage it shall be kept in a separate place under the direct

custody of a responsible person;]

1

[(o) the licensee shall comply with the requirements of

2

[Good

Laboratory Practices as laid down in Schedule L-I and] ‗Good

Manufacturing Practices‘ as laid down in Schedule M.]

3

[(p) No advertisement of the drugs specified in Schedule H, Schedule

H1 and Schedule X shall be made except with the previous sanction of the

Central Government.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 735 (E), dt. 24-6-1988.

2. Ins by G.S.R. 780 (E), dt. 10-11-2008.

3. Ins by G.S.R. 289 (E), dt. 15-04-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

98

74A. Conditions for licence in Form 25B.

_

A licence in Form 25B shall be

subject to the conditions stated therein and to the following conditions:

_

(a) the repacking of drugs shall at all times be conducted under the personal

supervision of at least one person who is approved as a competent person by

the Licensing Authority;

(b) the licensee shall either provide and maintain adequate arrangements in

his own premises for carrying out tests of the strength, quality and purity of the

drugs repacked or make arrangements with some institution approved by the

Licensing Authority

3

[under Part XV (A) of these rules] for such tests to be

regularly carried out on his behalf by the institution;

(c) the licensee shall make adequate arrangements for the storage of drugs;

2

[(d) the licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of these

rules and with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any

rules subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act:

Provided that where such further requirements are specified in the Rules,

these would come into force four months after publication in the Official

Gazette.]

(e) the licensee shall allow any

4

[Inspector appointed under the Act] to

enter with or without notice, any premises where the packing of drugs in

respect of which the licence is issued is carried on, to inspect the premises and

to take samples of repacked drugs;

2

[(f) the licensee shall, either in his own laboratory or, in any other laboratory

approved by the Licensing Authority, test each batch or lot of raw material

used by him for repacking and also each batch of the product thus repacked

and shall maintain records or registers showing the particulars in respect of

such tests as specified in Schedule U. The records or registers shall be

retained for a period of five years from the date of repacking. The licensee

shall allow the Inspector to inspect all registers and records maintained under

these rules and shall supply to the Inspector such information as he may require

for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act and these

rules have been observed;]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 735 (E), dt. 24-6-1988.

2. Subs. by Notfn. No. F.1-20/64-D, dt. 26-10-1968.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 444 (E), dt. 31-3-1973.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

99

1

[(g) the licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book, in Form 35, to enable

an Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed;]

2

[(h) the licensee shall maintain reference samples from each batch of the

drugs manufactured by him in a quantity which is at least twice the quantity of

the drug required to conduct all the tests performed on the batch. In case of

drugs bearing an expiry date on the label, the reference sample shall be

maintained for a period of three months beyond the date of expiry of potency.

In case of drugs where no date of expiry of potency is specified on the label,

the reference samples shall be maintained for a period of three years from the

date of manufacture.

4

[(i) No advertisement of the drugs specified in Schedule H, Schedule H1 or

Schedule X shall be made except with the previous sanction of the Central

Government.]

3

[74B.Conditions of licence in Form 25A. (1) The licence in Form 25A

shall be deemed to be cancelled or suspended, if the licence owned by the

licensee in Form 25, whose manufacturing facilities have been availed of by

the licensee, is cancelled or suspended, as the case may be, under these rules.

(2) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of these rules

and with such further requirements if any, as may be specified in any rules

subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act; provided that where such further

requirements are specified in the rules, these would come into force four months after

publication in the Official Gazette.

(3) The licensee shall test each batch or lot of the raw material used by him for

the manufacture of his products and also each batch of the final product and shall

maintain records or registers showing the particulars in respect of such tests as

specified in Schedule U. The records or registers shall be retained for a period of five

years from the date of manufacture. The licensee shall allow an Inspector to inspect

all registers and records maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector

such information as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the

provisions of the Act and these rules have been observed.

1. Ins. by Notfn. No. 1-14/68-D, dt. 26-10-1968.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 444 (E) dt. 31-3-1973 .

3. Subs. by Notfn. No. F. 1-14/68-D, dt. the 26-10-1968.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 289 (E) dt. 15-4-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

100

(4) The licensee shall either-

(i) provide and maintain to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority

adequate staff and adequate laboratory facilities for carrying out test of the

strength, quality and purity of the substances manufactured by him, or

(ii) make arrangements with some institution approved by the Licensing

Authority

7

[under Part XV (A) of these rules] for such tests to be regularly

carried out on his behalf by the institution.

1

[(5) The licensee shall maintain reference samples from each batch of the drugs

manufactured by him in a quantity which is at least twice the quantity of the drug

required to conduct all the tests performed on the batch. In case of drugs bearing an

expiry date on the label the reference samples shall be maintained for a period of

three months beyond the date of expiry of potency. In case of drugs where no date of

expiry of potency is specified on the label, the reference samples shall be maintained

for a period of three years from the date of manufacture.]

2

[(6) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

8

[(7) No advertisement of the drugs specified in Schedule H, Schedule H1 or

Schedule X shall be made except with the previous sanction of the Central

Government.]

3

[75. Form of application for licence to manufacture for sale or distribution of

drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1) and X

4

[excluding those specified in Part XB

and Schedule X].

_

(1) Applications for the grant or renewal of licence to manufacture

for sale or distribution of drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1)

4

[excluding those

specified in Part X-B and Schedule X], shall be made to the Licensing Authority in

Form 27 and

5

[shall be made up to ten items for each category of drugs

6

[referred to in

Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals products and Schedule M-III relating to

medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics] and shall be accompanied by a licence fee

of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred

for every inspection or for the purpose of renewal of licences:]

Provided that if the applicant applies for renewal of licence after its expiry but

within six months of such expiry, the fee payable for renewal of the licence shall be

5

[a licence fee of rupees six thousand plus an additional fee of rupees one thousand

per month or a part thereof in addition to an inspection fee of rupees one thousand

and five hundred.]

(2) Application for grant or renewal of licence to manufacture for sale or

distribution of drugs specified in Schedules C, C(1) and X shall be made to the

licensing authority in Form 27-B, and

5

[shall be made up to ten items for each

category of drugs

6

[referred to in Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals products

and Schedule M-III relating to medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics] and shall

be accompanied by a licence fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of

rupees one thousand five hundred for every inspection or for the purpose of renewal

of licences]:

1. Ins. by G.S.R.. No. 444, dt. 28-4-1973. 7. Subs. by G.S.R. 1172(E), dt. 23-8-1977.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 331 (E), dt. 8-5-1984. 8. Ins. by G.S.R. 289(E), dt. 15-4-2015.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

101

Provided that the applicant shall possess a licence in Form 28 to manufacture

such drugs:

Provided further that if the application for renewal of a licence is made after its

expiry but within six months of such expiry, the fee payable for renewal of the licence

shall be

1

[rupees six thousand plus an additional fee of rupees one thousand per

month or part thereof in addition to an inspection fee of rupees one thousand five

hundred.]

2

[(3) The application for grant or renewal of licence to manufacture for sale or for

distribution of drugs in

4

[Large Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine and

Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] shall be made to the licensing authority

appointed under this Part in Form 27D and

1

[shall be made up to ten items for each

category of drugs categorized in Schedule M and shall be accompanied by a licence

fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of rupees one thousand five

hundred for every inspection or for the purposes of renewal of licences:]

Provided that if the application for renewal of a licence is made after its expiry

but within six months of such expiry, the fee payable for renewal of the licence

1

[shall

be rupees six thousand plus an additional fee of rupees one thousand per month or a

part thereof in addition to the inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five

hundred.]

1

[(4) A fee of rupees one thousand shall be paid for duplicate copy of the licence

issued under sub-rule (1), sub-rule (2) or sub-rule (3), as the case may be, if the

original licence is defaced, damaged or lost.

(5) If the licensee applies for manufacture of more than ten items of each category

of drugs, the application shall be accompanied by an additional fee at the rate of

rupees three hundred for each additional item of drugs

5

[referred to in Schedule M

relating to pharmaceuticals products and Schedule M-III relating to medical devices

and in-vitro diagnostics].]

3

[(6) Where an application under this Rule is for the manufacture of drug

formulations falling under the purview of new drugs as defined in Rule 122-E, such

application shall also be accompanied with approval, in writing, in favour of the

applicant, from the licensing authority as defined in clause (b) of Rule 21.]]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 311 (E), dt. 1-5-2002.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19-1-2006.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 640 (E), dt. 29-6-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

102

1

[75A. Loan licences.−(1) Applications for the grant or renewal of loan

2

[licences for the manufacture for sale or for distribution] of drugs specified in

Schedules C and C(1)

3

[excluding those specified in Part X-B and Schedule X] shall

be made in Form 27-A to the licensing authority and

4

[shall be made upto ten items

for each category of drugs

14

[referred to in Schedule M relating to pharmaceuticals

products and Schedule M-III relating to medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics] and

shall be accompanied by a fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of rupees

one thousand and five hundred for every inspection or for the purpose of renewal

of licences:]

5

[Provided that if the applicant applies for the renewal of a licence after its expiry

but within six months of such expiry the fee payable for renewal of the licence shall

be

4

[rupees six thousand and an inspection of fee of rupees one thousand five hundred

plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees one thousand] per month or a part thereof.]

11

[Explanation. − For the purpose of this rule a loan licence means a licence which

a licensing authority may issue to an applicant who intends to avail the manufacturing

facilities owned by a licensee in Form 28.]

12

[(1A) The application for grant or renewal of loan license to manufacture for

sale or distribution of drugs in ‗Large Volume Parenterals‘, ‗Sera and Vaccine‘ and

‗Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs‘ shall be made to the licensing authority

appointed under this Part, in Form 27DA and be made upto ten items for each

category of drugs categorized in Schedule M and accompanied by a license fee of six

thousand rupees and an inspection fee of one thousand five hundred rupees for every

inspection or for the purpose of renewal of licenses:

Provided that if the application for renewal of a license is made after its expiry but

within six months of such expiry, the fee payable for renewal of the license shall be

six thousand rupees plus an additional fee of one thousand rupees per month or a part

thereof in addition to the inspection fee of one thousand and five hundred rupees;]

(2) The licensing authority, shall, before the grant of a loan licence, satisfy

himself that the manufacturing unit has adequate equipment, staff, capacity for

manufacture and facilities for testing to undertake the manufacture on behalf of the

applicant for a loan licence.

13

[***]

4

[(3) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (2), the application for manufacture of

more than ten items of each category of drugs on a loan license, shall be accompanied

by an additional fee at the rate of rupees three hundred for each additional item of

drugs.

(4) If the licensing authority is satisfied that a loan licence is defaced, damaged

or lost, he may, on payment of a fee of rupees one thousand, issue a duplicate copy of

loan licence.]

6

[* * * * *]

7

[76.

8

[Forms of licence to manufacture drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1),

9

[excluding those specified in Part XB and Schedule X], or drugs specified in

Schedules C, C(1) and X and the conditions for the grant or renewal of such

licences.-

10

[A licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of drugs specified in

1. Ins. by F.1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

3. Subs. by G.S.R 28 (E), dt. 22-1-1993.

4. Subs. by G.S.R 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

5. Amended by S.O.2139 dt. 13-8-1972.

6. Rule 75B omitted by G.S.R. 944 (E), dt. 21-9-1988.

7. Amended by F- 1- /57-D, dt. 15-6-1969.

8. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

9. Subs. by G.S.R. 28 (E) , dt. 22.1.1993.

10. Subs. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996.

11. Subs. by G.S.R. 724 (E), dt. 7-11-2013.

12. Ins. by G.S.R. 574 (E) , dt. 17.7.2012.

13. Proviso omitted by G.S.R. 574 (E) , dt. 17.7.2012.

14. Subs. by G.S.R. 640 (E), dt. 29-06-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

103

Schedules C and C(1) other than

4

[Large Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine

and Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] specified in Part X B and Schedule

X shall be issued in Form 28 and a licence to manufacture for sale or distribution of

drugs specified under Schedules C and C(1) (other than

4

[Large Volume Parenterals,

Sera and Vaccine and Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] specified in Part

X-B) and Schedule X shall be issued in Form 28B. A licence to manufacture for

sale or for distribution of

4

[Large Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine and

Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] shall be issued in Form 28-D. Before a

licence in Form 28 or Form 28B or Form 28D is granted or renewed, the following

conditions shall be complied with by the applicant:-

(1) The manufacture will be conducted under the active direction and personal

supervision of competent technical staff consisting at least of one person who is a

whole time employee and who is

(a) a graduate in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry of

1

[a University

established in India by law or has an equivalent qualification recognized and

notified by the Central Government for such purpose] and has had at least

eighteen months‘ practical experience after the graduation in the manufacture

of drugs to which this licence applies; this period of experience may however

be reduced by six months if the person has undergone training in manufacture

of drugs to which the licence applies for a period of six months during his

University course; or

(b) a graduate in Science of

1

[a University established in India by law or

has an equivalent qualification recognized and notified by the Central

Government for such purpose] who for the purpose of his degree has studied

Chemistry

3

[or Microbiology] as a principal subject and has had at least three

years‘ practical experience in the manufacture of drugs to which this licence

applies after his graduation; or

(c) a graduate in Medicine of

1

[a University established in India by law or

has an equivalent qualification recognized and notified by the Central

Government for such purpose] with at least three years‘ experience in the

manufacture and pharmacological testing of biological products after his

graduation; or

2

[(d) a graduate in Chemical Engineering of a University recognised by the

Central Government with at least three years‘ practical experience in the

manufacture of drugs to which this licence applies after his graduation; or

(e) holding any foreign qualification the quality and content of training of

which are comparable with those prescribed in clause (a), clause (b), clause (c)

or clause (d) and is permitted to work as competent technical staff under this

Rule by the Central Government.]

2. Ins. by F.1-19/59-D, dt. 13-6-1967.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19-1-2006.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

104

Provided that any person who was approved by the licensing authority as an

expert responsible for the manufacture of drugs for the purpose of rule 76 read with

Rule 78 as these Rules were in force immediately before the 29th June, 1957, shall be

deemed to be qualified for the purposes of this rule:

1

[Provided that for the drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1) meant for

veterinary use, the whole time employee under whose supervision the manufacture is

conducted may be a graduate in Veterinary Science or general science or medicine or

pharmacy of a University, recognized by the Central Government and who has had at

least three years‘ experience in the manufacture of biological products:

5

[Provided also that for medical devices, the whole time employee under whose

supervision the manufacture or testing is conducted shall be—

(i) a graduate in Pharmacy or Engineering (in appropriate branch) from a

University recognised by the Central Government for such purposes and has

had at least eighteen months practical experience in the manufacturing or

testing of devices to which this licence applies after his graduation; or

(ii) a graduate in science, from a University recognised by the Central

Government for such purposes, with Physics or Chemistry or Microbiology

as one of the subject and has had at least three years practical experience in

the manufacturing or testing of devices to which this licence applies after his

graduation; or

(iii) a diploma in Pharmacy or Engineering (in appropriate branch) from a Board

or Institute recognised by the Central Government or the State Government,

as the case may be, for such purposes and has had at least four years practical

experience in the manufacturing or testing of devices to which this licence

applies after his diploma; or

(iv) having a foreign qualification, the quality and content of training of which

are comparable with those specified in clause (i), clause (ii) and clause (iii)

and is permitted to work as competent technical staff under this rule by the

Central Government.]

6

[(2) The applicant proposing to manufacture pharmaceutical products shall comply

with the provisions referred to in Schedule M.

(2A) The applicant proposing to manufacture medical devices and in-vitro

diagnostics shall comply with the quality management system as referred to in

Schedule M-III.

(3) The applicant shall provide adequate space, plant and equipment for

pharmaceutical products as referred to in Schedule M and for Medical devices and in-

vitro diagnostics as referred to in Schedule M-III.]

3

[(4) The applicant shall provide and maintain adequate staff, premises and

laboratory equipment for carrying out such tests of the strength, quality and purity of

the substances as may be required to be carried out by him under the provisions of

Part X of these rules including proper housing for animals used for the purposes of

such tests, the testing unit being separate from the manufacturing unit and the head of

the testing unit being independent of the head of the manufacturing unit:

Provided that the manufacturing units which before the commencement of the

Drugs and Cosmetics (Amendment) Rules, 1977

4

, were making arrangements with

institutions approved by the Licensing Authority for such tests to be carried out on

their behalf may continue such arrangements upto the 30th June, 1977 :

Provided further that for tests requiring sophisticated instrumentation techniques

or biological or microbiological methods other than sterility the Licensing Authority

may permit such tests to be conducted by institutions approved by it

2

[under Part

XV (A) of these rules] for this purpose.

1. Ins. by F.1-6/62-D (SO 2889), dt. 2-7-1969.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

3. Sub. by G.S.R 926 (E), dt. 24-6-1977.

4. These rules came in to force on 28

th

May, 1977 vide G.S.R 665 (E), dt. 6-5-1977.

5. Sub. by G.S.R 690 (E), dt. 25-9-2014. Earlier Ins. by G.S.R 109 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

6. Sub. by G.S.R 640 (E), dt. 29-6-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

105

1

[(4A) The head of the testing unit referred to in condition (4) shall possess a

degree in Medicine or Science or Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry of a

University recognized for this purpose and shall have experience in the testing of

drugs, which in the opinion of the Licensing authority is considered adequate.]

(5) The applicant shall make adequate arrangements for the storage of drugs

manufactured by him.

2

[(6) The applicant shall furnish to the Licensing Authority, if required to do so,

data on the stability of drugs which are likely to deteriorate for fixing the date of

expiry which shall be printed on the labels of such drugs on the basis of the data so

furnished.]

3

[(7) The applicant shall, while applying for licence to manufacture patent or

proprietary medicines, furnish to the Licensing Authority evidence and data justifying

that the patent or proprietary medicines−

(i) contain the constituent ingredients in therapeutic/prophylactic quantities

as determined in relation to the claims or conditions for which the medicines are

recommended for use or claimed to be useful;

(ii) are safe for use in the context of the vehicles, excipients, additives and

pharmaceutical aids used in the formulations and under the conditions in which the

formulations for administration and use are recommended;

(iii) are stable under the conditions of storage recommended;

(iv) contain such ingredients and in such quantities for which there is

therapeutic justification.;] and

4

[(v) have the approval, in writing, in favour of the applicant to manufacture drug

formulations falling under the purview of new drug as defined in Rule 122E, from the

licensing authority as defined in clause (b) of rule 21.]

5

[(8) The licensee of pharmaceutical products shall comply with the requirements

of ‗Good Manufacturing Practices‘ as laid down in Schedule M and the licensee of

Medical Devices and in-vitro diagnostics shall comply with the requirements of

―Quality Management System‖ as laid down in Schedule M-III..]

1. Ins. by G.S.R 681 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

2. Ins. by G.S.R 444 dt. 31-3-1973.

3. Ins. by G.S.R 515 dt. 24-3-1976.

4. Ins. by G.S.R 311 (E), dt. 1-5-2002.

5. Subs. by G.S.R 640 (E), dt. 29-06-2016. Previously Ins. by G.S.R 735 (E), dt. 24-6-1988.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

106

1

[Explanation:- For the purpose of this rule,

6

[―Large Volume Parenterals‖ sera and

vaccines and recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs,] shall mean the sterile solutions

intended for parenteral administration with a volume of 100 ml. or more (and shall include

anti-coagulant solutions) in one container of the finished dosage form intended for single

use.]

7

[(9) The applicant shall make application for grant of licence for a drug formulation

containing single active ingredient only in proper name.]

2

[76A. Forms of loan licenses to manufacture for sale or for distribution drugs

specified in Schedule C and C(1) excluding drugs specified in Schedule X or of Large

Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine and recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs,

and conditions for the grant or renewal of such license.— A loan license to manufacture

for sale or for distribution of drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1), excluding drugs specified

in Schedule X, and Large Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine and Recombinant DNA(r-

DNA) derived drugs specified in Part XB shall be issued in Form 28A and a loan license to

manufacture for sale or for distribution of Large Volume Parenterals, Sera and Vaccine and

Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs shall be issued in Form 28DA, and the applicant shall,

while applying for a licence to manufacture patent or proprietary medicines, furnish to the

Licensing Authority evidence and data justifying that the patent or proprietary medicines-

(i) contain the constituent ingredients in therapeutic/prophylactic quantities as

determined in relation to the claims or conditions for which the medicines are

recommended for use or claimed to be useful;

(ii) are safe for use in the context of the vehicles, excipients, additives and

pharmaceutical aids used in the formulations, and under the conditions in

which the formulations for administration and use are recommended;

(iii) are stable under the conditions of storage recommended; and

(iv) contain such ingredients and in such quantities for which there is

therapeutic justification.]

7

[Provided that the application for grant of a licence for a drug formulation

containing single active ingredient shall be made only in proper name.]

3

[77. Duration of licence. An original licence in

4

[Form 28, Form 28B and

Form 28D or renewed licence in Forms 26, 26F, and Form 26H], unless sooner

suspended or cancelled shall be

5

[valid for a period of five years on and from the date

on which] it is granted or renewed:

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 574 (E), dt. 17-7-2012.Earlier Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985 and Subs. by G.S.R.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19-1-2006.

7. Ins. by G.S.R. 570 (E) dt. 7-8-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

107

1

[Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its

expiry, or if the application is made within six months of its expiry after payment

of additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on

the application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if the application for

its renewal is not made within six months of its expiry.]]

2

[78. Conditions of licence.−A licence in

3

[Form 28, Form 28B or Form 28D]

shall be subject to the special conditions, if any, set out in Schedule F or

ScheduleF(1), as the case may be, which relate to the substance in respect of which

the licence is granted and to the following general conditions:−

(a) (i) The licensee shall provide and maintain an adequate staff and

adequate premises and plant for the proper manufacture and storage of the

substances in respect of which the licence is issued;

(ii) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing requirement, every

holder of a licence who for any purpose engaged in the culture or manipulation

of pathogenic spore-bearing micro-organisms shall provide to the satisfaction

of the Licensing Authority separate laboratories and utensils and apparatus

required for the culture or manipulation of such micro-organisms, the

laboratories, utensils and apparatus so provided not being used for the

manufacture of any other substance;

4

[(b) The licensee shall provide and maintain staff, premises and equipment

as specified in Rule 76;]

5

[(c)(i) The licensee shall maintain records of manufacture as per

particulars given in Schedule U;

(ii) The licensee shall either in his own laboratory or in any laboratory

approved by the Licensing Authority

6

[ under Part XV (A) of these rules]

test each batch or lot of the raw material used by him for the manufacture of

his product and also each batch of the final product and shall maintain records

or registers showing the particulars in respect of such tests as specified

in Schedule U. The records or registers shall be retained in the case of

a substance for which a potency date is fixed for a period of two years from

the expiry of such date, and in the case of other substances for a period of

five years from the date of manufacture;]

(d) The licensee shall allow an

7

[Inspector appointed under the Act] to

enter, with or without prior notice, any premises where the manufacture is

carried on and to inspect the premises, and in the case of substances specified

in Schedules C and C(1), to inspect the plant and the process of manufacture

and the means employed for standardizing and testing the substance;]

1. Amended by S.O. 2139 dt. 12-8-1972.

2. Amended by F.1-6/62-B, dt. 2-6-1969.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996.

4. Amended by F.1-16/57-D (SO 2136), dt. 15-6-1957.

5. Amended by F.1-20/64-D (SO 3868), dt. 26-10-1968.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

7. Subs. by G.S.R. 444 (E), dt. 31-3-1973.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

108

(e) The licensee shall allow an

1

[Inspector appointed under the Act] to

inspect all registers and records maintained under these Rules and to take

samples of the manufactured product and shall supply to such Inspector such

information as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the

provisions of the Act and Rules thereunder have been observed;]

(f) The licensee shall from time to time report to the Licensing Authority

any changes in the expert staff responsible for the manufacture or testing of the

substance and any material alterations in the premises or plant used for that

purpose which have been made since the date of the last inspection made on

behalf of the Licensing Authority before the issue of the licence;

1

[(g) The licensee shall on request furnish to the Licensing Authority,

Controlling Authority or to such authorities as the Licensing Authority or the

Controlling Authority may direct, from every batch of drug as the Licensing

Authority or the Controlling Authority may from time to time specify, a sample

of such quantity as may be considered adequate by such Authority for any

examination and, if so required, also furnish, full protocols of the tests which

have been applied;]

2

[(h) If the Licensing Authority or the Controlling Authority so directs, the

licensee shall not sell or offer for sale any batch in respect of which a sample

is, or protocols are furnished under the last preceding sub-paragraph until a

certificate authorising the sale of the batch has been issued to him by or on

behalf of the Licensing Authority or the Controlling Authority;]

1

[(i) The licensee shall on being informed by the Licensing Authority or the

Controlling Authority that any part of any batch of the substance has been

found by the Licensing Authority or the Controlling Authority not to conform

with the standards of strength, quality or purity specified in these rules and on

being directed so to do, withdraw the remainder of that batch from sale and so

far as may in the particular circumstances of the case be practicable recall all

issues already made from that batch;]

(j) No drug manufactured under the licence shall be sold unless the

precautions necessary for preserving its properties have been observed

throughout the period after manufacture;

3

[(k) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of these

rules and with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any

rules subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act, provided that where

such further requirements are specified in the rules, these would come into

force four months after publication in the Official Gazette;]

1. Subs. by G.S.R 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

2. Amended by F.1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

3. Amended by F.1-14/68-B (SO 3868), dt. 26-10-1968.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

109

1

[(l) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impression and defects noticed.]

2

[(m) The licensee shall maintain reference samples from each batch of the drugs

manufactured by him in a quantity which is at least twice the quantity of the drug

required to conduct all the tests performed on the batch. In case of drugs bearing an

expiry date on the label, the reference samples shall be maintained for a period of

three months beyond the date of expiry of potency. In case of drugs where no date of

expiry is specified on the label the reference samples shall be maintained for a period

of three years from the date of manufacture.]

3

[(n) The licensee, who has been granted a license in Form 28B shal l−

(i) forward to the licensing authority of the concerned States of

manufacture and supply of the drug a statement of the sales effected to

manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, hospitals, dispensaries and Nursing

Homes and Registered Medical Practitioners every three months;

(ii) maintain accounts of all transactions giving details as indicated below

in a register bound and serially page numbered and such records shall be

retained for a period of five years or one year after the expiry of potency,

whichever is later.

A. Accounts of the drugs specified in Schedule X used for the manufacture:-

1. Date of issue.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Opening balance of stock on the production day.

4. Quantity received, if any, and source from where received.

5. Quantity used in manufacture.

6. Balance quantity on hand at the end of the production day.

7. Signature of the person in charge.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

110

B. Accounts of Production:

1. Date of manufacture.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Batch Number.

4. Quantity of raw material used in manufacture.

5. Anticipated yield.

6. Actual yield.

7 Wastage.

8. Quantity of the manufactured goods transferred.

C. Accounts of the manufactured drugs:

1. Date of manufacture.

2. Name of the drug.

3. Batch Number.

4. Opening Balance.

5. Quantity manufactured.

6. Quantity sold.

7. Name of the purchaser and his address.

8. Balance quantity at the end of the day.

(o) The licensee shall store drugs specified in Schedule X in bulk form

and when any of such drug is required for manufacture in a place other than its

place of storage it shall be kept in a separate place under the direct custody of a

responsible person.]

1

[(p) The licensee shall comply with the requirements of

3

[‗Good

Manufacturing Practices‘ as laid down in Schedule L-1 and Good Manufacturing

Practices‘ as laid down in Schedule M.]

4

[(q) No advertisement of the drugs specified in Schedule H, Schedule H1 or

Schedule X shall be made except with the previous sanction of the Central

Government.]

2

[78A. Conditions of license in

5

[Form 28A or Form 28DA]- (1) The license in

5

[Form 28A of Form 28DA] shall be deemed to be cancelled or suspended, if the

licence owned by the licensee in

6

[

5

[Form 28 or Form 28D] whose manufacturing

facilities have been availed of by the licensee is cancelled or suspended, as the case

may be, under these rules.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 735 (E), dt. 24-6-1998.

2. Amended by F.1-14/68-D (S.O. 3868), dt. 26-10-1968.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 780 (E), dt. 10-9-2008.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 289 (E), dt. 15-4-2015.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 574 (E), dt. 17-7-2012.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt. 13-8-2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

111

(2) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act, and of these rules

and with such further requirements if any, as may be specified in any rules

subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act, provided that where such further

requirements are specified in the rules, those would come into force four months after

publication in the Official Gazette.

(3) The licensee shall test each batch or lot of the raw material used by him for

the manufacture of his products and also each batch of the final product and shall

maintain records or registers showing the particulars in respect of such tests as

specified in Schedule U. Records or registers shall be retained, in the case of a

substance for which a potency date is fixed, for a period of two years from the expiry

of such date and in the case of other substances, for a period of five years from the

date of manufacture. The licensee shall allow an Inspector to inspect all registers and

records maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector such

information as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions

of the Act and these rules have been observed.

(4) The licensee shall either (i) provide and maintain to the satisfaction of the

Licensing Authority adequate staff and adequate laboratory facilities for carrying out

tests of the strength, quality and purity of the substances manufactured by him, or (ii)

make arrangements with some institution approved by the Licensing Authority for

such tests to be regularly carried out on his behalf by the institution.]

1

[(5) The licensee shall furnish to the Licensing Authority, if required to do so,

data on the stability of drugs which are likely to deteriorate for fixing the date of

expiry which would be printed on the labels of such drugs on the basis of the data so

furnished.]

2

[(6) The licensee shall maintain reference samples from each batch of the drug

manufactured by him in a quantity which is at least twice the quantity of the drug

required to conduct all the tests performed on the batch. In case of drugs bearing an

expiry date on the labels, the reference samples shall be maintained for a period of

three months beyond the date of expiry of potency. In case of drugs where no date of

expiry of potency is specified on the label, the reference samples shall be maintained

for a period of three years from the date of manufacture.]

3

[(7) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

4

[(8) No advertisement of the drugs specified in Schedule H, Schedule H1 or

Schedule X shall be made except with the previous sanction of the Central

Government.

5

[79. Inspection before grant or renewal of licence.−Before a licence under

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 574 (E), dt. 17-7-2012.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 331 (E), dt. 8-5-1984.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 289 (E), dt. 15-4-2015.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

112

this Part is granted or renewed the Licensing Authority or Central Licence Approving

Authority, as the case may be, shall cause the establishment in which the

manufacture is proposed to be conducted or being conducted to be inspected by one

or more Inspectors appointed under this Act with or without an expert in the

concerned field. The Inspector or Inspectors shall examine all portions of the

premises, plant and appliances and also inspect the process of manufacture intended

to be employed or being employed along with the means to be employed or being

employed for standardizing and testing the drugs to be manufactured or being

manufactured and enquire into the professional qualifications of the technical staff to

be employed. He shall also examine and verify the statements made in the application

in regard to their correctness, and the capability of the applicant to comply with the

requirements of competent technical staff, manufacturing plants, testing equipments

and the ‗Requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices‘ and the ‗Requirements of

Plant and Equipment‘ as laid down in Schedule M read with the Requirements of

Maintenance of Records as laid down in Schedule U.]

1

[80. Report by Inspector.−The Inspector shall forward a detailed descriptive

report giving his findings on each aspect of inspection along with his

recommendations after completion of his inspection in accordance with the provisions

of Rule 79, to the Licensing Authority or Central Licence Approving Authority, as

the case may be.]

81. Procedure of Licensing Authority.−(1) If the Licensing Authority

5

[or

Central Licence Approving Authority, as the case may be,] after such further enquiry,

if any, as he may consider necessary, is satisfied that the requirements of the Rules

under the Act have been complied with and that the conditions of the licence and the

Rules under the Act will be observed, he

2

[shall issue a licence under this Part].

(2) If the Licensing Authority

5

[or Central Licence Approving Authority, as the

case may be,] is not so satisfied, he shall reject the application and shall inform the

applicant of the reasons for such rejection and of the conditions which must be

satisfied before a licence can be granted and shall supply the applicant with a copy of

the inspection report.

3

[82. Further application after rejection. −If within a period of six months from

the rejection of an application for a licence the applicant informs the Licensing

Authority

5

[or Central Licence Approving Authority, as the case may be,] that the

conditions laid down have been satisfied and deposits an inspection

4

[fee of rupees

two hundred and fifty] the Licensing Authority

5

[or Central Licence Approving

Authority, as the case may be,] may, if after causing a further inspection to be made,

he is satisfied that the conditions for the grant of a licence have been complied with,

5

[in respect of drugs notified under Rule 68-A] issue a licence in Form 28

2

[or Form

28-B].

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Ins. by F.1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

113

83. Renewal.−On application being made for renewal, the licensing authority

may cause an inspection to be made and, if satisfied that the condition of the licence

and the Rules under the Act are, and will continue to be observed,

1

[he shall prepare a

report to that effect in respect of those drugs which have been notified by the Central

Government under Rule 68-A and forward it along with the application to the Central

Licence Approving Authority], and shall issue a certificate of renewal

3

[under this

Part].

3

[83-A. Certificate of renewal of a loan licence.−The certificate of renewal of a

loan licence in

8

[Form 28A or Form 28DA] shall be issued in Form 26A or Form 26J

respectively.]

4

[83-AA. Duration of loan licence.−An original loan licence in

8

[Form 28A or

Form 28DA] or a renewed loan licence in

8

[Form 26A or Form J], unless sooner

suspended or cancelled, shall be

5

[valid for a period of five years on and from the

date on which] it is granted or renewed:

6

[Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its

expiry, or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of

the additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on

the application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if the application for

its renewal is not made within six months of its expiry].]

84. The provisions of this Part shall apply to the manufacture of drugs for sale

notwithstanding that such drugs are manufactured for sale outside India.

7

[

6

[84-A. Provision for appeal to the State Government or Central Government

by party whose licence has not been granted or renewed.−

Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the Licensing Authority or the

Central Licence Approving Authority, as the case may be, refusing to

2

[grant or renew

a licence under this Part], may within thirty days from the date of receipt of such

order, appeal to the State Government or Central Government, as the case may

be, and the State Government or the Central Government may, after such enquiry

into the matter,] as is considered necessary and after giving the said person an

opportunity for representing his views, may pass such order in relation thereto as it

thinks fit.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 119 (E), dt. 11-3-1996..

3. Ins. by F1-16/57-B, dt. 15-6-1957.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

6. Subs. by S.O. 2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

7. Subs. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992 as corrected by G.S.R. 373 (E), dt. 13-4-1993.

8. Subs. by G.S.R. 574 (E), dt. 17-5-2012.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

114

6

[84AA. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for licence or a

licensee to the licensing authority. The applicant for the grant of a licence or any

person granted a licence under this Part shall, on demand, furnish to the Licensing

Authority, before the grant of the licence or during the period the licence is in force,

as the case may be, documentary evidence in respect of the ownership or occupation

on rental or other basis of the premises, specified in the application for licence or in

the licence granted, constitution of the firm or any other relevant matter which may

be required for the purpose of verifying the correctness of the statements made by the

applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after obtaining the licence, as the case

may be.]

1

[84B. Prohibition for the manufacture for sale of cyclamates and preparations

containing cyclamates. No person shall manufacture for sale cyclamates and

preparations containing cyclamates.]

2

[85. Cancellation and suspension of licences. (1) The Central Licence

Approving Authority may, after giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why

such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor,

cancel a licence issued under this Part, or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit

either wholly or in respect of any of the drugs to which it relates

3

[or direct the

licensee to stop manufacture, sale or distribution of the said drugs and

4

[thereupon

order the destruction of drugs and] the stock thereof in the presence of an Inspector],

if in his opinion, the licensee has failed to comply with any of the conditions of the

licencee or with any provisions of the Act or rules made thereunder.

(2) The Licensing Authority may, for such licences granted or renewed by him,

after giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not

be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued

under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit, either wholly or in

respect of some of the substances to which it relates,

3

[or direct the licensee to stop

manufacture, sale or distribution of the said drugs and

4

[thereupon order the

destruction of drugs and] the stock thereof in the presence of an Inspector] if, in his

opinion, the licensee has failed to comply with any of the conditions of the licence or

with any provisions of the Act or rules made thereunder.]

5

[(3) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled by the Central

Licence Approving Authority or Licensing Authority under sub-rule (1) or sub-rule

(2), as the case may be, may within ninety days of the receipt of a copy of the order

by him prefer an appeal to the Central Government or the State Government, as the

case may be, and the Central Government or the State Government may after giving

the licensee an opportunity of being heard, confirm, reverse or modify such order.]

1. Ins. by S.O.2358, dt. 26-8-1972.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 923 (E), dt. 14-12-1992 as corrected by G.S.R. 373 (E), dt. 13-4-1993.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 20 (E), dt. 11-1-1996.

4. Ins. by (Corrigenda) G.S.R. 514 (E), dated 5.11.1996.

5. Ins. by 615 (E), dt. 9-8-1994 as corrected by G.S.R. 55 (E), dt. 7-2-1995.

6. Ins. by S.O. 2139, dt. 5-6-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

115

1

[PART VIIA

2

[MANUFACTURE FOR SALE OR FOR DISTRIBUTION]

OF HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

85A . Manufacture on more than one set of premises. If Homoeopathic

medicines are manufactured in more than one set of premises a separate application

shall be made and a separate licence shall be obtained in respect of each such set of

premises.

85B. Application for licence to manufacture Homoeopathic medicines. (1)

Application for grant or renewal of

2

[licence to manufacture for sale or for

distribution] of Homoeopathic medicines shall be made to the Licensing Authority

appointed by the State Government for the purpose of this Part (hereinafter in this

Part referred to as the Licensing Authority) and shall be made in Form 24-C.

3

[(2) The application in Form 24-C shall be accompanied–

(a) by a fee of

4

[rupees two hundred] for the manufacture of

Homoeopathic mother tinctures and potentised preparations and an inspection

fee of

4

[rupees one hundred] for the first inspection or

4

[rupees fifty] in case of

inspection for renewal of licence;

(b) by a fee of

4

[rupees two hundred] for the manufacture of Homoeopathic

potentised preparations only, and an inspection fee of

4

[rupees one hundred] for

the first inspection or

4

[rupees fifty] in case of inspection for renewal of

licence;

(c) by a fee of

4

[rupees two hundred] for the manufacture of potentised

preparations from back potencies by pharmacies which are already licensed to

sell Homoeopathic medicines by retail and an inspection fee of

4

[rupees one

hundred] for the first inspection or

4

[rupees fifty] in case of inspection for

renewal of licence.

1. Ins. under G.S.R. 1185 (E), dt. 18-8-1964.

2. Sub. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

3. Sub. by G.S.R. 245, dt. 11-2-1976.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

116

1

[(3) If a person applies for renewal of a licence after its expiry but within six

months of such expiry, the fee payable for the renewal of such a licence shall be

_

(a)

2

[rupees two hundred] plus an additional fee at the rate of

2

[rupees

one hundred] per month or part thereof and an inspection fee of

2

[rupees fifty]

for the manufacture of Homoeopathic mother tinctures and potentised

preparations;

4

[(b)

2

[rupees two hundred] plus an additional fee at the rate of

2

[rupees

one hundred] per month or part thereof and an inspection fee of

2

[rupees fifty]

for the manufacture of Homoeopathic potentised preparations only;]

(c)

2

[rupees two hundred] plus an additional fee at the rate of

2

[rupees one

hundred] per month or part thereof and an inspection fee of

2

[rupees fifty] for

the manufacture of Homoeopathic mother tinctures and potentised preparations

from back potencies by pharmacies who are already licensed to sell

Homoeopathic medicines by retail.]

(4) A fee of

2

[rupees fifty] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of the licence for the

manufacture of Homoeopathic mother tinctures and potentised preparations issued

under sub-rule (1) if the original is defaced, damaged or lost, while the fee to be paid

for such a duplicate copy of the licence for the manufacture of Homoeopathic

potentised preparations only shall be

2

[rupees fifty].

3

[(5) Applications by licensee to manufacture additional items of Homoeopathic

medicines shall be made to the Licensing Authority and such applications shall be

accompanied by a fee of

2

[rupees fifty] for each additional item.]

85C. Application to manufacture ‗New Homoeopathic medicines.‘

the other provisions of these Rules

Subject to

(1) no ‗New Homoeopathic medicine‘ shall be manufactured unless it is

previously approved by the Licensing Authority mentioned in Rule 21;

(2) the manufacturer of ‗New Homoeopathic medicine‘, when applying

to the Licensing Authority mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall produce such

documentary and other evidence as may be required by the Licensing Authority

for assessing the therapeutic efficacy of the medicine including the minimum

provings carried out with it.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 245, dt. 3-2-1976.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 13 (E), dt. 7-1-1983.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 779 (E), dt. 18-7-1980.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

117

(3) While applying for a licence to manufacture a ‗New Homoeopathic

medicine‘ an applicant shall produce along with his application evidence that the

‗New Homoeopathic medicine‘ for the manufacture of which application is made has

already been approved.

Explanation.−The term ‗New Homoeopathic medicine‘ in this rule shall have the

same meaning as in rule 30AA.

1

[85D. Form of licence to manufacture Homoeopathic medicines.—Licence for

manufacture of Homoeopathic medicines is a licence to manufacture potentised

preparations from back potencies by Pharmacies who are already licensed to sell

Homoeopathic medicines by retail and shall be granted in Form 25C.]

85E. Conditions for the grant or renewal of a licence in Form 25C−Before a

licence in Form 25C is granted or renewed the following conditions shall be complied

with by the applicant:—

(1) The manufacture of Homoeopathic medicines shall be conducted under the

direction and supervision of competent technical staff consisting at least of one

person who is a whole time employee

2

[and who is—

(a) a graduate in Science with Chemistry as one of the subjects with three

years‘ experience in manufacture of Homoeopathic Medicines; or

(b) a graduate in Pharmacy with 18 months of experience in the manufacture

of Homoeopathic medicines; or

(c) holds qualification as defined under sub-clause (g) of clause (1) of

section 2 of Homoeopathy Central Council Act, 1973 (59 of 1973) with 18

months of experience in the manufacture of Homoeopathic medicines:

Provided that the persons who are already in employment with five years‘

experience in the manufacture of Homoeopathic medicines and whose name

was accordingly entered in any licence granted in Form 25C for manufacture of

different classes of Homoeopathic medicines included in them shall be deemed

to be qualified for the purpose of this rule.]

3

[(2) The factory premises shall comply with the requirements and

conditions specified in Schedule M-I:

1. Amended by F.1-59/68-D (SO 4816), dt. 19-11-1969.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 812 (E), dt. 14-11-1994 as corrected by G.S.R. 517 (E), dt. 26-6-1995.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 570 (E), dt. 12-6-1987.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

118

Provided that where the Licensing Authority considers it necessary or

expedient so to do, it may having regard to the nature and extent of

manufacturing operations, relax or suitably alter the said requirements or

conditions in any particular case for reasons to be recorded in writing.]

(3) The applicant for manufacture of Homoeopathic mother tinctures shall

either (i) provide and maintain adequate staff, premises and laboratory

equipment for identifying the raw materials and for testing the mother tinctures

wherever possible, or (ii) make arrangements with some institution approved

by the Licensing Authority

2

[under Part XV(A) of these rules] for such tests,

wherever possible, to be regularly carried out on his behalf by that institution.

(4) The premises where Homoeopathic medicines are manufactured shall be

distinct and separate from the premises used for residential purposes.

(5) Homoeopathic medicines shall not be manufactured simultaneously with

drugs pertaining to other systems of medicine.

(6) The applicant shall make arrangements for proper storage of

Homoeopathic medicines manufactured by him:

1

[Provided that in case potentised preparations are made in a Pharmacy holding

licence in Form 20-C, the conditions (2) and (3) shall not apply. The licensee shall

ensure to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority that the products manufactured

by it, conform to the claims made on the label.]

3

[85-EA. Inspection before grant or renewal of licence.-- Before a licence under

this Part is granted or renewed in Form 25C or Form 26C, the Licensing Authority

shall cause the establishment, in which the manufacture is proposed, to be conducted

or being conducted, to be inspected by one or more Inspectors shall examine all

portions of the premises, plant and appliances and also inspect the process of

manufacture intended to be employed or being employed along with the means to be

employed or being employed for standardizing and testing the substances to be

manufactured and inquire into the professional qualifications of the technical staff to

be employed. He shall also examine and verify the statements made in the application

in regard to their correctness, and the capability of the applicant to comply with the

requirements of competent technical staff, manufacturing plants, testing equipments

and the requirements of plant and equipment as laid down in Part I of Schedule M

read with the requirements of maintenance of records as laid down in Schedule U.

1. Amended by F.1-59/68-D (SO 4816), dt. 19-11-1969.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 493 (E), dt. 9-6-1995.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

119

85EB. Report by Inspector.–The Inspector or Inspectors shall forward a detailed

descriptive report giving his or their findings on each aspect of inspection along with

his or their recommendations after completion of his or their inspection to the

Licensing Authority.

85EC. Grant or refusal of licence.– (1) If the Licensing Authority after such

further enquiry, if any, as he may consider necessary is satisfied that the requirements

of the rules under the Act have been complied with and that conditions of the licence

and the rules under the Act shall be observed, he shall grant or renew a licence in

Form 25C or Form 26C.

(2) If the Licensing Authority is not so satisfied, he shall reject the application

and shall inform the applicant of the reasons for such rejection and of the conditions

which must be satisfied before a licence can be granted or renewed and shall supply

the applicant with a copy of inspection report.]

85ED. Further application after rejection. .–If within a period of six months

from the rejection of an application for a licence, the applicant informs the Licensing

Authority that the conditions laid down have been fulfilled and deposits an inspection

fee of

1

[rupees two hundred and fifty], the Licensing Authority may, if, after causing

further inspection to be made, he is satisfied that the conditions for the grant of

licence have been complied with, issue a licence in Form 25C or Form 26C.

85EE. Appeal to the State Government.–Any person who is aggrieved by the

order passed by the Licensing Authority refusing to grant or renew a licence under

this Part may within ninety days from the date of receipt of such order, appeal to the

State Government and the State Government may, after such enquiry into the matter

as is considered necessary and after giving the said person an opportunity for

representing the case, pass such order as it thinks fit.]

85F. Duration of licence.–An original licence or a renewed licence unless it is

sooner suspended or cancelled shall be

1

[valid for a period of five years on and from

the date on which] it is granted or renewed:

2

[Provided that if the application for renewal of a licence in force is made before

its expiry or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment

of additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on

the application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired if application for its

renewal is not made within six months of its expiry.]

85G. Certificate of renewal.–The certificate of renewal of a licence in Form 25-C

shall be issued in Form 26-C.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Subs. by S.O. 2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

120

85H. Conditions of licence.–A licence in Form 25-C shall be subject to the

conditions stated therein and to the following further conditions, namely :

(a) the licensee shall provide and maintain staff and premises as specified in

Rule 85-E;

(b) the licensee shall allow an

1

[Inspector appointed under the Act] to enter,

with or without prior notice, any premises where the manufacture of a

Homoeopathic medicine in respect of which the licence is issued is carried on, to

inspect the premises and to take samples of the manufactured Homoeopathic

medicines;

(c) the licensee shall allow an Inspector to inspect all registers and records

maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector such information

as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the

Act and the rules made thereunder have been observed;

2

[(d) the licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and defects noticed;]

(e) the licensee shall comply with the following conditions in respect of

mother tinctures manufactured by him

_

(i) the crude drug used in the manufacture of the mother tincture shall be

identified and records of such identification shall be kept

3

[for a period of

five years];

(ii) the total solids in the mother tincture shall be determined and

records of such tests shall be kept

3

[for a period of five years];

(iii) the alcohol content in the mother tincture shall be determined and

records of the same shall be maintained

3

[for a period of five years];

(iv) the containers of mother tinctures shall preferably be of glass and

shall be clean and free from any sort of impurities or adhering matter. The

glass shall be neutral as far as possible;

(v) in the process of manufacture of mother tinctures hygienic

conditions shall be scrupulously observed by the licensee. Storage and

handling conditions shall also be properly observed by the licensee according

to Homoeopathic principles;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

121

1

[(ea) no colour shall be added to any Homoeopathic medicines :

Provided that caramel may be added to combination of Homoeopathic

preparations with syrup base;]

(f) records shall be maintained of Homoeopathic medicines containing

alcohol and the quantities sold together with names and addresses of parties to

whom sold.

2

[Such records shall be maintained for a period of five years.]

3

[85HH. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for the licence or a

licensee to the Licensing Authority.–The applicant for the grant of licence or any

other person granted a licence under this Part shall, on demand, furnish to the

Licensing Authority, before the grant of the licence or during the period the licence is

in force, as the case may be, documentary evidence in respect of the ownership or

occupation in rental or other basis of the premises, specified in the application for

licence or in the licence granted, constitution of the firm or any other relevant matters

which may be required for the purpose of verifying the correctness of the statements

made by the applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after obtaining the

licence, as the case may be.]

85-I. Cancellation and suspension of licences.– (1) The Licensing Autority may,

after giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not

be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued

under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit, either wholly or in respect

of some of the substances to which it relates if, in his opinion, the licensee has failed

to comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any provisions of the Act

or Rules made thereunder.

4

[(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may, within three

months of the date of the order under sub-rule (1), prefer an appeal against that order

to the State Government, which shall decide the same.]

PART VIII

MANUFACTURE FOR EXAMINATION, TEST OR ANALYSIS

86. Conditions relating to manufacture for examination, test or analysis.–The

provisions of Section 18 of the Act shall not apply to the manufacture of any drug in

small quantities for the purpose of examination, test or analysis if the conditions

prescribed in this Part are fulfilled.

87. Labelling.–Any drug manufactured for the purpose of examination, test or

analysis shall be kept in containers bearing labels indicating the purpose for which it

has been manufactured.

88. Labelling of drugs supplied to other persons.–If any drug manufactured for

the purpose of examination, test or analysis is supplied by the manufacturer to any

other person, the container shall bear a label on which shall be stated the name and

address of the manufacturer, the accepted scientific name of the substance if known,

or if not known a reference which will enable the substance to be identified and the

purpose for which it has been manufactured.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 680 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 13 (E), dt. 7-1-1983.

3. Ins. by S. O. 2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

4. Subs. G.S.R. 926, dt. 16-7-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

122

89. Licence.–If the person proposing to manufacture a drug for the purpose of

examination, test or analysis does not hold a licence in Form 25 or Form 28 in respect

of such drugs he shall, before commencing such manufacture, obtain a licence in

Form 29:

1

[Provided that in the case of a drug the composition of which is such that the drug

is not generally recognized among experts qualified by scientific training and

experience to evaluate the safety of drugs as safe for use, no licence in Form 29 shall

be granted unless the applicant produces a certificate from the ―Licensing Authority‖

mentioned in Rule 21, to the effect that there would be no objection to such licence

being granted.

90. Form of application.–

2

[(1)] An application for a licence in Form 29 shall

be made to the Licensing Authority appointed by the State Government for the

purpose of this Part (hereafter in this Part referred to as the Licensing Authority) in

Form 30 and shall be made by or countersigned by the head of the institution in

which, or a director of the firm or company by which, the substance will be

manufactured.

4

[(2) Every application in Form 29 shall be accompanied by a fee of

3

[rupees two

hundred fifty].

91. Duration of licence.–A licence in Form 29 shall, unless sooner cancelled, be

in force for a period of one year from the date of issue, and may thereafter be renewed

for periods of one year at a time.

92. Conditions of licence. −A licence in Form 29 shall be subject to the following

conditions

(a) the licensee shall use the drugs manufactured under the licence

exclusively for purpose of examination, test or analysis, and shall carry on the

manufacture and examination, test or analysis at the place specified in the

licence;

(b) the licensee shall allow any

3

[inspector appointed under the Act]

to enter, with or without notice, the premises where the drugs are manufactured

and to satisfy himself that only examination, test or analysis work is being

conducted;

(c) the licensee shall keep a record of the quantity of drugs manufactured

for examination, test or analysis and of any person or persons to whom the

drugs have been supplied;

(d) the licensee shall comply with such further requirements, if any,

applicable to the holders of licences in Form 29 as may be specified in any

rules subsequently made under the Act and of which the Licensing Authority

has given him not less than one month‘s notice;

(e) the licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book to enable an Inspector to

record his impressions and defects noticed.

93. Cancellation of licences.-

(1) The Licensing Authority may after giving the licensee an opportunity to show

cause why such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the

reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued under this Part, either wholly or in respect of

some of the substances to which it relates, if, in his opinion, the licensee has failed to

comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any provision of the Act or

Rules thereunder

1. Ins. under F. 1-19/59-D (SO 1449), dt. 13-6-1961.

2. Re-numbered by S.O. 903, dt. 28-2-1976.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. by 444, dt. 31.3.1973.

4. Ins. by S.O 903, dt. 28-2-1976.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

123

1

[(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may appeal to the

State Government within three months of the date of the order.]

PART IX

LABELLING AND PACKING OF DRUGS OTHER THAN

HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

94. Exemption of certain drugs from certain provisions of this Part.— (1) Labels

on packages or containers of drugs for export shall be adapted to meet the specific

requirements of the law of the country to which the drug is to be exported but the

following particulars shall appear in a conspicuous position on the innermost

container in which the drug is packed and every other covering in which that

container is packed:

(a) name of the drug;

(b) the name, address of the manufacturer and the number of the licence under

which the drug has been manufactured;

(c) batch or lot number;

(d) date of expiry, if any:

2

[Provided that where a drug, not classified under Schedule F, Schedule F(1) and

Schedule X,

5

[or blood products defined under rule 122EA] is required by the

consignee to be not labelled with the name and address of the manufacturer, the labels

on packages or containers shall bear a code number as approved by the Licensing

Authority mentioned in Rule 21.]

4

[Provided further that where a drug classified as Narcotic Drug or Psychotropic

Substance is to be exported under a code number, the same may be permitted by the

said licensing authority on the following conditions, namely:-

(i) Each consignment of export shall be accompanied with requisite import license from

the importing country;

(ii) The applicant shall obtain a no objection certificate from the Drugs Controller, India for

manufacture of such formulations to be exported with code number against each export

order along with certificate from the regulatory authority of the importing country

controlling Narotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances that they do not have any

objection for the import of the drug with code number;

(iii) The State Licensing Authority shall issue the manufacturing license for these

formulations on each export order on the basis of a No Objection Certificate from Drugs

Controller, India;

(iv) A no objection certificate shall be obtained from the drugs Controller, India for export

of each consignment; and

(v) A no objection certificate shall be obtained from the Narcotic Commissioner of India,

Gwalior for export of each consignment of the drug.]

3

[(2) The provisions of Rules 96 to 101 inclusive, shall not apply to a medicine

made up ready for treatment, whether after or without dilution, which is supplied on

the prescription of a registered practitioner provided that:

(i) the medicine is labelled with the following particulars : –

(a) the name and address of the supplier;

(b) the name of the patient and the quantity of the medicine;

(c) the number representing serial number of the entry in the prescription

register;

1. Subs. by F.1-10/68-D (S.O 2482), dt. 17-6-1969.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 676 (E), dt. 2-6-1988.

3. Subs. by F.1-19/59-D, dt. 13-6-1961.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt. 13-8-2008.

5. Subs. by 592 (E), dt. 13-8-2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

124

(d) the dose, if the medicine is for internal use;

1

[(e) the words ―FOR EXTERNEL USE ONLY‖ shall be printed on the

label if the medicine is for external application].

(ii) Condition (3) of the conditions in Rule 65 is satisfied.]

95. Prohibition of sale or distribution unless labelled.—Subject to the other

provisions of these Rules, no person shall sell or distribute any drug (including a

patent or proprietary medicine) unless it is labelled in accordance with these Rules.

2

[96. Manner of Labelling .— (1) Subject to the other provisions of these Rules,

the following particulars shall be either printed or written in indelible ink and shall

appear in a conspicuous manner on the label of the innermost container of any drug

and on every other covering in which the container is packed, namely :—

(i) the name of the drug−

3

[(A) for this purpose, the proper name of the drug shall be printed or

written in a more conspicuous manner than the trade name, if any, which

shall be shown immediately after or under the proper name and shall be]—

(a) for drugs included in the Schedule F or Schedule F (1), the name

given therein;

(b) for drugs included in the Indian Pharmacopoeia or the official

pharmacopoeias and official compendia of drug standards prescribed in

Rule 124, the name or synonym specified in the respective official

pharmacopoeias and official compendia of drug standards followed by

the letters ‗I.P., or, as the case may be, by the recognized abbreviations

of the respective official pharmacopoeias and official compendia of drug

standards;

(c) for drugs included in the National Formulary of India, the name

or synonym specified therein followed by the letters ‗N.F.I.‘;

(d) for other drugs, the international non-proprietary name, if any,

published by the World Health Organisation or where an international

non-proprietary name is not published, the name descriptive of the true

nature or origin of the substance;

4

[* * * * *]

(ii) A correct statement of the net content in terms of weight, measure,

volume, number of units of contents, number of units of activity, as the case may

be, and the weight, measure and volume shall be expressed in Metric system.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2 Amended under G.S.R.19, dt. 15-12-1977.

4. Sub-clause (B) omitted by G.S.R. 94 (E), dt. 8-2-2000. Earlier ins. by G.S.R. 27 (F), dt.-1-1981.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

125

(iii) The content of active ingredients−

This shall be expressed−

(a) for oral liquid preparations in terms of the content per single

dose, being indicated in 5 millilitres

1

[** *]:

Provided that where the dose is below 5 millilitres the contents of

active ingredients may be expressed in terms of 1 millilitre;

2

[or fraction

thereof:]

3

[Provided further that where the single dose is more than 5

millilitres, the content of active ingredients shall be expressed in terms

of minimum single dose as approved by the licensing authority;]

(b) for liquid parenteral preparations ready for administration in

terms of 1 millilitre or percentage by volume or per dose in the case of

single dose container :

Provided that if the preparation is contained in an ampoule it will be enough

if the composition is shown on the label or wrapper affixed to any package in

which such ampoule is issued for sale;

(c) for drugs in solid form intended for parenteral administration, in terms of

units or weight per milligram or gram;

(d) for tablets, capsules, pills and the like, in terms of the content in each

tablet, capsule, pill or other unit, as the case may be;

(e) for other preparations, in terms of percentage by weight or volume or in

terms of unitage per gram or millilitre, as the case may be:

Provided that clause (iii) shall not apply to the pharmacopoeial preparations

where the composition of such preparation is specified in the respective

pharmacopoeia and to a preparation included in the National Formulary of India.

(iv)

4

[The name of the manufacturer and the address of the premises of the

manufacturer where the drug has been manufactured:]

Provided that if the drug is contained in an ampoule or a similar small container,

it shall be enough if only the name of the manufacturer and his principal place of

5

[manufacture] is shown.

(v) A distinctive batch number, that is to say, the number by reference to which

details of manufacture of the particular batch from which the substance in the

container is taken are recorded and are available for inspection, the figure

representing the batch number being preceded by the words ‗Batch No.‘ or ‗B. No.‘

or ‗Batch‘ or ‗Lot No.‘ or ‗Lot‘.

NOTES

(1) In the case of drugs manufactured by a continuous process, like

manufacture of magnesium sulphate, pharmaceutical chemicals etc., the

production resulting in one homogenous mix of the finished products shall be

considered as one ―Batch‖.

1. Omitted by G.S.R. 285 (E), dt. 16-7-1996.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 285 (E), dt. 16-7-1996.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 491 (E), dt. 25-7-1991.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 17 (E), dt. 7-1-1986.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

126

(2) In the case of powders, liquid orals, ointments etc., one ―Batch Number‖

shall be assigned to all the containers filled from one homogenous bulk.

(3) In the case of tablets, capsules, lozenges, troches, etc., one ―Batch

Number‖ shall be assigned to the products manufactured from one homogenous

mix ready for compression or filling.

(4) In the case of parenteral preparations sterilized by steam under pressure,

one ―Batch Number‖ shall be assigned to all containers filled from one

homogenous bulk solution and sterilized in one sterilizer load.

(5) In the case of containers of parenteral preparations filled from one

homogenous bulk solution and sterilized in more than one sterilizer load, the

―Batch Number‖ assigned to the containers in the different sterilizer loads shall

be the same ―Batch Number‖ as is assigned to the homogenous bulk solution,

provided the samples taken from all the sterilizer loads pass the sterility test, and

are kept separate from one another until the report of the sterility test is available.

Explanation.— For the purpose of chemical and other tests, representative

samples from all containers filled from the homogenous bulk solution should be

taken.

(6) In the case of parenteral and other sterile products filled aseptically, a

―Batch Number‖ shall be assigned to all containers filled from one homogenous

mix during one filling operation, the filling operation being completed in a period

of not more than a day and during which no schedule change in the filling

assembly is made.

When containers are filled from one homogenous mix, in a number of filling

operations, the ―Batch Number‖ assigned to the containers filled in individual

filling operations shall be the same ―Batch Number‖ as is assigned to the

homogenous mix, provided the samples taken from all the different filling

operations pass the sterility tests, and are kept separate from one another until the

report of the sterility test is available.

Explanation.-For the purpose of chemical and other tests, representative

samples from all containers filled from the homogenous mix should be taken.

(7) In the case of medicinal gases produced by a continuous process of

operation a week‘s production from one tank load shall be considered as a Batch.

(vi) Every drug manufactured in India shall bear on its label the number of the

licence under which the drug is manufactured, the figure representing the

manufacturing licence number being preceded by the words ―Manufcaturing Licence

Number‖ or ―Mfg. Lic. No.‖ or ―M.L.‖.

(vii) Drugs specified in Schedule P and their preparations including combinations

with other drugs shall bear on their labels the date of manufacture, and the date of

expiry of potency, and the period between the date of manufacture

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

127

and the date of expiry shall not exceed that laid down in the said Schedule

1

[under the conditions of storage specified therein.

2

[Drugs and their

preparations not included in Schedule P], shall bear on their labels the date of

their manufacture and also the date of their expiry which shall not exceed sixty

months from the date of manufacture:]

Provided that this period may be extended by the Licensing Authority

specified in clause (b) of Rule 21 in respect of any specified drug if satisfactory

evidence is produced by the manufacturer to justify such an extension.

7

[(viii) Drugs specified in Schedule C(I) and their preparations including

combinations in other drugs shall bear on their labels (a) the date of

manufacture, and (b) date of expiry of potency fixed by the manufacturer:

3

[

4

[Provided that drugs in bulk form included in Schedule C(I) which are

not ready for use and not included in Schedule P need not bear on the label the

date of expiry of potency:]

Provided further that no reference shall be made to any other licence

number granted by any authority outside India on any label or container or in

any covering in which the container is packed or in any other matter or

advertisement enclosed therewith].

(ix) Every drug intended for distribution to the medical profession as a free

sample shall, while complying with the labelling provisions under clauses (i) to

(viii), further bear on the label of the container the words ‗Physician‘s

Sample—Not to be sold‘ which shall be overprinted.

5

[(x) If any preparation contains not less than 3 per cent by volume of

alcohol the quantity of alcohol shall be stated in terms of the average

percentage by volume of absolute alcohol in the finished products.]

6

[(xi) In addition to the other particulars which are required to be printed or

written under these Rules, the label of innermost container of the following

categories of drugs and every other covering in which the container is packed

shall bear a conspicuous red vertical line on the left side running throughout the

body of the label which should not be less than 1mm in width and without

disturbing the other conditions printed on the label under these

rules, namely: —

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 17 (E), dt. 7-1-1986.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 285 (E), dt. 16-7-1996.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 813 (E), dt. 27-7-1988.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 597 (E), dt. 17-6-1992.

7. Subs. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt. 13-8-2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

128

Narcotic analgestics, hypnotics, sedatives, tranquillisers, corticosteroids,

hormones, hypoglycemics, antimicrobials, antiepileptics, antidepressants,

anticoagulants, anti-cancer drugs and all other drugs falling under

Schedules ‗G‘, ‗H‘, and ‗X‘ whether covered or not in the above list:

Provided that the provisions of this clause shall not apply to: −

(a) preparations intended for animal

treatment;

(b) preparations intended for external use;

(c) ophthalmic preparations and ear drops; and

(d) sterile preparations such as sutures, surgical dressings and preparations

intended for parenteral use.]

1

[(xii) Drugs and their preparations including combinations with other drugs

imported into the country shall also bear on the label, the license number under

which the drug is imported, preceded by the words ―Import License‖ and the

name and address of the importer.]

(2)(i) The particulars to be printed or written on the label of a mechanical

contraceptive shall be as specified in Schedule R.

(ii) The following particulars, in addition to those specified under sub-rule (1)

shall be either printed or written in indelible ink and shall appear in a conspicuous

manner on the label of the innermost container and on every other covering in which

the container of a contraceptive, other than a mechanical contraceptive, is packed,

namely : −

(a) the date of manufacture;

(b) the date upto which the contraceptive is expected to retain its

properties;

(c) the storage conditions necessary for preserving the properties of the

contraceptive upto the date indicated in sub-clause (b) :

Provided that for oral contraceptives it shall be sufficient to display on the label

of the container the date of manufacture only.

(3)(i) The particulars prescribed in sub-rule (1) shall be printed or written in

indelible ink either on the label borne by a container of vaccine lymph or on a label or

wrapper affixed to any package in which the container is issued for sale. The said

particulars shall be indelibly marked on the sealed container of surgical ligature or

suture or printed or written in indelible ink on a label enclosed therein.

(ii) Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to require the labelling of any

transparent cover or of any wrapper, case or other covering used solely for the

purpose of packing, transport or delivery.

(4) Where by any provision of these rules any particulars are required to be

displayed on a label on the container, such particulars may, instead of being

displayed on a label, be etched, painted or otherwise indelibly marked on the

container:

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt. 13-08-2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

129

Provided that, except where otherwise provided in these rules, the name of the

drug or any distinctive letters intended to refer to the drug shall not be etched, painted

or otherwise indelibly marked on any glass container other than ampoules.

Explanation.— For the purpose of this rule, the date of expiry shall be in terms of

month and year and it shall mean that the drug is recommended till the last day of the

month. The date of expiry shall be preceded by the words ‗Expiry date‘.]

97. Labelling of medicines.—

1

[(1) The container of a medicine for internal use

shall—

(a) if it contains a substance specified in Schedule G, be labelled with the

words ―Caution: it is dangerous to take this preparation except under medical

supervision‖ – conspicuously printed and surrounded by a line within which

there shall be no other words;

(b) if it contains a substance specified in Schedule H, be labelled with the

symbol Rx and conspicuously displayed on the left top corner of the label and

be also labelled with the following words:

‗Schedule H drug- Warning: To be sold by retail on the prescription of a

Registered Medical Practitioner only‘,

(c) if it contains a substance specified in Schedule H, and comes within

the purview of the

2

[Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985

(61 of 1985)] be labelled with the symbol NRx which shall be in red and

conspicuously displayed on the left top corner of the label, and be also labelled

with the following words:

‗Schedule H drug -Warning: To be sold by retail on the prescription of a

Registered Medical Practitioner only‘;

(d) If it contains a substance specified in Schedule X, be labelled with the

symbol XRx which shall be in red conspicuously displayed on the left top

corner of the label and be also labelled with the following words : -

‗Schedule X drug -Warning: To be sold by retail on the prescription of

a Registered Medical Practitioner only‘.

4

[(e) if it contains a drug substance specified in Schedule H1, the drug

formulation shall be labeled with the symbol Rx which shall be in red conspicuously

displsyed on the left top corner of the label, and shall also be labelled with the

following words in a box with a red border:

“SCHEDULE H1 DRUG – WARNING.

- It is dangerous to take this preparation except in accordance with the

medical advice.

- Not to be sold by retail without the prescription of a Registered Medical

Practitioner.]

(2) The container of an embrocation, liniment, lotion,

3

[ointment, antiseptic

cream,] liquid antiseptic or other liquid medicine for external application shall be

labelled with the words:

―FOR EXTERNAL USE ONLY‖.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 850 (E), dt. 7-12-1994.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 588 (E), dt. 30-8-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

130

1

[(3) The container of a medicine made up ready only for treatment of an animal

shall be labelled conspicuously with the words ‗Not for human use; for animal

treatment only‘ and shall bear a symbol depicting the head of a domestic animal.]

2

[* * * * *]

10

[(3A) The container of a medicine for treatment of food producing animals shall

be labeled with the withdrawal period of the drug for the species on which it is

intended to be used:

Provided that if the specific withdrawal period has not been validated, the

withdrawal period shall not be less than seven days for eggs or milk, twenty eight

days for meat from poultry and mammals including fat and offal, five hundred degree

days for fish meat.

Explanation:- For the purpose of this Rule, the withdrawal period is the period of

interval between the last administration of a veterinary medicine to animals under the

normal conditions of use and the production of food stuff from such animals to

ensure that food stuffs do not contain residues in quantities in excess of the maximum

residue limits laid down.]

3

[(4)] The container of a medicine prepared for treatment of human ailments shall

if the medicine contains industrial methylated spirit, indicate this fact on the label and

be labelled with the words :

―For External Use only‖.

4

[(5) Substances specified in Schedule X in bulk form shall bear a label wherein

the symbol as specified in sub-Rule (1) shall be given conspicuously in red letters.]

5

[* * * * *]

6

[102. Non-Sterile Surgical Ligature and Suture.- Every container of, and

wrapper enclosing surgical ligature or suture other than a ligature or suture offered or

intended to be offered for sale as sterile, shall bear a label on which are printed or

written in a conspicuous manner in indelible red ink the words ―Non-sterile surgical

ligature (suture) – not to be used for operations upon the human body unless

efficiently sterilized‖.]

103.

7

[* * * * *]

(2) The name and address of the manufacturer shall be printed on the label of the

container of a patent or proprietary medicine.

8

[(3) The true formula or list of the ingredients shall be printed or written in

indelible ink on the outer label of every package containing patent or proprietary

medicine.]

9

[104 Use of letter I.P. etc.--The letters ‗I.P‘. and recognized abbreviations of

pharmacopoeias and official compendia of drug standards prescribed under these

Rules shall be entered on the label of the drug only for the purpose of indicating that

the drug is in accordance with standards set out in the Indian Pharmacopoeia or in any

such pharmacopoeia or official compendium of drug standards recognized under the

Rules.]

1. Subs. by notification No. F.1-6/62-D(S.O.2889),, dt. 2.7.1969.

2. Subs. (4) omitted by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-1-1982.

3. Sub-rule (5) re-numbered as sub-Rule (4), by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

5. Rules 98, 99,100 and 101 omitted, by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

7. Sub-rule (1) omitted by S.O. 2136, dt. 15.6.1957.

8. Sub. by S.O. 2136, dt. 15.6.1957.

9. Sub. by G.S.R. 19, dt. 15.12.1977.

10. Ins. by G.S.R. 128 (E), dt. 17.1.2012.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

131

1

[104A. Prohibition against altering inscriptions on containers, labels or wrappers of

drug. –No person shall alter, obliterate or deface any inscription or mark made or recorded by

the manufacturer on the container, label or wrapper of any drug:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall apply to any alteration, any inscription or mark

made on the container, label or wrapper of any drug at the instance or direction or with the

permission of the Licensing Authority.]

2

[105. Packing of drugs.–(1) The pack sizes of drugs meant for retail sale shall be as

prescribed in Schedule P1 to these rules.

(2) The pack sizes of drugs not covered by Schedule P-1 shall be as given below: –

Unless specified otherwise in Schedule P-1,

(i) The pack sizes for Tablets/Capsules shall be–

Where the number of Tablets (coated or uncoated)/Capsules (hard or soft

gelatin) is less than 10, such packing shall be made by the integral number. For

numbers above 10, the pack size of Tablets/Capsules shall contain multiples of 5.

(ii) The pack sizes for liquid Oral preparations shall be 30 ml (paediatric only)/60

(iii) The pack sizes for Paediatric Oral Drops shall be 5 ml/10 ml/15 ml.

(iv) The pack sizes for Eye/Ear/Nasal drops shall be 3 ml/5 ml/10 ml.

(v) The pack size for Eye Ointment shall be 3 gm/5 gm/ 10 gm:

Provided that the provisions of the pack sizes covered under this rule shall not apply to: –

1. Pack sizes or dosage forms not covered by the foregoing provisions of this rule.

2. The imported formulations in finished form.

3. Preparations intended for Veterinary use.

4 Preparations intended for Export.

5. Vitamins/Tonics/Cough Preparations/Antacids/Laxatives in Liquid Oral forms,

Unit dose (including applicaps).

6. Pack sizes of dosage forms meant for retail sale to Hospitals, Registered

Medical Practitioners, Nursing Homes.

7. Physician‘s Samples.

8. Pack sizes of large volume Intravenous Fluids:

4

[Provided further that] pack sizes of any of the new drug as and when approved by the

Licensing Authority appointed under Rule 21 and if not covered under this rule, shall be

examined for the purpose of approval with specific justification by the said Licensing

Authority:

3

[

4

[Provided also that] Oxytocin injection meant for sale shall be in single unit blister

pack only:]

5

[Provided also that Diclofenac injection for human use shall be in single unit dose pack

only.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 1242 (E), dt. 17-9-1979.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 796 (E), dt. 1-10-1992.

3. Sub. by G.S.R. 242 (E), dt. 3-4-2001.

4. Sub. by G.S.R. 558 (E), dt. 17-7-2015.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 558 (E), dt. 17-7-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

132

1

[105A. Packings of drugs specified in Schedule X.- The drugs specified in Schedule X

shall be marketed in packings not exceeding-

(i) 100 unit doses in the case of tablets/capsules;

(ii) 300 ml in the case of oral liquid preparations; and

(iii) 5 ml in the case of injections:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall apply to packing meant for use of a hospital or a

dispensary subject to the conditions that–

(i) such supplies are made by the manufacturers or distributors direct to the

hospital/dispensaries; and

(ii) hospital packs shall not be supplied to a retail dealer or to a Registered Medical

Practitioner.]

2

[106. Diseases which a drug may not purport to prevent or cure.—(1) No drug may

purport or claim to prevent or cure or may convey to the intending user thereof any idea that it

may prevent or cure one or more of the diseases or ailments specified in Schedule J.

(2) No drug may purport or claim to procure or assist to procure, or may convey to the

intending user thereof any idea that it may procure or assist to procure, miscarriage in women.

3

[* * * *]

4

[PART IXA

LABELLING AND PACKINGOF HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

106-A. Manner of labelling of Homoeopathic medicines.—(A) The following particulars

shall be either printed or written in indelible ink and shall appear in a conspicuous manner on

the label of the innermost container of any Homoeopathic medicine and on every other

covering in which the container is packed—

(i) The words ‗Homoeopathic medicine‘,

(ii) The name of the medicine—

5

[(a) For drugs specified in the Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeias of India or

the United States of America or the United Kingdom, or the German Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia, the name specified in that Pharmacopoeia.]

(b) For other drugs, the name descriptive of the true nature of the drugs.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt. 22-6-1982.

2. Sub. by notification F. 1-16/52-DC (SO 2122), dt. 22-6-1954.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 1185 (E), dt. 18.8.1964.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 680 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

133

(iii) The potency of the Homoeopathic medicine—For this purpose the potency

shall be expressed either in decimal, centesimal or millisimal systems.

1

[(iiiA) In case of Homoeopathic medicine containing two or more ingredients the

name of each ingredient together with its potency and proportion expressed in metric

system shall be stated on the label.]

2

[(iv) Name and address of the manufacturer when sold in original containers of the

manufacturer. In case a Homoeopathic medicine is sold in a container other than that

of the manufacturer—the name and address of the seller:]

5

[Provided that where such medicines are imported, the name and address of the

importer shall also be mentioned on the label.]

(v) In case the Homoeopathic medicine contains alcohol, the alcohol content in

percentage by volume in terms of ethyl alcohol shall be stated on the label:

3

[Provided that in case the total quantity of the pharmacopoeial homoeopathic

medicine in the container is 30 millilitres or less, it will not be necessary to state the

content of alcohol on the label.]

(B) In addition to the above particulars the label of a Homoeopathic mother tincture shall

display the following particulars: −

(i) A distinctive batch number, that is to say, the number by reference to which

details of manufacture of the particular batch from which the substance in the container

is taken are recorded and are available for inspection, the figures representing the batch

number being preceded by the words ―Batch No.‖ or ―Batch‖ or ―Lot Number‖ or ―Lot

No.‖ or ―Lot‖ or any distinguishing prefix.

(ii) Manufacturing licence number, the number being preceded by the words

―Manufacturing Licence Number‖ or ―Mfg. Lic. No.‖ or ―M.L.‖.

4

[Explanation.−This clause shall not apply to a Homoeopathic mother tincture

manufactured outside India.

(C) No Homoeopathic medicine containing a single ingredient shall bear a proprietary

name on its label.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 466 (E), dt. 17-5-1994.

2. Sub. by notification F.1-59/68-D, dt. 19-11-1969.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 108 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

4. Ins. by S.O. 2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 263 (E), dt. 20-4-2009.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

134

1

[106-B. Prohibition of quantity and percentage.–No Homoeopathic medicine containing

more than 12% alcohol v/v (Ethyl alcohol) shall be packed and sold in packing or bottles of

more than 30 millilitres, except that it may be sold to hospitals/dispensaries in packings or

bottles of not more than 100 millilitres.]

PART X

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TOBIOLOGICAL

AND OTHER SPECIAL PRODUCTS

2

[107. Name of substance.—If any substance specified in Schedule C is advertised or sold

as a proprietary medicine or is contained in a medicine so advertised or sold, the proper name

of the substance shall appear on the label in the manner prescribed in this Part.

3

[Explanation.−For the purpose of this rule the expression ―proper name‖ means the

proper name stated in Schedule F or if no such name is stated, the name descriptive of the true

nature and origin of the substance:

Provided that in the case of veterinary biological product the expression ―proper name‖

means the proper name stated in Schedule F (1) or if no such name is stated, the name or

synonym given in the current edition for the time being of the

4

[British Pharmacopoea

(Veterinary)] , or, if no such name is stated either in Schedule F (1) or the

4

[British

Pharmacopoea (Veterinary)], the name descriptive of the true nature and origin of the

substance approved by the Licensing Authority.

108. Container.—

5

[(1) No substance specified in Schedule C shall be sold or offered for

sale unless it has been sealed in a previously sterilized container made of glass or any other

suitable material approved for the purpose by the Licensing Authority appointed under rule

21, in such manner as may, in the opinion of the Licensing Authority, suffice to preclude the

access of bacteria:

Provided that it shall not be necessary to use a previously sterilized container if the filled

and sealed container is to be sterilized after the sealing and such sterilizing procedure would

render the product sterile. However, the Licensing Authority may, for any special reasons,

direct the licensee to pre-sterile such containers.]

(2) When any such substance is issued in liquid form in containers which are sealed in

such a manner that portions of the contents can be withdrawn for use on different occasions,

the liquid shall contain a sufficient proportion of some antiseptic to prevent the growth of any

organism which may be accidentally introduced in the process of removing a portion of the

contents of the container:

6

[Provided that nothing in this sub-rule shall apply to a penicillin suspension in oil

and wax.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 108 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

2. Subs. by F. 1-5/47-D (SRO 2889), dt. 25-11-1949.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 245, dt. 21-2-1976.

6. Ins. by SO 115, dt. 04-1-1961.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

135

1

[(3) The container shall comply with such further requirements, if any, as are specified in

Schedule F or Schedule F (1) as the case may be, in that behalf.

(4) The Licensing Authority may in the case of any particular preparation of any such

substance dispense with any of the requirements of this Rule or Schedule F or Schedule F (1)

as the case may be, and may make such additional requirements, as having regard to the

nature of the preparation, they may deem necessary.]

2

[109. Labelling.–(1) The following particulars and such further particulars, if any, as are

specified in Schedule F or Schedule F (1), as the case may be, shall be printed or written in

indelible ink on the label of every phial, ampoule or other container of a substance specified

in Schedule C and on every other covering in which such phial, ampoule or container is

packed—

(a) where a drug is imported, the number of licence under which it is imported,

preceded by the words ‗Import Licence‘:

Provided that no reference shall be made to any other import licence number granted

by any authority outside India on any label or container or in any covering in which the

container is packed or in any other matter of advertisement enclosed therein;

(b) where a test for potency in units is required by these rules, a statement of the

potency in units defined in terms of relation to the standard preparation specified in

Schedule F or F (1), as the case may be :

Provided that this clause shall not apply in the case of vaccine lymph;

(c) where a test for potency or maximum toxicity is required the date upto which the

substance if kept under suitable conditions may be expected to retain a potency not less

than stated on the label of the container or not to acquire a toxicity greater than that

permitted by the test, as the case may be. The date of expiry shall be in terms of month

and year and it shall mean that the drug is recommended for use till the last day of the

month. The date of expiry shall be preceded by the words ‗Expiry date‘ :

Provided that nothing in these rules shall be deemed to require the labelling of any

transparent cover or any wrapper, case or other covering used solely for the purpose of

packing, transport or delivery.

(2) The particulars prescribed in clause (a) of the preceding sub-rule shall be printed or

written in indelible ink either on the label borne by a container of vaccine lymph or on a label

or wrapper affixed to any package in which the container is issued for sale. The said

particulars shall be indelibly marked on the sealed container of surgical ligature or suture or

printed or written in indelible ink on a label enclosed therein.

1. Subs. by F.1-6/62-D (SO 2889), dt. 2-7-1969.

2. Subs. by G.S.R.19, dt. 15-12-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

136

(3) The following particulars, and such further particulars, if any, as are specified in

Schedule F or Schedule F (1), as the case may be, shall be printed or written in indelible ink

either on the label borne by the container of any substance specified in Schedule C or on a

label or wrapper affixed to any package in which any such container is issued for sale,

namely:–

(a) the date on which the manufacture of the particular batch from which the

substance in the container is taken was completed as defined in Schedule F or Schedule

F(1), or if there is no definition in Schedule F or Schedule F(1) as hereafter defined in this

rule and in the case of vaccine prepared from concentrates, the date of completion of the

final products and the bottling for issue;

(b) where an antiseptic substance has been added, the nature and the percentage

proportion introduced;

(c) the precaution necessary for preserving the properties of the contents up to the

date indicated in clause (c) of sub-rule (1).

(4) For the purpose of clause (a) of sub-rule (3), the date on which the manufacture of a

batch is completed shall be—

(a) in cases where a test for potency or toxicity is required by these rules or not being

so required, is accepted by the Licensing Authority as sufficient for the purpose of fixing

the date of completion of manufacture, the date on which the substance was removed

from cold storage after having been kept at a temperature not exceeding 5° C

continuously for a period not exceeding two years from the time when the last test was

completed,

(b) in cases where no such test is required or accepted−

(i) if the substance is a serum obtained from a living animal, the earliest date on

which any material contributing to the batch was removed from the animal;

(ii) if the substance was obtained by the growth of organisms or artificial media,

the earliest date on which growth was terminated in any of the material contributing

to the batch:

Provided that if a batch of the substance (including all material contributing to

this batch) has for a period of not more than three years been kept in cold storage at

a temperature not exceeding 5°C continuously from the earliest practicable date

after that on which growth was terminated in the material as the case may be, the

date of removal from cold storage shall be treated as the date on which the

manufacture of the batch is completed;

(c) in all other cases, the date on which the substance is filled in the container.

1

[109-A. Labelling of Medical Devices.– Subject to the other provisions of these rules, the

following particulars shall be printed in indelible ink on the label or sticker on the shelf pack of

the medical device or on the outer cover of such medical device and on every outer covering in

which the medical device is packed, namely:––

(a) proper name of the medical device;

(b) the details necessary for the user to identify the device and its use;

(c) the name of the manufacturer and address of the manufacturing premises where the

device has been manufactured;

(d) the correct statement of the net quantity in terms of weight, measure, volume, number

of units, as the case may be, and the number of the devices contained in the package shall be

expressed in metric system; and

(e) the date of manufacture and date of expiry; alternately the label shall bear the shelf life

of the product:

1. Sub. by G.S.R. 690 (E), dt. 25-9-2014. Earlier Ins. by G.S.R. 109 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

137

Provided that in the case of sterile devices the date of sterilisation may be given as

date of the manufacture of the device:

Provided further that the device is made up of stable materials such as stainless steel

or titanium, and supplied non-sterile, date of expiry may not be necessary;

(f) to provide, wherever required, an indication that the device contains medicinal or

biological substance;

(g) to provide, a distinctive batch number or lot number preceded by the word ―Lot No.‖

or ―Lot‖ or ―Batch No.‖ or ―B. No.‖;

(h) to indicate, wherever required, any special storage or handling conditions applicable to

the device;

(i) to indicate, if the device is supplied as a sterile product, its sterile state and the

sterilisation method;

(j) to give, if considered relevant, warnings or precautions for the attention of the user of

the medical device;

(k) to label the device, if the device is intended for single use;

(l) to overprint on the label of the container, the words ―FOR CLINICAL

INVESTIGATION ONLY‖, if the device is intended for clinical investigation;

(m) to overprint on the label of the device, the words ―Physician‘s Sample—Not to be

sold‖, if a medical device is intended for distribution to the medical professional as a free

sample;

(n) to provide, except for imported devices, the manufacturing licence number by

preceding the words ―Manufacturing Licence Number‖ or ―Mfg. Lic. No.‖ or ―M. L‖;

(o) Devices or In-vitro diagnostics which are not sold to customer or patient directly and

are sold for use by hospitals or diagnostic labs shall provide the information affixing additional

label or sticker on outer shelf pack;

(p) to provide on the label, in case of imported devices, with the approval of the licensing

authority mentioned in rule 21, the import licence number, name and address of the importer

and address of the actual manufacturing premises, date of manufacture, (if not already printed

at the time of import):

Provided that the label may bear symbols recognised by the Bureau of Indian

Standards or International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) in lieu of text and the device

safety is not compromised by a lack of understanding on the part of the user in case the

meaning of the symbol is not obvious to the device user.]

1

[109B. Exemption of certain labelling requirements for medical devices for export from

India.–– The labels on packages or container of devices for export shall be adopted to meet

specific requirements of the law of the country to which the device is to be exported, but the

following particulars shall appear in conspicuous manner on the label of the shelf pack of the

medical device in which the device is packed and every other outer covering in which the

container is packed-

(a) name of the Device;

(b) the distinctive batch number or lot number preceded by the word ―Lot No.‖ or ―Lot‖

or ―Batch No.‖ or ―B.No.‖;

(c) the date of expiry, if any;

(d) the name and address of the manufacturer and address of actual premises where the

device has been manufactured;

(e) the manufacturing Licence No. preceded by the letters ―M.L. No‖ or

―Manufacturing Licence No‖;

(f) the internationally recognised symbols in lieu of text, wherever required:

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 690 (E), dt. 25-9-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

138

Provided that where a device is required by the consignee not to be labeled with the

name and address of the manufacturer, the label on the packages or container shall bear a code

number as approved by the licensing authority and the code number shall bear the name of the

State or Union territory, in abbreviation, followed by the word ―Device‖ and ―manufacturing

licence number:

Provided further that where a device is required by the consignee not to be labeled with the

code number also, the label on the packages or container shall bear a special code number, as

requested by the consignee, and approved by the licensing authority under rule 21.]

1

[109C. Shelf life of the medical devices.–– The shelf life of the medical devices shall not

exceed sixty months from the date of manufacture:

Provided that this period may be extended by the licensing authority, in respect of

any specified medical device, if satisfactory evidence is produced by the manufacturer to

justify such an extension.]

110. Prohibition of sale of substance after prescribed date.–No person shall sell, or

exhibit for sale any substance specified in Schedule C after the date recorded on the container,

label or wrapper as the date upto which the substance may be expected to retain a potency not

less than, or not to acquire a toxicity greater than that required or permitted by the prescribed

test as the case may be.

2

[* * * * *]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 109 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

139

1

[111. Standards.–Every substance specified in Schedules C and C (1) intended for sale

shall conform with the standards of strength, quality and purity specified in these Rules and in

Schedule F or F(1), as the case may be, and the tests for determining such conformity shall be

applied to samples taken from the final product after every manufacturing process has been

completed.]

2

[112. Tests for strength and quality.–The tests, if any, required for determining the

strength and quality of each of the substances specified in Schedules C and C (1) shall be

those set out in Schedule F or Schedule F (1)

4

[or as specified, as the case may be].]

3

[* * * * *]

115. Application of tests for sterility.–The tests shall be applied−

(a) to samples taken from each batch of the substance before the operation of filling

and sealing the containers in which it is to be issued has commenced except preparations,

which after being sealed in the containers are to be sterilized by heat, in a manner

satisfactory to the Licensing Authority; and

(b) to the contents of sample containers when ready for issue.

4

119.−(1) If at this examination no growth of micro-organisms is found in any tube, the

sample may be treated as having passed the test.

(2) If at the examination a growth of micro-organisms is visible, further samples may be

taken and the tests may be repeated on the further samples taken; but no container the

contents of which form part of the batch shall be issued until such further samples have

passed the test. The process of taking samples from the batch for a test may be repeated

twice:

Provided that if the same organism is visible in more than one test the batch shall be

treated as not sterile and the material contained in the batch shall not be issued or used as part

of a further batch unless and until it has been re-sterilized and has passed the tests.

120.−Notwithstanding anything contained in the last preceding rule, in any case where—

(a) a substance is required in an emergency by a registered medical practitioner, but

the licensee has no filled containers in stock; or

1. Amended by F.1-6/62-D (SO 2889), dt. 2-7-1969.

3. Rules 113 and 114 omitted by G.S.R. 663(E),dt. 3.7.1992.

4. Rules 116, 117 and 118 omitted by G.S.R. 663 (E), dt. 3-7-1992.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

140

(b) a substance which in the opinion of the Licensing Authority is so unstable in

solution that the delay occasioned by the completing of the sterility test on filled

containers would render its issue in active form impossible, the licensee may issue the

substance from a batch which has already passed the tests for sterility and freedom from

abnormal toxicity, without completing the sterility test on the filled containers, provided

that he complies with the following conditions—

(i) the licensee shall before the issue take samples in the required proportion

from the containers into which the batch is filled, and after the required inoculation

shall examine the tube every day for five days;

(ii) if at any examination any growth is visible in any of the tubes, he shall

immediately notify the Licensing Authority;

(iii) he shall keep available for inspection a record of all issues made under this

Rule containing such particulars of the circumstances in which the issue is made as

the Licensing Authority may require.

1

[121. Test for freedom from abnormal toxicity. –The test for freedom from abnormal

toxicity shall be carried out as per the current edition of Indian Pharmacopoeia in the case of

each batch of the serum tested by the licensee or by an institution approved by the Licensing

Authority for the purpose of carrying out the test on its behalf.]

2

[121A. Test for pyrogens–Solution of substances intended for parenteral administration in

large volumes (10 ml or more at a time) shall be pyrogen-free and tested for pyrogens. If

water or any other aqueous solvent is supplied along with the substances for preparing such

solutions, it shall also be pyrogen-free and tested for pyrogens.]

122. Substances specified in Schedule C(1). –The following provisions shall apply in the

case of a substance specified in Schedule C (1): –

3

[(a) The container shall comply with the requirements, if any, specified in Schedule

F or Schedule F (1)

4

[or as specified], as the case may be.]

5

[* * * * *]

(c) The substance shall conform to the standards of strength, quality and purity

specified in Schedule F or Schedule F (1)

4

[or as specified], as the case may be and the

tests for determining the strength, quality and purity of the substance shall be those

specified in Schedule F or Schedule F (1)

4

[or as specified,] as the case may be.

(d) The tests for determining the strength, quality and purity of a substance specified

in Schedule F or Schedule F (1)

3

[or as specified] as the case may be shall be applied to

samples taken from the final product after each manufacturing process has been

completed.

(e) The substance should be stored in a cool place and away from light.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 834 (E), dt. 29-12-1999.

2. Subs. by SO 1449, dt. 13-06-1961. Earlier Ins. by F.1-27/56-D, dt. 18-12-1956

3. Subs. by F.1-6/62-D, dt. 2-7-1969

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 663 (E), dt. 3-7-1992

5. Omitted by G.S.R. 19, dt. 15.12.1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

141

1

[PART X A.

IMPORT OF MANUFACTURE OFNEW DRUG FOR CLINICAL

TRIALS OR MARKETING

122-A. Application for permission to import new drug.-

2

[(1) (a) No new drug shall be

imported, except under, and in accordance with, the permission granted by the Licensing

Authority as defined in clause (b) of rule 21.

(b) An application for the grant of permission to import a new drug shall be made in Form

44 to the Licensing Authority, accompanied by a fee of fifty thousand rupees:

Provided that where a subsequent application by the same applicant for that drug, whether

in modified dosage form or with new claims, is made, the fee to accompany such application

shall be fifteen thousand rupees.

Provided further that any application received after one year of the grant of approval for

the import and sale of new drug, shall be accompanied by a fee of fifteen thousand rupees and

such information and data as required by

3

[Appendix I or Appendix IA or Appendix IB] of

Schedule Y, as the case may be].

(2) The importer of a new drug when applying for permission under sub-rule (1), shall

submit data as given in

3

[Appendix I or Appendix IA or Appendix IB] to Schedule Y

including the results of local clinical trials carried out in accordance with the guidelines

specified in that Schedule and submit the report of such clinical trials in the format given in

appendix II to the said Schedule:

Provided that the requirement of submitting the results of local clinical trials may not be

necessary if the drug is of such a nature that the Licensing Authority may, in public interest,

decide to grant such permission on the basis of data available from other countries:

Provided further that the submission of requirements relating to Animal Toxicology,

Reproduction studies, Teratogenic studies, Perinatal studies, Mutagenicity and

Carcinogenicity may be modified or relaxed in case of new drugs approved and marketed for

several years in other countries if he is satisfied that there is adequate published evidence

regarding the safety of the drug, subject to the other provisions of these rules.

2

[(3) The Licensing Authority, after being satisfied that the drug if permitted to be

imported as raw material (bulk drug substance) or as finished formulation shall be effective

and safe for use in the country, may issue an import permission in Form 45 and/or Form 45-

A, subject to the conditions stated therein:

Provided that the Licensing Authority shall, where the data provided or generated on the

drug is inadequate, intimate the applicant in writing, and the conditions, which shall be

satisfied before permission could be considered.]

122-B. Application for approval to manufacture new drug

4

[***].-

2

drug shall be manufactured for sale unless it is approved by the Licensing Authority as defined

in clause (b) of rule 21.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 944 (E), dt. 21-9-1988.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 900 (E), dt. 12.12.2001.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 918 (E), dt. 30.11.2005.

4. Omitted by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19.01.2006.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

142

(b) An application for the grant of approval to manufacture the new drug and its

formulations shall be made in Form 44 to the Licensing Authority as defined in clause (b) of

Rule 21 and shall be accompanied by a fee of fifty thousand rupees:

Provided that where the application is for permission to import a new drug (bulk drug

substance) and grant of approval to manufacture its formulation/s, the fee to accompany such

application shall be fifty thousand rupees only.

Provided further that where a subsequent application by the same applicant for that drug,

whether in modified dosage form or with the new claims, is made, the fee to accompany such

subsequent application shall be fifteen thousand rupees:

Provided also that any application received after one year of the grant of approval for the

manufacture for sale of the new drug, shall be accompanied by a fee of fifteen thousand

rupees and such information and data as required by

4

[Appendix 1 or Appendix 1A or

Appendix IB] of Schedule Y, as the case may be.]

(2) The manufacturer of a new drug under sub-rule (1) when applying for approval to the

Licensing Authority mentioned in the said sub-rule, shall submit data as given in

4

[Appendix

1 or Appendix 1A or Appendix IB] to Schedule Y including the results of clinical trials

carried out in the country in accordance with the guideline specified in Schedule Y and

submit the report of such clinical trials in the same format given in Appendix II to the said

Schedule.

1

[(2A) The Licensing authority as defined in clause (b) of rule 21 after being satisfied that

the drug if approved to be manufactured as raw material (bulk drug substance) or as finished

formulation shall be effective and safe for use in the country, shall issue approval in Form 46

and/or Form 46A, as the case may be, subject to the conditions stated therein:

Provided that the Licensing Authority shall, where the data provided or generated on the

drug is inadequate, intimate the applicant in writing, and the conditions, which shall be

satisfied before permission could be considered.]

(3) When applying for approval to manufacture a new drug under sub-rule (1) or its

preparations, to the State Licensing Authority, an applicant shall produce along with his

application, evidence that the drug for the manufacture of which application is made has

already been approved

5

[in the name of the applicant] by the Licensing Authority mentioned in

Rule 21:

Provided that the requirement of submitting the results of local clinical trials may not be

necessary if the drug is of such nature that the

6

[Licensing Authority in Rule 21] may, in

public interest, decide to grant such permission on the basis of data available from other

countries:

Provided further that the submission of requirements relating to Animal Toxicology,

Reproduction studies, Teratogenic studies, Perinatal studies, Mutagenicity and

Carnicogenicity may be modified or relaxed in case of new drugs approved and marketed for

several years in other countries if he is satisfied that there is adequate published evidence

regarding the safety of the drug, subject to the other provisions of these rules.

2

[* * * * *]

3

[122D. Permission to import or manufacture fixed dose combination.- (1) An

application for permission to import or manufacture fixed dose combination of two or more

drugs as defined in clause (c) of rule 122-E shall be made to the Licensing Authority as

defined in clause (b) of Rule 21 in Form 44, accompanied by a fee of fifteen thousand rupees

and shall be accompanied by such information and data as is required in Appendix VI of

Schedule Y.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19-01-2006.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 26 (E), dt. 19-01-2006.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

143

(2) The Licensing Authority after being satisfied that the fixed dose combination if

approved to be imported or manufactured as finished formulation shall be effective and safe

for use in the country, shall issue permission in Form 45 or Form 46, as the case may be,

subject to the conditions stated therein:

Provided that the Licensing Authority shall, where the data provided or generated on the

fixed dose combination is inadequate, intimate the applicant in writing, and the conditions

which shall be satisfied before grant of approval/permission could be considered.

122DA. Application for permission to conduct clinical trials for New

Drug/Investigational New Drug.− (1) No clinical trial for a new drug, whether for clinical

investigation or any clinical experiment by any institution, shall be conducted except under,

and in accordance with, the permission, in writing, of the Licensing Authority defined in

clause (b) of Rule 21.

(2) An application for grant of permission to conduct−

(a) human clinical trials (Phase-I) on a new drug shall be made to the Licensing

Authority in Form 44 accompanied by a fee of fifty thousand rupees and such

information and data as required under Schedule Y.

(b) exploratory clinical trials (Phase-II) on a new drug shall be made on the

basis of data emerging from Phase-I trial, accompanied by a fee of twenty-five

thousand rupees;

(c) confirmatory clinical trials (Phase-III) on a new drug shall be made on the

basis of the data emerging from Phase-II and where necessary, data emerging from

Phase-I also, and shall be accompanied by a fee of twenty-five thousand rupees:

Provided that no separate fee shall be required to be paid along with application for

import/manufacture of a new drug based on successful completion of phases clinical trials by

the applicant:

Provided further that no fee shall be required to be paid along with the application by

Central Government or State Government Institutes involved in clinical research for

conducting trials for academic or research purposes.

(3) The Licensing Authority after being satisfied with the clinical trials, shall grant

permission in Form 45 or Form 45-A or Form 46 or Form 46-A, as the case may be, subject to

the conditions stated therein:

Provided that the Licensing Authority shall, where the data provided on the clinical trials

is inadequate, intimate the applicant in writing, within six months from the date of such

intimation or such extended period, not exceeding a further period of six months, as the

Licensing Authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, permit, intimating the

conditions which shall be satisfied before permission could be considered.

1

[(4) No permission for conduct of clinical trial intended for academic purposes in respect

of approved drug formulation shall be required for any new indication or new route of

administration or new dose or new dosage form where,-

(a) the trial is approved by the Ethics Committee; and

(b) subject to the provisions of sub-rule 5, the data generated is not intended for submission to

licensing authority.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

144

(5) The Ethics Committee shall however inform the licensing authority about the cases

approved by it and also about cases where there could be an overlap between the clinical trial

for academic and regulatory purposes and where the said authority does not convey its

comments to the Ethics Committee within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of

communication from the Ethics Committee, it shall be presumed that no permission from the

licensing authority is required.]

1

[Explanation:- —For the purposes of these rules,—

(a) ―Clinical Trial‖ means a systematic study of any new drug(s) in human subject(s) to

generate data for discovering and/or verifying the clinical, pharmacological (including

pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic), and/or adverse effects with the objective of

determining safety and/or efficacy of the new drug;

(b) ―Global Clinical Trial‖ means any clinical trial which is conducted as part of multi-

national clinical development of a drug;

(c) ―Investigational New Drug‖ means a new chemical entity or a product having therapeutic

indication but which has never been tested earlier on human being;

(d) ―New Chemical Entity‖ means an active substances in developmental stage which may be

specified as a drug under the Act, after undergoing any clinical trial.]

2

[****]

3

[122-DAB- Compensation in case of injury or death during clinical trial.-

4

[(1) In case of an injury occurring to the subject during the clinical trial, free medical

management shall be given as long as required or till such time it is established that the injury

is not related to the clinical trial, whichever is earlier.]

(2) In case, the injury occurring to the trial subject is related to the clinical trial, such

subject shall also be entitled for financial compensation as per order of the Licensing

Authority defined under clause (b) of Rule 21, and the financial compensation will be over and

above any expenses incurred on the medical management of the subject.

5

[(2A) In case, there is no permanent injury, the quantum of compensation shall be

commensurate with the nature of the non-permanent injury and loss of wages of the subject.]

(3) In the case of clinical trial related death of the subject, his / her nominee(s) would be

entitled for financial compensation, as per the order of the Licensing Authority defined under

clause (b) of Rule 21 and the financial compensation will be over and above any expenses

incurred on the medical management of such subject.

(4) The expenses on medical management and financial compensation in the case of

clinical trial injury or death of the trial subject shall be borne by the sponsor of the clinical

trial.

(5) Any injury or death of the subject occurring in clinical trial due to following reasons

shall be considered as clinical trial related injury or death and the subject or his/her

nominees(s), as the case may be, are entitled for financial compensation for such injury or

death:

(a) Adverse effect of investigational product(s);

(b) Violation of the approved protocol, scientific misconduct or negligence by the

sponsor or his representative or the investigator;

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 826 (E), dt. 30-10-2015 with following explanation.

―Explanation.−For the purpose of these rules Investigational New Drug means a new chemical entity or a

product having therapeutic indication but which have never been earlier tested on human beings.‖

2. Omitted rule 122DAA by G.S.R. 826 (E), dt. 30-10-2015, before omission it stood as under:

―122DAA. Definition of Clinical trial.--For the purpose of this Part, ―Clinical trial‖ means a systematic study

of new drug(s) in human subject(s) to generate data for discovering and/or verifying the clinical, pharmacological

(including pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic) and/or adverse effects with the objective of determining

safety and / or efficacy of the new drug.‖

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 53 (E), dt. 30-01-2013.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 889 (E), dt. 12-12-2014.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 889 (E), dt. 12-12-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

145

(c) Failure of investigational product to provide intended therapeutic effect, where, the

standard care, though available, was not provided to the subject as per the clinical trial

protocol;

(d) Use of placebo in a placebo-controlled trial where, the standard care, though

available, was not provided to the subject as per the clinical trial protocol;

(e) Adverse effects due to concomitant medication excluding standard care,

necessitated as part of approved protocol;

(f) For injury to a child in-utero because of the participation of parent in clinical trail;

(g) Any clinical trial procedures involved in the study.

(6) The sponsor, whether a pharmaceutical company or an institution shall give an

undertaking along with the application for clinical trail permission to the Licensing Authority

defined in clause (b) of Rule 21, to provide compensation in the case of clinical trial related

injury or death for which subjects are entitled to compensation.

(7) In case, the sponsor fails to provide medical management for the injury to the subject

and / or financial compensation to the trial subject for clinical trial related injury or financial

compensation to the subject‘s nominee(s) in case of clinical trial related death of the subject,

the Licensing Authority may after giving an opportunity to show cause why such an order

should not be passed, by an order in writing, stating the reasons thereof, suspend or cancel the

clinical trial and / or restrict Sponsor including his representative(s) to conduct any further

clinical trials in the country or take any other action deemed fit under the rules.]

1

[122 DAC. Permission to conduct clinical trial:- (1) The Licensing Authority as defined

in clause (b) of Rule 21, on being satisfied that the data submitted along with the application in

support of the proposed clinical trial is adequate in all respects, issue permission for conduct

of clinical trial, subject to the following conditions, namely:-

(a) Clinical trial shall be conducted in compliance with the approved protocols,

requirements of Schedule Y annexed to these rules, Good Clinical Practice Guidelines for

conduct of clinical trials in India and other applicable regulations;

(b) Approval of the Ethics Committee shall be obtained before initiation of the study;

(c) Clinical trial shall be registered at Clinical Trials Registry of India before enrolling

the first patient for the study;

(d) Annual status report of each clinical trial, as to whether it is ongoing, completed or

terminated, shall be submitted to the Licensing Authority and in case of termination of any

clinical trial the detailed reasons for the same shall be communicated to the said Licensing

Authority;

(e) Any report of serious adverse event occurring during clinical trial to the subject,

after due analysis, shall be forwarded within ten days of its occurrence as per Appendix XI

and in compliance with the procedures prescribed in Schedule Y;

(f) In case of an injury or death during the clinical trial to the subject of the clinical trial

the applicant shall provide complete medical management and compensation in the case of

trial related injury or death in accordance with Rule 122 DAB and the procedures prescribed

under Schedule Y, and the details of compensation provided in such cases shall be intimated to

the Licensing Authority within thirty days of the receipt of the order of the said authority;

(g) The premises of Sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and branches,

their agents, contractors and sub-contractors and clinical trial sites shall be open to

inspection by the officers authorized by the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization,

who may be accompanied by an officer of the State Drug Control Authority concerned, to

verify compliance to the requirements of Schedule Y, Good Clinical Practices guidelines for

conduct of clinical trials in India and other applicable regulations;

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 63 (E), dt. 01-02-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

146

(h) The Sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and branches, their agents,

contractors and sub-contractors and clinical trial sites and the investigator shall allow officers

authorized by the Central Drug Standard Control Organization, who may be accompanied by

an officer of the State Drug Control Authority concerned, to enter with or without prior notice,

any premises of sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and branches, their agents,

contractors and sub-contractors and clinical trial sites to inspect, search and seize any record,

data, document, books, investigational drugs etc. related to clinical trials and provide adequate

replies to any queries raised by the inspecting authority in relation to the conduct of clinical

trial;

(2) Notwithstanding the conditions specified in sub-Rule (1), the Licensing Authority, on

being satisfied that the data submitted along with the application in support of the proposed

clinical trial is adequate in all respect, may also impose such additional conditions for issuance

of permission in respect of specific clinical trials, if considered necessary, regarding the

objective, design, subject population, subject eligibility, assessments, conduct and treatment

of such clinical trial.

(3) If any Sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and branches, their agents,

contractors and sub-contractors, Investigators conducting clinical trial and clinical trial sites

fail to comply with any of the above conditions, the Licensing Authority, may, after giving an

opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing

stating the reasons thereof,-

(a) Issue warning letter giving details of deficiency found during the inspection, which

might affect the right or well-being of the clinical trial subject or the validity of the study

conducted at that site;

(b) Recommend that study may be rejected or discontinued;

(c) Suspend or cancel the clinical trial permission;

(d) Debar the Investigator(s), Sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and

branches, their agents, contractors and sub-contractors to conduct any clinical trial in future.

(4) The Sponsor including their employees, subsidiaries and branches, their agents,

contractors and sub-contractors and clinical trial Investigators, against whom action as

mentioned in sub- Rule (3) has been taken by the Licensing Authority, may, within ninety

days of the receipt of the copy of the order of the Licensing Authority prefer an appeal to the

Central Government, and the Central Government may, after giving such appellant an

opportunity of being heard, confirm, reverse or modify such order.]

122DB. Suspension or cancellation of Permission/Approval.- If the importer or

manufacturer under this Part fails to comply with any of the conditions of the permission or

approval, the Licensing Authority may, after giving an opportunity to show cause why such

an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, suspend or

cancel it.

122DC. Appeal.- Any person aggrieved by an order passed by the Licensing Authority

under this Part, may within sixty days from the date of such order, appeal to the Central

Government, and the Central Government may, after such enquiry into the matter as is

considered necessary, pass such order in relation thereto as it thinks fit.

1

[122 DD. Registration of Ethics Committee:- (1) No Ethics Committee shall review and

accord its approval to a clinical trial protocol without prior registration with the Licensing

Authority as defined in clause (b) of Rule21:

Provided that any Ethics Committee, existing on the date of commencement of the

Drugs and Cosmetics (Third Amendment) Rules, 2013, who has already reviewed and

accorded approval to clinical trial protocol, shall obtain registration within a period of forty-

five days from the date of commencement of Drugs and Cosmetics (Third Amendment) Rules,

2013.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 72 (E), dt. 08-02-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

147

(2) An application for registration of Ethics Committee shall be made to the Licensing

Authority in accordance with the requirements as specified in the Appendix VIII of Schedule

Y.

(3) The Licensing Authority after being satisfied that the requirements have been

complied with, may grant registration to the Ethics Committee subject to such conditions as

may be stated therein.

(4) The Ethics Committee shall review and accord its approval to a clinical trial and also

carry ongoing review of the trial at appropriate intervals, as specified in Schedule Y, and the

Good Clinical Practice Guidelines for Clinical Trials in India and other applicable regulatory

requirements for safeguarding the rights, safety and well-being of the trial subjects.

(5) In the case of any serious adverse event occurring to the clinical trial subjects during

the clinical trial, the Ethics Committee shall analyze and forward its opinion as per procedure

specified under APPENDIX XII of Schedule Y.

(6) The Ethics Committee shall allow inspectors or officials authorized by the Central

Drugs Standard Control Organization to enter its premises to inspect any record, data or any

document related to clinical trial and provide adequate replies to any query raised by such

inspectors or officials, as the case may be in relation to the conduct of clinical trial.

(7) The registration, unless it is suspended or cancelled, shall be valid for a period of three

years from the date of issue:

Provided that if the application for re-registration is received by the Licensing Authority

within three months before the expiry, the registration shall continue to be in force until orders

are passed by the said authority:

Provided further that the Licensing Authority shall be informed in writing in case of any

change in the membership or the constitution of the Ethics Committee takes place.

(8) If the Licensing Authority is not satisfied, he shall reject the application and shall

inform the applicant of the reasons for such rejection and the conditions which must be

satisfied before the registration can be granted.

(9) If the Ethics Committee fails to comply with any of the conditions of registration, the

Licensing Authority may, after giving an opportunity to show cause why such an order should

not be passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, suspend or cancel the

registration of the Ethics Committee for such period as considered necessary.

(10) The Ethics Committee whose registration has been suspended or cancelled by the

Licensing Authority, may, within ninety days of the receipt of the copy of the order, prefer an

appeal to the Central Government and the Central Government may after giving an opportunity

of being heard, confirm, reverse or modify such order.

Explanation:- For the purpose of this Rule an Ethics Committee is a committee

comprising of medical, scientific, non-medical and nonscientific members, whose

responsibility is to ensure the protection of the rights, safety and will-being of human subjects

involved in a clinical trial and it shall be responsible for reviewing and approving the protocol,

the suitability of the investigators, facilities, methods and adequacy of information to be used

for obtaining and documenting informed consent of the study subjects and adequacy of

confidentiality safeguards.]

122E. Definition of new drug.- For the purpose of this Part, new drug shall mean and

include-

1

[(a) A drug, as defined in the Act including bulk drug substance

2

[or

phytopharmaceutical drug] which has not been used in the country to any significant extent

under the conditions prescribed, recommended or suggested in the labelling thereof and has

not been recognized as effective and safe by the licensing authority mentioned under rule 21

for the proposed claims:

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 591 (E), dt. 17-8-1999.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 918 (E), dt. 30-11-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

148

Provided that the limited use, if any, has been with the permission of the licensing

authority.]

(b) A drug already approved by the Licensing Authority mentioned in Rule 21 for

certain claims, which is now proposed to be marketed with modified or new claims, namely,

indications, dosage, dosage form (including sustained release dosage form) and route of

administration.

(c) A fixed dose combination of two or more drugs, individually approved earlier for

certain claims, which are now proposed to be combined for the first time in a fixed ratio, or if

the ratio of ingredients in an already marketed combination is proposed to be changed, with

certain claims, viz. indications, dosage, dosage form (including sustained release dosage

form) and route of administration. (See items (b) and (c) of Appendix VI to Schedule Y.)

Explanation.- For the purpose of this rule−

1

[(i) all vaccines and Recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs shall be new drugs

unless certified otherwise by the Licensing Authority under Rule 21;]

(ii) a new drug shall continue to be considered as new drug for a period of four years

from the date of its first approval

2

[***].]

2. Omitted by G.S.R. 724(E), dt. 7.11.2013, the following words,-

―or its inclusion in the Indian Pharmacopoeia Whichever is earlier‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

149

1

[PART XB

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COLLECTION, STORAGE,

PROCESSING AND DISTRIBUTION OF WHOLE HUMAN BLOOD,

HUMAN BLOOD COMPONENTS BY BLOOD BANKS

ANDMANUFACTURE OF BLOOD PRODUCTS

2

[122EA. Definitions.- (1) In this Part and in the Forms contained in Schedule A and in

Part XII-B,

3

[Part XII-C and Part XIID] of Schedule F, unless there is anything repugnant in

the subject or context−

(a) ―apheresis‖ means the process by which blood drawn from a donor, after

separating plasma or platelets, or leucocytes, is re-transfused simultaneously into the said

donor;

(b) ―autologous blood‖ means the blood drawn from the patient for re-transfusion

unto himself later on;

(c) ―blood‖ means and includes whole human blood, drawn from a donor and mixed

with an anti-coagulant;

(d) ―blood bank‖ means a place or organization or unit or institution or other

arrangements made by such organization, unit or institution for carrying out all or any of

the operations for collection, apheresis, storage, processing and distribution of blood

drawn from donors and/or for preparation, storage and distribution of blood components;

(e) ―blood component‖ means a drug prepared, obtained, derived or separated from a

unit of blood drawn from a donor;

(f) ―blood product‖ means a drug manufactured or obtained from pooled plasma of

blood by fractionation, drawn from donors;

4

[(fa) ―cord blood bank‖ means a place or organization or unit for carrying out and

responsible for operations of collection, processing, testing, banking, selection and

release of cord blood units;]

(g) ―donor‖ means a person who voluntarily donates blood after he has been declared

fit after a medical examination, for donating blood, on fulfilling the criteria given

hereinafter, without accepting in return any consideration in cash or in kind from any

source but does not include a professional or a paid donor.

Explanation.- For the purposes of this clause, benefits or incentives like pins, plaques,

badges, medals, commendation certificates, time-off from work, membership of blood

assurance programme, gifts of little or intrinsic monetary value shall not be construed as

consideration;

(h) ―leucapheresis‖ means the process by which the blood drawn from a donor, after

leucocyte concentrates have been separarated is re-transfused simultaneously into the

said donor;

(i) ―plasmapheresis‖ means the process by which the blood drawn from a donor, after

plasma has been separated, is re-transfused during the same sitting into the said donor;

(j) ―plateletpheresis‖ means the process by which the blood drawn from a donor, after

platelet concentrates have been separated, is re-transfused simultaneously into the said

donor;

(k) ―professional donor‖ means a person who donates blood for a valuable

consideration, in cash or kind, from any source, on behalf of the recipient-patient and

includes a paid donor or a commercial donor;

(l) ―replacement donor‖ means a donor who is a family friend or a relative of the

patient-recipient.]

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 245 (E), dt. 5-04-1999.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 899 (E), dt. 27-12-2011.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 899 (E), dt. 27-12-2011.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

150

4

[(m) ―umbilical cord blood‖ is the whole blood including Hematopoietic Progenitor Cells

collected from placental and or Umbilical cord blood vessels after the umbilical cord have

been clamped.]

122-F. Form of application for licence for operation of Blood Bank/processing of

whole human blood for components/manufacture of blood products for sale or

distribution

4

[, collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and release of umbilical cord

blood stem cells.]- (1) Application for the grant and/or renewal of licence for the operation

of a Blood Bank/processing of human blood for components/manufacture of blood

products

4

[ collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and release of umbilical cord blood

stem cells] shall be made to the Licensing Authority appointed under Part VII in

1

[Form 27-

C or

5

[Form 27-E or Form 27-F], as the case may be], and shall be accompanied by

3

[licence

fee of rupees six thousand and an inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred for

every inspection thereof or for the purpose of renewal of licence]:

Provided that if the applicant applies for renewal of licence after its expiry but within six

months of such expiry the fee payable for the renewal of the licence

3

[shall be rupees six

thousand and inspection fee of rupees one thousand and five hundred plus an additional fee at

the rate of rupees one thousand per month or a part thereof in addition to the inspection fee]:

5

[Provided further that a licensee holding a license in Form 28-C, Form 28-E or Form 28-

F as the case may be, for operation of Blood Bank/ processing of whole human blood for

components / manufacture of blood products / collection, processing testing storage, banking

and release of umbilical cord blood stem cells shall apply for grant of license under sub Rule

(1) before the expiry of the said license in Form 27-C, Form 27-E or Form 27-F as the case

may be and he shall continue to operate the same till the orders on his application are

communicated to him.]

2

[***]

(2) A fee of

3

[rupees one thousand] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of a licence issued

under this rule, if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.

(3) Application by a licensee to manufacture additional drugs listed in the application

shall be accompanied by a fee of

3

[rupees three hundred] for each drug listed in the

application.

(4) On receipt of the application for the grant or renewal of such licence, the Licensing

Authority shall,–

(i) verify the statements made in the application form;

(ii) cause the manufacturing and testing establishment to be inspected in accordance

with the provision of rule 122-I; and

(iii) in case the application is for renewal of licence, call for information of past

performance of the licensee.

(5) If the Licensing Authority is satisfied that the applicant is in a position to fulfil the

requirements laid down in the rules, he shall prepare a report to that effect and forward it

6

[along with the application and the licence (in triplicate) to be granted or renewed, duly

completed] to the Central Licence Approving Authority:

Provided that if the Licensing Authority is of the opinion that the applicant is not in a

position to fulfil the requirements laid down in these rules, he may, by order, for reasons to be

recorded in writing, refuse to grant or renew the licence, as the case may be.

(6) If, on receipt of the application and report of the Licensing Authority referred to in

sub-rule

7

[(5)] and after taking such measures including inspection of the premises by the

Inspector, appointed by the Central Government under section 21 of the Act, and/or along

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 245(E), dt. 5.4.1999. 4. Ins. by G.S.R. 899 (E), dt. 27-12-2011.

2. Explanation omitted by G.S.R. 733 (E), dt. 21.12.2005 earlier Ins. by G.S.R. 89(E), dt. 14-2-1996.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 601(E), dt. 24-8-2001. 5. Subs. by G.S.R. 899 (E), dt. 27-12-2011.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 89 (E), dt. 14.2.1996.

7. Corrected by corrigendum G.S.R. 447 (E), dt. 10-06-1993.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

151

with the Expert in the field concerned if deemed necessary, the Central Licence Approving

Authority is satisfied that the applicant is in a position to fulfil the requirements laid down in

these rules, he may grant or renew the licence, as the case may be:

Provided that if the Central Licence Approving Authority is of the opinion that the

applicant is not in a position to fulfil the requirements laid down in these rules he may,

notwithstanding the report of the Licensing Authority, by order, for reasons to be recorded in

writing, reject the application for grant or renewal of licence, as the case may be, and shall

supply the applicant with a copy of the inspection report.

122G. Form of Licence for the operation of a Blood Bank/processing of whole

human blood for components and manufacture of blood products

3

[/manufacture of blood

products/collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and release of umbilical cord

blood stem cells] and the conditions for the grant or renewal of such licence.−

2

[(1)] A

licence for the operation of a Blood Bank or for processing whole human blood for

components and

3

[/manufacture of blood products/collection, processing, testing, storage,

banking and release of umbilical cord blood stem cells] shall be issued in

1

[Form 28C or Form

28E or

3

[Form 28F or Form 26G or Form26-I or Form 26J, as the case may be, before a

license in Form 28C or Form 28E or Form28-F or Form 26G or Form 26-I or Form 26-J], as

the case may be,] is granted or renewed the following conditions shall be complied with by the

applicant:-

1

[(i) The operation of Blood Bank and/or processing of whole human blood for

components shall be conducted under the active direction and personal supervision of

competent technical staff consisting of at least one person who is whole time employee

and who is Medical Officer, and possessing-

(a) Postgraduate degree in Medicine - M.D (Pathology/Transfusion

Medicines); or

(b) Degree in Medicine (M.B.B.S.) with Diploma in Pathology or Transfusion

Medicines having adequate knowledge in blood group serology, blood group

methodology and medical principles involved in the procurement of blood and/or

preparation of its components; or

(c) Degree in Medicine (M.B.B.S.) having experience in Blood Bank for one

year during regular service and also has adequate knowledge and experience in

blood group serology, blood group methodology and medical principles involved in

the procurement of blood and/or preparation of its components,

the degree or diploma being from a University recognized by the Central Government.

Explanation.- For the purposes of this condition, the experience in Blood Bank for

one year shall not apply in the case of persons who are approved by the Licensing

Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority prior to the commencement of

the Drugs and Cosmetics (Second Amendment) Rules, 1999].

(ii) The applicant shall provide adequate space, plant and equipment for any or all

the operations of blood collection or blood processing. The space, plant and equipment

required for various operation is given in Schedule ‗F‘, Part XIIB and/or XIIC

4

[or XIID].

(iii) The applicant shall provide and maintain adequate technical staff as specified in

Schedule F, Part XIIB and/or XIIC

4

[or XIID].

(iv) The applicant shall provide adequate arrangements for storage of whole

human blood, human blood components and blood products.

(v) The applicant shall furnish to the Licensing Authority, if required to do so,

data on the stability of whole human blood, its components or blood products

which are likely to deteriorate, for fixing the date of expiry which shall be printed

on the labels of such products on the basis of the data so furnished.

1. Ins. by GSR 245(E), dt. 5-4-1999.

2. Renumbered as sub-rule (1) by GSR 733(E), dt. 21-12-2005.

3. Subs. by GSR 899(E), dt. 27-12-2011. 4. Ins. by GSR 899(E), dt. 27-12-2011.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

152

3

[(2) Application for grant or renewal of a licence for operation of Blood Bank or processing

of human blood components shall be made by the Blood Bank run by the Government, Indian

Red Cross Society, hospital, charitable trust or voluntary organization approved by a State/

Union Territory Blood Transfusion Council only.

Explanation.– For the purpose of this sub-rule, ―renewal‖ shall include renewal of any

licenceissued prior to the commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (……..Amendment)

122H. Duration of licence.- An original licence in

1

[Form 28C or Form 28E

4

[or Form

28F] or a renewed licence in Form 26G or Form 26-I]

4

[or Form 26J] unless sooner

suspended or cancelled shall be

2

[valid for a period of five years on and from the date on

which] it is granted or renewed.

122-I. Inspection before grant or renewal of licence for operation of Blood Bank,

processing of whole human blood for components and manufacture of blood

products.- Before a licence in

1

[Form 28C or Form 28E

4

[or Form 28F] is granted or a

renewal of licence in form 26G or Form 26-I

4

[or Form 26J] is made, as the case may be,] the

Licensing Authority or the Central Licence Approving Authority, as the case may be, shall

cause the establishment in which Blood Bank is proposed to be operated/whole human blood

for components is processed/ blood products are manufactured to be inspected by one or

more Inspectors, appointed under the Act and/or along with the Expert in the field concerned.

The Inspector or Inspectors shall examine all portions of the premises and

appliances/equipments and inspect the process of manufacture intended to be employed or

being employed along with the means to be employed or being employed for operation of

blood bank/processing of whole human blood for components/manufacture of blood

products together with their testing facilities and also enquire into the professional

qualification of the expert staff and other technical staff to be employed.

122J. Report by Inspector.-The Inspector or Inspectors shall forward a detailed

descriptive report giving his findings on each aspect of inspection along with his

recommendation in accordance with the provisions of rule 122-I to the Licensing Authority or

to the Central Licence Approving Authority.

122K. Further application after rejection.- If within a period of six months from the

rejection of application of a licence the applicant informs the Licensing Authority that the

conditions laid down have been satisfied and deposits an inspection

2

[fee of rupees two

hundred and fifty] the Licensing Authority may, if after causing further inspection to be made

is satisfied that the conditions for the

1

[grant or renewal of a licence have been complied with,

shall grant or renew the licence in Form 28C or Form 28E

4

[or Form 28F]:

Provided that in the case of a drug notified by the Central Government under rule 68-A,

the application, together with the inspection report and the Form of licence (in triplicate to be

granted or renewed), duly completed shall be sent, to the Central Licence Approving

Authority, who may approve the same and return it to the Licensing Authority for issue of the

licence.]

122L. Delegation of powers by the Central Licence Approving Authority.- The Central

Licence Approving Authority may, with the approval of the Central Government, by

notification delegate his powers of signing licences and any other power under rules to

persons under his control having same qualifications as prescribed for Controlling Authority

under rule 50-A, for such areas and for such periods as may be specified.

122M. Provision for appeal to the State Government by a party whose licence has not

been granted or renewed.- Any person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the Licensing

Authority or Central Licence Approving Authority, as the case may be, may within thirty

days from the date of receipt of such order, appeal to the State Government or Central

Government, as the case may be, after such enquiry into the matter as it considers necessary

and after giving the said person an opportunity for representing his view in the matter may

pass such order in relation thereto as it thinks fit.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 601(E), dt. 24-8-2001. 4. Ins. by GSR 899(E), dt. 27-12-2011.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

153

122-N. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for licence or by a

licensee to the Licensing Authority.- The applicant for the grant of licence or any person

granted a licence under the Part shall, on demand furnish to the Licensing Authority, before

the grant of the licence or during the period the licence is in force, as the case may be,

documentary evidence in respect of the ownership or occupation, rental or other basis of the

premises, specified in the application for licence or in the licence granted, constitution of the

firm or any other relevant matter, which may be required for the purpose of verifying the

correctness of the statement made by the applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after

obtaining the licence, as the case may be.

122-O. Cancellation and suspension of licences.− (1) The Licensing Authority or Central

Licence Approving Authority may for such licences granted or renewed by him after giving

the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be passed by an order

in writing stating the reason thereof, cancel a licence issued under this part or suspend it for

such period as he thinks fit, either wholly or in respect of some of the substances to which it

relates

1

[or direct the licensee to stop collection, storage, processing, manufacture and

distribution of the said substances and

2

[thereupon order the destruction of substances and]

stocks thereof in the presence of an Inspector], if in his opinion, the licensee has failed to

comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any provisions of the Act or Rules

thereunder.

(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may, within three months

of the date of the order under sub-rule (1) prefer an appeal against the order to the State

Government or Central Government, which shall decide the same.

122-P. Conditions of licence.-

3

[A licence in Form 28C, Form 28E,

4

[Form 28F, Form

26G, Form 26-I or Form 28J shall be subject to the special conditions set out in Schedule F,

Part XII-B and Part XII C, Part XIID,] as the case may be, which relate to the substance in

respect of which the licence is granted or renewed and to the following general conditions,

namely:-]

(i) (a) The licensee shall provide and maintain adequate staff, plant and premises

for the proper operation of a Blood Bank for processing whole human blood, its

components and/or manufacture of blood products.

(b) The licensee shall maintain staff, premises and equipment as specified in Rule

122-G. The licensee shall maintain necessary records and registers as specified in

Schedule F, Parts XII-B and XII-C.

(c) The licensee shall test in his own laboratory whole human blood, its

components and blood products and maintain records and registers in respect of such tests

as specified in Schedule F, Parts XIIB and XIIC

5

[or XIID]. The records and register shall

be maintained for a period of five years from the date of manufacture.

(d) The licensee shall maintain/preserve reference sample and supply to the

Inspector the reference sample of the whole human blood collected by him in an adequate

quantity to conduct all the prescribed tests. The licensee shall supply to the Inspector the

reference sample for the purpose of testing.

2. Ins. by (Corrigenda) G.S.R. 514 (E), dt. 6-11-1996.

4. Subs. by GSR 899(E), dt. 27-12-2011.

5. Ins. by GSR 899(E), dt. 27-12-2011.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

154

(ii) The licensee shall allow an Inspector appointed under the Act to enter, with or

without prior notice, any premises where the activities of the Blood Bank are being

carried out for the processing of Whole Human Blood and/or Blood Products, to inspect

the premises and plant and the process of manufacture and the means employed for

standardizing and testing the substance.

(iii) The licensee shall allow an Inspector appointed under the Act to inspect all

registers and records maintained under these rules and to take samples of the

manufactured product and shall supply to the Inspector such information as he may

require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act and rules

thereunder have been observed.

(iv) The licensee shall from time to time report to the Licensing Authority any

changes in the expert staff responsible for the operation of a Blood Bank/processing of

whole human blood for components and/or manufacture of blood products and any

material alterations in the premises or plant used for that purpose which have been made

since the date of last inspection made on behalf of the Licensing Authority before the

grant of the licence.

(v) The licensee shall on request furnish to the Licensing Authority, or Central

Licence Approving Authority or to such Authority as the Licensing Authority, or the

Central Licence Approving Authority may direct, from any batch unit of drugs as the

Licensing Authority or Central Licence Approving Authority may from time to time

specify, sample of such quantity as may be considered adequate by such Authority for

any examination and, if so required, also furnish full protocols of the test which have

been applied.

(vi) If the Licensing Authority or the Central Licence Approving Authority so

directs, the licensee shall not sell or offer for sale any batch/unit in respect of which a

sample is, or protocols are furnished under the last preceding sub-paragraph until a

certificate authorizing the sales of batch/unit has been issued to him by or on behalf of the

Licensing Authority or the Central Licence Approving Authority.

(vii) The licensee shall on being informed by the Licensing Authority or the

Controlling Authority that any part of any batch/unit of the substance has been found by

the Licensing Authority or the Central Licence Approving Authority not to conform with

the standards of strength, quality or purity specified in these Rules and on being directed

so to do, withdraw, from sales and so far as may in the particular circumstances of the

case be practicable recall all issues already made from that batch/unit.

(viii) No drug manufactured under the licence shall be sold unless the precautions

necessary for preserving its properties have been observed throughout the period after

manufacture. Further no batch/unit manufactured under this licence shall be

supplied/distributed to any person without prescription of a Registered Medical

Practitioner.

(ix) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of these Rules and

with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any Rules subsequently

made under Chapter IV of the Act, provided that where such further requirements are

specified in the Rules, these would come in force four months after publication in the

Official Gazette.

(x) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an Inspector

to record his impression and defects noticed.

(xi) The licensee shall destroy the stock of batch/unit which does not comply

with standard tests in such a way that it would not spread any disease/infection by

way of proper disinfection method.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

155

1

[(xii) All bio-medical waste shall be treated, disposed of or destroyed as per

the provisions of the Bio-Medical Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules,

1996.

(xiii) The licensee shall neither collect blood from any professional donor or

paid donor nor shall he prepare blood components and/or manufacture blood

products from the blood drawn from such a donor.]

PART XI

EXEMPTIONS

123. The drugs specified in Schedule K shall be exempted from the provisions of Chapter

IV of the Act and the Rules made thereunder to the extent and subject to the conditions

specified in that Schedule.

PART XII

2

[124. Standards of drugs: –

STANDARDS

(1) For drugs included in the Indian Pharmacopoeia—

(a) The standards for identity, purity and strength shall be those as may be

specified in the edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia for the time being in force.

(b) In case the standards for identity, purity and strength for drugs are not

specified in the edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia for the time being in force but

are specified in the edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia immediately preceding, the

standards for identity, purity and strength shall be those occurring in such

immediately preceding edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia.

(2) For other drugs–

(a) The standards for identity, purity and strength shall be those as may be

specified in the edition of the official pharmacopoeia, for the time being in force, of

any country to which the drug claims to comply with,

(b) In case the standards for identity, purity and strength for drugs are not

specified in the edition of such official pharmacopoeia for the time being in force,

but are specified in the edition immediately preceding, the standards for identity,

purity and strength shall be those occurring in such immediately preceding edition

of such official pharmacopoeia to which the drug claims to comply with.

(c) For drugs for which standards are not included in the edition of the official

pharmacopoeia, for the time being in force, of any country or in edition

immediately preceding, but included in the official compendia of drug standards,

namely, the British Pharmaceutical Codex or the National Formulary of the United

States, for the time being in force, to which the drug claims to comply with.]

3

[124A. Standards for veterinary drugs. –For drugs intended for veterinary use,

the standards shall be those given in the current edition for the time being in force of the

4

[British Pharmacopoeia (Veterinary)].

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 19, dt. 15-12-1977.

3. Ins. by notification F. 1-6/62-D (SO 2889), dt. 2-7-1969.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 647 (E), dt. 28-10-1998.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

156

1

[124B. Standards for patent or proprietary medicines.— The standards for patent or

proprietary medicines shall be those laid down in Schedule V and such medicines shall also

comply with the standards laid down in the Second Schedule to the Act.

2

[124C. Standards for Surgical Dressings.-The standards for Surgical Dressings shall be

such as are laid down in Schedule F (II).]

3

[124D. Standards for Sterilised Umbilical tapes.- The standards for Sterilised Umbilical

tapes shall be as laid down in Schedule F(III).]

4

[125. Standards for substances (other than food) intended to affect the structure or

any function of human body—contraceptives.—(1) The standards for mechanical

contraceptives shall be such as are laid down in Schedule R.

(2) The standards which other contraceptives will have to comply with shall be in

conformity with the formulae approved as safe and efficacious by the Central Government.

Such formula shall be displayed on the label of every container of such contraceptive.

5

[125A. Standards for Medical Devices. —The standards for the Medical Devices shall be

such as are laid down in Schedule R-1.]

6

[126. Standards for substances intended to be used for the destruction of vermin

or insects which cause

9

[***] disease in human beings or animals.- Disinfectants.

The standards of disinfectants shall be such as are laid down in Schedule O.]

7

[126A Standards for ophthalmic preparations

8

[including Homoeopathic ophthalmic

preparations].—The standards for ophthalmic preparations

8

[including Homoeopathic

ophthalmic preparations] shall be those laid down in Schedule FF, and such preparations shall

also comply with the standards set out in the Second Schedule to the Act.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 665, dt. 28-5-1977.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 318 (E), dt. 1-5-1984.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 1115 (E), dt. 30-9-1986.

4. Amended by F-1-28/65D (SO 886), dt. 8-3-1966.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 109 (E), dt. 22-2-1994.

6. Amended by F.1-20/60-D, dt. 24-1-1964.

7. Ins. by F 1-113/60-D (SO 23), dt. 23-12-1969.

8. Subs. by G.S.R. 245 (E), dt. 17-6-1996.

9. Subs heading ―Insecticides‖ and the entry relating thereto omitted by GSR 139, dt. 8-1-1976.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

157

1

[127. List of colours permitted to be used in drugs.−(1) No drug shall contain a colour

other than specified below :-

(1) Natural Colours

Annatto

Carotene

Chlorophyll

Cochineal

Curcumin

Red Oxide of iron

Yellow Oxide of iron

2

[Titanium Oxide]

3

[Black Oxide of iron]

6

[Titanium dioxide coated mica pearlescent pigments]

(2) Artificial Colours

Caramel

4

[Riboflavin]

(3) Coal Tar Colours

Common name of the colour Colour Index

Number

Chemical Name

1 2 3

GREEN

Quinazarine Green S.S. 61565 1, 4-bis (p-Toluino) anthraquinone.

Alizarin Cyanine Green F. 61570 Disodium salt of 1, 4-bis (O-sulfo-p-

Toluino) anthra-quinone.

2

[Fast Green F.C.F. 42053 Disodium salt of 4-{[4-(N-ethyl-p

2- sulfoniumphenyl)-methylene}

2, 5-cyclohexadienimine].

5

[** * * *]

YELLOW

Tartrazine 19140 Trisodium salt of 3-carboxy-5- hydroxy-l-

p-sulfophenyl-4-p- Sulfophenyl

azopyrazole.

Sunset Yellow FCF 15985 Disodium salt of 1-p-sulfophenyl azo-2-

naphthol-6-sulfonic acid.

1. Amended by S.O. 289, dt. 20-12-1972.

2. Ins. by X.11013/3/76-DM.S (SO 1074), dt. 19-8-1978.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 370 (E), dt. 7-4-1994.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 681 (E), dt. 6-6-1988.

5. ―Green S‖ omitted by G.S.R. 753 (E), dt. 4-11-1999.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 76 (E), dt. 8-2-2012.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

158

(1) (2) (3)

1

[Quinoline Yellow WS 47005 Disodium salt of disulfonic acid of 2(2-

RED

2

[** ** *]

Erythrosine 45430 Disodium salt of 9-0-carboxyphenyl 6-hydroxy

Eosin YS or Eosine G 45380 Disodium of salt of 2,4,5, 7-Tetrabromo- 9-p-

Toney Red or Sudan III 26100 1-p-phenylazophenylaze-2-naphthol.

Ponceau 4 R 16255 Trisodium salt of 1-(4-sulpho-1-1- Napthylazo)-

2 napthol-6 : 8-disulphonic acid.

Carmoisine 14720 Disodium salt of 2-(4-sulpho-1-napthylazo)-1

napthol-4 sulphonic acid.

3

[*** * *]

BLUE

Indigo Carmine

73015 Disodium salt of indigotin-5 : 5 Disu lphonic

Acid

4

[Brilliant Blue FCF 42090 Disodium salt of 4-[ {4-(N-ethyl-p-

sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl }-](2- sulfonium

sulfobenzyl)- ∆ 2, 5-cyclohexadienimine.

ORANGE

Orange G 16230 Disodium salt of 1-phenylazo-2- naphthol-6, 8-

disulfonic acid.

BROWN

Resorcin Brown 20170 Monosodium salt of 4-p-sulfophenylazo-2-(2, 4-

xylylazo-1, 3 resorcinol.

BLACK

Naphthol Blue Balck 20470 Disodium salt of 8-amino-7-p-nitro- phenylazo-

2. ‗Amaranth‘ omitted by G.S.R. 753(E) dt. 4.11.1999.

3. Fast Red omitted by G.S.R. 753, dt. 4-11-1999.

4. Ins. by X.11013/3/76-DM.S, dt. 19-8-1978.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

159

(4) LAKES

The aluminum or calcium salts (lakes) of any of the water-soluble colours listed

above:

5

[Provided that disinfectants may also contain colours specified under Schedule

Q, which are non-staining.]

(2) The label on the container of a drug containing a permitted colour shall indicate the

common name of the colour.]

128. The following rules are hereby repealed except as respects things done or omitted to

be done under these rules, namely :---

Andhra Pradesh Drugs Rules, 1945.

Assam Drugs Rules, 1945.

Bihar Drugs Rules, 1945.

Bombay Drugs Rules, 1946.

East Punjab Drugs Rules, 1945.

C.P. & Berar Drugs Rules, 1945.

Madras Drugs Rules, 1945.

Orissa Drugs Rules, 1945.

Rajasthan Drugs Rules, 1953.

Saurashtra Drugs Rules, 1953.

Travancore-Cohin Drugs Rules, 1953.

United Provinces Drugs Rules, 1945.

West Bengal Drugs Rules, 1946.

2

[Mysore Drugs Rules, 1954].

1

[PART XIII

3

[IMPORT AND REGISTRATION OF COSMETICS]

4

[129. Registration of cosmetic products imported into the country.- No cosmetic shall

be imported into India unless the product is registered under the rules by the licensing

authority appointed by the Central Government under rule 21 or by any person to whom such

powers may be delegated under rule 22.

129A. Form and manner of application for Registration Certificate.- (1) An application

for issue of a Registration Certificate for cosmetics intended to be imported into India shall

be made in Form 42 either by the manufacturer himself or by his authorised agent or importer

in India or by the subsidiary in India authorised by the manufacturer and shall be accompanied

by a fee of two hundred and fifty US dollars or its equivalent to Indian rupees for each brand

of cosmetic. The application shall be accompanied by a treasury challan as specified in sub-

rule (3) along with the information and undertaking as specified in Schedule D (III) duly

signed by or on behalf of the manufacturer or by his authorised agent or importer in India or

by the subsidiary in India authorised by the manufacturer.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 1183 dt. 17-8-1964. 5. Ins. by G.S.R. 76 (E), dt. 8-2-2012.

2. Added by notification F. 1-37/58-D, dt. 21-7-1958.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 426 (E), dt. 19-5-2010.

4. Rules 129 to 129H subs. by G.S.R. 426 (E), dt. 19-5-2010.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

160

(2) An authorisation by the manufacturer to his agent in India shall be duly authenticated

either in India before a First Class Magistrate or in the country of origin before such an

equivalent authority.

(3) The fees shall be paid through a challan in the designated branches of Bank of Baroda

either in US dollars or in equivalent Indian rupees under Head of Account ―0210-MEDICAL

AND PUBLIC HEALTH, 04 PUBLIC HEALTH, 104-FEES AND FINES‖ and the original

copy of the treasury challan shall be submitted along with the application for product

registration.

Provided that in the case of any direct payment of fees by a manufacturer in the country of

origin, the fees shall be paid through Electronic Clearance System (ECS) from any bank in the

country of origin to the Bank of Baroda, Kasturba Gandhi Marg, New Delhi, through the

Electronic Code of the bank in the Head of Account ―0210-MEDICALAND PUBLIC

HEALTH, 04 PUBLIC HEALTH, 104-FEES AND FINES‖ and the original receipt of the said

transfer shall be treated as an equivalent to the bank challan subject to the approval by the

Bank of Baroda that they have received the payment.

(4) The applicant shall be liable for the payment of testing fees directly to a testing

laboratory approved by the Central Government, as may be, required for examination, tests

and analysis of cosmetics.

(5) A fee of one hundred US dollars or its equivalent shall be paid for a duplicate copy of

the Registration Certificate, if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.

129B. Registration Certificate for the import of cosmetics manufactured by one

manufacturer.-A single application may be made and a single Registration Certificate in Form

43 may be issued in respect of import of one or more than one cosmetics manufactured by the

same manufacturer: Provided that the cosmetics are manufactured at one factory or more than

one factory functioning conjointly as a single manufacturing unit.

129C. Grant of Registration Certificate.- (1) On receipt of an application for Registration

Certificate in the form and manner specified in rule 129A, the licensing authority shall, if

satisfied, issue a Registration Certificate in form 43 subject to the conditions of the registration

certificates in form 43:

Provided that if the application is complete in all respects and information specified in

Schedule D III is in order, the licensing authority shall, within six months from the date of

receipt of an application, issue such Registration Certificate, and in exceptional circumstances

and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Registration Certificate may be issued within

such extended period, not exceeding three months, as the licensing authority may deem fit.

(2) If the applicant does not receive the Registration Certificate within the period as

specified above, he may appeal to the Central Government and the Central Government may

after such enquiry into the matter, as it considers necessary, may pass such orders in relation

thereto as it thinks fit.

129D. Duration of Registration Certificate.- A Registration Certificate, unless it is sooner

suspended or cancelled, shall be valid for a period of three years from the date of its issue:

Provided that if application for a fresh Registration Certificate is made within six months

before the expiry of the said certificate, the existing Registration Certificate shall be deemed to

continue to remain in force until orders are passed on the application.

129E. Suspension and cancellation of Registration Certificate.- If the manufacturer fails

to comply with any of the conditions of the Registration Certificate, the licensing authority

may after giving him an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be passed,

by an order in writing, stating the reasons therefor, suspend or cancel the Registration

Certificate for such period as it thinks fit either wholly or in respect of some of the cosmetics

to which it relates: Provided that a person who is aggrieved by the order passed by the

licensing authority under this rule may, within thirty days of the receipt of the order, appeal to

the Central Government and the Central Government may after such enquiry into the matter as

it considers necessary and after giving the said appellant an opportunity of being heard pass

orders as it thinks fit.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

161

129F. Prohibition of import of certain cosmetic.- No cosmetic, the manufacture, sale or

distribution of which is prohibited in the county of origin, shall be imported under the same

name or under any other name except for the purpose of examination, test or analysis.

129G. Standard for imported cosmetics.- No cosmetic shall be imported unless it complies

with the specifications prescribed under Schedule S and Schedule Q or any other standards of

quality and safety, applicable to it, and other provisions under the rules. In case the cosmetic

is not included under Schedule S, it shall meet with specifications under the rules and

standards applicable to it in the country of origin.

129H. Labeling and Packing of Cosmetics.- No cosmetic shall be imported unless it is

packed and labeled in conformity with the rules in Parts XV. Further the label of imported

cosmetics shall bear registration certificate number of the product and the name and address of

the registration certificate holder for marketing the said product in India.]

130. Documents to be supplied to the Collector of Customs.− Before any cosmetics are

imported, a declaration signed by or on behalf of the manufacturer or by on behalf of the

importer that the cosmetics comply with the provisions of Chapter III of the Act, and the

Rules made there under, shall be supplied to the Collector of Customs.

131. Procedure for the import of cosmetics.− (1) If the officer appointed at the post of

entry by the Central Government has reason to believe that any cosmetic contravenes any of

the provisions of the Act or the rules made thereunder he may take sample of the cosmetic

from the consignment for inspection. If on examination of the sample defects are noticed the

officer shall advise the Collector of Customs for further action to be taken.

If the suspected contravention of the provisions of the Act or the Rules is such as may have

to be determined by test, the officer shall send the sample to the laboratory established for

the purpose for performing such tests. The consignment of the said cosmetic shall be detained

till such time that the test report on such sample is received from the Director of the said

laboratory or any other officer of the laboratory empowered by him in this behalf with the

approval of the Central Government:

Provided that if the importer gives an undertaking in writing not to dispose of the

cosmetic without the consent of the Collector of Customs and to return the consignment or

such portion thereof as may be required, the Collector of Customs shall make over the

consignment to the importer.

(2) If the importer who has given an undertaking under the proviso to sub-rule (1) is

required by the Collector of Customs to return the consignment or portion thereof, he shall

return the consignment or portion thereof within ten days of receipt of the notice.

Further procedure on receipt of the report of analysis

(3) If the Director of the Laboratory established for the purpose by the Central

Government or any other officer of the laboratory empowered by him in this behalf with the

approval of the Central Government, reports to the Collector of Customs or to the officer

mentioned in sub-rule (1) above that the sample of any cosmetic in a consignment

contravenes the provisions of Chapter III of the Act or the Rules made thereunder and that the

contravention is such that it cannot be remedied by the importer, the Collector of Customs

shall communicate the report forthwith to the importer who shall within two months of

receiving such a communication either send back all the cosmetic of that description to the

country in which it was manufactured or to the country from which it was imported or hand it

over to the Central Government which shall cause it to be destroyed:

Provided that the importer may within thirty days of receipt of the report make a

representation against the report to the Collector of Customs who shall forward the

representation with a fresh sample of the cosmetic to the Drugs Controller, India, who after

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

162

obtaining, if necessary, the report of the Director of the Central Drugs Laboratory shall pass

orders thereon which shall be final.

(4) If the Drugs Controller or any other officer empowered by him in this behalf with the

approval of Central Government reports to the Collector of Customs after the inspection of

the sample of cosmetic and if necessary, after obtaining a test report thereon that the sample

of the said cosmetic contravenes in any respect the provisions of Chapter III of the Act or the

Rules made thereunder but that the contravention is such that it can be remedied by the

importer, the Collector of Customs shall communicate the report forthwith to the importer and

permit him to import the cosmetic on his giving an undertaking in writing not to dispose of

the cosmetic without the permission of the officer authorised in this behalf by the Central

Government.

132. Exemption of cosmetics—Cosmetics as may be specified in Schedule D shall be

exempted from the provisions of Chapter III of the Act and the Rules made thereunder to the

extent and subject to the conditions specified in that Schedule.

133. Import through points of entry—No cosmetic shall be imported into India except

through the points of entry specified in rule 43A.

1

[134. Cosmetic to contain Dyes, Colours and Pigments.- No Cosmetic shall contain

Dyes, Colours and Pigments other than those specified by the Bureau of Indian Standards

(IS:4707 Part 1 as amended) and Schedule Q.

The permitted Synthetic Organic Colours and Natural Organic Colours used in the

Cosmetic shall not contain more than:-

(i) 2 parts per million of arsenic calculated as arsenic trioxide.

(ii) 20 parts per million of lead calculated as lead.

(iii) 100 parts per million of heavy metals other than lead calculated as the

total of the respective metals.]

2

[134-A Prohibition of import of cosmetic containing Hexachlorophene.— No cosmetic

containing hexachlorophene shall be imported.

135. Import of cosmetic containing Lead or Arsenic compound prohibited.—No

cosmetic shall be imported in which a Lead or Arsenic compound has been used for purposes

of colouring.

3

[135-A. Import of cosmetics containing mercury compounds prohibited.–No

cosmetic shall be imported which contains mercury compounds.]

5

[135-B. Prohibition of import of cosmetics tested on animals.–No cosmetic that has

been tested on animals after the commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (Fifth

Amendment) Rules, 2014 shall be imported into the country.]

136. Import of cosmetic for personal use—Small quantities of cosmetics the import of

which is otherwise prohibited under section 10 of the Act, may be imported for personal use

subject to the following conditions: —

(i) The cosmetics shall form part of a passenger‘s baggage and shall be the property of

and intended for, the bona fide use of the passenger; and

(ii) The cosmetics shall be declared to the Customs authorities, if they so direct.

4

[PART XIV

MANUFACTURE OF COSMETIC FOR SALE

OR FOR DISTRIBUTION]

137. Manufacture on more than one set of premises. — If cosmetics are

manufactured on more than one premises, a separate application for each such premises

shall be made and a separate licence obtained for each such premises.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 811 (E), dt. 14-11-1994. 2. Added by G.S.R. 116, dt. 25-1-1975.

3. Ins. by X.11013/76-D & MS, dt. 19-8-1978. 4. Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 718 (E), dt. 13-10-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

163

138. Application for

5

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale and distribution]—

3

[(1) Application for grant or renewal of

5

[licence to manufacture any cosmetic for sale or

for distribution]

1

[shall be made up to ten items of each category of cosmetics categorized in

Schedule MII to the Licensing Authority appointed by the State Government for the purpose

of this Part (hereinafter in this Part referred to as the Licensing Authority) in Form 31 and

shall be accompanied by a licence fee of rupees two thousand and five hundred and an

inspection fee of rupees one thousand for every inspection

thereof or for the purpose of renewal of licence].

2

[* * * **]

3

[(2) If a person applies for the renewal of licence after expiry but within six months of

such expiry, the fee payable for the renewal of such licence shall be

1

[rupees two thousand

five hundred plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees four hundred per month or part

thereof in addition to an inspection fee of rupees one thousand.]

2

[* * * * *]

(3) Application by a licensee to manufacture additional items of cosmetics shall be

accompanied by a fee of

1

[rupees one hundred for each item subject to a maximum of rupees

three thousand for each application.]

2

[* * * * *]

6

[(4) A fee of

1

[rupees two hundred and fifty] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of a

licence under sub-rule (1), if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.]

4

[138A. Application for loan licence to manufacture cosmetics.−(1) Application for grant

or renewal of a loan licence for the manufacture for sale of cosmetics

1

[shall be made up to

ten items of each category of cosmetics categorized in Schedule M-II in Form 31-A to the

Licensing Authority and shall be accompanied by a licence fee of rupees two thousand and

five hundred and an inspection fee of rupees one thousand for every inspection thereof].

Explanation.--For the purpose of this rule a ‗loan licence‘ means a licence, which a

Licensing Authority may issue to an applicant who does not have his own arrangements to

manufacture but who intends to avail himself of the manufacturing facilities owned by a

licensee in Form 32.

(2) If a person applies for the renewal of a loan licence after the expiry but within

six months of such expiry, the fee payable for the renewal of such a licence shall be

2. Omitted by G.S.R. 331(E),dt. 8.5.1984.

3. Amended by G.S.R. 245, dt. 21.2.1976.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 331(E),dt. 8.5.1984.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

164

1

[rupees two thousand and five hundred plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees four

hundred for each month or part thereof.]

(3) The Licensing Authority shall before the grant of a loan licence satisfy

himself that the manufacturing unit has adequate equipment, staff, capacity for

manufacture and facilities to undertake the manufacture on behalf of the applicant for a

loan licence.

(4) The loan licence shall be granted by the Licensing Authority to only such

applicants who propose to avail of the facilities of manufacture of cosmetics in the

premises of a manufacturer located in the same State where the applicant is located. In

case the manufacture of cosmetic involves any special process of manufacture or use of

equipment which are not available in the State where the applicant is located, the

Licensing Authority after consulting the Licensing Authority where the manufacturing

unit is located, may grant the loan licence.

(5) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (2), application for manufacture of

additional items on a loan licence shall be accompanied by a fee of

1

[rupees one

hundred for each item subject to a maximum of rupees three thousand per application.]

(6) A fee of

1

[rupees two hundred and fifty] shall be paid for a duplicate copy of

a licence issued under sub-rule (1) if the original is defaced, damaged or lost.

139. Conditions for the grant or renewal of a licence in Form 32—Before a licence in

Form 32 is granted or renewed, the following conditions shall be complied with by applicant:-

(1) The manufacture shall be conducted under the direction and personal supervision

of a competent technical staff consisting of at least one person who is a whole time

employee and who possesses any one of the following qualifications:

(a) holds a Diploma in Pharmacy approved by the Pharmacy Council of India

under the Pharmacy Act, 1948 (8 of 1948), or

(b) is registered under the Pharmacy Act, 1948 (8 of 1948), or

(c) has passed the Intermediate Examination with Chemistry as one of the

subjects or an examination recognized by the Licensing Authority as equivalent

to it.

2

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

165

1

[(2) The factory premises shall comply with the requirements and conditions specified in

Schedule M-II.]

2 [ * * * * *]

(5) The applicant shall either--

(i) provide and maintain adequate staff, premises and laboratory equipment for testing

the cosmetic manufactured, and the raw materials used in the manufacture; or

(ii) make arrangements with some institution approved by the Licensing Authority

3

[under Part XV (A) of these rules] for such tests to be regularly carried out in this behalf

by the institution.

4

[139A. Form of

5

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for distribution].—A

5

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for distribution] against application in

Form 31, shall be granted in Form 32.]

6

[139AA. Inspection before grant or renewal of licence.- Before a licence under this Part

is granted or renewed in Form 32, Form 32A or Form 33, the Licensing Authority shall cause

the establishment, in which the manufacture is proposed to be conducted or being conducted,

to be inspected by one or more Inspectors appointed under the Act. The Inspector or

Inspectors shall examine all portions of the premises, plant and appliances and also inspect

the process of manufacture intended to be employed or being employed along with the means

to be employed or being employed for standardizing and testing the substances to be

manufactured and enquire into the professional qualifications of the technical staff to be

employed. He shall also examine and verify the statements made in the application in regard

to their correctness, and the capability of the applicant to comply with the requirements of

competent technical staff, manufacturing plant, testing equipments and the requirements of

plant and equipments as laid down in Schedule M-II read with requirements of maintenance

of records as laid down in Schedule U-1.]

6

[139AB. Report by Inspector.- The Inspector or Inspectors shall forward a detailed

descriptive report giving his or their findings on each aspect of inspection along with his or

their recommendations after completion of his or their inspection to the Licensing Authority.]

6

[139AC. Grant or refusal of licence.- (1) If the Licensing Authority after such further

enquiry, if any, as he may consider necessary is satisfied that the requirements of the rules

under the Act have been complied with and that the conditions of the licence and the rules

under the Act shall be observed, he shall grant or renew a licence in form 32, Form 32-A or

Form 33.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 723 (E), dt. 11-8-1992.

2. Omitted condition (3) and (4) by G.S.R. 723 (E), dt. 11-8-1992.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 1172 (E), dt. 23-8-1977.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10-10-1985.

6. Ins. by G.S.R. 493 (E), dt. 9-6-1995.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

166

(2) If the Licensing Authority is not so satisfied, he shall reject the application and shall

inform the applicant of the reasons for such rejection and of the conditions which must be

satisfied before a licence can be granted or renewed and shall supply the applicant with a

copy of inspection report.]

1

[139AD. Further application after rejection.–If within a period of six months from the

rejection of an application for a licence, the applicant informs the Licensing Authority that the

conditions laid down have been fulfilled and deposits an inspection

2

[fee of rupees two

hundred and fifty], the Licensing Authority may, if, after causing further inspection to be

made, he is satisfied that the conditions for the grant of licence have been complied with,

issue a licence in Form 32, Form 32-A or Form 33.]

1

[139AE. Appeal to the State Government.- Any person who is aggrieved by the order

passed by the Licensing Authority refusing to grant or renew a licence under this Part may,

within ninety days from the date of receipt of such order, appeal to the State Government and

the State Government may, after such enquiry into the matter as is considered necessary and

after giving the said person an opportunity for representing the case, pass such order as it

thinks fit.]

3

[139B. Form of loan

4

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for

distribution].−A loan

4

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for distribution]

against application in Form 31-A shall be granted in Form 32-A.

140. Duration of licence.- An original licence or a renewed licence shall unless sooner

suspended or cancelled be

2

[valid for a period of five years on and from the date on which] it

is granted or renewed:

5

[Provided that if the application for renewal of a licence in force is made before its

expiry or if the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of

additional fee, the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application and the licence shall be deemed to have expired, if application for its renewal is

not made within six months of its expiry.]

141. Certificate of renewal.−The certificate of renewal of a licence in Form 32 shall be

issued in Form 33.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 493 (E), dt. 9-6-1995.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 493 (E), dt. 9-6-1995.

5. Amended by S.O. 2139, dt. 12.8.1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

167

1

[141A. Certificate of renewal of a loan licence—The certificate of renewal of a licence

in Form 32-A shall be issued in Form 33-A.]

1

[141AA. Duration of a loan licence.–An original loan licence in Form 32A or a renewed

loan licence in Form 33-A, unless sooner suspended or cancelled, shall be

2

[valid for a period

of five years on and from the date on which] it is granted or renewed:

Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its expiry, or if

the application is made within six months of its expiry, after payment of the additional fee,

the licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the application. The licence

shall be deemed to have expired if the application for its renewal is not made within six

months of its expiry.]

142. Conditions of licence—A licence in Form 32 shall be subject to the conditions stated

therein and to the following other conditions, namely: –

(a) the licensee shall provide and maintain staff, premises and equipment as

specified in rule 139;

(b) the licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and the Rules made

thereunder and with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any rules to

be made hereafter under Chapter IV of the Act;

3

[(b1) the licensee shall keep records of the details of each batch of cosmetic

manufactured by him and of raw materials used therein as per particulars specified in

Schedule U(1) and such records shall be retained for a period of three years;]

(c) the licensee shall test each batch or lot of the raw materials used by him for the

cosmetics and also each batch of the final product and shall maintain records or registers

showing the particulars in respect of such tests. The records or registers shall be retained

for a period of three years from the date of manufacture;

(d) the licensee shall allow any

1

[ Inspector appointed under the Act] to enter with

or without prior notice any premises where the manufacture of a substance in respect of

which the licence is issued is carried on, to inspect the premises and to take samples of

the manufactured products under a receipt;

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 1594, dt. 28-10-1976.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

168

(e) the licensee shall allow an Inspector to inspect all registers and records

maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector such information as

he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act

and the Rules made thereunder have been complied;

1

[(f) the licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to

enable an Inspector to record his impression and the defects noticed:

2

[Provided that clauses (b-1) and (c) shall not apply to the manufacture of

soap and the procedure for testing of raw materials and the records to be

maintained by the manufacturer of soap shall be such as are approved by the

Licensing Authority.]

4

[142A. Additional information to be furnished by an applicant for licence or a licensee

to the Licensing Authority.—The applicant for the grant of a licence or any person granted a

licence under this Part shall, on demand, furnish to the Licensing Authority, before the grant

of the licence or during the period the licence is in force, as the case may be, documentary

evidence in respect of the ownership or occupation on rental or other basis of the premises,

specified in the application for licence or in the licence granted, constitution of the firm, or

any other relevant matter, which may be required for the purpose of verifying the correctness

of the statements made by the applicant or the licensee, while applying for or after obtaining

the licence as the case may be.]

1

[142B. Conditions of licence in Form 32-A.–

(a) A licence in Form 32-A shall be deemed to be cancelled or suspended, if the

licence owned by the licensee, in Form 32, whose manufacturing facilities are

cancelled or suspended, as the case may be under these rules.

(b) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and these rules and

with each further requirements, if any, as may be specified from time to time in

Chapter IV of the Act, provided that where such further requirements are specified in

the rules, these would come into force four months after publication in the Official

Gazette.

3

[(b1) The licensee shall keep records of the details of each batch of cosmetic

manufactured by him and of raw materials used therein as per particulars specified in

Schedule U(1) and such records shall be retained for a period of three years.]

(c) The licensee shall test each batch or lot of the raw materials used by him for

the manufacture of the cosmetics and also each batch of the final product and shall

maintain records of registration showing the particulars in respect of such tests. The

records or registers shall be retained for a period of three years from the date of

manufacture.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 681 (E), dt. 6-6-1988.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 1594, dt. 28-10-1976.

4. Ins. by S.O.2139, dt. 12-8-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

169

(d) The licensee shall allow an Inspector appointed under the Act to enter with or

without prior notice any premises where the manufacture of a substance in respect of

which licence is issued is carried on, to inspect the premises and to take samples of

the manufactured products under a receipt.

(e) The licensee shall allow an Inspector to inspect all registers and records

maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector such information as he

may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act, and the

rules made thereunder have been complied.

(f) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

143. Cancellation and suspension of licence.−(1) The Licensing Authority may, after

giving the licensee an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be passed, by

an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued under this Part or

suspend it for such period as he thinks fit, either wholly or in respect of some of the

substances to which it relates, if in his opinion, the licensee has failed to comply with any of

the conditions of the licence or with any provisions of the Act or the rules made thereunder.

(2) A licensee whose license has been suspended or cancelled may appeal within a period

of three months from the date of the order to the State Government which shall after

considering the appeal, pass orders, and such orders shall be final.

1

[144. Prohibition of manufacture of cosmetics containing colours other than

those prescribed.- No Cosmetic shall be manufactured which contains Dyes, Colours and

Pigments other than the one specified by the Bureau of Indian Standards (IS: 4707 Part I as

amended) and Schedule Q.

The permitted Synthetic Organic colours and Natural Organic colours used in the

Cosmetic shall not contain more than−

(i) 2 parts per million of arsenic calculated as arsenic trioxide.

(ii) 20 parts per million of lead calculated as lead.

(iii) 100 parts per million of heavy metals other than lead calculated as the total of the

respective metals.]

2

[144A. Prohibition of manufacture of cosmetics containing Hexachlorophene.—No

cosmetic containing Hexachlorophene shall be manufactured:]

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 116, dt. 15.1.1975.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

170

1

[Provided that in the case of soaps Hexachlorophene may be used in concentrations not

exceeding one per cent weight by weight:

Provided further that the following cautionary note shall be printed and shall appear in a

conspicuous manner on the wrapper of package of each soap, namely:-

―Contains Hexachlorophene – not to be used on babies‖.]

145. Use of Lead and Arsenic compounds for the purpose of colouring cosmetics

prohibited.—The use of Lead and Arsenic compounds for the purpose of colouring cosmetics

is prohibited.

2

[145A. Form of intimation for purpose of taking samples of cosmetics.—Where

an Inspector takes a sample of a cosmetic for the purpose of test or analysis, he shall

intimate such purpose in writing in Form 17 to the person from whom he takes it.]

3

[145AA. Form of receipt of samples of cosmetics where fair price tendered is refused.-

Where the fair price, for the samples of Cosmetics taken for the purpose of test or analysis,

tendered under sub-section (1) of section 23 has been refused, the Inspector shall tender a

receipt therefor to the person from whom the said samples have been taken as specified in

Form 17A.]

2

[145B. Form of receipt for seized cosmetics.−A receipt by an Inspector for the stock

of any cosmetic seized under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Act shall be in

Form 15.]

4

[145BA. Manner of certifying copies of seized documents.-The Drugs Inspector shall

return the documents, seized by him under clause (cc), or produced before him under clause

(cca), of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Act, within a period of twenty days of the date of

such seizure or production, to the person from whom they were seized or, as the case may be,

the person who produced them, after copies thereof or extracts therefrom have been signed by

the Drugs Inspector concerned and the person from whom they were seized, or, as the case

may be, who produced such records.]

5

[145C. Form of order not to dispose of stocks of cosmetics—An order in writing by an

Inspector under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Act requiring a person not to

dispose of any stock of cosmetics in his possession shall be in Form 15.]

6

[145D. Prohibition of manufacture of cosmetics containing mercury compounds.–

No cosmetics containing mercury compounds shall be manufactured.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 1049 (E), dt. 29-8-1986.

2. Ins. by S.O. 2139, dt. 5.6.1972.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 292 (E), dt. 29-5-1997.

5. Ins. by G.S.R. 1594, dt. 28-10-1976.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

171

PART XV

1

[LABELLING, PACKING AND STANDARDS OF COSMETICS]

146. Prohibition of sale or distribution.–Subject to other provisions of these rules, no

person shall sell or distribute any cosmetic unless the cosmetic, if of Indian origin is

manufactured by a licensed manufacturer and labelled and packed in accordance with these

rules.

2

[147. Exemption of cosmetics not manufactured for consumption or sale in India

from the provisions of this Part.– Labels on packages or containers of cosmetics not

manufactured for consumption or sale in India shall be adopted to meet the specific

requirements, if any, of the consignee:

Provided that where a cosmetic is required by the consignee to be not labelled with the

name and address of the manufacturer, the labels on packages or containers shall bear a code

number as approved by the Licensing Authority mentioned in rule 21.]

148. Manner of labelling.–Subject to other provisions of the rules, a cosmetic shall

carry.–

(1) on both the inner and outer labels;

(a) the name of the cosmetic,

3

[(b) the name of the manufacturer and complete address of the premises of the

manufacturer where the cosmetic has been manufactured.

Provided that if the cosmetic is contained in a very small size container

where the address of the manufacturer cannot be given, the name of the manufacturer

and his principal place of manufacture shall be given along with pin code.]

(2) On the outer label.–

A declaration of the net contents expressed in terms of weight for solids, fluid

measure for liquids, weight for semi-solids, combined with numerical count if the content is

sub-divided:

Provided that this statement need not appear in case of a package of perfume, toilet water

or the like the net content of which does not exceed 60 ml or any package of solid or semi-

solid cosmetic the net content of which does not exceed 30 grams.

(3) On the inner label, where a hazard exists–

(a) adequate direction for safe use,

(b) any warning, caution or special direction required to be observed by the

consumer,

(c) a statement of the names and quantities of the ingredients that are hazardous or

poisonous.

1. Subs. by S.O. 3408, dt. 1.11.1996.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 682 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 352 (E), dt. 26-4-2000.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

172

1

[(4) A distinctive batch number, that is to say, the number by reference to which details of

manufacture of the particular batch from which the substance in the container is taken are

recorded and are available for inspection, the figures representing the batch number being

preceded by the letter ―B‖:

Provided that this clause shall not apply to any cosmetic containing 10 grams or less

if the cosmetic is in solid or semi-solid state, and 25 millilitres or less if the cosmetic is in a

liquid state:

2

[Provided further that in the case of soaps, instead of the batch number, the month and

year of manufacture of soap shall be given on the label.]

1

[(5) manufacturing licence number, the number being preceded by the letter ‗M‘.]

(6) Where a package of a cosmetic has only one label, such label shall contain all the

information required to be shown on both the inner and the outer labels, under these Rules.

5

[(7) The list of ingredients, present in concentration of more than one percent shall be

listed in the descending order of weight or volume at the time they are added, followed by

those inconcentration of less than or equal to one percent, in any order, and preceded by the

words ‗INGREDIENTS‘.

Provided that this statement need not appear for packs of less than 60 ml of liquid

and30 gm of solid and semi-solids.

(8) Labeling requirement, if any, specified in the relevant Indian standard as laid down

by the ‗Bureau of Indian Standards‘ for the cosmetics covered under Schedule S.]

3

[148A. Prohibition against altering inscriptions on containers, labels or wrappers of

cosmetics.- No person shall alter, obliterate or deface any inscription or mark made or

recorded by the manufacturer on the container, label or wrapper of any cosmetic:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall apply to any alteration, inscription or mark made

on the container, label or wrapper of any cosmetic at the instance or direction or with the

permission of the licensing authority.]

5

[148B - Prohibition against false or misleading claims :- No cosmetic may purport or

claimto purport or convey any idea which is false or misleading to the intending user.]

149.

4

[Labelling of Hair dyes containing Dyes, Colours and Pigments.—Hair dyes

containing Para-Phenylenediamine or other Dyes, Colours and Pigments] shall be labelled

with the following legend in English and local languages and these shall appear on both the

inner and the outer labels.

―Caution—This product contains ingredients which may cause skin irritation in

certain cases and so a preliminary test according to the accompanying direction should

first be made. This product should not be used for dyeing the eye-lashes or eye-brows;

as such a use may cause blindness‖.

Each package shall also contain instructions in English and local languages on the

following lines for carrying out the test:

―This preparation may cause serious inflammation of the skin in some cases and so a

preliminary test should always be carried out to determine whether or not special

sensitivity exists. To make the test, cleanse a small area of skin behind the ear or upon

the inner surface of the forearm, using either soap and water or alcohol. Apply a small

quantity of the hair dye as prepared for use to the area and allow it to dry.

After twenty-four hours, wash the area gently with soap and water. If

no irritation or inflammation is apparent, it may be assumed that

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 245, dt. 3-2-1976.

2. Ins. by. 681(E), dt. 6-8-1988.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 351 (E), dt. 26-4-2000.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 811 (E), dt. 14-11-1994.

5. Ins. by. 46 (E), dt. 22-1-2009.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

173

no hypersensitivity to the dye exists. The test should, however, be carried out before each

and every application. This preparation should on no account be used for dyeing eye-

brows or eye-lashes as severe inflammation of the eye or even blindness may result.]

1

[149A. Special provisions relating to toothpaste containing fluoride.-

(i) Fluoride content in tooth paste shall not be more than 1000 ppm and the content

of fluoride in terms of ppm shall be mentioned on the tube and carton.

(ii) Date of expiry should be mentioned on tube and carton .]

150. Report of result of test or analysis of cosmetics.—Test reports on samples of

cosmetics taken for test or analysis under these rules shall be supplied in Form 34.

2

[150-A. Standard for cosmetics.- Subject to the provisions of these rules, the standards

for cosmetics shall be such as may be prescribed in Schedule S.]

3

[PART XV (A)

APPROVAL OF INSTITUTIONS FOR CARRYING OUT TESTS

ON DRUGS, COSMETICS AND RAW MATERIALS USED IN

THEIR MANUFACTURE ON BEHALF OF LICENSEES FOR

MANUFACTURE FOR SALE OF DRUGS / COSMETICS

150-B. Application for grant of testing drugs/cosmetics— (1) Application for grant or

renewal of approval for carrying out tests for identity, purity, quality and strength on drugs or

cosmetics or the raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees for

manufacture for sale of drugs or cosmetics, shall be made in Form 36 to the Licensing

Authority appointed by the State Government for the purposes of Part VII, VII (A) or XIV of

these Rules, as the case may be and referred to as the ―approving authority‖ under this Part

and shall be accompanied by an inspection fee of

2

[rupees six thousand] in the case of testing

of drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1) and

2

[rupees one thousand five hundred] in the

case of testing of drugs other than those specified in Schedules C and C (1), homoeopathic

drugs and cosmetics:

Provided that the applicant shall furnish to the approving authority such additional

information as may be required by him in connection with the application in Form 36:

4

[Provided further that if the applicant applies for renewal of approval after its expiry

but within six months of such expiry, the inspection fee payable shall be rupees six thousand

in the case of testing of drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1) and rupees one thousand

five hundred in the case of testing of drugs other than those specified in Schedules C and C

(1), Homoeopathic medicines and cosmetics plus an additional fee at the rate of rupees one

thousand per month.]

4

[(2) A separate application shall be made for grant of approval for carrying out tests

on additional categories of drugs or items of cosmetics and shall be accompanied by an

inspection fee of rupees one thousand five hundred in the case of drugs specified in Schedule

C and Schedule C(1) and rupees one thousand each in case of drugs other than those specified

in Schedule C and Schedule C(1), homeopathic medicines and cosmetics.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 223 (E), dt. 19-4-1991.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 510 (E), dt. 26-7-1982.

3. Ins. rule 150B to 150K by X.1104/7/76-D&M, dt. 23-8-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

174

Explanation—For the purpose of this Part, the words ‗drugs‘ and ‗cosmetics‘ shall also

mean and include the raw materials used in the manufacture of drugs including Homoeopathic

drugs or cosmetics, as the case may be.]

150-C. Form in which approval to be granted for carrying out tests on drugs / cosmetics

on behalf of licensees for manufacture of drugs/cosmetics and conditions for grant or

renewal of such approval.– (1) Approval for carrying out such tests of identity, purity,

quality and strength of drugs or cosmetics as may be required under the provisions of

these rules, on behalf of licensee for manufacture of drugs or cosmetics shall be granted in

Form 37.

(2) Before approval in Form 37 is granted or renewed, the following conditions

shall be complied with by the applicant–

(1) The premises where the tests are being carried out shall be well lighted and

properly ventilated except where the nature of tests of any drug or cosmetic warrants

otherwise. Wherever necessary, the premises shall be air conditioned so as to

maintain the accuracy and functioning of laboratory instruments or to enable the

performance of special tests such as sterility tests, microbiological tests, etc.

(2) The applicant shall provide adequate space having regard to the nature and

number of samples of drugs or cosmetics proposed to be tested.

Provided that the approving authority shall determine from time to time whether

the space provided continues to be adequate.

(3) If it is intended to carry out tests requiring the use of animals, the applicant

shall provide for an animal house and comply with the following requirements–

(a) The animal house shall be adequate in area, well lighted and properly

ventilated and the animals undergoing tests shall be kept in air conditioned area.

(b) The animals shall be suitably housed in hygienic surroundings and

necessary provisions made for removal of excreta and foul smell.

(c) The applicant shall provide for suitable arrangements for preparation of animal

feed.

(d) The applicant shall provide for suitable arrangements for quarantining of all

animals immediately on their receipt in the institution.

(e) The animals shall be periodically examined for their physical fitness.

(f) The applicant shall provide for isolation of sick animals as well as animals

under test.

(g) The applicant shall ensure compliance with the requirements of the

Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960 (59 of 1960).

(h) The applicant shall make proper arrangements for the disposal of the carcasses

of animals in a manner as not to cause hazard to public health.

(4) The applicant shall provide and maintain suitable equipment having regard to

the nature and number of samples of drugs or cosmetics intended to be tested which shall

be adequate in the opinion of the approving authority.

(5) The testing of drugs or cosmetics, as the case may be, shall be under the active

direction of a person whose qualifications and experience are considered adequate in the

opinion of the approving authority and who shall be held responsible for the reports of

test or analysis issued by the applicant.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

175

(6) The testing of drugs or cosmetics, as the case may be, for identity,

purity, quality and strength shall be carried out by persons whose qualifications

and experience of testing are adequate in the opinion of the approving authority.

(7) The applicant shall provide books of standards recognized under the

provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder and such books of reference

as may be required in connection with the testing or analysis of the products for

the testing of which approval is applied for.

150D. Duration of approval. –An approval granted in Form 37 or renewed in Form 38,

unless sooner suspended or withdrawn, shall be

1

[valid for a period of five years on and from

the date on which] it is granted or renewed:

Provided that if an application for the renewal of an approval in Form 37 is made before

its expiry or if the application is made within six months of its expiry after the payment of the

additional fee, the approval shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

applications and the approval shall be deemed to have expired if the application for its

renewal is not made within six months of its expiry.

150E. Conditions of approval –An approval in Form 37 shall be subject to the following

general conditions: —

(a) The institution granted approval under this Part (hereinafter referred to as the

approved institution) shall provide and maintain an adequate staff and adequate premises

and equipment as specified in rule 150-C

2

[and Schedule L-1].

(b) The approved institution shall provide proper facilities for storage so as to

preserve the properties of the samples to be tested by it.

(c) The approved institution shall maintain records of tests for identity, purity,

quality and strength carried out on all samples of drugs or cosmetics and the results

thereof together with the protocols of tests showing the readings and calculation in such

form as to be available for inspection and such records shall be retained in the case of

substances for which an expiry date is assigned for a period of two years from the expiry

of such date and in the case of other substances for a period of six years.

(d) The approved institution shall allow the Inspector appointed under this Act to

enter with or without prior notice the premises where the testing is carried on and to

inspect the premises and the equipment used for test and the testing procedures employed.

The institution shall allow the Inspectors to inspect the registers and records maintained

under these Rules and shall supply to such Inspectors such information as they may

require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act and Rules made

thereunder have been observed.

(e) The approved institution shall from time to time report to the approving

authority any changes in the person-in-charge of testing of drugs or cosmetics or in the

expert staff responsible for testing as the case may be and any material alteration in the

premises or changes in the equipment used for the purposes of testing which have been

made since the date of last inspection made on behalf of the approving authority before

the grant or renewal of approval.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 601 (E), dt. 24-8-2001.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 780 (E), dt. 10-11-2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

176

(f) The approved institution shall furnish reports of the results of test or analysis

in Form 39.

(g) In case any sample of a drug or a cosmetic is found on test to be not of

standard quality, the approved institution shall furnish the approving authority

1

[and

the licensing authority of the State where the manufacturer and/or sender of the drug

or cosmetic is located] with copy of the test report on the sample with the protocols of

tests applied.

(h) The approved institution shall comply with the provisions of the Act and

Rules made thereunder and with each further requirements, if any, may be specified

in the rules subsequently made under Chapter IV of the Act of which the approving

authority has given the approved institution not less than four months notice.

(i) The approved institution shall maintain an Inspection Book to enable the

Inspectors to record his impression or defects noticed.

150F. Inspection before grant of approval.— Before an approval in Form 37 is granted,

the approving authority shall cause the institution at which the testing of drugs or cosmetics,

as the case may be, is proposed to be carried out to be inspected jointly by the Drugs

Inspectors of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation and the State Drugs Control

Organisation who shall examine the premises and the equipment intended to be used for

testing of drugs or cosmetics and inquire into the professional qualifications of the expert staff

to be employed.

150G. Report of Inspection.— The Drug Inspector mentioned in rule 150-F shall forward

to the approving authority a detailed report of the result of the inspection.

150H. Procedure of approving authority.— (1) If the approving authority after such

further enquiry, if any, as he may consider necessary, is satisfied that the requirements of the

rules made under the Act have been complied with and that the conditions of the approval and

the rules made under the Act will be observed, he shall grant an approval in Form 37.

(2) If the approving authority is not so satisfied, he shall reject the application and shall

inform the applicant of the reasons for such rejection and of the conditions which must be

satisfied before an approval could be granted.

150-I. Further application after rejection.— If within a period of six months from the

rejection of an application for approval, the applicant informs the approving authority that the

conditions laid down have been satisfied and deposits inspection fee of

2

[rupees two hundred

and fifty], the approving authority may, if, after causing a further inspection to be made, he is

satisfied that the conditions for grant of approval have been complied with, grant the approval

in Form 37.

1. Ins. by G.S.R 93 (E), dt. 24-2-1995.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

177

150J. Renewal. – On an application being made for renewal the approving authority may

cause an inspection to be made and if satisfied that the conditions of the approval and the

rules made under the Act are and shall continue to be observed shall issue a certificate of

renewal in Form 38.

150K. Withdrawal and suspension of approvals – (1) The approving authority may, after

giving the approved institution an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be

passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, withdraw an approval granted

under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks fit either wholly or in respect of

some of the categories of drugs or items of cosmetics to which it relates, if in his opinion the

approved institution has failed to comply with any of the conditions of the approval or with

any provisions of the Act or the Rules made thereunder.

(2) Any approved institution whose approval has been suspended or withdrawn may

within three months of the date of the order, appeal to the State Government which shall

dispose of the appeal in consultation with a panel of competent persons appointed by it in this

behalf and notified in the Official Gazette.]

1

[PART XVI

MANUFACTURE FOR SALE OF AYURVEDIC (INCLUDING SIDDHA) OR

UNANI DRUGS

151. Manufacture on more than one set of premises.—If Ayurvedic (including Siddha)

or Unani drugs are manufactured on more than one set of premises, a separate application

shall be made and a separate licence shall be obtained in respect of each such set of premises.

152. Licensing Authorities.—For the purpose of this Part the State Government shall

appoint such Licensing Authorities and for such areas as may be specified in this behalf by

notification in the Official Gazette.

153. Application for licence to manufacture Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or

Unani drugs.— (1) An application for the grant or renewal of a licence to manufacture for

sale any Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be made in Form 24-D to the

Licensing Authority along with

2

[a fee of rupees one thousand]:

Provided that in the case of renewal the applicant may apply for the renewal of the licence

before its expiry or within one month of such expiry:

Provided further that the applicant may apply for renewal after the expiry of one month

but within three months of such expiry in which case the

2

[fee payable for renewal of such

licence shall be rupees one thousand and two hundred plus an additional fee of rupees six

hundred].

(ii)

2

[A fee of rupees three hundred] shall be payable for a duplicate copy of a licence

issued under this rule, if the original licence is defaced, damaged or lost.

1. Parts XVI, XVII and XVII added by S.O. 642, dt. the 2-2-1970 (w.e.f. 21.2.1970)

2. Subs. by G.S.R 79 (E), dt. 14-2-2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

178

1

[153A. Loan Licence.—(i) An application for the grant of renewal of a loan licence to

manufacture for sale of any Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be made in

Form 25-E to the Licensing Authority along with

2

[a fee of rupees six hundred.]

Explanation—For the purpose of this rule, a loan licence means a licence which a

Licensing Authority may issue to an applicant who does not have his own arrangements for

manufacture but intends to avail himself of the manufacturing facilities owned by a licence in

Form 25-D:

Provided that in the case of renewal the applicant may apply for the renewal of the licence

before its expiry or within one month of such expiry:

Provided further that the applicant may apply for renewal after the expiry of one month,

but within three months of such expiry in which case

2

[the fee payable for renewal of such

licences shall be rupees six hundred plus an additional fee of rupees three hundred.]]

(ii)

2

[A fee of rupees one hundred and fifty] shall be payable for a duplicate copy of a

licence issued under this rule, if the original licence is defaced, damaged or lost.]

154. Form of licence to manufacture Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs.

— (1) Subject to the conditions of rule 157 being fulfilled, a licence to manufacture for sale

any Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be issued in Form 25-D. The licence

shall be issued within a period of three months from the date of receipt of the application.

(2) A licence under this rule shall be granted by the licensing authority after consulting

such expert in Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani Systems of medicine as the case may

be, which the State Government may approve in this behalf.

1

[154A. Form of loan licence to manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic (including Siddha)

or Unani drugs.—

(1) A loan licence to manufacture for sale of any Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or

Unani drugs shall be issued in Form 25E.

(2) A licence under this rule shall be granted by the Licensing Authority after

consulting such expert in Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani systems of medicine,

as the case may be, which the State Government may approve in this behalf.

(3) The Licensing Authority shall, before the grant of a loan licence, satisfy himself

that the manufacturing unit has adequate equipment, staff, capacity for manufacture and

facilities for testing, to undertake the manufacture on behalf of the applicant for a loan

licence.]

155. Certificate of renewal—The certificate of renewal of a licence in Form 25-D shall

be issued in Form 26-D.

2. Subs. by G.S.R 79 (E), dt. 14-2-2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

179

1

[155A. Certificate of renewal of a loan licence.—The certificate of renewal of a loan

licence in Form 25-E shall be issued in Form 26-E.]

2

[155B. Certificate of award of G.M.P. of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Drugs.—

3

[(1)]The certificate of Good Manufacturing Practices to manufacturers of Ayurveda, Siddha

or Unani drugs shall be issued to licensees who comply with the requirements of Good

Manufacturing Practice of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs as laid down in Schedule T.]

4

[(2) The certificate referred to in sub-rule (1) shall be issued for a period of five years

from the date of issuance of the license.]

156. Duration of licence—An original licence in Form 25-D or a renewed licence in

Form 26-D, unless sooner suspended or cancelled shall be

5

[valid for a period of

6

[five

years] from the date of its issue]:

Provided that if the application for the renewal of a licence is made before its expiry or

within one month of its expiry after payment of the additional fee of rupees thirty, the licence

shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the application. The licence shall be

deemed to have expired, if the application for its renewal is not made within three months of

its expiry.]

1

[156A. Duration of loan licence.—An original loan licence in Form 25-E or a renewed

loan licence in Form 26-E, unless sooner suspended or cancelled, shall be valid up to the 31st

December of the year following the year in which it is granted or renewed:

Provided that if the application for the renewal of a loan licence is made in accordance

with rule 153-A, the loan licence shall continue to be in force until orders are passed on the

application. The licence shall be deemed to have expired, if the application for its renewal is

not made within three months of its expiry.]

157. Conditions for the grant or renewal of a licence in Form 25-D.—Before a licence

in Form 25-D is granted or renewed in Form 26-D the following conditions shall be complied

with by the applicant, namely: —

(1) The manufacture of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be carried

out in such premises and under such hygienic conditions as are specified in Schedule T.

2

[(IA) For issuing of the certificate of Good Manufacturing Practices, the Licensing

Authority shall verify the requirements as per schedule T and issue the Good

Manufacturing Practices certificate in form 26 E-I, simultaneously along with grant or

renewal of licence in form 25D].

7

[(IB) No manufacturer shall use any prefix or suffix with the name of any Ayurvedic,

Siddha or UnaniTibb drug falling under clause (a) of section 3 of the Act, except as

described in the authoritative books specified in the First Schedule to the Act:

Provided that a formulation without any specific name, described in the

authoritative books may be named on the basis of the ingredients of the formulation.

(IC) The name of any Ayurvedic, Siddha or UnaniTibb drug falling under clause (a)

of section 3 of the Act shall not be used for naming any patent or proprietary medicine

relating to Ayurvedic, Siddha or UnaniTibb systems of medicine referred to in sub-clause

(i) of clause (h) of the said section:

Provided that this rule shall not be applicable for single plant-ingredient based

Ayurvedic, Siddha or UnaniTibb formulation licensed or to be licensed as patent or

proprietary medicine under sub-clause (i) of clause (h) of section 3 of the Act.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 376 (E),dt. 20-7-1978. 7. Ins. by G.S.R. 390 (E),dt. 18.5.2015.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 376 (E),dt. 3-5-2010. Earlier Ins. by G.S.R. 198 (E), dt. 7-3-2003.

3. Rule 155B renumbered as sub-rule (1) by G.S.R. 376 (E),dt. 3-5-2010.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 376 (E),dt. 3-5-2010.

5. Subs. by G.S.R 79 (E), dt. 14-2-2005.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 376 (E),dt. 3-5-2010.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

180

(ID) Notwithstanding the period for renewal of licence provided in rules 156 and

156 A, the licensee of the Ayurvedic, Siddha or UnaniTibb drug, which is not in

conformity with sub-rules (1B) and (1C), shall seek renewal of the licence with

appropriate name of the drug within a period of one year from the date of commencement

of Drugs and Cosmetics (4

th

Amendment) Rules, 2015:

Provided that this rule shall not be applicable to any batch of Ayurvedic,

Siddha or UnaniTibb drugs manufactured prior to the date of commencement of the Drugs

and Cosmetics (4

th

Amendment) Rules, 2015.

(IE) Whoever contravenes the provisions of rules (IB) to (ID) shall be punishable

under section 33-I of the Act.]

(2) The manufacture of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be

conducted under the direction and supervision of competent technical staff consisting at

least of one person, who is a whole time employee and who possesses the following

qualifications, namely:–

(a) A degree in Ayurveda or Ayurvedic Pharmacy, Siddha or Unani system of

medicine, as the case may be, conferred by a University, a State Government or Statutory

Faculties, Councils and Boards of Indian Systems of Medicines recognized by the Central

Government or a State Government for this purpose, or

(b) a diploma in Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani system of medicine granted by a State

Government for this purpose, or

(c) a graduate in Pharmacy or Pharmaceutical Chemistry or Chemistry or Botany of

a University recognized by the Central Government with experience of at least two years

in the manufacture of drugs pertaining to the Ayurvedic or Siddha or Unani systems of

medicines, or

(d) a Vaid or Hakim registered in a State Register of Practitioners of indigenous

systems of medicines having experience of at least four years in the manufacture of

Ayurvedic or Siddha or Unani drugs, or

(e) a qualification as Pharmacist in Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani systems

of medicines, possessing experience of not less than eight years in the manufacture of

Ayurvedic or Siddha or Unani drugs as may be recognized by the Central Government.

(3) The competent technical staff to direct and supervise the manufacture of

Ayurvedic drugs shall have qualifications in Ayurveda and the competent technical staff

to direct and supervise the manufacture of Siddha drugs and Unani drugs shall have

qualification in Siddha or Unani, as the case may be.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

181

3

[157A. Maintaining of records of raw material used by licensed manufacturing unit

of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs in the preceding financial year.- Each licensed

manufacturing unit of Ayurveda or Siddha or Unani drugs shall keep a record of raw

material used by each licensed manufacturing unit of Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani drugs as

the case may be in the proforma given in Schedule TA in respect of all raw materials

utilized by that unit in the manufacture of Ayurveda or Siddha or Unani drugs in the

preceding financial year, and shall submit the same by the 30th day of June of the

succeeding financial year to the State Drug Licensing Authority of Ayurveda, Siddha and

Unani drugs and to the National Medicinal Plants Board or any agency nominated by the

National Medicinal Plant Board for this purpose.]

158. Conditions of licence.—A licence in Form 25D shall be subject to the conditions

stated therein and to the following further conditions, namely:–

(a) The licensee shall maintain proper records of the details of manufacture and of

the tests, if any, carried out by him, or by any other person on his behalf, of the raw

materials and finished products.

(b) The licensee shall allow an Inspector appointed under the Act to enter any

premises where the manufacture of a substance in respect of which the licence is issued is

carried on, to inspect the premises, to take samples of the raw material as well as finished

the products, and to inspect the records maintained under these rules.

1

[(c) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in Form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

2

[158-A. Condition of loan licence.—A licence in Form 25E shall be subject to the

conditions stated therein and to the following conditions, namely:—

(a) The licence in Form 25E shall be deemed to be cancelled or suspended, if the

licence owned by the licensee in Form 25D whose manufacturing facilities have

been availed of by the licensee is cancelled or suspended, as the case may be, under

these rules.

(b) The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Act and of the rules and

with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in any rules subsequently

made under Chapter IV-A of the Act, provided that where such further requirements

are specified in the rules; these would come into force four months after publication in

the Official Gazette.

(c) The licensee shall maintain proper records of the details of manufacture

and of the tests, if any, carried out by him, or any other person on his behalf, of the

raw materials and finished products.

(d) The licensee shall allow an Inspector appointed under the Act to inspect all

registers and records maintained under these rules and shall supply to the Inspector

such information as he may require for the purpose of ascertaining whether the

provisions of the Act and the rules have been observed.

1

[(e) The licensee shall maintain an Inspection Book in form 35 to enable an

Inspector to record his impressions and the defects noticed.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 331 (E),dt. 8.5.1984.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 376 (E), dt. 20.7.1978.

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 512 (E),dt. 9.7.2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

182

1

[158(B) Guidelines for issue of license with respect to Ayurveda, Siddha or

Unani drugs.-

I. (A). Ayurveda, Siddha Unani Medicines under section 3(a):- Ayurveda, Siddha or

Unani drugs includes all medicines intended for internal or external use for or in the

diagnosis, treatment, mitigation or prevention of disease or disorder in human beings or

animals, and manufactured exclusively in accordance with the formulae described in the

authoritative books of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Tibb system of medicine, as specified

in the First Schedule;

(B). Patent or Proprietary medicine under section 3(h);

(i) In relation to Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Tibb system of medicine of all

formulations containing only such ingredients mentioned in the formulae described in the

authoritative books of Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani Tibb system of medicines specified in

the First Schedule, but does not include a medicine which is administered by parenteral

route and also a formulation included in the authoritative books as specified in clause (a);

(ii) Balya/Poshak/Muqawi/Unavuporutkal/positive health Promoter formulations

having ingredients mentioned in books of First Schedule of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act

and recommended for promotional and preventive health.

(iii) Saundarya Prasadak (Husane afza)/Azhagh-sadhan formulation having ingredients

mentionedin Books of First Schedule of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act and recommended

for oral, skin, hair and body care.

(iv) Aushadh Ghana (Medicinal plant extracts - dry/wet) extract obtained from plant

mentioned in books of First Schedule of the Act including Aqueous or hydro-alcohol.

II.(A) For issue of licence to the medicine with respect to Ayurvedic, Siddha and

Unani, the conditions relating to safety study and the experience or evidence of

effectiveness shall be such as specified in columns (5) and (6) of The Table given below:-

Serial

number

Category

Ingredient

(S)

Indication

(s)

Safety

study

Experience/Evidence of

Effectiveness

1 2 3 4 5 6

Published

Literature

Proof of

Effectiveness

1

(A)

Ayurveda,

siddha and

Unani drugs,

given in 158

B as referred

in 3(a)

As per

text

As per

text

Not

Required

Required Not Required

2

(B) Any

change in

dosage form

of Ayurveda,

siddha and

Unani drugs,

as described

in section 3

(a) of the

Drugs and

Cosmetics

As per

text

As per

text

Not

Required

Required Not Required

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

183

Act, 1940

3

(C)

Ayurveda,

siddha and

Unani drugs,

referred in

3(a) to be

used for new

indication

As per

text

New

Not

Required

If Required Required

II.B For issue of license with respect to Patent or Proprietary medicine. The condition

relating to Safety studies and experience or evidence of effectiveness shall be specified as

follows:-

Serial

number

Category

Ingredient

(S)

Indication

(s)

Safety

study

of Effectiveness

1 2 3 4 5 6

Published

Literature

Proof of

Effectiveness

1

Patent

orPropri

etary

medicine

As per

text

Textual

Rationale

Not

Required

Of

Ingredients

Pilot study as

per relevant

protocol for

Ayurveda,

siddha and

Unani drugs

2

Ayurveda,

siddha and

Unani

drugswith

any of the

ingredients

of Schedule

E(1) of the

Drugs and

Cosmetics

Act, 1940

As per

text

Existing Required Required Required

III. For issue of license with respect to Balya and Poshak medicines the person who

applied for license is required to submit the following:

(i) Photo-copy of the textual reference of ingredients used in the formulation as

mentioned in the book of 1st schedule;

(ii) Conduct safety studies in case the product contains of any of the ingredients as

specified in the Schedule E (1), as per the guidelines for evaluation of Ayurveda Siddha

and Unani Drugs formulations;

(iii) For textual indications the safety and effectiveness study is not required.

IV. For issue of license with respect to Saundarya Prasadak (Husane afza/Azhagu

Sodhan) the person who applied for license is required to:-

(i) Submit photo-copy of the textual reference of ingredients used in the formulation

as mentioned in the book of 1st schedule;

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 663 (E),dt. 10.10.2010.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

184

(ii) Conduct safety studies, in case the formulation contains of any of the ingredients

as specified in the Schedule E (1), as per the guidelines for evaluation of Ayurveda,

Siddha and Unani formulation;

(iii) For textual indications the safety and effectiveness study is not required.

V. For issue of license with respect to medicine Aushadh Ghana extract of medicinal

plant (dry or wet).

Serial

number

Category

Ingredien

t (S)

Indication (s) Safety study

Experience/Evidence of

Effectiveness

1 2 3 4 5 6

Published

Literature

Proof of

Effectiveness

1

(A)

Aqueous

As per

text

As per text Not Required

Not

Required

Not Required

2

(Al).

Aqueous

As per

text

New

Indication**

Not Required

Not

Required

Required

3

(B) Hydro-

Alcohol

As per

text

As per text Not Required

If

Required

Not Required

4

(B1)

Hydro-

Alcohol

As

specified

New

Indication**

Required

If

Required

Required

5

Other

than

Hydro/

HydroAlc

ohol

As

specified

As specified

Required

Acute,

Chronic,

mutagenicity

and

teratogenicit

y

If

Required

Required

* The standard protocol will also include concept of Anupan, Prakriti & Tridosh etc.

published by Central

Research Councils Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani and other Government/Research Bodies.

** New indication means which is other than mentioned in 1st schedule books of

Drugs & Cosmetics Act 1940.]

1

[158C. Form of Free Sale Certificate and Non-Conviction Certificate. – The State

Drug Controller or Licensing Authority shall, on request by the Ayurveda, Siddha and

Unani Drugs manufacturer, issue, within 15 days; from the date of application, Free Sale

Certificate in Form 26 E2-I for original License holder or in Form 26 E2-II for loan license

and Non Conviction Certifacate for both original and loan license holder in Form 26 E3 or

in the format as specified by the importing country or tenderer respectively, after

fulfilment of all requisite formalities as required in the respective formats.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 153 (E),dt. 5.3.2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

185

159. Cancellation and suspension of licences— (1) The Licensing Authority may, after giving an

opportunity to show cause within a period which shall not be less than fifteen days from the date of

receipt of such notice, why such an order should not be passed, by an order in writing stating the

reasons therefor, cancel a licence issued under this Part or suspend it for such period as he thinks

fit, either wholly or in respect of some of the drugs to which it relates, if in his opinion, the

licensee has failed to comply with any of the conditions of the licence or with any provisions of the

Act and the rules made thereunder.

(2) A licensee whose licence has been suspended or cancelled may appeal to the State

Government within a period of three months from the date of receipt of the order which shall,

after considering the appeal, decide the same.

160. Identification of raw materials.— Raw materials used in the preparation of

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs shall be identified and tested, wherever tests are

available for their genuineness, and records of such tests as are carried out for the purpose and

the methods thereof shall be maintained.

1

[PART XVI (A)

APPROVAL OF INSTITUTIONS FOR CARRYING OUT TESTS ON AYURVEDIC,

SIDDHA AND UNANI DRUGS AND RAW MATERIALS USED IN THEIR

MANUFACTURE ON BEHALF OF LICENSEES FOR MANUFACTURE FOR SALE

OF AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA AND UNANI DRUGS

160-A. Application for grant of approval for testing Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

drugs.- Application for grant or renewal of approval for carrying out tests for identity, purity,

quality and strength of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs or the raw materials used in the

manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees for manufacture for sale of the said Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs, shall be made in Form 47 to the Licensing Authority appointed by

the State Government for the purposes of Part XVI, XVII or XVIII of these rules, as the case

may be, and referred to as the ‗approving authority‘ under this Part and shall be accompanied

by an inspection fee of six thousand rupees in respect of the drugs specified in the books

prescribed in First Schedule to the Act.

1. Subs. by G.S.R.73 (E), dt. 31-01-2003 and earlier Ins. by G.S.R. 701(E), dt. 27-9-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

186

Provided that the applicant shall furnish to the approving authority such additional

information as may be required by it in connection with the application in Form 47:

Provided further that if the applicant applies for renewal of approval after its expiry but

within six months of such expiry, the inspection fee payable shall be six thousand rupees plus

an additional inspection fee at the rate of one thousand rupees per month in the case of testing

of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs specified in First Schedule to the Act.

Explanation. - For the purpose of this Part, the words ―Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

drugs‖ shall also mean and include the raw materials used in the manufacture of Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs, as the case may be.

160B. Form in which approval to be granted for carrying out tests on Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs on behalf of licensees for manufacture of Ayurvedic, Siddha

and Unani drugs and conditions for grant or renewal of such approval.-- (1) Approval for

carrying out such tests of identity, purity, quality and strength of Ayurvedic, Siddha and

Unani drugs as may be required under the provisions of these rules, on behalf of licensee for

manufacture of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs shall be granted in Form 48.

(2) Before approval in Form 48 is granted or renewed, the following conditions shall be

complied with by the applicants, namely: -

(i) The premises where the tests are carried out shall be well lighted and properly

ventilated except where the nature of tests of any Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug

warrants otherwise. Wherever necessary, the premises shall be air-conditioned so as to

maintain the accuracy and functioning of laboratory instruments or to enable the

performance of special tests such as sterility tests and microbiological tests.

(ii) (a) The applicant shall provide adequate space having regard to the nature and

number of samples of drugs proposed to be tested:

Provided that the approving authority shall determine from time to time whether

the space provided continues to be adequate:

Provided further that separate section shall be provided for (i) Chemistry, (ii)

Pharmacognosy, (iii) Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani, (iv) Microbiology, (v) Sample

Room, (vi) Office-cum-Record Room, with proper partitions and minimum required

area is 800 sq. ft.

1

[(b) The applicant shall provide a list of persons who may be employed with

him as experts, such as Chemist, Botanist and expert in Ayurveda/Siddha/Unani or

Pharmacist who shall possess a degree in Chemistry, Botany,

Ayurveda/Siddha/Unani/Bachelor in Pharmacy from a recognized University or

equivalent, with experience for 2 years for carrying out tests or analysis as per the

Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Pharmacopoeias].

The applicant shall provide adequate equipment essential for carrying out tests

for identity, purity, quality and strength of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs as per

pharmacopoeial standards or other available standards.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 674 (E), dt. 10-11-2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

187

List of equipment recommended is given below:

Chemistry Section

1. Alcohol determination apparatus complete set.

2. volatile oil determination apparatus.

3. Boiling point determination apparatus.

4. Melting point determination apparatus.

5. Refractometer.

6. Polarimeter.

7. Viscometer (Ostwalds, Redwood Viscometer).

8. Tablet disintegration apparatus.

9. Moisture determination apparatus (IC filtrator).

10. U.V.Spectro-photometer.

11. Muffle furnace.

12. Electronic Balance.

13. Hot air oven(s) different range of temperature/vacuum oven.

14. Refrigerator.

15. Glass distillation apparatus/plant.

16. Water supply demineralised exchange equipment/distillation equipment.

17. Air conditioner.

18. LPG Gas cylinder with burners.

19. Water bath (temperature controlled).

20. Heating mantle(4) or as required.

21. TLC apparatus with all accessories.

22. Sieves 10 to 120 with sieve shaker.

23. Centrifuge machine.

24. Dehumidifier.

25. pH meter.

26. G.L.C. with F.I. detector.

27. Silica crucible.

28. Tablet friability tester.

29. Tablet dissolution tester.

30. Other related equipment, reagents, glasswares etc.

Pharmacognosy Section

1. Microscope binocular.

2. Dissecting Microscope.

3. Microtome.

4. Chemical balance.

5. Microslide cabinet.

6. Aluminium slide trays.

7. Hot air oven.

8. Occular Micrometer.

9. Stage Micrometer.

10. Camera Lucida Prism type and mirror type.

11. Hot plates.

12. Refrigerator.

13. LPG Cylinder with burners.

14. Other related equipments, reagents, glasswares etc.

Note: Instuments like HPLC, HPTLC, Atomic Absorption spectrophotometer could be

arranged by tie up with other laboratories.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

188

Microbiology section

1. Laminar air flow bench (L.A.F.)

2. B.O.D. Incubator.

3. Plain Incubator.

4. Serological water bath.

5. Oven.

6. Autoclave/sterilizer.

7. Microscope (high power).

8. Colony counter.

9. Other related equipment and reagents.

(3). The applicant shall provide and maintain suitable equipment having regard to the

nature and number of samples of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs intended to be tested

which shall be adequate in the opinion of the approving authority.

(4) The testing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs, as the case may be, for identity,

purity, quality and strength shall be carried out under the active direction of one of the experts

stated in clause (b) of sub-rule (2) who shall be the person-in-charge of testing and shall be

held responsible for the reports of test issued by the applicant.

(5) The testing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs, as the case may be, for identity,

purity, quality and strength shall be carried out by persons whose qualifications and

experience of testing are adequate as stated in clause (b) of sub-rule (2).

(6) The applicant shall provide books of standards recognized under the provisions of the

Act and the rules made thereunder and such books of reference as may be required in

connection with the testing or analysis of the products for the testing of which approval is

applied for.

(7) The applicant shall provide list of standard Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs

(Reference samples) recognized under the provisions of the Act and rules made thereunder

and such reference samples kept in the laboratory may be required in connection with the

testing or analysis of the products of which approval is applied for.

160C. Duration of approval. - An approval granted in Form 48 or renewed in Form 49

unless sooner suspended or withdrawn, shall be valid for a period of three years from the date

on which it is granted or renewed:

Provided that if an application for the renewal of an approval in Form 40 is made before

its expiry or if the application is made within six months of its expiry after the payment of the

additional inspection fee, the approval shall continue to be in force until orders to the contrary

are passed on the application and approval shall be deemed to have expired if the application

for renewal is not made within six months of expiry.

160D. Conditions of approval.–An approval in Form 48 shall be subject to the following

conditions, namely: -

I. The Institution granted approval under this Part (hereinafter referred to as the approved

laboratory) shall provide and maintain adequate staff and adequate premises and equipment as

specified in rule 160-B.

II. The approved laboratory shall provide proper facilities for storage so as to preserve

the properties of the samples to be tested by it.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

189

III. The approved laboratory shall maintain records of tests for identity, purity, quality

and strength carried out on all samples of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs and the results

thereof together with the protocols of tests showing the readings and calculation in such form

as to be available for inspection and such records shall be retained in the case of substances

for which date of expiry is assigned; for a period of two years from such date of expiry and in

the case of other substances, for a period of three years.

IV. The approved laboratory shall allow the Inspector appointed under this Act to enter

with or without prior notice the premises where testing is carried out and to inspect the

premises and the equipment used for test and the testing procedures employed. The laboratory

shall allow the Inspectors to inspect the registers and records maintained under these rules and

shall supply to such Inspectors such information as they may require for the purpose of

ascertaining whether the provisions of the Act and rules made thereunder have been observed.

V. The approved laboratory shall from time to time report to the approving authority any

changes in the person-in-charge of testing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs or the expert

staff responsible for testing, as the case may be, and any material alterations in the premises

or changes in the equipment used for the purposes of testing which have been made since the

date of last inspection made on behalf of the approving authority before the grant or renewal

of approval.

VI. The approved laboratory shall furnish reports of the results of tests or analysis in

Form 50.

VII. In case any sample of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug is found on test to be not

of standard quality, the approved laboratory shall furnish to the approving authority and the

licensing authority of the State where the manufacturer and/or sender of the Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs is located, a copy of the test report of the sample with the protocols

of tests applied.

VIII. The approved laboratory shall comply with the provisions of the Act and rules

made thereunder and with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified in the rules

made from time to time under Chapter IV-A of the Act of which the approving authority has

given the approved laboratory not less than four months‘ notice.

IX. The approved laboratory shall maintain an inspection book to enable the Inspector to

record his impression or defects noticed.

160-E. Inspection before grant of approval.— Before an approval in Form 48 is granted,

the approving authority shall cause the laboratory at which the testing of Ayurvedic, Siddha

and Unani drugs, as the case may be, is proposed to be carried out to be inspected jointly by

the Inspectors appointed or designated by the Central Government and State Government for

this purpose, who shall examine the premises and the equipment intended to be used for

testing of drugs and verify into the professional qualifications of the expert staff who are or

may be employed by the laboratory.

160F. Report of inspection.— The Inspectors appointed by the Central Government as

stated in Rule 160-E shall forward to the approving authority a detailed report of the results of

the inspection.

160G. Procedure of approving authority. - (1) If the approving authority after such

further enquiry, if any, as it may consider necessary, is satisfied that the requirements of the

rules made under the Act have been complied with and that the conditions of the approval and

the rules made under the Act have been observed, it shall grant approval in Form 48.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

190

(2) If the approving authority is not satisfied, it shall reject the application and shall

inform the applicant of the reasons for such rejection and of the conditions which shall be

satisfied before approval could be granted.

160H. Application after rejection. - If within a period of six months from the rejection of

an application for approval, the applicant informs the approving authority that the conditions

laid down have been satisfied and deposits inspection fee of two thousand rupees, the

approving authority may, if, after causing a further inspection to be made and after being

satisfied that the conditions for grant of approval have been complied with, grant the approval

in Form 48.

160-I. Renewal. - On an application being made for renewal, the approving authority

shall, after causing an inspection to be made and if satisfied that the conditions of the

approval and the rules made under the Act have been complied with, shall issue a certificate

of renewal in Form 49.

160J. Withdrawal and suspension of approvals. - (1) The approving authority may, after

giving the approved laboratory an opportunity to show cause why such an order should not be

passed, by an order in writing stating the reasons therefor, withdraw an approval granted

under this Part or suspend it for such period as it thinks fit either wholly or in respect of

testing of some of the categories of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs to which it relates, if

in his opinion the approved laboratory had failed to comply with any of the conditions of the

approval or with any provision of the Act or the rules made thereunder.

(2) Any approved laboratory, whose approval has been suspended or withdrawn, may,

within three months of the date of the order of suspension or withdrawal, appeal to the State

Government which shall dispose of the appeal in consultation with a panel of competent

persons appointed by the Department of Indian Systems of Medicine & Homoeopathy,

Government of India in this behalf and notified in the Official Gazette.]

1

[PART XVII

2

[LABELLING, PACKING AND LIMIT OF ALCOHOL IN]

AYURVEDIC (INCLUDING SIDDHA) OR UNANI DRUGS

161.

2

[Labelling, packing and limit of alcohol.]—(1) There shall be conspicuously

displayed on the label of the container or package of an Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or

Unani drug, the true list of all the ingredients

3

[with the botanical names of plant based

ingredients along with plant part(s) and form of ingredients, in which, these are] used in the

manufacture of the preparation together with quantity of each of the ingredients incorporated

therein and a reference to the method of preparation thereof as detailed in the standard text

and Adikarana, as are prescribed in the authoritative books specified in the First Schedule to

the Act

3

[and in respect of Patent or Proprietary Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani drugs, the true list

of all ingredients with the botanical names of plant based ingredients along with part(s) and

form of ingredients, in which, these are used in the formulation, with their quantity]:

Provided that if the list of ingredients contained in the medicine is large and cannot be

accommodated on the label, the same may be printed separately and enclosed with packing

and reference be made to this effect on the label.

(2) The container of a medicine for internal use made up ready for the treatment of human

ailments shall, if it is made up from a substance specified in Schedule E (1), be labelled

conspicuously with the words ‗Caution: To be taken under medical supervision‘ both in

English and Hindi language.

1. Ins. by notification F.1-23/6, dt. 2.2.1970. 3. Ins. by G.S.R. 844(E), dt. 26.11.2012

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

191

(3) Subject to the other provisions of these rules, the following particulars shall be either

printed or written in indelible ink and shall appear in a conspicuous manner on the label of the

innermost container of any Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drug

2

[Patent or

Proprietary Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani drugs] and on any other covering in which the

container is packed', namely−

(i) The name of the drug.

3

[For Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani drugs] this purpose the

name shall be the same as mentioned in the authoritative books included in the First

Schedule of the Act.

(ii) A correct statement of the net content in terms of weight, measure or number as

the case may be. The weight and volume shall be expressed in metric system.

(iii) The name and address of the manufacturer.

(iv) The number of the licence under which the drug is manufactured, the figure

representing the manufacturing licence number being preceded by the words

‗Manufacturing Licence Number‘ or ‗Mfg. Lic. No.‘ or ‗M.L.‘.

(v) A distinctive batch number, that is to say, the number by reference to which

details of manufacture of the particular batch from which the substance in the container

is taken are recorded and are available for inspection, the figure representing the batch

number being preceded by the words ―Batch No.‖ or ―Batch‖ or ―Lot Number‖ or ―Lot

No.‖ or ―Lot‖ or any distinguishing prefix.

(vi) The date of manufacture. For this purpose the date of manufacture shall be the

date of completion of the final products, or the date of bottling or packing for issue.

(vii) The words ―Ayurvedic medicine‖ or ―Siddha medicine‖ or ―Unani medicine‖ as

the case may be.

(viii) The words ―FOR EXTERNAL USE ONLY‖ if the medicine is for external

application.

(ix) Every drug intended for distribution to the medical profession, as a free sample

shall, while complying with the labelling provisions under clauses (i) to (viii), further

bear on the label of the container the words ―Physicians sample. Not to be sold‖ which

shall be over-printed.

1

[(x)(a) Preparation (Asavas) with high content of alcohol as base

Name of the drug Maximum size of packing

(i) Karpur Asava 15 ml

(ii) Ahiphenasava 15 ml

(iii) Margamadasava 15 ml

(ix)(b) Preparations containing self-generated alcohol

Name of the drug Maximum content of alcohol

(Ethyl alcohol v/v)

Maximum

size of

packing

(i) Mritsanjivani Sura 16 per cent 30 ml.

(ii) Mahadrakshasava 16 per cent 120 m l .]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 904 (E), dt. 2-11-1992.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

192

(4) Nothing in these rules shall be deemed to require the labelling of any transparent

cover or of any wrapper case or other covering used solely for the purpose of packing,

transport or delivery.

1

[161A. Exemption in labeling and packing, provisions for export of Ayurvedic

(including Siddha) and Unani drugs.- (1) Labels and packages or containers of Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs for export may be adopted to meet the specific requirements of the

law of the country to which the said drug is to be exported, but the following particulars shall

appear in conspicuous position on the container in which drug is packed and on every other

covering in which that container is packed, namely :

(a) Name of the Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug (Single or compound

formulations;

(b) the name, address of the manufacturer and the number of licence under which

the drug has been manufactured;

(c) batch or lot number;

(d) date of manufacture, along with the date for ―Best for use before‖;

(e) main ingredients, if required by the importing country;

(f) for export:

Provided that where Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Single or compound drug not

classified under the First Schedule or Schedule E-(I), is required by the consignee to be not

labeled with the name and address of the manufacturer, the labels on packages or containers

shall bear a code number as approved by the Licensing Authority mentioned in rule 152.

(2) the provisions of Rule 161 shall not apply to a medicine made up ―ready for

treatment‖, whether after, or without, alteration, which is supplied on the prescription of a

registered medical practitioner if the medicine is labeled with the following particulars,

namely:–

(a) the name and address of the suppliers;

(b) the words ―For External Use Only‖, if the medicine is for external application.]

2

[161B. 1. The date of expiry of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines shall be

conspicuously displayed on the label of container or package of an Ayurvedic, Siddhas and

Unani medicines, and after the said date of expiry, these medicines shall not be in circulation.

2. The Shelf-life i.e. for Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines shall be as follows:-

(i) Shelf life or date of expiry for Ayurvedic medicines.

Sl. No. Name of the Group of Ayurvedic Medicine

Shelf life and date ofexpiry

with effect fromthe date of

manufacture

1. Churna, Kwatha Churna 2 years

2.

Gutika (Vati-Gutti, Pills, Tablets except Gutika

with Rasa)

3 years

3.

(i) Gutika Tablet containing Kasth aushadhi

(ii) Gutika,Tablet containing Kasth aushadi

and Rasa, Uprasa, Metallic Bhasmas, and

Guggulu.

3 years

5 years

4. Rasaushadhies No expiry date

1

5. Asava Arista No expiry date

1

6. Avaleha 3 years

7. Guggulu 5 years

8. Mandura - Lauha 10 years

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 787 (E), dt. 17-10-2000.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 764 (E), dt. 15-10-2009.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

193

9. Ghrita 2 years

10. Taila 3 years

11. Arka 1 year

12. Dravaka, Lavana, Ksara 5 years

13. Lepa Churna 3 years

14. Dant Manjan Powder 2 years

15. Dant Manjan Paste 2 years

16. Lepa Guti 3 years

17.

Lepa Malahar (Ointment)/Liniment/Gels/ lotions

/creams

3 years

18. Varti 2 years (one time use)

19. Ghana Vati 3 years

20. Kupipakva Rasayan No expiry date

1

21. Parpati No expiry date

1

22. Sveta parpati 2 years

23. Pisti and Bhasma No expiry date

1

24.

Svarna, Rajata, Lauha, Mandura, Abhraka

No expiry date

1

25. Naga Bhasma, Vanga Bhasma, Tamra Bhasma

2

5 years

2

26.

Capsules made of soft gelatin (depending upon

thecontent material) for Kashtha aushadhi

3 years

27.

Capsules of hard gelatin (depending upon the

content material) -containing Kasth aushdhi with

Rasa, Bhasma,Parad-Gandhak

5 years

2

28. Syrup/liquid oral 3 years

29.

(Kama/Nasa Bindu) Ear/Nasal drops

Eye drops

2 years

1 year

30. Khand/Granule/Pak 3 years

31. Dhoopans-Inhalers 2 years

32. Pravahi Kwatha (with preservatives) 3 years

Note 1. Item at Sr. No.4, 5, 19, 20, 22, 23 have very long shelf life and they became more

efficacious with the passage of time and period of ten years shall be mandatory for keeping the

records of such items.

Note 2. Bhasmas at Sr. No. 23, start solidifying after five years and they need one or two

‗Puta‘again before using in the dosage form.

(ii) Shelf life or date of expiry for Siddha Medicines

Sl. No. Name of the Group of Medicine

Shelf life and date ofexpiry with effect

from the date of manufacture

1. Karpam No expiry date*

2. Cunnam 5 years

3. Kalanku No expiry date*

4. Kattu No expiry date*

5. Parpam No expiry date*

6. Centuram No expiry date*

7. Karuppu No expiry date*

8. Patankam 5 years

9. Kulampu 5 years

10. Meluku 5 years

11. Tinir 2 years

12. Tiravakam 2 years

13. Mattirai 3 years

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

194

14. Tailam 3 years

15. Ilakam 3 years

16. Iracayanaam 3 years

17. Ney 2 years

18. Manappaku 3 years

19. Venney 3 years

20. Vatakam 3 years

21. Curanam 2 years

22. Pura Maruntukal 5 years

Note. * Items at Sr. No.1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 22 have very long shelf life and they became more

efficacious with the passage of time and period of ten years shall be mandatory for keeping the

records of such items.

(iii) Shelf life or date of expiry for Unani System of Medicines

Sl. No. Name of the Group of Medicine

Shelf life and date ofexpiry with effect

from the date of manufacture

1. Habb (Pills) 3 years

2. Qurs (Tablets) 3 years

3. Majoon/Dawa 3 years

4. Khamira 3 years

5. Itrifal 3 years

6. Tiryaq 3 years

7. Laooq 2 years

8. Laboob 2 years

9. Halwa 2 years

10. Mufarreh/Yaqooti 2 years

11. Burood/Surma/Kohal 3 years

12. Kushta 5 years

13. Raughaniyat 3 years

14. Marham/Zimad/Qairooti 3 years

15. Ayarij/Sufoof 2 years

16. Safoof (Namak wala/containing salt) 1 year

17. Sharbat/Sikanjabeen 3 years

18. Jawarish 3 years

19. Capsule 3 years

20. Arq 1 year

21 Qutoor 1 year

22. Nabeez 5 years

23. Murabba 1 year

24. Tila 2 years]

1

[PART XVIII

GOVERNMENT ANALYSTS AND INSPECTORS

FOR AYURVEDIC (INCLUDING SIDDHA) OR UNANI DRUGS

162. Duties of Inspectors specially authorised to inspect the manufacture of Ayurvedic

(including Siddha) or Unani drugs—Subject to the instructions of the controlling authority, it

shall be the duty of an Inspector authorised to inspect the manufacture of Ayurvedic

(including Siddha) or Unani drugs–

1. Ins. by notification F.1-23/6, dt. 2-2-1970.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

195

(i) to inspect not less than twice a year, all premises licensed for manufacture of

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs within the area allotted to him and to satisfy

himself that the conditions of the licence and the provisions of the Act and the rules made

thereunder are being observed;

(ii) to send forthwith to the controlling authority after each inspection a detailed

report indicating whether or not the conditions of the licence and the provisions of the Act

and the rules made thereunder are being observed;

(iii) to take samples of the drugs manufactured on the premises and send them for test

or analysis in accordance with these rules;

(iv) to institute prosecutions in respect of violation of the Act and the Rules made

thereunder.

1

[162A. Qualifications of the State Drug Licensing Authority for Licensing

of Ayurvdeda , Siddha and Unani drugs− (a) The Ayurvedic/ Siddha/ Unani qualifications

as per Schedule II of the Indian Medicine Central Council Act, 1970 (84 of 1970)/ B Pharma

(Ayurveda) of a recognized University.

(b) At least 5 years experience in the Ayurveda/ Siddha/ Unani drug manufacturing or

testing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs or enforcement of provisions of Chapter IVA

of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,1940 and Rules made thereunder or teaching/ research on

clinical practice of Ayurveda/ Siddha/ Unani System.]

163. Procedure for despatch of sample to Government Analyst and its receipt by the

Government Analyst—(1) Sample for test or analysis shall be sent to the Government Analyst

by registered post or by hand in a sealed package, enclosed together with a memorandum in

Form 18-A in an outer cover addressed to the Government Analyst.

(2) The package as well as the outer cover shall be marked with a distinguishing number.

(3) A copy of the memorandum and a specimen impression of the seal used to seal the

package shall be sent by registered post or by hand to the Government Analyst.

(4) On receipt of the package from an Inspector, the Government Analyst or an Officer

authorised by him in writing in this behalf shall open the package and shall also record the

conditions of the seals on the package.

(5) After the test or analysis has been completed, one copy of the results of the test or

analysis shall be supplied forthwith to the sender in Form 13-A. A copy of the result in

Form 13A shall also be sent simultaneously to the Controlling Authority and to the Drugs

Controller, India.

2

[PHARMACOPOEIAL LABORATORY FOR INDIAN MEDICINES TO FUNCTION

AS CENTRAL DRUGS LABORATORY FOR THE PURPOSE OF TESTING OR

ANALYSIS OF AYURVEDA, SIDDHA AND UNANI DRUGS

163.A Functions - The Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for Indian Medicine at Ghaziabad shall

function as a Central Drugs Laboratory for the purpose of testing or analysis of Ayurveda,

Siddha and Unani Drugs.

Its functions shall be:-

(1) to develop Pharmacopoeial standards and draft monographs and amendments

alongwith standardized methods for the Ayurvedic, Siddha, Unani drugs;

(2) to act as Central Appellate Drug Laboratory for testing of Ayurveda, Siddha and

Unani drugs,

(3) to analyse or test such samples of Ayurvedic, Siddha, Unani drugs as may be sent

to it under sub-section (2) of section 11, or under sub-section (4) or section 25, of the Act;

(4) to maintain reference museum and herbarium for the drugs used in Ayurveda,

Siddha and Unani (ASU) system.

(5) to run a training centre for quality control methods in the Ayurveda, Siddha or

Unani systems of medicines;

(6) to carry out such other duties as may be entrusted to it by the Government of India.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 76 (E), dt. 3.2.2003.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 352 (E), dt. 1.6.2006.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

196

163B. The functions of the Central Drug Laboratory in respect of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

drugs shall be carried out at the Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

medicine, Ghaziabad, (Uttar Pradesh) and the functions of the Director in respect of the said drugs

shall be exercised by the Director of the said laboratory.

163C. Despatch of samples for test or analysis - (1) Samples for testing or analysis of Ayurveda,

Siddha and Unani drugs under Sub-section (2) of Section 11 or sub-section (1) of section 25 and

section 33-H of the Act shall be sent by registered post in a sealed packet, enclosed with a

memorandum in Form 1 A, specified in Schedule A, in an outer cover addressed to the Director,

Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for Indian Medicine.

(2) The packet as well as the outer cover, shall be marked with a distinguished number.

(3) A copy of the memorandum in Form 1A and a specimen impression of the seal used to seal the

packet shall be sent separately by registered post to the Director, Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for

Indian Medicine.

163D. Recording of condition of seals - On receipt of the packet, it shall be opened by an officer

authorized in writing on that behalf by the Director, Pharmacopoeial laboratory for Indian

Medicine, who shall record the condition of the seal on the packet.

163E. Report of result of test or analysis - After test or analysis, the result of the test or analysis,

together with full protocols of the tests applied, shall be supplied forthwith to the sender in Form

2A of as specified in the said schedule.

163F. Fees - The fees for test and analysis shall be as specified in Schedule B-1

163G. Signature on certificates - Certificates issued under these rules by the Pharmacopoeial

Laboratory for Indian Medicine, shall be signed by the Director or by an officer authorized by the

Central Government to sign such certificates.

164. Method of test or analysis to be employed in relation to Ayurvedic (including

Siddha) or Unani drugs.—The method of test or analysis to be employed in relation to an

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drug shall be such as may be specified in the

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani Pharmacopoeia, or if no such pharmacopoeias are

available or if no tests are specified in such pharmacopoeias, such tests as the Government

Analyst may employ, such tests being scientifically established to determine whether the drug

contains the ingredients as stated on the label.

165. Qualifications of Government Analyst. —A person who is appointed a Government

Analyst under section 33 F of the Act shall be a person possessing the qualifications

prescribed in rule 44 or a degree in Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani System, as the case may be,

conferred by a University, a State Government or Statutory Faculties, Councils and Boards of

Indian Systems of Medicine recognized by the Central or State Government, as the case may

be, for this purpose and has had not less than three years‘ post graduate experience in the

analysis of drugs in a laboratory under the control of (i) a Government Analyst appointed

under the Act, or (ii) a Chemical Examiner to Government, or (iii) the Head of an institution

specially approved for the purpose by the appointing authority.

166. Duties of Government Analyst– (1) The Government Analyst shall analyze or test or

cause to be analyzed or tested such samples of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs

as may be sent to him by Inspectors or any other persons or authority authorised by the

Central Government or State Government under the provisions of Chapter IV A of the Act

and shall furnish reports of the results of test or analysis in accordance with these rules.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

197

(2) A Government Analyst appointed under section 33F shall from time to time forward

to the Government reports giving the result of analytical work and research with a view to

their publications at the discretion of the Government.]

1

[167. Qualifications of Inspector.–A person who is appointed an Inspector under section

33G shall be a person who—

(a) has the qualifications laid down under rule 49 and shall have undergone

practical training in the manufacture of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drug, as

the case may be; or

(b) has a degree in Ayurvedic or Siddha or Unani System or a degree in Ayurveda

Pharmacy, as the case may be, conferred by a University or State Government or a

Statutory Faculty, Council or Board of Indian Systems of Medicine recognized by the

Central Government or the State Government for this purpose; or

(c) has a diploma in Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani Systems, as the case may be, granted

by a State Government or an Institution recognized by the Central Government or a State

Government for this purpose.

2

[PART XIX

STANDARDS OF AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA AND UNANI DRUGS

168. Standards to be complied with in manufacture for sale or for distribution of

Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani Drugs.-

Class of Drugs Standards to be complied with

1.

3

[* * *] drugs included in

Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia.

2. Asavas and Arishtas

The standards for identity, purity and strength as

given in the editions of Ayurvedic

Pharmacopoeia of India for the time being in

force.

The upper limit of alcohol as self generated

alcohol should not exceed 12% v/v excepting

those that are otherwise notified by the Central

Government from time to time.]

1. Amended by G.S.R. 376 (E), dt. 20.7.1978.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

198

1

[169. Permitted Excipients.- Permitted Excipients along with their standards i.e. additives,

preservatives, antioxidants, flavouring agents, chelating agents etc. permitted in the Indian

Pharmacopoeia (IP), Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954 and Bureau of Indian Standard

Act, 1986 are permitted for use in Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs with the following

conditions, namely:-

1. The above excipients shall be used in the permissible limits as prescribed in the Indian

Pharmacopoeia/ Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954/ Food Product Order/ Bureau of

Indian Standard Act, 1986 and they shall comply with the respective quality specifications,

not exceeding any specified limits of usage therein, and except Hydrogenated vegetable oil.

2. Only Natural coloring agents as permitted under rule 26 of Prevention of Food Adulteration

Rules, 1955 will be used for Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs and additionally, colors

permitted under Rule 127 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 shall be used for

Proprietary Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs as defined in subclause (i) of clause (h) of

section 3 of Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, not exceeding any specified limits of usage

therein.

3. Preservatives and Coloring agents shall be mentioned on the label for the information of the

consumer as required under rule 161 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

4. Additives used in various processes and in formulating dosage forms shall be mentioned

clearly with quantities used, in the application for licenses and the record for the same shall

be maintained by the manufacturers.

5. Manufacturers shall be responsible to ensure rationality, safety and quantity used of various

excipients in the formulation.

6. If any excipients or additive or preservative etc. referred in Indian Pharmacopoeia/

Prevention of Food Adulteration Act, 1954/ Food Product Order/ Bureau of Indian Standard

Act, 1986 is deleted at a particular point of time, this will also be deleted simultaneously for

the use in Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs.

7. Following artificial sweeteners as per maximum limit indicated below may be used in

various dosage forms of Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani Proprietary Medicines:-

Artificial sweeteners may be used only in proprietary ASU products and the label of such

products should carry a statutory warning stating the name and quantity of the artificial sweetener

used.

The recommended Acceptable Daily Intake (ADI) of these sweeteners as laid down by US

FDA is as follows:

Sr. No. Sucralose Aspartame Saccharin Acesulfame K

1 5 mg/kg body 40 mg/kg body 5 mg/kg body 15 mg/kg body weight weight

weight weight

One third of the above ADI would be permissible for use in Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani Patent

and Proprietary Drugs.

8. Any previous notification issued by the Department of AYUSH regarding use of excipients

/ additives or preservatives in Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines stands superseded.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 755 (E), dt. 23.10.2008. Earlier ins. by G.S.R. 285 (E), dt. 11.5.2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

199

SCHEDULE A

FORM 1

(See rule 4)

Memorandum to the Central Drugs Laboratory

Serial Number ..................................

To the Director, Central Drugs L a boratory ......................................................

From......................................

I send herewith, under the provisions of section 25 (4) of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940, sample(s) of a drug purporting to be ....................for test or analysis and request that a

report of the result of the test or analysis may be supplied to this Court.

(2) The distinguishing number on the packet is ............................................

(3) Particulars of offence alleged ...................................................................

(4) Matter on which opinion is required .......................................

(5) A fee of Rs ................. has been deposited in Court.

Date .................... …….............

Magistra te

1

[FORM 1

(See rule 163C)

Memorandum to the Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for Indian Medicine (PLIM)

From ..................................

(Full name, Designation and Postal address of the sender)

Serial No......................................

To the Director,

Pharmacopoeial Laboratory for Indian Medicine,

I send herewith, under the provisions of section 11(2)/section 25(4) and section 33H

of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, sample(s) of a drug purporting to be ....................for

test or analysis and request that a report of the result of the test or analysis may be

supplied to this Court.

(2) The distinguishing number on the packet is ............................................

(3) Particulars of offence alleged ...................................................................

(4) Matter on which opinion is required .......................................

(5) A fee of Rs ................. has been deposited in Court.

Date .................... ………. ….............

Magistra te/Authorized Signatory]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

200

FORM 2

(See rule 6)

Certificate of test or analysis by the Central Drugs Laboratory

Certified that the sample bearing numb e r ....................................... ………………..

purporting to be a s a mp le of. .................................................. received on .................... with

memorandum No ................................................................ dated.................................... from

analysis is as stated below.

2. The condition of the seals on the packet on receipt was as follows: —

*3. In the opinion of the undersigned the sample is of standard quality is not of

standard quality as defined in the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Rules thereunder for

the reasons given below:–

Director

Date……………… Central Drugs Laboratory or other authorised officer

Details of results of test or analysis with protocols of test applied

Director

Date ..................Central Drugs Laboratory or other authorised officer

* If opinion is required on any other matter, the paragraph should be suitably amended.

1

[FORM 2A

(See rule 163E)

Certificate of test or analysis from the Pharmacopoeial

Laboratory for Indian Medicine or Governmen Analyst

Certified that the sample bearing numb e r ....................................... ………………..

purporting to be a s a mp le of. .................................................. received on .................... with

memorandum No ................................................................ dated.................................... from

analysis is as stated below.

2. The condition of the seals on the packet on receipt was as follows: —

*3. In the opinion of the undersigned the sample is of standard quality as defined in the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Rules thereunder for the reasons given below.

Or

In the opinion of the undersigned the sample is not of standard quality as defined in the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Rules thereunder for the reasons given below.

―Note: *delete whichever is not applicable.‖

(Signature of the Analyst Person-in-Charge of testing)

Date…………….

Place…………….

Name & Designation and Seal…………….

Name and Address of the laboratory ……………]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

201

1

FORMS 3-7 (Omitted)

2

[FORM 8

(See rule 24)

Application for licence to import drugs (excluding those specified in Schedule X) to the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

I/We* ......................................................... (full address with telephone number, fax

number and e-mail address) hereby apply for a licence to import drugs specified below

manufactured by M/s ........................................... (full address with telephone no, fax and

e- mail no.).

2. Names of the drugs to be imported:

(1)

(2)

(3)

3. I/We* ..................................................... enclose herewith an undertaking in Form 9

dated …………signed by the manufacturer as required by rule 24 of the Drugs and Cosmetics

Rules, 1945.

4. I/We* ................................................... enclose herewith a copy of Registration

Certificate concerning the drugs to be imported in India, issued under Form 41 of the rules,

vide Registration Certificate No .....................dated .................. issued through M/s.

............................. (name and full address) ................................valid up to ................................

5 I/W e * .................................................... hold a valid wholesale licence for sale or

distribution of drugs or valid licence to manufacture drugs, under the provisions of the Act and

rules made thereunder. A copy of the said licence is enclosed.

6. A fee of ..................has been credited to Government under the Head of Account "0210-

Medical and Public Health, 04-Public Health, 104-Fees and Fines" under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945 - Central vide Challan No ......................... dated ................(attached in

original)

Place: ......

Date: ...........

*Delete whichever is not applicable.]

Signature .......................

Name..............................

Designation ...................

Seal/Stamp of Manufacturer's agent in India.

1. Forms 3 to 7 omitted by Notfn. No. F. 1-16/57-D, dt. 15-6-1957.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

202

1

[FORM 8A

(See rule 24)

Application for licence to import drugs specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics

Rules, 1945

I/We* ............................... (full address with telephone number, fax number and e-mail

address) hereby apply for a licence to import drugs specified below manufactured by

M/s ....................................... (full address with telephone no, fax and e-mail no.).

2. Name of the drugs to be imported:

(1)

(2)

(3)

3. I/We* ........................................ enclose herewith an undertaking in Form 9

Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

4. I/We* ........................................... enclose herewith a copy of Registration Certificate

concerning the drugs to be imported in India, issued under Form 41 of the rules, vide

Registration Certificate No dated issued through M/s.

................................................ (name and full address) ............................ ……………

valid upto………………………………

5. I/We* ............................. hold a valid wholesale licence for sale or distribution of drug or

licence to manufacture drugs, under the provisions of the Act and rules made thereunder.

A copy of the said licence is enclosed.

6. A fee of .......................... has been credited to Government under the Head of Account

"0210 - Medical and Public Health, 04- Public Health, 104- Fees and Fines" under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945 - Central vide Challan No ....................... dated .................

(attached in original).

Place: ......

Date: ...........

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

Signature .................................

Nam e .....................................

Designation .............................

Seal/Stamp of Manufacturer's agent in India.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 604(E), dt.24.8.2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

203

FORM 9

(See rule 24)

Form of undertaking to accompany an application for an import licence

Whereas .............................. of............................. intends to apply for a licence under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, for the import into India, of the drugs specified below

manufactured by us, we……………………………of…………………………..hereby give

this undertaking that for the duration of the said licence—

(1) the said applicant shall be our agent for the import of drugs into India;

(2) we shall comply with the conditions imposed on a licence by

1

[rules 74 and 78] of

the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945;

(3)we declare that we are carrying on the manufacture of the drugs mentioned in

this undertaking at the premises specified below, and we shall from time to time report any

change of premises on which manufacture will be carried on and in cases where

manufacture is carried on in more than one factory any change in the distribution of

functions between the factories;

(4) we shall comply with the provisions of Part IX of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945;

(5) every drug manufactured by us for import under licence into India shall as

regards strength, quality and purity conform with the provisions of Chapter III of the Drugs

and Cosmetics Act, 1940, and the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945;

(6) we shall comply with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified by

Rules, by the Central Government under the Act and of which the licensing authority has

given to the licensee not less than four months' notice.

Names of drugs and classes of drugs

Particulars of premises where manufacture is carried on.

Date.......................

2

[Signature, Name, Designation Seal/Stamp

of manufacturer or on behalf of the manufacturer.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

204

.

1

[FORM 10

(See rules 23 and 27)

Licence to import drugs (excluding those specified in Schedule X) to the Drugs and

Cosmetic Rules, 1945

Licence Numb e r .............. Dat e ... …………..

1. ........................................................................................ (Name and full address of the

i mpor te r) i s hereby licensed to import into India during the period for which the licence is in

force, the drugs specified below, manufactured by M / s ..................................................

(name and full address) and any other drugs manufactured by the said manufacturer as may

from time to time be endorsed on this licence.

2. This licence shall be in force from ........................... to ............. unless it is sooner

suspended or cancelled under the said rules.

3. Names of drugs to be imported.

Place : ……….

Date : ………. Licensing Authority

Conditions of Licence.

1. A photocopy of licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the

premises, and the original licence shall be produced, whenever required.

2. Each batch of drug imported into India shall be accompanied with a detailed batch

test report and a batch release certificate, duly signed and authenticated by the

manufacturer with date of testing, date of release and the date of forwarding such

reports. The imported batch of each drug shall be subjected to examination and

testing as the licensing authority deems fit prior to its marketing.

3. The licensee shall be responsible for the business activities of the manufacturer in

India along with the registration holder and his authorised agent.

4. The licensee shall inform the licensing authority forthwith in writing in the event of

any change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed

to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change

takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the licensing

authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

205

1

[FORM 10A

(See rules 23 and 27)

Licence to import drugs specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

Licence Number ............................. Date…………………….

...............................................................................................................(Name and full address of

the importer) is hereby licensed to import into India during the period for which the licence is

in force, the drugs specified below, manufactured by M/s ...................................... (name and

full address) and any other drugs manufactured by the said manufacturer as may from time to

time be endorsed on this licence.

2. This licence shall be in force from ............................. to .......................... unless it is

sooner suspended or cancelled under the said rules.

3. Names of drugs to be imported.

Place:......................

Date: .....................

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

Licensing Authority

Seal/Stamp.

Conditions of Licen ce

1. A photocopy of licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the

premises, and the original licence shall be produced, whenever required.

2. Each batch of drug imported into India shall be accompanied with a detailed batch

test report and a batch release certificate, duly signed and authenticated by the

manufacturer with date of testing, date of release and the date of forwarding such

reports. The imported batch of each drug shall be subjected to examination and

testing as the licensing authority deems fit prior to its marketing.

3. The licensee shall be responsible for the business activities of the manufacturer in

India along with the registration holder and his authorised agent.

4. The licensee shall inform the licensing authority forthwith in writing in the event of

any change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed

to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change

takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the licensing

authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

206

FORM 11

(See rule 33)

Licence to import drugs for the purposes of examination, test or analysis

1 ………………of .......................... is hereby licensed to import from ................................ the

drugs specified below for the purposes of examination, test or analysis at

...............................or in such other places as the licensing authority may from time to time

authorise.

2. This licence is subject to the conditions prescribed in the Rules under the Drugs a nd

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3. This licence shall, unless previously suspended or revoked, be in force for a period of

one year from the date specified below:–

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Date............................. Licensing Au t hor ity

Seal/Stamp

1

[F O RM 1 1 A

(See rule 33A)

Licence to import drugs by a Government Hospital or Autonomous Medical Institution for

t h e treatment of patients

Licence No ……………. Date……………….

Dr. ........................................................... ……………………………………………Designation

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..of

(Name of College/Hospital/Autonomous Institution)

is hereby licenced to import from M/s ..............................(name and full address) the drugs

specified below for the purpose of treatment of patients for the disease (name of the disease)

.................... at ............................. or in such other places as the licensing authority may from

time to time authorise.

2. This licence shall, unless previously suspended or revoked, be in force for a period of

one year from the date of issue specified above.

3. Names of drugs to be imported:

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Place : ............

Date :.............

Conditions of Licence

Licensing Authority

Seal / Stamp

1. The licence shall be displayed in the Office of the Medical Superintendent of

Government Hospital / Head of Institution of Autonomous Medical Institution.

2. The licensee shall store the drugs imported under this licence under proper

storage conditions.

3. The drugs imported under this licence shall be exclusively used for the treatment

of patients, and a record shall be maintained in this regard, by a registered pharmacist

giving the full name(s) and address(es) of the patients, diagnosis, dosage schedule, total

quantity of drugs imported and issued, and shall be countersigned by the Medical

Superintendent of the Government Hospital or Head of the Autonomous Medical

Institution which shall be produced, on demand by an Inspector appointed under the Act.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

207

FORM 12

(See rule 34)

Application for licence to import drugs for purpose of examination, test or analysis

I,… …………………………………resident of ………………………………. by

occupation………………. hereby apply for a licence to import the drugs specified below for

the purposes of examination, test or analysis at .............................. from ..........................and

I undertake to comply with the conditions applicable to the licence.

1

[A fee of rupees ...................... has been credited to Government under the head of

Account ―0210-Medical and Public Health, 04-Public Health, 104-Fees and Fines‖ under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945—Central vide Challan No…….dated………(attached in

original).]

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Place……..

1

[FORM 12A

(See rule 36, Second Proviso)

Application for the issue of a permit to import small quantities of drugs for personal

use

I, ......................................... resident of ..............................................................by

occupation................................................. hereby apply for a permit to import the drugs

specified below for personal use from ....................................................................

I attach a prescription from a registered medical practitioner in regard to the need for the

said drugs.

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Date............................... Signature...........................

1. Added by Notifn No. F.1-36/54-DS, dt: 3.3.1955.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

208

1

[FORM 12AA

(See rule 34A)

Application for licence to import small quantities of new drugs by a Government Hospital or

Autonomous Medical Institution for the treatment of patients.

I, .................. …………… (name and designation) ............................... ……………..

of ………………………………… (name of the Hospital/Autonomous Medical Institution)

hereby apply for a licence to import small quantities of new drugs specified below for the

purpose of treatment of patients for the disease ..................................................... (name of the

disease)…… … ………… at……………………………….(name and place of the hosp ital )

and I undertake to comply with the conditions applicable to the licence and other provisions

of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the rules made thereunder, from time to time.

1. A fee of rupees ............. has been credited to Government under the Head of

Account "0210-Medical and Public Health, 04- Medical and Public Health, 104- Fees

and Fines" under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 - Central vide Challan

No……………..dated ...................... (attached in original).

2. Name of new drugs to be imported:

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Place: ……….. Signature……………………..

Date: ……….. Name…………………………

Cert ific at e

Certified that the drugs specified above for import are urgently required for the

treatment of patients suffering from and that the said drug(s) is/are not available in India.

Place………….. Signature ............... ……..

Date ................. Medical Superintendent of the Government Hospital / Head of

Autonomous Medical Inst it ution

Seal / Stamp.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

209

1

[FORM 12B

(See rule 36, Second Proviso)

Permit for the import of small quantities of drugs for personal us e

…………………………of ............................................... is hereby permitted to

import from......................................... the drugs specified below for personal use.

2. This permit is subject to the conditions prescribed in the Rules under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3. This permit shall, unless previously suspended or revoked, be in force for a period of

six months from date specified below.

Name of drugs Quantities which may be imported

Date…………….. Licensing Authority]

FORM 13

(See rule 46)

Certificate of test or analysis by Government Analyst under section 25 (1) of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940

1. Name of Inspector from whom received ................................

2. Serial No. and date of Inspector's memorandum............................

3. Number of sample ...................................................

4. Date of receipt ....................................

5. Name of drugs purporting to be contained in the sample ..........................

6. Condition of seals on the

2

[packet or on portion of sample or container] ..........................

7. Result of test or analysis with protocols of test or analysis applied .............................

In the opinion of the undersigned the sample referred to

abov e (is of standard/is not of standard) quality as defined in the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Rules thereunder for the reasons given below.

for the reasons given below:-

Date................... Government Analyst.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

210

1

[FORM 13A

[See rule 163 (5)]

Certificates of tests or analysis by Government Analyst under section 33H of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940

1. Names of Inspector from whom received ...................................................

2. Serial No. and date of Inspector's memor a ndum ...........................................

3. Number of sample.........................................................................................

4. Date of receipt .................................................................

5. Names of ingredients purporting to have been used in the preparation of the sample…..

6. Condition of seals on the packag e ......................................................................

7. Results of test or analysis ……………………………………………………..

2

[In the opinion of the undersigned the sample referred to above is of standard/is not of standard

quality as defined in the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the rules made thereunder for the

reasons given below]

Date................... Government Analyst..]

FORM 14A

(See rule 47)

Application from a purchaser for test or analysis of a drug under Section 26 of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940

1. Full name and address of the applicant ....................................................................

2. Occupation................................................................

3. Name of drug purporting to be contained in the samp le ..........................................

4. Name and full address of the pharmacy or concern where the drug was

purchased…………….

5. Date on which purchased..............................................................................

6. Reasons why the drug is being submitted for test or analysis………………………….

3

[7. A fee of rupees ............................................................ vide Schedule B of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945, has been credited to Government under the head of account "080—

Central/State"—vide treasury receipt attached.]

I hereby declare that the drug being submitted for test was purchased by or for me. I

further declare that the sample of the drug being sent for test or analysis is exactly as it was

purchased and has not been tampered with in any way to reduce its potency.

Date.............................. Signed.... …….

1. Added by Notfn. No. F 1-23/67-D (S.O. 642), dt. 2.2.1970.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

211

FORM 14-B

(See rule 47)

Certificate of test or analysis by Government Analyst under Section 26 of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940

1. Name of person from whom sample rec e ived .............................................

2. Date of receipt ..........................................................................................

3. Name of drug purporting to be contained in the samp le .....................................

4. Opinion of the Government Analyst—The sample referred to above is/is not of

standard quality as defined in the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Rules thereunder.

Date................... Government Analyst………….

1

[FORM 15

(See rules 54 and 145C)

Order under section 22 (1)(c) of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 requiring a person not

to dispose of stock in his possession

Whereas, I have reasons to believe that the stocks of drugs/cosmetics in your

possession, detailed below contravene the provisions of section 18 of the Drugs and Cosmetics

Act, 1940;

Now, therefore, I hereby require you under clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 22 of

the said Act not to dispose of the said stock for a period of .................. days from the date of this

order.

Date..................... Inspector……………

Details of stock of drugs/ cosmetics

Date........................... Inspector...................]

2

[FORM 16

(See rules 55 and 145-B)

Receipt for stock of drugs or cosmetics for record, register, document or material object

s ei z e d under section 22 (1) (c) or (cc) of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

The stock of drugs or cosmetics for records, registers, documents or material objects

detailed below has / have this day been seized by me under the provisions of clause (c) or

clause (cc) of sub-section (1) of section 22 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act. 1940 (23 of 1940)

from the premises of ............................................ situated at............................................

Date......................... Inspector. .......................

Details of drugs, cosmetics, records, registers, documents or material objects seized.

Date........................... Inspector. ..........................]

2. Subs. by. G.S.R. 926 , dt. 24-6-1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

212

1

[FORM 17

(See rules 56 and 145A)

Intimation to person from whom sample is taken

I have this day taken from the premises of ………………………….situated

at............................................ samples of the drugs / cosmetics specified below for the purpose of

test or analysis.

Date......................... Inspector. .......................

Details of samples taken

Date......................... Inspector. ................]

2

[FORM 17A

(See rules 56A and 145AA)

Receipt for samples of drugs or cosmetics taken where fair price tendered thereof under

sub- section (I) of Section 23 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 is refused

Whereas I, this............... day of .........

3

[20] ..........., have taken from the premises

of…….. situated at................................ samples of drugs/cosmetics as specified below:-

Details of Samples…………………………

And whereas I had offered to pay you rup ee s ...................... as the fair price of the

samples of drugs/cosmetics taken:

And whereas, you have refused to accept the fair price tendered thereof.

Now, therefore, I give you the receipt as the fair price tendered for the samples of the

drugs/cosmetics taken by me.

Date: ..................... Inspector ….. …..]

1. Subs. by S.O. 2139, dt. 5.6.1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

213

FORM 18

(See Rule 57)

Memorandum to Government Ana l yst

Serial No. of M e mor a ndum ...................................................................................

From:

To

The Government Analyst

…………………………

…………………………

The portion of sample / container described below is sent herewith for test or analysis

under the provisions of clause (i) of sub-section (4) of Section 23 of the Drugs and Cosmetics

Act, 1940.

The portion of sample/container has been marked by me with the following mark.

Details of portion of sample or container with

1

[name of drug/cosmetic] which it

purports to contain—

Date..................... Inspector. ....................

2

[FORM 18A

(See Rule 163 (1))

Memorandum to Government Ana l yst

Serial No……..

From

To

The Government Analyst

…………………………

…………………………

The portion of sample / container described below is sent herewith for test or analysis

under the provisions of Section 33H of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

The portion of sample / container has been marked by me with the following mark.

Details of portion of sample or container with name of ingredients from which it is

claimed to be made.

Date......................... Inspector. .........................

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

214

1

[FORM 19

[See rule 59 (2)]

Application for grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale,

or distribute] of drugs other than those specified in Schedule

1 . I / We* ...................................hereby apply for licence to sell by wholsesale/retail drugs

specified in Schedules C and C(1) excluding those specified in Schedule X *and/or drugs

other than those specified in Schedules C, C(1) and X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

*and also to operate a pharmacy on the premises situated at........................................................

2. ** The sale and dispensing of drugs will be made under the personal supervision of the

registered pharmacists namely:-

(Name) .............................................. (Qualification)…………………………………………

(Name) ................................................(Qualification)……………………………………………

3. Categories of drugs to be sold ....................................................................................

4.

***

Particulars of special storage accommodation .................................................................

5. A fee of rup ee s ......................................... has been credited to the Government account under

the head of account ......................................

Date........................................ Signature ......................... ]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

**

To be deleted if drugs will be sold only by wholesale.

***

Required only if products requiring special storage are to be sold.

FORM 19A

[See rule 59 (2)]

Application for the grant or renewal of a restricted

1

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer

for sale, or distribute] drugs by retail by

2

[***] dealers who do not engage t h e

services of a registered pharmacist

1. I/We ............................................. of. ..................................................hereby

apply for a licence to sell by retail

(i)

3

[Drugs other than those specified in Schedule C, C1 and X] on the premises situated

at……/

2

[***]

or (ii)

4

[Drugs specified in Schedule C(1)] on the premises situated at …………………/

4

[Drugs specified in Schedule C(1)] as vendor in the area……………………

2. Sales shall be restricted to such drugs as can be sold without the supervision of a

registered pharmacist under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules.

3. Names or classes of drugs proposed to be sold ...................................................

*4. Particulars of the storage accommodation for the storage of

5

[Schedule C(1)] on the

premises referred to above.

**5. The drugs for sale will be purchased from the following dealers and such other

dealers as may be endorsed on the licence by the Licensing Authority from time to time.

Name of the dealers........................................Licence No....................................

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

215

6. A fee of rupees

2

[***]/#twenty has been credited to Government under the head of

account................................................................................

Date............................... Signature ........................

*Delete whichever is not required.

**Applies only to an itinerant vendor.

#

Rupees five for itinerant vendors and applicant from a village or town having a population of 5000

or less, and rupees twenty for other restricted licence.

1

[FORM 19AA

(See rule 62C)

Application for grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale

by wholesale, or distribute] drugs from a motor ve hic le

I / W e * of hereby

apply for

2

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale by wholesale, or distribute]

drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1) and /or drugs other than those specified in Schedules C

and C (1) from the vehicle bearing registration no._ assigned under the Motor

Vehicles Act, 1939.

2. Categories of drugs to be sold / d i stributed

3. A fee of rupees has been credited to Government under

the head of acc ount

*4.Particulars of the storage accommodation for the storage of drugs specified in

Schedules C and C (1) on the vehicle referred to above.

Date Signature

*Delete if not required.

1. Ins. by. G.S.R. 42 (E), dt. 25.1.1979.

FORM 19B

(See rule 67A)

Application for

1

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distr i bute]

Homoeopathic medicin e s

1 . I / We* ....................... of................................. hereby apply for a licence to sell by

*wholesale/*retail Homoeopathic medicines on the premises situated at .......................................

**2. The sale and dispensing of Homoeopathic medicines shall be made under the

personal supervision of the following competent person in -charge.

Name ..........................

3 . A f ee o f rup e e s ................has been credited to Government under the head of

account.......................................................

Date......................... Signature ......................

*Delete whichever is not required.

** To be deleted if Homoeopathic medicines will be sold by wholesale.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

216

1

[FORM 19C

[See rule 59(2)]

Application for grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to sell, stock, exhibit or offer for sale,

or distribute] of drugs specified in Schedule .

1. I/We* ........................................ of................................hereby apply for a licence to

sell by *wholesale/*retail drugs specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945. We operate a pharmacy on the premises, situated at ......................

2. ** The sale and dispensing of drugs will be made under the personal supervision of

the registered pharmacists mentioned below:-

(Name) ............................................... (Qualification)

(Name) ................................................(Qualification)

3. Name of drugs to be sold.

4. *** Particulars of storage accommodation.

5. A fee of rupees .......................................... has been credited to Government account

under the head of accoun t ....................................

D ate ................ Signature ...........................

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

** To be deleted if drugs will be sold only by wholesale.

***Required only if products requiring special storage are to be sold.]

FORM 20

[See rule 61(1)]

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] drugs by retail other than

those specified in

2

1. ................................................ is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for

sale, or distribute] by retail drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C, C (1) and X]

of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945, *and to operate a pharmacy on the premises situ at ed

at .......................... subject to the conditions specified below and to provisions of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules thereunder.

2 The licence shall be in force from ........................................ to ...........................

3. Name (s) of qualified person (s) in charge ....................................................

4. Categories of drugs..................................................

Name of the dealer…………………….Licence No…………………….

Date.................................... Licensing Authority ....... ……….

* Delete whichever is applicable

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open to

the public.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and

the Rules thereunder for the time being in force.

3. The licensee shall report to the Licensing Authority any change in the qualified staff

in charge within one month of such change.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

217

4. No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under cash or credit memo from

a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

_

FORM 20A

[See rule 61 (1)]

Restricted

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] drugs by retail

other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C, C (1) and X] for

3

[***] dealers who do not

engage t h e services of a registered pharmacist

1. ......................................is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or

Distribute] on the premises situated at

3

[***] .......................the following drugs being drugs

other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C, C (1) and X] of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945, subject to the conditions specified below and to the provisions of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

2. The licence shall be in force from ........................................ to ..........................

3 The licensee can deal only in such drugs as can be sold without the supervision of

qualified person under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

4

[***]

Name of the dealer ........................................ Licence No ............................

Date......................... Licensing Authority

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open to

the public

. 3

[***].

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940 and the Rules thereunder for the time being in force.

3. No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under a cash or credit memo

from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in

the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change

takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence h as been taken from the

Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

3. Omitted by G.S.R. 231 (E) , dt. 4.6.1996

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

218

FORM 20B

[See rule 61 (1)]

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] by wholesale, drugs other

than those specified in

2

1 ............................................... is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for

sale, or distribute] by wholesale drugs other than those specified in

2

on the premises situated at ............... subject to the conditions specified below and to the

provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, and the Rules thereunder.

2. The licence shall be in force from ................................to ...............................

Date............................... Licence No………………

Licensing Authority.

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in part of the premises open to

the public.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940 and the Rules thereunder for the time being in force.

3

[3 (i) No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under a cash or credit

memo from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

(ii) No sale of any drug shall be made to a person not holding the requisite

1

[licence

to sell, stock or exhibit for sale, or distribute] the drug. Provided that this condition

shall not apply to the sale of any drug to—

(a) an officer or authority purchasing on behalf of Government, or

(b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institution or a registered medical

practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients, or

4

[(c) a manufacturer of beverages, confectionery biscuits and other

non-medicinal products, where such drugs are required for processing these

products.]

5

[***]

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change

in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes

place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing

Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

5.Clause 4 ommited by S.O. 289, dt:20.12.1992. Earlier clause 4 added by Notfn. F. No. 1-113/69-D, dt. 23.12.1969.

1

[FORM 20BB

(See rule 62-D)

2

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale by wholesale, or distribute] drugs other than those

specified in Schedule C and Schedule C (1) to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 from

a motor veh icle

2

[l i c e n s e d to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale by

wholesale, or distribute] drugs other than those specified in Schedule C and Schedule

C(1) from the vehicle bearing registration no.____________________ assigned under

under Motor Vehicles Act, 1939, subject to the conditions specified below and to the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

219

provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

2. Th e lic en ce sh all b e in forc e from to

3. Categories of drugs .......................................................

Date:……….. Licence No……………..

Licensing Authority.

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place on the vehicle.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

and the Rules made thereunder for the time being in force.

3 (i) No drugs shall be sold by wholesale or distributed unless such drug is purchased und e r

a cash or credit memo from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

(ii) No sale by wholesale or distribution of any drug shall be made to a person not

holding the requisite

2

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale by wholesale, or

distribute] the drug:

Provided that this condition shall not apply to the sale of any drug to—

( a) an officer or authority purchasing on behalf of the Government, or

( b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institution or a registered

medical practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients, or

(c) a manufacturer of beverages, confectionery, biscuits and other non-medical

products, where such drugs are required for processing these products.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of change in the

constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the constitution

of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum

period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in the

meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name of the

firm with the changed constitution.

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

ownership of the vehicle specified in this licence within seven days of such change.

_

2. Subs. by G.S.R .788(E), dt.10.10.1985

1

[FORM 20-C

(See rule 67-C)

2

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] Homoeopathic medicines by

retail

1. ……………………is hereby

2

[l i c e n s e d to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale

by wholesale, or distribute]by retail Homoeopathic medicines on the

premises situated at ......................subject to the conditions specified below and to the

provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

2. The licence shall be in force from ............................... to .......................

3. Name of the competent person in-charge.

Date.................................. Licensing Authority

Conditions of Licence

1. The licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open to

the public.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions applicable to homo e op at h ic

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

220

medicines under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder

for the time being in force.

3. The licensee shall report to the Licensing Authority any change in the competent

staff within one month of such change.

3

[4. This licence authorises the sale of Homoeopathic medicines made from one earlier potency

up to a quantity of 30 ml at a time.]

4

[5. Where any change in the constitution of the firm takes place, a licensee shall inform the

Licensing Authority in writing about the same and the current licence shall be valid only

for a period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in

the meantime, name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

1. Added by Notfn. No. F. 1-35/64-D (G.S.R. 1185), dt. 18.8.1964.

2

.

4. Added. G.S.R. 665, dt. 28-5-1977.

1

[FORM 20D

(See rule 67C)

2

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] Homoeopathic medicines by

wholesale

1. .......................................... is hereby

2

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for

sale, or distribute] by wholesale Homoeopathic medicines on the premises situated

at..........................................................subject to the conditions specified below and to the

provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,. 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

2. The licence shall be in force from .............................................to……………………..

Date............................. Licensing Authority.

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place on the premises.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions as applicable to Homoeopathic

medicines under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder

for the time being in force.

3. No sale of any drug shall be made to a person not holding the requisite

2

sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] the drug. Provided that this conditions

hall not apply to the sale of any drug to (a) an authority purchasing on behalf of

Government, or (b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institute or a

Homoeopathic medical practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients.

3

[4 The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence and the current licence shall be valid

only for a period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in

the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name of the

firm with the changed constitution.]

_

1. Added by Notfn. No. F.1-35/64-D, dt. 18.8.1964.

3. Added by G.S.R. 665, date 28.5.1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

221

1

[FORM 20E

(See rule 67 EE)

Certificate of renewal of

2

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute]

Homoeopathic medicines

1. Number of licence and date of issue ..................................................………….

Certified that licence no ..... in Form 20C / 20D granted on the ..................... to.................

for sale of Homoeopathic medicines at the premises situated at ...................has been renewed

for a period from ......... to .............................

2. Name of competent persons in-charge.

Date........................... Licensing Authority.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10.10.1985

1

[FORM 20F

[See rule 61(3)]

Licence to sell, stock or exhibit for sale or distribute by retail drugs specified in Schedule X

1. ………..is hereby licensed to sell, stock or exhibit for sale or distribute by retail

drugs specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 on the premises

situated at………………………………………………………..

2. Names of drugs.

3. This licence shall be in force from............ …………….to........……………

4. Name(s) of registered pharmacist in-charge.

5. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and the provisions of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

Date:..........................

Licence No………..

Licensing Authority……..

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open to the

public.

2. The licensee shall report to the licensing authority any change in the qualified staff

in charge within one month of such change.

3. No drug shall be stocked or sold unless such drug has been purchased under cash/credit

memo from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

4. The licensee shall inform the licensing authority in writing in the event of any change

in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a

maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless

in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the licensing authority in the name

of the firm with the changed constitution.

.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

222

1

[FORM 20G

[See rule 61(3)]

2

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] by wholesale

drugs specified in Schedule X

1. ………………….is hereby

2

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or

distribute] by wholesale drugs specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945 on the premises situated at……………………………………………………..

2. Names of drugs……………………………………

3. This licence shall be in force from................. to .............................

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and the provisions of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules made thereunder.

Date:..........................

Licence No………..

Licensing Authority……..

Conditions of license

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open to

the public.

2. The licensee shall comply with the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940

and the rules made thereunder.

3. No drug shall be stocked or sold unless such drug has been purchased under a cash or

credit memo from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

4. The licensee shall forward to the licensing authority copies of the invoices of sales

made to the retail dealers.

5. No sale of any drug by wholesale shall be made to a person not possessing the requisite

2

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] drugs specified in Schedule

X :

Provided that this condition shall not apply to the sale of any drug to -

(a) an officer or authority purchasing on behalf of Government;

(b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institution, nursing home, Registered

Medical Practitioner for the purpose of supply to its/his patients or manufacturer

holding a licence in Form 25-E or 28-B to manufacture the drugs containing drugs

included in Schedule X.

3

[The licensee shall inform the licensing authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence, where any change in the constitution

of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of

three months from the date on which the change takes place unless in the meantime, a fresh

licence has been taken from the licensing authority in the name of the firm with the changed

constitution.]]

3. Ins. by 370(E), dt. 7.4.1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

223

FORM 21

[See rule 61 (2)]

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale,or distribute] by retail drugs specified in

Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

3

[ 1........................................................ is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or

offer for sale, or distribute] by retail the following categories of drugs specified in Schedules

C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

19454 and to operate a pharmacy on the premises situated at ..................... subject t o the

conditions specified below and to the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and

the Rules thereunder.]

2. The licence shall be in force from ....................to .......................

3. Name(s) of registered pharmacists in charge ...................................

3

[4. Categories of drugs .......................................................................]

Date........................................

Licence No .......................

Licensing Authority

*Delete if not applicable.

Conditions of License

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open

to the public.

2. The licensee shall report to the Licensing Authority any change in the qualified

staff in charge within one month of such change.

4

[***]

4. If the licensee wants to sell, stock or exhibit for sale, or distribute, during the

currency of the licence, additional categories of drugs listed in Schedules C and C(I)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] but not included in this licence, he should

apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary permission. This licence will be

deemed to extend to the categories of drugs in respect of which such permission is

given. This permission shall be endorsed on the licence by the Licensing Authority.

5

[5. No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under a cash or credit memo

from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.]

6. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a

maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place, unless in

the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name of

the firm with the changed constitution.

1. Subs. by G.S.R.788(E), dt. 10.10.1985.

3. Amended by. S.O. 2139 ,dt. 12-8-1972.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

224

FORM 21A

[See rule 61 (2)]

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] by retail drugs specified in

2

[Schedule C (1)]

3

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

4

[***] for dealers who do not

e ngage the services of a registered pharmacist

1. ……………………is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or

distribute] by retail on the premises situated at

4

[***] the following drugs being drugs specified

in

2

[Schedule C (1)]

3

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics

Rules, 1945, subject to the conditions specified below and to the provisions of the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules thereunder.

2. The licence will be in force from………………………………….. .

3. Particulars of

2

[Schedule C (1)]

3

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] drugs to be

sold.

5

[***]

Name of dealer(s)………………. Licence No………..

Date ............................. Licensing Authority

Conditions of Licence.

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent and conspicuous place in a part of the

premises open to the public

6

[***]

7

[***]

3. The licensee shall deal only in such drugs as can be sold without the supervision of

a "qualified person" as defined in the Explanation to sub-rule (15) of rule 65 of the Drugs

and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

4. No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under cash or credit memo

from duly licensed manufacturer.

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

1 Subs. by G.S.R.788(E), dt. 10.10.1985.

2 Ins. By S.O. 1458, dt:27.4.1965.

5. Item 4 omitted G.S.R. 504(E), dt. 18.7.2002

6. Certain words omitted by G.S.R. 231 (E), dt. 4.6.1996

7. Condition No. 2 omitted by G.S.R. 17 (E), dt:7.1.1986.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

225

FORM 21B

[See rule 61(2)]

1

[Licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or distribute] by wholesale drugs specified in

Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X

1. …………………is hereby

1

[licensed to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale, or

distribute] by wholesale on the premises situated at the following categories of drugs specified

in Schedule. C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] to the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Categories of drugs

2. This licence shall be in force from ................................. to……………………….

3

[2A. The sale shall be made under the personal supervision of a competent person.

(Name of the competent person)].

3. This licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to the provisions of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the rules thereunder.

Licence No ...……..

Date............................ Licensing Authority.

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place in a part of the premises open

to the public.

4

[2.***]

3. If the licensee wants to sell, stock or exhibit for sale or distribute during the

currency of the licence additional categories of drugs listed in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] but not included in this licence, he

should apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary permission. This licence

will be deemed to extend to the categories of drugs in respect of which such

permission is given. This permission shall be endorsed on the licence by the

Licensing Authority.

5

[4. (i) No drug shall be sold unless such drug is purchased under a cash or credit memo

from a duly licensed dealer or a duly licensed manufacturer.

(ii) No sale of any drug shall be made for purposes of resale to a person not holding the

requisite licence to sell, stock or exhibit for sale or distribute the drug:

Provided that this condition shall not apply to the sale of any drug to —

(a) an officer or authority purchasing on behalf of Government, or

(b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institute or a registered medical

practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients, or

6

[(c) a manufacturer of hydrogenated vegetable oils, beverages, confectionary and other

non-medicinal products, where such drugs are required for processing these products.]

7

[5.***]

8

[6. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change

in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for

a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place

unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from Licensing Authority in the

name of the firm with the changed constitution.

1. Subs. by. G.S.R.788(E), dt. 10.10.1985.

4. Condition no. 2 omitted by.G.S.R. 17(E), dt. 7.1.1986

7. Condition 5 omitted by S.O. 289, dt 20.12.1973 (w.e.f. 3.2.1973)

8. Ins. By S.O. 1458, dt:27.4.1965.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

226

1

[FORM 21BB

[See Rule 62D]

Licence to sell by wholesale or to distribute drugs specified in Schedule C and Schedule C (1)

to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 from a motor vehicle.

1. ............................... is hereby licensed to sell by wholesale, or to distribute drugs

specified in Schedule C and Schedule C(1) from the vehicle bearing registration no.

..................................... assigned under Motor Vehicles Act, 1939, subject to the conditions

specified below and to the provisions of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the Rules

made thereunder.

2. The licence shall be in force from ............................ to .......................

3. Categories of drugs ....................................................................

Date .................... Licence No……………

Licensing Authority………..

Conditions of licence

1. This licence shall be displayed in a prominent place on the vehicle.

2. No drugs to which this licence applies shall be sold by wholesale or distributed unless

the precautions as are published by the Licensing Authority from time to time in the

Official Gazette have been observed throughout the period during which it has been in the

possession of the licensee.

3. If the licensee wants to sell by wholesale or distribute during the currency of the

licence, additional categories of drugs listed in Schedules C and C (1) not included

in this licence, he shall apply to the Licensing Authority for necessary permission.

This licence shall be deemed to extend to the categories of drugs in respect of

which such permission is given. This shall be endorsed on the licence by the

Licensing Authority.

4. (i) No drugs shall be sold by wholesale or distributed unless such drug is purchased

under a cash or credit memo from a duly licensed manufacturer.

(ii) No sale for wholesale or distribution of any drug shall be made for the purpose of resale

to a person, not holding the requisite licence to sell, stock or exhibit for sale or distribute

the drug:

Provided that this condition shall not apply to the sale of any drug to—

(a) an officer or authority purchasing on behalf of the Government, or

(b) a hospital, medical, educational or research institution or a registered medical

practitioner for the purpose of supply to his patients, or

(c) a manufactures of hydrogenated vegetable oils, beverages, confectionery and

other non-medical products, where such drugs are required for processing their

products.

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on

which the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been

taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

6. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the ownership of the vehicle specified in this licence within seven days of

such change.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

227

FORM 21C

(See rule 63A)

Certificate of renewal of

1

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for

sa le, or distribute] drugs

Number of licence and date of issue………………………………………………………………

1. Certified that licence No ......................... in

2

21A or 21B], granted on the.....................to ................ for sale of the following drugs at t h e

premises situated at................... has been renewed for a period from ............................to ............

2. Categories or particulars of drugs ....................................................

3. Name (s) of registered pharmacist(s) in-charge............................

Date..................................... Licensing Au t hor ity .

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 788(E),dt. 10.10.1985.

2. Subs. by .S.R. 462(E),dt. 22.6.1982.

1

[FORM 21CC

(See rule 63B)

Certificate of renewal of

2

[licence to sell, stock or exhibit or offer for sale by wholesale,

or distribute] drugs from a motor vehicle

Number of licence and date of issue……………………………………………………………..

1. Certified that licence no……………….in Form 20-BB or Form 21-BB granted on the

…………………………….to…………………………………………..for sale by wholesale or

distribution of the following drugs from the vehicle bearing registration

No………………………………. assigned under the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 has been

renewed for a period from……………………………..to …………………………………………

2. Categories of the drugs:

……………………….

……………………….

Date…………….. Licensing Authority.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 788(E), dt.10.10.1985.

FORM 22

(See rule 67)

(Omitted by S.O. 289, dt. 20.12.1972)

FORM 23

(See rule 67)

(Omitted by S.O. 289, dt. 20.12.1972)

FORM 24

(See rule 69)

Application for the grant of or renewal of a

1

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distr i bution]

of drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C (1) and X]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

228

1 . I / We ................................................of. ....................................... hereby apply for the

grant / renewal of a licence to manufacture on the premises situated at .......................... the

following drugs being drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C (1) and X] of th e

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Names of drugs categorized according to Schedule M.

3. Names, qualifications and experience of technical staff employed for manufacture

and testing.

4. A fee of rupees ...................................................... has been credited to Government

under the head of account .......................................................................

Date.................................... Signature ....................

Note: The application should be accompanied by a plan of the premises.

1.

FORM 24A

(See rule 69A)

Application for grant or renewal of a loan

1

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution]

of drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C (I) and X]

1 . I /We*.........................................................of

#

............................................hereby apply

for the grant/renewal of a loan licence to manufacture on the premises situated

at ................................................................... C/o

§

................................................ the under-

mentioned drugs, other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C(1) and X] to the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Names of drugs (each substance to be separately specified).

2. The names, qualifications and experience of the expert staff actually connected with the

manufacture and testing of the specified products in manufacturing premises.

3. I/We enclose–

manufacturing capacity is intended to be utilized by me/us.

(b) A true copy of a letter from the manufacturing concern that they agree to lend the

services of their expert staff, equipment and premises for the manufacture of each item

required by me/us and that they will analyse every batch of finished product and

maintain the registers of raw materials, finished products and reports of analysis

separately in this behalf.

(c) Specimens of labels, cartons of the products proposed to be manufactured.

4. A fee of rupees........................................................................has been credited t o

Government under the head of account ....................................................................

Date...................................................... Signature ................………….

*

Enter here the name of the proprietor, partners of Managing Director as the case may be.

#

Enter here the name of the applicant firm and the address of the principal place of business.

§

Enter here the name and address of the manufacturing concern where the manufacture will be

actually carried out and also the Licence number under which the latter operates.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

229

1

[FORM 24B

(See rule 69A)

Application for grant or renewal of licence to repack for sale or distribution of drugs,

being drugs other than those specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those

specified in Schedule X]

1 . 1 / We ………………of……………………….hereby apply for grant/renewal of a

licence to repack the following drugs at the premises situated at…………...

2. Names of the drugs to be rep ac ked ....................................................................... ….

3. Name, qualification and experience of competent s ta ff ............................................

4. A fee of rupees ………… …………… h as been cr edit ed to Gover n m e nt under the

Date.......................................... Signature of applicant.

NOTE :—The application shall be accompanied by a plan of the premises.

1. Ins. By S.O. 1196, dt:6.5.1960.

1

[FORM 24C

(See rule 85B)

Application for the grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to manufacture for sale or for

distribution of] Homoeopathic medicines or a licence to manufacture potentised

preparations from ba ck potencies by licensees holding licence in Form 20C

3

[ 1 . I / W e * ....................................... of ........................................ holder of licence

no ....................................................... in Form 20-C hereby apply for the grant/renewal of

licence to manufacture the undermentioned Homoeopathic mother tinctures/potentised

preparations on the premises situated at………………………… ………………………………….

Name of the Homoeopathic preparations .................................................. …………………. ….

2. Names, qualifications and experience of technical staff employed for manufacture and

testing of Homoeopathic medicines.

3. A fee of rupees ......................................... has been credited to Government under head

of account ...............................................................................................................

Date..................................... Signature...............................

Note 1. Delete whichever portion is not applicable.

2. The application should be accompanied by a plan of the premises.

2. Subs. by. G.S.R.788(E) dt. 10.10.1985.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

230

1

[FORM 24D

(See rule 153)

Application for the grant / renewal of a licence to manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic/

Siddha or Unani drugs

1 . I / W e ........................................... of.....................................................hereby apply for the

grant / renewal of a licence to manufacture Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs on

the premises situated at .......................................................... …………………………….

2. Names of drugs to be manufactured (with details)

3. Names, qualifications and experience of technical staff employed for manufacture and

testing of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs .............................................

4. A fee of rupees ............................... has been credited to the Government under the head

of account .................................... and the relevant Treasury Challan is enclosed herewith.

Date............................................ Signature ......................................

(applicant)

Note—The application should be accompanied by a Plan of the premises.]

1. Added by Notfn. No. 1-23/67-D,dt. 2.2.1970.

1

[FORM 24E

(See rule 154A)

Application for grant or renewal of a loan licence to manufacture for sa le

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani Drugs

1. I / We

*

...........................................................................of

**

................................ hereby

apply for the grant / renewal of a loan licence to manufacture Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or

Unani Drugs on the premises situated at...................…………………………………………..

C / o

***

2. Names of drugs to be manufactured (with details).

3. The names, qualifications and experience of technical staff actually connected with

the manufacture and testing of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs in

the manufacturing premises.

4. I / We* enclose,

(a) A true copy of a letter from me/us to the manufacturing concern whose

manufacturing capacity is intended to be utilized by me / us.

(b) A true copy of a letter from the manufacturing concern that they agree to

lend the services of their competent technical staff, equipment and premises

for the manufacture of each item required by me/us and that they shall

maintain the registers of raw materials and finished products separately in

this behalf.

(c) Specimen of labels, cartons of the drugs proposed to be m a nufactured.

5. A fee of Rs ...................................................... has been credited to Government under

herewith.

Date ...................................... Signature ...................... ………]

(applicant)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

231

*

Enter here the name of the proprietor, partners or Managing Director as the case may be.

**

Enter here the name of the applicant firm and the address of the principal place of

business.

***

Enter here the name and address of the manufacturing concern where the manufacture will

be actually carried out and also the licence number under which the letter operates.

1. Added by G.S.R. 376 (E), dt. 20.7.1978.

1

[FORM 24F

(See rule 69)

Application for the grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of]

drugs specified in Schedule X and not specified in Schedules C and C(1)

1. I / W e ...................... of ....................................hereby apply for the grant/renewal

of licence to manufacture on premises situated at ............................ the undermentioned drugs,

specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Names of drugs.

3. Names, qualifications and experience of technical staff employed for

manufacture and testing.

4. A fee of rupees...... has been credited to Government account under the head of

account....................................................

Signature ................ ……….

Date:.......... Designation .............. ……….]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

232

FORM 25

(See rule 70)

1

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C(1) and X]

Number of Licence and date of issue ................................................................

1 ........................................................................ is hereby licensed to manufacture the

following categories of drugs being drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C

and C (1) and X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, on the premises situated

at ................................................................................. under the direction and supervision of the

following

3

[competent technical staff]:

(a)

3

[Competent technical staff]. (Names)……………………………………………

(b) Names of Drugs (each item to be separately specified)..................................….

2. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for sale by the

licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence, subject to the conditions applicable to

licence for sale.

3. The licence shall be in force from................................................ to ...................

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as may

be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

Signature ............

Designation ..........

4

[*Licensing Authority/

*Central Licence Appoving Authority.]

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the expert staff named in the licence shall be forthwith reported to

the Licensing Authority.

3. If the licensee wants to manufacture for sale additional items of drugs not included

above he should apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement as

provided in Rule 69(5). This licence will be deemed to extend to the categories so

endorsed.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change

in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed

to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the

change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the

Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

_

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

233

FORM 25A

(See rule 70A)

Loan

1

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs other than those specified

In

2

[Schedules C and C (1) and X]

1. Number of licence and date of issue ............................................................

2..................................................... of ................................. is hereby granted a loan

licence to manufacture the following drugs other than those specified in

2

[Schedules C and C(1)

and X] t o t h e Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, on the premises situated at C/o under the

direction and supervision of the following

3

[competent technical staff]:

(a)

3

[competent technical staff] (Names):…………………….

(c) Names of drugs ..................................

3. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for sale by

the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence subject to the conditions applicable to

licences for sale.

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as

may be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940.

Date............................... Signature ………….

Designation .. …..

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the

3

[competent technical staff] named in the licence shall be forthwith

reported to the Licensing Authority.

3. If the licensee wants to undertake during the currency of the licence the

manufacture for of sale additional drugs he should apply to the Licensing Authority

for the necessary endorsement to the licence as provided in Rule 69-A. This licence

will be deemed to extend to the drugs so endorsed.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 788(E) , dt.10.10.1985.

1

[ FORM 25B

(See rule 70)

Licence to repack for sale or distribution of drugs being drugs other than those specified i n

Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

Number of licence and date of issue.

1. …….. ................................... of .....................................is hereby granted a licence t o

repack the following drugs for sale or distribution on the premises s it u ate d

at ................................. under the supervision of the following competent staff.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

234

(a) Names of drugs to be repacked.

(b) Names of competent staff.

2. The licence shall be in force from ......................................... to ............................

3. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing by the licensee and

storage for sale by the licensee of the drugs repacked under the licence subject to conditions

applicable to licences for sale.

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as

may be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940.

Date...................................... Signature ... …………..

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the expert staff named in the licence shall be forthwith reported to

the Licensing Authority.

3. If the licensee wants to repack for sale or distribution additional items he should

apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement to this licence.

This licence will be deemed to extend to only those items so endorsed.

4. The drugs repacked under this licence shall bear on their label, apart from other

particulars required by these Rules, the name and address of the licensee and the

number of the licence under which the drug is repacked preceded by the words

"Rpg. Lic. No.".

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

1

[FORM 25C

(See rule 85D)

2

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] Homoeopathic medicines

Number of Licence and date of issue .....................................................................

3

[*1. ……….………. of.................... who holds a licence in Form 20-C is hereby

licensed to manufacture undermentioned Homoeopathic Mother Tinctures/ potentised and other

preparations on the premises situated at .... under the direction and supervision of the following

technical staff:

Names of the Homoeopathic preparations.

(Each item to be separately specified).

Names of the Technical Staff.................................................... ]

2. The licence shall be in force from ............................................ to ...................

3. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as

may be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

235

Date...................................... S ignature…….

Designation….

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the expert staff named in the licence shall be forthwith reported to

the Licensing Authority.

4

[3. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a

maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in

the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name of

the firm with the changed constitution.]

*Delete the words ―who holds a licence in Form 20C‖ in case this is not applicable.

1. Added by Notfn No. F.1-36/64-D, dt:18.8.1964

2. Subs. by.. G.S.R.788(E) , dt. 10.10.1985.

4. Added by S.O. 903, dt. 28.2.1976.

1

[FORM 25D

(See rule 154)

Licence to manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs

No. of Licence……………………………………………………………

1. …. ..................................... is / are hereby licensed to manufacture the following

Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs on the premises situated

at.................................................................................................. under the direction and

supervision of the following technical staff: —

(a) Technical staff (Names).

(b) Names of drugs (each item to be separately specified).

2. The licence shall be in force from .............................................. to ...................

3. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as may

be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Designation ............

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the Technical staff named in the licence shall be forthwith reported

to the Licensing Authority.

3. This licence shall be deemed to extend to such additional items as the licensee may

intimate to the Licensing Authority from time to time, and as may be endorsed by

the Licensing Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

236

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

1. Added by Notfn. No. 1-23/67 –D (S.O. 642), dt. 2-2-1970.

1

[FORM 25E

(See rule 154A)

Loan Licence to manufacture for sale Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani Drugs

1. Number of Licence…………………………………………………………………….

2 .......................................................... of. ........................................... is hereby granted a

loan licence to manufacture for sale Ayurvedic (including Siddha) or Unani drugs, on the

premises situated at .................................................... C/o.....................................................under

the direction and supervision of the following expert technical staff:

(a) Technical staff (Names)……………………………….

(b) Names of drugs (each item to be separately specified)

3. The licence shall be in force from .................................... to…………………………………

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as may

be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Date of Issue.................................................

Conditions of Licence

Signature ....................

Designation .................

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced on the request of an Inspector appointed under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the technical staff named in the licence shall be forthwith reported to

the Licensing Authority.

3. This licence shall be deemed to extend to such additional items as the licensee may

intimate to the Licensing Authority from time to time, and as may be endorsed by

the Licensing Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any

change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which

the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from

the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

1. Added by G.S.R. 376 (E), dt. 20.7.1978

1

[FORM 25F

(See rule 70)

2

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs specified in Schedule X and

no t specified in Schedules C and C(I)

1. ................................................... of .......................is hereby licensed to manufacture at

the premises situated at……………………………the following drugs specified in Schedule X to

the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

237

2. Names of drugs.

3. Names of approved

3

[competent technical staff]

4. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for sale

by the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence subject to the

conditions applicable to licence for sale.

5. The licence shall be in force ................... to....................................

6. The licence is subject to conditions stated below and to other conditions as may

be specified in the rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940.

Date of issue..................... Signature .............................

Licence No ..................... Designation .........................

4

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority.]

*Delete whichever portion is not required.

Conditions of Licence

1. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the licensed premises

and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics

Act, 1940.

2. If the licensee wishes to undertake during the currency of the licence the manufacture

of any drug specified in Schedule X not included above, he should apply to the Licensing

Authority for the necessary endorsement of this licence. This licence shall be deemed to

extend to only those items so endorsed.

3. Any change in the

3

[competent technical staff] shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a

maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in the

meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name of the firm

with the changed constitution.

5. The licensee shall furnish to the Licensing Authority copies of the invoices of

sales made to dealers.

6. The licensee shall not manufacture drugs covered by this licence for use as

'Physician's Samples'.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R.788(E) dt. 10.10.1985.

3. Subs. by G.S.R.231(E) dt. 4.6.1996.

1

[FORM 26

(See rules 73 and 83)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture for sale of drugs other than those specified in

Schedule X

1. Certified that licence No ........................................................................ granted on

the.................. to ....................... for the manufacture of the following categories of drugs being

*drugs other than those specified in Schedules C, C (1) and X/*drugs specified by Schedules C

and C (1) excluding those specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945, at the premises situated at ........................................................ has been renewed

from....................... to.....................

2. Name(s) of approved

2

[competent technical staff] ...............

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

238

3

[3 Names of the drugs (each item to be separately specified) .......................

Signature .............................

4

[Licensing Authority/ *Central Licence Approving Authority.]

*Delete whichever portion is not required.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R.231(E) dt. 4.6.1996

1

[FORM 26A

(See rules 73A and 83A)

Certificate of renewal of loan licence to manufacture for sale of drugs other than

thos e specified in Schedule X

1. Certified that a loan licence No ............................................................granted on

the.............................................. to........................................... for the manufacture of the

*drugs other than those specified in Schedules C, C (1) and X the undermentioned drugs

being drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1) excluding those specified in Schedule X, to

the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, at the premises situated

at.............................. C/o .........................has been renewed from ......................... to...................

2. Names of the drugs (each substance to be separately specified).

3. Names of the approved

2

[competent technical staff]

Signature………..

Designation………]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

2. Subs. by G.S.R.231(E) dt. 4.6.1996.

1

[FORM 26B

(See rule 73B)

Certificate of renewal of licence to repack for sale or distribution of drugs being drugs other than

those specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

1. Certified that licence No ................................................... granted on the.......................

to......................................for the repacking of the following drugs at the premises situated

at .........................................has been renewed from .....................

2. Names of competent staff. .................................................

Date : ..... Signature………

Designation……….

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

239

* Delete whichever is not applicable.]

3

[*Licensing Authority.

*Central licence Approving Authority.]

FORM 26C

(See rule 85G)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture for sale of Homoeopathic med i cin e s

1. Certified that licence No ........................ granted on the……………………….

to………… for the manufacture for sale of the Homoeopathic mother tinctures/potentised

preparation at the premises situated at ............... has been renewed for a period

from the ...................................................................... to ...................................... ……

2. Name of the technical staff .................................................................. ……

1

[3. Names of the drugs (each item to be separately specified) ............................ ]

Date………………..

Signature .......………..

Designation .. ………

1

[FORM 26D

(See rule 155)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic / Siddha or Unani drugs

1. Certified that licence No ................................................... granted on

the………………to Shri/ Messers ........................................................................ for the

manufacture of Ayurvedic/Siddha/Unani drugs at the premises situated

at………………….has been renewed from………………………….to ....................................

2. Names of technical staff ................................................................

2

[3. Names of drugs (each item to be separately specified).]]

Date ……….. S i gnature………..

Designation………..

____

2. Ins. by G.S.R 376 (E), dt. 20.7.1978

1

[FORM 26E

(See rule 155A)

Certificate of renewal of loan licence to manufacture for sale of

Ayurvedic / Siddha or Unani Drugs

1. Certified that loan Licence No ....................................granted on

for the m a n ufacture ofAyurvedic/ Siddha or Unani drugs at the premises situated

at.............................................................. C/o ........................................... has been renewed

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

240

2 Names of technical staff.

Designation………..

1

[FORM 26E-I

(See rule 157B)

Certificate of Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) to manufacture of

Ayurveda, Siddha or Unani drugs

Certified that manufacturing unit licensee, namely ...................... situated at ................

State .................. Licence No ........................... comply with the requirements of Good

Manufacturing Practices of Ayurveda-Siddha-Unani drugs as laid down in Schedule T of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

This certificate is valid for a

2

[period of five years and the Good Manufactruing Practices

(GMP) is valid for the various dosage forms or Rasaushadhis, as follows:]

Date :....... Signature………..

Place : . . . . Designation……

Licensing Authority for Ayurveda/ Siddha/ Unani Drugs.]

1

[FORM 26E2-I

(See rule 158C)

State Drug Controller or Licensing Authority for Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Medicines

Name of the State or Union territory……..

Free Sale Certificate

It is certified that M/s. …….(Name of the company)……..situated at ………. (Address)

...................... is holding valid Ayurvedic/Siddha/Unani Drug Manufacturing License

Number............... valid till ……and certificate of Good Manufacturing Practices for the

State or Union territory of ……The manufacturer has applied for renewal of license on

..................(to be mentioned, if application for renewal of license has not been rejected).

It is also certified that the manufacturing plant siuated at

………..(Address)……..in which the Ayurvedic or Unani or Sidhha products are

manufactured, conforms to the requirement of Good Manufacturing Practices and is

subjected to inspection as per rules.

The firm has been permitted under License Number………..to manufacture and

market the following products (attach list of products, if multiple) freely for sale in India

under the provisions of the Drugs and Cosemtics Atc, 1940 and the rules thereunder.

(i)…………

(ii)…………

(iii)………..

Date :....... (Seal of issuing Officer) … … … … … … … …

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

241

( Signature and Name)

State Drug Controller/Licensing Authority

Address………………………………………

Name of State or Union territory…………]

1

[FORM 26E2-II

(See rule 158C)

State Drug Controller or Licensing Authority for Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Medicines

Name of the State or Union territory……..

Free Sale Certificate

It is certified that M/s. …….(Name of the company)……..situated at ………. (Address)

...................... is holding valid Ayurvedic/Siddha/Unani Drug Manufacturing Loan

License Number............... valid till ……and the valid certificate of Good Manufacturing

Practices for the State or Union territory of ……The manufacturer has applied for renewal

of loan license on ..................(to be mentioned, if application for renewal of license has

not been rejected).

It is also certified that the manufacturing plant siuated at

………..(Address)……..in which the Ayurvedic or Unani or Sidhha products are

manufactured, conforms to the requirement of Good Manufacturing Practices and is

subjected toinspection as per rules.

The firm has been permitted under Loan License Number………..to manufacture

and market the following products (attach list of products, if multiple) freely for sale in

India under the provisions of the Drugs and Cosemtics Atc, 1940 (23 of 1940) and the

rules thereunder.

(i)…………

(ii)…………

(iii)………..

Date :....... (Seal of issuing Officer) … … … … … … .

( Signature and Name)

State Drug Controller/Licensing Authority

Address………………………………………

Name of State or Union territory………… ]

1

[FORM 26 E3

(See rule 158C)

State Drug Controller or Licensing Authority for Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Medicines

Name of the State or Union territory……..

Non-Conviction Certificate

It is certified that M/s. …….(Name of the company)……..situated at ………. (Registered

Address) ...................... is holding valid Ayurvedic/Siddha/Unani Drug Manufacturing

License Number............... in Form 25D/25E valid till ……and certificate of Good

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

242

Manufacturing Practices/valid Good Manufacturing Practices certificate of principal or

original manufacturer for the State or Union territory of ……The manufacturer has

applied for renewal of license on ..................(date to be mentioned, if application for

renewal of license has not been rejected).

As per the records of the State Drug Controller or Licensing Authority, as it may

be, and affidavit (Annexure I) given by the company, the firm has not been conicted under

the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (23 of 1940) and the rules thereunder in the State or

Union territory of …….., during the last three years of the issuing of this certificate.

This certificate shall be valid only for six months from the date of issue.

Date :....... (Seal of issuing Officer) … … … … … … … … … … … … .

( Signature and Name)

State Drug Controller/Licensing Authority for

Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Medicines.

Address………………………………………

Name of State or Union territory…………]

1

[ANNEXURE-1

(Proforma of Affidavit to be submitted on stamp paper of Rs. 50 attested by

Magistrate not below the rank of first class)

I, …………S/O………….age…….working as ……….of………..(Name and address of

the company)……from ……to……do hereby solemnly affirm and declare as under:

1. That I, in the capacity of Authorized Signnatory of ……(name and address of the

company)….,am duly competent to depose and verify the present affidavit.

2. That I apply for Non-conviction Certificate on behalf of M/s. …………..

3. Thar I declare that I am aware of the details of my organization asnd day to day

activities from….to….

4. That I hereby undertake that the Non-Conviction Certificate, if issued, will be

utilized for the bona fide purpose only.

5. I declare that the aforesaid firm is not convicted under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940 and rules thereunder during the last three years.

6. That it is my true statement.

……………………….

Signatature of Deponent

Verification

Verified at………….(Palce and State)……….….today on this………..…..day

of…..(month)….(Year)…..that the contents of the above affidavit are true to my

knowledge and belief and no part of it is false and nothing has been concealed

therefrom.

……………………….

Signature of Deponent]

Witness with Address

1.

2.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

243

1

[FORM 26F

(See rules 73 and 83)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture for sale of drugs specified in Schedule X

1. Certified that licence No ................................ granted on the ................ to ..............

Rules, 1945, at the premises situated at………………………….. has been renewed

from……………………………………. to…………………………

2. Names of drugs (each substance to be separately specified).

3. Names of the approved

2

[competent technical staff].

Date:………

Date of issue……

Signature………….

Designation……….

3

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

1

[FORM 26G

(See rules 122F)

Certificate of renewal of licence to operate a Blood Bank for processing of

whole human blood and/or* for preparation for sale or distribution of its

components

1. Certified that Licence No ....................... . granted on …………….. to M/s……………….

.......................................... for the operation of a Blood Bank for processing of whole human

blood and*/or for preparation of its components at the premises s it u ate d

at........................................... is hereby renewed with effect from……….. to ..................

2. Name(s) of items :

1.

2.

3.

3. Name(s) of competent Technical Staff:

1.

2.

3.

Dated………….

Signature………….

Designation……….

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

244

1

[FORM 26H

(See rules 68A, 76, 77, 78)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture for sale of

2

[Large Volum e

Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA)derived drugs] specified in

Schedules C and C(I) excluding those specified in Schedule X

1. Certified that licence No............................... granted on the .................. to ............ for

the manufacture of following

2

[Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant

DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] at the premises situated at ................................. has been renewed

2. Name(s) of drug(s) ........................................ ……………………………………….

(each item to be separately specified).

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

3. 3.

4. 4.

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

1

[FORM 26-I

(See rules 122-I)

Certificate of renewal of licence for manufacture of blood produc t.

1. Certified that licence no ..................... granted on the .................. to M/s. ........... for

the manufacture of blood products at the premises situated at .............................is hereby

renewed with effect from .........……… to…………………

2. Name(s) of item (s):

1.

2.

3.

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

3. 3.

4. 4.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

245

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

_ * Delete whichever is not applicable.

1

[FORM 26-J

Certificate of renewal of licence for collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and

release of umblical cord blood stem cells.

Certified that licence no ..................... granted on the .................. to M/s. ........... for

collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and release of umblical cord blood stem cells at

the premises situated at .............................is hereby renewed with effect from .........…………..…

to…………………

1. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

1……………..

2……………..

3……………..

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

1

[FORM 26J

(See rules 83A and 83AA)

Certificate of renewal of loan licence to manufacture for sale of Large Volum e

Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs specified in

Schedules C and C(I) excluding those specified in Schedule X

Certified that licence no ..................... granted on the .................. to M/s. ........... for the

manufacture of following Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-

DNA) derived drugs at the premises situated at .............................has been renewed from

.........…………..… to…………………

2. Name(s) of drug (s)……………(Each item to be separately specified)

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

3. 3.

4. 4.

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

1. Ins. by G.S.R 574(E), dt.17.6.2012.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

246

FORM 27

Application for grant or renewal of a

1

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution] of

drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those

specified in

3

[Part XB and] Schedule X]

1 . I / We ........................................................ hereby apply for the grant / renewal of a

licence to manufacture on the premises situated at the undermentioned drugs, being

drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in

3

[Part XB and] Schedule

X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Names of drugs……..………(each item to be separately specified).

2. The names, qualifications and experience of the expert staff responsible for the

manufacture and testing of the above mentioned drugs.

(a) Name (s) of staff responsible for test ....................................

(b) Name (s) of staff responsible for manufacture..........................

3. The premises and plan are ready for inspection/ will be ready for inspection on…..

4. A fee of rupees .................................................... and an inspection fee of rupees

………………has been credited to Government under the head of acc oun t…………….

Date ......................................... Signature………

Designation…...

Note-The application shall be accompanied by a plan of premises.

_

FORM 27A

(See rule 75A)

Application for grant or renewal of a loan

1

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribut i on

of] drugs specified in Schedules C and C(1)

2

[excluding those specified i n

Part XB and Schedule X]

1. I / W e

*

.....................................of

#

.................................................... …..hereby apply

for the grant/ renewal of Loan Licence to manufacture on the premises situated

at C/o

$

………………………………………. the undermentioned drugs, being drugs specified

in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Part XB and Schedule X] to the Drugs

and Cosmetics Rules.

Names of drugs (each substance to be separately specified).

2. The names, qualifications and experience of the expert staff actually connected with

the manufacture and testing of the specified products in the manufacturing premises.

(a) Name (s) of expert staff responsible for manufactur e ..................................

(b) Name (s) of the expert staff responsible for testing ...........................................

3. I /We enclose:

(a) A true copy of a letter from me / us to manufacturing concern whose

manufacturing capacity is intended to be utilized by me / us.

(b) A true copy of a letter from the manufacturing concern that they agree to

lend the services of their competent technical staff, equipment and premises

for the manufacture of each item required by me / us and that they shall

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

247

will analyse every batch of finished product and maintain the registers of raw

materials, finished products and reports of analysis separately on this behalf.

(c) Specimens of labels, cartons of the drugs proposed to be m a nufactured.

4. A fee of Rs ........................................................ has been credited to Government under

the head of acc ount .......................................................... …………………………………….

Date ....................................... Signature .................. ……

Designation………………..

* Enter here name of the proprietor, partners or Managing Director, as the case may be.

# Enter here name of the applicant firm and the address of the principal place of business.

$ Enter here the name and address of the manufacturing concern where the manufacture will be

actually carried out and also the licence number under which the latter operates.

1

[FORM 27B

Application for grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution o f ]

drugs specified in Schedules C, C(I) and X

1. I/We ................... of ........................... hereby apply for the grant/renewal of a licence

to manufacture on the premises situated at…………………………… the undermentioned

drugs, specified in Schedules C, C(I) and X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Names of drugs.

3. The names, qualifications and experience of the expert staff responsible for

the manufacture and testing of the abovementioned drugs.

(a) Name(s) of staff responsible for testing:

(b) Name(s) of staff responsible for manufacture:

4. The premises and plant* are ready for inspection/will be ready for inspection on .....

5. A fee of rupees .......................................... and an inspection fee of rup ee s ......... has

been credited to the Government under the head of a ccount ......................................................

Date.................. Signature……………

Note: The application shall be accompanied by a plan of the premises.]

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

248

1

[FORM 27C

(See rule 122-F)

Application for grant/renewal* of licence for the operation of a Blood Bank for processing of

whole blood and/or* preparation of Blood Components

1. I/We, ................................ of M/s ..................................................... hereby apply for the

grant of licence/renewal of licence number ................................................ dated………….to

operate a Blood Bank, for processing of whole blood and/or* for preparation of its components

on the premises situated at …………………………………………………..

2. Name(s) of the item(s)

1.

2.

3.

3. The name(s), qualification and experience of competent Technical Staff are as under:

(a) Name(s) of Medical Officer.

(b) Name(s) of Technical Supervisor

(c) Name(s) of Registered Nurse.

(d) Name(s) of Blood Bank Technician.

4. The premises and plant are ready for inspection/will be ready for inspection on..... ….

5. A licence fee of rupees .................... and an inspection fee of rup ee s .................. has been

credited to the Government under the Head of Account .......................... (receipt enclosed)

Signature .... …………………

Date d. ........... Name and Designation………

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

Notes:

1. The application shall be accompanied by a plan of the premises, list of machinery and

equipment for collection, processing, storage and testing of whole blood and its

components, memorandum of association/constitution of the firm, copies of certificate

relating to educational qualifications and experience of the competent technical staff and

documents relating to ownership or tenancy of the premises.

2. A copy of the application together with the relevant enclosures shall also be sent to

the Central Licence Approving Authority and to the Zonal/Sub-Zonal Officers

concerned of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization].

1

[FORM 27D

(See rule 75)

Application for grant or renewal of a licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of

2

[Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Va ccine s/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs]

excluding those specified in Schedule X

1. I/We ............................ of ..................................hereby apply for grant/renewal of a

licence to manufacture for sale or distribution on the premises situated at……………..…the

undermentioned

2

[Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA)

derived drugs], specified in Schedules C and C(1) to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Name(s) of drug(s) ......................................... (each item to be separately specified).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

249

3. The name(s), qualifications and experience of the competent technical staff responsible

for the manufacture of the above mentioned drugs.

(a) Name(s) of staff responsible for testing ...................

(b) Name(s) of staff responsible for manufacturing .............

4. The premises and plant are ready for inspection/will be ready for inspection

on………………………

5. A fee of rup ee s .............................. and an inspection fee of rupees .............has been

credited to the Government under the Head of Account......................

Designation.........................

Notes:

1. The application is to be accompanied by a plan of the premises, list of machinery and

equipment to be employed for manufacture and testing, memorandum of

association/constitution of the firm, copies of qualification and experience of

competent technical staff and documents relating to ownership or tenancy of the premises.

2. A copy of the application together with the relevant enclosures shall also be sent

each to the Central Licence Approving Authority and concerned Zonal/Sub-Zonal

Officers of Central Drugs Standard Control Organization].

_

1. Ins. by. G.S.R.119(E), dt. 11-3-1996.

1

[FORM 27DA

(See rule 75A)

Application for grant or renewal of a loan licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of

Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Va ccine s/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs

excluding those specified in Schedule X

1. I/We* ............................ of #..................................hereby apply for grant/renewal of a

loan licence to manufacture on the premises situated at c/o @……………..…the

undermentioned drugs being Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA

(r-DNA) derived drugs specified in Schedules C, C(1) excluding those specified in Schedule X

to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Name(s) of drug(s) .................................. (each item to be separately specified).

3. The name(s), qualifications and experience of the competent technical staff responsible

for the manufacture of the above mentioned drugs.

(a) Name(s) of competent technical staff responsible for testing ...................

(b) Name(s) of competent technical staff responsible for manufacturing .............

4. I /We enclose:

(a) A true copy of a letter from me / us to manufacturing concern whose

manufacturing capacity is intended to be utilized by me / us.

(b) A true copy of a letter from the manufacturing concern that they agree to

lend the services of their competent technical staff, equipment and premises

for the manufacture of each item required by me / us and that they shall

will analyse every batch of finished product and maintain the registers of raw

materials, finished products and reports of analysis separately on this behalf.

(c) Specimens of labels, cartons of the drugs proposed to be m a nufactured.

5. A fee of rup ee s ..............................has been credited to the Government under the Head of

Account......................]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

250

Designation.........................

* Enter here name of the proprietor, prtners or managing director, as may be.

# Enter here nam of the applicant firm and the address of the principal place of business.

@ Enter here the name and address of the manufacturing concern where the manufacture

will be actually carried out and also the license number under which the latter operates.

_

1. Ins. by. G.S.R. 574 (E), dt.07-7-2012.

1

[FORM 27E

(See rule 122F)

Application for grant/renewal* of licence to manufacture blood products for

sale or distribution

1. I/We ........................ of M/s .................................................... hereby apply for

the grant of licence/renewal of licence number ................................................ dated………..

to manufacture Blood products on the premises situated at .......................... ……………….

2. Name(s) of the item(s)

1.

2.

3.

4.

3. The name(s), qualification and experience of competent Technical Staff are as under:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for te s ti ng

1. 1.

2. 2.

3. 3.

4. The premises and plant are ready for inspection/will be ready for inspection on.......

5. A licence fee of rupees ………… ..... ……………….and an inspection fee of rup ee s

............................................................................. has been credited to the Government under th e

Head of Account.................................................. (receipt enclosed)

Signature .... ………….

Date d. ........... Name and Designation........ ….

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

Notes:

1. The application shall be accompanied by a plan of the premises, list of machinery and

association/constitution of the firm, copies of certificate relating to educational

qualifications and experience of the competent technical staff and documents relating to

ownership or tenancy of the said premises.

2. A copy of the application together with the relevant enclosures shall also be sent to

the Central Licence Approving Authority and to the Zonal/Sub-Zonal Officers

concerned of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization].

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

251

1

[FORM 27F

(See rule 122F)

Application for grant/renewal* of licence for collection, processing, testing,

storage, banking and release of umblical cord blood stem cells

1. I/We ........................ of M/s .................................................... hereby apply for

the grant of licence/renewal* of licence number ................................................ dated………..

for collection, processing, testing, storage, banking and release of umblical cord blood stem

cells on the premises situated at .......................... ……………….

2. Name(s), qualification and experinec of competent technical staff are as under:

1. Medical Director

2.Laboratory In-charge

3.Technical Supervisor

4.Cord Blood Bank Technician (s)

3. The premises and plant are ready for inspection/will be ready for inspection on.......

4. A licence fee of rupees ………… ..... ……………….and an inspection fee of rup ee s

............ has been credited to the Government under th e Head of

Account.................................................. (receipt enclosed)

Signature .... ………….

Date d. ........... Name and Designation........ ….

* Delete whichever is not applicable.

Notes:

1. The application shall be accompanied by a plan of the premises, list of machinery and

association/constitution of the firm, copies of certificate relating to educational

qualifications and experience of the competent technical staff and documents relating to

ownership or tenancy of the said premises.

2. A copy of the application together with the relevant enclosures shall also be sent to

the Central Licence Approving Authority and to the Zonal/Sub-Zonal Officers

concerned of the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization].

FORM 28

(See rule 76)

1

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs specified i n

Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

Number of Licence and date of issue .................................................................

1. ………………………………. is hereby licensed to manufacture at the premises

situated at the following drugs, being drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding

those specified in Schedule X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Names of drugs .........................................................

2. Names of approved

3

[competent technical staff].

3. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for sale by

the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence subject to the conditions applicable to

licences for sale.

4. The licence will be in force from .........................................to .......................

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

252

5. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as

may be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics

Act,1940.

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

4

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

*Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of Licence

1 This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2 If the licensee wants to undertake during the currency of the licence the manufacture

any drug specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] not

included above, he should apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement as

provided in rule 75(3). This licence will be deemed to extend to the items so endorsed.

3 Any change in the

3

[competent technical staff] shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing Au t hor it y.

4 The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any change in

the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the

constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a

maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes place unless,

in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in the name

of the firm with the changed constitution.

FORM 28A

(See rule 76-A)

Loan

1

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs specified in Schedules C

and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X]

1. Number of licence and date of issue ............................................................

2. ……………………………………. of............................................ ……………..is

hereby granted a loan licence to manufacture on the premises situated at ……………... C/o

............................................................................ the following drugs being drugs specified in

Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] to the Drugs and Cosmetics

Rules, 1945.

Names of Drugs ......................................................

3. Names of

3

[competent technical staff] ................................................

4

[3A. The licence shall be in force from ............................................ to....................

4. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing by the licensee and

storage for sale by the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence subject to the

conditions applicable to licence for sale.

5 The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions as

may be specified in the Rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,

1940.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

253

Date of issue: ……….

Signature…………

Designation ................

Conditions of Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept

on the approved premises and shall be produced at the request of

an Inspector appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. If the licensee wishes to undertake during the currency of the

licence to manufacture any drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1)

2

[excluding those specified in Schedule X] not included above, he should

apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement to the

licence as provided in rule 75A. This licence will be deemed to extend to

the items so endorsed.

3. Any change in the

3

[competenet technical staff] shall be

forthwith reported to the Licensing Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of

any change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence.

Where any change in the constitution of the firm takes place, the

current licence shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of

three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in the

meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing Authority in

the name of the firm with the changed constitution.

3. Subs. by G.S.R.231(E) dt. 4.6.1996.

4. Added by Notfn. F. No. 1-10/62-D, dated 10.4.1964.

1

[FORM 28B

(See rule 76)

2

[Licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of] drugs specified in

No of Licence…………………………………………………………………………

1. .............................................................. is hereby licensed to manufacture

at the premises situated at .................................................. the following drugs specified

in Schedules C, C(I) and X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Name of drugs………………………………………………

2. Names of

3

[competent technical staff]

3. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for

sale by the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence subject to the

conditions applicable to licence for sale.

4. The licence will be in force...................to ....................................

5. The licence is subject to conditions stated below and to other conditions as

may be specified in the rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Date:………

Signature………….

Designation……….

4

[*Licensing Authority/Central Licence Approving Authority]

*Delete whichever is not applicable

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

254

Conditions of Licence

1. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the approved

premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector appointed under the Drugs

and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. If the licensee wishes to undertake during the currency of the licence

the manufacture of any drug specified in Schedule X not included above, he should

apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement as provided in Rule

75(4). This licence will be deemed to be applicable to the items so endorsed.

3. Any change in the

1

[competent technical staff] shall be forthwith reported to

the Licensing Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under licence. Where any change in

the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes

place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing

Authority in the name of the firm

with the changed

constitution.

5. The licensee shall furnish to the Licensing Authority copies of the invoices

of sales made to dealers.

6. The licensee shall not manufacture drugs specified in Schedule X covered by

this licence for use as ―Physicians Samples‖.]

2. Subs. by G.S.R.788(E) dt. 10.10.1985.

3. Subs. by G.S.R.231(E) dt. 4.6.1996.

1

[FORM 28C

(See rule 122-G)

Licence to operate a Blood Bank for collection, storage and processing of whole

human blood and/or* its components for sale or dis t ribu t ion

l. Number of licence................ date of issue ........................... at the premises

situated at

2. M/s .......................................... is hereby licensed to collect, store, process and

distribute whole blood and/or its components.

3. Name(s) of the item(s) :

1.

2.

4. Name(s) of the Competent Technical Staff:

1.

2.

3.

5. The licence authorises licensee to collect, store, distribute and

processing of whole blood and/or blood components subject to the conditions

applicable to this licence.

6. The licence shall be in force from ................ …………….to..…………..

7. The licence shall be subject to the conditions stated below and to such

other conditions as may be specified from time to time in the Rules made

under Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Dated: ……

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

255

Signature………………………

Name and Des i gna t ion .............

*Licensing Authority/

*Central Licence Approving Authority

* Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of Licence

1. The licensee shall neither collect blood from any professional donor

or paid donor nor shall he prepare blood components from the blood

collected from such a donor.

2. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be displayed

on the approved premises and the original shall be produced at the

request of an Inspector appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3. Any change in the technical staff shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing

Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority and/or Central

Licence approving Authority in writing in the event of any change in the

constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in

the constitution of the firm takes places, the current licence shall be

deemed to be valid for maximum

period of three months from the date on which the change has taken

place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the

Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority in the

name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

5.4.1999.

1

[FORM 28D

(See Rules 76)

Licence to manufacture for saleor for distribution of

2

[Large Volume

Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] specified in

Schedules C and C(I) excluding those specified in Schedule X

Number of licence ............................................... and date of

issue……………………….

1. ................................. is hereby licensed to manufacture at the premises

situated at................................................. the following

2

[Large Volume

Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] specified in

Schedules C and C(1) excluding those specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Name(s) of drug(s).......................(each item to be separately specified).

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

4. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage

for sale

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

256

by the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence, subject to the conditions

applicable to licence for sale.

5. The licence shall be in force from...................................................... t o

6. The licence shall be subject to the conditions stated below and to

such other

conditions as shall be specified in the rules for the time being in force under the

Drugs and

Cosmetics

Act, 1940.

Date: ……..

Signature………

Designation…...

*Licensing Authority/*Central Licence Approving Authority

* Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of Licence

1. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the

approved premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector

appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. If the licensee wishes to undertake during the currency of the licence

to manufacture of any drug specified in Schedule C and/or C(I) excluding those

specified in Schedule X not included above, he should apply to the Licensing

Authority and or Central Licence Approving Authority for the necessary endorsement

as provided in the rules. This licence shall be deemed to extend to the items so

endorsed.

3. Any change in the competent technical staff named in the licence shall be

forthwith reported to the Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving

Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the licensing authority and/or Central Licence

Approving Authority in writing in the event of any change in the constitution of

the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the constitution of the firm

takes place, the current licnece shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of

three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a

fresh licence has been applied along with prescribed fee and necessary documents to the

Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority in the name of the

firm with the changed constitution.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 119(E), dt: 11.3.1 996.

1

[FORM 28DA

Loan licence to manufacture for sale or for distribution of Large Volume

Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs excluding

those specified in Schedule X

Number of licence ............................................... and date of

issue……………………….

1. ................................. of …………………..is hereby granted a loan license to

manufacture o n the premises situated at....................c/o............................. the

following drugs being

2

[Large Volume Parenterals/Sera and Vaccines/recombinant

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

257

DNA (r-DNA) derived drugs] specified in Schedules C and C(1) excluding those

specified in Schedule X to the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

2. Name(s) of drug(s).......................(each item to be separately specified).

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

4. The licence authorises the sale by way of wholesale dealing and storage for

sale by the licensee of the drugs manufactured under the licence, subject to the

conditions applicable to licence for sale.

5. The licence shall be in force from...................................................... to

6. The licence shall be subject to the conditions stated below and to

such other conditions as shall be specified in the rules for the time being in

force under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Date: ……..

Signature………

Designation…...

*Licensing Authority/*Central Licence Approving Authority

* Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of Licence

1. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the

approved premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector

appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. If the licensee wishes to undertake during the currency of the licence

to manufacture of any drug specified in Schedule C and/or C(I) excluding those

specified in Schedule X not included above, he should apply to the Licensing

Authority and or Central Licence Approving Authority for the necessary endorsement

as provided in the rules. This licence shall be deemed to extend to the items so

endorsed.

3. Any change in the competent technical staff named in the licence shall be

forthwith reported to the Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving

Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the licensing authority and/or Central Licence

Approving Authority in writing in the event of any change in the constitution of

the firm operating under the licence. Where any change in the constitution of the firm

takes place, the current licnece shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of

three months from the date on which the change takes place unless, in the meantime, a

fresh licence has been applied along with prescribed fee and necessary documents to the

Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority in the name of the

firm with the changed constitution.]

1

[FORM 28E

(See rule 122 G)

Licence to manufacture and store blood products for sale or dis t ribu ti on.

l. Number of licence ............ date of issue ................................ at the premises

situated at…………………………………....................................................................

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

258

2. M/s ........................................ is hereby licensed to manufacture, store, sell or

distribute the following blood products:-

3. Name(s) of the item(s) :

1.

2.

3.

4. Name(s) of the competent technical staff:

(a) responsible for manufacturing (b) responsible for testing

1. 1.

2. 2.

3. 3.

5. The licence authorises licensee to manufacture, store, sell or distribute

the blood products, subject to the conditions applicable to this licence.

6. The licence shall be in force from ................ to........................

7. The licence shall be subject to the conditions stated below and to such

other conditions as may be specified from time to time in the rules made under

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

………………..

Name and Designation ..

……….

*Licensing Authority/ *Central Licence Approving Authority

* Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of License

1. The licensee shall not manufacture blood products from the blood drawn

from any professional donor or paid donor.

2. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be displayed on

the approved premises and shall be produced at the request

of an Inspector appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3. Any change in the technical staff shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority.

4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority and/or Central

Licence Approving Authority in writing any change in the constitution

of the firm operating under the licence. In the event of any change

in the constitution of the firm, the licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a period of three months from the date on which the change

takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken

from the Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Ap provin g Auth

ority in the name of the firm with the c h anged constitution.]

_

1

[FORM 28F

(See rules 122 F to 122-I, 122K, 122P)

Licence To Collect, Process, Test, Store, Banking And Release Of Umbilical

Cord Blood Stem Cells .

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

259

l. Number of licence ............ date of issue ................................ at the premises

situated at…………………………………....................................................................

2. M/s ........................................ is hereby licensed to collect, process, test, store,

banking and release of umbilical cord blood stem cells.

3. Name(s) of competent technical staff :

1.

2.

3.

4.4. The licence authorises licensee to collect, process, test, store, banking and

release of umbilical cord blood stem cells.

5. The licence shall be in force from ................ to........................

6. The licence shall be subject to the conditions stated below and to such

other conditions as may be specified from time to time in the rules made under

Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

………………..

Name and Designation ..

……….

*Licensing Authority/ *Central Licence Approving Authority

* Delete whichever is not applicable

Conditions of License

1. Umbilical cord blood specific for an individual will be collected after signing an

agreement with the parent(s), whose child‘s umbilical cord blood is to be collected,

and the cord blood bank.

2. Umbilical cord blood shall be collected from hospitals, nursing homes, birthing

centres and from any other place where a consenting mother delivers, under the

supervision of the qualified Registered Medical Practitioner responsible for the

delivery.

3. The licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be displayed on the approved

premises and the original shall be produced at the request of an inspector appointed under

the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

4 . Any change in the technical staff shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority.

5. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority and/or Central

Licence Approving Authority in writing any change in the constitution

of the firm operating under the licence. In the event of any change

in the constitution of the firm, the licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a period of three months from the date on which the change

takes place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken

from the Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Ap provin g Auth

ority in the name of the firm with the c h anged constitution.]

_

FORM 29

(See rule 89)

Licence to manufacture drugs for purposes of examination, test or analysis

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

260

1. …......................of………………… is hereby licensed to

manufacture the drugs specified below for purposes of examination, test or

analysis at………………………………

2. This licence is subject to the conditions prescribed in Part VIII of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

3. This licence shall be in force for one year from date specified below.

Names of drugs

Date : ……… Licensing

Authority………………

FORM 30

(See rule 90)

Application for licence to manufacture drugs for purposes of examination, test

or analysis

1. …………………………………….of .............. …………………by occupation

..................... hereby apply for licence to manufacture the drugs specified below for

purposes of examination, test or analysis at and I undertake to comply with the

conditions applicable to the licence.

Names of Drugs

Date.........................................

Signature…………………..

1

[FORM 31

(See rule 139)

Application for grant or renewal of a

2

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or f or

Distribution]

1 . 1 / We......................................... of. ........................ hereby apply for grant

/renewal of a licence to manufacture on the premises situated at.......... the following

cosmetics :-

2. Names of Cosmetics ......................................................................

3. Names, qualifications and experience of technical staff employed for

manufacture and te sting .......................................................... ………

4. A fee of rupees ...........................................has been credited to

Government under the head of account........................................................

Date...................................... Signature…………..

Note: The application should be accompanied by a plan of the premises.

1. Added by Notfn No.F.1-36/64-D (G.S.R.1183), dt:17.8.1964.

2. Subs. by G..S.R .788 (E), dt. 10.10.1985.

1

[FORM 31A

(See rule138A)

Application for grant or renewal of loan

2

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or

for distribution]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

261

1. I / W e ...............................................of. .............................hereby apply

for gra n t/ r enewal of a loan licence to m a nufacture c o smetics for sale on

following cosmetics :—

2. Names of Cosmetics..............................................................

3. The names, qualifications and experience of the expert shall actually connected

with the manufacture and testing of the specified products in the manufacturing

premises.

4. I /We enclose−

(a) A true copy of a letter from me / us to the manufacturing concern

whose manufacturing capacity is intended to be utilized by me / us.

(b) A true copy of a letter from the *manufacturing concern that they agree to

lend the services of their competent technical staff, equipment and premises for

the manufacture of each item required by me / us and that they will analyse every

batch of and maintain the registers of raw materials , finished products and

reports of analysis separately in this behalf.

(c) specimen of labels, cartons of the products proposed to be manufactured.

5. A fee of rup ee s ......................................................... has been credited to

Government under the head of account..........................................................

Date…………. Signature…………

*Enter here the name and address of the manufacturing concern where the manufacture

will be actually carried out and also their licence number.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

1

[FORM 32

(See rule140)

2

[Licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for distribution]

Number of Licence and date of issue

1 ...…………………is hereby licensed to manufacture on the premises

situated at

........................................... the following cosmetics under the supervision of the

following technical staff:-

(a) Names of cosmetics.

(b) Names of technical staff

2. The licence shall remain in force from…………..to…………(both days inclusives)

3. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other conditions

as may be specified in the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Date.......................................... Signature ..............

Designation ............

Conditions of

Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the

approved premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector

appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

262

2. Any change in the technical staff shall be forthwith

reported to the Licensing Authority.

3. If the licensee wants to manufacture for sale of additional items he should

apply to the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement to the licence

as provided in rule 138 (3). This licence shall be deemed to extend to the cosmetics so

endorsed.

3

[4. The licensee shall inform the Licensing Authority in writing in the event of any

change in the constitution of the firm operating under the licence. Where any change

in the constitution of the firm takes place, the current licence shall be deemed to be

valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the change takes

place unless, in the meantime, a fresh licence has been taken from the Licensing

Authority in the name of the firm with the changed constitution.]

1. Added by Notfn No.F.1-36/64-D, dt:17.8.1964.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10.10.1985.

3. Added by S.O. 903, dt. 10-2-1976.

1

[FORM 32A

(See rule 139B)

Loan

2

[licence to manufacture cosmetics for sale or for dis t ribution]

1. Number of Licence and date of issue…………………………

2 . ................................................of. ............................................. is hereby granted

a loan licence to manufacture the following cosmetics on the premises situated

at ..............................................................C/o............................................ under the

direction and personal supervision of the following technical staff:

(a) Names of technical staff.

(b) Names of cosmetics.

3. The licence shall remain in force from ........................... to ..................

4. The licence is subject to the conditions stated below and to such other

conditions as are specified in the rules for the time being in force under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

Date.................................... Signature ..................

Conditions of

Licence

1. This licence and any certificate of renewal in force shall be kept on the

approved premises and shall be produced at the request of an Inspector

appointed under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

2. Any change in the technical staff shall be forthwith reported to the

Licensing Authority.

3. If the licensee wants to manufacture for sale additional items he should apply to

the Licensing Authority for the necessary endorsement to the licence as

provided in rule 138A(5).This licence shall be deemed to extend to

the cosmetics so endorsed.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 788 (E), dt. 10.10.1985.

1

[FORM 33

(See rule 141)

Certificate of renewal of licence to manufacture cosmetics for sal e

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

263

1. Certified that licence No………………….granted on the……………………….

at the premises situated at……………………has been renewed

from……………and shall expire on……………………………

2. Names of cosmetics.

3. Names of technical staff

Date…………….. Signature……………..

Designation……………]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 1183, dt. 17.8.1964.

1

[FORM 33A

(See rule 141-A)

Certificate of renewal of loan licence to manufacture cosmetic for sale

1. Certified that loan licence No………….granted on the ………………..

. to……………………for the manufacture for sale of the following

cosmetics at the premises situated at C/o………………………………………has

been renewed from…………………………………to .......................................................

2. Names of cosmetics.

3. Names of technical staff.

Date……… Signature………..

Designation………]

1. Added by G.S.R. 444, dt. 28-4-1973.

1

[FORM 34

(See rules 131 and 150)

Certificate of test or analysis of cosmetic by the Central Drugs Laboratory or the

Government Analyst

1. Name of the officer or Inspector from whom received ........................................

2. Serial number and date of the Officer's / Inspector's memorandum ..................

3. Number of samp le ....................................................

4. Date of receip t ........................................................

5. Name of the Cosmetic purporting to be contained in the sample………….

6. Condition of seals on the

2

[packet or on portion of sample or container]

7. Results of test or analysis :— The sample of cosmetics—

(a) contains a prescribed colour only/does not contain a prescribed colour.

(b) does not contain harmful ingredients/ contains harmful ingredients

(c) conforms/does not conform to claims m,ade on the label as to the nature and quality

of the cosmetics.

3

[(d) contains not more than …………….parts per million of Lead and ………..parts

per million of Arsenic……………../contains more than ………………parts per

million of Lead and ………parts per million of Arsenic.]

Date……

Director…………………..

Central Drugs Laboratoy/Government Analyst]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

264

1. Added by Notfn No.F.1-36/64-D (G.S.R 1183), dt:17.8.1964.

1

[FORM 35

2

[See Rules 65, 67-G, 74, 74A, 74B, 78, 78A, 85H, 122P, 142, 142-B,

150E, 158 and 158A]

Form in which the Inspection Book shall be ma i n t a i ned

(A) The cover of the Inspection Book shall contain the following particulars, namely :—

1. The name and address of the licensee..........................................................

2. Licence number and the date upto which the licence is valid .............................

(B) (i) The pages of the Inspection Book shall be serially numbered and duly

stamped by the Licensing Authority. The pages, other than the first and the last

pages, shall have the following particulars:--

Name and designation of the Inspector who inspects the premises of the licensee:−

Date of Inspection........................

Observations of the Inspector .................

Signature of the Insp ect or

(ii) The first and last pages of the Inspection Book shall be endorsed by the Licensing

Authority with the following words, namely:—

Inspection Book maintained by M/s………………………………………………

situated at ………… for licence number ………… in Form ……….. under the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

Seal and Signature of the Licensing Authority.

Notes:-

(i) Printed copy of the Inspection Book may be obtained by the licensee from the

Licensing Authority on payment.

(ii) The Inspection Book shall be maintained at the premises of the licensee.

(iii) The observations made by the Drug Inspector shall be in triplicate. The

original copy shall be retained in the Inspection Book to be maintained in the

premises of the licensee. The duplicate copy shall be sent to the Licensing

Authority. The triplicate copy shall be taken as record by the Inspector.

1. Added by Notfn. No.F.1-14/68-D (G.S.R. 3869), dt. 26.10.1968.

1

[FORM 36

(See rule 150B)

Application for grant or renewal of approval for carrying out tests on drugs/

cosmetics or raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees

for manufacture for sale of drugs /c osme tics

(1) *I/We………………………………….of………………………….hereby apply

for the grant or renewal of approval for carrying out tests of identity, purity,

quality and strength on the following categories of drugs / items of cosmetics or

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

265

raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees for manufacture

for sale of drugs / cosmetics.

(2) *Categories of drugs, items of cosmetics:

(a) Drugs other than those specified in Schedules C and C (1) and also

excluding Homoeopathic Drugs:-

1. Crude vegetable drugs.

2. Mechanical contraceptives.

3. Surgical dressings.

4. Drugs requiring the use of ultravoilet /

Infra Red. or Chromatography.

5. Disinfectants.

6. Other drugs.

(b) Drugs specified in Schedules C and C (1):—

1. Sera, Vaccines, Antigens, Toxins, Antitoxins,

Toxoids, Bacteriophages and similar

Immunological Products.

2. Antibiotics.

3. Vitamins

4. Parenteral preparations.

5. Sterilized surgical ligature / suture.

6. Drugs requiring the use of animals for their test.

7. Drugs requiring microbiological tests.

8. Drugs requiring the use of Ultravoilet/ Infra Red/ Spectrophotomete

or Chromatography.

9. Other drugs.

(c) Homoeopathic drugs.

(d) Cosmetics.

(3) Name, qualifications and experience of expert staff employed for testing

and the person-in-charge of testing.

(4) List of testing equipments

provided.

(5) *I/We enclose a plan of the testing premises showing the location and area

of the different sections thereof.

(6) An inspection fee of rupees ........................................................has been

credited to Government under the Head of Account...................................................

Date.......................... Signature………]

* Delete whichever is not applicable

1. Ins. by Notfn. No .X. 11014/7/76-D&MS (G.S.R 1172), dt. 23-8-1977.

1

[FORM 37

(See rule 150C)

Approval for carrying out tests on drugs / cosmetics and raw materials used in their

manu f a ct ur e on behalf of licensees for manufacture for sale of drugs /c osme tics

Number of approval and date of issue:…………………………

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

266

(1) Approval is hereby granted t o ............................................................... …….for

carrying out tests for identity, purity, quality and strength on the following categories

of drugs/items of cosm etic s a n d the ra w m a terials use d in the m a nufac ture

thereof on the pre m ise s situat ed ..........................................................................

Categories of drugs / items of cosmetics

(2) Names of

2

[competent technical staff] employed for testing and the

person-in- charge of testing.

(3) The approval shall be in force from ......................................... to........................

(4) The approval is subject to the conditions stated below and such other

conditions as may be specified in the rules for the time being in force under the Act.

Date..................................... Signature ...................................

Designation ................................

Conditions of

Approval

(1) This approval and any certificate of renewal in Form 38 shall be kept in the

approved premises and shall be produced at the request of the Inspectors appointed

under the Act.

(2) If the approved institution wishes to undertake during the currency of the

approval the testing of any other category of drugs or items of cosmetics it should

apply to the approving authority for necessary endorsement as provided in rule

150-B.This approval will be deemed to extend to the item so endorsed.

(3) Any change in the analytical staff or in the person-in-charge of the testing

shall be forthwith reported to the approving authority.

3

[(4) The approved institution shall inform the approving authority in writing in the

event of any change of the constitution of the institution operating under this Form.

Where any change in the constitution of the institution takes place, the current approval

shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on

which the change takes place unless in the meantime, a fresh approval has been taken

from the approving authority in the name of the institution with the changed

constitution.]

3. Ins. by G.S.R. 681 (E), dt. 5-12-1980.

1

[FORM 38

(See rule 150J)

Certificate of renewal of approval for carrying out tests on drugs / cosmetics and raw

mater i als used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees for manufacture for

sale of drugs / cosmetics

(1) Certified that approval number .................................. granted on the

.............................................................................................. for carrying out tests of

identity, purity, quality and strength on the following categories of drugs/ items

of cosmetics and the raw materials used in the manufacture thereof at the premises

situated at…………………………has been renewed from…………….to ...................

Categories of drugs/items of cosmetics

………………………..

……………………………

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

267

(2) Names of

2

[competent technical staff] and person-in-charge of testing.

Date ............................... Signature.......……….

Designation…………..

1. Ins. By G.S.R. 1172, dt:23.8.1977.

1

[FORM 39

[See rule150E(f)]

Report of test or analysis by approved institution

(1) Name of manufacturer from whom sample received together

with his manufacturing licence number under the Act and under the rules

made thereunder.

(2) Reference number and date of the letter from the manufacturer under

which the sample was forwarded.

(3) Date of receipt of the sample.

(4) Name of drug / cosmetics / raw material purporting to be contained in the

sample.

(5) Details of raw material/final product in bulk/final product (in finished

pack)* as obtained from the manufacturer:

(a) Original manufacturer's name in the case of raw materials

and drugs repacked.

(b) Batch number.

2

[(c) Batch size as represented by sample.]

(d) Date of manufacture, if any.

(e) Date of expiry, if any.

(6) Results of test or analysis with protocols of test or analysis applied.

In the opinion of the undersigned, the sample referred to above is *of

standard quality/is not of standard quality as defined in the Act and the rules made

thereunder for the reasons given below.

Date.................................. ......................................................

Signature of Person-in-charge of

testing

Note:- Final product includes repacked material.

*Delete whichever is not applicable

1. Ins. By G.S.R. 1172, dt:23.8.1977.

1

[Forms 40 to 43

(Pertaining to Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani drugs replaced by Forms Nos

.47 to 50.)

1

[FORM 40

(See rule 24-A)

Application for issue of Registration Certificate for import of drugs into India under

the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

268

I/W e * ……………………………… (Name and full address) hereby apply for the

grant of Regi stration Certificate for the manufacturer, M/s……….……. (full address with

telephone, fax and E-mail address of the foreign manufacturer) for his premises, and

manufactured drugs meant for import into India.

1. Names of drugs for registration.

2

[***]

2. I/We enclose herewith the information and undertakings specified in Schedule

D (1) and Schedule D(II) duly signed by the manufacturer for

grant of Registration Certificate for the premises stated below.

3. A fee of_______________for registration of premises, the particulars

Government under the Head of Account "0210-Medical and Public Health, 04-Public

Health, 104-Fees and Fines‖ under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945-Central vide

Challan No.________ dated__________________(attached in original).

4. A fee of__________________for registration of the drugs for

import as specified at Serial No. 2 above has been credited to the Government

under the Head of Account "0210-Medical and Public Health, 04-Public Health,

104-Fees and Fines" under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945-Central vide

Challan No._______, dated___________. (attached in original).

5. Particulars of premises to be registered where manufacture is

carried on: Address (es)………………..

Telephone No………………..

Fax……………………………

E-mail……………………….

I/We* undertake to comply with all terms and conditions required to

obtain Registration Certificate and to keep it valid during its validity period.

Place:

Date:

Signature

Name

Designation ____________________

Seal/Stamp of manufacturer or his authorised Agent

in India.

(Note: In case the applicant is an authorised agent of the manufacturer in India, the Power of

Attorney is to be enclosed).

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

1

[FORM 41

(See rule 27 A)

Regist ration

Certificate

Registration Certificate to be issued for import of drugs into India under Drugs

and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

Registration Certificate No…………. Date……

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

269

M/s ___________________________________ (Name and full address of registered

office) having factory premises at……..(full address) has been registered under

rule 27-A as a manufacturer and is hereby issued this Registration Certificate.

2. Name (s) of drugs which may be imported under this Registration Certificate:

2

[***]

3. This Registration Certificate shall be in force from

__________ to_unless it is sooner suspended or cancelled under the rules.

4. This Registration Certificate is issued through the office of the manufacturer

or his authorised agent in India M/s (name and full address)________ who

will be responsib le for t h e business activities of t h e manufacturer, in India in all

respects.

5. This Registration Certificate is subject to the conditions, stated below

and to such other conditions as may be specified in the Act and the

rules, from time to time.

Place……….

Date………….

Licensing Authority

Seal/Stamp

Conditions of the Registration Certificate.

1. The Registration Certificate shall be displayed at a prominent place by the

authorised agent.

2. No drug shall be registered unless it has a free sale approval in the country of

origin, and/or in other major countries.

3. The manufacturer or his authorised agent in India shall comply with the

conditions of the import licence issued under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

4. The manufacturer or his authorised agent in India shall inform the licensing

authority forthwith in the event of any administrative action taken due to adverse

reaction, viz. market withdrawal, regulatory restrictions, or cancellation of

authorization, and/or not of standard quality report of any drug pertaining

to this Registration Certificate declared by the Regulatory Authority of the

country of origin or by any Regulatory Authority of any other country, where the drug

is marketed/sold or distributed.

The dispatch and marketing of the drug in such cases shall be stopped

immediately, and the licensing authority shall be informed immediately. Further

action in respect of such stopped marketing of drug shall be followed as per the

direction of the licensing authority. In such cases, action equivalent to that taken with

reference to the concerned drug in the country of origin or in the country of marketing

shall be followed in India also, in consultation with the licensing authority. The

licensing authority may, however, direct any further modification to this course of

action, including the withdrawal of the drug from Indian market within 48 hours

time period.

5. The manufacturer or his authorised agent in India shall inform the licensing

authority within 30 days in writing in the event of any change in manufacturing process,

or in packaging, or in labelling or in testing, or in documentation of any of the

drugs pertaining to this Registration Certificate.

In such cases, where there shall be any major change/modification in

manufacturing, or in processing or in testing, or in documentation as the case may be,

at the discretion of the licensing authority, the manufacturer or his authorised agent in

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

270

India shall obtain necessary approval within 30 days by submitting a separate

application along with the registration fee, as specified in clause (ii) of sub-rule (3) of

rule 24-A.

6. The manufacturer or his authorised agent in India shall inform the

licensing authority immediately in writing in the event of any change in the

constitution of the firm and / or address of the registered office / factory premises

operating under this Registration Certificate. Where any such change in the

constitution of the firm and/or address takes place, the current Registration Certificate

shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date

on which the change has taken place unless, in the meantime, a fresh

Registration Certificate has been taken from the licensing authority in the

name of the firm with the changed constitution of the firm and/or

changed address of the registered office or factory premises.]

2. Figures 1,2,3 omitted by G.S.R. 32, dt. 20.1.2005.

1

[FORM 42

(See rule 129A)

Application for issue of Registration Certificate for import of cosmetics into India

under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

I/W e * ……………………………… (Name and full address) hereby apply for the

grant of Regi stration Certificate for the manufacturer, M/s……….……. (full address with

telephone, fax and E-mail address of the foreign manufacturer) for his premises, and

manufactured cosmetics meant for import into India.

1. Name of cosmetics along with their brand name and pack size(s) and variants for

registration.

(1)……………… (4)………………..

(2)………………. (5)………………..

(3)………………. (6)………………...

2. I/We* enclose herewith the information and undertakings specified in

Schedule D (III) duly signed by the manufacturer for grant of Registration Certificate

for the premises stated below.

Government under the Head of Account "0210-Medical and Public Health, 04-Public

Health, 104-Fees and Fines‖ under the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945-Central vide

Challan No.________ dated__________________(attached in original).

4. Particulars of premises to be registered where manufacture is carried on:

Address (es)………………..

Telephone No………………..

Fax………………..

E-mail……………………….

I/We* undertake to comply with all terms and conditions required to

obtain Registration Certificate and to keep it valid during its validity period.

Place:…….

Date:……..

Signature……………..

Name…………………

Designation………….

Seal/Stamp of manufacturer or his authorised Agent in India.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

271

(Note: In case the applicant is an authorised agent of the manufacturer in India, the Power of

Attorney is to be enclosed).

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 4 2 6 (E) dt. 19-5-2010, read with corrigendum G.S.R263(E) dt:30.3.2011, corrigendum G.S.R.

1

[FORM 43

(See rule 129C)

Regist ration Certificate

Registration Certificate to be issued for import of cosmetics into India under

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

Registration Certificate No…………. Date……………..…

M/s ___________________________________ (Name and full address of registered

office)…………….having factory premises at … … … … . . ( full address) has been

registered under rule 1 2 9 A as a manufacturer and is hereby issued this

Registration Certificate.

2. Name (s) of cosmetics, along with thrir brand names and pack size(s) and variants

which may be imported under this Registration Certificate:

(1)……………………

(2)……………………

(3)……………………

3. This Registration Certificate shall be in force from ……

to…………..unless it is sooner suspended or cancelled under the rules.

4. This Registration Certificate is issued through the office of the manufacturer or

his authorised agent or importer in India or by the subsidiary in India authorized by

the manufacturer, namely.-M/s (name and full address)________ who shall be

responsib le for t h e business activities of t h e manufacturer, in India in all

respects.

5. This Registration Certificate is subject to the conditions, stated below

and to such other conditions as may be specified in the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940 and the rules made thereunder, from time to time in this regard..

Place……….

Date………….

Licensing Authority

Seal/Stamp

Conditions of the Registration Certificate.

1. The Registration Certificate shall be produced by the authorised

importer/distributor/agent as and when required by the licensing authority/regulatory

authority.

2. The manufacturer or his authorised importer/distributor/agent in India shall

inform the licensing authority forthwith in the event of any administrative action

taken namely, market withdrawal, regulatory restrictions, or cancellation of

authorization, and/or not of standard quality report of any cosmetic

pertaining to this Registration Certificate declared by the Regulatory

Authority of the country of origin or by any Regulatory Authority of any

other country, where the cosmetic is marketed/sold or distributed.

The dispatch and marketing of the cosmetic in such cases shall be stopped

immediately, and the licensing authority shall be informed immediately. Further

action in respect of such stopped marketing of drug shall be followed as per the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

272

direction of the licensing authority. In such cases, action equivalent to that taken with

reference to the concerned cosmetic in the country of origin or in the country of

marketing shall be followed in India also, in consultation with the licensing authority.

The licensing authority may, however, direct any further modification to this

course of action, including the withdrawal of the c o s m e t i c from Indian market

within 48 hours time period.

3. The manufacturer or his authorised agent/importer/distributor or subsidiary in

India shall inform the licensing authority within 30 days in writing in the event of

additional variants/additional cosmetic category/additional manufacturing location or

any change in labeling or in testing, or in documentation of any of the

In such cases, where there shall be additional variants/additional cosmetic

category/additional manufacturing location, as the case may be, at the discretion of the

licensing authority, the manufacturer or his authorised

agent/importer/distributor/subsidary in India shall apply for necessary approval within

30 days by submitting a separate application along with the registration fee.

4. The manufacturer or his authorised agent in India shall inform the

licensing authority immediately in writing in the event of any change in the

constitution of the firm and / or address of the registered office / factory premises

operating under this Registration Certificate. Where any such change in the

constitution of the firm and/or address takes place, the current Registration Certificate

shall be deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date

on which the change has taken place unless, in the meantime, a fresh

Registration Certificate has been taken from the licensing authority in the

name of the firm with the changed constitution of the firm and/or

changed address of the registered office or factory premises.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 4 2 6 (E) dt. 19-5-2010, read with corrigendum G.S.R263(E) dt:30.3.2011, corrigendum G.S.R.

1

[FORM 44

(See rules 122A, 122B, 122D and 122 DA)

Application for grant of permission to import or manufacture a New Drug or to

und e r t a ke clinical trial.

(address) hereby apply for grant of permission for import of and/or clinical trial or

for approval to manufacture a new drug or fixed dose combination or subsequent

permission for already approved new drug. The necessary information / data is given

below :

1. Particulars of new drug :

(1) Name of the drug.

(2) Dosage form.

(3) Composition of the formulation :

(4) Test specification.

(i) active ingredients.

(ii) inactive ingredients.

(5) Pharmacological classification of the drug.

(6) Indications for which proposed to be used.

(7) Manufacturer of the raw material (bulk drug substances).

(8) Patent status of the drug.

2. Data submitted along with the application (as per Schedule Y with indexing

and page numbers:)

A. Permission to market a new drug :

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

273

(1) Chemical and Pharmaceutical information.

(2) Animal Pharmacology.

(3) Animal Toxicology.

(4) Human / Clinical Pharmacology (Phase I).

(5) Exploratory Clinical Trials (Phase II).

(6) Confirmatory Clinical Trials (Phase III) (including published review

articles)

(7) Bio-availability, dissolution and stability study data.

(8) Regulatory status in other countries.

(9) Marketing information :

(a) Proposed product monograph.

(b) Drafts of labels and cartons.

(10) Application for test licence.

2

[(11) New Chemical Entity and Global Clinical Trial-

(a) Assessment of risk versus benefit to the patients

(b) Innovation vis-à-vis existing therapeutic option

(c) Unmet medical need in the country.]

B. Subsequent approval / permission for manufacture of already approved new

drug :

(a) Formulation:

(1) Bio-availability / bio-equivalence protocol.

(2) Name of the investigator/center.

(3) Source of raw material (bulk drug substances) and stability study data.

(b) Raw material (bulk drug substances):

(1) Manufacturing method.

(2) Quality control parameters and/or analytical specification, stability report.

(3) Animal toxicity data.

C. Approval / Permission for fixed dose combination:

(1) Therapeutic Justification.

(authentic literature in

3

[pre-reviewed journals]/text books)

(2) Data on pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics combination.

(3) Any other data generated by the applicant on the safety and

efficacy of the combination.

D. Subsequent Approval or approval for new indication - new dosage form:

(1) Number and date of Approval / permission already granted.

(2) Therapeutic justification for new claim / modified dosage form

(3) Data generated on safety, efficacy and quality parameters.

A total fee of rupees ............................................ (in words) ............................. has been

credited to the Government under the Head of Account............................... (Photocopy of

receipt is enclosed).

Dated : ..... Signature…….

Designat ion…………….

Note: *Delete whichever is not applicable.

_

1. Forms 44 to 46 A ins. by No.G.S.R. 900 (E), dt. 12.12.2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

274

1

[FORM 45

(See rules 122 A, 122 D and 122 DA)

Permission to import Finished Formulation of a New Drug

Number of the permission and date of issue……………………………………………..

M/s ..................................................................... of……………………………………….

(address) is hereby permitted to import the following new drug formulation under rule

122 A /122 D/122 DA of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

(1) Name of the New Drug :

(2) Dosage form :

(3) Composition :

(4) Indications :

Dated:...............

Signature............................

Name and designation of Licensing Authority

Conditions for Grant of Approval / Permission.

(1) The formulation shall conform to the specifications approved by the

Licensing Authority.

(2) The proper name of the drug shall be printed or written in indelible ink

and shall appear in a more conspicuous manner than the trade name, if any, which

shall be shown immediately after or under the proper name on the label of the

innermost container of the drug or every other covering in which the container is

packed.

(3) The label of the innermost container of the drug and every other covering in

which the container is packed shall bear a conspicuous red vertical line on the

left side running throughout the body of the label which shall not be less than 1

mm in width and without disturbing the other conditions printed on the label to

depict it as prescription drug.

(4) The label on the immediate container of the drug as well as the packing in which

the container is enclosed should contain the following warning:

"WARNING : To be sold by retail on the prescription of a .............................. Only."

2

[(5) Post marketing surveillance study shall be conducted during initial period

of two years of marketing of the new drug formulation, after getting the protocol

and the names of the investigator duly approved by the Licensing Authority.]

(6) All reported adverse reactions related to the drug shall be intimated to the

Drugs Controller, India and Licensing Authority and regulatory action resulting from

their review should be complied with.

(7) No claims except those mentioned above shall be made for the drug without the

prior approval of the Licensing Authority.

(8) Specimen of the carton, labels, package insert that will be adopted for

marketing the drug in the country shall be got approved from the Licensing Authority

before the drugs is marketed.

(9) Each consignment of imported drug shall be accompanied by a test/analysis

report.

_

1. Ins. by No.G.S.R. 900 (E), dt. 12.12.2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

275

1

[FORM 45A

(See rules 122A and 122 DA)

Permission to import raw material (new bulk drug substance)

Number of the permission and date of issue…………………………………………….

is hereby permitted to import the following raw material (new bulk drug substances)

under rule 122 A / 122DA of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, namely :-

Name of the raw material (new bulk drug substances):

(1) ............................................

(2) .............................................

(3) ............................................

Dated .................. Signature ..............

Name and Designation of the Licensing Authority……………

Conditions for Grant of Approval / P e rmission

(1) The raw material (new bulk drug substance) shall conform to the test

specifications as approved by the Licensing Authority.

(2) For manufacture of raw material (new bulk drug substance) or its

formulation in the country, separate approval under rule 122-B shall be obtained

from the Licensing Authority.

(3) The permission to import shall not be used to convey or imply that the raw

material

(new bulk drug) is categorized as "life saving or essential drug."]

_

1

[FORM 46

(See rules 122 B, 122 D and 122 DA)

Permission / Approval for manufacture of new drug f ormula ti on

Number of permission and date of issue ....................... ………………………………. M/s

of ............................................ (address) is hereby granted Permission/Approval to

manufacture following new drug formulation under rule 122B/122D/122DA of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945, namely :-

(1) Name of the formulation:

(2) Dosage form:

(3) Composition:

(4) Indications:

Dated ……………. Signature ......

Name and designation of Licensing Athority……….

Conditions for Grant of Approval / Permission.

(1) The formulation shall conform to the specifications approved by the

Licensing Authority.

(2) The proper name of the drug shall be printed or written in indelible ink and

shall appear in a more conspicuous manner than the trade name, if any, which shall

be shown immediately after or under the proper name on the label of he

innermost container of the drug or every other covering in which the container is

packed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

276

(3) The label of the innermost container of the drug and every other covering

in which the container is packed shall bear a conspicuous red vertical line on the left

side running throughout the body of the label which shall not be less than 1 mm in

width and without disturbing the other conditions printed on the label to depict it

as prescription drug.

(4) The label on the immediate container of the drug as well as the packing in

which the container is enclosed should contain the following warning:

"WARNING : To be sold by retail on the prescription of a ........................... only."

2

[(5) Post marketing surveillance study shall be conducted during initial

period of two years of marketing of the new drug formulation, after getting the

protocol and the names of the investigator duly approved by the Licensing Authority.]

(6) All reported adverse reactions related to the drug shall be intimated to the

Drugs Controller, India and Licensing Authority and regulatory action resulting from

their review should be complied with.

(7) No claims except those mentioned above shall be made for the drug without

the prior approval of the Licensing Authority.

(8) Specimen of the carton, labels, package insert that will be adopted for

marketing the drug in the country shall be got approved from the Licensing Authority

before the drug is marketed.

_

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 900 (E), dt. 12.12.2001.

2. Subs by G.S.R.101(E), dt. 18.2.2011.

1

[FORM 46A

(See rules 122 B and 122 DA)

Permission/ Approval for manufacture of raw material

(new bulk drug substance )

Name of the permission/ approval and date of i ssu e ..................................

M/s ............................................ of........................................... (address) is hereby

granted Permission/Approval to manufacture the following raw material (new

bulk drug substance) under rule 122B / 122DA of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945.

Name of the raw material (new bulk drug subs tance ):

(1) ..................................................................

(2) ................................................................

(3) …...............................................................

Dated .............. Signature ..........................

Name and designation of Licensing Authority.

Conditions for Grant of Permission /Appro v al

(1) The raw material (new bulk drug substance) shall conform to the

specifications approved by the Licensing Authority.

(2) The raw material (new bulk drug substance) can be sold to only those

manufacturers who have permission, in writing, from Licensing Authority, either to use

the drug for development purpose/clinical trial-bio-equivalence study or to manufacture

the formulation.

(3) For manufacture of the formulation in the country, separate approval under

rule 122B shall be obtained from the Licensing Authority.]

1. Ins. by No.G.S.R. 900 (E), dt. 12.12.2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

277

1

[FORM 47

(See rule 160 A)

Application for grant or renewal of approval for carrying out tests on Ayurvedic,

Siddha and Unani drugs or raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on

behalf of licensees f or manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

drugs

1. *I/We................................................ of .................................... hereby apply

for the grant/renewal of approval for carrying out tests of identity, purity, quality and

strength on the following categories of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs or raw

materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensee for manufacture for

sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs.

2. *Categories of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs other than those specified in the

First Schedule to this Act for which testing will be carried out:

AYURVEDA AND SIDDHA UNANI

1. Asava and Arista 1. Nabeez, Khal (Sirka)

2. Arka-Tinir 2. Majoon and its sub-categories

Itrifal, Jawarish, Khameera,

Laooq, Halwar

3. Avaleha and Paka-Ilakam 3. Sufoof, Zuroor, Sunoon.

4. Kavatha Curna-Kutinir Curanam 4. Namak, Khar

5. Guggulu 5. Raughan

6. Ghrita-Ney 6. Zimad

7 Churna-Curanam 7. Habb (Pill)

8. Taila-Tailam 8. Shiyaf

9. Dravaka-Tiravakam 9. Qutoor (drops)

10. Lavana-Uppu 10. Kohal (Surma), Kajal

11. Kshara-Saram 11. Satt, Usara

12. Lepa-Pacai 12. Kushta

13. Vati, Gutika-Kulikai 13. Joshanda (Single drugs)

14. Vartti 14. Sharbat Sikanjabeen

15. Netrabindu (Aschyotan) 15. Sayyal, Arq (Distillates)

16. Anjana-Kanmai 16. Qurs (Tablet)

17. Sattva-Sattu 17. Marham, Qairooti

18. Kupipakva Rasayana-Kuppi Centuram 18. Humool, Furzaja

19. Parpati 19. Bakhoor

20. Pishti 20. Nabati Advia

21. Bhasma-Parpam 21. Maadni Advia

22. Mandura-Atai kutinir 22. Asjad Advia

23. Rasay oga-C entur am 23. Haiwani Advia

24. Lauha 24. Jauhar

25. Ghana Sattva 25. Natool

26. Kvath Pravahi- Kutinir 26. Nashooq, Naswar

27. Panak (Syrup)-Manappaku 27. Shamoom

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

278

28. Tablet-Mattirai 28. Saoot (Nasal drops)

29. Capsule 29. Mazoogh

30. Ointment- Kalimapu 30. Tila

31. Phalavarti 31. Lashooq

32. Dhoomravarti/Doopan 32. Gulqand

33. Kshar Sutra/Kshar Varti 33. Fateela

34. Single drugs: 34. Ghaza, Utban, Sasbhh

(a) Plant based

(b) Mineral based

(c) Metal based

(d) Animal based

(e) Synthetic

(f) Any other Ayurvedic, Siddha, Unani formulation

35. Pushp (Phool) 35. Capsule

36. Nasya 36. Huqna

37. Swarasa (Fresh juice) 37. Naurah

38. Karna Bindu (Ear drops) 38. Latookh

39. Any other dosage of Patent and 39. Vajoor (Throat paint)

Proprietary and Ayurvedic, Siddha,

Unani Drug

40. Mazmazah (Mouth washer)

(3) Names, qualifications and experience of experts employed for testing and

the person in-charge of testing.

(4) List of testing equipment provided.

(5) *I/We enclose a plan of the testing premises showing the location and area

of the different sections thereof.

(6) An inspection fee of rupees .......................... has been credited to Government

under the head of accoun t .............................

Dated…………

Signature……….

Full address of the Applicant

*Delete which is not applicable.

1

[FORM 48

(See Rule 160 B)

Approval for carrying out tests or analysis on Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs or

raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees for manufacture

for sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs

Number of approval and date of issue…………………

1. Approval is hereby granted to .........................................................for carrying

out tests in identity, purity, quality and strength on the following categories of

Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs and the raw materials used in the manufacture

thereof on the premises situated at ..............................................................

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

279

Categories of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs.

2. Name of experts employed for testing and the person-in-charge of te sting

………………………………(experts) and……………………… (person in-charge).

3. The approval shall be in force from ......................... to.....................................

4. The approval is subject to the conditions stated below and such other

conditions as may be specified in the rules for the time being in force under the Act.

Date ............................ Signature .....................

Place ........................... Designation ....................

Seal of State Licensing Authority

Conditions of appro v al

(1) This approval and any certificate of renewal in Form 49 shall be displayed

in the approved prem i ses and s h all be produced at the request of the

Inspectors appointed under the Act.

(2) If the applicant wishes to undertake during the currency of the approval the

testing of any other category of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs it should apply to

the approving authority for necessary endorsement as provided in Rule 160A. This

approval will be deemed to extend to the items so endorsed.

(3) Any change in the experts or in the person in-charge of the testing

shall be forthwith reported to the approving authority.

(4) The applicant shall inform the approving authority in writing in the event of

any change of the constitution of the laboratory operating under this Form. Where any

change in the constitution of the laboratory takes place, the current approval shall be

deemed to be valid for a maximum period of three months from the date on which the

change takes place unless in the meantime, a fresh approval has been taken from the

approving authority in the name of the laboratory with the changed constitution.]

_

1

[Form 49

(See rule 160- I)

Certificate of renewal for carrying out tests or analysis on Ayurvedic, Siddha or

Unani drugs or raw materials used in the manufacture thereof on behalf of licensees

for manufacture for sale of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs

day o f ...................................................................................... 20…. for carrying ou t

tests of identity, purity, quality and strength on the following categories of

Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani, drugs and the raw materials used in the m a nuf act ur e

thereof at the premises situated at ............................... has been renewed from

………. to................ (date).

Catagories of Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani drugs:

2. Name of experts and the person-in-charge of testing……………………..

(experts) and………………….(person in charge)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

280

Date: .................... Signature ...........................

Place : .................

Designation .........

Seal of State Licensing Authority ]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. No.701(E) dt. 27-9-2001 and subs. by G.S.R.73(E) dt. 31.01.2003.

1

[FORM 50

[See rule 160 D(f)]

Report of test or analysis by approved Laboratory

(1) Name of manufacturer from whom sample received together with his

manufacturing licence number under the Act or the rules made

thereunder.

(2) Reference number and date of the letter from the manufacturer under which the

same was forwarded.

(3) Date of receipt of the sample

(4) Name of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug of raw material purporting to be

contained in the sample.

(5) Details of raw material of final product (in bulk finished pack)* as obtained

from the manufacturer:

(a) Original manufacturer's name in the case of raw materials and drugs

repacked…… …………………………….

(b) Batch number…………………………………

(c) Batch size as represented by sample……………..

(d) Dat e of manufacture, if any .......…………………

(e) Date of expiry, if any………………………………….

(6) Results of test or analysis with protocols of test or analysis applied or as

per Ayurvedic, Siddha or Unani Pharmacopoeial standards.

(7) Other specific tests for identity, purity, quality and strength of Patent

and Proprietary drugs.

In the opinion of the undersigned, the sample referred to above is of standard

*quality/is not of standard quality as defined in the Act or the rules made thereunder for

the reasons given below

Date…….

Place…..

(Signature of the person-in-charge of testing)

Name and Designation and Seal…………

Name and Address of the Laboratory……

License No……………..

Note: Final product includes repacked material.

*Delete whichever is not applicable.

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 701(E) dt. 27-9-2001 and subs. by G.S.R.73(E) dt. 31.1.2003

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

281

1

[SCHEDULE B

(See rules 7 and 48)

Fees for test or analysis by the Central Drugs Laboratories or State Drugs Laboratories

:

1. I. Fees for test and assay of Drugs requiring use of animals

Adrenocorticotrophic hormone assay

Rupees

1000

Gonadotrophic hormone for LH activity 1000

FSH Activity 1000

Posterior pituitary extract or its synthetic substitute for 400

oxytocin activity

Vasopressor activity 400

Insulin and insulin in combination for hypoglycaemic activity 2000

Hyaluronidase 500

Glucagon 2000

Heparin for anticoagulant activity 600

Protamine sulphate 300

Depressor or Histamine like substane 300

Pyrogen test 500

Antigenecity or foreign protein test 300

Abnormal or undue toxicity or safety test 200

Determination of Lethal doses, LD10 or LD 50 in mice 800

Skin sensitivity/eye irrigation 250

Implantation test 2000

2. Microbiological tests and assays -

Bioassay of Antibiotic 400

Microbiological assay of vitamins 300

Phenol coefficient 300

Preservatives – Microbial challenge test 2000

Sterility test – Parenteral preparations 100

Surgical dressings 200

Syringes and needles 300

Transfusion and infusion sets or assemblies 400

Other sterile devices

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

282

3. Identification tests -

(a) Chemical Methods 50

(b) Microscopical 50

(c) IR Spectroscopy 150

(d)

(e)

UV Spectroscopy

Chromotography

100

(i) Paper 100

(ii) Thin layer 150

(iii) Column 100

(iv) GLC 250

(v) HPLC 500

(vi) Gel Filtration 300

(f) Electrophoresis

(i) Paper and Cellulose acetate

200

(ii) Polyacrylamide Gel, starch gel, agar gel 300 each

4. Physical tests –

(a)

(b)

Optical rotation, specific gravity, refractive index,

weight per ml, fluorescence.

Viscocity

75 each

100

(c)

(d)

(e)

pH, Solubility, loss on drying, net content, ash, sulphated ash

etc.

Absorbancy, wt/unit area (surgical), foreign matter, extractive

value, thread count etc.

Uniformity of weight

(i) Tablets

20 each

30 each

15

(i) Capsules 20

(f)

(g)

Acid value, iodine value, peroxide value,

Soponification value, acetyl value.

Disintegration tests –

100 each

(i) Ordinary tablets 20

(ii) Capsule 30

(iii) Sugar Coated tablets 50

(iv) Enteric coated tablets 100

(h) Dissolution test 250

(i)

(j)

(k)

Uniformity of content.

Wt. per unit area (powder), particle size, count, methoxy

value.

Limit test for impurities

500

200 each

100 each

(l) Related substances

(i) T LC method

(A) Without reference standard

150

(B) With reference standard 250

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

283

(ii) Gas Liquid Chromatography

(A) Without reference standard

(B) With reference standard

(iii)High pressure Liquid Chromatography

(A)Without reference standards

(B)With reference standards

250

350

100

500

500

(m) Water (Karl Fisher) 200

(5) Assays -

(a) General chemical methods 100 for each

ingredient

(b) Non-aqueous/instrumental 200 for each

ingredient

(c) Chromatography

(i) TLC 250

(ii) Column 200

(iii) GLC 350

(iv) HPLC 500

(v) Gel filtration 400

(d) Nitrogen determination 200

(e) Medicinal gases 400

(6) Polymorph test - 300

(Content of polymorph A in chloramphenicol palmitate)

Surgical sutures (Depending on number of tests to be carried) 200-500

Other miscellaneous tests 100-500

II Fees for Sera and Vaccine –

Sterility test 100

Abnormal toxicity test 400

Specific toxicity test 800

Inactivation test (Rabies) 200

Potency testing of rabies vaccine 2025

Potency testing of pertussis fraction of DPT vaccine 2025

Potency testing of tetanus fraction of DPT/DT/TT vaccine 2500

Potency testing of diphtheria Fraction of DPT/DTE vaccine. 2700

Testing of antisera for the specific titre 1000

Potency testing measles/Mumps/Rubella vaccine 760 each

Testing of Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV) –

Potency 4550

Identity 1000

Stability 800

Potency testing of Japanese Encephalitis Vaccine 3900

Potency testing of Snake 400

Venom serum for each venom

Identity testing for vaccines/sera

Cell culture (Other than OPV) 400

Other than cell culture 100

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

284

Estimation of volume/pH/total solids/No. of

organisms/Physical checking.

Estimation of total proteins/aluminium

50 each

content/phenol/formaldehyde/thiomersal/moisture. 200 each

Pyrogen testing 500

Stability test for vaccines other than Oral Polio Vaccine 4550

III Cosmetics 400 – 1500

(The exact amount of the fee shall be determined by the

Director of Laboratory or the Government Analyst, as the case

may be).

IV Rubber Condoms

IV Homoeopathic medicines:

1. Identification test for raw material of botanical origin (other

than assay of constituents).

2. Identification test for raw material of chemical origin (other

than assay)

1000

125

100

3. Limit test for drugs of chemical origin 150

4. Assay of total alkaloids or of drugs of chemical origin 100

5. Identification test for drugs of animal origins or

microbiological.

6. Fees for testing of Mother tincture, lower potencies upto 3x or

equivalent.

7. U.V. or I.R. or H.P.C.L. defect determination

Determination of Biochemic drug through atomic absorbance

spectrophotometer.

100

100

75

75

Note :-

1. For tests not listed in the Schedule, charges will be determined by the Director or

the Government Analyst of the laboratory / institute as the case may be.

2. For the tests relating to Ayurvedic, Unani and Siddha medicines, charges will be

determined by the Adviser (Indigenous System of Medicine), Director or Government

Analyst of the Laboratory / Institute, as the cased may be.]

1. Subs by G.S.R. 478 (E), dt:7.8.1998.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

285

1

[SCHEDULE B(1)

(See rules 163F)

FEES FOR THE TEST OR ANALYSIS BY THE PHARMACOPOEIAL LABORATORY FOR

INDIAN MEDICINE (PLIM) OR THE GOVERNMENT ANALYST

Type of testing/analysis Cost of testing or

analysis in Rupees

(1) (2)

1. Test for sterlity 250.00

2. Abnormal toxicity or undue toxicity or safety test 750.00

3. Determination of lethal does LD 50 to 10 on mice 2500.00

4. Chemical test for each ingredient 500.00

5. Disinfectants 1000.00

6. Any other test requiring animal experimentation 500.00

7. Microbiological assay 750.00

8. Microscopic examination of single drugs 250.00

9. Microscopic examination of raw material of compound

drug

500.00

10. Chemical identification as per Pharmacopoeia 250.00

11. Disintegration of tablets and capsules

(a) ordinary

(b) sugar coated

(c) enteric coated

100.00

200.00

400.00

12. Psysiochemical Assays 300.00

13. Test other than assay (limit tests for impurities, ash

content, total solids, acid value, saponification value,

loss on drying etc.) for each test.

100.00

14. Optical rotation 250.00

15. Refractive index 250.00

16. Arsenic testing 250.00

17. Paper chromatography 250.00

18. Thin layer chromatography 300.00

19. Column chromatography 2500.00

20. Gas liquid chromatography 1000.00

21. HPTLC restricted to single drugs qualitative 1000.00

22. Atomical absorption spectrophotometry for Hg, Pb, As,

Cd

500.00

23. Cosmetics/ tails/ creams 500.00

24. Identification test for raw material of plant origin (other

than assay of constitutents)

125.00

25. Identification test for raw material of chemical origin

(other than assay)

100.00

26. Limit test for drug of chemical origin 150.00

27. Other miscellaneous tests 1000.00

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

286

Note: Sample testing charges will be determined / revised by the Director or Government Analyst of the

Pharmacopoeial laboratory for Indian Medicine, as the case may be, in consultation with the Department of

Ayurveda, Yoga, Unani, Siddha and Homoeopathy, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare.

1

[SCHEDULE C

(See rules 23, 61 and 76 and Part X)

Biological and Special Products

1. Sera.

2. Solution of serum proteins intended for injection.

2

[3. Vaccines for parenteral injections.

4. Toxins.

5. Antigen.

6. Antitoxins.

7. Neo-arsphenamine and analogous substances used for the specific treatment of infective

diseases.

8. Insulin.

9. Pituitary (Posterior Lobe) Extract.

10. Adrenaline and Solutions of Salts of Adrenaline.

3

[11. Antibiotics and preparations thereof in a form to be administered parenterally.]

4

[12 Any other preparation which is meant for parenteral administration as such or after being

made up with a solvent or medium or any other sterile product and which-

(a) requires to be stored in a refrigerator; or

(b) does not require to be stored in a refrigerator.]

13. Sterilized surgical ligature and sterilized surgical suture.

2

[14. Bacteriophages.

5

[15 Ophthalmic preparations.]

6

[16 Sterile Disposable Devices for single use only.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

287

1

[SCHEDULE C (1)

(See Rule 23, 61 and 76)

Other Special Products

1 Drugs belonging to the Digitalis group and preparations containing drugs belonging to the

Digitals group not in a form to be administered parenterally.

2 Ergot and preparations containing Ergot not in a form to be administered parenterally.

3 Adrenaline and preparations containing Adrenaline not in a form to be administered

parenterally.

4 Fish Liver Oil and preparations containing Fish Liver Oil.

5 Vitamins and preparations containing any vitamins not in a form to be administered

parenterally.

6 Liver extract and preparations containing liver extract not in a form to be administered

parenterally.

7 Hormones and preparations containing Hormones not in a form to be administered

parenterally.

8 Vaccine not in a form to be administered parenterally.

2

[9. Antibiotics and preparations thereof not in a form to be administered parenterally.]

3

[10. In-vitro Blood Grouping Sera.

11. In-vitro Diagnostic Devices for HIV, HbsAg and HCV.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

288

SCHEDULE D

[See Rule 43]

Class of drugs Extent and conditions of exemption

1. Substances not intended for All provisions of Chapter III of the Act and rules

medicinal use thereunder subject to the condition that if the

substance is imported in bulk, the importer shall

certify that the substance is imported for non-

medicinal uses, and if imported otherwise than in

bulk, each container shall bear a label indicating

that the substance is not intended for medicinal

use or is of commercial quality.

1

[Further,

permission from licensing authority as defined in

clause (b) of rule 21 has to be obtained for import

of the substance for non-medicinal use without

registration and import license.]

2

[***]

3

[***]

4

[5.

(i)

The following substances, which are

used both as articles of food as well

as drugs:-

All condensed or powdered milk

whether pure, skimmed or malted,

fortified with vitamins and minerals.

All provisions of Chapter III of the Act

and rules thereunder.

(ii) Farex, Oats, Lactose and all other

similar cereal preparations whether

fortified with vitamins or otherwise

excepting those for parenteral

use.

(iii)

(iv)

Virol, Bovril, Chicken essence and

all other similar predigested foods.

Ginger, Pepper, Cumin, Cinnamon

and all other similar spices and

condiments unless they are

specifically labelled as

conforming to the standards in the

5

[Indian Pharmacopoeia or the

official pharmacopoeias and the

official compendia of the drug

standards prescribed under the

Act and rules made thereunder].

2. Serial no 2, 3, omitted by Notfn. No. F-1-6/62-D (S.O.2889), dt: 2-7-1969.

3. Serial no 4, omitted by G.S.R.604 (E) ,dt. 24-8-2001

4. Amended by Notfn. F. 1-53/55-D, dt. 7.1.1957.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

289

Class of drugs Extent and conditions of exemption

1

[6.

2

[7.

Drugs and cosmetics

imported for

manufacture and export

by units situated in

―Special Economic

Zones‖ as notified by the

Government of India

from time to time.

Custom Made Devices

The provisions of Chapter III of the Act and rules

thereunder which required them to be covered by an

import licence, import registration and import through

notified port of entry, subject to the conditions that these

drugs and cosmetics shall not be diverted for sale in the

country:

Provided that such imported drugs and cosmetics

may be permitted to the domestic area if they meet the

requirements of standard procedure for import and

registration as required under Chapter III of the Act and

rules thereunder.

All provisions of Chapter III of the Act and the rules

made thereunder, subject to the condition that the device is

specifically made in accordance with a duly qualified

medical practitioner‘s written prescription under his

responsibility, in accordance with specific design

characteristics and is intended for the sole use of a

particular patient and the label should bear the word

―custom made device.‖ Explanation.––Mass produced

devices which only need adoption to meet the specific

requirements of the medical practitioner or any other

professional user shall not be considered to be custom

made devices.]

2. Ins. By G.S.R 690 (E) dated 25-09-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

290

1

[SCHEDULE D(I)

(See rule 21 (d) and rule 24 A)

Information and undertaking required to be submitted by the manufacturer or his authorized

agent with the Application Form for a Registration Certificate. The format shall be properly

filled in for each application in Form 40. The detailed information, secret in nature, may be

furnished on a Computer Floppy.

1. Particulars of the manufacturer and manufacturing premises

1.1 Name and address of the manufacturing premises (Telephone No.,

Fax No., E-mail address) to be registered.

1.2 Name(s) and address(es) of the Proprietor /Partners / Directors.

1.3 Name and address of the authorized Agent in India, responsible for

the business of the manufacturer.

1.4 A brief profile of the manufacturer‘s business activity, in domestic as well as

global market.

1.5 A copy of Plant Master File (duly notarised)

1.6 A copy of Plant Registration / approval Certificate issued by the Ministry of

Health/National Regulatory Authority of the foreign country concerned (duly

notarised)

1.7 A brief profile of the manufacturer‘s research activity.

2. Particulars of the manufactured drugs to be registered under Registration

Certificate.

2.1 Names of drugs (Bulk/Formulation/Special product) to be registered meant for

import into and use in India.

2.2 A copy of the approved list showing the bulk drugs/formulations/special

products mentioned in 2.1 above are permitted for manufacturing / marketing

in the country of origin (duly notarized).

2.3

2

[A copy of Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) certificate as per WHO –

GMP guidelines or Certificate of Pharmaceutical Products (CPP) or written

confirmation for active substances exported to European Union which is

equivalent to GMP certificate issued as per WHO – GMP guidelines, by the

National Regulatory Authority of the country of origin or a copy of the

certificate equivalent to GMP certificate as per WHO GMP guidelines issued

by National Regulator of United States of America or Japan or Australia or

Canada or the European Union for the purpose of marketing of the drugs in

their country, in relation to bulk drugs or formulations or special product

meant for import into India.]

2.4 The domestic prices of the drugs to be registered in India, in the currency of the

country of origin.

2.5 The name(s) of the drug(s) which are original research products of the

manufacturer.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

291

3. Undertaking to declare that: -

3.1. We shall comply with all the conditions imposed on the Registration Certificate,

read with rules 74 and 78 of the Drugs and Cosmetics rules, 1945.

3.2 We declare that we are carrying on the manufacture of the drugs mentioned in

this Schedule, at the premises specified above, and we shall from time to time

report any change of premises on which manufacture will be carried on and in

cases where manufacture is carried on in more than one factory any change in

the distribution of functions between the factories.

3.3 We shall comply with the provisions of Part IX of the Drugs and Cosmetics

Rules, 1945.

3.4 Every drug manufactured by us for import under the Registration Certificate

into India shall be as regard strength, quality and purity conforms with the

provisions of Chapter III of Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 and Part IV of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945, and their amendments from time to time.

3.5 We shall from time to time report for any change or manufacturing process, or

in packaging, or in labelling, or in testing, or in documentation of any of the

drugs, pertaining to the Registration Certificate, to be granted to us. Where any

change in respect of any of the drugs under the Registration Certificate has

taken place, in respect of any of the above matters, we shall inform the same to

the licensing authority in writing within 30 days from the date of such changes.

In such cases, where there will be any major change/modification in

manufacturing or in processing or in testing, or in documentation, as the case

may be, at the discretion of the licensing authority, we shall obtain necessary

approval within 30 days by submitting a separate application, alongwith the

registration fee as specified in clause (ii) of sub rule (3) of rule 24-A.

3.6 We shall from time to time report for any administrative action taken due to

adverse reaction, viz. market withdrawal regulatory restriction, or cancellation

of authorization and/or ―not of standard quality report‖ of any drug pertaining

to the Registration Certificate declared by any Regulatory Authority of any

country where the drug is marketed/sold or distributed. The despatch and

marketing of the drug in such cases, shall be stopped immediately and the

licensing authority shall be informed immediately. Further action in respect of

stop marketing of drug shall be taken as per the directions of the licensing

authority. In such cases, action equivalent to that taken with reference to the

concerned drug(s) in the country of origin or in the country of marketing will be

followed in India also, in consultation with the licensing authority. The

licensing authority may direct any further modification to this course of action,

including the withdrawal of the drug from Indian market within 48 hours time

period.

3.7 We shall comply with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified, by

the Government of India, under the Act and the rules made there under.

3.8 We shall allow the licensing authority and/or any person authorized by him in

that behalf to enter and inspect the manufacturing premises and to examine the

process/procedure and documents in respect of any drug manufactured by us for

which the application for Registration Certificate has been made.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

292

3.9 We shall allow the licensing authority or any person authorized by him in that

behalf to take samples of the drugs concerned for test, analysis or examination,

if considered necessary by the licensing authority.

Place:

Date:

Signature of the manufacturer

1

[or his authorized agent]

Seal / Stamp

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

293

SCHEDULE D(II)

[See rule 21 (d) and rule 24 A]

Information required to be submitted by the manufacturer or his authorized agent with the

Application Form for the registration of a bulk drug/formulation/special product for its import into

India.

The format shall be properly filled in and the detailed information, secret in nature, may be furnished

on a Computer Floppy

1. GENERAL

1.1. Name of the drug/formulation/special product, a brief description and the

therapeutic class to which it belongs.

1.2 Regulatory status of the drug. Free Sale Certificate and/or Certificate of Pharmaceutical

Products (CPP) issued by the Regulatory Authority of the country of origin. Free sale

approval issued by the Regulatory Authorities of other major countries.

1.3 Drugs Master File (DMF) for the drug to be registered (duly notarised).

1.4

1

[GMP certificate as per WHO-GMP format, or Certificate of Pharmaceutical Products

(CPP), or written confirmation for active substances exported to the European Union

which is equivalent to GMP certificate issued as per WHO – GMP guidelines, by the

National Regulatory Authority of the country of origin or a duly notarised copy of the

certificate equivalent to GMP certificate as per WHO-GMP guidelines issued by

United States of America or Japan or Australia or Canada or the European Union for

the purpose of marketing of the drug in their country.]

1.5 List of countries where marketing authorization or import permission for the said drug is

granted with date (respective authorisation shall be enclosed).

1.6 List of countries where marketing authorisation or import permission for the said drug is

cancelled/withdrawn with date.

1.7 List of countries where marketing authorisation or import permission for the said drug is

pending since (date).

1.8 Domestic price of the drug in the currency followed in the country of origin.

1.9 List of countries where the said drug is patented.

2. CHEMICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL INFORMATION OF DRUGS.

2.1 Chemical name.

Code name or number, if any.

Non-proprietary or generic name, if any.

Structure.

Physico-chemical properties.

2.2 Dosage form and its composition.

Qualitative and Quantitative composition in terms of the active substances(s) and

excipient(s). List of active substance(s) separately from the constituent(s) of excipients.

2.3 Specifications of active and inactive ingredient (s) including pharmacopoeial references.

2.4 Source of active ingredient(s), name and address.

2.5 Tests for identification of the active ingredient(s),

Method of its assays and tests for impurity profile with reference standards for the

impurities (Protocol to be submitted alongwith reference standards for the impurities /

relative substances).

2.6 Outline method and flow chart of manufacture of the bulk drug or finished formulation

or special product.

2.7 Detailed test protocol for the drug with pharmacopoeial reference or in- house

specification as approved by the registration authority, in the country of origin.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

294

2.8 Stability data including accelerated stability and real time stability analysis.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 897 (E), dt. 21.9.2016.

2.9 Documentation on pack size.

2.10 Numerical expression on EAN bar code on the labels and cartons,

2.11 Safety documents on containers and closures.

2.12 Documentation on storage conditions.

2.13 Three samples of medicinal product/drug and outlet packing are to be submitted with

batch certificates. Additional samples as well as reference substances with batch

certificates including date of manufacture, shelf life, and storage conditions of reference

substance may be required both during registration procedure and during validity of

registration decision.

2.14 Batch test reports/certificate of five consecutive production batches in details of the

medicinal product are to be submitted for every site of manufacturing premises.

2.15 Manner of labelling as per rule 96 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945.

2.16 Package insert.

2.17 Details of safety handling procedure of the drug.

2.18 Details of PMS study report for marketing period not exceeding five years.

.

3. BIOLOGICAL AND BIOPHARMACEUTICAL INFORMATION OF DRUGS

3.1 Biological control tests applied on the starting material, if applicable.

3.2 Biological control tests applied on the intermediate products, if applicable.

3.3 Biological control tests applied on the finished medical products, if applicable.

3.4 Stability of the finished products in terms of biological potency of the drug, if

applicable.

3.5 Sterility tests, if applicable, specification and protocol therein.

3.6 Pyrogen tests, if applicable, specification and protocol therein.

3.7 Acute and sub-acute toxicity tests, if applicable specification and protocol therein.

3.8 Bio-availability studies and bio-equivalence data, if applicable.

3.9 Data relating to the environmental risk assessment for r-DNA products.

3.10 Other information relevant under the section.

4. PHARMACOLOGICAL AND TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION OF DRUGS.

Executive summary of the product is to be submitted mentioning the specific and general

pharmacological actions of the drug and pharmacokinetic studies on absorption, metabolism,

distribution and excretion. A separate note is to be given on acute and sub-acute toxicity studies

and long term toxicity studies. Specific studies on reproductive toxicity, local toxicity and

carcinogenic activity of the drug is to be elaborated, as far as possible.

5 CLINICAL DOCUMENTATION

A new drug as defined under rule 122-E of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 is

required to be permitted separately by the licensing authority under rule 122-A of the said rules

prior to its registration. Such a new drug requires a brief summary and clinical documentation,

alongwith permission under 122-A of the said rules for its Registration Certificate.

6. LABELLING AND PACKAGING INFORMATION OF DRUGS.

6.1 Labels should conform as per the specifications under the Drugs and Cosmetics

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

295

Rules 1945.

6.2 Package insert should be in English and shall indicate the following therapeutic

indications: -

Posology and method of administration.

Contra-indications.

Special warnings and special precautions for use, if any.

Interaction with other medicaments and other forms of interaction.

Pregnancy and lactation, if contra-indicated.

Effects on ability to drive and use machines, if contra-indicated.

Undesirable effects/side effects.

Antidote for overdosing.

6.3 Package insert should indicate the following pharmaceutical information: -

List of excipients.

Incompatibilities.

Shelf life in the medical product as packaged for sale.

Shelf life after dilution or reconstitution according to direction.

Shelf life after first opening the container.

Special precautions for storage.

Nature and specification of the container.

Instructions for use/handling.

7 SPECIFIC INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIAL PRODUCTS (to be

supplied, separately in Annexures, as ‗A‘, ‗B‘ and ‗C‘)

The information submitted above is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Place:

Date :

Signature of the manufacturer

1

[or his authorized agent]

Seal/Stamp

NB: 1. Any change in the process of manufacture, method of testing, labelling, packaging,

designing of the sale pack, medical literature and documentation is to be intimated to the

licensing authority forthwith and permission to be obtained from him within 30 days

time period.

2. Information relating to Serial No.4 and Serial No.5 are not applicable for drugs

figuring in Indian Pharmacopoeia and also for the drugs figuring in United States of

Pharmacopoeia, European Pharmacopoeia, and British Pharmacopoeia provided such

drugs have already been approved for marketing in India for the applicant under

rules 122A, 122B, 122C or 122D of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

296

ANNEXURE A

(See Schedule D-II, item No.7)

INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED IN SCHEDULE D-II

SPECIFIC INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE BLOOD PRODUCTS

A product dossier showing the:

1. Details of source Plasma, its viral screening, storage and transport from Collection Centres to

Fractionation Centre. Regulatory status of Collection Centres.

2. Details of Fractionation Centre, Regulatory Status, Method of Fractionation and Control

Processes.

3. Details of viral inactivation process for enveloped and non-enveloped virus(es) and viral

validation studies to assess the viral load of the product. Testing of viral screening at any stage is

to be highlighted with the details of the kits used with their respective sensitivity and specificity.

4. Bulk filtration prior to pharmaceutical packing giving the full details of Micro-filtration or

nanofiltration followed.

5. Complete details of pharmaceutical processing and utilization.

6. Test protocol of the product showing the specifications and pharmacopoeial method

followed for various testing parameters.

Specific batch test report for at least 3 batches showing the specifications of each testing

parameter.

7. Pack size and labelling.

8. Product insert.

9 Specimen Batch Release Certificate issued by the National Regulatory Authority of the

country of origin.

Specific processings like safe handling, material control, area control, pasteurization,

stability studies, storage at quarantine stage and finished stage and packaging should be

highlighted in the product dossier.

The information submitted above is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Place:

Date:

Signature of the manufacturer

Seal / Stamp

NB: 1. Any change in the process of manufacture, method of testing, labelling, packaging,

designing of the sale pack, medical literature and documentation is to be intimated to the

licensing authority forthwith and permission to be obtained from him within 30 days time

period.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

297

ANNEXURE-B

(See Schedule D-II, item No.7)

INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED IN SCHEDULE D-II SPECIFIC

INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE DIAGNOSTIC KITS

A Product dossier showing the :

1. The details of source antigen or antibody as the case may be and characterization of the

same. Process control of coating of antigen or antibody on the base material like

Nitrocellulose paper, strips or cards or ELISA wells etc.

Detailed composition of the kit and manufacturing flow chart process of the kit showing

the specific flow diagram of individual components or source of the individual

components.

2. Test protocol of the kit showing the specifications and method of testing. In house

evaluation report of sensitivity, specificity and stability studies carried out by the

manufacturer.

3. The report of evaluation in details conducted by the National Control Authority of country

of origin.

Specimen batch test report for at least consecutive 3 batches showing specification of

each testing parameter.

4. The detailed test report of all the components used/packed in the finished kit.

5. Pack size and labelling.

6. Product insert.

Specific evaluation report, if done by any laboratory in India, showing the sensitivity and

specificity of the kit.

Specific processing like safe handling, material control, area control, process control,

stability studies, storage at quarantine stage and finished stage, packaging should be

highlighted in the product dossier.

The information submitted above is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Place:

Date:

Signature of the manufacturer

Seal / S t amp

NB: 1.Any change in the process of manufacture, method of testing, labelling, packaging,

designing of the sale pack, medical literature and documentation is to be intimated to the

licensing authority forthwith and permission to be obtained from him within 30 days time

period.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

298

ANNEXURE-C

(See Schedule D-II, item No.7)

INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED IN SCHEDULE D-II

SPECIFIC INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR VACCINES

A Product dossier showing the:

1. History, source, date of receipt, storage, identity and characterization of the seed strain.

2. Detailed flow chart of manufacturing process showing all the details of in-process control

on toxicity, potency study and stability data of the final bulk and the final finished

product including the storage temperature.

3. Complete details of chemical and pharmaceutical data for the product.

Composition and dosage form – method of manufacture with detailed flow chart – control

of starting material – control tests on intermediate and finished products – certificate of

analysis of finished products – validation of critical manufacturing steps.

4. Test protocol of the vaccines showing the specification and method of testing

including pharmacopoeial specification.

5. Specimen batch test report for at least consecutive three batches showing the

specification of each testing parameter.

6. The detailed test reports of all the components used / packed in the finished vaccine.

7. Pack-size and labelling.

8. Product insert

9. Specimen batch release certificates issued by the National Regulatory Authority of the

country of origin.

10. Summary of pre-clinical and clinical data including :

(a) Prescribing information.

(b) Pharmacological and toxicological data pertaining to tests on animals

Characterisation of immuno response and safety study in human use, in

specific conditions.

Specific information on source of seed strain, its characterization, inactivation, etc. and

processings like safe handling, material control, area control, process control, stability studies,

storage at quarantine stage and finished state, packaging should be highlighted in the product

dossier.

Specimen production and quality control protocols for at least three consecutive lots

showing the specifications for each quality control parameter including pharmacopoeial

requirement shall be submitted for study.

The information submitted above is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Place:

Date:

Signature of the manufacturer

Seal / Stamp

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

299

NB: 1. Any change in the process of manufacture, method of testing, labelling, packaging,

designing of the sale pack, medical literature and documentation is to be intimated to the

licensing authority forthwith and permission to be obtained from him within 30 days time

period.

2. All vaccines shall be new drugs unless certified otherwise by the liencesing authority

approved under rule 21 of the Drugs and Cosmetic Rules, 1945. A copy of approval

of the vaccine issued by the said licensing authority is to be enclosed, prior to issue of

Registration Certificate of the said vaccines.

1

[SCHEDULE D (III)

(See rule 129 A)

INFORMATION AND UNDERTAKING REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITiED BY THE

MANUFACTURER OR HIS AUTHORISED IMPORTER/DISTRIBUTOR/AGENT WITH THE

APPLICATION FORM FOR A REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.

(The format shall be properly filled in for each application in form 42)

1. PARTICULARS OF THE MANUFACTURER AND MANUFACTURING PREMISES.-

(a) Name and address of the manufacturer and manufacturing premises to be registered along with

telephone numbers, Fax numbers and e-mail address.

(b) Name(s) and address of the Partners/Directors.

(c) Name and address of the authorised importer/distributor/agent in India, responsible for the business

of the manufacturer.

(d) A brief profile of the manufacturer ‘s business activity, in domestic as well as global market.

2. PARTICULARS OF THE COSMETICS TO B E RE G IST E RED UNDER

REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.-

(a) Names of cosmetics along with their brands name, category, pack sizes and variants to be

registered and meant for import into and use in India.

(b) Particulars of the manufacturing licenses/registration/marketing authorizations (if any) under which

the cosmetics are being manufactured in the country of origin along with the copy of the licenses/

marketing authorization/registration issued by the Regulatory Authority of that country.

(c) List of countries where marketing authorization or import permission for the said cosmetic has

been granted.

3. CHEMICAL INFORMATION OF COSMETICS.-

(a) Name(s) of ingredients in the nomenclature of standard references, along with percentages

contained in the cosmetic.

(b) Specification and testing method for testing of the cosmetic(s).

(c) Manner of labelling as per Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

(d) Package insert (if any).

4. UNDERTAKINGTO DECLARETHAT.-

(a) We shall comply with all the conditions imposed on the Registration Certificate for the import of

cosmetics as required under the provisions of Drugs and Cosmetics rules, 1945.

(b) We declare that we are carrying on the manufacture of the cosmetics mentioned in this Schedule, at

the premises specified above, and we shall from time to time report any change of premises on

which manufacture will be carried on and in cases where manufacture is carried on in more than

one factory any change in the distribution of functions between the factories.

(c) We shall comply with the provisions of Part XIII of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

(d) Every cosmetic manufactured by us for import under the Registration Certificate into India shall

conform to the specifications given in the Drugs & Cosmetics Rules, 1945 as amended from time

to time.

(e) We shall inform to the licensing authority, within 30 days in the event of any change in variants or

in category or in manufacturing location or in labelling or in documentation of any of the cosmetic

pertaining to the certificate to be granted to us.

1. Ins. By G.S.R. 426 (E) dated 19-05-2010, read with corrigendum G.S.R. 263(E) dated 30-05-2011, corrigendum G.S.R. dated

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

300

(f) We shall from time to time report for any administrative action taken due to adverse reaction, viz.

market withdrawals/regulatory restriction, or cancellation of authorisation and/or ―not of standard

quality report‖ of any cosmetic pertaining to the Registration Certificate declared by any

Regulatory Authority of any country where the cosmetic is marketed/sold or distributed. The

despatch and marketing of the cosmetic in such cases, shall be stopped and the licensing authority

shall be informed immediately.

(g) We shall comply with such further requirements, if any, as may be specified, by the Government of

India, under the Act and the Rules, made thereunder.

(h) We shall allow the licensing authority or any person authorised by him in that behalf to take

samples of the cosmetics for testing if considered necessary by the licensing authority.

The information submitted above is true to the best of my/our knowledge and belief.

Place:

Date:

Signature of the manufacturer or his authorized agent

Seal/Stamp.

1

[***]

2

[SCHEDULE E(1)

[See rule 161 (2)]

List of poisonous substances under the Ayurvedic (including Siddha)

and Unani Systems of Medicine

A. AYURVEDIC SYSTEM

I Drugs of vegetable origin

1

Ahipena (Except seeds) Papaver somniferum Linn.

2 Arka Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br. ex.

3 Bhallataka Semecarpus anacardium Linn. F.

4 Bhanga (Except seeds) Cannabis sativa Linn. (Except seeds)

5 Danti Baliospermum montanum Mull. Arg.

6 Dhattura Datura metal Linn..

7 Gunja (seed) Abrus precatorium Linn. (seed)

8 Jaipala (seed) Croton tiglium Linn.

9 Karaveera Rerium indicum Mill.

10 Langali Gloriosa superba Linn.

11 Parasika Yavani Hyoscyamus niger Linn.

12 Vatsanabha

Vishamushti

Acontium chasmanthum Stapf ex Holm.

Strychnox nuxvomica Linn.

13 Shringivisha Acontium chasmanthum Stapf ex Holm.

II Drugs of Animal Origin.

14

Sarpa Visha Snake poison.

III

15

Drugs of Mineral Origin

Gauripashana Arsenic.

16 Hartala Arseno sulphide.

17 Manahashila Arseno sulphide.

18 Parada Mercury.

19 Rasa Karpura Hydrargyri subchloridum.

20 Tuttha Copper sulphate.

21 Hingula Cinnabar.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

301

B. SIDDHA SYSTEM

1. Abini Papaver somniferum Linn.

2. Alari Nerium indicum Mill.

3. Attru thummatti Citrullus colocynthis (L.) Schrad

4. Umathai Datura stramonium Linn.

5. Etti Stychnos nux vomica Linn.

6. Ganja (except seed) Cannabis sativa Linn.

7. Kalappaki Kizahangu Glorisa superba Linn.

8. Kodikkalli (exempted for external use) Euphorbia tirucalli Linn.

9. Kattu Thumatti Cucumis trigonus Roxb.

10 Kunri (except root) Arbus precatorius Linn.

11. Cheramkottai Semecarpus anacardium Linn f.

12. Thillai Exoecoria agallocha Linn.

13. Nabi Aconitum ferox Wall.

14. Nervalam Croton tiglium Linn.

15. Pugaielai Nicotiana tabacum Linn.

16. Mancevikkalli Euphorbia species

C. UNANI SYSTEM

I Drugs of vegetable origin

1. Afiyun (except seed)

Papaver somniferum Linn.

2. Bazrul-banj Hyoscyamus niger Linn.

3. Bish Aconitum chasmanthum Strapfex Holmes.

4. Bhang Cannabis sativa Linn.

5. Charas Canabis sativa Linn.

6. Dhatura seeds Datura metal Linn (seeds).

7. Kuchla Strychnos nuxvomica Linn.

8. Shokran Conium maculatum Linn.

II Drugs of Animal origin

9. Sanp (head) Snake (head).

10. Telni makkhi Mylabris cichori Linn.

Mylabaris pustulata Thund.

Mylabris macilenta .

III Drugs of Mineral origin

1. Darchikna Hydrargryi perchloridum.

2. Hira Diamond.

3. Ras Kapoor Hydrargryi Subchloridum (calomel).

4. Shingruf Hydrargryi bisulphuratum.

5. Zangar Cupri subacetas.

6. Sammul-Far (Abyaz, Asfar, Aswad and Ahmar)

(white, yellow, black and red, Arsenic).

Copper Sulphate.

7. Tootiya Copper Sulphate

8. Para Hydrargyrum.

9. Hartal Arsenic trisulphide (yellow).]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

302

SCHEDULE F

(See rule 78 and Part X)

1

[***]

2

[PART XII B

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FUNCTIONING AND OPERATION OF A

BLOOD BANK AND / OR FOR PREPARATION OF BLOOD COMPONENTS.

I. BLOOD BANKS / BLOOD COMPONENTS

A. GENERAL

1. Location and Surroundings : The blood bank shall be located at a place which

shall be away from open sewage, drain, public lavatory or similar unhygienic

surroundings.

2. Building : The building (s) used for operation of a blood bank and/or

preparation of blood components shall be constructed in such a manner so as to

permit the operation of the blood bank and preparation of blood components

under hygienic conditions and shall avoid the entry of insects, rodents and flies.

It shall be well lighted, ventilated and screened (mesh), wherever necessary.

The walls and floors of the rooms, where collection of blood or preparation of

blood components or blood products is carried out shall be smooth, washable

and capable of being kept clean. Drains shall be of adequate size and where

connected directly to a sewer, shall be equipped with traps to prevent back

siphonage.

3. Health, clothing and sanitation of staff: The employees shall be free from

contagious or infectious diseases. They shall be provided with clean overalls,

head-gears, foot-wears and gloves, wherever required. There shall be adequate,

clean and convenient hand washing and toilet facilities.

B. ACCOMMODATION FOR A BLOOD BANK.

A blood bank shall have an area of 100 square meters for its operations and an

additional area of 50 square meters for preparation of blood components. It shall be

consisting of a room each for –

(1) registration and medical examination with adequate furniture and facilities for

registration and selection of donors;

(2) blood collection (air-conditioned);

1. Part I to Part XIIA omitted by G.S.R. 663 (E), dated 03-07-1992 corrected vide corrigendum G.S.R.

2. Part XIIB and Part XIIC, were sub. By G.S.R. 245 (E) dated 05-04-1999, previously Part XIIB and XIIC,

were substituted for Part XIIB by G.S.R. 28(E) dated 22-01-1992 and before that Part XIIB was added by

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

303

(3) blood component preparation. (This shall be air-conditioned to maintain

temperature between 20 degree centigrade to 25 degree centigrade);

(4) laboratory for blood group serology (air-conditioned);

(5) laboratory for blood transmissible diseases like Hepatitis, Syphilis, Malaria,

HIV-antibodies (air-conditioned);

(6) sterilization-cum-washing;

(7) refreshment-cum-rest room (air-conditioned);

(8) store-cum-records.

NOTES :

(1) The above requirements as to accommodation and area may be relaxed, in

respect of testing laboratories and sterilization-cum-washing room, for reasons to be

recorded in writing by the Licensing Authority and/or the Central Licence Approving

Authority, in respect of blood banks operating in hospitals, provided the hospital

concerned has a pathological laboratory and a sterilization-cum-washing room common

with other departments in the said hospital.

(2) Refreshments to the donor after phlebotomy shall be served so that he is kept

under observation in the blood bank.

C PERSONNEL

staff:-

Every blood bank shall have following categories of whole time competent technical

(a) Medical Officer, possessing the qualifications specified in condition (i) of rule 122-G.

(b) Blood Bank Technician(s) possessing –

(i) Degree in Medical Laboratory Technology (M.L.T) with six months‘

experience in the testing of blood and/or its components; or

(ii) Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology (M.L.T) with one year‘s

experience in the testing of blood and / or its components, the degree or diploma being

from a University / Institution recognized by the Central Government or State

Government.

(d) Technical supervisor (where blood components are manufactured), possessing-

(i) Degree in Medical Laboratory Technology (M.L.T) with six months‘

experience in the preparation of blood components; or

(ii) Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology (M.L.T) with one year‘s

experience in the preparation of blood components,

the degree or diploma being from a University / Institution recognized by the Central

Government or State Government.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

304

NOTES :

(1) The requirements of qualification and experience in respect of Technical Supervisor

and Blood Bank Technician shall apply in the cases of persons who are approved by

the Licensing Authority and/or Central Licence Approving Authority after the

commencement of the Drugs and Cosmetics (Amendment) Rules, 1999*.

(2) As regards, the number of whole time competent technical personnel, the blood bank

shall comply with the requirements laid down in the Directorate General of Health

Services Manual.

(3) It shall be the responsibility of the licensee to ensure through maintenance of records

and other latest techniques used in blood banking system that the personnel involved

in blood banking activities for collection, storage, testing and distribution are

adequately trained in the current Good Manufacturing Practices/Standard Operating

Procedures for the tasks undertaken by each personnel. The personnel shall be made

aware of the principles of Good Manufacturing Practices / Standard Operating

Procedures that affect them and receive initial and continuing training relevant to their

needs.

D. MAINTENANCE

The premises shall be maintained in a clean and proper manner to ensure adequate cleaning

and maintenance of proper operations. The facilities shall include:-

(1) Privacy and thorough examination of individuals to determine their suitability as

donors.

(2) Collection of blood from donors with minimal risk of contamination of exposure to

activities and equipment unrelated to blood collection.

(3) Storage of blood or blood components pending completion of tests.

(4) Provision for quarantine, storage of blood and blood components in a designated

location, pending repetition of those tests that initially give questionable serological

results.

(5) Provision for quarantine, storage, handling and disposal of products and reagents not

suitable for use.

(6) Storage of finished products prior to distribution or issue.

(7) Proper collection, processing, compatibility testing, storage and distribution of blood

and blood components to prevent contamination.

(8) Adequate and proper performance of all procedures relating to plasmapheresis,

plateletpheresis and leucapheresis.

(9) Proper conduct of all packaging, labelling and other finishing operations.

(10) Provision for safe and sanitary disposal of –

(i) Blood and/or blood components not suitable for use, distribution or sale.

(ii) Trash and items used during the collection, processing and compatibility

testing of blood and / or blood components.

*Note : 2

nd

Amendment Rules, 1999 (w.e.f. 5-4-1999)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

305

E. EQUIPMENT

Equipment used in the collection, processing, testing, storage and sale/distribution of

blood and its components shall be maintained in a clean and proper manner and so

placed as to facilitate cleaning and maintenance. The equipment shall be observed,

standardized and calibrated on a regularly scheduled basis as described in the

Standard Operating Procedures Manual and shall operate in the manner for which it

was designed so as to ensure compliance with the official requirements (the

equipments) as stated below for blood and its components.

Equipment that shall be observed, standardized and calibrated with at least the following

frequencies:

EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE FREQUENCY FREQUENCY

OF

CALIBRATION

1. Temperature

Recorder

Compare against

thermometer

Daily As often as

necessary

2 Refrigerated centrifuge Observe speed

and

temperature

Each day

of use

As often as

necessary

3 Hematocrit centrifuge – – Standardise

before initial

use, after repair

or adjustments

and annually.

4, General lab.

Centrifuge

– – Tachometer,

every 6 months.

5. Automated

typing

Blood Observe controls for

correct results

Each day

of use

–

6. Haemoglobinometer Standardize against

cyanamethemoglob

ulin standard

−ditto− –

7. Refractiometer or

Urinometer

Standardize against

distilled water

− ditto − –

8. Blood container

weighing device

Standardize against

container of known

− ditto – As often as

necessary

weight.

9 Water Bath Observe temperature − ditto − −ditto−

10 Rh view box

(wherever

necessary)

–ditto– − ditto − − ditto−

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

306

11 Autoclave Observe temperature Each day

of use

As often as

necessary

12 Serologic rotators Observe controls for

correct results

-- ditto-- Speed as often

as necessary.

13 Laboratory

thermometers

– – Before initial

use

14 Electronic thermometers – Monthly –

15 Blood agitator Observe weight of the

first container of blood

filled for correct results

Each day of use Standardize with

container of

known mass or

value before

initial use, and

after repairs or

adjustments.

F. SUPPLIES AND REAGENTS:

All supplies and reagents used in the collection, processing, compatibility, testing, storage

and distribution of blood and blood components shall be stored at proper temperature in a

safe and hygienic place, in a proper manner and in particular:–

(a) all supplies coming in contact with blood and blood components intended for

transfusion shall be sterile, pyrogen-free, and shall not interact with the product in

such a manner as to have an adverse effect upon the safety, purity, potency or

effectiveness of the product.

(b) supplies and reagents that do not bear an expiry date shall be stored in a manner that

the oldest is used first.

(c) supplies and reagents shall be used in a manner consistent with instructions provided

by the manufacturer.

(d) all final containers and closures for blood and blood components not intended for

transfusion shall be clean and free of surface solids and other contaminants.

(e) each blood collecting container and its satellite container(s), if any, shall be

examined visually for damage or evidence of contamination prior to its use and

immediately after filling. Such examination shall include inspection for breakage of

seals, when indicated, and abnormal discoloration. Where any defect is observed,

the container shall not be used or, if detected after filling, shall be properly

discarded.

(f) representative samples of each lot of the following reagents and/or solutions shall be

tested regularly on a scheduled basis by methods described in the Standard

Operating Procedures Manual to determine their capacity to perform as required,

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

307

Reagents and solutions Frequency of testing alongwith controls

Anti-human serum

Blood grouping serums

Each day of use

Each day of use

Lectin Each day of use

Antibody screening and reverse

grouping cells

Each day of use

Hepatitis test reagents Each run

Syphilis serology reagents Each run

Enzymes Each day of use

HIV I and II reagents Each run

Normal saline (LISS and PBS) Each day of use

Bovine Albumin Each day of use.

G. GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES (GMPs) /STANDARD OPERATING

PROCEDURES (SOPs):

Written Standard Operating Procedures shall be maintained and shall include all steps

to be followed in the collection, processing, compatibility testing, storage and sale or

distribution of blood and/or preparation of blood components for homologous transfusion,

autologous transfusion and further manufacturing purposes. Such procedures shall be

available to the personnel for use in the concerned areas. The Standard Operating Procedures

shall inter alia include:

1. (a) criteria used to determine donor suitability.

(b)

(c)

methods of performing donor qualifying tests and measurements including minimum

and maximum values for a test or procedure, when a factor in determining

acceptability;

solutions and methods used to prepare the site of phlebotomy so as to give maximum

assurance of a sterile container of blood;

(d) method of accurately relating the product (s) to the donor;

(e) blood collection procedure, including in-process precautions taken to measure

accurately the quality of blood drawn from the donor;

(f) methods of component preparation, including any time restrictions for specific steps

in processing;

(g) all tests and repeat tests performed on blood and blood components during

processing;

(h) pre-transfusion testing, wherever applicable, including precautions to be taken to

identify accurately the recipient blood components during processing;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

308

(i) procedures of managing adverse reactions in donor and recipient reactions:

(j) storage temperatures and methods of controlling storage temperatures for blood and

its components and reagents;

(k) length of expiry dates, if any assigned for all final products;

(l) criteria for determining whether returned blood is suitable for re-issue;

(m) procedures used for relating a unit of blood or blood component from the donor to

its final disposal;

(n) quality control procedures for supplies and reagents employed in blood

collection, processing and re-transfusion testing;

(o) schedules and procedures for equipment maintenance and calibration;

(p) labelling procedures to safeguard its mix-ups, receipt, issue, rejected and in-hand;

(q) procedures of plasmapheresis, plateletphersis and leucapheresis if performed, including

precautions to be taken to ensure re-infusion of donor‘s own cells;

(r) procedures for preparing recovered (salvaged) plasma if performed, including details of

separation, pooling, labelling, storage and distribution;

(s) all records pertinent to the lot or unit maintained pursuant to these regulations shall be

reviewed before the release or distribution of a lot or unit of final product. The review or

portions of the review may be performed at appropriate periods during or after blood

collection, processing, testing and storage. A thorough investigation, including the

conclusions and follow-up, of any unexplained discrepancy or the failure of a lot or unit

to meet any of its specification shall be made and recorded.

(2) A licensee may utilise current Standard Operating Procedures, such as the Manuals of

the following organizations, so long as such specific procedures are consistent with, and

at least as stringent as, the requirements contained in this Part, namely :-

(i) Directorate General of Health Services Manual.

(ii) Other Organisations or individual blood bank‘s manuals, subject to the

approval of State Licensing Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority.

H. CRITERIA FOR BLOOD DONATION:

Conditions for donation of blood:

(1) General – No person shall donate blood and no blood bank shall draw

blood from a person, more than once in three months. The donor shall be in good

health, mentally alert and physically fit and shall not be inmates of jail, persons having

multiple sex partners and drug-addicts. The donors shall fulfil the following

requirements, namely: -

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

309

1

[(a) the donor shall be in the age group of 18 to 65 years;]

(b) the donor shall not be less than 45 kilograms;

( c) temperature and pulse of the donor shall be normal;

(d ) the systolic and diastolic blood pressure are within normal limits without

medication;

(e) haemoglobin which shall not be less than 12.5 grams;

(f) the donor shall be free from acute respiratory diseases;

(g) the donor shall be free from any skin diseases at the site of phlebotomy ;

(h) the donor shall be free from any disease transmissible by blood transfusion,

insofar as can be determined by history and examination indicated above;

(i) the arms and forearms of the donor shall be free from skin punctures or scars

indicative of professional blood donors or addiction of self injected

narcotics.

(2) Additional qualifications of donor – No person shall donate blood, and no

blood bank shall draw blood from a donor, in the conditions mentioned in column (1)

of the Table given below before the expiry of the period of deferment mentioned in the

column (2) of the said Table.

Table: Deferment of blood donation

CONDITIONS PERIOD OF DEFERMENT

(1) (2)_

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(h)

Abortions

History of Blood transfusion

Surgery

Typhoid

History of Malaria and duly

treated

Tattoo

Breast feeding

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months after recovery

2 months (endemic)

3 years (non endemic area)

6 months

12 months after delivery

(i)

(j)

Immunization (Cholera,

Typhoid, Diphtheria, Tetanus,

Plague, Gammaglobulin)

Rabies vaccination

15 days

1 year after vaccination

(k) History of Hepatitis in

family or close contact

12 months

(l) Immunoglobulin 12 months

(3) No person shall donate blood and no blood bank shall draw blood from a person,

suffering from any of the diseases mentioned below, namely:–

(a) Cancer

(b) Heart disease

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

310

(c) Abnormal bleeding tendencies

(d) Unexplained weight loss

(e) Diabetes-controlled on insulin

1

[(f) Hepatitis infection]

(g) Chronic nephritis

(h) Signs and symptoms, suggestive of AIDS

(i ) Liver diseases

(j) Tuberculosis

(k) Polycythemia Vera.

(l) Asthma

(m) Epilepsy

(n) Leprosy

(o) Schizophrenia

(p) Endocrine disorders

I. GENERAL EQUIPMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

1. For blood collection room:

(i) Donor beds, chairs and tables: These shall be suitably and comfortably

cushioned and shall be of appropriate size.

(ii) Bedside table

(iii) Sphygmomanometer and stethoscope

(iv) Recovery beds for donors.

(v) Refrigerators, for storing separately tested and untested blood,

maintaining temperature between 2 to 6 degree centigrade with digital

dial thermometer, recording thermograph and alarm device, with

provision for continuous power supply.

(vi) Weighing devices for donor and blood containers.

2. For haemoglobin determination:

(i) Copper sulphate solution (specific gravity 1.053)

(ii) Sterile lancet and impregnated alcohol swabs.

(iii) Capillary tube (1.3 x 1.4 x 96 mm for Pasteur pipettes)

(iv) Rubber bulbs for capillary tubings.

(v) Sahli‘s haemoglobinometer / Colorimetric method.

3. For temperature and pulse determination.

(i) Clinical thermometers

(ii) Watch (fitted with a second-hand) and a stop-watch.

4. For blood containers:

(a) Only disposable PVC blood bags shall be used (closed system) as per

specifications of IP/USP/BP.

(b) Anti-coagulants: The anti-coagulant solution shall be sterile, pyrogen-free

and of the following composition that will ensure satisfactory safety and

efficacy of the whole blood and/or for all the separate blood components.

(i) Citrate Phosphate Dextrose Adenine solution (CPDA) or Citrate Phosphate

Dextrose Adenine – 1 (CPDA-1) – 14 ml solution shall be required for

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No. 40(E), dated 29-01-2001.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

311

100 ml of blood.

Note 1.- (i) In case of single/double/triple/quadruple blood collection bags used for

blood component preparations, CPDA blood collection bags may be used.

(ii) Acid Citrate Dextrose solution (A.C.D. with Formula-A) I.P. – 15 ml solution

shall be required for 100 ml of blood,

(iii) Additive solutions such as SAGM, ADSOL, NUTRICEL may be used for

storing and retaining Red Blood Corpuscles up to 42 days.

Note 2.- The licensee shall ensure that the anti-coagulant solutions are of a licensed

manufacturer and the blood bags in which the said solutions are contained have

a certificate of analysis of the said manufacturer.

5. Emergency equipments/items:

(i) Oxygen cylinder with mask, gauge and pressure regulator.

(ii) 5 per cent Glucose or Normal Saline.

(iii) Disposable sterile syringes and needles of various sizes.

(iv) Disposable sterile I.V. infusion sets.

(v) Ampoules of Adrenaline, Noradrenaline, Mephentin, Betamethasone or

Dexamethasone, Metoclorpropamide injections.

(vi) Aspirin.

6. Accessories:

(i) Such as blankets, emesis basins, haemostats, set clamps, sponge forceps, gauze,

dressing jars, solution jars, waste cans.

(ii) Medium cotton balls, 1.25 cm adhesive tapes.

(iii) Denatured spirit, Tincture Iodine, green soap or liquid soap.

(iv) Paper napkins or towels.

(v) Autoclave with temperature and pressure indicator.

(vi) Incinerator

(vii) Stand-by generator

7. Laboratory equipment:

(i) Refrigerators, for storing diagnostic kits and reagents, maintaining a temperature

between 4 to 6 degree centigrade (plus/minus 2 degrees centigrade) with digital

dial thermometer having provision for continuous power supply.

(ii) Compound Microscope with low and high power objectives.

(iii) Centrifuge Table Model.

(iv) Water bath: having range between 37 degree centigrade to 56 degree centigrade.

(v) Rh viewing box in case of slide technique.

(vi) Incubator with thermostatic control.

(vii) Mechanical shakers for serological tests for Syphilis.

(viii) Hand-lens for observing tests conducted in tubes.

(ix) Serological graduated pipettes of various sizes.

(x) Pipettes (Pasteur).

(xi) Glass slides.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

312

(xii) Test tubes of various sizes / micrometer plates (U or V type).

(xiii) Precipitating tubes 6mm x 50mm of different sizes and glass beakers of different

sizes.

(xiv) Test tube racks of different specifications.

(xv) Interval timer electric or spring wound.

(xvi) Equipment and materials for cleaning glass wares adequately.

(xvii) Insulated containers for transporting blood, between 2 degree centigrade to 10

degree centigrade temperatures, to wards and hospitals.

(xviii) Wash bottles.

(xix) Filter papers.

(xx) Dielectric tube sealer.

(xxi) Plain and EDTA vials.

(xxii) Chemical balance (wherever necessary).

(xxiii) ELISA reader with printer, washer and micropipettes.

J. SPECIAL REAGENTS :

(1) Standard blood grouping sera Anti A, Anti B and Anti D with known controls.

Rh typing sera shall be in double quantity and each of different brand or if

from the same supplier each supply shall be of different lot numbers.

(2) Reagents for serological tests for syphilis and positive sera for controls.

(3) Anti Human Globulin Serum (Coomb‘s serum).

(4) Bovine Albumin 22 percent Enzyme reagents for incomplete antibodies.

1

[(5) ELISA or RPHA test kits for Hepatitis and HIV I & II.

(6) Detergent and other agents for cleaning laboratory glass wares.

K. TESTING OF WHOLE BLOOD :

(1) It shall be responsibility of the licensee to ensure that the whole blood

collected, processed and supplied conforms to the standards laid down in

the Indian Pharmacopoeia and other tests published, if any,

by the Government.

(2) Freedom from HIV antibodies (AIDS) Tests. – Every licensee shall get

samples of every blood unit tested, before use, for freedom from HIV 1 and

HIV II antibodies either from laboratories specified for the purpose by the

Central Government or in his own laboratory. The results of such testing

shall be recorded on the label of the container.

(3) Each blood unit shall also be tested for freedom from

2

[(Hepatitis B

surface antigen and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)] VDRL and malarial

parasite and results of such testing shall be recorded on the label

of the container.

NOTES (a) Blood samples of donors in pilot tube and the blood samples of the

Recipient shall be preserved for 7 days after issue.

(b) The blood intended for transfusion shall not be frozen at any stage.

(c) Blood containers shall not come directly in contact with ice at any stage.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 40(E) dated 29-01-2001

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

313

L RECORDS :

The records which the licensee is required to maintain shall include inter alia the

following particulars, namely:

(1) Blood donor record: It shall indicate serial number, date of bleeding, name,

address and signature of donor with other particulars of age, weight,

haemoglobin, blood grouping, blood pressure, medical examination, bag

number and patient‘s detail for whom donated in case of replacement

donation, category of donation (voluntary / replacement) and deferral

records and signature of Medical Officer In-charge.

(2) Master records for blood and its components: It shall indicate bag serial

number, date of collection, date of expiry, quantity in ml. ABO/Rh Group,

results for testing of HIV I and HIV II antibodies, Malaria, V.D.R.L.

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)] and

irregular antibodies (if any), name and address of the donor with

particulars, utilization issue number, components prepared or discarded

and signature of the Medical Officer in charge.

(3) Issue Register: It shall indicate serial number, date and time of issue bag

serial number, ABO/RH Group, total quantity in ml, name and address of

the recipient, group of recipient, unit/institution, details of cros-matching

report, indication for transfusion.

(4 ) Records of components supplied: Quantity supplied; compatibility report,

details of recipient and signature of issuing person.

(5) Records of ACD/CPD/CPD-A/SAGM bags giving details of manufacturer,

batch number, date of supply, and results of testing.

(6) Register for diagnostic kits and reagents used: name of the

kits/reagents, details of batch number, date of expiry and date of use.

(7) Blood bank must issue the cross matching report of the blood to the

patient together with the blood unit.

(8) Transfusion adverse reaction records.

(9) Records of purchase, use and stock in hand of disposable needles,

syringes, blood bags, shall be maintained.

NOTE : The above records shall be kept by the licensee for a period of five

years.

M. LABELS :

The labels on every bag containing blood and/or component shall contain the

following particulars, namely;

(1) The proper name of the product in a prominent place and in bold letters on the bag.

(2) Name and address of the blood bank

(3) Licence number

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

314

(4) Serial number

(5) The date on which the blood is drawn and the date of expiry as prescribed under

Schedule P to these rules.

(6) A colored label shall be put on every bag containing blood. The following color

scheme for the said labels shall be used for different groups of blood:

Blood Group Colour of the label

O Blue

A Yellow

B Pink

AB White

(7) The results of the tests for

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis C Virus

antibody)] syphilis, freedom from HIV I and HIV II antibodies and malarial

parasite.

(8) The Rh. Group.

(9) Total volume of blood, the preparation of blood, nature and percentage of anti-

coagulant.

(10) Keep continuously temperature at 2 degree centigrade to 6 degree centigrade for

whole human blood and/or components as contained under III of Part XII B.

(11) Disposable transfusion sets with filter shall be used in administration equipment.

(12) Appropriate compatible cross-matched blood without atypical antibody i n

recipient shall be used.

(13) The contents of the bag shall not be used if there is any visible evidence of

deterioration like haemolysis, clotting or discoloration.

(14) The label shall indicate the appropriate donor classification like ―Voluntary

Donor‖ or ―Replacement Donor‖ in no less prominence than the proper name.

NOTES :

1. In the case of blood components, particulars of the blood from which such

components have been prepared shall be given against item numbers (5), (7), (8),

(9) and (14).

2. The blood and/or its components shall be distributed on the prescription of a

Registered Medical Practitioner.

II. BLOOD DONATION CAMPS.

A blood donation camp may be organized by –

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

315

(a) a licensed designated Regional Blood Transfusion Centre ; or

(b) a licensed Government blood bank; or

(c) the Indian Red Cross society; or

NOTES:

(i) ― Designated Regional Blood Transfusion Centre‖ shall be a center approved

and designated by a Blood Transfusion Council constituted by a State Government

to collect, process and distribute blood and its components to cater to the needs of

the region and that center has also been licensed and approved by the

Licensing Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority for the purpose.

(ii) The designated Regional Blood Transfusion Centre, Government blood bank and

Indian Red Cross Society shall intimate within a period of seven days, the venue

where the blood camp was held and details of group wise blood units collected in

the said camp to the Licensing Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority.

For holding a blood donation camp, the following requirements shall

be fulfilled/complied with, namely: -

(A) Premises, personnel etc.

(a) Premises under the blood donation camp shall have sufficient area and

the location shall be hygienic so as to allow proper operation, maintenance

and cleaning.

(b) All information regarding the personnel working, equipment used and

facilities available at such a Camp shall be well documented and made

available for inspection, if required, and ensuring -

(i) Continuous and uninterrupted electrical supply for equipment used in the

Camp;

(ii) Adequate lighting for all the required activities;

(iii) Hand-washing facilities for staff;

(iv) Reliable communication system to the central office of the

Controller/ Organizer of the Camp;

(v) Furniture and equipment arranged within the available space;

(vi) Refreshment facilities for donors and staff;

(vii) Facilities for medical examination of the donors;

(viii) Proper disposal of waste.

(B) Personnel for Out-door Blood Donation Camp:

To collect blood from 50 to 70 donors in about 3 hours or from 100 to

200 donors in 5 hours, the following requirements shall be fulfilled / complied with:

(i) one Medical Officer and two nurses or phlebotomists for

managing 6-8 donor tables;

(ii) two medico social workers;

(iii) three blood bank technicians;

(iv) two attendants;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

316

(v) vehicle having a capacity to seat 8-10 persons, with provision for

carriage of donation goods including facilities to conduct a blood

donation camp;

(C) Equipments :

1. BP apparatus.

2. Stethoscope.

3. Blood bags (single, double, triple, quadruple).

4. Donor questionnaire.

5. Weighing device for donors.

6. Weighing device for blood bags.

7. Artery forceps, scissors.

8. Stripper for blood tubing.

9. Bed sheets, blankets/mattress.

10. Lancets, swab stick/tooth picks.

11. Glass slides.

12. Portable Hb meter/copper sulphate.

13. Test tube (big) and 12x100mm (small).

14. Test tube stand.

15. Anti-A, Anti-B and Anti-AB, Antisera and Anti-D.

16. Test tube sealer film.

17. Medicated adhesive tape.

18. Plastic waste basket.

19. Donor cards and refreshment for donors.

20 Emergency medical kit.

21 Insulated blood bag containers with provisions for storing between 2

degree centigrade to 10 degree centigrade.

22. Dielectric sealer or portable tube sealer.

23. Needle destroyer (wherever necessary).

III. PROCESSING OF BLOOD COMPONENTS FROM WHOLE BLOOD BY A BLOOD

BANK

The Blood components shall be prepared by blood banks as a part of the

Blood Bank services. The conditions for grant or renewal of licence to prepare blood

components shall be as follows: -

A. ACCOMMODATION:

(1) Rooms with adequate area and other specification, for preparing blood

components depending on quantum of workload shall be as specified in item

B under the heading ―1. BLOOD BANKS/BLOOD COMPONENTS‘ of this

Part.

(2) Preparation of Blood components shall be carried out only under closed

system using single double, triple or quadruple plastic bags except for

preparation of Red Blood Cells Concentrates, where single bags may be used

with transfer bags.

B. EQUIPMENT :

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

317

(i) Air Conditioner;

(ii) Laminar air flow bench;

(iii) Suitable refrigerated centrifuge;

(iv) Plasma expresser;

(v) Clipper and clips and/or dielectric sealer;

(vi) Weighing device;

(vii) Dry rubber balancing material;

(viii) Artery forceps,

scissors;

(ix) Refrigerator maintaining a temperature between 2 degree

centigrade to 6 degree centigrade, a digital dial thermometer with

recording thermograph and alarm device, with provision for continuous

power supply;

(x) Platelet agitator with incubator (wherever necessary);

(xi) Deep freezers maintaining a temperature between minus 30 degree

centigrade to minus 40 degree centigrade and minus 75 degree

centigrade to minus 80 degree centigrade;

(xii) Refrigerated Water bath for Plasma Thawing;

(xiii) Insulated blood bag containers with provisions for storing at

appropriate temperature for transport purposes;

C. PERSONNEL:

The whole time competent technical staff meant for processing of Blood Components (that is

Medical Officer, Technical Supervisor, Blood Bank Technicians and Registered Nurse) shall be as

specified in item C, under the heading ― 1. BLOOD BANKS/BLOOD COMPONENTS‖ of this

Part.

D. TESTING FACILITIES:

General: Facilities for A, B, AB and O groups and Rh(D) grouping.

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigen

and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)], VDRL, HIV I and HIV II antibodies and malarial parasites

shall be mandatory for every blood unit before it is used for the preparation of blood components.

The results of such testing shall be indicated on the label.

E. CATEGORIES OF BLOOD COMPONENTS:

(1) CONCENTRATED HUMAN RED BLOOD CORPUSCLES:

The product shall be known as ―Packed Red Blood Cells‖ that is Packed Red Blood Cells

remaining after separating plasma from human blood.

General Requirements:

(a) Storage: Immediately after processing, the Packed Red Blood Cells shall

be kept at a temperature maintained between 2 degree centigrade to 6

degree centigrade.

(b) Inspection: The component shall be inspected immediately after

separation of the plasma, during storage and again at the time of issue.

The product shall not be issued if there is any abnormality in color or

physical appearance or any indication of microbial contamination.

(c) Suitability of Donor: The source of blood for Packed Red Blood Cells shall

be obtained from a donor who meets the criteria for Blood Donation as

specified in item H under the heading ―I. BLOOD BANKS/BLOOD

COMPONENTS‖ of this Part.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

318

(d) Testing of Whole Blood: Blood from which Packed Red Blood Cells are

prepared shall be tested as specified in item K relating to Testing Of Whole

Blood under the heading ―I. BLOOD BANKS/BLOOD COMPONENTS‖ of

this Part.

(e) Pilot samples: Pilot samples collected in integral tubing or in separate pilot

tubes shall meet the following specifications:

(i) One or more pilot samples of either the original blood or the

Packed Red Blood Cells being processed shall be preserved with

each unit of Packed Red Blood Cells which is issued.

(ii) Before they are filled, all pilot sample tubes shall be marked

or identified so as to relate them to the donor of that unit or Packed

Red Blood Cells.

(iii) Before the final container is filled or at the time the final

product is prepared, the pilot samples tubes accompanying a unit

of Packed Red Blood Cells, shall be attached in a tamper-proof

manner that shall conspicuously identify removal and re-

attachment.

(iv) All pilot sample tubes, accompanying a unit of packed red

blood cells, shall be filled immediately after the blood is

collected or at the time the final product is prepared, in each case,

by the person who performs the collection of preparation.

F. Processing:

(i) Separation: Packed Red Blood Cells shall be separated from

the whole blood, --

(a) if the whole blood is stored in ACD solution within 21 days, and

(b) if the whole blood is stored in CPDA-1 solution, within 35 days,

from the date of collection. Packed Red Blood Cells may be

prepared either by centrifugation done in a manner that shall not

tend to increase the temperature of the blood or by normal

undisturbed sedimentation method. A portion of the plasma,

sufficient to ensure optimal cell preservation, shall be left with the

packed Red Blood Cells.

(ii) Packed Red Blood Cells Frozen: Cryophylactic substance may

be added to the Packed Red Blood Cells for extended

manufacturer‘s storage not warmer than minus 65 degree

centigrade provided the manufacturer submits data to the

satisfaction of the Licensing Authority and Central Licence

Approving Authority, as adequately demonstrating through in-vivo

cells survival and other appropriate tests that the addition of the

substance, the material used and the processing methods results

in a final product meets the required standards of safety, purity

and potency for Packed Red Blood Cells, and that the frozen

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

319

product shall maintain those properties for the specified expiry

period.

(iii) Testing: Packed Red Blood Cells shall conform to the standards

as laid down in the Indian Pharmacopoeia.

(2) PLATELETS CONCENTRATES:

The product shall be known as ―Platelets Concentrates‖ that is platelets

collected from one unit of blood and re-suspended in an appropriate volume of original

plasma.

General Requirements:

(i) Source: The source material for platelets shall be platelet rich plasma or

buffy coat which may be obtained from the whole blood or by plateletpheresis.

(ii) Processing :

(a) Separation of buffy-coat or platelet-rich plasma and platelets and re-

suspension of the platelets shall be in a closed system by centrifugal

method with appropriate speed, force and time.

(b) Immediately after collection, the whole blood or plasma shall be held in

storage between 20 degree centigrade to 24 degree centigrade. When

it is to be transported from the venue of blood collection to the

processing laboratory, during such transport action, the temperature as

close as possible to a range between 20 degree centigrade to 24 degree

centigrade shall be ensured. The platelet concentrates shall be

separated within 6 hours after the time of collection of the unit of

whole blood or plasma.

(c) The time and speed of centrifugation shall be demonstrated to produce an

unclamped product, without visible haemolysis, that yields a count of not

less than 3.5 x 10

10

(3.5 x 10 raised to the power of 10) and 4.5 x 10

10

(4.5 x 10 raised to the power ten) i.e. platelets per unit from a unit of 350

ml and 450 ml blood respectively. One percent of total platelets

prepared shall be tested of which 75 per cent of the units shall conform to

the above said platelet count.

(d) The volume of original plasma used for re-suspension of the platelets

shall be determined by the maintenance of the pH of not less than 6

during the storage period. The pH shall be measured on a sample of

platelets which has been stored for the permissible maximum expiry

period at 20 degree centigrade to 24 degree centigrade.

(e) Final containers used for platelets shall be colorless and transparent to

permit visual inspection of the contents. The caps selected shall

maintain a hermetic seal to prevent contamination of the contents. The

container material shall not interact with the contents, under the

normal conditions of the storage and use, in such a manner as to have an

adverse effect upon the safety, purity, potency, or efficacy of the

product. At the time of filling, the final container shall be marked or

identified by number so as to relate it to the donor.

(iii) Storage: Immediately after re-suspension, platelets shall be

placed in storage not exceeding for a period of 5 days, between

20 degree centigrade to 24 degree centigrade, with continuous

gentle agitation of the platelet concentrates maintained throughout

such storage

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

320

(iv) Testing: The units prepared from different donors shall be tested at

the end of the storage period for –

(a) Platelet count;

(b) pH of not less than 6 measured at the storage temperature of

the unit;

(c) measurement of actual plasma volume;

(d) one percent of the total platelets prepared shall be tested

for sterility;

(e) the tests of functional viability of the platelets shall be done

by swirling movement before issue.

(f) if the results of the testing indicate that the product does not

meet the specified requirements, immediate corrective action

shall be taken and records maintained;

(v) Compatibility Test: Compatible transfusion for the purpose of

variable number of Red Blood Cells, A, B, AB and O grouping shall be

done if the platelets concentrate is contaminated with red blood cells.

(3) GRANULOCYTE CONCENTRATES:

(i) Storage: It shall be kept between 20 degree centigrade to 24

degree centigrade for a maximum period of 24 hours;

(ii) Unit of granulocytes shall not be less than 1 x 10

10

(i.e. 1 x 10 raised to

the power of 10) when prepared on cell separator;

(iii) Group specific tests/HLA test wherever required shall be carried out.

(4) FRESH FROZEN PLASMA:

Plasma frozen within 6 hours after blood collection and stored at a temperature

not warmer than minus 30 degree centigrade, shall be preserved for a period of

not more than one year.

(5) CRYOPRECIPITATE:

Concentrate of anti-hemophiliac factor shall be prepared by thawing of the fresh

plasma frozen stored at minus 30 degree centigrade.

(a) Storage:

Cryoprecipitate shall be preserved at a temperature not higher than minus 30

degree centigrade and may be preserved for a period of not more than one

year from the date of collection.

(b) Activity:

Anti-hemophiliac factor activity in the final product shall be not less than 80

units per bag. One percent of the total cryoprecipitate prepared shall be tested

of which seventy five percent of the unit shall conform to the said

specification.

F PLASMAPHERESIS, PLATELETPHERESIS, LEUCAPHERESIS, USING A

CELL SEPARATOR.

An area of 10 square meters shall be provided for apheresis in the blood bank.

The blood banks specifically permitted to undertake the said apheresis on the donor

shall observe the criteria as specified in item H relating to Criteria for blood donation ―I.

Blood Banks/Blood Components‖ of this Part. The written consent of the donor shall be taken

and the donor must be explained, the hazards of apheresis. The Medical Officer shall certify

that the donor is fit for apheresis and it shall be carried out by a trained person under

supervision of the Medical Officer.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

321

(A) PLASMAPHERESIS, PLATELETPHERESIS AND LEUCAPHERESIS:

The donors subjected to plasmapheresis, plateletpheresis and leucapheresis shall, in

addition to the criteria specified in item H relating to the CRITERIA FOR BLOOD

DONATION, under the heading ―I. BLOOD BANKS/BLOOD COMPONENTS‖ of this Part

being observed, be also subjected to protein estimation on post-pheresis/first sitting whose

results shall be taken as reference for subsequent/sitting. It shall also be necessary that the

total plasma obtained from such donor and periodicity of Plasmapheresis shall be according to

the standards described under validt. Standard Operating Procedures.

NOTE :

(i) At least 48 hours must elapse between successive apheresis and not more

than twice in a week.

(ii) Extracoporeal blood volume shall not exceed 15% of donor‘s estimated

blood volume.

(iii) Platelet pheresis shall not be carried out on donors who have taken

medication containing Asprin within 3 days prior to donation.

(iv) If during plateletpheresis or leucapheresis, RBCs cannot be re-transfused

then at least 12 weeks shall elapse before a second cytapheresis procedure

is conducted.

(B) MONITORING FOR APHERESIS:

Before starting apheresis procedure, hemoglobin or haematocrit shall be done. Platelet count,

WBC counts, differential count may be carried out. In repeated plasmapheresis, the serum

protein shall be 6 gm./ml.

(C) COLLECTION OF PLASMA:

The quantity of plasma separated from the blood of donor shall not exceed 500 ml. per sitting

and once in a fortnight or shall not exceed 1000 ml per month.

PART XII C

I. REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF BLOOD PRODUCTS

The blood products shall be manufactured in a separate premises other than that

meant for blood bank. The requirements that are essential for grant or renewal of licence to

manufacture blood products such as Albumin, Plasma Protein Fraction, Immunoglobins and

Coagulation Factor Concentrates, shall be as follows, namely: -

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1. Location and surroundings, buildings and water supp ly:

The requirements as regards location and surrounding, buildings and water

supply as contained in paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3 of Part 1 of Schedule M shall

apply mutatis mutandis to the manufacture of blood products.

2. Disposal of waste and infectious materials:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

322

(i) The requirements as regards disposal of waste and infectious materials as

contained in paragraph 1.1.4 of Part 1 of Schedule M shall apply mutatis

mutandis to the manufacture of blood products.

(ii) Proper facility shall also be provided for potentially infectious materials,

particularly HIV I & HIV II

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis C

Virus antibody)] through autoclaving, incineration or any other suitable

validt. methods.

3. Health, clothing and sanitation personnel:

(i) The requirement as contained in paragraph 3 of Part I of

Schedule M shall be complied with.

(ii) The personnel working in the manufacturing areas shall be

vaccinated against Hepatitis B virus and other infectious transmitting

diseases.

4. Requirements for manufacturing area for Blood Products:

(i) For the manufacture of blood products, separate enclosed areas specifically

designated for the purpose shall be provided. These areas be provided with air locks for

entry and shall be essentially dust free and ventilated with an air supply. Air supply for

manufacturing area shall be filtered through bacteria retaining filters (HEPA Filters) and

shall be at a pressure higher than in the adjacent areas.

The filters shall be checked for performance on installation and periodically

thereafter, and records thereof shall be maintained.

(ii) Interior surfaces (walls, floors and ceilings) shall be smooth and free from

cracks, they shall not shed matter and shall permit easy cleaning and disinfection. Drains

shall be excluded from aseptic areas.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 40(E) dated 29-01-2001

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

323

Routine microbial counts of the manufacturing area shall be carried out during

manufacturing operations. The results of such counts shall be checked against well

documented in-house standards and records maintained.

Access to the manufacturing areas shall be restricted to a minimum number of

authorized personnel. Special procedures for entering and leaving the manufacturing

areas shall be prominently displayed.

(iii) Sinks shall be excluded from aseptic areas. Any sink installed in other clean

areas shall be of suitable material such as stainless steel, without an overflow, and be

supplied with water of potable quality. Adequate precautions shall be taken to avoid

contamination of the drainage system with dangerous effluents and airborne dissemination

of pathogenic micro-organisms.

(iv) Lighting, air-conditioning, ventilation shall be designed to maintain a

satisfactory temperature and relative humidity to minimize contamination and to take account

of the comfort of personnel working with protective clothing.

(v) Premises used for the manufacture of blood products shall be suitably designed and

constructed to facilitate good sanitation.

(vi) Premises shall be carefully maintained and it shall be ensured that repair and

maintenance operations do not present any hazard to the quality of products. Premises shall

be cleaned and, where applicable, disinfected according to detailed written validt.

procedures.

(vii) Adequate facilities and equipments shall be used for the manufacture of blood

products derived from blood plasma.

(viii) All containers of blood products, regardless of the stage of manufacture, shall be

identified by securely attached labels. Cross contamination shall be prevented by adoption

of the following measures, namely: –

(a) processing and filling shall be in segregated areas;

(b) manufacture of different products at the same time shall be

avoided;

(c) simultaneous filling of the different products shall be avoided;

(d) ensure transfer, containers/materials by means of airlocks, air

extraction, clothing change and careful washing and decontamination of

equipment;

(e) protecting containers/materials against the risk of contamination

caused by re-circulation of untreated air or by accidental re-entry of

extracted air;

(f) using containers that are sterilized or are of documented low

―bioburden‖,

(ix) Positive pressure area shall be dedicated to the processing area concerned; (x) Air-

handling units shall be dedicated to the processing area concerned;

(xi) Pipe work, valves and vent filters shall be properly designed to facilitate cleaning

and sterilization. Valves on fractionation/reacting vessels shall be completely steam

sterilisable. Air vent filters shall be hydrophobic and shall be validated for their designated

use.

5. Ancillary Areas :

(i) Rest and refreshment rooms shall be separated from other areas.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

324

(ii) Facilities for changing and storing clothes and for washing and toilet

purposes shall be easily accessible and appropriate for the number of users.

Toilets shall not be connected directly with production or storage areas.

(iii) Maintenance workshops shall be separated from production areas.

Wherever parts and tools are stored in the production area, they shall be kept in

rooms or lockers reserved for that use.

(iv) Animal houses shall be well isolated from other areas with separate

entrance.

B. COLLECTION AND STORAGE OF PLASMA FOR FRACTIONATION

(a) Collection:

(1) Plasma shall be collected from the licensed Blood Banks through a

cold chain process and stored in frozen condition not warmer than minus

twenty degree centigrade.

(2) Individual plasma shall remain in quarantine till it is tested for

1

[( Hepatitis B and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)], HIV I and HIV II.

(3) A sample from pooled – lot plasma of about 10-12 units of different

donors shall be tested for

1

[(Hepatitis B and Heptitis C Virus antibody)] HIV I

and HIV II and if the same sample found negative, only then it shall be taken

up for fractionation.

(b) Storage Area :

(1) Storage areas shall be of sufficient space and capacity to allow orderly

storage of the various categories of materials, intermediates, bulk and finished

products, products in quarantine, released, rejected, returned, or recalled

products.

(2) Storage areas shall be designed or adopted to ensure good storage

conditioning. In particular, they shall be clean, dry and maintained within

temperature required for such storage and where special storage conditions are

required (e.g. temperature, humidity), these shall be provided, checked and

monitored.

(3) Receiving and dispatch bays shall protect materials and products from the

weather and shall be designed and equipped to allow containers of incoming

materials to be cleaned, if necessary, before storage.

(4) Where quarantine status is ensured by storage in separate areas, these

areas shall be clearly marked and their access restricted only to authorized

personnel.

(5) There shall be separate sampling area for raw materials. If sampling is

performed in the storage area, it shall be conducted in such a way so as to

prevent contamination or cross-contamination.

(6) Segregation shall be provided for the storage of rejected, recalled, or

returned materials or products.

(7) Adequate facility shall be provided for supply of ancillary material, such

as ethanol, water, salts and polyethylene glycol. Separate facilities shall be

provided for the recovery of organic solvents used in fractionation.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

325

C. PERSONNEL :

(1) Manufacture :

The manufacture of blood products shall be conducted under the

active direction and personal supervision of competent technical staff,

consisting of at

least one person who shall be a whole time employee, with one year

practical experience in the manufacture of blood products / plasma

fractionation and possesses –-

(a) Post-graduate degree in Medicine–M.D.

or

(b) Post-graduate degree in Science (Microbiology); or

(c) Post-graduate degree ib Pharmacy (Microbiology), from a

recognized University or Institution.

2. Testing :

The head of the testing unit shall be independent of the

manufacturing unit and testing shall be conducted under the active

direction and personal supervision of competent technical staff consisting

at least one person who shall be a whole time employee. The Head of the

testing unit shall have eighteen months practical experience in the testing of

drugs, especially the blood products and possesses –

(a) Post-graduate degree in Pharmacy or Science–

(Chemistry/ Microbiology/ Bio-chemistry); or

(b) Post-graduate degree in Medicine–

M.D(Microbiology/Pathology/ Biochemistry), from a recognized

University or Institution.

D. PRODUCTION CONTROL :

(1) The production area and the viral inactivation room shall be

centrally air- conditioned and fitted with HEPA filters having Grade C

(Class 10,000) environment as given in the Table below.

(2) The filling and sealing shall be carried out under aseptic

conditions in centrally air-conditioned areas fitted with HEPA Filters

Grade A or, as the case may be, Grade B (Class 100) environment given

in the said Table.

TABLE

AIR CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR MANUFACTURE OF STERILE

PRODUCTS.

Grade Maximum number of particles

permitted per m

3

0.5 – 5 micron Less than 5 micron

Maximum number of Viable

Micro-organism permitted per

m

3

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

326

A (Class 100)

(Laminar - Airflow

workstation)

3500 None Less than 1

B (Class 100) 3500 None Less than 5

C (Class 10,000) 3,50,000 2000 Less than 100

(3) The physical and chemical operations used for the manufacture of

plasma fractionation shall maintain high yield of safe and effective protein.

(4) The fractionation procedure used shall give a good yield of products

meeting the in-house quality requirements as approved by the Licensing

Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority reducing the risk of

microbiological contamination and protein denaturation to the minimum.

(5) The procedure adopted shall not affect the antibody activity and

biological half- life or biological characteristics of the products.

E. VIRAL INACTIVATION PROCESS :

The procedure used by the licensee to inactivate the pathogenic organisms such

as enveloped and non-enveloped virus, especially infectivity from HIV I &

HIV II,

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigens and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)], the viral

inactivation and validation methods adopted by the licensee, shall be submitted for

approval to the Licensing Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority.

NOTES:

(1) No preservative (except stabilizer to prevent – protein denaturation such as

glycine, sodium chloride or sodium caprylate) shall be added to Albumin,

Plasma Protein Fraction, Intravenous Immunoglobulins or Coagulation

Factor Concentrates without the prior approval of Licensing Authority and

Central Licence Approving Authority.

(2) The licensee shall ensure that the said stabilizers do not have deleterial

effect on the final product in the quantity present so as not to cause any

untoward or adverse reaction in human beings.

F. QUALITY CONTROL:

Separate facilities shall be provided for Quality Control such as

Hematological, Bio-chemical, Physico-chemical, Microbiological, Pyrogens,

Instrumental and Safety testing. The Quality Control Department shall have

inter alia the following principal duties, namely :-

(1) To prepare detailed instructions for carrying out test and analysis.

(2) To approve or reject raw material, components, containers, closures, in-

process materials, packaging material, labelling and finished products.

(3) To release or reject batch of finished products which are ready for

distribution.

(4) To evaluate the adequacy of the conditions under which raw materials, semi-

finished products and finished products are stored.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

327

(5) To evaluate the quality and stability of finished products and when necessary of

raw materials and semi-finished products.

(6) To review production records to ensure that no errors have occurred or if errors

have occurred that they have been fully investigated.

(7) To approve or reject all procedures, or specifications impacting on the identity,

strength, quality and purity of the product.

(8) To establish shelf-life and storage requirements on the basis of stability tests

related to storage conditions.

(9) To establish and when necessary revise, control procedures and specifications.

(10) To review complaints, recalls, returned or salvaged products and investigations

conducted there under for each product.

(11) To review Master Formula Records/Cards periodically.

G. TESTING OF BLOOD PRODUCTS:

The products manufactured shall conform to the standards specified in the

Indian Pharmacopoeia and where standards of any product is not specified in the

Pharmacopoeia, the standard for such product shall conform to the standard

specified in the United States Pharmacopoeia or the British Pharmacopoeia. The

final products shall be tested for freedom from HIV I and HIV II antibodies

1

[(Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)].

H. STORAGE OF FINISHED PRODUCT :

(i) The final products shall be stored between two degree centigrade to eight

degree centigrade, unless otherwise specified by the Central Licence Approving

Authority.

(ii) The shelf-life assigned to the products by the licensee shall be submitted

for approval to the Licensing Authority and Central Licence Approving Authority.

I. LABELLING :

The products manufactured shall be labelled as specified in the

Indian Pharmacopoeia, the British Pharmacopoeia or the United Stated Pharmacopoeia

which shall be in addition to any other requirement stated under Part IX or Part X

of these rules. The labels shall indicate the results of test for

1

[(Hepatitis B surface

antigen and Hepatitis C Virus antibody)] freedom from HIV I and HIV II antibodies.

J. RECORDS:

The licensee shall maintain records as per Schedule U and also comply with

Batch manufacturing records as specified in Paragraph 9 of Part -I of Schedule M and

any other requirement as may be directed by Licensing Authority and Central Licence

Approving Authority.

K. MASTER FORMULA RECORDS:

The licensee shall maintain Master Formula Records relating to all

manufacturing and quality control procedures for each product, which shall be

prepared and endorsed by the Competent Technical Staff, i.e. Head of the

manufacturing unit. The Master Formula Records shall contain: –

(i) the patent or proprietary name of the product along with the generic

name, if any, strength and the dosage form;

(ii) a description or identification of the final containers, packaging materials,

labels and closures to be used;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

328

(iii) the identity, quantity and quality of each raw material to be used irrespective

of whether or not it appears in the finished product. The permissible

overage that may be included in a formulated batch shall be indicated;

(iv) a description of all vessels and equipments and the sizes used in the process;

(v) manufacturing and control instructions along with parameters for critical

steps such as mixing, drying, blending, sieving and sterilizing the product;

(vi) the theoretical yield to be expected from the formulation at different

stages of manufacture and permissible yield limits;

(vii) detailed instructions on precautions to be taken in the manufacture and

storage of drugs and of semi finished products; and

(viii) the requirements in-process quality control tests and analysis to be carried

out during each stage of manufacture including the designation of

persons or departments responsible for the execution of such tests and

analysis.

II. REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF BLOOD PRODUCTS FROM BULK

FINISHED PRODUCTS

Where the blood products, such as Albumin, Plasma Protein Fraction,

Immunoglobulins and Coagulation Factor Concentrates are manufactured through the

manufacturing activities of filling and sealing the blood products from bulk powder

or solution or both, the requirements as they apply to the manufacture of blood products

from whole blood shall apply mutatis mutandis to such manufacture of blood products,

unless other requirements have been approved by the Central Licence Approving

Authority.]

1

[PART XIID

REQUIREMENTS FOR COLLECTION, PROCESSING, TESTING, STORAGE,

BANKING AND RELEASE OF UMBILICAL CORD BLOOD DERIVED STEM CELLS

(A) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. Location, Surroundings and Building: The building (s) for storage of Umbilical cord blood

shall be so situated and shall have such measures as to avoid risk of contamination from external

environment including open sewage, drain, public lavatory or any factory which produces

disagreeable or obnoxious odour or fumes, excessive soot, smoke, chemical or biological

emissions.

2. Buildings and premises: (1) The premises used for processing and storage shall be designed,

constructed and adapted and maintained to ensure that the above operations and other ancillary

functions are performed smoothly under hygienic conditions and in sterile areas wherever

required. They shall also conform to the conditions laid down in the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of

1948).

The premises shall be:

(a) Adequately provided with working space to allow orderly and logical placement of

equipment, material and movement of personnel so as to maintain safe operations and

prevent contamination;

(b) Designed / constructed / maintained to prevent entry of insects, pests, birds, vermins and

rodent. interior surfaces (walls, floors, ceilings and doors) shall be smooth and free from

cracks, and permit easy cleaning, painting and disinfection, and in aseptic areas the

surfaces shall be impervious, non-shedding, non-flaking and non-cracking;

(c) Flooring shall be unbroken and provided with a cove both at the junction between the

wall and the floor as well as the wall and the ceiling.

1. Inserted by G.S.R. 899(E) dated 27-12-2011

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

329

(d) Provided with light fitting and grills which shall flush with the walls and not hanging

from the ceiling to prevent contamination;

(e) If provided with fire escapes, these shall be suitably installed in the walls without any

gaps;

(f) Provided with the furniture in aseptic areas which is smooth, washable and made of

stainless steel or any other appropriate non shedding material other than wood;

(g) Provided with separate areas for processing and storage of products to prevent mix- ups,

product contaminations and cross contamination;

(h) Provided with defined environmental conditions for temperature, humidity, ventilation

and air filtration. Classifications shall be defined and, if appropriate, monitored.

(2) A periodical record of cleaning and renovating of the premises shall be maintained.

3. Disposal of waste and infectious materials:

(a) Waste materials awaiting disposal shall be stored safely;

(b) The disposal of sewage and effluents from the facility shall be in conformity with the

requirements of the Pollution Control Board;

(c) All bio-medical waste shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the Bio-

medical Waste Management and Handling Rules, 1996.

4. Health, clothing and Sanitation of personnel:

(a) All personnel shall undergo medical examination prior to employment and shall be free

from infectious and contagious diseases and thereafter they should be medically

examined periodically at least once a year and for this purpose records shall be

maintained thereof:

(b) All personnel, prior to and during employment, shall be trained in practices which ensure

personal hygiene and a high level of personal hygiene shall be observed by all those

engaged in the collection, processing, banking of umbilical cord blood;

(c) All persons shall wear clean body coverings appropriate for their duties before entering

the Processing Zone and the Change Rooms with adequate facilities shall be provided

prior to entry into any specific zone;

(d) Smoking, eating, drinking is prohibited inside the Laboratory;

(e) All personnel working in the Laboratory shall be protected against virus infections.

5. Requirements for Processing, Testing and Storage Areas for Umbilical cord blood stem cells:

(a) Separate dedicated areas specifically designed for the purpose and the workload shall be

provided:

(b) There shall be separate areas for designated work purposes namely:-

(i) Cord blood Reception: cord blood reception area with space for transient storage of

units and physical examination shall have adequate facilities for registration, date

entry and generation of bar-coded labels. Air condition area of at lease 10.00 Sq.

meters shall be provided;

(ii) Cord blood processing area: The room shall be clean and have an air handling

System to provide a Class 10,000 environment. Entry to this area shall be through

air lock. The room will house Class 100 biological safety cabinets for Umbilical

cord blood processing. The temperature of the clean room shall be maintained 20

ºC to 25ºC and with a positive differential pressure of 10-15 pascals and Relative

humidity of 50-60% Minimum area shall be 10.00 Sq. meters for the activity;

(iii) Haematology and Serology Laboratory: The laboratory shall be equipped and

utilized for the purpose of independently testing of Umbilical Cord Blood for ABO

grouping and Rh Typing, Total Nucleated Cell Count, Progenitor cell count and

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

330

viability test. The room shall be air-conditioned and area of at least 10.00 Sq. meters

shall be provided.

(iv) Transfusion Transmissible Disease Screening Laboratory: The Laboratory shall be

equipped and utilized for screening tests on maternal blood for infectious diseases

viz. HIV I & II; Hepatitis B & C virus, syphilis, malaria, CMV and HTLV. The room

shall be air-conditioned and area of at least 10.00 Sq. meters shall be provided.

(v) Sterility Testing Laboratory: The laboratory shall be used for performing Sterility

tests on Umbilical Cord blood unit. The premises may be classified depending on the

testing method used. The room shall be air-conditioned with adequate and ancillary

area for media prepar ation, sterilization, incubation and decontamination. Area of

at least 10.00 Sq. meters shall be provided.

(vi) HLA Typing Laboratory: The Umbilical Cord blood unit shall have arrangements

for HLA typing and genetic disease testing. In-house testing can be done by

providing a well demarcated laboratory from the processing area for evaluation of

possible genetic disease and HLA typing. The area shall have Class 100,000

environment and air-conditioned and area of at least 10.00 Sq. meters shall be

provided.

(vii) Sterilization-cum-washing: Appropriate facility shall be provided within the

premises for proper washing and sterilization. This facility would be optional for

laboratories using entirely disposable items.

(viii) Records and Store Rooms: There shall be designed record room(s) and store

room(s) of at least 10.00 Sq. meters each. The access to record room shall be

permitted only to authorized person. The room will have adequate protective

facilities as the documents and records are to be preserved for long years.

(ix) Cryogenic Storage room: A minimum space of 20.00 sq. meters shall be provided by

the licensee. The cryogenic storage room shall have provision for temperature

monitoring of storage vessels, liquid nitrogen level in storage vessels and oxygen

meter. The service space between each liquid nitrogen storage vessel, supply

cylinders and connecting hose should be minimum 1.00 sq. Meters. Separate

storage space for other accessories required shall be provided. The room shall be air-

conditioned.

(x) General Storage area: General storage area shall be provided to store all the

consumables, under conditions deemed optimum for storage by manufacturers.

B. COLLECTION AND STORAGE OF PROCESSED UMBILICAL CORD BLOOD

COMPONENT

1. Collection:

(a) Umbilical Cord blood unit specific for an individual will be collected after signing an

agreement with the parents, whose child‘s Umbilical Cord blood is to be collected and

the cord blood bank. Private and Public Umbilical Cord blood banking to have different

agreements;

(b) Umbilical Cord blood shall be collected from hospitals, nursing homes, birthing centers

and from any other place where a consenting mother delivers, under the supervision of

the qualified Registered Medical Practitioner responsible for the delivery;

(c) The cord blood shall be collected aseptically in a disposable PVC bag, containing

adequate quantity of sterile, pyrogen free anti-coagulant and sealed effectively and such

PVC Bags shall be procured from licensed manufacturer;

(d) The Umbilical Cord blood would be collected from a premises operating in hygienic

condition to allow proper operation, maintenance and cleaning.

2. Transportation:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

331

(a) Umbilical Cord blood shall be transported from the birthing center to the designated

laboratory under and as per procedure prescribed by the cord blood bank;

(b) The transportation procedure shall be validated to ensure optimum survival of the Stem

Cells;

(c) The transportation temperature should be between 18 to 28ºC;

(d) The time period between collection and processing shall not exceed 72 hours.

3. Storage:

(a) The Umbilical Cord blood shall be stored at room temperature between 20 to 25ºC in the

reception area prior to processing;

(b) Samples pending tests for specific transfusion transmittable infectious diseases shall be

stored in a segregated manner.

Note:- Temperature range between 4 to 37 degrees Celsius, for the whole time period of transit

may be allowed beyond the 18ºC to 28ºC in exceptional cases. The effects of deviation of transit

temperature from the optimum, on the product shall be adequately explained by the licensee in

the client education booklet.

C. PERSONNEL

Cord blood bank shall have following categories of whole time competent technical staff,

namely:-

1. Medical Director:- The operation of cord blood bank shall be conducted under the active

directions and supervision of a Medical Director who is a whole time employee and is

possessing a Post Graduate degree in medicine – MD [Pathology/Transfusion

Medicine/Microbiology] and has experience / training in cord blood processing and

Cryogenic Storage.

2. Laboratory In-charge: The laboratory in-charge shall have Post Graduate qualification in

Physiology or Botany or Zoology or Cell Biology or Microbiology or Biochemistry or Life

Sciences or Graduate in Pharmacy and one year working experience in pathological

laboratory licensed by the local health authority or any microbiology laboratory of a licensed

drug manufacturing / testing unit and or experience / training in cord blood processing and

cryogenic storage.

3. Technical Supervisor (cord blood processing):- The technical supervisor shall have a:

(a) Degree in Physiology or Botany or Zoology, Pharmacy or Cell Biology or Bio

Sciences or Microbiology or Biochemistry or Medical Laboratory Technology

(M.L.T.) with minimum of three years of experience in the preparation of blood

components and / or experience or training in cord blood processing and Cryogenic

Storage; or

(b) Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology (M.L.T.) with five years experience in

the preparation of blood components and experience or training in cord blood

processing and Cryogenic Storage shall be essential.

4. Cord Blood Bank Technician(s):- The technicians employed shall have a:

(a) A degree in Physiology or Botany or Zoology or Pharmacy or Cell Biology or Bio

Science or Microbiology or Biochemistry or Medical Laboratory Technology

(M.L.T.) with six months experience and or training in cord blood processing and

cryogenic storage; or

(b) Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology (MLT) with one year experience in the

testing of bloodand / or its components and / or experience or training in cord blood

processing and Cryogenic Storage.

D. AIR HANDLING SYSTEM

1. Air handling for sterile areas shall be different from those for other areas. The filter

configuration in the air handling system shall be suitably designed to achieve the grade of

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

332

air as given in the Table I. The environmental microbiological monitoring of clean areas

shall be in accordance to the recommended limits given in Table II.

2. The Processing area shall have HVAC system and fitted with HEPA Filters having Grade

C (Class 10,000) environment as given in Table I.

3. The entire processing shall be done conforming to Grade A (Class 100) Standard of air

quality.

TABLE I

AIR BORNE PARTICULATE CLASSIFICATIONS FOR MANUFACTURE OF STERILE

PRODUCTS

Grade Maximum number of permitted particles per cubic meter equal to or above

At rest (b) In Operation (a)

A

B(a)

C(a)

D(a)

0.5μm

3,500

3,500

3,50,000

35,00,000

5 μm

0

0

2000

20,000

0.5 μm

3,500

3,50,000

35,00,000

Not defined

5μm

0

2000

20,000

Not defined

Notes:-

(a) In order to reach the B, C and D air grades, the number of air changes shall be related to

the size of the room and the equipment and personnel present in the room. The air system

shall be provided with the appropriate filters such as HEPA for grades A, B and C. The

maximum permitted number of particles in the ―at rest‖ condition shall approximately

be as under:-

[Grade A and B corresponds with class 100 or M 3.5 or class 5]; Grade C with Class

10,000 or M 5.5 or ISO Class 7; Grade D with Class 1,00,000 or M 6.5 or ISO Class 8.

(b) The requirement and limit for the area shall depend on the nature of the operation carried

out.

TABLE II

RECOMMENDED LIMITS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL MONITORING OF

CLEAN AREAS ―IN OPERATION‖

Notes:-

(a) These are average values.

(b) Individual settle plates may be exposed for not less than two hours in Grade B, C and

D areas and for not less than thirty minutes in Grade A area.

E. QUALITY CONTROL

1. Facilities shall be provided for Quality Control such as Haematological, Microbiological and

Instrumental testing.

Grade Air samples

Cfu/m3

Settle Plates

(dia 90mm)

cfu/2hrs

Contact

plates (dia 55

mm) cfu per

plate

Glove points

(Five fingers)

cfu per glove

A Less than

1

Less

than 1

Less

than 1

Less

than 1

B 10 5 5 5

C 100 50 25 -

D 500 100 50 -

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

333

2. Following duties shall be performed under the function of quality control:

(a) To prepare detailed instructions for carrying out such tests and analysis;

(b) To approve or reject raw materials and consumables, used in any step, on the basis of

approved specifications;

(c) Haematological tests like Total Nucleated Cell Counts, Mononuclear Cell Count,

Enumeration of the population of Stem Cells, Stem Cell viability shall be performed on

samples of processed Umbilical cord blood unit;

(d) Microbiological Tests shall be done on Maternal Blood samples for freedom from

Hepatitis B Surface Antigen, Hepatitis C Virus antibody, HIV I and II antibodies.

Syphilis, Malaria, CMV and HTLV. Bacterial and Fungal Culture shall be done on the

umbilical cord blood samples;

(e) Instruments which would be used to process test and store the UCB unit would be

validated before commissioning and calibrated from time to time to check their

conformity to specific standards according to an approved and valid protocol;

(f) The environmental monitoring of the clean rooms would be done at periodic intervals

according to an accepted and validated protocol;

(g) All tests mentioned above shall be done in house except tests under itme numbers (e), (f)

and test for enumeration of Stem Cell Population, HLA typing and Genetic Disease

Testing which may be outsourced to a competent third party approved by the licensing

authority.

F. SCREENING TESTS

1. The maternal blood sample shall be tested for

(a) Hepatitis B;

(c) HIV 1 & 2;

(d) Syphilis;

(e) Malaria;

(f) CMV;

(g) HTLV

2. The Umbilical Cord Blood shall be tested for

(a) Total Nucleated Cell count;

(b) Total Mononuclear Cell Count;

(c) Progenitor Cell (CD34+) enumeration;

(d) Cell Viability;

(e) ABO Group and Rh Type;

(f) Sterility as regards Bacterial and Fungal contamination status;

(g) HLA Matching (Only for allogenic Cord Blood Units).

G. STORAGE

1. The Umbilical cord blood shall be cryopreserved using a controlled rate freezing or

equivalent validated procedures. The frozen storage shall be at minus 196ºC and shall not

be warmer than minus 150ºC.

2. There will be no shelf life for this class of product.

H. REFERENCE SAMPLES

1. At least two reference samples shall be collected from cord blood unit product prior to

cryopreservation and stored at minus 196ºC and shall not be warmer than minus 150ºC.

2. At least one additional reference sample shall be stored at minus 76ºC or colder for the

purposes other than viability analysis.

I. LABELLING

1. Initial label placed during collection shall specify:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

334

(a) Human Umbilical Cord Blood;

(b) Approximate Volume or weight of contents in the collection bag [UCB+

Anticoagulant];

(c) Mother ‘s name;

(d) Place of collection;

(e) Date and time of collection;

(f) Collected by;

(g) To be labeled in bold, ―ROOM TEMPERATURE ONLY– DO NOT REFRIGERATE,

DO NOT IRRADIATE‖;

(h) Manufacturing license number.

2. Label at completion of processing and before issue - Cryogenic Storage Label [Statutory

label] shall indicate the following:-

(a) Name of product:- Human Progenitor Cell [HPC] – Cord Blood;

(b) Volume or weight of contents;

(c) Percentage of Cryoprotectant [DMSO];

(d) Percentage of any other additive / preservant;

(e) Date of collection [birth] ………………………;

(f) Date of processing ……………………………..;

(g) Name of manufacturer………………………….;

(h) Manufacturing license number;

(i) Storage temperature – not less than, - 196ºC and shall not be warmer than minus 150ºC,

(j) Unique Traceability Number and / or BAR Code.

3. Issue label at the time of release of Cord Blood Unit shall indicate the following namely:-

(a) Name of manufacturer;

(b) License number;

(c) All details of the Cryogenic Storage Label;

(d) The results of Total Nucleated Cells, Progenitor Cell percentage {CD34+), Viability;

(e) Results of Transfusion Transmittable diseases testing on maternal blood;

(f) ABO Group and Rh Type;

(g) Date of processing;

(h) Result of HLA typing (allogenic);

(i) Statement ―properly identify intended Recipient and Product‖;

(j) A statement indicating that leukoreduction filters should not be used;

(k) Statement ―Do not irradiate‖

(l) Name and address of receiving hospital.

J. RECORDS OR DOCUMENTATION

1. The licensee shall maintain the following records

(a) Client / donor enrolment / agreement record;

(b) Collection of unit and transportation record;

(c) Master record of stored unit;

(d) HLA Matching record;

(e) Unit Release Register;

(f) Stock Register for Blood Collection Bag Cryoprotectant and Preservant, RBC

Sedimentation Enhancer;

(g) Stock Register for Diagnostic Kits, Reagents and other consumables;

(h) Record on feedback after use of cord blood / Adverse reaction record.

2. The following Standard Operating Procedures shall be maintained by the licensee, namely:-

(a) Umbilical Cord Blood collection;

(b) Transportation of the collected Umbilical cord Blood unit;

(c) Processing of Umbilical cord blood unit;

(d) Cryogenic storage of processed umbilical cord blood unit;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

335

(e) Testing of maternal blood for transfusion transmittable infections;

(f) Testing of Umbilical cord blood for ABO Grouping and Rh Typing;

(g) Testing of Umbilical cord blood unit for Total Nucleated Cell Count, Mononuclear

Cell Count, Progenitor Cell (CD34+) enumeration, and viability;

(h) Testing of Umbilical cord blood stem cell unit for sterility;

(i) Disposal of bio medical waste;

(j) Dispensation of Umbilical cord blood unit;

(k) Preventive maintenance Protocol for all Instruments;

(l) Acceptance / Rejection procedure of consumables;

(m) Environment monitoring of classified areas;

(n) Any other standard operative procedure as per requirements.

K. CORD BLOOD RELEASE

1. There shall be designated area with adequate space for procedures and records related to cord

blood unit selection and release.

2. The cord blood bank shall obtain written or electronic request from the transplant physician

or designee for shipment of the cord blood unit.

3. Accompanying documentation at the time of issue from the cord blood bank shall include

indications, contra-indications, caution, instruction for handling and use of the cord blood

unit including short-term storage and preparation for transplantation.

4. Procedure for transportation of cryopreserved cord blood unit within the facility shall be

designed to protect the integrity of the unit and the health and safety of the personnel.

5. Cryopreserved cord blood unit stored at -150ºC or colder shall be transported in a liquid

nitrogen cooled dry shipper that contains adequate absorbed liquid nitrogen and has been

validated to maintain temperature below -150ºC for at least 48 hours beyond the expected

time of arrival at the receiving facility.

1

[PART XIII]

GENERAL

1. For the purposes of this Schedule, any test or method of testing described in

the

2

[Indian Pharmacopoeia] shall be deemed to be a method approved by the Licensing

Authority.

2. The Licensing Authority shall publish in the Official Gazette from time to

time particulars of any test or method of testing approved by him.

1. Renumbered by Notification No. F-18-1/46, dt. 18-6-48

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 19, dated 15-12-1977

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

336

1

[SCHEDULE F(I)

PART 1–VACCINES

(A) PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCION OF BACTERIAL VACCINES:

1. Definition. –(1) This part of the Schedule applies to bacterial vaccines made from

any micro-organism pathogenic to man or other animal and to vaccines made from other

micro-organisms which have any antigenic value.

(2) For the purposes of this part of the Schedule, a bacterial vaccine means a sterile

suspension of a killed culture of the micro-organism from which the vaccine derives its name

or a sterile extract or derivative of a micro-organism, or a pure suspension of living micro-

organisms which have been previously made avirulent.

2. Staff of Establishment.–A competent expert in bacteriology with sufficient

experience in the manufacture and standardisation of biological products shall be in charge of

the establishment responsible for the production of bacterial vaccine and he shall be assisted

by a staff adequate for carrying out the tests required during the preparation and

standardisation of the vaccines.

3. Proper Name.–The proper name of any vaccine shall be the name of the micro-

organism from which it is made followed by the word ―Vaccine‖ unless this Schedule

otherwise provides or if there is no other special provision in this Schedule, some other name

as approved by the Licensing Authority. Provided that in the case of the undermentioned

preparations the proper name of the vaccine may be as follows: –

1. Anthrax Spore Vaccine (Living).

2. Blackquarter Vaccine.

3. Enterotoxaemia Vaccine.

4. Fowl Cholera Vaccine.

5. Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Adjuvant Vaccine.

6. Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Vaccine (Broth).

2

[7. Multi Component Clostridial Vaccine.

8. Hemorrhagic Septicaemia Vaccine – Alum Treated.]

4. Records.–Cultures used in the preparation of vaccine before being manipulated into

a vaccine, should be thoroughly tested for identity by the generally accepted tests applicable

to the particular micro-organisms.

The permanent records which the licensee is required to keep shall include amongst

others, a record of the origin, properties and characteristics of the cultures.

5. Combined Vaccines.–Vaccines may be issued either singly or combined in any

proportion in the same container. In the case of combination of vaccines, a name for the

combined vaccine may be submitted by the licensee to the Licensing Authority, and if

approved, may be used as the proper name of the vaccine.

1. Added by Ministry of Health F.P., W.H and U.D. Notfn. No. F.1-6/62-D (SO. 2889), dt. 2-7-1969

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

337

6. Preparation– Bacterial vaccines, simple or polyvalent, are prepared from selected

cultures after careful examination for their identity, specificity, purity and antigencity. They

may be prepared in the following manner:.–

(a) Formal Cultures or Bacterins.– The selected pure culture strain or strain

are grown in a suitable fluid medium, at an optimum temperature, for an appropriate

period. The pure growth is then exposed to the action of solution of Formaldehyde I.P. in

suitable concentration and temperature. The product is finally filled in suitable sterilised

containers which are subsequently sealed.

(b) Vaccine of Bacterial Products or Bacterial Derivatives.–These vaccines

are prepared by growing the organisms on suitable media and then deriving specific

antigenic constituents of the bacteria by various special methods.

(c) Living Bacterial Vaccines.– They are prepared from non-pathogenic but

fully immunogenic strains of micro-organism. Strict aseptic precautions are taken

throughout the preparation against the introduction of microbial contaminants.

7. General Standards:.

(a )Description.– Bacterial vaccines are colourless to yellowish brown liquids

containing dead or viable bacteria in homogenous suspension.

(b) Identification.–All types of vaccines confer active immunity in the susceptible

animals which can be demonstrated by injecting suitable experimental animals with the

calculated doses of the product and subsequently determining the presence of the

protective antibodies in their serum and/or by challenging the vaccinated animals by

injecting virulent strain of the homologous organisms. The protected animals should

survive the challenge.

(c) Test for Sterility.–All bacterial vaccines shall be tested for sterility in

accordance with the provision of Rules 115 to 119 (both inclusive). If the vaccine

contains added bactericide or bacteriostatic, a quantity of medium sufficient to render

the growth inhibitor ineffective is added to the sample, or a suitable substance is added

to the sample, or a suitable substance is added in concentration sufficient to render the

growth inhibitor ineffective but not itself to inhibit the growth of micro-organism.

(d) Purity Tests for Living Bacterial Vaccine.–Petri dishes containing suitable

media are streaked with the final product and incubated at 37˚ C for 72 hours. The

vaccine passes the test if no growth of micro-organisms other than those from which the

vaccine was prepared is observed. Other tests include examination for motility of the

organisms, fermentation reactions and thermoagglutination test and dye-inhibitor tests

in case of bruceliza vaccine.

(e) Safety Test.– The safety of the vaccine shall be assessed by injecting it in

appropriate doses in suitable susceptible animals. No animal should show any

untoward, general or local reaction within seven days after inoculation.

(f). Potency Test.–Wherever applicable, susceptible experimental animals are

inoculated with the calculated doses of the final product. The animals are challenged

after the period of immunisation, with virulent infective dose of the homologous culture

along with the controls. The potency of the vaccine is assessed by the survival of the

vaccinated animals and the death of the controls.

8. Labelling:

(a) The label on the ampoule or the bottle shall indicate:.–

(i) Proper name.

(ii) Contents in millilitres or doses.

(iii) Potency, if any.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

338

(iv) Batch number.

(v) Expiry date.

(b) The label on the outside container shall indicate:

(i) Proper name.

(ii) Contents in Millilitres or doses.

(iii) Batch number.

(iv) Date of manufacture.

(v) Manufacturing licence No.

(vi) Manufacturer‘s name and address.

(vii) ―For animal treatment only‖.

(viii) Storage conditions.

9. Storage.–-Bacterial vaccines shall be stored, protected from light at temperature

between 2˚C to 4˚C and shall not be frozen.

10. Date of manufacture.– The date of manufacture shall be, unless otherwise specified

in the individual monograph in this part, as defined in clause (b) of sub-rule (3) of rule 109.

Anthrax Spore Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonyms.–-Avirulent Anthrax Spore Vaccine or Bacillus Anthracis Vaccine

(Living).

2. Definition.–-The vaccine is a suspension of living spores of an uncapsulated

avirulent strain of B anthracis in 50 per cent glycerine saline.

3. Preparation.–-Avirulent B, anthracis of known antigenicity is grown on suitable

medium at pH 7.4 in Roux flasks. After 72 hours incubation at 37˚ C, the pure sporulated

culture growth which shows 70 to 80 per cent sporulation is washed with normal saline and

glycerinated to the extent of 50 per cent by weight of the culture washing and the whole

suspension is kept at room temperature for twenty-one days to allow for the stabilization of

the spores.

4. Standard:.

(a) Description.–- It is slightly opalescent or pale brown semi-viscous liquid.

(b) Identification.–-Uncapsulated B anthracis which is avirulent can be isolated

from the vaccine.

(c) Sterility test.–- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccine‖.

(d) Purity Test.–- Complies with the ―Purity Tests for Living Bacterial Vaccine‖

described under the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(e) Safety Test.–-Four healthy adult guinea-pigs each weighing 300-450 g. not

previously treated with any material which will interfere with the test are inoculated

subcutaneously, two with 0.2 ml. each and two with 0.5 ml. each of the unglycerinated

suspension respectively. Four more guinea-pigs are injected with 1:5 dilution of the

glycerinated product in the same manner. No untoward reaction should be observed and

none of the animals should die of anthrax during the period of observation for seven days.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

339

(f) Safety and Potency Test in sheep and goat–Spore count of the glycerinated

suspension is made after twenty-one days from the date of glycerination. Three

plates for each of the three dilution 10

5

, 10

6

and 10

7

are made.

Eight sheep and eight goats each weighing not less than 18 kg. are injected

subcutaneously in the following manner:–

two sheep : Each subcutaneously with 10 ml. of the stock suspension

(for safety).

two goats : Each subcutaneously with 5 ml. of the stock

suspension (for safety).

six sheep : Each subcutaneously with one million spores

suspended in 50 per cent glycerine saline solution.

six goats : Each subcutaneously with one million spores suspended in

50 per cent glycerine saline solution.

None of these animals should die of anthrax. Twenty one days after vaccination, the

animals are challenged with 100 lethal doses of virulent B. anthracis spores along with two

healthy sheep and two goats as controls.

All the controls should die of anthrax within 72 hours after challenge and at least 66 per

cent of the vaccinated animals should survive. The animals shall be observed for a minimum

of ten days from the date of challenge.

1

[(g) Viable Count.– The vaccine when plated on suitable media should show 10

million viable spores per cattle dose and 5 million spores per sheep dose.]

5. Labelling and Storage.– Should comply with the requirements for ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

2

[6. Expiry Date.– The date of expiry of the potency of the vaccine shall be not more

than two years from the date of manufacture if stored in 4

o

C and six months, if stored at room

temperature.]

Blackquarter Vaccine

1. Synonym.–Blackleg vaccine or Quarter Evil Vaccine.

2. Definition.– Blackquarter Vaccine is a culture of Clostridium chauvoei grown in a

suitable anaerobic fluid medium and rendered sterile and toxic by the addition of Solution of

Formaldehyde I.P. in such a manner that it retains its immunising properties.

3. Preparation.–Cultures of Cl. Chauvoei are grown in a suitable anaerobic fluid

medium and killed by the addition of a suitable concentration of Solution of Formaldehyde

I.P. The final product shall be adjusted to pH.7.0.

4. Standards:.

(a) Description.–It is a yellowish brown liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible animals against infection with Cl.

Chauvoei.

(c) Sterility Test.–Should comply with the test for sterility described in the

general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccine‖.

1. Subs. by. G.S.R 659 (E) ,dt.. 31-8-1994.

2. Ins. by. G.S.R 659 (E) ,dt.. 31-8-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

340

(d) Safety and Potency Tests.–At least six adult healthy guinea-pigs each

weighing 300 g to 450 g are injected subcutaneously each with 3 ml. of the product

followed a week later by a second injection with the same dose. They should not

show any systemic reaction but may show only a minimum of local reaction.

Fourteen days after the second injection six of the vaccinated guinea-pigs are

challenged intramuscularly with 25 viable spores of Cl. Chauvoei equivalent to 5

c.h.d. along with 0.2 ml. of a 5 per cent solution of calcium chloride. Two controls

are used. The controls should die of the specific injection and at least 4 of the six

vaccinated animals should survive before the product is passed for issue.

5. Labelling and Storage.– Should comply with the requirements of ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date.–- The date of expiry of the potency of the vaccine shall not be more

than twenty-four months from the date of manufacture.

Brucella Abortus ( Strain 19 Vaccine) (Living)

1. Synonym.–Contagious Abortion Vaccine, (Strain 19) (Living).

2. Definition.–Brucella Abortus (Strain 19) Vaccine (Living) is a suspension of a pure

smooth living culture of Br. Abortus of low virulence in normal saline solution.

3. Preparation.–Forty eight to seventy-two hour old growth of Br. Abortus (Strain 19)

on potato agar medium in Roux flasks washed with buffered normal saline solution pH 6.4

and the pure growth from the flasks are pooled together, 0.5 ml. of the pooled product is

mixed with 4.5 ml. of normal saline solution at pH 6.4 in graduated centrifuge tube and

centrifuge at 3000 r.p.m for one hour. The percentage of cell deposit is assessed by reading

the amount of cell deposit obtained.

The concentrated suspension is then diluted with buffer normal saline solution so that the

final product contains 0.72 per cent bacterial cell deposit.

4. Standard:

(a) Description.–It is an almost white turbid liquid containing live bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification.–It consists of Gram-negative bacilli capable of protecting

susceptible animals against Brucellosis.

(c) Sterility Test.–Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccine‖.

(d) Purity Test.–A smear of the finished products is examined microscopically

after staining by Gram‘s method for evidence of any contamination. When grown on

suitable media, Br. Abortus should be obtained in a pure state.

(e) Safety Test.–Two healthy guinea-pigs each weighing 300 g. to 450g. are

inoculated subcutaneously each with 1.0 ml. of the final product. The guinea-pigs

should not show excessive reaction of a toxic nature during the period of observation of

ten days.

(f) Potency Test.–Each of a group of four healthy guinea-pigs, drawn from a

uniform stock and each weighing 300 g. to 450 g. is injected intra-muscularly with 1 ml.

of the vaccine, and is challenged nine weeks after vaccination by the intramuscular

injection of 1 ml. of a suspension containing 5,000 fully virulent Br. Abortus organisms.

Each of a group of two unvaccinated guinea-pigs is similarly injected. After a further six

weeks, the guinea-pigs are killed and cultures are made from their spleens. More than

half of the vaccinated guinea-pigs contain no demonstrable Br. Abortus in the spleen; all

the controls are infected.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

341

(g) Viable Count.–The vaccine when plated on suitable media should show

between 14, 000 million and 18,000 million Br. Abortus organisms per ml. At least 80

per cent brucella organisms should be in the smooth phase.

4. Labelling and storage.– Should comply with the requirements of ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖. The liquid vaccine

shall be issued fresh as far as possible without allowing any period of storage after

manufacture.

5. Expiry Date–The date of expiry of the vaccine shall be not more than five weeks

from the date of manufacture.

Enterotoxaemia Vaccine

1. Synonyms.–Clostridium Welchii, Type D, Formal Culture: Pulpy Kidney Vaccine.

2. Definition.–Enterotoxaemia Vaccine is a culture of a highly toxigenic strain of

Clostridium type D, group is an anaerobic medium rendered sterile and toxic by the addition

of Solution of Formaldehyde I.P in such a manner that it retains its immunising properties.

3. Preparation.– Selected toxigenic strain of Cl. Welchii type D, is grown in a liquid

medium under conditions which ensure maximum epsilon toxin production. The culture is

checked for purity and toxicity as tested in mice. Solution of Formaldehyde I.P. is added in

suitable concentration and the formolised culture is kept at 37˚ C till the production is sterile

and non-toxic.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- It is a yellowish brown liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification- When injected into susceptible animals it stimulates the

production of epsilon antitoxin of Cl. Welchii, type D.

(c) Sterility Test- Complies with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Bacterial Vaccines‘.

(d) Safety and Potency Tests- At least eight sheep each weighing not less than 18

kg. or twelve rabbits each weighing 1 kg. to 1.5 kg. are used for testing the safety and

potency of each brew of the vaccine. Two sheep receive subcutaneously 10 ml. each

and the other six sheep receive each 2.5 ml. of the product subcutaneously. The rabbits

are given subcutaneously a dose of 5 ml. each. The sheep and rabbits are observed for

five days. They should show only a minimum local reaction and no systemic reaction.

The sheep receiving 10 ml. are withdrawn from experiments after five days. Each of

the other six sheep is inoculated with a second dose of 2.5 ml. fourteen days after the

first injection. The rabbits are inoculated with 5 ml. as a second dose, after one month

of the first inoculation. Ten days after the second inoculation the sera of sheep or

rabbits are pooled separately. The pooled serum of each group of animal shall contain

in each ml. not less than two international units of Cl. Welchii epsilon antitoxin which

is determined by testing on mice as follows:

One ml. of the pooled serum is mixed with one ml. of the epsilon toxin of Cl.

Welchii type D, containing 300 mouse-minimum-lethal-doses (mouse m.l.d.) and kept at

room temperature for half an hour. At least two mice each weighing not less than 18 g.

are each given intravenously 0.2 ml. of the mixture. As control two mice each weighing

not less than 18 g. should each receive 0.2 ml. of the toxin containing 300 mouse m.l.d

per ml. diluted with equal volume of normal saline. The control mice should die within 1

to 2 hours while the mice receiving the mixture of serum and toxin should survive for at

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

342

least two days. Sera containing one International Unit of epsilon antitoxin per ml. will be

able to neutralise 150 mouse m.l.d. of epsilon toxin of Cl. Welchii, type D.

5. Labelling and Storage.–Should comply with the requirements regarding

―Labelling‖ and ―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date.–The expiry date of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than

twelve months from the date of manufacture.

Fowl Cholera Vaccine (Polyvalent)

1. Synonym.–Pasteurella Septica Vaccine (Avian).

2. Definition.–Fowl Cholera Vaccine is a formolised pure broth culture of virulent

strains of Pasteurella Septica (Avian).

3. Preparation.–The strains are grown separately in nutrient broth for 48 hours at 37˚

C. The pure growth is killed by the addition of a Solution of Formaldehyde I.P in a suitable

concentration. The cultures are then mixed in equal proportions and the final vaccine is

bottled in suitable containers.

4. Standard-

(a) Description.–It is a light yellow liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible birds against P. aviseptica infection.

(c) Sterility test.–Complies with the test for ―Sterility‖ described under the

general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖..

(d) Safety Test.–Two healthy young fowls each weighing not less than 400 g. or

twelve healthy mice are inoculated subcutaneously each with 1 ml. of the final product.

The birds should not show any untoward reaction during the period of observation for

seven days.

5. Labelling and Storage.–Should comply with the requirements of ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date.–The date of expiry of potency of the Vaccine shall be not more than

six months from the date of manufacture.

Hemorrhagic Septicaemia Adjuvant Vaccine

1. Synonym.– Pasteurella Septica Adjuvant Vaccine.

2. Definition.–The vaccine is a homogenous suspension of formolised agar-washed

Pasteurella septica with liquid paraffin and lanolin.

3. Preparation.–Pure growth of a highly antigenic strain of P. Septica in phase 1 grown

on nutrient agar medium containing 0.5 per cent yeast extract is washed with 0.5 per cent

formol saline. The pooled suspension is diluted with normal saline to contain

approximately 2100 million P. Septica organisms per ml. The safety test of this adjusted

suspension is conducted on four white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. and observed

for three days before it is mixed with liquid paraffin and lanolin in suitable proportion.

The mixture is blended until a homogenous emulsion is obtained which is filled in

suitable containers.

4. Standard:

(a) Description− It is a white thick oily liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible animals against infection with P. Septica.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

343

(c) Sterility Test.–It complies with the test for ―Sterility‖ described in the general

Monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety Test.– Six white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. are inoculated

intraperitoneally each with 0.5 ml. of the vaccine. None of the mice should die of

pasteurellosis during the observation period for seven days.

(e) Potency Test.–Three susceptible calves in good condition between the ages of

nine months to three years are injected intramuscularly, each with 2 ml. of the vaccine, in

the case of animals weighing upto 140 kg. and 3 ml. for heavier ones.

Three weeks later these animals along with two healthy animals of the same type and

species are challenged subcutaneously with 18 hours old broth culture of P. Septica

equivalent to at least 50 million mouse minimum infective dose. Both the controls should die

of pasteurellosis and at least two out of the three protected animals should survive the

challenge dose for a period of seven days.

5. Labelling and storage- Should comply with the requirements for ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than

twelve months from the date of manufacture.

Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Vaccine (Broth)

1. Synonym.–Pasteurella Septica Vaccine (Broth).

2. Definition.–Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Vaccine is formolised culture of a virulent

strain of Pasteurella septica in nutrient broth.

3. Preparation.–.Septica culture is grown in nutrient broth at 37˚C. The pure growth is

killed by the addition of a solution of Formaldehyde I.P. in a suitable concentration.

4. Standard:

(a) Description.–It is a pale yellow liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible animals against infection with P.Septica.

(c) Sterility Test.–Complies with the test for ―Sterility‖ described under the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety Test.–Four healthy rabbits each weighing 1 kg. to 1.5 kg. are inoculated

subcutaneously each with 5 ml. of the product. There should be no untoward reaction

during the period of observation for seven days. Alternately two rabbits and six mice

may be employed. The dose for mice will be 0.5 ml.

5. Labelling and Storage.–Should comply with the requirements of ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date.–The date of expiry of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than

six months from the date of manufacture.

Salmonella Abortus Equi Vaccine

1. Synonym.–Equine Abortion Vaccine.

2. Definition.– Equine Abortion Vaccine is a mixture of equal parts of pure formolised

cultures of smooth laboratory strains of Salmonella abortus equi.

3. Preparation.–The strains are grown separately on plain agar in Roux flasks, for 24-

28 hours at 37˚ C. The pure growth is washed with normal saline solution and the washings

are pooled together. The suspension is standardised to contain approximately 600 million

Sal.Abortus equi organisms per ml. using normal saline solution as diluent. The culture is

killed by the addition of sufficient quantity of solution of Formaldehyde I.P in a suitable

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

344

concentration and the product is kept at 37˚C for seven days. Potassium alum is added to give a

final concentration of 1 per cent

4. Standard:

(a) Description.–It is an opalescent liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible animals against infection with Sal.

Abortus equi.

(c) Sterility Test.–Complies with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety Test- Six white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. are inoculated

intraperitoneally each with 0.5 ml. of the product. None of the mice should die of

salmonellosis. The mice are observed for ninety-six hours.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements for ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than six

months from the date of manufacture.

Streptococcus Equi vaccine

1. Synonym.– Strangles Vaccine

2. Definition.– Streptococcus equi Vaccine is a phenolised culture of a number of

different isolates of Streptococcus equi in glucose serum broth.

3. Preparation.– Equal proportions of forty-eight hours old pure cultures of different

isolates of Str. Equi in serum glucose both are mixed together. The suspension is centrifuged

and the deposit is washed with normal saline solution after removing the supernatant. The

washed cells are suspended in normal saline and heated in a water bath 65˚C for two hours.

Phenol and normal saline are added to give a final concentration of 1200 million Str. Equi

organisms per ml. and 0.5 per cent of phenol in the vaccine.

4. Standard-

(a) Description.– It is a slightly opalescent liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification.–It protects susceptible animals against infection with Str. Equi.

(c) Sterility Test.–Complies with the test for ―Sterility‖ described in the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖, the nutrient broth being replaced by glucose broth.

(e) Safety Test.–Two ponies and two rabbits (each weighing not less than 1 kg.)

are inoculated each with 10 ml. and 2 ml. respectively of the final product. The animals

should not show any untoward reaction during the period of observation of seven days.

5. Labelling and Storage.–Should comply with the requirements for ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖

6. Expiry Date.– The date of expiry of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than

six months from the date of manufacture.

Old Adjuvant Vaccine against Pasteurellosis in Sheep and Goats.

1. Synonym- Pasteurella Septica Adjuvant Vaccine for ovines and Caprines.

2. Definition- The vaccine is a homogenous suspension of formolised agarwashed

Pasteurella septica of ovine origin with liquid paraffin and lanolin.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

345

3. Preparation− Pure growth of highly antigenic strains (R1, R2, R4) in phase I

grown separately on nutrient agar medium containing 0.5 per cent yeast extract is washed

with 0.5 per cent Normal saline. Equal quantities of the suspension of three strains diluted

with Normal saline to contain approximately 2100 million organisms per ml. is pooled

together. The safety test of this adjusted pooled suspension is conducted in for white mice

each weighing not less than 18 g. and observed for three days before it is mixed with liquid

paraffin and lanolin in suitable proportion.

The mixture is blended until a homogenous emulsion is obtained which is filled in

suitable containers.

4. Standards:

(a) Description- It is a white thick oily liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification- It protects susceptible animals against infection with

P. Septica.

(c) Sterility Test- Complies with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety Test- Six white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. are inoculated

intra-peritoneally each with 0.5 ml. of the vaccine. None of the mice should die of

Pasteurellosis druing the observation period of seven days.

The vaccine is also inoculated into six sheep and six goats in a dose of 3 ml. each

intramuscularly and are observed for a period of seven days. During this period none

should die of Pasteurellosis.

(e) Potency Test- Not being done at present.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements for ―Labelling‖ and

―Storage‖ as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines.

6. Expiry Date- The expiry date of Potency of the Vaccine shall be not more than

twelve months from the date of manufacture.

1

[Multicomponent of Clostridial Vaccine

1. Synonyms. – Combined anaculture of Clostridium perfringens type C and D, C1.

septicum and CI. oedematiens.

2. Definition – It consists of four highly antigenic components containing the toxoids

of C. perfringens type D, CI. Perfringens type C, Cl. oedematiens and CI. septicum which

are prepared in double strength and then combined in such a proportion that would invoke

adequate anti-toxin response in the vaccinated sheep against each antigen incorporated in the

vaccine

3. Preparation – The above strains are grown separately in suitable liquid media under

conditions which ensure maximum toxin production. The cultures are checked for purity and

toxicity in mice. Solution of Formaldehyde I.P. of analytical grade is added to a 0.5 per

cent final concentration and formalized cultures are kept at 37

o

C till the product is sterilized

and atoxic. The formalized anacultures are pooled, precipitated by the addition of Aluminium

Chloride, 20 per cent solution in distilled water to have a final concentration of the chemical

to 10 per cent and pH adjusted to 6.0.the sedimented toxoid is reconstituted to have its

original volume in normal saline.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

346

4 Standards :

(a) Description – It is whitish liquid when shaken thoroughly to contain killed

bacteria and toxoid in suspension.

(b) Identification – When injected to susceptible animals it stimulates the

production of epsilon and beta antitoxins against CI. perfrigens type D and C and also

antitoxins against CI. septicum and toxin of CI. Oedematiens.

(c) Sterility Test – Complies with the test of sterility described in general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines.‖

(d) Safety Test – Four sheeps each are inoculated with 10 ml. S/C of the product

and these are observed for 7 days during which period animals shall not show any local

or systemic reaction.

(e) Potency Test – Eight sheep each are inoculated with 2 doses of vaccines S/C at

an interval of 21 days and bled on 10th day after 2nd inoculation for collection of serum

for assessing the antitoxin titre against each antigen incorporated in the vaccine. The

post-inoculation serum should contain not less than 2 i.u. of epsilon and beta antitoxins

of CI. perfringens and 2.5 i.u. of CI. septicum antitoxin and 4 i.u. of CI. oedematiens

antitoxin.

5. Labelling and storage - Shall comply with the requirements regarding labelling

and storage as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccine‖.

6. Expirty date – The expiry date of potency of vaccine shall not be more than 6 months

from the date of manufacture.

Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Vaccine – Alum Treated

1. Synonyms – Pasterulla multocida/(Yersinia Multocida) vaccine – Alum treated.

2. Definition -- The vaccine is a formalized culture of a virulent strain of Pasteurella

multocida in nutrient broth treated with potash alum.

3. Preparation -- A highly potent strain of Pasteurella multocida type I in Phase I is

grown on nutrient broth at 37

o

C. The pure growth is killed by the addition of a solution of

Formalin I.P in suitable concentration (0.5 per cent). This is treated with Potassium Alum I.P

to give a final concentration of 1 per cent.

4. Standard :

(a) Description – It is a white suspension containing dead bacteria and alum.

(b) Identification – It protects susceptible animals against infection with

P. multocida.

(c) Sterility Test -- It complies with the test for sterility described under general

monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety Test -- Four healthy rabbits each weighting 1 to 1.5 kg. are inoculated

subcutaneously each with 5 ml. of the product. There shall be no untoward reaction

during the period of observation for 7 days except slight local swelling. Alternatively

two rabbits and six mice may be employed. The dose for mice will be 0.5 ml.

5. Labelling and Storage :-- Shall comply with the requirements of labelling and

storage as laid down in the general monograph on ―Bacterial Vaccines‖.

6. Expiry date – The date of expiry of potency of the vaccine shall be not more than

six months from the date of manufacture.]

(B) PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCTION OF VIRAL VACCINES

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

347

1. Definition- (i) This part of the Schedule applies to viral vaccines live or inactivated

made from any virus pathogenic to domestic animals and poultry and made from other

modified viruses which have any antigenic value.

(ii) For the purpose of this Part of the Schedule, a virus vaccine means a sterile

suspension or a freeze dried powder containing the modified living or inactivated virus

particles, which in its original unaltered stage, causes disease from which the vaccine derives

its name and which has been prepared from the blood or tissues of a suitable host in which it

has been grown in vivo or from tissue culture.

2. Staff of Establishment- The establishment in which viral vaccines are prepared

must be under the direction and control of an expert in bacteriology with specialized training

in virology and sufficient experience in the production of viral vaccines, and he shall be

assisted by a staff adequate for carrying out the tests required during the preparation and

standardisation of the vaccines.

3. Proper Name- The proper name of any viral vaccine shall be the name of the

disease which is caused by the particular virus from which the vaccine is produced followed

by the word ―vaccine‖ unless the Schedule otherwise provides, if there is no special provision

in the Schedule such other name as is approved by the Licensing Authority. Provided that in

the case of the undermentioned preparations the proper name of the vaccine shall be as

follows:

(i) Fowl Pox Vaccines, Chick Embryo Virus (Living).

(ii) Fowl Pox Vaccine, Pigeon Pox Virus (Living).

(iii) Horse Sickness Vaccine (Living)

(iv) Ranikhet Disease Vaccine (Living)

(v) Ranikhet Disease Vaccine F Strain (Living)

(vi) Rinderpest Goat Adapted Tissue Vaccine (Living)

(vii) Rinderpest Lapinised Vaccine (Living)

(viii) Rinderpest Lapinised Avianised Vaccine (Living)

(ix) Sheep and Goat Pox Vaccine (Living)

(x) Swine fever vaccine (crystal violet)

(xi) Swine fever vaccine lapinised (Living).

1

[(xii) Foot and Mouth Dieseas Vaccine (Inactivated).

(xiii) Canine Hepatitis Vaccine (Living).]

2

[4. Records- The seed virus used in the preparation of vaccine shall, before being used

for preparing a batch, be thoroughly tested for purity, safety, sterility and antigenicity by the

generally accepted tests applicable to a particular virus. It shall not be more than five passages

away from the stock seed virus, unless otherwise prescribed for a particular virus. The stock

seed virus shall be maintained by seed-lot system at specified passage level and tested for

bacterial, mycoplasmal and extraneous viral contamination. The permanent record which the

licensee is required to keep shall include a record of the origin, properties and characteristics

of the seed virus from which the vaccines are made.]

5. Tests- Viral vaccine shall be tested for sterility, safety and potency on suitable test

animals and for viability in the case of live vaccines.

(a) Sterility Test- All vaccines shall be tested for sterility in accordance with rules

115 to 119. If the vaccine contains added bactericides or bacteriostatic, a quantity of

medium sufficient to render the growth inhibitor ineffective is added to the sample or a

suitable substance is added in a concentration sufficient to render the growth inhibitor

ineffective but not itself to inhibit the growth of micro-organisms.

(b) Safety Test- Suitable laboratory animals or large animals or birds may be

employed to test the vaccine for safety. Details of the safety test are given in the

individual monograph.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

348

(c) Potency Test- All virus vaccines for which potency test has been prescribed

shall be tested for potency and only those which pass the potency test shall be issued.

Details of the potency test are given in the individual monograph.

6. Storage- Live viral vaccines shall be stored, protected from light at sub-zero

temperature as required. Other viral vaccines shall be stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C but shall not be

frozen.

7. Condition of housing of animals- (i) The animals used in the production of vaccine

must be housed in hygienic conditions in premises satisfactory for this purpose.

(ii) Only healthy animals may be used in the production of vaccine. Each animal

intended to be used as a source of vaccine must, before being passed for the production of

vaccine be subjected to a period of observation in quarantine for at least seven days. During

the period of quarantine the animal must remain free from any sign of disease and must be

well kept.

1

[(iii) The poultry birds from which eggs and cell culture for production of vaccines are

obtained should be housed in a manner so as to keep them free from extraneous infection and

shall be screened at frequent intervals for common bacterial, mycoplasmal and viral infection.

The record of the tests and their results shall be maintained by the manufacturers.]

8. Labelling- The provisions of ―Labelling‖ as laid down for Bacterial Vaccines shall

also apply to Viral Vaccines. The following additional information shall also be included on

the label of the outside container:

(i) The name and percentage of bacteriostatic agent contained in the vaccine.

(ii) If the vaccine as issued for sale contains any substance other than the diluent,

the nature and strength of such substances.

9. Date of Manufacture- For the purpose of this part of the Schedule, the date of

manufacture shall be what is given unless otherwise stated in the individual monograph, as

defined in sub-clause (b) of sub-rule (3) of rule 109.

Fowl Pox Vaccine Chick- Embryos Virus (Living)

1. Synonym- Egg adapted Fowl Pox Vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Fowl-pox Vaccine, Chick-Embryo Virus (Living) is a suspension of a

modified living virus (e.g. Mukteswar Strain) prepared from the chorioallantoic membrane

(CAM) of the infected embryo and is either freeze dried or is issued as glycerinated liquid

vaccine.

3. Preparation- Active chick-embryos obtained from Salmonella pullorum free flock,

are used.

1

[Twelve to thirteen days old embryos are injected with a suitable dilution of the

suspension of the infected membrane (seed virus) of chick embryo adopted fowl pox virus.]

The suspension of the stock seed virus is dropped on the CAM. After an incubation at 37˚C

for a suitable period membranes showing discrete or confluent lesions (pocks) are harvested.

These are homogenised with adequate quantity of antibiotics (penicillin and streptomycin)

ampouled in 0.5 ml. quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Light mauve coloured scales.

(b) Identification- When reconstituted vaccine is applied to scarified area of the

skin of a fowl it produces characteristic lesions of fowl pox. This product should afford

protection against fowl pox.

1. Ins. by. GSR 659(E) , dt. 31-8-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

349

(c) Moisture Content- Moisture Content in the finished product should not exceed

1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety Test- For testing each batch of fowl pox vaccine twelve healthy

cockerels, or other suitable young chicken each weighing not less than 400 g. from the

same source are taken. This group of twelve birds is immunized at least twenty-one days

previous to the test, with fowl pox vaccine. The vaccine under test is reconstituted in 5

ml. of 50 per cent glycerine saline and administered to fowls as follows:-

Three of the test birds are injected subcutaneously with 0.8 ml. or 10 times the field

doses of the vaccine under test. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free

from other viruses and bacteria causing septicaemia or not.

Three of the test birds are injected intratrecheally with 0.3 ml. or 10 times the field

dose of vaccine under test. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free from

the virus of infectious laryngotracheitis and similar disease.

1

[Three of the test birds are injected intranasally with 0.2 ml. of 1 0 t i me s o f

product is free from the virus of infectious laryngotracheitis and similar disease.]

The three remaining birds serve as controls. They are isolated and kept under

observation for twenty-one days. The birds that succumb during the period of twenty-one

days are subjected to a careful postmortem examination. The product is withheld from

issue until the vaccine and the test birds are shown to be free from the causative agents

of any extraneous disease.

(e) Sterility test- Complies with the tests for sterility as described under the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(f) Potency Test- For testing of potency three unsusceptible birds each weighing not

less than 400 g. are vaccinated using the field dose by the stick method and examined for

―takes‖. Three weeks after vaccination these birds along with two unvaccinated controls

are exposed to challenged virus and observed for fourteen days. The vaccinated birds

should not manifest any reaction, while the controls should show active ―takes‖.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirement for ―Labelling‖ as laid down in the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

6. Storage and Expiry date- Freeze dried vaccine shall be expected to retain its

potency for periods at temperatures as specified below:-

-15 ˚ C to - 20˚ C–Twenty-four months.

2˚ C to 4˚ C–Twelve months.

Room temperature– upto one month.

The liquid vaccine shall be expected to retain its potency for periods and temperatures as

specified below:

2˚ C to 4 ˚C – six months.

Room temperature– seven days.

1. Ins. by. GSR 659(E) , dt. 31-8-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

350

Fowl- Pox Vaccine, Pigeon Pox Virus (Living)

1. Synonym- Fowl Pox Vaccine (Pigeon pox scab).

2. Definition- Fowl Pox Vaccine, Pigeon-pox Virus (living) consists of pigeon pox

virus in scabs collected from artificially infected pigeons and dried.

3. Preparation- Healthy pigeon are scarified on the legs and breast, with a suitable

dilution of the suspension of pigeon-pox virus. The pigeons reacting satisfactorily and

showing good takes are selected and the superficial skin layer scraped by means of sharp

scalpel. The material so collected is freed from feathers, homogenised and dried or freeze

dried. The dried pulp is powdered, sieved and ampouled in 0.3 g. quantities and sealed

4. Standard-

(a). Description- Light cream coloured powder.

(b) Identification- When applied to feather follicles by vigorous rubbing, it

produces mild reaction in fowls. The product should afford protection to fowls upto six

weeks against fowl pox.

(c) Safety Test- For testing a batch of vaccine, twelve healthy cockerels, or other

suitable young chicken from the same source are made available at the same time. This

group of twelve birds is immunised at least twenty-one days previous to the test with

fowl pox vaccine. The vaccine under test is reconstituted in 10 ml. of 50 per cent

glycerine saline and administered to fowls as follows: -

Three of the test birds are injected subcutaneously with 0.3 ml. or 10 times the field

dose of the vaccine to be tested. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free

from organisms of septicaemia disease.

Three of the test birds are injected intranasally with 0.2 ml. of the vaccine to be

tested. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free from virus of Coryza and

similar diseases.

1

[Three of the test birds are injected intratricheally with 0.2 ml or 10 times of the

field dose of vaccine under test. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free

from the virus of infectious laryngotracheitis and similar diseases.]

The three remaining birds serve as controls. All the birds under test are isolated and

held under observation for twenty-one days. All those that succumb are subjected to

careful post-mortem examination. The product is withheld from issue until the vaccine

and test birds are shown to be free from the causative agents of any extraneous diseases.

(d) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described under the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(e) Potency Test- For testing the potency of a batch of vaccines three susceptible

birds each weighing not less than 400 g. are vaccinated using the field dose by the

follicular method and examined for ‗takes‘. Three weeks after vaccination these birds

and two healthy susceptible controls are exposed to challenge virus and are observed for

fourteen days. The vaccinated birds shall manifest no reaction, while the controls must

have active ―takes‖.

5. Storage and Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ as laid

down in the general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Expiry date- The vaccine shall be expected to retain its potency for periods at

temperature as specified below:-

-15 ˚ C to - 20 ˚C-- two years.

2˚ C to 4 ˚C-- twelve months.

Room temperature- Upto one month.

1. Ins. by. GSR 659(E) , dt. 31-8-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

351

Fowl Pox Vaccine- Pigeon Pox- Chick Embryos Virus (Living)

1. Synonym- Chick embryo adapted pigeon pox vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Fowl pox vaccine (Pigeon Pox virus) chick embryo adapted virus

(living) is a suspension of a modified living virus prepared from the chorioallantoic

membranes of the infected embryos and is freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Active chick embryos obtained from Salmonella Pullorum free stock

are used. Twelve to thirteen days old embryos are injected with a suitable dilution of the

suspension of the infected membrane (stock seed virus) of chick embryo adapted pigeon pox

virus. The suspension of the stock seed virus is dropped on the membrane. The inoculated

eggs are incubated at 37 ° C for four days. One of the fourth day embryos that are living, are

removed to a refrigerator for chilling for about one hour. Membranes showing discrete lesions

(Pocks) are harvested. These are homogenised with adequate quantities of antibiotics,

ampouled in 0.5 ml. quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standards-

(a) Description- Light mauve coloured scales.

(b) Identification- When reconstituted vaccine is applied to scarified area of the

skin of a fowl, it produces characteristics lesions of Fowl Pox. This product should

afford protection against pox.

(c) Moisture content- Moisture content in the finished product should not

exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety test- For testing each batch of chicks aged four to six weeks from the

same source are taken. This groups of twelve birds is immunised at least twenty-one

days previous to the test, with fowl-pox vaccine. The vaccine under test is reconstituted

in 3 ml. of normal saline solution and administered as under:-

Three of the test chicks are injected subcutaneously with 0.3 ml. or 10 times the

field dose of the vaccine under test. This group serves to indicate whether the product is

free from other viruses and bacteria causing of septicaemia or not.

Three of the test chicks are injected intratracheally with 0.3 ml. or ten times the

field dose. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free from the viruses of

infections laryngeotracheitis and similar diseases.

Three of the test chicks are injected with 0.2 ml 1/N of the vaccine under test. This

group serves to indicate whether the product is free from the virus of coryza and similar

diseases.

The remaining three chicks serve as controls. They are isolated and kept under

observation for twenty-one days. The birds that succumb during the period of

observation are subjected to careful post-mortem examination. The product is withheld

from issue until the vaccine and the test birds are shown to be free from the causative

agents of any extraneous disease.

In addition to the above, similar groups of pigeons aged six to nine months old are

also injected in a similar way to eliminate psittacosis.

(e) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described under

the general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccine‘.

(f) Potency test- For testing potency of a batch of vaccine three susceptible

chicks of three to four weeks of age are vaccinated by feather forthicle method ( a

few forthicles on one leg are injected) and these are examined for ‗takes‘.

Three weeks after vaccination these chicks along with two unvaccinated chicks

are exposed to challenge virus (virulent fowl pox virus) and observed for fourteen

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

352

days. The vaccinated chicks should not manifest any reaction while controls should

show active ‗takes‘.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements for ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in

the general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6 Storage- The freeze dried product is expected to retain its potency for periods at

temperatures as specified below:

-15 ° C to 20 ° C–two years.

2° C to 4 ° C–twelve months.

Room temperature- up to one month.

Sheep Pox Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- Sheep Pox vaccine; Goat pox vaccine.

2. Definition- Sheep pox vaccine consists of sheep pox virus collected from sheep

artificially infected with sheep pox virus and freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Healthy yearling sheep are infected artificially by subcutaneous

infection on the undersurface of the previously shaved abdomen with 200- 300 cc. of the

freeze dried sheep pox virus (seed material) diluted in 1 : 1 Normal saline solution. On the

sixth or seventh day after injection oedematous swelling develops in the injected area with

thermal reaction. The sheep which develop good swelling are slaughtered and the gelatinous

material present under the skin in the infected area is collected under sterile conditions. This

material is mixed with 2 parts by volume of sterile peptone broth of pH 7.2 and homogenised.

The homogenised suspension is filtered, ampouled in 0.5 ml. quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- White scales.

(b) Identification- Reconstituted vaccine when applied over the scarified area

of the skin of the abdominal region of sheep will produce characteristic local lesion of

pox.

(c) Moisture content- The moisture content should not exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety test- Two rabbits each weighing not less than 1 kg. are injected

subcutaneously each with 1 ml. of 1 : 100 dilution of the vaccine in normal saline

solution. These animals are observed for fourteen days. The animals should remain

normal.

(e) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described under the general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(f) Potency Test- Four yearling sheep are vaccinated on the inner surface of the ear

by scarification method. The contents of one ampoule of F.D. Sheep Pox vaccine are

constituted in 10 cc. of 50 % glycerin saline solution, characteristic ‗takes‘ develop in the

scarified area with ulceration and scab formation. Three weeks later these and two more

susceptible sheep (Controls) are challenged by scarifying with a suspension of the

previous brow of the vaccine of the undersurface of the abdomen. The controls should

develop typical lesions of pox and the vaccinated should remain normal.

5.Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph in ‗Viral Vaccine‘.

6. Storage and expiry date- The vaccine is expected to retain potency for period and

temperature as specified below:-

-15 ° C to – 20 ° C– two years

2 ° C to 4 ° C–three months.

Room temperature- Fifteen days.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

353

Horse Sickness Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- African Horse Sickness Vaccine, Mouse adapted Polyvalent Horse

Sickness Vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Horse sickness vaccine is a suspension of live mouse adapted strains of

Horse Sickness Virus (Onderstepoort) prepared from the brains of infected mice and is freeze

dried.

3. Preparation- Thirty to thirty-five days old white mice are infected intracerebrally

with 0.05 ml. of a suitable dilution of the seed virus (6 or 7 types, as the case may be). Groups

of large numbers of mice are injected separately with each type of the virus and are housed at

27 ° C to 32 ° C. A majority of these become paralytic on the third and fourth day when they

are sacrificed and their brains collected and stored at – 15 ° C to – 20 ° C till the day of

processing. For preparing the polyvalent vaccine, equal number of brains collected from mice

infected with different types of the virus are homogenised with 5-10 times its volume of

sterile lactose buffer medium (pH 7.2 ) containing antibiotics. The suspension is centrifuged

at 1500 r.p.m. for five minutes. The supernatant liquid is distributed in ampoules in suitable

quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- White scaly material.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection to horse against horse sickness.

(c) Safety Test- Four healthy mice thirty to thirty-five days old are injected

intraperitoneally with 0.2 ml. of 10:1 dilution of the vaccine and kept under observation

for ten days. All the mice should remain normal throughout the period of observation.

(d) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described under the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(e) Viability Test- Each batch of vaccine is titrated in tenfold dilutions using four

mice of thirty to thirty-five days old for each dilution. Each mouse is injected

intracerebrally with 0.05 ml and kept under observation for ten days. Mortality and

survival ratios are noted and LD50 ml is determined. The minimum acceptable titre is

(5) Labelling - Should comply with the requirements of ‗labelling‘ as laid down in

the general monograph in ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(6) Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for twelve months if

stored – 15 ° C to 20° C and about six months if stored in refrigerator at 2 ° C to 4° C.

Rabies Vaccine (Inactivated)

1. Synonym- Antirabic Vaccine (Inactivated)

2. Definition- Rabies vaccine is a suspension of the brain tissue of animals, that have

been infected with a suitable strain of rabies fixed virus, inactivated with phenol or some

other suitable agent.

3. The following particulars relating to this vaccine are the same as those relating to

Antirabic vaccine described in Part D of Schedule F to these rules, namely:-

(i) Strain of fixed Rabies Virus to be used;

(ii) Staff of Establishment;

(iii) Condition and housing of animals;

(iv) Precaution to be observed in preparation;

(v) Records;

(vi) Issue.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

354

4. Preparation- Healthy sheep or any other suitable species of animal are inoculated

subdurally or intracerebrally with an appropriate dose of suspension of a suitable strain of

rabbit brain passaged rabies fixed virus. The sheep or animals which get paralysed from the

sixth day onwards after the inoculation are sacrificed and their brains collected aseptically.

Brain tissue is weighed individually and a suspension of suitable concentration of brain tissue

prepared in buffered saline is strained through gauze. The suspension treated with phenol or

some other suitable inactivating agent is incubated for an appropriate period.

5. Standard-

(a) Description- A grey to pale yellow opalescent suspension.

(b) Identification- Appropriate doses protect mice against subsequent intracerebral

inoculation with suitable strain of fixed rabies virus.

(c) Safety test- Not less than five mice, each weighing at least 18 gm., are inoculated

intracerebrally with not less than 0.03 ml. of the suitably diluted vaccine. None of

the animals should show symptoms of rabies or die of the disease during period of

observation of three weeks.

(d) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described under the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccine‘.

6. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘. In addition the label on the container shall

indicate the percentage of brain tissue present in the vaccine.

7. Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for about six months if

stored in refrigerator at 2˚ to 4 ° C.

Rabies Vaccine (Living)

1. Definition- Rabies vaccine (living) is a freeze-dried suspension of chick-embryo

tissue infected with a suitable attenuated strain of rabies virus.

2. Preparation- It may be prepared by the following method. Seed virus consisting of

a suspension of the Flury or other suitable strain of chick adapted virus that has been

maintained by passage in chick embryos is injected into the yolk-sacs of fertile eggs

incubated for a suitable period. After incubation for a further ten days, the embryos are

harvested and grind in water for injection to give 33 percent suspension. The suspension is

centrifuged to remove coarse particles and the supernatant fluid is distributed into ampoules

in 3 millilitre quantities, and freeze dried. The vaccine is reconstituted immediately before use

by adding 3 millilitres of water for injection to the contents of an ampoule.

3. Standard- It complies with the requirements of general standard of viral vaccines

for abnormal toxicity, sterility, and labelling with the following additions.

(a) Description- Dry honey-coloured flakes or powder, readily dispersible in water.

(b) Identification- It protects guinea pig against a subsequent inoculation of

rabies street virus. It is distinguished from the inactivated Rabies vaccine by its ability to

produce rabies encephalitic on intracerebral injection into mice.

(c) Safety- The guinea pigs used in the test for potency should not show any marked

local or systemic reaction during the three weeks following injection with the vaccine.

(d) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described under the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(e) Potency Test- The contents of an ampoule are dispersed in water for injection to

give a 5 per cent suspension and not fewer than twenty guinea pigs, drawn from a

uniform stock and each weighing 350 g. to 500 g., are each injected intramuscularly with

0.25 ml. of this suspension. Three weeks later, these guinea pigs and an equal number of

similar unvaccinated control guinea pigs are each inoculated with 0.1 ml. of a suitable

dilution of canine salivary gland suspension of street virus which is maintained as a 20

per cent suspension at 70 ° C or lower. The guinea pigs are observed for thirty days; not

less than 80 per cent of the control guinea-pigs die of rabies and not less than 70 per cent

of the vaccinated guinea-pigs are protected.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

355

4. Storage- Freeze-dried vaccine should be stored at refrigeration temperatures of 2 °

C to 4 ° C.

5. Labelling- The life of the vaccine at room temperature and at refrigeration

temperature should be stated on the label.

6. (a) Action and uses- Rabies vaccine (living) is used for the prophylactic inoculation

of dogs against rabies; one injection should provoke a serviceable immunity lasting for at

least a year. The vaccine has been used to a limited extent on cattle.

(b) Dose- By intramusclar injection: Dogs, the contents of one ampoule reconstituted

in 3 ml. of water for injection; cattle five times the dog dose.

Ranikhet Disease Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- New Castle Disease Vaccine (Living); pheumoenteritis Vaccine

(Living).

2. Definition- Ranikhet Disease vaccine is a suspension of a modified living virus e.g.

(Mukteswar strain) prepared from infected embryos and fluids and is freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Good fertile eggs obtained from Salmonella pullorum free flock are

incubated in an egg incubator. Ten days old vigorous embryos are infected with 0.1 ml. of a

suitable dilution of a suspension of the virus. Inoculation is done in the allantoic cavity.

Embryos are incubated at a suitable temperature. Eggs showing dead embryos twenty-four

hours after incubation are discarded. After forty-eight hours incubation the eggs are candled

and those showing dead embryos are chilled for a suitable period of time, while embryos alive

beyond forty-eight hours are discarded. The fluids and embryos are then collected and spot

haemogglutination carried out. The material is homogenised in a blender and ampouled in

aliquots of 0.5 ml. quantities and freeze-dried.

4. Standards-

(a) Description- Light brown scales.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection to fowls against Ranikhet

Disease.

(c) Safety Test- For testing each batch of freeze dried Ranikhet Disease Vaccine,

twelve healthy young chickens, all from the same source each weighing not less than 100

g. are taken and immunised against Ranikhet Disease. Fourteen days later, these birds,

are tested as follows with the contents of one ampoule suspended in 100 ml. of normal

saline.

Three of the test birds are injected subcutaneously with 0.1 ml. equivalent to

ten times the field dose of the vaccine to be tested. This group serves to indicate whether

the product is free from viruses or organisms of speticaemia disease.

Three of the test birds are injected intratracheally with 0.1 ml. equivalent to ten

times the field dose of he vaccine to be tested. This group serves to indicate whether the

product is free from the virus of infectious laryngotracheitis,

1

[***] and similar

diseases.

The three remaining birds serve as controls.

2

[Three of the test birds are injected intranasally with 0.2 ml of the vaccine to be

tested. This group serves to indicate whether the product is free from virus of Coryza and

similar diseases.]

All the treated birds and controls are observed daily for fourteen days. All the test

birds that succumb are subjected to careful postmortem examination. The product is not

issued until the birds under test are shown to be free from the causative agents of any

extraneous diseases.

(e) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccine‘.

1. The word ―Coryza‖ omitted by. GSR 659(E) ,dt.. 31-8-1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

356

(f) Potency Test- Four susceptible birds eight to twelve weeks old and each

weighing not less than 400 g. are vaccinated by injecting subcutaneously 1 ml. of a 10

-5

dilution of the product. Two weeks after vaccination these birds and four non-protected

birds are challenged by injecting subcutaneously each with 1.0 ml. of a 1: 100 dilution of

virulent virus (liver and spleen suspension) or 1.0 ml. of a 1 : 100 dilution of fluid from

the embryo infected with virulent Ranikhet Disease virus. The non-protected birds

should show symptoms of Ranikhet Disease and die and all the protected birds should

remain normal during an observation period of fourteen days.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine when stored at – 15° C to 20° C. may be expected to retain

the potency for about one year and about three months if stored in a refrigerator at 2° C to

4° C. The product should not be used if stored for more than ten days outside the refrigerator.

Ranikhet Disease Vaccine F strain (Living)

1. Synonyms- New castle disease vaccine F Strain (Living).

2. Definition- Ranikhet disease vaccine F. strain is a suspension of a naturally

modified living virus (F strain) prepared from the infected embryos, devoid of beaks and

eyes and fluids in a frozen state.

3. Preparation- Good fertile eggs obtained from Salmonella pullorum free flock are

incubated in an egg incubator. Eight days old vigorous embryos are infected with 0.1 ml. of

1 : 100 suspension of Ranikhet disease vaccine F strain virus. Inoculation is done via the

allantoic cavity. Embryos are incubated at 37° C. Eggs are candled every day upto four days

and the dead ones are discarded. Final candling of the embryos is carried out on the fourth

day and only the living ones are chilled in a refrigerator for one hour. The fluids embryos are

collected separately. The fluids are tested for spot haemagglutination and sterility test is

carried out. The beaks and eye balls of the embryos are removed. The materials are

homogenised with adequate quantities of antibiotics in a cool warning blender and ampouled

in aliquots of 0.5 ml. quantity and freeze dried.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Light brown scales.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection to baby chicks against

Ranikhet disease.

(c) Moisture content- The moisture content should not exceed

1

[1.0] per cent.

(d) Potency test- For testing each batch of the vaccine twelve one-day old chicks

are given two drops 1/N o the field dose of the vaccine (5 ampoules selected at random

may be reconstituted in 50 ml.) of cold normal saline solution. These are observed for

fourteen days and the vaccinated chicks should remain normal throughout the period of

observation. This serves the safety test also.

On the fourteenth days the vaccinated chicks are challenged two drops with 1:50

virulent Ranikhet disease virus alongwith 8 control chicks. Four of the controls receive

two drops 1/N of the virulent virus while the rest of the four receive 0.5 ml. of the

virulent virus. The control chicks should succumb to the challenge virus showing

symptoms of Ranikhet Disease while the protected chicks should remain normal

throughout the observation period of fourteen days.

(e) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ―Labelling‖ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine when stored at – 15 ° C to –20 ° C may be expected to retain

the potency for about one year and about three months if stored in a refrigerator at 2 ° C to

4° C. When removed from the refrigerator, the product should not be used later than ten days.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

357

Rinderpest Goat adapted Tissue Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- Goat-adapted Cattle Plague Vaccine; Goat Tissue Vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Rinderpest Goat-adapted Tissue Vaccine is the homogenised freeze

dried preparation of spleen pulp of goats artificially infected with the suitable strain of

rinderpest virus.

3. Preparation- Healthy susceptible goats are quarantined for a period of ten days.

After this period a batch of selected goats are injected subcutaneously with 2 ml. of a suitable

dilution of the suspension of the seed virus. The donor goats are sacrificed after a suitable

period when the titre of the virus in the animal body is expected to be maximum, usually four

days, and the spleen from animals free from any pathological change or signs are collected

under sterile conditions. Smear from each spleen is examined microscopically to exclude

spleen which are contaminated from the production batch.

The spleen is freed from fat and fascia and is blended into a smooth pulp in a grinder.

The pulp is spread on a shallow dish of glass or stainless steel and is freeze dried.

The freeze dried pulp is then ground into a fine powder and sieved. The powder is

ampouled in 0.25 g. or 0.125 g. quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- Dark brown or chocolate coloured scales or powder.

(b) Identification- The product affords protection to susceptible animals against

rinderpest.

(c) Moisture content- Not more than 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety Test- Each batch of vaccine shall be tested for safety in laboratory

animals and cattle or buffalo calves as follows:-

(i) Small animals- At least two guinea pigs each weighing 300 g. to 450 g.

and two adult rabbits each weighing 1 kg. to 1.5 kg. should be injected each with

1 ml. of 1: 100 suspension of the vaccine subcutaneously and kept under

observation for seven days. None of the animals should die. Alternatively, a batch

of six white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. may be used, each mouse

receiving 0.5 ml. of a dilution 1 : 100 suspension subcutaneously. None of the

animals should die.

(ii) Large animals- Either cattle of good grade of susceptibility (hill cattle)

or buffalo calves may be employed. For each batch of vaccine, three animals

should be injected subcutaneously with 1 ml. of 1 : 8000 dilution of the vaccine.

These animals should be kept under observation for twelve to fourteen days. None

of the animals should show any untowards reactions.

(e) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described under the general

monograph in ‗ Viral Vaccines‘.

(f) Potency Test- The animals receiving 1 ml. of 1 : 8000 dilution of vaccine

used under safety test mentioned above and kept under observation for fourteen days,

should be challenged with 1 ml. of 1 per cent suspension of stock Rinderpest Virulent

virus. None of the animals should die of rinderpest within a period of ten days. This test

serves as a short potency test for each of the batches.

For conducting a detailed potency test the following procedure may be followed:-

Dilution 1: 8000, 1: 12,000 and 1 : 16,000 shall be tested and for each dilution

three susceptible cattle or buffalo calves should be used. Each animal is inoculated

subcutaneously with 1 ml. of a dilution of the vaccine, followed twelve to fourteen

days later with a standard challenge dose of virulent rinderpest bull virus containing

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

358

in 1 ml. of a 1 : 100 suspension of spleen tissue. Two unvaccinated bovines, each

receiving the same quantity of the challenge dose acts as controls. These are kept

under observation for fourteen days. The end point of protection titre is assessed on

the death or survival rate and the dose contained in one gramme of vaccine

calculated on the basis of 20 to 40 minimum protective doses being equivalent to

one vaccinating dose.

(g) Virulence and Viability Test- Two to four goats each weighing not less than

18 kg. are injected with 2 ml. of 1 : 100 suspension of the vaccine and kept under

observation for ten days. These animals should show reaction characterised by pyrexia

(rise of about 2˚ C) anorexia and dullness.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirement of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗ Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for twelve months if

stored at - 15˚ C to -20˚ C or about three months if stored at 2˚C to 4 ˚ C.

Rinderpest Lapinised Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- Rabbit Adapted Cattle Plague Vaccine (Living) Lapinised Vaccine

(Living).

2. Definition- Rinderpest lapinised vaccine is a suspension of a modified living virus

(e.g. Nakamura III Strain) prepared with the blood, spleen and mesenteric lymph glands of

infected rabbits and is freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Adult rabbits possibly from a known stock, each weighing not less than

1 kg. free from cocidiosis and snuffles, are injected intravenously with 1 ml. of a suitable

dilution of a suspension of the stock seed virus. Donor rabbits are sacrificed after a suitable

period when the titre of the virus in the animals is expected to be the maximum usually the

third day.

Ten millilitres of blood is collected from each rabbit in a defibrinating flask under

aseptic condition. Later the animals are sacrificed and the spleen and mesenteric lymph

glands collected. Each rabbit is subjected to a thorough post-mortem examination to observe

lesions of rinderpest infection.

After harvesting, the blood and the organs (spleen and glands) are homogenised in a

suitable proportion if necessary. Adequate quantities of penicillin and streptomycin may be

added. The homogenized material is ampouled in suitable quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Dark chocolate coloured mass.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection to susceptible animals against

rinderpest.

(c) Moisture content- Not more than 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety Test- For testing a batch 2 guinea pigs each weighing not less than 300

g. are injected subcutaneously with 1 ml. of a 1 : 100 suspension of the vaccine.

Alternatively, a group of six white mice each weighing not less than 18 g. is used. Each

animal receives subcutaneously 0.5 ml. of 1 : 100 suspension of the vaccine. None of the

test animals should die within a period of seven days.

(e) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘. If antibiotics have been added the inoculum should be

neutralised before doing the test.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

359

(f) Potency Test- Dilution 1: 100, 1 : 200, 1 : 400 and 1 : 800 shall be tested and

for each dilution 2 susceptible cattle ( hill bulls) or buffalo calves should be used. Each

animal is inoculated subcutaneously with 1 ml. of a dilution of the vaccine, followed

twenty-one days later with a standard challenge dose of a virulent rinderpest bulls virus

contained in 1 ml. of a 1 : 100 suspension of spleen tissue. Two unvaccinated bovines

each receiving the same quantity of the challenge virus serve as controls. These animals

are kept under observation for fourteen days. The end point of the protecting titre is

assessed on the death or survival rate and the dose contained in one gramme of vaccine

calculated on the basis of twenty minimum protective doses being equivalent to one

vaccinating dose.

(g) Virulence and Viability Test- Four rabbits each weighing 1 to 1.5 kg. are

injected subcutaneously with 1 ml. of 1 : 100 suspension of the vaccine. The animals

should react typically showing all the symptoms of rinderpest in rabbits.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for six months if stored

at 15 ˚C to –20 ˚C or about a month if stored at 2 ˚C to 4 ˚C.

Rinderpest Lapinised Avianised Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- Lapinised Avianised Vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Rinderpest Lapinised Avianised Vaccine is a suspension of a modified

live rinderpest virus of low virulence prepared either with the whole chick embryo or the

viscera of the infected chick embryo.

3. Preparation- Twelve or thirteen days old active chick embryos from a flock free from

Salmonella pullorum infection are injected intravenously with a suitable dilution of the

suspension of the stock seed virus in six per cent glucose solution. The embryos are incubated

at 38.5˚ C for five days. At the end of this incubation period, eggs which show living embryos

are selected for the preparation of the vaccine. The viscera of the chicks are harvested, care

being taken to reject the gizzard and gall bladders. The material is homogenised in a blender

with adequate quantities of antibiotics (penicillin and streptomycin added if necessary), and

primary freeze dried done. This freeze dried material is ground into a fine powder, ampouled

in suitable quantities and finally subjected to secondary freeze drying and sealed under

vacuum.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Pale cream or yellow coloured sterile powder.

(b) Identification- This product affords good grade of immunity to susceptible

animals against rinderpest.

(c) Moisture content- Not more than 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety Test- For testing each batch, a group of six mice each weighing not

less than 18g. is used. Each mouse is injected subcutaneously with 0.5 ml. of a 1 : 100

suspension. Alternatively, two guinea pigs each weighing not less than 300 g. and two

rabbits each weighing not less than 1 kg. are injected with 1 ml. of 1 : 100 suspension

subcutaneously. These animals should not show any untoward reaction during the period

of observation for seven days.

(e) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test or sterility as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(f) Potency Test- Healthy highly susceptible cattle (hill bulls) or buffalo calves

should be used for testing the potency of each batch of vaccine in suitable dilution. For

each dilution two highly susceptible animals should be used. Each animal is inoculated

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

360

subcutaneously with 1 ml. of a dilution of the vaccine, followed twenty-one to twenty-

eight days after with a standard challenge dose of a virulent rindepest bull virus

contained in 1 ml. of a 1 : 100 suspension of spleen tissue. Two unvaccinated bovines,

each receiving the same quantity of the challenge virus serve as controls. All these

animals are kept under observation for fourteen days. The end point of protective titre is

assessed on the death or survival rate and the dose contained in one gramme of vaccine

calculated on the basis of forty minimum protective doses being equivalent to one

vaccinating dose.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage and Expiry date- The vaccine shall be expected to retain its potency for the

period at temperatures as specified below:-

-15˚ C to – 20˚ C .. Six months.

2˚ C to 4˚ C . .. One month.

Sheep and Goat Pox Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonym- Sheep Pox Vaccine. Goat Pox Vaccine (Living).

2. Definition- Sheep and Goat Pox Vaccine consists of the virus contained in the scabs

collected from sheep artificially infected with the virus.

3. Preparation- Healthy yearling sheep are infected artificially on the shaved portion of

the abdomen with a suitable dilution of the suspension of the stock seed virus 50 per cent

glycerine saline solution. The material from the semi-dried areas where the pock lesions are

evident is collected and dried over calcium chloride or phophorus pentoxide under vacuum.

Dry scabs are powdered, sieved, ampouled in suitable quantities and sealed.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- Light cream coloured powder.

(b) Identification- This product when applied to scarified area of the skin of the

sheep or goats produces characteristic local lesions of pox and should afford protection

to sheep and goat against Sheep and Goat Pox.

(c) Safety Test- Two rabbits each weighing not less than 1 kg. are injected

subcutaneously each with 1 ml. of a 1 : 100 dilution of the vaccine in normal saline

solution. These animals are observed for fourteen days. The animals should remain

normal.

(d) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described under the general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(e) Potency Test- Four yearling sheep are inoculated with 1 : 100 suspension of the

vaccine in 50 per cent glycerine saline on a scarified area on the abdomen. Fourteen days

later, these and two more susceptible sheep are inoculated by the same method with

stock virus and observed for a period of fourteen days. The control animals should

develop typical lesions of pox and vaccinated animals should remain normal.

5. Labelling- Should comply with requirement of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage and Expiry date- The vaccine shall be expected to retain its potency for

period at temperatures as specified below:-

-15˚ C to – 20˚ C : Twenty months.

2˚ C to 4˚ C : Three months.

Room Temperature : Fifteen days.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

361

Fowl Spirochaetosis Vaccine ( Chick Embryo Origin)

1. Synonym- Tick Fever Vaccine.

2. Definition- The vaccine consists of a merthiolated suspension of chorioallantoic

membrane, internal viscera and blood of chick embryos infected with a vaccine strain of

spirochaetes and freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Eleven days old developing chick embryos are infected with 0.2 ml. of

sterile fresh blood containing spirochaetosis via the chorioallantoic membrane. The inoculated

embryos are incubated at 37 ˚C and candled daily and the dead one are discarded. On the

seventh day the living embryos are chilled in the refrigerator for two hours. The chilled

embryos are harvested separately and necrotic lesions in liver noted. Representative samples

of blood should be examined for teaming spirochaetes. The internal viscera, chorio-allantoic

membranes and the blood are collected. The material is pooled, weighed and held in deep

freeze at – 15 ˚C to –20 ˚C for a period of one week. Thereafter the material is blended with

equal quantity of Merthiolate (final concentration of merthiolate in the suspension should be 1

: 10, 000) thoroughly for three times, each time the motor running at full speed and the

vaccine is ampouled in 2 ml. quantities and freeze dried.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Light brownish scales.

(b) Identification- The vaccine affords protection when inoculated into the fowls

against spirochetosis.

(c) Moisture content- The moisture content should not exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety and potency test- Six healthy cockerals ten to twelve weeks old are used

for this purpose. Each ampoule of vaccine is reconstituted in 10 ml. of cold distilled

water and the six cockerals are injected intramuscularly each with 1 ml. of the

reconstituted vaccine and the birds are observed for a period of ten days and the

vaccinated birds should remain normal throughout the period of observation. The

vaccinated birds are challenged with 0.2 ml. intramuscularly with virulent spirochaete

blood along with two susceptible controls. Temperature and blood smear examination of

the challenged birds and controls should be carried out daily for a period of ten days. The

blood smears of vaccinated birds should remain negative for spirochaetes during the

entire period of observation. The controls should react and show spirochaetes in the

blood.

(e) Sterility Test- Complies with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗ Bacterial Vaccine‘.

5. Labelling- Should comply with the requirement of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine when stored at –15 ˚C to – 20 ˚C may be expected to retain

the potency for about one year and about two months if stored in refrigerator at 2 ˚C to 4 ˚C.

Swine Fever Vaccine Crystal Violet

1. Synonym- Crystal Violet Swine fever vaccine, Hog Cholera Vaccine.

2. Definition- Swine fever vaccine, crystal violet is a suspension of blood of swine that

have been infected with a suitable virulent antigenic strain of swine fever virus, inactivated

with 0.25 per cent crystal violet ethylene glycol at 37 ˚C for fourteen days.

3. Preparation- Susceptible healthy pigs of six to seen months of age belonging to a

well established strain or bred are used. Body weight of these animals at this age may vary

according to the breed but optimum weight is considered as between 75 to 100 kg. Animals

used for production may be procured from well established farms and kept under quarantine

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

362

for fourteen days. These are injected intramuscularly with a suitable dilution of the

suspension of the virulent blood viruses. Bleeding of the clinically injected animals is carried

out on the sixth day. The defibrinated blood from each animal is strained and stored

separately in sterile glass containers. To the four parts of defibrinated blood, one part of 0.25

per cent crystal violet- ethylene glycol is added and the suspension after thorough mixing, is

stored at 37˚ C (

+

0.5) for two weeks. The product is filled in 20 ml. volumes in sterile vials

and labelled on the completion of tests.

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Very dark violet suspension.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection against swine fever but not

against African Swine Fever.

(c) Safety Test- Two young pigs weighing about 15 to 30 kg. are injected

subcutaneously each with 40 ml. of the vaccine batch to be tested. In addition, one

unvaccinated susceptible pig is placed in contact.

(d) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described under general

monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(e) Abnormal toxicity test- Two guinea pigs are given 1 ml. of vaccine

intramuscularly.

Two guinea pigs are given 2 ml. of the vaccine intraperitoneally.

Two mice are given 0.5 ml. of the vaccine subcutaneously.

(f) Potency Test- Four susceptible pigs weighing between 20-30 kg. are injected

with 5 ml. of the vaccine subcutaneously. After twenty-one days these are challenged

with 1 ml. of suitable dilution of the challenge virus subcutaneously. The dose must

contain at least 1000 minimum infective doses. At least two control pigs should be used.

5. Labelling- - Should comply with requirement of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for twelve months if

stored in refrigerator at 2 ˚C to 4 ˚C.

Swine Fever Vaccine Lapinised (Living)

1. Synonym- Lapinised swine fever vaccine, freeze dried lapinised swine fever

vaccine.

2. Definition- Swine fever lapinised vaccine consists of the suspension of a

modified live swine fever virus prepared from spleens of infected rabbits and is freeze dried.

3. Preparation- Healthy adult rabbits weighing approximately 1000 gms. or over, free

from coccidiosis snuffles etc. are injected intravenously with a suitable dose of a dilution of

the modified rabbit adapted virus. Rabbits are sacrificed at the height of reaction and spleens

are collected with sterile precautions. The collection is later homogenised in a blender using

ten per cent yolk phosphate buffer as a diluent. The suspension is ampouled in 0.5 ml.

quantities and freeze dried.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

363

4. Standard-

(a) Description- Light scales.

(b) Identification- This product affords protection against swine fever.

(c) Moisture content- The moisture content should not exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety Test- Six mice are injected each with 0.5 ml. of a 1 : 100 suspension of

the vaccine. These are kept under observation for seven days. Non should die.

(e) Viability Test- Two healthy rabbits are injected intramuscularly with 1 ml. of

1 : 100 suspension of the vaccine. These animals show thermal reaction.

(f) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described under the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

(g) Potency Test- The vaccine batch under test should be tested on susceptible

healthy pigs weighing between 20-30 kg. Two animals for each dilution may be used.

The dilutions tested are 1 : 10, 1 : 25, 1 : 50 and 1 : 100. One millilitre of each of these

dilutions is injected subcutaneously. One healthy, susceptible, unvaccinated in contact

animal should be kept along with the vaccinated animals.

Fourteen to twenty-one days later these animals along with two controls are injected

subcutaneously with 1 ml. of the challenge virus containing at least 1000 minimum infective

doses.

5. Labelling- Should comply with requirements of ‗Labelling‘ as laid down in the

general monograph on ‗Viral Vaccines‘.

6. Storage- The vaccine may be expected to retain its potency for six months if stored at

temperature ranging between – 10˚ C to - 15˚ C and for seven days at 2˚ C to 4˚ C in the

refrigerator.

1

[Foot and Mouth Disease Vaccine (Inactivated)

1. Synonym. – Inactivated Tissue culture mono or polyvalent Foot and Mouth Disease

Vaccine.

2 Definition. – Foot and Mouth Disease Vaccine is a liquid product or preparation

containing one or more types of foot and mouth disease virus which have been inactivated in

such a way that its immunogenic property is maintained. It may also contain an adjuvant. The

vaccine is described as monovalent, bivalent, trivalent or polyvalent depending on the number

of types of virus used.

3. Preparation. – The virus is propagated in suitable cell culture. The cell culture is

infected with an appropriate inoculum of virus and incubated at a suitable temperature for

multiplication of virus. The virus is harvested and cellular debris removed by filteration.

Inactivation is carried out by a suitable agent such as formaldehyde solution or aziridine

compound. The adjuvant may be aluminium hydroxide and/or saponin. In case of inactivated

gel vaccine the antigen is concentrated by sedimentation at plus 4 degree C. For preparing a

polyvalent vaccine, monovalent antigens are mixed in appropriate quantities to give the final

mixture which is the formulated vaccine.

4. Standards :

(a) Description :- Aluminium hydroxide gel vaccines settle down to variable

degree on storage leaving the supernatant clear.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

364

(b) Identification – It protects cattle against Foot and Mouth Disease due to

homologous type/subtype of virus.

(c) Sterility test – It shall comply with the tests for sterility as prescribed under the

―general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(d) Safety test - The test is carried out on fully susceptible cattle not less than 12

months of age and which have not been sensitized either by vaccination or previous

infection. Inoculate 3 susceptible cattles each with 2 ml. of finished product at multiple

sites on tongue by intradermal route and observe for 4 days. The same animals are

inoculated on 4th day with 3 cattle doses subcutaneously and are observed for a further

period of 6 days. The animals should not develop any signs of FMD and remain normal.

(e) Potency test – Each batch of the vaccine is to be tested in susceptible cattle of

not less than 15 months of age. The potency test in cattle can be done either by :–

(i) PD50 Method : The vaccine shall be tested by the determination of PD50 in

susceptible cattle by challenging animals vaccinated with appropriate dilution of the

vaccine made in adjuvanted or non-adjuvanted diluent as appropriate.

A minimum of 5 animals should be used per dilution and 2 unvaccinated

animals to be included as controls to the challenge. All animals are needle

challenged with 10,000 ID50 of the homologous strain of virus by inoculation on the

tongue on the 21

st

day of post-vaccination.

The control animals are to be similarly challenged. Animals are observed for 10

days for the development of lesions. Unprotected animals show generalised lesions

due to FMD. Control animals must shown generalized lesions. From the number of

animals protected in each group the PD50 content of the vaccine is calculated. The

vaccine passes the test if an observed PD50 value of 3 or greater is obtained in the

test.

(ii) Percentage protection method in which groups of ten health susceptible

cattle are each injected subcutaneously with the vaccinating dose and 14 – 21 days

later the cattle are challenged by intradermal injection into three separate sites on

the tongue with 10,000 ID50 of the strain of virus used in the preparation of the

vaccine. The vaccine can be passed if atleast seven out of the ten in the group are

protected against the development of generalized infection whereas all the controls

should react by developing primary and secondary lesions observable in the mouth

and feet.

For other reasons if cattle testing is not possible then the potency of the vaccine may be

assed in guineapigs either by Lucam ‗C‘ index or PD50 method by challenging those which

have been previously vaccinated, provided that the correlation has been established between

guinea pig challenge test and cattle challenge results.

The estimation of the serum neutralizing antibody titre cattle may be considered as a

supportive test to evaluate potency of vaccine.

However, potency testing of vaccines, in cattle, of batches whenever by other accepted

methods of testing is in doubt, at aleast one out of every five batches, be undertaken.

5 Labelling :- It is labelled as described under the requirements of ‗labelling‘ as laid

down in the general monograph, with the additional requirements that the label on the

container states the virus types used in the preparation.

6. Storage :- It should be protected from the light and stored between 4

o

C to 8

o

C. Under

these conditions it may be expected to retain its potency for not less than 12 months. Freezing

of aluminium hydroxide vaccine must be avoided. The frozen product will not be fit for use.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

365

Canine Hepatitis Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonyms : Infectious Canine Hepatitis Vaccine (Living), Canine Hepatitis Cell

Culture Vaccine.

2. Definition : Canine Hepatitis Vaccine (Living) is a freeze dried preparation of

tissue culture fluid containing the cell culture adopted canine hepatitis virus.

3. Preparation : Canine hepatitis vaccine shall be prepared from virus bearing cell

culture fluid.

Only stock seed virus which has been established as pure, safe and immunogenic shall be

used in the preparation of the vaccine.

Immunogenicity test : Each lot of stock seed virus shall be tested for immunogenicity

as follows :

Thirteen canine hepatitis susceptible dogs, 8-14 weeks old shall be used for the test

(10 vaccinates and 3 controls). Blood samples may be drawn from these animals and

individual serum samples tested for the presence of antibodies, against canine hepatitis

virus. Ten dogs shall be injected subcutaneously with predetermined quantity of the virus

and remaining 3 dogs are kept as unvaccinated controls. The dose calculation will be

based on virus titration in suitable cell culture system. Not less than 14 days post

vaccination, the vaccinated and control shall each be challenged intravenously with

virulent infectious canine hepatitis virus and observed daily for 14 days. At least 2 out of

3 controls should die and the survivors shall show the clinical signs of canine hepatitis.

Nine out of ten vaccinated dogs shall survive and shall not show any signs of infectious

canine hepatitis during the observation period.

The stock seed virus shall be tested once in 5 years and maintained under standard

conditions as prescribed.

The stock seed virus may be inoculated on a suitable tissue culture system and may

be incubated for five to seven days.

The tissue culture fluid is then harvested and titrated in cell culture system for virus

content. After appropriate dilution and pooling, the material is stored at minus 20

o

C until

freeze dried. Each vaccine dose shall contain not less than 10

3.5

TCID50 dose.

4. Standards :-

(a) Description. – The dried product is a pinkish cream material readily dispersible

in water. The reconstituted vaccine is a pinkish liquid.

(b) Identification.- It causes characteristic cytopathic effect in dog, pig and ferret

kidney monolayers. This can be neutralized by specific antiserum. When

inoculated into dogs, the development of specific neutralizing antibodies can be

demonstrated by suitable serological tests.

(c) Moisture content.- In the finished product moisture content shall not exceed 1.0

per cent.

(d) Sterility Test.-- Shall comply with the tests of sterility as described under the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(e) Safety Test.-- Mouse safety test – Vaccine prepared for use as recommended on

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

366

the label shall be tested. Eight mice shall be inoculated intracerebrally with 0.03

ml and 8 mice shall be inoculated intraperitoneally with 0.5ml. Both the groups

shall be observed for seven days. If unfavourable reaction attributable to the

product occurs in two or more mice in either group during their observation

period, the batch is unsatisfactory.

(f) Dog Safety Test.-- Each of the two susceptible pups aged 8 – 14 weeks shall be

injected with vaccine equivalent of 10 vaccinating doses from the batch

reconstituted with sterile diluent and administered in the manner recommended

on the label and observed for 21 days. None of the pups shall show any

unfavourable reaction during the period of observation.

(g) Potency test, Virus Titration: – Samples of finished product shall be tested for

virus titre in suitable cell culture system. The batch shall have a virus titre of not

less than 10

3.5

TCID50 dose.

(h) Potency test in dog:– Two healthy susceptible dogs of 8-14 weeks of age shall be

injected subcutaneously with one Vaccine dose. 14 days after vaccination,

specific neutralizing antibodies from both the dogs shall be demonstrable by

serological tests.

5 Labelling: Shall comply with the requirement for labelling as laid down in the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

6 Storage: The dry product shall be stored at temperature of minus 20

o

C or below.

. The vaccine is expected to retain its potency for about 6 months in the

freezing chamber of the refrigerator (temperature) approximately minus

8

o

C

Duck Plague Vaccine

1 Definition.- Duck plague vaccine is a suspension of modified living virus prepared

from infected chick embryos.

2 Preparation.- Fresh fertile hen‘s eggs obtained from salmonella free flocks are

. incubated in an incubator. Nine days old embryos are injected with

0.2 ml of the suitable dilution ( 1 in 100) of the suspension of the virus

on the CAM and incubated at 37

o

C for 5 days post-inoculation. Dead

embryos of the 3rd, 4th and 5th days post-inoculation are harvested.

The embryos (devoid of head and legs). Clear fluid and the membranes

are collected and homogenized in a Blender, ampoulded in 0.5ml

quantities and freeze dried.

3 Standards:-

(a) Description.- Light brown scales.

(b) Identification.- This product affords protection to the ducks against duck plague.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

367

(c) Safety Test.- Four healthy, 8 to 12 weeks old ducks weighting not less than 600

gms are inoculated subcutaneously with 1ml of 10

-1

dilution of the vaccine and

observed for a period of 14 days. During the period of observation, the ducks shall

not show any untoward reaction.

(d) Sterility test.- Shall comply with the test for sterility described in the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(e) Potency Test.- Six susceptible ducks 8 to 12 weeks old each weighing not less than

600 gms are inoculated subcutaneously with 1 ml of 10

-3

dilution of the vaccine.

The minimum virus contents in 1 ml. dose of the vaccine shall be 10

3.5

EID50. 14

days later these ducks are challenged subcutaneously each with 1 ml. of 10

-2

dilution of the virulent duck plague virus (1000 DEID50) along with 2 unprotected

young ducks of about 8-12 weeks age. The unprotected ducks shall show symptoms

of duck plague and die within 10 days, while the protected ducks shall remain

normal during the observation period of 14 days.

4. Labelling.- Should comply with the requirements of labelling as laid down in the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccine‖.

5. Storage.- Vaccine when stored at minus 15

o

C to minus 20

o

C may be expected to retain

its potency for one year and about three months if stored in the freezing

chamber of Refrigerator i.e. minus 5

o

C.

Avian Encephalomyelitis Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonyms.- Avin-encephalomyelitis Vaccine Freeze dried.

2. Definition.- A virus bearing tissue and fluid suspension from embryonated hen‘s legs.

3. Preparation.- The stock seed virus which has been established as pure, safe and

immunogenic shall be used for preparing the vaccine.

(i) Each lot of stock seed virus shall be tested for pathogenicity by chicken

embryo inoculation test:

(a) One dose of the seed lot shall be mixed with 9 volume of sterile heat

inactivated specific, antiserum to neutralize vaccine virus in the product.

(b) After neutralization, 0.2 ml of serum vaccine mixture shall be inoculated

into each of at least 20 fully susceptible chicken embryos (0.1ml of the

inoculum shall be inoculated on CAM of 9-11 days old embryos and

0.1 ml in the allantoic sac).

(c) Eggs shall be candled for 7 days. Deaths occurring during first 24 hours

shall be discarded but at least 18 viable embryos shall survive 24 hours post

inoculation for a valid test. All embryos and CAMs from embryos which

die after the first day shall be examined.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

368

(d) If the death or abnormality attributable to inoculums occur, the seed lot is

unsatisfactory.

(ii) Immunogenicity test.- Avian encephalomyelitis susceptible chicks, all of same age

8 weeks old) shall be used 20 chickens shall be inoculated with the field dose of the

virus by prescribed route. Ten additional chickens of same age and flock shall be

held as unvaccinated controls.

At least 21 days post vaccination, the controls and vaccinates shall be

challenged intracerebrally with Virulent avian encephalomyelitis virus and observed

each for 21 days. At least 80 percent of controls shall show signs of avian

encephalomyelitis or die. At least 19 to 20 vaccinates shall remain free from clinical

avian encephalomyelitis during the observation period for the stock seed virus to be

satisfactory

4. Standards:-

(a) Description:- Greyish white flakes easily dispersible in the diluent.

(b) Identification:- At least 5–6 days old embryonated eggs (from hens with no history of

infection with avian encephalomyelitis) shall be inoculated with 0.1 ml of undiluted

vaccine into the yolk sac and kept in incubator and then transferred to the brooder

where they are allowed to hatch. The hatched chicks shall be raised for 7 days. More

than 5 per cent of hatched chicks shall manifest the typical symptoms (weak-leg, leg

paralysis tremor etc.) at the end of this period.

(c) Moisture Content: - Shall not exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Sterility Test: - Shall comply with the test for sterility described under general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(e) Safety Test: - At least 25 avian encephalomyelitis susceptible birds (6-10 weeks of

age) shall be vaccinated with 10 field doses by the recommended route and observed

each day for 21 days. If unfavourable reactions attributable to the vaccine occur

during the observation period, the batch of vaccine is unsatisfactory.

(f) Potency Test: -

(i) The vaccine shall be titrated for virus content. To be eligible for release, the

batch shall have a virus titre of at least 10

2.5

EID50 per dose.

(ii) At least 10 susceptible chickens shall be vaccinated with the field dose of the

vaccine by prescribed route and 10 chickens from same batch and source shall

be kept as unvaccinated controls.

At least 21 days post-vaccination, both the groups shall be challenged

intracerebrally with Virulent avian encephalomyelitis virus and observed for 21

days. At least 8 out of 10 controls shall develop recognizable signs or lesions of

avian encephalomyelitis and at least 8 out of 10 vaccines should remain normal

5. Labelling: Shall comply with the requirement of labelling as laid down in

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

369

Marek’s Disease Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonyms.- Herpes virus of Turkey Vaccine HVT vaccine (Living).

2. Definition:- Marek‘s disease vaccine is a suspension of cell free fluid containing live

virus.

3. Preparation.- The stock seed virus which has been established as pure, safe and

immunogenic in avian species shall be used for preparing the seed virus

for vaccine production.

(i) Safety Test – The stock seed virus shall be non-pathogenic for chickens as determined by

the following procedure:

The groups of at least 25 chickens each at one day of age shall be used. These

chickens shall be of the same source and batch be susceptible to Marek‘s disease

and be kept in isolated group.

Group 1: Each chicken shall be injected with 0.2 ml of 10 times as much viable virus as will

be contained in one dose of vaccine by intramuscular route.

Group II : Shall serve as controls. At least 20 chickens in each group shall survive for four

days postinjection. All chickens that die shall be necropsied and examined for

lesions of Marek‘s disease and cause of death. The test shall be judged according to

the following :

At 120 days o age, the remaining chicken in both the groups shall be weighted,

killed and necropoised. If at least 15 chicken in each of these two groups have not

survived the 120 days period if any of the chicken of Group-I have gross lesions of

Marek‘s disease at necroposy or if the average body weight of the chickens in

Group-I is significantly (statistically) different from the average of Group-II at the

end of 120 days, the lot of stock seed virus is unsatisfactory.

(ii)

(iii)

Purity test – Shall conducted in chickens and no lesions other than those typical of

Turkey Herpes virus shall be evidenced.

Immunologenicity test – Sixty susceptible day old chicks are used. Thirty of them

inoculated with the seed virus in a dose corresponding to the field dose of the final

vaccine and 14-21 days later challenged by intrabdominal route with virulent Marek‘s

diseas virus, alongwith the other 30 non-vaccinated control chicks. At the end of the

observation period when the chicks are 20 weeks old, the surviving chickens are

examined for the presence of antibody against Marek‘s disease by serological tests and

postmortem inspection for lesions of Marek‘s disease.

Any bird dead is thoroughly examined and the cause of death ascertained by

necropsy/histopathological examination. All the surviving birds are killed and necropsied.

The protection index (P1) is determined by following procedure :

1. Percent MD =

No. with MD lesions

x 100

No. with MD lesions + No. of –ve Surviviours (effective No.)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

370

2. P.I. =

Percent MD in controls – Percent MD in vaccinated

x 100

Percent MD controls

Master seed virus should have P.1 of at least 80 per cent.

Eighty per cent of the chicks in the control group must fall ill specifically. If more than

80 per cent of the vaccinated chickens do not show symptoms or signs of Marek‘s disease, the

seed virus is regarded as sufficiently effective and can be used for production of vaccine.

The seed virus is propagated in duck embryo fibro-blast cell culture, chick embryo

fibroblast or any other suitable cell culture (specific pathogen free SPF flock) and when the

peak passage level is attained the cell monolayer is suspended in cold diluent of the following

composition:

SPGA Stablizer

0.218% Sucrose.

0.0038% monosodium phosphate.

0.0072% dipotassium phosphate.

1 per cent bovine albumin fraction (V).

0.25 per cent EDTA (Sterilised by Seitz filteration and stored at minus 10

o

C). The virus

is freed from cell by ultrasonication for 3 minutes interrupted after every 30 seconds) at 100

MA and freeze dried at times 60

o

C preferably in shelf freeze dried in convenient volumes.

The doses per ampoule vial is calculated after titrating the freeze dried product in terms of

plaque forming units (PFU) in the corresponding cell monolayers.

4. Standards:

(a) Description: - The cell free freeze dried HVT vaccine look uniformly grayish in colour

and easily dispersible in the specified diluent.

(b) Identification. - The vaccine on inoculation in suitable cell culture system shall cause

cytopathic effect typical of Herpes virus of Turkey. Specific antiserum of Herpes virus of

Turkey shall neutralize the cytopathic effect.

(c) Moisture content. - Moisture content shall not exceed one per cent.

(d) Sterility test. - Shall comply with the test prescribed in general monograph on ―Viral

Vaccines‖.

(e) Safety Test.- At least 25 one day old chickens shall be injected with ten times of the

field dose of vaccine by intramuscular route. The chickens shall be observed each day for

21 days. Chickens dying during the period shall be examined, cause of death determined

and the results recovered as follows :

(i) If at least 20 chickens do not survive the observation period, the test is inconclusive.

(ii) If lesions of any disease or cause of death are directly attributable to the vaccine the

vaccine is unsatisfactory.

(f) Potency test. - The sample shall be titrated in the cell culture system. A satisfactory batch

shall contain at least 1500 plaque forming units (PFU) as per dose at the time of release

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

371

and maintain at least 1000 PFU till the end of expiry period.

5. Labelling. - Shall comply with the requirements of labelling as laid down in general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

6. Storage and expiry date. - The freeze-dried cell free HVT vaccine may be stored at 4

o

C for

6 months.

Goat Pox Vaccine (Living Cell Culture)

1. Synonym. - Goat Pox Vaccine (living), Attenuated Goat Pox Vaccine.

2. Definition. - Goat Pox vaccine is freeze-dried preparation, prepared by growing attenuated

goat pox virus in kid kidney/testicular cell culture.

3. Preparation. - Primary kidney/testicular cell cultures of disease free kid are used. The

monolayers infected with the seed virus are incubated at 37

o

C. The cultures are harvested by

three cycles of freezing and thawings 6 to 7 days post infection when more than 80 per cent

cells show CPE. The suspension is centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 10 minutes to remove

cellular debris being stored at minus 20

o

C. The suspension is freeze dried after addition of

5 per cent Lactalbumin hydrolysate and 10 per cent sucrose.

4. Standards:

(a) Description. - Light yellow colour.

(b) Identification - The product affords protection to goat against goat pox.

(c) Moisture content. - The moisture content shall not exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Safety tests.-

(i) Laboratory animals. - Six mice, 3 guinea pigs and 3 rabbits are inoculated with

0.2ml intraperitoneally, 0.5 ml and 1.0 ml subcutaneously, respectively with 10

field doses of the vaccine. The inoculated animals during the observation period of

80 days shall remain normal.

(ii) Goat. - Two susceptible goats of 6 to 8 months of age are inoculated in postaxillary

region by subcutaneous route with one-hundred field doses of the vaccine. The

inoculated animals shall not develop more than a local reaction of 2 to 3 cms.

These animals shall be observed for 10 days.

(e) Sterility test.- Shall comply with the test for sterility described under the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(f) Titration in cell culture.- Four randomly selected samples are inoculated in kid kidney

cell cultures using 5 tubes for each dilution. The titration shall be repeated thrice. One

thousands TCID50 is used as a field dose.

(g) Potency Test.- The three susceptible goats (8-10 months) are inoculated with 1/10th field

dose and 3 susceptible goats (8-10 months) with one field dose, subcutaneously. Three

in contract controls are also kept with the inoculated goats. These animals are observed

for a period of 14 days and their body temperature recorded daily. The vaccinated

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

372

animals shall not show any termal, local or generalized reaction. Twenty one days post

infection, the vaccinated and controls and challenged with 10,000 TCID50 of virulent

goat pox virus by intradermal route. The temperature of these goats are recorded for a

period of 14 days. The vaccinated goats shall not develop localized or generalized

reaction while control goats shall develop high fever, localized reaction or even

generalized reaction in some cases.

5. Labelling .- Shall comply with requirements of labelling as laid down in the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

6. Storage and expiry date.- The vaccine is expected to retain its potency for 12 months if

stored at minus 15

o

C to minus 20

o

C and for three months at 2

o

C to 4

o

C.

Sheep Pox Vaccine (Inactivated)

1. Synonym .- Formal gel sheep pox vaccine.

2. Definition .- Sheep pox vaccine is a formaline inactivated gel treated tissue vaccine.

3. Preparation.- Healthy susceptible sheep of 8-12 months of age are inoculated

subcutaneously with 500 ml of the 1:100 dilution of the Russian Virulent Sheep Pox Virus.

Seven to eight day post inoculation skin of the abdomen alongwith the oedema is collected.

The infected tissues are homogenized in 10 percent concentration in phosphate buffer

(pH 7.4-7.6) which after the extraction of the virus is mixed with sterile gel and buffer in the

following proportion :-

6 percent aluminium hydroxide gel-50 per cent.

Phosphate Buffer (pH 7.6)- 35 per cent.

10 per cent suspension – 15 per cent

This is later formalized and kept at 20-25

o

C/10

o

C for varying periods.

4. Standards.-

(a) Description .- It is a greyish white suspension. During storage the gel settles at the bottom,

upper layer of the suspension is clear.

(b) Identification.- This product affords protection to sheep against sheep pox.

(c) Safety test.- This is carried out by inoculating 2 white mice with 0.2 ml., one guinea pig

with 1.0 ml and one rabbit with 3,0 ml of vaccine. The animals should remain clinically

healthy for 10 days.

(d) Sterility test.- This is done by seeding the vaccine on usual bacterial media. The plates and

tubes are incubated for 10 days at 37

o

C. If the pathogenic bacteria are found, the vaccine is

rejected while with non-pathogenic bacteria the vaccine is passed for field use.

(e) Potency test.- This is done by inoculating 4 non immune susceptible sheep preferably

exotic breed of 1-2 years with 3 ml of vaccine in the thigh, subcutaneously.

The vaccinated sheep are challenged 15 days after inoculation alongwith 3 controls each

with 0.1 ml of virulent virus containing 200 infective doses intradermally under the tail.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

373

The sheep are observed for 10 days and their skin reaction recorded. The vaccine is

considered potent if all the vaccinated, sheep do not show thermal or local skin reaction.

Vaccine is also potent if 3 vaccinated animals do not develop any reaction and one shows

abortive skin reaction, while at least 2 of the 3 controls develop typical sheep pox reaction

at the site of inoculation.

5. Labelling.- Shall comply with the requirements of labelling as laid down in the general

monograph on ― Viral Vaccines‖.

6. Storage.- The vaccine shall be stored at 4

o

C to 5

o

C. it keeps well at above temperature upto

12 months.

Sheep Pox Vaccine (Living Cell Culture)

1. Synonym.- Sheep pox vaccine (Living), attenuated sheep pox vaccine.

2. Definition.- Sheep pox vaccine is freeze dried preparation prepared by growing attenuated

sheep pox virus in lamb kidney/testicular cell cultures.

3. Preparation.- Primary cell cultures prepared from kidney/testicles of disease free lambs are

used. The mono layers infected with the seed virus are incubated at 37

o

C. The cultures are

harvested by 3 cycles of freezing and thawing 6 to 7 days post infection when more than 80

per cent Cells show C.P.E. The suspension is centrifuged at 1000 r.p.m. for 10 minutes to

remove cellular debris before being stored at minus 20

o

C. The suspension is freeze dried

after addition of 5 per cent Lactalbumin hydrolysate and 10 per cent sucrose.

4. Standards:-

(a) Description.- Light yellow colour.

(b) Identification.- The product affords protection to sheep against sheep pox.

(c) Moisture contents.- The moisture contents should not exceed 1.00 per cent.

(d) Safety tests.-

(i) Six mice, 3 guinea pig and 3 rabbits are inoculated with 0.2 ml intraperitoneally

0.5ml and 1.0 ml subeutaneously, respectively containing 10 field doses of the

vaccine. The inoculated animals during the observation period of 10 days should

remain normal.

(ii) One hundred field doses of the vaccine are inoculated subcutaneously into each of

2 susceptibles sheep in postaxillary region. Inoculated animals shall not develop

more than a local reaction of 2 to 3 cms.

(e) Sterility test. - Shall comply with the test for sterility as described under the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(f) Titration in cell culture. - Four randomly selected samples reconstituted in a

maintenance medium are inoculated in lamb kidney cell cultures using 5 tubes for each

dilution. The titrations shall be repeated thrice. The TCID50 to be calculated by Read and

Muonch method. One thousand TCID50 is calculated as one field dose.

(g) Potency test. - Three susceptible sheep 8-10 months old are inoculated with 1/10th, field

dose and 3 susceptible sheep with one field dose, subcutaneously. Three in contact

controls are also kept with the inoculated sheep. These animals are observed for a period

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

374

of 14 days and their temperature is recorded daily. The vaccinated animals should not

show any thermal, local or generalize reactions. Twenty-one days post infection the

vaccinated and controls are challenged with 10,000 ID50 of virulent sheep poxvirus by

intradermal route. The temperature of these sheep are recorded for a period of 14 days.

The vaccinated sheep should not develop localised or generalized reaction while control

sheep should develop high fever, localized reaction or even generalized reaction in some

cases.

5. Labelling.- Shall comply with requirements of labelling as laid down in the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

6. Storage and expiry date.- The vaccine is expected to retain its potency for 12 months if

stored at minus 15

o

C to minus 20

o

C and three months at 2

o

C to 4

o

C

Tissue Culture Rinderpest Vaccine

1. Synonyms.- Cell Culture Rinderpest Vaccine.

2. Definition.- Tissue Culture Rinderpest Vaccine is a freeze dried preparation of live

modified rinderpest virus adapted to and propagated in cell culture.

3. Preparations.- Primary or secondary monolayer cultures of the kidney cells (Bovine or any

other suitable animals) taken from kidney from healthy animals free from any pathological

changes shall be used. When secondary cultures are used they shall have retained their

original morphology and Karyotype. Kabete ‗O‘ stain of Rinderpest virus developed by

East African veterinary Research Organisation (Plowrights strain between the passage levels

of 99th and 100th passages) shall be used. The virus harvested from cell monolayer culture

prepared from the kidneys of a single calf or serially cultivated bovine kidneys cells (Not

more than 10 passages away from the Primary) inoculated with the same seed and harvested

together, will be freeze dried with stabilizers in suitable quantities.

4. Standards.- It complies with the requirements of general standards of viral vaccines:

(a) Description.- Dry light yellow coloured flakes readily soluble in chilled and saline or

buffered saline.

(b) Identifications.-

(i) Protects cattle against a subsequent challenge with virulent or caprinised

rinderpest virus.

(ii) It is titrable in tissue culture systems capable of supporting the multiplication of

this virus. The test shall be made on at least three separate occasions using a cell

culture derived from different animals.

(iii) Specificity test shall be performed using an appropriate scrum neutralization test.

(c) Sterility test. - Each batch shall be tested for bacterial and mycotic sterility as given in

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(d) Innocuity test.- Shall be made on each batch in at least two guinea pigs and six mice.

These animals shall be observed for at least two weeks for any untoward reaction.

(e) Safety and efficacy test.- The test for safety and efficacy shall be performed using the

pooled reconstituted contents of not less than 4 ampoules taken at random. The vaccine

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

375

shall be injected subcutaneously into each of at least two susceptible cattle free from

specific antibodies using the quantity containing not less than 100 fields doses and two

further cattle and using 1/10th of the field dose (calculated on the basis of 1000 TCID50

one field dose). The animals shall be housed with at least two unvaccinated animals and

observed for a period of three weeks. The vaccine passes the safety test if the cattle show

no signs of unusual clinical reactions.

At the end of three weeks all the four animals will be challenged alongwith two in contact

cattle with a challenge dose of not less than 10

4

ACID50 of virulent Rinderpest virus. The vaccine

passes the potency/efficacy test if the in contact animals develop rinderpest and all the vaccinated

animals remain normal.

5 Labelling.- Shall comply with general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖. Each ampoule or

at least 50 percent ampoules in a lot shall contain at least following print :

(i) TCRP Volume.

(ii) Batch No. with year.

(iii) General instructions for use.

6 Storage .- The vaccine when stored at minus 20

o

C and plus 4 degree C will maintain its

titre for 2 years and 6 months respectively.

Canine Distemper Vaccin e

1. Synonyms.- Cannine Distemper Vaccine (Living)- Freeze-dried.

2. Definition.- It is freeze dried preparation of either tissues from chick embryo containing

eggs adapted strain of cannine distemper virus or the cell culture in which modified virus

has been cultivated.

3. Preparation.- Canine distemper vaccine shall be prepared from virus bearing cell culture,

fluid or infected chroioalantoic membrane. Only stock seed virus which has been

established as pure, safe and immunogenic shall be used for preparation of vaccine. Stock

seed virus propagated in chicken embryo shall be tested for pathogen by chicken embryo

test. One volume of the virus shall be mixed with 9 volume of specific sterile heat

inactivated serum to neutralize the virus. Mixture shall be inoculated into twenty (9 to 11

days old ) chicken embryo (with 0.1 ml on CAM and 0.1 ml in alantoic sac).

Embryonated eggs shall be candled for 7 days daily. Death occurring in the first 24 hours

shall be discarded. CAMS of embryos which die after 24 hours shall be examined. When

necessary embryo sub-culture shall be made to determine the cause of death. The test

should be concluded on the 7th day post inoculation.

The surviving embryos and their CAMS are examined. If deaths or abnormality

due to the inoculums occur, the seed virus is unsatisfactory.

Immunogenicity test : Thirteen susceptible dogs 8-14 weeks old shall be used for the test

(ten vaccinates and 3 controls). Blood samples are drawn from these animals and

individual sample is tested for antibodies against canine distemper. Ten dogs shall be

injected with a predetermined quantity of the virus and remaining 3 dogs are used as

unvaccinated controls. The dose shall be based on the virus tiltration. At least 21 days post

infection the vaccinated and controls shall be challenged intramuscularly with the same

dose of virulent canine distemper virus and the animals are observed each day for 21 days.

At least 2 out of 3 controls should die and survivor should show the symptoms typical of

canine distemper. At least 9 out of 10 vaccinated animals should survive and should not

show any clinical signs of canine distemper during the observation period. The stock seed

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

376

virus should be tested for immunogenicity at least once in 5 years, if maintained under

suitable conditions of storage. Eight days old chicken embryos from a healthy flock are

inoculated on their chorioallantoic membrane with bacteriologically sterile virus

suspension of egg adapted strain. After incubation for a period of five days, infected

membrane and embryos are harvested. The individual embryo is tested for bacterial

sterility. Those free from bacterial contamination are made into a 20 percent suspension in

a suitable medium. The suspension is distributed in a single dose quantity into the

ampoules of vials and freeze-dried.

The ampoules are sealed under vacuum or with pure dry sterile nitrogen before sealing.

Alternatively, the virus may be grown on the suitable cell culture. Cells along with the

suspending fluid is harvested, distributed in single dose quantity in ampoules and freeze

dried.

4. Standard.-

(a) Description. - It is a dry product, pinkish cream material, readily dispersible in

water or a suitable solvent.

(b) Identification. - It infects CAM of fertile eggs. This is neutralized by canine

distemper antiserum. It does not cause distemper after injection into susceptible

ferrets or dogs but immunizes them against the disease.

(c) Moisture content. - Moisture content in the finished product shall not exceed

more than 1.0 per cent.

(d) Sterility test. - Shall comply with the test for sterility as described in the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines.‖

(e) Safety tests. - (i) Mice safety test: Reconstituted vaccine as recommended on the

label shall be tested.

Eight mice, 4 weeks old shall be inoculated intracerebally with 0.03 ml and 8

mice shall be inoculated intraperitoneally with 0.5ml. Both groups shall be observed for 7

days, if unfavourable reaction attributable to the product in either 2 or more mice in either

group is observed during observation period, the batch is unsatisfactory.

(ii) Dog Safety test.-Inject two healthy dogs eight to fourteen weeks old that have

previously been shown to be free from distemper virus-neutralising antibodies by the

recommended route with twice the dose stated on the label and observe for 21 days. No

significant local or general reaction develops.

(i) Potency test. - (i) Titration : Final samples of finished product shall be tested

for virus titre, and when tested at any time within the expiry period, it should

contain not less than 10

3

ID50 per dose.

(ii) It shall be carried out in dogs. Two healthy susceptible dogs each of 8-14

weeks of age free from distemper neutralizing antibodies are injected

subcutaneously each with one vaccination dose. Serum samples shall be

collected from each dog 14 days after vaccination and these shall have specific

neutralizing antibodies at a dilution of 1: 100.

6. Labelling.- Shall comply with the requirements of labelling as laid down in the general

monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

377

7. Storage and expiry date. - For the freeze-dried product the expiry date is one year

when stored at minus 20

o

C.

Avian Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Living)

1. Synonyms. - Avian Infectious Bronchitis Vaccine (Living) freeze-dried.

2. Definition. - It is a freeze-dried product of low virulent Avian Infectious Bronchitis

Virus grown in embryonated hen‘s eggs of cultivated in cell culture.

3. Preparation. - Only stock seed virus which has been established as pure, safe

and immunogenic shall be used. Each jot of stock seed virus shall be tested for other

pathogens by chicken embryo inoculation tests as follows: -

A lot of seed virus shall be mixed with 9 volumes of sterile heat inactivated specific

anti- serum to neutralize and the vaccine virus serum mixture shall be inoculated into

each of at least 20 fully susceptible chicken embryos of 9-11 days old (0.1 ml on CAM

and 0.1 ml in the allantoic sac). Eggs are candled daily for 7 days. Deaths occurring

during first 24 hours shall be discarded but at least 18 viable embryos shall survive 24

hours post inoculation for a valid test. All embryo and CAMS from embryos shall be

examined which die after 24 hours. If necessary embryo subcultures shall be made to

determine the cause of death. The test shall be concluded on the 7th day post

inoculation and surviving embryos including the CAM shall be examined. If death and

or abnormality attributable to the stock seed virus occur, the seed lot is unsatisfactory.

Each lot of stock seed virus shall be tested for immunogenicity as below: -

Bronchitis susceptible chickens of the same age and source shall be used. For each

method of administration recommended on the label and for each serotype against

which protection is claimed, 20 chicks shall be used as vaccinates. Ten additional

chickens for each serotypes against which protection is claimed shall be held as

unvaccinated controls.

21 to 28 days post vaccination all vaccinates and controls shall be challenged by eye

drops with virulent Bronchitis virus. A separate set of vaccinates and controls shall be

used for each serotype against which protection is claimed. The challenge virus shall

have a titre of at least 10

4.6

EID50 per ml. Trachea swabs shall be taken once 5 days

post challenge from each vaccinated and controls. Each swab shall be placed in test

tube containing 3 ml of tryptose phosphate broth and antibiotics. The tubes and swabs

shall be swirled thoroughly and stored at minus 40

o

C pending egg inoculation. For

each chicken swabs at least 5 chicken embryos, 9-11 days old shall be inoculated in

the allantoic cavity with 0.2 ml of broth from each tube. All the embryos surviving 3rd

day post inoculation shall be used in evaluation. A tracheal swab shall be positive for

virus recovery when any of the embryos show typical infections bronchitis virus

lesions such as stunting, curling, kidney urates, clubbed down or death during 4-7 days

post inoculation period.

90 percent of the controls should prove positive for virus recovery. If less than 90

per cent of the controls are negative for virus recovery, the stock seed is

unsatisfactory. The stock seed virus should be tested for immunogenicity once in

5 years provided it is maintained under standard conditions of the bronchitis virus

storage.

4. Standards. -

(a) Descriptio: It is greyish-white product easily dispersible in the dil uent.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

378

(b) Identification: (i) The contents of the ampoule are suspended as per

the instructions for the field use. The 0.2ml of the suspension shall be inoculated in the

allantoic cavity of 9-11 days old chicken embryo and are incubated for 7 days. The lesions

typical of infectious bronchitis shall be observed in the embryos at the end of incubation

period. The allantoic fluid shall not agglutinate the chicken RBC's.

(ii) Specific antisera against avian infectious bronchitis virus should neutralize

the vaccine virus.

(c) Moisture content. - Moisture content in the finished product should not

exceed 1.0 per cent.

(d) Sterility test. - Complies with the test for sterility as described under the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccines‖.

(e) Safety test. - Ten healthy susceptible chickens 5-10 days old from the

same source batch shall be vaccinated with ten field dose of the vaccine and along with five

chicks from same batch as unvaccinated controls by the prescribed route and observed 7 or

21 days post vaccination. Neither severe respiratory symptoms nor death shall occur to

more than one experimental chicks, none of the unvaccinated control shall show any clinical

symptoms.

(f) Potency test. - The minimum virus content of the freeze-dried product shall

not be less than 10

3.5

EID50 per bird. The virus content of the vaccine shall be titrated as

below:

Serial ten-fold dilution of the freeze-dried material will be made in tryptose

phosphate broth. Three to five embryonated eggs (9-11 days old) shall be in inoculated

with 0.1 ml of each dilution into the allantoic cavity and observed daily for 7 days.

Deaths occurring during the first 24 hours shall be discarded. The surviving

embryos are examined for the evidence of infection and EID50 shall be calculated by the

Reed and Muench Method/spearman and Karber method.

5. Labelling .- Shall comply with the requirement of labelling as laid down in the

general monograph on ―Viral Vaccine‖.

6. Storage and expiry date.- Shall be stored at 4

o

C for six months].

PART II –ANTISERA

Provisions applicable to the production of all Sera from Living Animals

1. Definitions- (i) This Part of the Schedule applies to antibacterial sera, anti-viral sera

and anti-toxic sera which are prepared by injecting bacteria or viruses or their products into

buffalo- bulls or other suitable animals so as to produce active immunity which is

manifested by the formation of anti-body.

(ii) For the purpose of this Part of the Schedule an anti-serum means sterile liquid

anti- serum concentrated and unconcentrated, solutions of globulins or their derivatives

or solid forms which can be reconstituted when necessary.

2. Staff of Establishment- The establishment shall be under the direction and control of

a competent expert in bacteriology and serology with adequate training in immunology and

standardisation of biological products and knowledge of animal management. He shall be

assisted by a staff adequate for carrying out the tests required during the course of

preparation of the sera and standardisation of the finished products.

3. Proper Name- The proper name of he antiserum shall be the recognised scientific

name of the diseases or its causative organism or some generally recognised abbreviations

thereof preceded by the prefix ‗anti‘, and followed by the word ‗serum; as for example,

‗Anti- Anthrax serum‘. The proper name of any antitoxin may be formed from the word

‗Anti-toxin‘ preceded by the name of the organism from which the toxin was prepared, and

followed, if desired, by a term indicating the source or the strain of that organism provided

where there is no special provision in the Schedule, the name as approved by the

Licensing Authority may be adopted.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

379

4. Records-

(1) The permanent records which the licensee is required to keep shall include

the following particulars: -

(a) As to the culture- Evidence of the identity and specificity of the cultures.

(b) As to the procedure used in immunising the animals;

(i) The method of preparing the cultures or antigen used for immunisation.

(ii) The dosage and methods employed in administering the culture or antigen.

(iii) The period in the course of immunisation at which blood is withdrawn

for the preparation of the serum.

(c) Any test which may have been applied to the serum to determine its content

of specific antibodies or its specific therapeutic potency and purity.

(2) If the licensee desired to treat the performance of any tests recorded under sub-

paragraph (i) (c) of this paragraph as determining the date of completion of manufacture

for the purpose of rule 109 he shall submit full particulars of the proposed test to the

Licensing Authority and obtain his approval.

5. Cultures- The cultures used in immunising the animals shall be at all times open to

inspection, and specimens shall be furnished for examination at the request of the Licensing

Authority.

6. Quantity -

(a) Any antiserum shall be issued for veterinary use in the form of either.

(i) Actual serum, i.e., the liquid product of decantation of the coagulated

blood or plasma without any addition, other than antiseptic or subtraction, or

(ii) A solution of the purified serum proteins containing the specific

antibodies.

(b) At the time of issue, the liquid shall be clear or show at the most a

slight opalescence or precipitate. Preparations of the natural serum shall not contain

more than 10 per cent of solid matter. A solution of serum protein shall not contain

more than 20 per cent of solid matter.

1. Precautions to be observed in preparations-

(i) Laboratories where sera are exposed to the air in the course of the

process of preparation must be separated by a sufficient distance from stables

and animals houses to avoid the risk of aerial contamination with bacteria from

animal excreta, and must be rendered fly proof to prevent such contamination by

insects. Such laboratories must have impervious walls and floors and must be

capable of being readily disinfected when necessary.

(ii) A special room with impervious walls must be provided for the

collection of blood from the living animals.

(iii) An efficient system of manure removal must be used which will

prevent its accumulation in the vicinity of any room where blood or serum is

collected or handled.

(iv) An adequate number of sterilizers must be provided for the sterilization of

all glassware or other apparatus with which the serum may come into contact in the

course of its preparation.

(v) All processes to which the serum is subjected during and after the

collection from the animals, must be designed to preserve its sterility, but in the case

of a artificially concentrated sera, it shall suffice that the process of concentration is

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

380

conducted with scrupulous cleanliness and in such a manner as to avoid unnecessary

dangerous contamination.

(vi) The laboratories in which the testing of sera for potency, sterility and

freedom from abnormal toxicity are carried out must be adequate for the purpose. An

adequate supply of animals for use in such tests and suitable housing for such

animals must be provided.

(vii) Provision must be made for complying with any special conditions which

may be laid down in the Schedule relating to the production and issue of the

particular serum, in respect of which the licence is granted.

8. Unhealthy or Infected Animals- If an animal used in the production of sera is

found to be suffering from an infection except one produced by living organisms against

which it is being immunized, or shows signs of serious or persistent ill health not reasonably

attributable to the process of immunisation, the licensee shall immediately report the matter to

the Licensing Authority and shall, if the authority orders an inspection and the Inspectors so

directs, cause such animals to be killed and a postmortem examination of it to be made, and

take steps to prevent any serum obtained from the animal being sold or offered for sale until

permission is given by the Licensing Authority. If the result of the postmortem is such as to

bring under suspicion, the health of any of the other animals used for the production of sera,

the Licensing Authority may prohibit the use of those animals for the production of sera or

may take such other steps as may be necessary to prevent the issue of sera which may be

dangerous to animal health.

Provided in the case of emergency, the person in charge of the establishment may

order the destruction of an animal used in the production of sera and suspected of infection,

and shall in that case given notice forthwith to the Licensing Authority and shall permit an

Inspector to be present at the postmortem examination.

9. Conditions and Housing of animals:

(i) The animals used in the production of sera should be adequately housed under

hygienic environments.

(ii) Only healthy animals free from disease should be used in the preparation of

sera.

(iii) Every animal intended to be used as the source of serum must be subjected

to a period of observation in quarantine for at least seven days before being

admitted to the animal sheds in which the serum yielding animals are housed.

(iv) In case of horses and other equidae, every animal used as source of serum

shall either be actively immunized against tetanus or shall be passively immunized

against the disease by injection of tetanus antitoxin in such doses as to ensure the

constant presence of that antitoxin in the blood during the whole period of the use of the

animals as a source of serum.

Anti-Sera and their General Standard

Anti-sera contain the immune substances that have a specific prophylactic or

therapeutic action when injected into animals exposed to or suffering from a disease due to a

specific microorganism or its toxin. Anti-sera are classified into three groups.

(i) Antitoxic sera (Antitoxin)

(ii) Antibacterial sera.

(iii) Antiviral sera.

Antisera are usually issued in an unconcentrated form for animal use but may be

concentrated and also freeze dried. However, for the purpose of the Schedule the word

‗antisera‘ is also used for the unconcentrated liquid sera only. A suitable bacteriostatic agent

in a concentration sufficient to prevent the growth of microorganisms is added to the liquid

serum.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

381

General Standard

1. Description- Liquid native or unconcentrated antisera are yellow or yellowish

brown in colour. They are initially transparent but may become turbid with age. They are

almost odourless except for the odour of any bacteriostatic agent that may have been added.

2. Identification- The test for identity is described in the individual monograph.

3. Acidity or Alkalinity- All native antisera have a pH of 7.0 to 8.5.

4. Abnormal Toxicity- All anti-sera shall comply with the following tests or freedom

from abnormal toxicity.

(a) Two healthy mice each weighing not less than 18 g. are injected

subcutaneously each with 0.5 ml. of the sample and observed for five days. None of the

mice should show any abnormal reaction or die.

(b) Two healthy guinea pigs each weighing 300 g. to 450 g. are injected

subcutaneously each with 5 ml. of the sample and observed for seven days. None of the

guinea-pigs should show any abnormal reaction or die.

5. Sterility- All anti-sera shall comply with the tests for sterility described in rules 115

to 119.

6. Potency- The potency of each preparation, when the available methods permit, is

determined by the appropriate biological assay, and it is described under the individual

monograph.

7. Total Solids- Native antisera should not contain more than 10 per cent solid matter.

8 Labelling- Should comply with the provisions for ‗Labelling‘ as laid down for

‗Bacterial Vaccines.‘

9. Storage- Liquid preparations of antisera shall be stored, protected from light at

temperature between 2 ˚C to 4 ˚C and shall not be frozen.

10 Date of Manufacture- The date of manufacture shall be unless otherwise specified

in the individual monograph in this part is as defined in clause (b) of sub-rule (3) of rule 109.

11. Containers- All antisera are distributed in sterilised containers of a material which is

inert towards the substance and which are sealed to exclude micro-organisms.

12. Expiry Date- The expiry date of potency of all sera shall not be more than twenty-

four months after the date of a manufacture.

Anti-Anthrax Serum

1. Synonym- Bacillus Anthracis Anti-serum.

2. Definition- Anti-anthrax serum is the serum of animals that confers a specific

protection against Baccillus anthracis.

3. Preparation- The antiserum may be prepared in buffalo bulls after repeated

injections of cultures of B. anthracis of a virulent strain.

4. Standard- It complies with the requirements in the general provisions for

antisera under Description, Acidity or Alkalinity, Abnormal Toxicity, Sterility, Solids,

Labelling, Storage and Expiry date.

Identification – It protects animals against infection with B. Anthracis

Anti-Blackquarter Serum

1. Synonym- Blackleg Antiserum, Clostridium Chauvoei-Anti serum

2. Definition-Anti-Blackquarter serum is the serum of suitable animals containing the

Substances that have a specific neutralising effect on Clostridium Chauvoei.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

382

3. Preparation- It is prepared by injecting subcutaneously or intramuscularly

increasing doses of formolised cultures of Cl. Chauvoei into buffalo bulls.

4. Standards- It complies with the requirements described in the general provisions

for antisera under Description, Acidity or Alkalinity, Abnormal Toxicity, Sterility, Solids,

Labelling, Storage and Expiry date.

Identification- It protects susceptible animals against infection with virulent strains of

Cl. Chauvoei.

Anti-Fowl-Cholera Serum

1. Synonym- Pasteurella Septica Antiserum (Avian).

2. Definition- Fowl Cholera Antiserum is the serum of animals containing the

substances that confer a specific protection to fowls against virulent strain of Pasteurella

Septica (Avian).

3. Preparation- Antiserum is prepared from buffalo bulls after they have been

subjected to an injection of killed cultures of virulent strain of Pasteurella Septica (Avian)

followed by injections of living cultures of the same organism.

4. Standard- It complies with the requirements described in the general provision for

anti-sera under Description, Acidity or Alkalinity, Abnormal Toxicity, Sterility, Solids,

Labelling, Storage and Expiry date.

Identification- It protects susceptible fowls against infection with Pasteurella Septica

(Avian) and its homologous strains.

Anti- Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Serum

1. Synonym- Pasteurella Septica Antiserum.

2. Definition- Anti-Haemorrhagic Septicaemia Serum is the serum of animals

containing the substances that confer a specific protection to susceptible animals against

virulent strains of Pasteurella Septica.

3. Preparation – The antiserum is prepared from buffalo bulls after they have been

subjected to repeated injections of formolised cultures of standard strain Pasteurella Septica

with adjuvants, followed by suitable doses of virulent culture of the organism.

4. Standard.-It complies with the requirements described in the general

provisions for antisera under Description, Acidity or Alkalinity, Abnormal Toxicity, Sterility,

Solids, Labelling, Storage and Expiry date.

Identification- It protects susceptible animals against infection with homologous

strains of Pasteurella Septica.

Anti-Rinderpest Serum

1. Synonym- Cattle Plague Antiserum

2 Definition- Anti-Rinderpest Serum is the serum of buffalo bulls containing the

substances that confer a specific immunity to susceptible animals against virulent strains of

the virus of rinderpest

3. Preparation – The antiserum is prepared from buffalos who have reacted to a dose

of virulent rinderpest virus, which is injected simultaneously with a predetermined quantity

of anti rinderpest serum so as to control the severity of the reaction (serum-simultaneous-

method).

4 Standard- It complies with the requirements described in the general provisions for

antisera under Description, Acidity or Alkalinity, Abnormal Toxicity, Solids, Labelling,

Storage and Expiry date.

(i) Identification- It protects susceptible animals against rinderpest.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

383

(ii) Potency-Five Buffalo-calves of about one year of age in good condition are used

for the test. Three are injected subcutaneously with the anti-rinderpest serum under test at the

rate of 10 ml. per 46 kg. body weight, subject to a minimum of 20 ml. per animal. These

together with the two remaining, are simultaneously injected subcutaneously at a different

site with 1 ml. of a 1: 100 dilution of spleen suspension of virulent bull-virus.

The animals should be observed for fourteen days during which time the serum

treated animals should exhibit no symptoms of rinderpest other than rise in temperature and

slight intestinal disturbances, while the controls develop more severe symptoms or die.

Salmonella Pullorum Anti Serum

1. Synonym- Salmonella Pullorum Anti Serum.

2. Definition- Salmonella Pullorum anti-serum is the sera from fowls and contains

antibodies against Salmonella Pullorum. It is used for standardizing batches of Salmonella

Pullorum antigens and also used as a control along with the sera suspected for pullorum

disease.

3. Preparation- The serum is prepared after intravenous inoculation with smooth

culture suspension of Salmonella Pulloram in healthy birds.

4. Standards- It complies with the requirements in the general provisions for anti-

sera under Description, Acidity, Alkalinity, Sterility, Solids, Labelling, Storage and Expiry date.

5 . Identification- It should give positive agglutination with Salmonella pullorum

antigen.

Standard Anti-Brucella Abortus Serum

1. Synonym- National counterpart of standard anti-Brucella Abortus serum.

2. Definition- Standard Anti-Brucella abortus serum is the serum which contains

1000 International Units (I.U) per ml. and is used for standardizing batches of brucella

antigens and is also used as a control along with the sera suspected for brucellosis.

3. Preparation- The serum is prepared after intravenous inoculation of suspension

of smooth culture of B. abortus (strain 99) in rabbits or cattle and subsequently diluting it

suitably with brucella-free healthy serum so that when tested with standardized Brucella

abortus tube test antigen, it gives 50% agglutination at 1/500 final serum dilution.

4. Standard- It complies with the requirements in the general provision for anti-

sera under Description, Acidity, Alkalinity, Sterility, Solids, Labelling, Storage and Expiry

date.

Identification- It should give agglutination with Brucella antigen.

PART III- DIAGNOSTIC ANTIGENS

Provisions Applicable to the Manufacture and Standardisation of

Diagnostic Agents (Bacterial Origin)

1 Definition- This Part of the Schedule applies to reagents of bacterial origin

employed for various tests.

2 Staff of establishment- A competent expert in bacteriology with sufficient

experience in the manufacture and standardisation of veterinary biological products shall be

in charge of the establishment responsible for the production of various diagnostic agents of

bacterial origin and he may be assisted by a staff adequate or carrying out the tests required

during the preparation and standardisation of various diagnostic agents.

3 Proper Name- The proper name of any diagnostic agent is the name of micro-

oraganism from which it is made, followed by the word ‗antigen‘ unless the Schedule

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

384

otherwise provides, or, it may be derived from the name of the organism responsible for the

causation of the disease or if there is no special provision in the Schedule, the name approved

by the Licensing Authority. In the case of the undermentioned preparations the proper name

of the diagnostic agent may be as follows:

1. Abortus Bang Ring (A.B.R. ) Antigen.

2. Brucella Abortus Coloured Antigen.

3. Brucella Abortus Plain Antigen.

4. Johnin.

5. Mallein.

6. Salmonella Abortus Equi ―H‖ Antigen.

7. Salmonella Pullorum Coloured Antigen.

8. Salmonella Pullorum Plain Antigen.

9. Tuberculin.

4. Records- Cultures used in the preparation of diagnostic agents of bacterial

origin must, before being manipulated into an agent be thoroughly tested for identity by the

generally accepted tests applicable to the particular micro-organism. The permanent record

which the licensee is required to keep shall amongst other include a record of the origin,

properties and characteristics of the cultures.

5. Preparation- Diagnostic agents of bacterial origin are prepared from selected

cultures after their careful examination for the identity, specificity, purity and antigenicity.

They may be prepared in the following manner:

(a) Formolised Antigens- The selected pure culture strain grown in a suitable

medium at an optimum temperature for an appropriate period. The pure growth is

then exposed to the action of a solution of Formaldehyde I.P. in a suitable

concentration and at an appropriate temperature for a suitable period.

(b) In some cases, the diagnostic agents are prepared by growing the

organisms on suitable media and then deriving specific protein constituents of the

bacteria by various methods.

6. General Standard:-

(a) Description- Diagnostic agents may be clear opalescent or coloured

liquids.

(b) Identification- Some exhibit specific agglutination when mixed with

the serum of the animals infected with homologous organisms and others when

injected into the animal body in appropriate doses cause specific reactions like

hypersensitiveness, local and general reaction, if the animal is infected with

homologous organisms.

(c) Sterility Test- All antigens shall be tested for sterility in accordance

with rules 114 to 119.

(d) Standardisation- It is carried out either by determining the definite

concentration in the product or by observing the general and local reactions in

healthy and artificially infected animals with various standard dilutions of the

product.

7. Labelling- As under general provisions for the bacterial vaccines with the addition

that it is meant for diagnostic purposes only.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

385

8. Storage- All antigens are stored, protected from light at a temperature between 2 ˚ C

to 4 ˚ C.

9. Date of manufacture- The date of manufacture shall be unless otherwise specified

in the individual monograph in this part as defined in clause (b) of sub- rule (3) of rule 109.

Abortus Bang Ring (A.B.R.) Antigen

1. Synonym- Milk Ring Test Antigen.

2. Definition- The antigen is a suspension of pure growth culture of standard strain of

Brucella abortus strain 99 strained supravitally with 2,3,5, triphenyl tetrazolium chloride

suspended in 0.85 per cent saline containing 1 per cent glycerol and 1 per cent phenol.

3. Preparation- Smooth strain of Brucella abortus strain 99 is grown in potato

infusion agar for 48 to 72 hours in Roux flasks, at 37 ˚ C. Condensation fluid if any is

pipetted off before washing. Each flask is washed with about 20 ml. of normal saline. The

pooled washing is filtered through a gauze and the filtrate is collected in a measuring

cylinder. To every 500 ml. of the filtrate 1 g. of 2, 3, 5, triphenyl tetrazolium chloride is added

immediately. The container is shaken for thirty minutes till the tetrazolium salt is dissolved.

The product is taken out and kept at 37 ˚ C for two hours. After incubation the product is

heated at 65˚ C in a water bath for thirty minutes. It is cooled and centrifuged at 3000 r.p.m

for one hour. The supernatant is pipetted off and sediment is suspended in normal saline

containing 1 per cent glycerol and 1 per cent phenol and filtered through sterile cotton wool.

This forms concentrated antigens.

Standardization of the Strained Antigen

An aliquot portion of the microbial suspension stained with phenylte-trazolium is

taken, representing the initial undiluted suspension. 1 ml. per tube of this initial undiluted

stained suspension is added to six test tubes, followed by increasing quantities of the

glycerolphenol diluent as follows:-

Tube Undiluted Stained Suspension Diluent

1 1 0.6

2 1 0.8

3 1 1.0

4 1 1.2

5 1 1.4

6 1 1.6

The contents of each tube are then diluted tenfold with the same diluent and serve as

antigen for a tube agglutination test with the Standard Serum (or its national counterpart). In

this way, six sero-reactions will be carried out. During this procedure, the concentrated

strained microbial suspension should be kept in the refrigerator at 4 ˚ C.

The agglutination reactions are read after forty-eight hours at the agglutination titre of

the Standard Serum, previously determined with the usual unstained antigen in the tube test,

corresponding to the correct dilution of the standard antigen.

The next step, therefore, is to dilute the concentrated stained suspension to the same

extent as the tube whose tenfold dilution has given the correct agglutination titre, i.e. the

concentration of antigen in the tube before the tenfold dilution had been made.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- It is a red colour liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

386

(b) Identification- It shows formation of a specific cherry red coloured ring in the

cream layer when mixed with pooled samples of milk taken from animals suffering from

burcellosis.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigen‘. The test shall, however, be done before colouring.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than nine months

from the date of manufacture when stored 2 ° C to 4° C.

Brucella Abortus Coloured Antigen

1. Synonym- Brucella abortus Cotton Strain 99 coloured Antigen.

2. Definition- Brucella Abortus colured Antigen, is a suspension of pure smooth

cultures of Brucella abortus strain 99 in phenolised glycerine saline, the bacteria being

coloured by the addition of crystal violet and brilliant green. This antigen is used for plate test

for serological diagnosis of brucella infection.

3. Preparation- Seventy-two hours old growth of Brucella Abortus strain ninety-nine

in smooth form on potato infusion agar medium in Roux flasks is washed with phenolised

glycerine saline (containing 12 per cent sodium chloride, 20 per cent glycerine and 0.5 per

cent phenol). The washed growth is filtered through a pad of absorbent cotton wool and the

suspension is coloured by the addition of 1 ml. each of 1 per cent aqueous solution of crystal

violet and brilliant green for very 250 ml. of the suspension. The product is heated for sixty

minutes in a water bath at 60° C before it is standardised.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- It is a greenish violet liquid containing dead bacteria in

suspension.

(b) Identification-It gives specific agglutination when mixed with the serum of the

animal infected with brucella organism.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘

(d) Standardisation- 0.5 ml. of the antigen is mixed with 4.5 ml of normal saline

solution in Hopkins graduated tube. The mixture is centrifuged at 3000 r.p.m. for sixty

minutes and the percentage of bacterial cells present in the original antigen is assessed

by noting the height of the cell deposit. The antigen is then standardised so as to

contain 10 per cent cell deposit.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than nine months

from the date of manufacture when stored at 2 ° C to 4°C.

Brucella Abortus Plain Antigen

1. Synonym- Brucella Abortus Strain 99 Plain Antigen.

2. Definition- Brucella Abortus Plain Antigen is a suspension of a pure smooth culture

of Brucella abortus strain 99 in phenol-saline.

3. Preparation- Seventy-two hours old growth of Br. Abortus strain 99 in smooth

form on potato infusion agar medium in Roux flasks is washed with normal saline solution.

The washed growth is filtered through a pad of absorbent cotton wool and the suspension is

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

387

kept at 60 ° C per cent. for sixty minutes on a water bath to kill the organisms. It is then

preserved by the addition of phenol in a final concentration of 0.5 per cent.

4. Standard:

(a) Description- An opalescent liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification –It gives specific agglutination when mixed with the serum of

animals infected with brucella organism.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the

general monograph in ‗Diagnostic Antigen‘.

(d) Standardisation- Mix the concentrated antigen well and dilute 1 ml. with

0.5 per cent phenol saline until it corresponds to about Tube 4 of Brown‘s opacity

tubes. Further dilutions of the antigen adjusted to opacity tube No. 4 are made.

The particular dilution that gives 50 per cent agglutination with anti-brucella

abortus serum ( containing 1000 International Units) at 1 : 500 final serum

dilution, is assessed as the diluting factor for the concentrated antigen. The bulk

of the concentrated antigens is accordingly diluted for issue as standard antigen.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling and

Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigen‘.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than nine months

from the date of manufacture when stored at 2° C to 4° C.

Johnin

1. Definition- Johnin is a preparation of a fluid medium in which Mycobacterium

Paratuberculosis has been grown in artificial culture and which has been freed by

filtration from the bacilli.

2. Preparation- Young culture of selected strain of Myco-Paratuberculosis of

bovine origin is grown on synthetic medium and incubated at 37 ° C for ten to twelve

weeks. Flasks showing lucurient and pure growth are steamed for three hours thereafter

kept at room temperature overnight. The contents are filtered through fine meshed sieve.

The filtrate is concentrated over a steam bath to one-tenth of its original volume and kept

in cold storage for fourteen days before being filtered through Seitz filter. The product is

dispensed in ampoules and hermetically sealed.

3. Standards:-

(a) Description- A yellowish brown to brownish liquid.

(b) Identification- It produces hot, painful and oeodemateus swelling at the site

of inoculation in animals infected with Myco-paratuberculosis organism.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the

general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

(d) Potency Test- Two animals, previously infected with Myco-paratuberculosis

and two healthy animals are each injected intrademally in the neck region with 0.1

ml. of the product. Forty-eight hours later, the injection is repeated at the same site.

The product should produce a typical reaction in the infected animals in the form of a

hot painful and oedemetous swelling at the site of inoculation persisting for at least

forty-eight hours after the second injection. Control animals should not show such

reaction.

4. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

5. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than two years from

the date of manufacture when stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

388

Malleins

1. Definition- (i) Malleins are preparations of fluids media in which the

Actinobacillus mellei has been grown in artificial culture and which have been freed by

filtration from the bacilli.

(ii) For the purposes of this Schedule malleins are classified into (a) Mallein-

subcutaneous and (b) Mallein intradermo-palpebral (I.D.P.)

2. Preparation:-

(a) Mallein Subcutaneous- Three to four weeks old pure growth of standard strain

of A. mallei grown on synthetic medium is steamed for one hour in Koch‘s steam

sterilizer. One part of 5 per cent phenol solution is added to every nine part of the dead

culture which is then filtered through Seitz filter.

(b) Mallein Concentrated. - The procedure is the same as for Mallein

Subcutaneous except, that the filtrate is evaporated in porcelain dish over steam to half

the original volume before addition of phenol. Five per cent phenol solution is added in

sufficient quantity to the concentrated product, to give a final concentrated of 0.5 per

cent.

3. Standards:

(a) Description- A yellowish to brown viscous liquid.

(b) Identification- It produces hot tense, painful swelling when injected into the

animals infected with A. mallei organisms.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

(d) Potency Test: -

(i) Mallein subcutaneous- Two ponies, previously sensitised with A.

Mallei and controls, are injected each with 1 ml. of the product subcutaneously in the

neck region. The animals are observed for local reaction and rise in temperature.

Local reaction is manifested by a hot tense, painful swelling becoming prominent

within twenty-four hours. The rise in temperature is observed by recording the body

temperature at the time of inoculation and subsequently at short intervals. A rise in

temperature of 1˚ C or more above normal is indicative of infection.

(ii) Mallein Intra-dermo-Palpebral (I.D.P.)- Two ponies, previously

sensitized with A. mallei and two healthy ponies are injected intradermally with 0.2

ml. of the product near the rim of the lower eye lid of one eye. Typical reactions

such as painful swelling of the palpebral tissue with mucopurulent discharge from the

eye is indicative of infection. The two healthy ponies should not show such reactions.

Similar test in other eye is performed with a previously determined patient

mallein using as a standard. When the local reactions produced by intradermo

palpebral infections of the two preparations are comparable the batch is passed for

issue.

4. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirement of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigen‘.

5. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than two years from

the date of manufacture when stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C.

Salmonella Abortus Equi ‘H’ Antigen

1. Synonym- Equine Abortion Diagnostic Antigen.

2. Definition- Salmonella Abortus Equi Antigen is suspension of a pure smooth

culture of actively motile Salmonella Abortus equi in formal saline.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

389

3. Preparation- Standard strain of S.abortus equi is grown on nutrient agar in Roux

flasks at 37 ˚ C for twenty-four hours. The pure growth in Roux flasks is washed with

normal saline and diluted to contain approximately 800 million organisms per ml. Solution

of Formaldehyde I.P. is added to give a final concentration 0.5 per cent and the formolised

product is incubated at 37 ˚ C for twenty-four hours. The final product is dispensed in

suitable containers.

4. Standards:-

(a) Description- A slightly opalescent liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification- It gives specific agglutination when mixed with the serum of the

animals infected with S.abortus equi organisms.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostics Antigens‘.

5. Labelling and storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than nine months from the

date of manufacture when stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C.

Salmonella Pullorum Coloured Antigen

1. Synonym- Bacillary White Diarrhoes (B.W.D) Antigen.

2. Definition- The antigen is a suspension in a solution containing 1 per cent

Formaline, 1 per cent KH2PO4 and 0.85 per cent Sodium Chloride of pure smooth culture of

standard strain of Salmonella Pullorum.

3 Preparation- Standard strain of S. Pullorum is grown on sulphur agar medium in

Roux flasks for five days at 37 ˚ C. The pure growth is washed with 1.0 per cent Formal

Saline.

Standardisation

The antigenic cell suspension is then centrifuged (preferably in cold centrifuge) for

half an hour at 4000 rotations per minute and the packed cell volume determined. The

packed cell is then re-suspended in a solution containing 1 per cent formalin, 1 per cent KH2

PO4 and 0.85 per cent sodium chloride, 1 ml. of packed cell is suspended in 10 ml. of the

resuspendiary solution, mixed thoroughly and is passed through a cotton wool pad. The

turbidity of the antigenic suspension is usually between 100 to 125 times Mac Farland scale

standard and optimum 3 cc. of a 1 per cent aqueous solution of crystal violet are added to

100 ml. of the antigenic suspension. After making the dye the antigen is allowed to stand

forty-eight hours before use. The average yield per Roux flasks of culture medium is about

50 ml. The antigen should be bottled in 10 ml. or 20 ml. quantity in amber-coloured bottles

and corked with rubber caps and paraffin sealed and preserved until required for use within

the expiry period. This antigen reacts instantly with the blood of all carrier birds and remains

permanently negative with that of non-infected birds.

This antigen gives good reactions with positive sera whose titre is even as low as 1 : 20.

4. Standard:-

(a) Description- Violet coloured liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification- It gives specific agglutination when mixed with the serum of

birds in infected with S. Pullorum infection. It is used for carrying out plate agglutination

tests for serological diagnosis for S. Pullorum infection in birds.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗ Diagnostic Antigen‘. The tests shall be done before addition of ‗Crystal

Violet‘.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirements of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph 0n ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

390

6. Expiry Date- A six month expiration date for this antigen is recommended.

However, it is advisable to use fresh ones as far as possible. This antigen should be preserved at

4 ˚ C to 6 ˚ C in dark place in the refrigerator and should not be exposed to hot weather

condition for longer than necessary before use in the field.

Salmonella Pullorum Plain Antigen

1. Synonym- Bacillary White Diarrhoes (B.W.D) Plain Antigen.

2. Definition- The antigen is a suspension of pure smooth culture of Salmonella

pullorum in phenol saline.

3. Preparation- Forty-eight hours old pure culture of smooth strain of S. Pullorum is

washed with 0.5 percent phenol saline and the pooled suspension is adjusted to contain

approximately 800 million organisms per ml. by the addition of more carbol saline. The

suspension is kept at room temperature of twenty-four hours, and dispensed in suitable

containers.

4. Standard: -

(a) Description- An opalescent liquid containing dead bacteria in suspension.

(b) Identification- It gives specific agglutination when mixed with the serum of

birds infected with S. Pullorum.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the tests for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigen‘.

5. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirments of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

6. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more than nine months

from the date of manufacture when stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C.

Tuberculin

1. Definitions:

(i) Tuberculins are preparations of fluid media on which Mycobacterium tuberculosis

has been grown in artificial culture and which has been freed by filtration from the bacilli.

(ii) For the purposes of the Schedule tuberculins are classified in (a) Tuberculin-

Subcutaneous (b) Heat Concentrated Synthetic Medium (H.C.S.M) Tuberculin (c) Avian

tuberculin.

2. Preparation:-

(a) Tuberculin subcutaneous- Flasks containing Henley and Dorset synthetic

medium are inoculated with standard human strains of Myco-Tuberculosis previously

grown on glycerol- beef broth medium for ten days. After ten to twelve weeks of

incubation at 37 ˚ C, flasks containing pure growth are steamed for three hours. The

contents are filtered through fine meshed sieve and the volume is made up to its

original with phenolised distilled water such that the final concentration of phenol is

0.5 per cent. It is then filtered through Seitz filter.

(b) Heat Concentrated Sythetic Medium (H.C.S.M) Tuberculin- To the strained

liquid obtained after sieving as in the method of preparation of Tuberculin

subcutaneous, glycerol is added in the proportion of 122 ml. per litre of the original

volume of medium used. The mixture is evaporated to one-fifth of the original

volume on a steam bath. An equal volume of 1 per cent phenol in distilled water is

added after the mixture is cooled. The product is stored at 47 ˚ C for fourteen days

before it is filtered through Seitz filter. It is then dispensed in ampoules.

(c) Avian Tuberculin Concentrated- The procedure is the same as for Tuberculin

Concentrated (H.C.S.M) except that standard strain of Myco-tuberculosis (Avian) is

used in its preparation.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

391

3. Standard:-

(a) Description- A yellowish brown viscous liquid.

(b) Identification- When injected intradermally into the animal infected with

tuberculosis diffused swelling occurs depending upon the allergic status of the animal, the

magnitude of dose and specificity of the product. In non-infected animals this reaction is

not observed.

(c) Sterility Test- Should comply with the test for sterility described in the general

monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

(d) Potency Test- (i) Tuberculin subcutaneous-Six large white guinea-pigs each

weighing not less than 300-450 g. are individually inoculated intramuscularly with 0.5

mg. (Moist growth from solid plants) of Mycobacterium tuberculosis three weeks prior to

test of each batch of tuberculin; the following dilutions of (a) test tuberculin and (b)

standard tuberculin are used:-

1 in 200, 1 in 400, 1 in 800 and 1 in 1600.

The six sensitized guinea pigs are depilated on one flank and after about twenty-

four hours each animal inoculated intradermally with 0.2 ml. of each dilution of the two

tuberculins in two rows. The reactions are read after twenty-four and forty-eight hours.

When the local reactions produced by the graded inter-dermal injections of the two

preparations are comparable the brew is passed for issue.

(ii) Heat Concentrated Synthetic Medium (H.C.S.M) Tuberculin-Six adult white

guinea-pigs each weighing not less than 300-450 g. and sensitized three weeks

previously with 0.5 mg. (moist growth from solid plants) of Myco-Tuberculosis bovine

type, injected intramuscularly are used for test of each batch. The following dilutions of

(a) test tuberculin and (b) standard tuberculin are used: -

1 in 500, 1 in 1000, 1 in 2000 and 1 in 4000.

The six sensitized guinea pigs are depilated on one flank and after about twenty-

four hours each animal is inoculated intradermally with 0.2 ml. of each dilution of the

two tuberculins in two rows. The reactions are read after twenty-four and forty-eight

hours. When the local reactions produced by the graded inter-dermal injections of the

two preparations are comparable, the test tuberculin is passed for issue. The tuberculin is

dispensed in ampoules.

(iii) Avian Tuberculin- Six adults fowls, with well developed wattles, sensitized at

least three weeks previously by intramuscular injection with 10 mg. moist weight (from

solid plants) of twenty-one days old culture of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Avian

Type) are used for potency test of each batch. In each fowl, one wattle is inoculated with

0.2 ml. of undiluted test tuberculin and the other wattle with similar quantity of undiluted

standard tuberculin. The reactions in each fowl are read after twenty-four hours and

forty-eight hours and if comparable the product is passed for issue.

4. Labelling and Storage- Should comply with the requirments of ‗Labelling‘ and

‗Storage‘ as laid down in the general monograph on ‗Diagnostic Antigens‘.

5. Expiry Date- The date of expiry of potency shall be not more two years months

from the date of manufacture when stored at 2 ˚ C to 4 ˚ C.

PART IV

GENERAL

1. For the purpose of this Schedule any test or method of testing described in the

1

[British

Pharmacopoeia (Veterinary)] shall be deemed to be a method approved by the

Licensing Authority.

2. The Licensing Authority shall publish in the official Gazette from time to time

particulars of any test or method of testing approved by him.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 647(E) dated 28-10-1998.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

392

Synonyms:

1

[SCHEDULE F (II)

(See Rule 124-C)

STANDARDS FOR SURGICAL DRESSINGS

Bandage Cloth, Bleached Bandage Cloth, Rolled Bandage, Open Wove Bandage,

Cotton Bandage Cloth.

Bandage Cloth consists of cotton cloth of plain weave made from machine spun yarn

of suitable count to comply with a bleached count between 20 tex and 25 tex for warp and

between 25 tex and 30 tex for weft. The fabric contains no filling, sizing or dressing material.

It may be supplied uncut and folded or cut to suitable size and rolled.

Description for uncut bandages:

Uncut bandages are cotton cloth of plain weave, in one continuous length showing no

joints or seams, with well-formed selvedges. The cloth is bleached to a good white, is clean

and odourless and reasonably free from weaving defects and from seed and leaf debris.

Description for cut bandage:

Same as for uncut bandages, except for selvedges which shall not be included in cut

bandages. In addition, both the extremes and edges of cut bandages shall be straight and

evenly cut, with reasonable freedom and loose threads.

Threads per dm: – Warp not less than 150 and weft not less than 85.

Weight in g/m

2

: - 57 ± 5.

Length and Width: - The length and width shall not be less than 99 per cent each of

the length and width stated on the label. For cut bandages, each of the bandages in a packing

complies with this requirement.

Foreign matter: - Not more than 2 per cent.

Fluorescence:

When viewed under screened ultra-violet light, not more than occasional points of

fluorescence are observed.

Packing, Labelling and Storage:

Bandage Cloth shall be packed securely so as to allow normal handling and transport

without tearing and exposing the contents. In packages of cut and rolled bandages, each

bandage shall also individually be wrapped in a suitable paper. The net content is stated on

the label in terms of length and width. Bandage Cloth must be stored in packed condition

protected from dust. The packings of Bandage Cloth shall be labelled prominently with the

words ―Non-Sterile‖.

Absorbent Gauze.

Synonyms.- Gauze; Unmedicated Gauze; absorbent Cotton Gauze.

Absorbent Gauze is cotton fabric of plain weave, supplied in various widths and

lengths. The Gauze is bleached and free from any sizing, dressing or filling material. The yarn

used is machine spun cotton yarn, of suitable count to comply with a bleached count between

17 and 25 tex in the finished fabric.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

393

Description:

Cotton cloth, plain weave, with a simple selvedge present on both sides to prevent

unravelling of yarn. The cloth is bleached to a good white, is clean, odourless, reasonably free

from fabric defects and adhering sand debris from cotton seeds and leaves, or any other

foreign matter.

Threads per dm:.- Warp not less than 75 and weft not less than 55.

Weight in g/m

2

: - 30 ± 5.

Length and widt:- Not less than 98 per cent each of the length and width stated on the

label.

Absorbency:- Average sinking time not more than 10 seconds.

Fluorescence:- When viewed under screened ultra-violet light not more than

occasional points of fluorescence are observed.

Foreign matter:- Not more than 1 per cent.

Sterility:- If sterile, the contents comply with the test for sterility.

Packing, Labelling and Storage:

Absorbent Gauze is folded and packed with such materials and so securely as to

protect its absorbency and allow normal handling and transport without tearing and exposing

the contents. The net content is stated on the label in terms of length and width. The packages

shall be labelled prominently with the words ―Non-Sterile‖. If sterile, it shall be so stated on

the label, and the packing method and material shall be such as to maintain the sterility. The

Absorbent Gauze must also comply with the Sterility Test. Absorbent Gauze must be stored

in packed conditions protected from moisture and dust.

Defect in fabric:.

METHODS OF TEST

The sample is unfolded, opened and held against diffused daylight or spread on black

topped table to locate and identify prominently visible defects in yarn and fabric construction.

The fabric shall be reasonably free from holes, slubs, snarls and naps as well as the following:

-

Odour.- Misty odour, or any objectionable smell like that of chemicals or materials

used in sizing and bleaching.

Skewness.- (For Bandage Cloth only) A condition where warp and weft do not keep

at right angles to each other.

Defective Selvedge. - The selvedge tearing and allowing yarn to unravel and loop

formation at selvedge.

Cracks.- Prominent steaks of space or gaps between warp or weft yarns.

Double ends.- More warp threads woven as one, due to wrong draw.

Sloughing.- Entanglement in the fabric of a bulk of yarn that has slipped off the weft

yarn due to loose widing.

Measurement of length and width.

Length is the distance from end to end, along one edge of the fabric, and width is the

perpendicular distance from one edge to the opposite edge.

Length. - Fix a meter scale to a table or mark off the division of one metre on a table

edge. Starting from one end, spread the fabric flat on that table in a single layer keeping one

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

394

selvedge parallel to the scale; smoothen the fabric without stretching it, to avoid creases, and

mark off with a coloured pencil, on the selvedge exactly one metre. Shift the fabric and

measure the same way the second metre and so on for the entire length of the fabric making a

mark at each metre. Note down the total length in metres. Repeat this at the opposite

selvedge, as well as on the fabric folded approximately about the middle. The average of the

three readings is the length. For cut bandages, one measurement at the middle of the bandages

by folding it length-wise will suffice.

Width. - Lay the portion of the fabric to be measured flat and smooth on the tables,

but do not stretch fabric except sufficiently to render it creaseless. At the place where mark

had been made on the selvedge in measuring the length measure the perpendicular distance to

the opposite selvedge with a metre scale. Note the width, repeat this at every mark made in

measuring the length. The average of all the readings is the width of the fabric. For cut

bandages, width shall be measured at every 50 cms., and average reported as width.

Threads per dm.- (For examples not less than 15 m. in length).

Weft. - At the third metre from one extreme locate three places one at about 5 cm.

below the top selvedge, a second in the middle and third at about 5 cm. below the top

selvedge, a second in the middle and third about 5 cm. above the bottom selvedge, all three in

a vertical row. Take a rectangular plate (made of suitable material such as plastic or

aluminium) with the rectangular opening of 5 cm. x 10 cm. cut in it. Keep the plate on the

fabric horizontally so that the left 5 cm. side and bottom (10 cm. side) edges of the opening

coincides with a weft and warp yarns respectively; count the number of weft yarns within the

opening for the length of 10 cm.. Repeat this at the other two selected places, and note down

the average of three readings. Repeat this at every third metre in the sample and calculate the

average weft per dm.

Warp.- Keep the rectangular plate, this time vertically with left (10 cm. side) and

bottom (5 cm. side) edge of opening coinciding with a weft and warp yarn respectively. Count

the number of warp yarns within the opening for 10 cm. and note down. Repeat this for about

10 selected places in the samples taking care that the same set of warp yarns is not counted

more than twice and calculate the average warp per dm. Magnifying glass mounted on stand

may be used for counting.

For samples less than 15 m. in length, locate as many different places as the

dimension of the fabric permits, the total being not less than 10 for each sample and calculate

the warp and weft per dm. as above.

For cut bandages, all the warp threads in the samples are counted, taking care to leave

5 mm at the cut edge, and weft is counted at every 50 cm. at any place about the middle of the

bandage.

Weight per unit area.

For samples not less than 15 m. in length, cut out pieces of fabric from the entire

length of sample, representative places being taken from areas at every third or fourth metre

so that the total area of all the pieces so collected is not less than 3 sq. metre. Weigh the

pieces accurately, measure the dimension of each of the pieces and calculate the area and

weight of all the pieces. From the average area and average of weight thus obtained, calculate

the area per sq. metre.

For samples less than 15 m. length, take pieces in such a manner that the total area of

the selected pieces is not less than 20 per cent of the total area of the sample.

For cut bandages, pieces of 50 cm. in length, cut from 5 different cut bandages in a

packing should be taken and weight calculated as an average of 5 readings.

Absorbency. - Take a glass trough of approximate size length 30 cm. x width 30 cm. x

depth 25 cm. with straight thick walls and flat bottom. Fill it almost full with distilled water

leaving only about 5 cm. from the top rim of trough. Maintain the water at 27

o

C ± 1

o

C.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

395

Cut out from any five places located equidistant down the length of the entire sample,

square pieces, each weighting one gm. (±10 per cent). Fold each piece in such a manner that a

square of approximately 5 cm. x 5 cm. is obtained. Keep one of the folded test specimen

between two glass plates and place 1 kg weight on the top for 10 minutes. Remove the

weight. Lift the specimen with forceps and gently place it on to the surface of water (the

specimen should be lightly pinched in the middle with a blunt forceps having no serrations).

As soon as the specimen touches the water surface start a stopwatch which is stopped when

the entire sample disappears below the surface of the water. Record the time taken. Repeat the

test with the other four-test specimens. Calculate the average time in seconds.

Foreign Matter

Dry about 5 g. of the sample to constant weight at 105

o

C and weigh the dried sample

accurately. Extract the dried sample with chloroform for one hour in an apparatus for the

continuous extraction of drugs. Remove the extracted sample to a beaker and allow the

evaporation of residual chloroform. Wash the material 12 times with hot water, using about

1000 ml. for each washing and wringing the material by hand after each washing; pass all

water through a fine sieve (100 mesh). Place the washed material and any loose threads or

fibres from sieve in a beaker, cover with a 0.5 per cent aqueous solution of diastase and

maintain at 50

o

C until free from starch. Allow to cool, filter the solution through a sieve;

return sample and loose fibre to a beaker. Repeat the washing process as before with hot

water. Dry the material to constant weight at 105

o

C, and determine the loss in weight.

Calculate the percentage of foreign matter, which is equal to the loss in weight, with reference

to the sample dried to constant weight, at 105

o

C.

If the sample is tested with iodine and is known to be free from starch, the treatment

with solution of diastase and the second series of washing with hot water may be omitted.

Cloth for manufacture of Plaster of Paris Bandages, cut and uncut.

Synonyms.- Bleached Bandage Cloth for Plaster of Paris, Rolled Bandage for Plaster

of Paris.

Cloth for Plaster of Paris Bandages shall consist of cotton cloth of leno weave made

from yarn of suitable count. It may be supplied cut or uncut of various widths and lengths.

Description

(a) For uncut bandages.- Cotton cloth of leno weave, in one continuous length

showing no joints or seams, and with selvedges. The cloth is bleached to a good white, is

clean and odourless and reasonably free from weaving defects as well as from seed and leaf

debris; the cloth may be dressed if necessary and if so, shall not dust off when unrolled.

(b) For cut bandages. - Same as for uncut bandages except for selvedges which shall

not be included and the bandages shall be cut evenly with straight edges and be reasonably

free from loose threads.

Threads per dm:

Warp. - Average not less than 150/dm; and Weft.- average not less than 75/dm.

Weight in gm/m

2

: - 35 ± 5

Length and width:

The length and width for uncut bandages shall not be less than 98 per cent each of the

length and width stated. For cut bandages a tolerance of ±5 cm. in length and ±0.5 cm. in

width may be allowed, and each of the bandages in packing complies with these requirements.

Fluorescene

When viewed under screened ultra-violet light not more than occasional points of

fluorescence are observed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

396

Packing, Labelling and Storage

Bandage Cloth for Plaster of Paris shall be packed securely so as to allow normal

handling and transport without tearing and exposing the contents. In packages of cut and

rolled bandages, each bandage shall also individually be warpped in suitable paper. The

package shall be labelled as ―Cloth for Plaster of Paris Bandage‖. The net content is stated on

the label in terms of number of rolls and length and width. Bandage Cloth for Plaster of Paris

must be stored in packed condition protected from dust.

1

[SCHEDULE F (III)

(See rule 124-D)

STANDARDS FOR UMBILICAL TAPES

(A) Standards for Sterilised Umbilical Polyster Tape.

Description. - A uniform strand of Polyester yarn prepared by braiding and may be

finished with a suitable silicone finishing material, white to yellowish-white in colour. Tape

shall be sterilized by Gamma Radiation or other suitable method approved by the Licensing

Authority.

Other requirements. - The Umbilical Polyester Tape shall conform to the claims

made on the label in respect of length and width.

Tensile strength. - The Umbilical Polyester Tape shall have Tensile strength of not

less than 4 kg. on straight pull.

Packing and labelling. - The Umbilical Polyester Tape shall be packed in sealed

Polythene bags or sealed plastic containers which ensure that when packed, the tape is sterile.

The packing shall protect the tape from contamination and damage. Every packing offered for

sale shall bear a clear and permanent marking with the following particulars: -

(i) The proper name of the drug i.e. Umbilical Polyester Tape ‗Sterile‘

(ii) Manufacturer‘s name and address.

(iii) Batch number.

(iv) Licence number under which the tape is manufactured.

(v) Date of manufacture and date of expiry.

(vi) Length and width of the Tape.

Storage condition. - It should be stored in a cool place protected from light.

(B) Standards for Sterilised Umbilical Cotton Tape–

Description. - A uniform strand of cotton yarn prepared by braiding and may be

finished with a suitable silicone finishing material, white to yellowish-white in colour. The

tape shall be sterilized by Gamma Radiation or by any other suitable method approved by the

Licesing Authority.

Other Requirement. - The Umbilical Cotton Tape shall conform to the claims made

on the label in respect of length and width.

Tensile strength. - The Umbilical Cotton Tape shall have a Tensile strength of not

less than 4 kg. on straight pull.

Packing and labelling. - The Umbilical Cotton Tape shall be packed in sealed

Polythene bags or sealed plastic containers which ensure that when packed the tape is sterile.

The packing shall protect the tape from contamination and damage. Every packing offered for

sale shall bear a clear and permanent marking with the following particulars:-

(i) The proper name of drug i.e. Umbilical Cotton Tape ―Sterile‖.

(ii) Manufacturer‘s name and address.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

397

(iii) Batch number.

(iv) Licence number under which the tape is manufactured.

(v) Date of manufacture and the date of expiry.

(vi) Length and width of the Tape.

Storage condition.- It should be stored in a cool place protected from light.]

1

[SCHEDULE FF

( See rule 126-A)

Standards for ophthalmic preparations.

Part-A. Ophthalmic Solutions and suspensions.

Ophthalmic Solutions and Suspensions shall-

(a) be sterile when dispensed or when sold in the unopened container of the

manufacturer, except in case of those ophthalmic solutions and

suspensions which are not specifically required to comply with the test for

‗Sterility‘ in the Pharmacopoeia;

(b) contain one or more of the following suitable substances to prevent the

growth of micro-organisms:-

(i) Benzalkonium Chloride, 0.01 per cent (This should not be used in

solutions of nitrates or salicylates).

(ii) Phenyl mercuric nitrate, 0.001 per cent.

(iii) Chlorbutanol 0.5 per cent.

(iv) Phenyl ethyl alcohol 0.5 per cent.

Provided that solutions used in surgery shall not have any preservative and be packed in

single dose container.

Provided further that the Licensing Authority may in his discretion authorise the use of

any other preservative or vary the concentration prescribed on being satisfied that its use affords

equal guarantee for preventing the growth of micro-organisms:-

(c) be free from foreign matter;

(d) be contained in bottles made of either neutral glass or soda glass specially

treated to reduce the amount of alkali released when in contact of aqueous

liquids, or in suitable plastic containers which would not in any way be

incompatible with the solutions;

The droppers to be supplied with the containers of ophthalmic solutions and

suspensions shall be made of neutral glass or of suitable plastic material

and when supplied separately shall be packed in sterile cellophane, or other

suitable packings;

(e ) In addition to complying with the provisions of labelling laid down in the rules

the following particulars shall also be shown on the label:-

1. Added by Notification No. F-1-13/69-D , dt.. 3-1-1970.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

398

(1) of the containers

(i) The statement ‗Use the solution within one month after opening the

container‘.

(ii) Name and concentration of the preservative, if used.

(iii) The words ‗NOT FOR INJECTION‘.

(2) of container or carton or package leaflet

(i) Special instructions regarding storage, wherever applicable.

(ii) A cautionary legend reading as

―WARNING (i) if irritation persists or increases, discontinue

the use and consult the phycian.

(ii) Do not touch the dropper tip or other

dispensing tip to any surface since this may

contaminate solutions‖.

Part B: Ophthalmic Ointments

Ophthalmic Ointments shall-

(a) be sterile when dispensed or when sold in the unopened container of the

manufacturer;

(b) be free from foreign matter;

(c) in addition to complying with the provisions for labelling laid down in the

rules the following particulars shall be shown on the container or carton or

package leaflet-

(i) Special instructions regarding storage wherever applicable;

(ii) A cautionary legend reading

―Warning :- If irritation persists or increases discontinue the use and

consult Physicians‖].

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

399

Aminopterin

Bleomycin

Busulphan; its salts

Carbutamide

Chlorambucil;its salts

1

[SCHEDULE G]

(See Rule 97)

Chlorothiazide and other derivatives of 1, 2, 4 benzothiadiazine

Chlorpropamide; its salts

Chlorthalidone and other derivatives of Chlorobenzene compound.

2

Cyclophosphamide; its salts

2

[(Cytarabine)]

Daunorubicin

Di-Isopropyl Eluorophosphate

Disodium Stilboestrol Diphosphate

Doxorubicin Hydrochloride

Ethacrynic Acid, its salts

Ethosuximide

Glibenclamide

Hydantoin; its salts; its derivatives, their salts

Hydroxyurea

Insulin, all types

2

[(Lomustine Hydrochloride)]

Mannomustine; its salts

Mercaptopurine; its salts

Metformin; its salts

Methsuximide

Mustine, its salts

Paramethadione

Phenacemide

Phenformin; its salts

5-Phenylhydantoin; its alkyl and aryl derivatives; its salts

Primadone

1

[(Procarpazine Hydrochloride])

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

400

Quinthazone

Sarcolysine

1

Tamoxiten Citrate

Testolactone

Thiotepa Tolbutamide

Tretamine; its salts

Troxidone

Antihistaminic substances the following, their salts, their derivatives,

salts of their derivatives

Antazoline

Bromodiphenhydramine

Buclizine

Chlorcyclizine

Chlorpheniramine Clemizole

Cyproheptadine

Diphenhydramine

Diphenylpyraline Doxylamine

Succinate Isothipendyl

Mebhydrolin Napadisylate

Meclozine

Phenindamine

Pheniramine

Promethazine

Thenalidine

Triprolidine

Substances being tetra-N-Subs. derivatives of Ethylene Diamine or Prophylenediamine.

Note . – Preparations containing the above substances excluding those intended for topical or external

use are also covered by this Schedule.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

401

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

1. Abacavir

2. Abciximab

3. Acamprosate calcium

4. Acebutol hydrochloride

5. Aclarubicin

6. Albendazole

1

[SCHEDULE - H

(See Rules 65 and 97)

PRESCRIPTION DRUGS

38. Artesunate

39. Articaine hydrochloride

40. Atenolol

41. Atracurium besylate injection

42. Atorvastatin

43. Auranofin

7. Alclometasone dipropionate

8. Actilyse

9. Acyclovir

10. Adenosine

11. Adrenocorticotrophic hormone

(acth)

12. Alendronate sodium

13. Alopurinol

14. Alphachymotrypsin

15.

2

[Alprazolam

16. Alprostadil

17. Amantadine hydrochloride

18. Amifostine

19. Amikacin sulphate

20. Amiloride hydrochloride

21. Amineptine

22. Aminoglutethimide

23. Amino salicylic acid

24. Amiodarone hydrochloride

25. Amitriptyline

26. Amlodipine besylate

27. Amoscanate

28. Amoxopine

29. Amrinonelactate

30. Analgin

31. Androgenic anabolic, oestrogenic

& progestational substances

32. Antibiotics

33. Apraclonidine

34. Aprotinin

35. Organic compound of arsenic

36. Arteether

37. Artemether

44. Azathioprine

45. Aztreonam

46. Bacampicillin

47. Baclofen

48. Balsalazide

49. Bambuterol

50. Barbituric acid

51. Basiliximab

52. Benazepril hydrochloride

53. Benidipine hydrochloride

54. Benserazide hydrochloride

55. Betahistine dihydrochloride

56. Bethanidine sulphate

57. Bezafibrate

58. Bicalutamide

59. Biclotymol monohydrate /lactate

60. Bifonazole

61. Bimatoprost

62. Biperiden hydrochloride

63. Biphenyl acetic acid

64. Bitoscanate

65. Bleomycin

66. Primonidine tartrate

67. Bromhexine hydrocloride

68. Bromocriptine mesylate

69. Budesonide

70. Bulaquine

71. Bupivacaine hydrochloride

72. Bupropion

73. Buspirone

74. Butenafine hydrochloride

75. Butorphanol tartrate

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

402

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

76. Cabergoline

77. Calcium dobesilate

78. Candesartan

79. Capecitabine

80. Captopril

81. Carbidopa

82. Carbocisteine

83. Carboplatin

84. Carboquone

85. Carisoprodol

86. L-carnitine

87. Carteolol hydrochloride

88. Carvedilol

89. Cefadroxyl

90. Cefatoxime sodium

91. Cefazolin sodium

92.

2

[Cefdinir

93. Cefepime hydrochloride

94. Cefetamet pivoxil

95. Cefpirome

96. Cefpodoximepoxetil

97. Ceftazidime pentahydrate

98. Ceftizoxime sodium]

99. Cefuroxime

100. Celecoxib

101. Centchroman

102. Centbutindole

103. Centpropazine

104. Cetirizine hydrochloride

105.

2

[Chlordiazepoxide

106. Chlormezanone

107.

3

[ * * *]

108. Chlorpromazine

109. Chlorzoxazone

110. Ciclopiroxolamine

111. Cimetidine

112. Cinnarizine

113. Ciprofloxacin hydrochloride

114. Cisplatin

115. Citalopram hydrobromide

116. Clarithromycin

117. Clavulanic acid

118. Clidiniumbromide

119. Clindamycin

120. Clobazam

121. Clobetasol propenate

122. Clobetasone 17-butyrate

123.

2

[Clofazimine]

124. Clofibrate

125. Clonazepam

126. Clonidine hydrochloride

127. Clopamide

128. Clopidogrel bisulphate

129. Clostebolacetate

130. Clotrimazole

131. Clozapine

132.

2

[Codeine]

133. Colchicine

134. Corticosteroids

135. Cotrimoxazole

136. Cyclandelate

137. Cyclosporins

138. Daclizumab

139. Danazole

140. Dapsone

141. Desloratadine

142. Desogestrol

143. Dexrazoxane

144. Dextranomer

145.

2

[* * *]

146. Dextropropoxyphene

147.

2

[Diazepam]

148. Diazoxide

149. Diclofenac sodium/potassium/acid

150. Dicyclomin hydrochloride

151. Didanosine

152. Digoxine

153. Dilazep hydrochloride

154. Diltiazem

155. Dinoprostone

156.

2

[Diphenoxylate, its salts]

157. Dipivefrin hydrochloride

158. Di-sodiumpamidronate

159. Disopyramide

160. Docetaxel

161. Domperidone

162. Donepezil hydrochloride

163. Dopamine hydrochloride

164. Dothiepin hydrochloride

165. Doxapram hydrochloride

166. Doxazosin mesylate

167. Doxepin hydrochloride

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

403

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

168. Doxorubicin hydrochloride

169. Drotrecogin-alpha

170. Ebastine

171. Econozole

172. Efavirenz

173. Enalapril meleate

174. Enfenamic acid

175. Epinephrine

176. Epirubicine

177. Eptifibatide

178. Ergot, alkaloids of whether

hydrogenated or not, their

homologoues, salts

179. Esomeprazole

180. Estradiol succinate

181. Estramustine phosphate

182. Etanercept

183. Ethacridine lactate

184.

2

[Ethambutol hydrochloride]

185. Ethamsylate

186. Ethinyloestradiol

187.

2

[Ethionamide]

188. Etidronate disodium

189. Etodolac

190. Etomidate

191. Etoposide

192. Exemestane

193. Famciclovir

194. Famotidine

195. Fenbendazole

196. Fenofibrate

197. Fexofenadine

198. Finasteride

199. Flavoxate hydrochloride

200. 5-fluorouracil

201. Fludarabine

202. Flufenamic acids

203. Flunarizine hdrochloride

204. Fluoxetine ydrochloride

205. Flupenthixol

206. Fluphenazine enanthate and

decanoate

207. Flurazepam

208. Flurbiprofen

209. Flutamide

210. Fluticasone propionate

211. Fluvoxamine maleate

212. Formestane

213. Fosfestril sodium

214. Fosinopril sodium

215. Fossphenytoin sodium

216. Fotemustine

217. Gabapentin

218. Galanthamine hydrobromide

219. Galamine, its salts, its

quaternary compound

220. Gancyclovir

221. Ganirelix

222. Gatifloxacin

223. Gemcitabine

224. Gemfibrozil

225. Gemtuzumab

226. Genodeoxycholic acid

227. Gliclazide

228. Glimepiride

229. Glucagon

230. Glycopyrrolate

231. Glydiazinamide

232. Goserelin acetate

233. Granisetron

234. Guanethidine

235. Gugulipid

236. Halogenated hydroxyquinolines

237. Haloperidol

238. Heparin

239. Hepatitis b. Vaccine

240. Hyaluronidase

241. Hydrocorisone 17-butyrate

242. Hydrotalcite

243. Hydroxizine

244. Ibuprofen

245. Idebenone

246. Indapamide

247. Imipramine

248. Indinavir sulphate

249. Indomethacin

250. Insulin human

251. Interferon

252. Intravenous fat emulsion

253. Iobitridol

254. Iohexol

255. Iopamidol

256. Iomeprol

257. Iopromide

258. Irbesartan

259. Irinotecan hydrochloride

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

404

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

260. Iron preparation for parenteral use

261. Isepamicine

262. Isocarboxside

263. Isoflurane

264. Isonicotnic acid hydrazine and

other-hydragine derivatives of

isonicotinic acid

265. Isosorbide dinitrate/ mononitrate

266. Isotretinoin

267. Isoxsuprine

268. Itopride

269.

4

[***]

270. Ketoconazole

271. Ketoprofen

272. Ketorolactromethamine

273. Labetalol hydrochloride

274. Lacidipine

275. Lamivudine

276. Lamotrigine

277. Latanoprost

278. Lefunomide

279. Lercanidipine hydrochloride

280. Letrozole

281. Leuprolide acetate

282. Levamesole

283. Levarterenol

284. Levobunolol

285. Levocetirizine

286. Levodopa

287.

2

[Levofloxacin]

288. Levovist

289. Lidoflazine

290. Linezplid

291. Lithium carbonate

292. Lofepramine decanoate

293. Loperamide

294. Lorazepam

295. Losartan potassium

296. Loteprednol

297. Lovastatin

298. Loxapine

299. Mebendazole

300. Mebeverine hydrochloride

301. Medroxyprogesterone acetate

302. Mefenamic acid

303. Mefloquine hydrochloride

304. Megestrol acetate

305. Meglumine iocarmate

306. Melagenina

307. Elitracenhydrochloride

308. Meloxicam

309. Mephenesin, its esters

310. Mephentermine

311.

2

[Meropenam]

312. Mesterolone

313. Metaxalone

314. Methicillin sodium

315. Methocarbamol

316. Methotraxate

317. Metoclopramide

318. Metoprolol tartrate

319. Metrizamide

320. Metronidazole

321. Mexiletine hydrochloride

322. Mianserin hydrochloride

323. Miconazole

324.

2

[Midazolam]

325. Mifepristone

326. Milrinone lactate

327. Miltefosine

328. Minocycline

329. Minoxidil

330. Mirtazapine

331. Misoprostol

332. Mitoxantrone hydrochloride

333. Mizolastine

334. Moclobemide

335. Mometasone furoate

336. Montelukast sodium

337. Morphazinamide hydrochloride

338. Mosapride

339.

2

[Moxifloxacin]

340. Mycophenolate mofetil

341. Nadifloxacin

342. Nadolol

343. Nafarelin acetate

344. Nalidixic acid

345. Naproxen

346. Narcotics drugs listed in Narcotic

Drugs & Psychotropic Substances

Act, 1985

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

405

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

347. Natamycin

348. Nateglinide

349. N-butyl-2-cyanoacrylate

350. Nebivolol

351. Nebumetone

352. Nelfinavir mesilate

353. Netilmicin sulphate

354. Nevirapine

355. Nicergoline

356. Nicorandil

357. Nifedipine

358. Nimesulide

359. Nimustine hydrochloride

360.

2

[Nitrazepam]

361. Nitroglycerin

362. Norethisterone enanthate

363. Norfloxacin

364. Octylonium bromide

365. Ofloxacin

366. Olanzapine

367. Omeprazole

368. Ornidazole

369. Orphenadrine

370. Orthoclone sterile

371. Oxazepam

372. Oxazolidine

373. Oxcarbazepine

374. Oxethazaine hydrochloride

375. Oxiconazole

376. Oxolinic acid

377. Oxprenolol hydrochloride

378. Oxybutynin chloride

379. Oxyfedrine

380. Oxymetazoline

381. Oxyphenbutazone

382. Oxytocin

383. Ozothine

384. Paclitaxel

385. Pancuronium bromide

386. Pantoprazole

387. Para-amino benzene sulphonamide,

its salts & derivatives

388. Parp-amino salicylic acid, its salts,

its derivatives

389. Parecoxib

390. Paroxetine hydrochloride

391. D-penicilamine

392.

2

[Pentazocine]

393. Pentoxifylline

394. Pepleomycin

395. Phenelzineh sulphate

396. Phenobarbital

397. Phenothiazine, derivatives of and

salts of its derivatives

398. Phenylbutazine

399. Pimozide

400. Pindolol

401. Pioglitazone hydrochloride

402. Piracetam

403. Piroxicam

404. Pituitory gland, active principles of,

not otherwise specified in this

schedule and their salts

405. Polidocanol

406. Polyestradiol phosphate

407. Poractant alfa

408. Praziquantel

409. Prednimustine iothalamates

410. Prednisolone stearoylglycolate

411. Prenoxdiazinhydro-chloride

412. Promazine hydrochloride

413. Promegestone

414. Propafenon hydrochloride

415. Propanolol hydrochloride

416. Propofol

417. Protristyline hydrochloride

418.

2

[Pyrazinamide]

419. Pyrvinium

420. Quetiapine fumerate

421. Quinapril

422. Quinidine sulphate

423. Rabeprazole

424. Racecadotril

425. Raloxifene hydrochloride

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

406

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

426. Ramipril hydrochloride

427. Ranitidine

428. Rauwolfia, alkaloids of, their salts,

derivatives of the alkaloids or

rauwolfia

429. Reboxetine

430. Repaglinide

431. Reproterol hydrochloride

432. Rilmenidine

433. Riluzone

434. Risperidone

435. Ritonavir

436. Ritodrine hydrochloride

437. Rituximab

438. Rivastigmine

439. Rocuronium bromide

440. Ropinirole

441. Rosoxacin.

442. Rosiglitazone meleate

443. Salbutamol sulphate

444. Salicyl-azo-sulphapyridine

445. Salmon calcitonin

446. Saquinavir

447. Satranidazole

448. Secnidazole

449. Septopal beads & chains

450. Serratiopeptidase

451. Sertraline hydrochloride

452. Sibutramine hydrochloride

453. Sildenafil citrate

454. Simvastatin

455. Sirolimus

456. Sisomicin sulphate

457. S-neominophagen

458. Sodiumpico sulphate

459. Sodium cromoglycate

460. Sodium hyaluronate

461. Sodium valproate

462. Sodium and maglumine

iothalamates

463. Somatostatin

464. Somatotropin

465. Sotalol

466.

2

[Sparfloxacin]

467. Spectinomycin hydrochloride

468. Spironolactone

469. Stavudine

470. Sucralfate

471. Sulphadoxine

472. Sulphamethoxine

473. Sulphamethoxypyridazine

474. Sulphaphenazole

475. Sulpiride

476. Sulprostone hydrochloride

477. Sumatriptan

478. Tacrine hydrochloride

479. Tamsulosin hydrochloride

480. Trapidil

481. Tegaserod maleate

482. Teicoplanin

483. Telmisartan

484. Temozolamide

485. Terazosin

486. Terbutaline sulphate

487. Terfenadine

488. Terizidone

489. Terlipressin

490. Testosteroneun decoanoate

491. Teratolol hydrochloride

492. Thalidomide

493.

2

[Thiacetazone]

494. Thiocolchicoside

495. Thiopropazate, its salts

496. Thymogene

497. Thymosin-alpha1

498. Tiaprofenic acid

499. Tibolone

500. Timolol maleate

501. Tinidazole

502. Tizanidine

503. Tabramycin

504. Tolfenamic acid

505. Topiramate

506. Topotecan hydrochloride

507.

2

[Tramadolhydrochloride]

508. Tranexamic acid

509. Tranylcypromine, its salts

510. Trazodone

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

407

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No.160(E), dated 16.3.2006 .

2. Omitted by G.S.R 588(E) dated 30-8-2013

3. Omitted by G.S.R 602(E) dated 19-7-2010

4. Omitted by G.S.R 724(E) dated 7-11-2013

Note:- 1. Preparations exempted under proviso to para 2 of Note to Schedule X shall also be covered

by this Schedule.

2. The salts, esters, derivatives and preparations containing the above substances excluding those

intended for topical or external use (except ophthalmic and ear / nose preparations con - taining

antibiotics and/ or steroids) are also covered by this Schedule.

3. The inclusion of a substance in this Schedule does not imply or convey that the substance is

exempted from the provisions of Rule 122A/122B.”

1

[SCHEDULE H1

(See Rules 65 and 97)

Alprazolam Doripenam

Balofloxacin Ertapenem

Buprenorphine Ethambutol Hydrochloride

Capreomycin Ethionamide

Cefdinir Feropenam

Cefditoren Gemifloxacin

Cefepime Imipenem

Cefetamet Isoniazide

Cefixime Levofloxacin

Cefoperazone Meropenem

Cefotaxime Midazolam

Cefpirome Moxifloxacin

Cefpodoxime Nitrazepam

Ceftazidime Pentazocine

Ceftibuten Prulifloxacin

Ceftizoxime Pyrazinamide

Ceftriaxone Rifabutin

Chlorodiazepoxide Rifampicin

Clofazimine Sodium Para-aminosalicylate

Codeine Sparfloxacin

Cycloserine Thiacetazone

Diazepam Tramadol

Diphenoxylate Zolpidem

Note:- Preparations containing the above drug substances and their salts excluding those intended for

topical or extrenal use (except ophthalmic and ear or nose preparations) containing above substances

are also covered by this Schedule.

511. Tretinoin

512. Trifluperazine

513. Trifluperidol hydrochloride

514. Triflusal

515. Trimetazidine dihydrochloride

516. Trimipramine

517. Tripotassium dicitrate bismuthate

518. Tromantadine hydrochloride

519. Urokinase

520. Valsartan

521. Vasopressin

522. Vecuronium bromide

523. Venlafaxine hydrochloride

524. Verapamil hydrochloride

525. Verteporfin

526. Vincristine sulphate

527. Vinblastine sulphate

528. Vindesine sulphate

529. Vinorelbine tatrate

530. Xipamide

531. Zidovudine hydrochloride

532. Ziprasidone hydrochloride

533. Zoledronic acid

534.

2

[Zolpidem]

535. Zopiclone

536. Zuclopenthixol

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

408

1

SCHEDULE I

(Omited)

2

[SCHEDULE J

(See rule 106)

DISEASES AND AILMENTS (BY WHATEVER NAME DESCRIBED) WHICH A DRUG MAY

NOT PURPORT TO PREVENT OR CURE OR MAKE CLAIMS TO PREVENT OR CURE.

1. AIDS

2. Angina Pectoris

3. Appendicitis

4. Arteriosclerosis

5. Baldness

6. Blindness

7. Bronchial Asthma

8. Cancer and Benign tumour

9. Cataract

10. Change in colour of the hair and growth of new hair.

11. Change of foetal sex by drugs.

12. Congenital malformations

13. Deafness

14. Diabetes

15. Diseases and disorders of uterus.

16. Epilepticfits and psychiatric disorders

17. Encephalitis

18. Fairness of the skin

19. Form, structure of breast

20. Gangrene

21. Genetic disorders

22. Glaucoma

23. Goitre

24. Hernia

25. High/low Blood Pressure

26. Hydrocele

27. Insanity

28. Increase in brain capacity and improvement of memory.

29. Improvement in height of children/adults.

30. Improvement in size and shape of the sexual organ and in duration of sexual

performance

31. Improvement in the strength of the natural teeth.

32. Improvement in vision

33. Jaundice/Hepatitis/Liver disorders

34 Leukaemia

35. Leucoderma

36. Maintenance or improvement of the capacity of the human being for sexual pleasure.

37 Mental retardation, subnormalities and growth

38. Myocardial infarction

39. Obesity

40. Paralysis

1. Schedule I omitted by G.S.R 462(E) , dt. 22.6.1982

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

409

41.

Parkinsonism

42. Piles and Fistulae

43. Power to rejuvinate

44. Premature ageing

45. Premature greying of hair

46. Rheumatic Heart Diseases

47. Sexual Impotence, Premature ejaculation and spermatorrhoea

48. Spondylitis

49. Stammering

50. Stones in gall-bladder, kidney, bladder

51. Vericose Vein.]

SCHEDULE K

(See rule 123)

Class of Drugs Extent and Conditions of Exemption

1. Drugs falling under clause (b) (i) of Section 3

of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, not intended for

medicinal use.

All the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and the Rules thereunder, subject to the

conditions that the drug is not sold for

medicinal use or for use in the manufacture of

medicines and that each container is labelled

conspicuously with the words ―NOT FOR

MEDICINAL USE.‖

1

[2.* * *]

2

[2A. Quinine and other antimalarial drugs.

3

[Persons selling the drugs by retail under

arrangements made by State Government for

sale and distribution of the drugs will be

exempted from the requirement to take out

licences for retail sale under clause (c) of

Section 18 of the Act.]

4

[3.* * *]

4

[4.* * *]

5

[5. Drugs supplied by a registered medical

practitioner to his own patient or any drug

specified in Schedule C supplied by a

registered medical practitioner at the request

of another such practioner if it is specially

prepared with reference to the condition and

for the use of an individual patient provided

the registered medical practitioner is not (a)

keeping an open shop or (b) selling across the

counter or (c) engaged in the importation,

manufacture, distribution or sale of drugs in

India to a degree which render him liable to

the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and the

rules thereunder.

All the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and the Rules made thereunder, subject to the

following conditions :

5

[1. The drugs shall be purchased only from a

dealer or a manufacturer licensed under these

rules, and records of such purchases showing

the names and quantities of such drugs,

together with their batch numbers and names

and addresses of the manufacturers shall be

maintained. Such records shall be open to

inspection by an Inspector appointed under the

Act, who may, if necessary, make enquiries

about purchases of the drugs and may also take

samples for test.]

2. In the case of medicine containing a

substance specified in

6

of the following additional conditions shall be

complied with:-

a. the medicine shall be labelled with the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

410

name and address of the registered medical

practitioner by whom it is supplied;

b. if the medicine is for external application

it shall be labelled with the words

7

[***]

―For external use only‖ or, if it is for

internal use with the dose;

c. the name of the medicine or ingredients of

the preparation and the quantities thereof,

the dose prescribed, the name of the

patient & the date of supply and the name

of the person who gave the prescription

shall be entered at the time of supply in

register to be maintained for the purpose;

d. the entry in the register shall be given a

number and that number shall be entered

on the label of the container;

e. the register and the prescription, if any, on

which the medicines are issued shall be

preserved for not less than two years from

the date of the last entry in the register or

the date of the prescription, as the case

may be.

8

[3. The drug will be stored under proper

storage conditions as directed on the label.]

9

[4. No drug shall be supplied or dispensed

after the date of expiration of potency recorded

on its container, label or wrapper or in

violation of any statement or direction

recorded on such container, label or wrapper.]

10

[5A. Drugs supplied by a hospital or

dispensary maintained or supported by

Government or local body

11

[***]

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules thereunder which require them to be

covered by a sale licence, subject to the

following conditions :

(1) The dispensing and supply of drugs shall

be carried out by or under the supervision

of a qualified person;

(2) The premises where drugs are supplied or

stocked shall be open to inspection by an

Inspector appointed under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Act who can, if necessary, take

samples for test;

(3) The drugs shall be stored under proper

storage conditions.

(4)

12

[The drugs shall be purchased from a

manufacturer or a dealer licensed under

these rules or received as transferred

stocks from hospital stores for distribution.

Records of such purchases or receipts shall

be maintained.]

(5)

13

[No drug shall be supplied or dispensed

after the date of expiration of potency

recorded on its container, label or wrapper

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

411

or in violation of any statement or

direction recorded on such container, label

or wrapper.]

14

[5B. Whole Human Blood IP and / or its

components stored for transfusion by a First

Referral Unit, Community Health Centre,

Primary Health Centre and a Hospital.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder which require

obtaining of a licence for operation of a

Blood Ban k or processing Whole Human

Blood and / or its components, subject to the

following conditions, namely: -

(1) The First Referral Unit, Community Health

Centre, Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall be approved by the State /

Union Territory Licensing Authority after

satisfying the conditions and facilities

through inspection.

(2) The captive consumption of Whole Human

Blood IP or its components in the First

Referral Unit, Community Health Centre,

Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall not be more than 2000 units

annually.

(3) The Whole Human Blood an d / or its

components shall be procured only from

Government Blood Bank and / or Indian

Red Cross Society Blood Bank and / or

Regional Blood Transfusion Centre duly

licensed.

(4) The approval shall be valid for a period of

two years from the date of issue unless

sooner suspended or cancelled and First

Referral Unit, Community Health Centre,

Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall apply for renewal to the

State Licensing Authority three months

prior to the date of expiry of the approval.

(5) The First Referral Unit, Community Health

Centre, Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall have the following technical

staff for storage of blood or its

components:

(a) A trained Medical Officer for proper

procurement, storage and cross

matching of blood and / or its

components. He / she shall also be

responsible for identifying haemolysed

blood and ensure non-supply of date

expired blood or its components.

(b) A blood bank Technician with the

qualification and experience as

specified in Part XII B of Schedule F

or an experienced laboratory

technician trained in blood grouping

and cross matching.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

412

(6) The First Referral Unit, Community Health

Centre, Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall have an area of 10 sq.

metres. It shall be well lighted, clean and

preferably air- conditioned. Blood bank

refrigerator of appropriate capacity fitted

with alarm device and temperature

indicator with regular temperature

monitoring shall be provided to store blood

units between 2° C to 8° C and if the

components are proposed to be stored,

specialized equipment‘s as specified in

Part XII B of Schedule F shall also be

provided.

(7) The First Referral Unit, Community Health

Centre, Primary Health Centre and / or any

Hospital shall maintain records and

registers including details of procurements

of Whole Human Blood IP and / or blood

components, as required under Part XII B

Schedule F.

(8) (8) The First Referral Unit, Community

Health Centre, Primary Health Centre and /

or any Hospital shall store samples of

donors blood as well as patients sera for a

period seven days after transfusion.

15

[6.* * *]

7.Quinine Sulphate The provisions of sub-section (a) (i) of Section

18 of the Act to the following extent-

(i) the colour of the drug may be pink, owing

to its being coloured with an edible pink

colouring matter;

(ii) the B. P. tests for readily carbonisable

substances produce a yellow colour of an

intensity about four times the colour

produced with quinine sulphate

conforming to the B.P. standard;

(iii) other Cinchona alkaloids present shall not

exceed six per cent; and

(iv) the residue on incineration shall not exceed

0.14 per cent.

16

[8.* * *]

17

[9. Magnesium Sulphate The provisions of sub-clause (i) of clause (a)

of Section 18 of the Act to the following

extent:-

Chlorides present in the salt shall not

exceed 0.12 per cent in the case of the produce

prepared from sea water.]

18

[10. The following substances which are

used both as articles of food as well as drugs -

(i) all condensed or powdered milk whether

All provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the

Rules thereunder

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

413

pure, skimmed or malted, fortified with

vitamins and minerals or otherwise.

(ii) Farex, Oats,

19

[***] and all other similar

cereal preparations whether fortified with

vitamins or otherwise excepting those for

parenteral use.

(iii) Virol, Bovril, Chicken essence and all

other similar predigested foods.

(iv)

20

[Ginger, Pepper, Cumin, Cinnamon and

all other similar spices and condiments

unless they are specially labelled as

conforming to the standards in the Indian

Pharmacopoeia or the Official

Pharmacopoeia and official compendia

of drug standards prescribed under the

Act and Rules made thereunder.]

21

[11.* * *]

22

[12. Substances intended to be used for

destruction of vermin or insects which cause

disease in human beings or animals, viz.

Insecticides and Disinfectants.]

The provision of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder, which require them to be

covered by a sale licence

23

[subject to the

condition that provision of condition (17) of

Rule 65 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945 are complied with by the person stocking

or selling such substances.]

24

[13. The following household remedies,

namely-

(1)

25

[Aspirin tablets.]

(2)

26

[Paracetamol Tablets.]

(3) Analgesic Balms.

(4) Antacid preparations.

(5) Gripe Water for use of infants.

(6) Inhalers, containing drugs for

treatment of cold and nasal congestion.

(7) Syrups, lozenges, pills and tablets for

cough.

(8) Liniments for external use.

(9) Skin ointments and ointments for

burns.

(10) Absorbent cotton wool, bandages

absorbent guaze and adhesive plaster.

(11) Castor Oil, liquid Paraffin and Epsom

Salt.

(12) Eucalyptus Oil

(13) Tincture Iodine, Tincture Benzoi n

C o. and Mercurochrome in containers

not exceeding 100 ml.

(14) Tablets of Quinine Sulphate I.P.

(15) Tablets of Iodochlorohydroxy

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules thereunder which require them to be

covered with a sales licence in Form 20-A

subject to the following conditions—

(a) The drugs are sold only in a village

having population of not more than one

thousand persons and where there is no

licensed dealer under the Drugs and Cosmetics

Act;

(b) The drugs do not contain any substance

specified in

27

(c) The drugs are sold in the original

unopened containers of the licensed

manufacturers;

(d) When the drugs are sold under clause (a)

condition 3 under ―Conditions of licence‖ of

Form 20-B shall not apply.

28

[14. Mechanical Contraceptives The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder, which require them to be

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

414

covered by a sale licence

29

[subject to the

condition that the provisions of condition (17)

of Rule 65 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945, are complied with by the person

stocking or selling mechanical contraceptives.]

30

[14A. Vaginal contraceptive pessaries

containing Nonoxynol.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered by a sale licence subject to the

condition that the provisions of clause (17) of

Rule 65 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules,

1945 are complied with by the person stocking

or selling this contraceptive.]

31

[15. Chemical contraceptive having the

following composition per tablet :

(3) Centchroman-30mg.

(4)

32

[Desogestrel -0.150mg.

Ethinyloestradiol 0.030mg.

(5) Levonorgestrel 0.1mg.

Ethinyloestradiol 0.02mg

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder which required them

to be covered by a sale licence.]

33

[16. Cosmetics The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules made thereunder, which require

them to be covered by a licence for sale

provided that the cosmetics sold, if of Indian

origin, are manufactured by licensed

manufacturers.]

34

[17. Ophthalmic ointments of the

Tetracycline group of drugs

Persons authorised by the Government to

distribute or sell the drugs under the National

Trachoma Control Programme shall be

exempted from the provisions of Chapter IV of

the Act and the Rules made thereunder, which

require the drugs to be covered by a sale

licence.]

35

[18.* * *]

36

[19. Hair Fixers, namely mucilaginous

preparations containing gums, used by men for

fixing beard.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules thereunder.]

37

[20. Radio Pharmaceuticals. All the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and the rules made thereunder.]

38

[21. Tablets of Chloroquine Salts. The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder, which require them to be

covered by a sale licence, provided the drug in

strip pack is sold under the Commercial

Distribution Scheme of the National Malaria

Eradication Programme and duly labelled as

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

415

―National Malaria Eradication Programme-

Ministry of Health and Family Welfare,

Government of India.‖]

39

[22. Sales from restaurant cars of trains and

from coastal ships of household remedies,

which do not require the supervision of a

qualified person for their sale.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules thereunder which require them to be

covered by a sale licence, subject to the

following conditions, namely -

(a) the records of purchase and sale of drugs

shall be maintained by the person in charge

of sale of such drugs, which shall be available

for inspection by an Inspector appointed under

the Act;

(b) the place where such drugs are stocked

shall be open to inspection by a n Inspector

appointed under the Act who can, if necessary,

takes samples for test.]

40

[23. Drugs supplied by ( i ) Multipurpose

Workers attached to Primary Health

Centres/Sub- Centres, (ii) Community Health

Volunteers under the Rural Health Scheme,

(iii) Nurses, Auxiliary Nurses, Midwives an d

Lady Health Visitors attached to Urban Family

Welfare Centres/Primary Health Centres/Sub-

Centres and

41

[(iv) Anganwadi Workers].

All The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and Rules thereunder, which require them to

be covered by a sale licence, provided the

drugs are supplied under the Health or Family

Welfare Programme of the Central or State

Government.]

42

[24. Homoeopathic medicines supplied

by a registered Homoeopathic medical

practitioner to his own patient or

Homoeopathic medicines supplied by a

registered Homoeopathic medical

practitioner at the request of another such

practitioner provided the registered

Homoeopathic medical practitioner is not (a)

keeping an open shop, or (b) selling across the

counter or, (c) engaged in the importation,

manufacture, distribution or sale of

Homoeopathic medicines in India to a degree

which renders him liable to the provisions of

Chapter IV of the Act and the rules made

thereunder

All the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and the rules made thereunder subject to the

following conditions:—

(1) The Homoeopathic medicines shall be

purchased only from a dealer or a

manufacturer licensed under the Drugs and

Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

(2) The premises where the Homoeopathic

Medicines are stocked shall be open to

inspection by an Inspector appointed under the

Act, who may, if necessary, ―take samples for

test.]‖

43

[25. Preparations applied to human body for

the purpose of repelling insects like

mosquitoes.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder which require them to be

covered by a sale licence subject to the

conditions that such a product has been

manufactured under a valid drug

manufacturing licence.

44

[26. Medicated Dressing and

Bandages for First Aid.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder which require them to be

covered by a sale licence subject to the

conditions that such a product has been

manufactured under a valid drug

manufacturing licence.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

416

45

[27. Oral Rehydration Salts (Manufactured

as per the following formula) :

o Trisodium citrate dehydrate 2.9 g/litre

o Potassium Chloride 1.5 g/ litre.

May be replaced by Sodium

bicarbonate(Sodium hydrogen Carbonate) 2.5

g/ litre, when citrate salt is not available.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder which required them to be

covered by a sale licence, subject to the

conditions that such a product has been

manufactured under a valid drug

manufacturing Licence.]

46

[28. White or Yellow Petroleum Jelly

I.P. (Non-perfumed).

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

Rules thereunder which required them to be

covered by a sale licence, subject to the

condition that such a product has been

manufactured under a valid drug

manufacturing Licence.

47

[29. Morphine Tablets The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered by a sale licence, subject to the

following conditions, namely: -

(i) The drug shall be supplied by the

Palliative Care Centres approved by the State

Government to terminally ill cancer patients

(ii) The drug shall be kept under the custody of

the Medical Officer in charge of the said

Centre.

(iii) The drug shall be purchased from a dealer

or a manufacturer who holds licence under

these rules and records of such purchases

showing the names and quantities together

with their batch numbers and names and

addresses of the manufacturers or dealers and

the names and addresses of the patients to

whom supplies have been made shall be

maintained. Such records shall be open to

inspection by an inspector appointed under the

Act, who may also take samples for test.

30. Whole Human Blood collected and

transfused by Centres r un by Armed Forces

Medical Services in border areas, small mid-

zonal hospitals including peripheral hospitals,

Field Ambulances, Mobile medical units and

other field medical units including blood

supply units in border, sensitive and field

areas.

All the provisions of Chapter IV of the Act

and rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered by a licence to operate a Blood

Bank for collection, storage and processing of

whole human blood for sale or distribution

subject to the following conditions:-

(i) These Centres shall collect, process and

transfuse blood in emergent situations which

require lifesaving emergency surgeries/or

transfusion.

(ii) These Centres shall be under the active

direction and personal supervision of a

qualified Medical Officer, possessing the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

417

qualifications and experiences specified in

condition (i) of rule 122-G.

(iii) Each blood unit shall be tested before use

for freedom from HIV I and II antibodies,

Hepatitis B surface antigen, malarial parasites

and other tests specified under the monograph

―Whole Human Blood‖ in current edition of

Indian Pharmacopoeia

(iv) These Centres shall have adequate

infrastructure facilities for storage and

transportation of blood.

(v) The blood collected and tested by such

Centres shall be transfused by the Centre itself

and may be made available for use of other

peripheral Armed Forces hospitals or Centres

during operational circumstances.]

48

[31. The following Homoeopathic

Medicines, namely: -

49

[(a) ***

(b) Homoeopathic Ointments, each

50

[in 25gm.

Tube]:

(i) Arnica Montana

(ii) Calendula Officinalis

(iii) Cantharis

(iv) Rhus Toxicodendron

(c) Biochemic tissue remedies in tablet forms,

in generic names only, each in 20gm. Packing

in 3X and 6X trituration-

(i) Calcarea Phosphorica

(ii) Calcarea Sulphurica

(iii) Ferum Phosphoricum

(iv) Kali Muriaticum

(v) Kali Phosphoricum

(vi) Kali Sulphuricum

(vii) Magnesium Phophoricum

(viii) Magnesia Sulphurica

(ix) Natrum Muriaticum

(x) Natrum Phophoricum

(xi) Natrum Sulphuricum

(xii) Silica

(d) Homoeopathic medicines, mentioned

below, in pills, each in 30C potency, in sealed

original packing of manufacturer of 8 gms:

(i) Arnica Montana

(ii) Aconitum Napellus

(iii) Arsenicum Album

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered with a sale licence in Form 20-

C, subject to the following conditions: -

(i) These homoeopathic medicines shall be

sold in the original sealed small quantity

packings of the licensed manufacturers.

(ii) These medicines may be stocked and sold

by retail of medicines licensed under rule 61.

(iii) These medicines shall be stored separately

from other allopathic drugs.

(iv) These medicines shall be purchased from

a manufacturer or a dealer licensed under these

rules.

(v) The purchase and sale records of these

medicines shall be maintained by the dealer

for minimum period of three years.

(vi) These medicines shall be labelled in

generic / pharmacopoeial names only.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

418

(iv) Aloe Socotrina

(v) Apis Mellifica

(vi) Allium Cepa

(vii) Bryonia Alba

(viii) Borax

(ix) Belladonna

(x) Cantharis

(xi) Carbo Vegatabilis

(xii) Cina

(xiii) Colocythis

(xiv) Calendula Officinalis

(xv) Caulophyllum Thalictroides

(xvi) Cocculus Indicus

(xvii) Chamomilla

(xviii) Drosera Rotundifolia

(xix) Hypeicum Perforatum

(xx) Hepar Sulphur

(xxi) Ipecacuanha

(xxii) Ledum Palustre

(xxiii) Millefolium

(xxiv) Mercurius Solubilis

(xxv) Nux Vomica

(xxvi) Pulsatilla Nigricans

(xxvii) Podophyllum Peltatum

(xxviii) Plantago Major

(xxix) Rhus Toxicodendron

(xxx) Ruta Graveolens

(xxxi) Symphytum Officinalis

(xxxii) Veratrum Album

51

[(e) All biochemic and its combinations (1

to 28), in tablet forms, in sealed original

packing of the manufacture.]

52

[32. First Aid kit supplied along with motor

vehicle by the manufacturer or its distributors

at the time of first sale of vehicle.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

rules made thereunder which require them to

be covered by a sale licence, subject to the

condition that the drug items are procured

from a manufacturer or a dealer licensed under

the rules.]

53

[33. Nicotine gum

54

[and Lozenges]

containing upto 2 mg of nicotine

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered by a sale license subject to the

condition that such a product has been

manufactured under a valid drug

manufacturing license.]

55

[34. Production of Oxygen 93 per cent USP,

produced from air by the molecular sieve

process, by a hospital or Medical Institute for

their captive consumption.

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the Rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered by manufacturing licence under

the rules, provided that the production

facilities shall be open to inspection by an

Inspector appointed under the Act, who can, if

necessary, take samples For test‖.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

419

56

[35. Homoeopathic hair oils having active

ingredients up to 3X potency only

The provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder which require them

to be covered with a sale licence

57

[***]

subject to the condition that such a product has

been manufactured under a valid

manufacturing licence and sold in the original

sealed packing of the licensed manufacturers.]

58

[36. Custom made devices All provisions of Chapter IV of the Act and

the rules made thereunder, subject to the

condition that the device being specifically

made in accordance with a duly qualified

medical practitioner‘s written prescription

under his responsibility, in accordance with

specific design characteristics and is intended

for the sole use of a particular patient and the

label should bear the word ―custom made

device.‖

Explanation.–– Mass produced devices

which only need adoption to meet the specific

requirements of the medical practitioner or any

other professional user shall not be considered

to be custom made devices.]

1. Item 2 omitted by Government of India Notification No. F.1-56/47-D, dt. 16.1.1950).

4. Item 3 and 4 omitted by Notification No. F.I-6/62-D dt. 2-7-1969.

5. Subs. by G.S.R. 1074, dt: 19.8.1978.

6. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt: 22.6.1982.

7. Certain words omitted by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt: 22.6.1982.

8. Ins. by G.S.R. 460 (E), dt: 20.6.1984.

9. Ins. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt: 13.8.2008.

10. Added by notification No. F.1-22/59-D, dt: 9.4.1960.

11. Certain words omitted by G.S.R. 812 (E), dt: 14.11.1994.

12. Ins. by G.S.R. 648 (E), dt: 16.9.2002.

13. Ins. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt: 13.8.2008.

14. Ins. by G.S.R. 909 (E), dt: 20.12.2001.

15. Item 6 omitted by G.S.R. 681 (E), dt: 5.12.1980.

16. Item 8 omitted by G.S.R.1185 (E), dt: 18.8.1964.

17. Added by notification No. F.1-19/50-D.S, dt: 30.3.1953.

18. Added by notification No. DR/Sch.Ddk/F.1-40/54-D.S., dt: 27.1.1955.

19. Omitted by G.S.R. 665 (E), dt: 6.5.1977.

20. Subs. by G.S.R. 19, dt: 15.12.1977.

21. Item 11 omitted by notification No. F.1-36/64-D (G.S.R 1188), dt: 17.8.1964.

23. Added by G.S.R. 926, dt: 24.6.1977.

24. Added by notification No. F.1-19/59-D, dt: 13.6.1961.

25. Subs by S.O. 2139, dt: 5.6.1972.

27. Subs. by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt: 22.6.1982.

28. Added by notification No. F.1-39/61-D (S.O. 1057), dt: 23.3.1964.

29. Added by G.S.R. 926, dt: 24.6.1977.

30. Ins. by G.S.R. 784 (E), dt: 28.8.1989.

31. Subs by G.S.R. 730 (E), dt: 10.12.1991.

32. Ins. by G.S.R. 648 (E), dt: 16.9.2002.

33. Added by notification No. F.1-36/64-D (G.S.R 1183), dt: 17.8.1964.

34. Added by notification No. F.1-21/63-D (G.S.R 70), dt: 4.1.1965.

35. Item 18 is omitted by G.S.R. 1594, dt: 28.10.1976.

36. Added by S.O. 2139, dt: 5.6.1972.

37. Added by G.S.R. 926, dt: 24.6.1977.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

420

38. Added by G.S.R. 697 (E), dt: 11.11.1977.

39. Ins. by G.S.R. 1241, dt: 15.9.1979.

40. Ins. by G.S.R. 540 (E), dt: 22.9.1980.

41. Ins. by G.S.R. 784 (E), dt: 28.8.1989.

42. Ins. by G.S.R. 680 (E), dt: 5.12.1980.

43. Ins. by G.S.R. 1060 (E), dt: 5.9.1989.

44. Ins. by G.S.R. 371 (E), dt: 24.3.1988.

45. Ins. by G.S.R. 677 (E), dt: 2.6.1988.

46. Ins. by G.S.R. 753 (E), dt: 4.11.1999.

47. Ins. by G.S.R. 6 (E), dt: 4.1.2001.

48. Ins. by G.S.R. 218 (E), dt: 28.3.2001.

49. Sub-item (a) relating to ―Arnica Montana Hair Oil‖ omitted by G.S.R. 917 (E), dt: 22.12.2009.

50. Subs. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt: 13.8.2008.

51. Ins. by G.S.R. 592 (E), dt: 13.8.2008.

52. Ins. by G.S.R. 648 (E), dt: 16.9.2002.

53. Ins. by G.S.R. 549 (E), dt: 16.7.2003.

54. Ins. by G.S.R. 101 (E), dt: 18.2.2001.

55. Ins. by G.S.R. 734 (E), dt: 21.12.2005.

56. Ins. by G.S.R. 917 (E), dt: 22.12.2009.

57. The words ―in Form 20C‖ omitted by G.S.R. 107 (E), dt: 17.2.2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

421

1

[SCHEDULE L

(Omitted)

2

[SCHEDULE L-I

(see rules 74, 78 and 150E)

GOOD LABORATORY PRACTICES AND REQUIREMENTS OF PREMISES AND

EQUIPMENTS

1. General Requirements:-

(a) The laboratory or the organisation of which it is a part must be an entity that is legally

authorised to function and can be held legally responsible.

(b) It is the responsibility of the management to ensure that the laboratory carry out its

testing, calibration, validation, and all other technical activities in such a way as to

meet Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) requirements.

(c) Laboratory management shall have a qualified individual to be known as quality

manager or technical manager for carrying out all technical activities and for the

implementation of documented quality system and shall report to the top management

directly.

(d) The quality manager shall prepare a schedule for technical audit of the laboratory for

GLP compliance by an expert or experts appointed by the top-management other than

the in-charge of the laboratory and shall ensure the maintenance of documented quality

system as per quality manual.

2. Premises:-

(a) (i) the laboratories shall be designed, constructed and maintained so as to prevent entry

of insects and rodents besides cross contamination;

(ii) interior surface (walls, floor, and ceilings) shall be smooth and free from cracks,

and permit easy cleaning and disinfection;

(iii) adequate provision is made not only for space and equipment for carrying out

necessary test but also for utilities like water, power and gas;

(iv) air ventilation system shall ensure dust free environment.

(b) The laboratories shall be provided with adequate lighting and ventilation and if

necessary, air- conditioning to maintain satisfactory temperature and relative humidity

that will not adversely affect the testing and storage of drugs or the accuracy of the

functioning of the laboratory equipments or instruments.

(c) The drainage system facilities shall be such as to facilitate proper maintenance and

prevent water logging in the laboratory.

(d) Tabletops shall be constructed with acid, alkali and solvent resistant material and shall

be smooth and free from crevices as far as possible.

(e) All bio-medical laboratory waste shall be destroyed as per the provisions of the Bio --

Medical waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1996.

(f) Adequate space with proper storage conditions in the laboratory shall be provided for

keeping reference and working standards and be maintained by the quality control

department. Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for the maintenance of reference

standards and evaluation of Working and Secondary standards shall be prep ared by the

laboratory.

(g) The air circulation is maintained in the area where sterility test is carried out as per

(h) Bio-burden shall be routinely maintained in the controlled and uncontrolled area, (e.g.

air locks)

1. Schedule L omitted by G.S.R. 462 (E), dt: 22.6.1982.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 780 (E), dt: 10.11.2008.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

422

(i) Animals House:-

(i) Animal House shall have the approval of the Committee for the Purpose of

Control and Supervision on Experiments on Animals (CPCSEA).

(ii) Designed in such a way that there is an arrangement to quarantine the new

animals procured or purchased and have a provision for clean corridor and

dirty corridor.

(iii) In case of a diseased animal proper diagnosis shall be done and proper record

of treatment shall be maintained.

(iv) Different types of animals shall be housed separately with proper identification.

(v) A Standard Operating Procedure shall be prepared for breeding and care of

animals, maintenance, cleaning or sanitation with suitable schedule for cleaning

of animal cages, racks, floor and other equipments.

(vi) The animal house shall have proper air-conditioning (temperature and

humidity) with proper lighting and be monitored regularly and documented

periodically.

3. Personnel-

(a) Staff in the laboratory shall possess necessary qualification, proper traini ng and shall

have adequate, experience for the assigned duties.

(b) A training record of all the personnel shall be maintained.

(c) Head of the laboratory must be of high professional standing with experience in drug

analysis and laboratory management who is responsible for.

(i) ensuring the control and maintenance of documents including the quality system as

per the requirements of regulatory authorities which involves all raw data, SOPs,

documentation exhibits, protocols, training charts, etc;

(ii) planning and organising the audit of the quality system and initiation as well as

follow up action of the corrective actions, if any;

(iii) investigation of technical complaints;

(iv) taking finai responsibilities for recommending any regulatory action in the event of

noncompliance of tested samples.

4. Equipments:-

(a) The laboratory shall be furnished with all types of equipments as may be necessary for

carrying out the different activities within the laboratory.

(b) The analytical instruments shall be housed in dust-free environment and whenever

required, conditions of temperature and humidity shall be maintained and periodic

checks on temperature and humidity be made and recorded.

(c) The instruments, instrument bench and surrounding areas shall be kept clean and tidy at

ail times.

(d) Instruments requiring calibration shall be calibrated at regular intervals and records of

such calibration or maintenance be maintained and there shall be written instructions in

the form of Standard Operating Procedures for the operation, maintenance and

calibration of instruments.

(e) Equipment records shall be maintained and such records shall contain the following: -

(i) name of equipment or machine or apparatus;

(ii) manufacturer ‘s name, model number and type of identification;

(iii) serial number;

(iv) date on which equipment was received in laboratory;

(v) current location;

(vi) condition when received (e.g. new, used, re-conditioned);

(vii) copy of the manufacturer ‘s operating instructions;

(viii) frequency of calibration;

(ix) frequency of maintenance;

(x) log Book (day to day entry including status of the equipment)

(xi) staff responsible for monitoring the calibration and maintenance status of the

equipment;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

423

(xii) calibrating records;

(xiii) list of authorised users or operators, if any;

(xiv) history of any damage, malfunction, modification or upgradation, repair and

calibration;

(xv) list of spares and accessories, if any.

(f) A progress register for non-functional equipments and action for procurement of spares

and accessories, monitoring thereof, shall be maintained.

(g) A Standard Operating Procedure for preventive maintenance of machine or equipment

or apparatus shall be prepared by the laboratory.

(h) Other equipments such as burettes, pipettes, volumetric flasks, weight boxes,

thermometers, etc., shall be thoroughly checked for accuracy of calibration before

acceptance for use.

(i) Maintenance procedure in the form of Standard Operating Procedures must be

prepared and regular servicing must be performed by the maintenance engineer or

specialist

(j) Equipments, instruments giving anomalous results or defective must be labeled as ‗out -

of- order‘ till they are repaired and after instrument is repaired it should be calibrated

before use.

(k) The maintenance of equipments for services like electricity, gas, water, steam, and

compressed gas shall be handled by competent person.

(l) Autoclaves must meet the requirements described for operations, safety and validation

procedures, and the validation carried out by the laboratory shall be recorded.

(m) Fume Cupboards.-

Work involving the evolution of harmful and obnoxious vapours shall be carried

out in a fume cupboard. The exhaust system of the fume cupboard shall be checked

frequently to ensure that it is in order. There should be a water drainage system inside the

fume cupboard and shall be checked frequently to ensure that there is no water logging and

it is in order.

5. Chemicals and Reagents:

(a) The storage and handling of chemicals and reagents shall be done in a manner

considering the physicochemical properties of these substances and the hazards

involved in their use.

(b) All reagents and solutions in the laboratory shall be properly identified with a label.

(c) A standardisation register shall be maintained by the laboratory along with its raw

data and Standard Operating Procedure for preparation and standardisation on

stock solutions, standard solutions, volumetric solutions must be prepared for the

guidance of staff.

(d) Containers of stock solutions and of standard solutions shall bear the following

details:-

(i) name of analytical chemist who prepared the solution;

(ii) date of preparation;

(iii) Each volumetric solution shall have ―use before date‖ depending upon the

stability of the solution; and

(iv) standardization records.

(e) The transfer of hazardous chemicals and regents from one container to another

container shall be carried out with suitable equipment by taking the ca re of safety

and no make-shift or hazardous methods must be resorted to.

6. Good house keeping and safety.-

(a) General and specific written down instructions for safety shall be circulated to each

staff member and the instructions be revised periodically as appropriate (e.g., poster

displays, audio- visual material and by seminars/conferences)

(b) Standard Operating Procedure for safety, house-keeping and loss prevention shall be

prepared in accordance with the various rules, and regulations of the Government of

India and include the following requirements, namely:-

(i) safety data sheets must be made available to staff before testing is carried out;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

424

(ii) drinking, eating and smoking shall not be permitted in the laboratories; food for

human consumption shall not be kept in working or storage areas; food meant for

test animals shall be handled by the workers under the guidance of a veterinary

doctor or qualified person. In the animal house, the facilities for collection and

disposal of animal waste or safe sanitary storage of waste before removal from

testing be provided;

(iii) staff must wear laboratory coats or other protective clothing including gloves and

face masks and eye protection wherever required;

(iv) the laboratories shall have adequate first aid kit and fire fighting equipme nts

located at the right places and the staff must be familiar and trained with the use

of fire fighting equipment including fire extinguishers, fire blankets and gas

masks,

(v) operators carrying out sterility tests shall wear sterilised garments including

headgear, face masks and shoes;

(vi) the staff must be educated in the first aid techniques, emergency care and use of

antidotes; and

(vii) safety rules in handling cylinders of compressed gases must be observed and

staff must be familiar with relevant colour identification codes;

(c) Protective Precautions to be taken in Laboratories:

(i) water showers shall be installed at appropriate places in the laboratory;

(ii) rubber suction bulbs must be used on manual pipettes and siphons;

(iii) warnings, precautions, and written instructions must be given for work with

violent, uncontrollable or dangerous reactions (e.g. mixing water and acids,

biological such as infectious agents, etc.); .

(iv) appropriate facilities for the collection, storage, and disposal of wastes shall be

made available;

(v) staff must be aware of methods for safe disposal of corrosive or dangerous

products by neutralisation or deactivation and of the need for complete disposal

of mercury and its salts.

(vi) staff must also be aware about the safety precautions to be adopted while

handling potassium cyanide and cyanogen bromide.

(vii) a Standard Operating Procedure for handling, collection, disposal of chemical

and biological wastes be prepared.

7. Maintenance, calibration, and validation of equipments:-

(a) All equipments, instruments and other devices used in the laboratory shall use

appropriate methods and procedures for all tests or calibrations and they shall be

regularly calibrated and validated. The frequency of calibration may differ from

instrument to instrument.

(b) The original equipment manufacturer ‘s recommendations along with the experience of

the laboratory staff and the use of equipment per day may also be considered while

fixing the frequency of calibration.

(c) For most of the equipments and instruments, Standard Operating Procedures for

calibration and calibration schedule be prepared by the laboratory and a logbook shall

also be prepared by each laboratory for proper documentation of calibration results.

8. Reference materials:-

(a) Reference materials are necessary for the testing and, or calibration, validation or

verification of a sample or of equipment, instruments or other devices and all such

materials shall be traceable to agency authorised by Government of India or any other

International body .

(b) The laboratory shall prepare working standard by comparing with the reference

standards and shall be routinely checked for their purity by selecting parameters such

as identity, loss on drying or on water, impurity and assay, etc.

(c) Whenever, any new reference material is received by the laboratory, a code number

shall be assigned and this code number shall be quoted on the laboratory note book and

analytical work sheet. The working standard shall also be provided with identification

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

425

code.

(d) A register pertaining to reference and working materials must be maintained by the

laboratory. The following details may be mentioned in the register:

(i) source of supply;

(ii) code number of the reference material;

(iii) date of receipt;

(iv) batch number or identification number of the supplying agency;

(v) details like assay value, water content or any other information provided;

(vi) storage condition of the material; and

(vii) date of expiry, if any and date of manufacturing if possible

(e) All working standards shall be checked at appropriate intervals or before use to ensure

that it has not deteriorated or decomposed during storage. These observations be

recorded in a register: All the reference and working standards shall be stored at

appropriate storage condition; those requiring storage between 2-8°C shall be stored in

a refrigerator. Wherever recommended the material may not be allowed to be frozen.

9. Microbiological Cultures:-

(a) Standard Operating Procedure for maintenance of microbial culture and sub-culture

must be prepared by the laboratories.

(b) If the cultures have become non-viable or mutant, proper procedure shall be followed

to destroy these cultures by autoclaving under an authorised personnel for biological

testing. Preferably not more than five passages may be prepared.

(c) All activities be carried out in a aseptic area by authorised person.

(d) The laboratories shall perform standard biochemical tests on the sub-culture as given

in literature to ensure their viability.

10. Quality system.-

The quality system shall be designed to ensure the following objectives: -

(a) The measurements and calibrations shall fully conform to the compendial requirements

and the methods demonstrably based on validation protocols are followed.

(b) It shall be effective in providing necessary assurance that the activities or processes or

techniques or practices comply with planned arrangements.

(c) It helps in early detection and correction of non conformities.

(d) Remedial action on the observations by internal and external audits are taken

appropriately and

(e) It shall have a documented quality policy for the organisation.

11. Internal quality system audits.-

(a) Internal audits are done to assure the integrity of the analysis‘ and such audits shall be

conducted periodically with a predetermined schedule and procedure with appropriate

checklist, to verify that the operations continue to comply with the requirements of

quality system and requirements of regulatory authorities. Internal quality audits shall

be carried out by trained and qualified personnel who are independent of the activity to

be audited.

(b) The periodicity of quality audit shall be fixed by the Head of the laboratory so that

each activity is audited at least once in a year.

(c) Head of the laboratory will be responsible for initiation of the corrective action arising

from audits and verification of corrective action.

(d) Whenever any non-compliance or any diversion is noticed by the team in implementing

quality policy or quality system, protocols, the same will be attended by the Quality

Manager. The problem will be analysed and necessary actions will be taken with proper

documentation.

(e) The Quality Manager shall maintain all the records of the analysis being conducted

which includes test system, the type of analysis, date on which analysis is done, etc

and quality Manager shall also maintain copies of all protocols pertaining to different

activities being checked by the audit team.

12. Management review –

Quality system reviews shall be conducted by the top management at least once in every

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

426

twelve months and the agenda of review shall generally cover the following: -

(i) report or input of internal audits;

(ii) matter arising from previous reviews;

(iii) report of external audits, if any;

(iv) surveillance report, if any;

(v) result of proficiency testing;

(vi) complaints or feedback received from users of laboratory services;

(vii) details of in-house quality control checks;

(viii) need of amendment of the quality system and documentation;.

(ix) induction training of new staff; and

(x) any other requirements of the laboratory.

13. Standard Operating Procedures:-

(a) Standard Operating Procedures are written procedures for different activities being

conducted in a laboratory and shall include the following characteristics:

(i) they shall be written in a chronological order listing different steps leading to an

analysis of drugs or calibration of an instrument:

(ii) testing laboratories shall have Standard Operating Procedure manuals and have its

periodic review;

(iii) it shall be user friendly documents and shall include designation of the person

responsible for intended activity.

(b) Standard Operating Procedures in addition to those recommended under various

activities shall also be prepared to the minimum in respect of the following:

(i) sample handling and accountability;

(ii) receipt identification, storage, mixing and method sampling of the test and

control articles;

(iii) record keeping, reporting, storage and retrieval of data;

(iv) coding of different studies, handling of data including use of computerized data

system;

(v) operation of technical audit personnel in performing and reporting audits,

inspections and final report reviews;

(vi) routine inspection of cleaning, maintenance, testing, calibration and

standardisation of instruments;

(vii) action to be taken in respect of equipment failure;

(viii) analytical data methods;

(ix) the raw data;

(x) data handling and storage retrieval;

(xi) health and safety protection;

(xii) animal room preparations;

(xiii) animal care;

(xiv) storage and maintenance of microbial cultures;

(xv) maintenance of sterility room (i.e. constant maintenance and monitoring of

Aseptic condition of sterility room);

(xvi) use and storage of reference standards;

(xvii) procurement of stores and equipment;

(xviii) monitoring of testing of samples;

(xix) method of retention of unexpended samples, their location, maintenance and

disposal;

(xx) document control;

(xxi) redressal of technical complaints;

(xxii) housing-keeping;

(xxiii) corrective and preventing action;

(xxiv) working procedure (test methods);

(xxv) calibration Manual; and

(xxvi) training manual.

14. Protocols and specifications archive.-

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

427

(a) Every laboratory shall have a specification archive and. current versions of all

necessary specifications shall be kept as per the requirements of the Act and the rules

made thereunder and the National Pharmacopoeia (Indian Pharmacopoeia).

(b) All updates and corrections must be noted in the master volumes of Pharmacopoeias to

prevent the use of obsolete sections; supplement and addendum shall also be made

available in the laboratory.

(c) The specification archive shall contain the following :-

(i) list of all the pharmacopoeias;

(ii) a file on patent and proprietary medicines (non-pharmacopoeial) test methods

to specifications prepared and validated by the manufacturer or by the

laboratory itself. The test methods shall be submitted to the ·concerned Drug

Control Authority. The validated test methods developed by the manufacturer

or the laboratory shall stand to the requirements of compendial parameters in

regard to its precision, accuracy, reproducibility, specificity, linearity, and

ruggedness etc.

15. Raw data:-

(a) Raw data refers to the laboratory work sheet, note books or analysis sheet, records,

and other activities and such raw data shall include hand written notes, photographs,

software, drawings, computer printouts, spectral charts, dictated observations or

recorded data from automated equipments. The raw data also includes record on

receipt of animals, result of environmental monitoring, calibration, records of

equipments, integrator output from analytical equipment, including work -sheet used to

read a note, information from Light Emitting Diode (LED) display of any equipment.

(b) A single line shall strike through the data being changed; the correct information shall

be recorded along with the old data and the reason of change. The analyst making the

change shall be identified by his signature with date. In case of automated data

collection system, the person responsible shall be identified at the time of data output.

The original entry must be saved and the system have audit trial for all the data.

(c) Data integrity and security shall be maintained and the data shall not be accessible to

any unauthorised person.

16. Storage and archival.-

(a) The residual sample shall be retained in proper storage condition for a period of one

year after the final report.

(b) The laboratory must establish and maintain procedures for the identification collection,

indexing, retrieval, storage, maintenance, and disposal of all quality documents.

(c) All the raw data, documentation, Standard Operating Procedures, protocols, and final

reports are to be retained and there shall be archives for orderly storage and expeditious

retrieval of all raw data, documentation, protocols, interim and final report. The

archive shall provide a suitable environment that will prevent modification, damage, or

deterioration and/or loss.

(d) The condition under which the original documents are stored must ensure their security

and confidentiality,

(e) Paper documents shall not be kept for long periods under high humidity and raw data in

the form of tape and discs are to be preserved with care,

(f) In case of storage of only optical disc, the life of disc shall be longer than the storage

time,

(g) Raw data on thermal paper might fade away with time; therefore, a photocopy of the

thermal paper shall also be retained in the archive.

(h) Time for which records are retained shall be prescribed in the documents.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

428

1

[SCHEDULE M

(See Rules 71, 74, 76 and 78)

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES AND REQUIREMENTS OF PREMISES,

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS

Note: To achieve the objectives listed below, each licensee shall evolve appropriate

methodology, systems and procedures which shall be documented and maintained for

inspection and reference; and the manufacturing premises shall be used exclusively for

production of drugs

2

[and no other manufacturing activity shall be undertaken therein except

in respect of units licensed prior to 11th December, 2001].

PART 1

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES FOR PREMISES AND MATERIALS

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1. Location and surroundings.- The factory building(s) for manufacture of

drugs shall be so situated and shall have such measures as to avoid risk of contamination from

external environment including open sewage, drain, public lavatory or any factory which

produce disagreeable or obnoxious odour or fumes, excessive soot, dust, smoke, chemical or

biological emissions.

1.2. Buildings and premises.- The building(s) used for the factory shall be

designed, constructed, adapted and maintained to suit the manufacturing operations so as to

permit production of drugs under hygienic conditions. They shall conform to the conditions

laid down in the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948).

The premises used for manufacturing, processing, warehousing, packaging, labelling

and testing purposes shall be –

(i) compatible with other drug manufacturing operations that may be carried out

in the same or adjacent area / section;

(ii) adequately provided with working space to allow orderly and logical

placement of equipment, materials and movement of personnel so as to:

(a) avoid the risk of mix-up between different categories of drugs or

with raw materials, intermediates and in-process material;

(b) avoid the possibilities of contamination and cross- contamination by

providing suitable mechanism;

(iii) designed / constructed / maintained to prevent entry of insects, pests, birds,

vermins and rodents. Interior surface (walls, floors and ceilings) shall be

smooth and free from cracks, and permit easy cleaning, painting and

disinfection;

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 894(E) , dt. 11.12.2001.- applicable to manufacturers licensed to manufacture drugs, for

the period up to 31.12.2003.

2. Subs. by Act 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

429

(iv) air-conditioned, where prescribed for the operations and dosage forms under

production. The production and dispensing areas shall be well lighted,

effectively ventilated, with air control facilities and may have proper Air

Handling Units (wherever applicable) to maintain conditions including

temperature and, wherever necessary, humidity, as defined for the relevant

product. These conditions shall be appropriate to the category of drugs and

nature of the operation. These shall also be suitable to the comforts of the

personnel working with protective clothing, products handled, operations

undertaken within them in relation to the external environment. These areas

shall be regularly monitored for compliance with required specifications;

(v) provided with drainage system, as specified for the various categories of

products, which shall be of adequate size and so designed as to prevent back-

flow and/or prevent insects and rodents entering the premises. Open channels

shall be avoided in manufacturing areas and, where provided, these shall be

shallow to facilitate cleaning and disinfection;

(vi) the walls and floors of the areas where manufacture of drugs is carried out

shall be free from cracks and open joints to avoid accumulation of dust.

These shall be smooth, washable, coved and shall permit easy and effective

cleaning and disinfection. The interior surfaces shall not shed particles. A

periodical record of cleaning and painting of the premises shall be

maintained.

1.3 Water System. - There shall be validt. system for treatment of water drawn from

own or any other source to render it potable in accordance with standards specified by the

Bureau of Indian Standards or Local Municipality, as the case may be, so as to produce

Purified Water conforming to Pharmacopoeial specification. Purified Water so produced shall

only be used for all the operations except washing and cleaning operations where potable

water may be used. Water shall be stored in tanks, which do not adversely affect quality of

water and ensure freedom from microbiological growth. The tank shall be cleaned

periodically and records maintained by the licensee in this behalf.

1.4. Disposal of waste. -

(i) The disposal of sewage and effluents (solid, liquid and gas) from the

manufactory shall be in conformity with the requirements of Environment

Pollution Control Board.

(ii) All bio-medical waste shall be destroyed as per the provisions of the Bio-

Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1996.

(iii) Additional precautions shall be taken for the storage and disposal of rejected

drugs. Records shall be maintained for all disposal of waste.

(iv) Provisions shall be made for the proper and safe storage of waste materials

awaiting disposal. Hazardous, toxic substances and flammable materials

shall be stored in suitably designed and segregated, enclosed areas in

conformity with Central and State Legislations.

2. Warehousing Area:

2.1 Adequate areas shall be designed to allow sufficient and orderly warehousing of

various categories of materials and products like starting and packaging materials,

intermediates, bulk and finished products, products in quarantine, released, rejected, returned

or recalled, machine and equipment spare parts and change items.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

430

2.2 Warehousing areas shall be designed and adapted to ensure good storage

conditions. They shall be clean, dry and maintained with acceptable temperature

limits. Where special storage conditions are required (e.g. temperature, humidity),

these shall be provided, monitored and recorded. Storage areas shall have appropriate

house-keeping and rodent, pests and vermin control procedures and records

maintained. Proper racks, bins and platforms shall be provided for the storage of

materials.

2.3 Receiving and dispatch bays shall protect materials and products from

adverse weather conditions.

2.4. Where quarantine status is ensured by warehousing in separate earmarked

areas in the same warehouse or store, these areas shall be clearly demarcated. Any

system replacing the physical quarantine, shall give equivalent assurance of

segregation. Access to these areas shall be restricted to authorized persons.

2.5. There shall be a separate sampling area in the warehousing area for active

raw materials and excipients. If sampling is performed in any other area, it shall be

conducted in such a way as to prevent contamination, cross-contamination and mix-up.

2.6. Segregation shall be provided for the storage of rejected, recalled or

returned materials or products. Such areas, materials or products shall be suitably

marked and secured. Access to these areas and materials shall be restricted.

2.7. Highly hazardous, poisonous and explosive materials such as narcotics,

psychotropic drugs and substances presenting potential risks of abuse, fire or explosion

shall be stored in safe and secure areas. Adequate fire protection measures shall be

provided in conformity with the rules of the concerned civic authority.

areas.

2.8. Printed packaging materials shall be stored in safe, separate and secure

2.9. Separate dispensing areas for β (Beta) lactum, Sex Hormones and

Cytotoxic substances or any such special categories of product shall be provided with

proper supply of filtered air and suitable measures for dust control to avoid

contamination. Such areas shall be under differential pressure.

2.10. Sampling and dispensing of sterile materials shall be conducted under

aseptic conditions conforming to Grade A, which can also be performed in a dedicated

area within the manufacturing facility.

2.11. Regular checks shall be made to ensure adequate steps are taken against

spillage, breakage and leakage of containers.

2.12. Rodent treatments (Pest control) should be done regularly and at least

once in a year and record maintained.

3. Production area:

3.1. The production area shall be designed to allow the production preferably in

uni-flow and with logical sequence of operations.

3.2. In order to avoid the risk of corss-contamination, separate dedicated and self-

contained facilities shall be made available for the production of sensitive pharmaceutical

products like penicillin or biological preparations with live micro-organisms. Separate

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

431

dedicated facilities shall be provided for the manufacture of contamination causing and potent

products such as Beta-Lactum, Sex Hormones and Cytotoxic substances.

3.3. Working and in-process space shall be adequate to permit orderly and logical

positioning of equipment and materials and movement of personnel to avoid cross-

contamination and to minimize risk of omission or wrong application of any manufacturing

and control measures.

3.4. Pipe-work, electrical fittings, ventilation openings and similar service lines

shall be designed, fixed and constructed to avoid

1

[accumulation of dust]. Service lines shall

preferably be identified by colours and the nature of the supply and direction of the flow shall

be marked/indicated.

4. Ancillary Areas:

4.1 Rest and refreshment rooms shall be separate from other areas. These areas

shall not lead directly to the manufacturing and storage areas.

4.2 Facilities for changing, storing clothes and for washing and toilet purposes

shall be easily accessible and adequate for the number of users. Toilets, separate for males

and females, shall not be directly connected with production or storage areas. There shall be

written instructions for cleaning and disinfection of such areas.

4.3 Maintenance workshops shall be separate and away from production areas.

Whenever spares, changed parts and tools are stored in the production area, these shall be

kept in dedicated rooms or lockers. Tools and spare parts for use in sterile areas shall be

disinfected before these are carried inside the production areas.

4.4. Areas housing animals shall be isolated from other areas. The other

requirements regarding animal houses shall be those as prescribed in rule 150-C(3) of the

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945 which shall be adopted for production purposes.

5. Quality Control Area.

5.1. Quality Control Laboratories shall be independent of the production areas.

Separate areas shall be provided each for physico-chemical, biological, microbiological or

radio-isotope analysis. Separate instrument room with adequate area shall be provided for

sensitive and sophisticated instruments employed for analysis.

5.2 Quality Control Laboratories shall be designed appropriately for the

operations to be carried out in them. Adequate space shall be provided to avoid mix-ups and

cross-contamination. Sufficient and suitable storage space shall be provided for test samples,

retained samples, reference standards, reagents and records.

5.3. The design of the laboratory shall take into account the suitability of

construction materials and ventilation. Separate air handling units and other requirements

shall be provided for biological, microbiological and radioisotopes testing areas. The

laboratory shall be provided with regular supply of water of appropriate quality for cleaning

and testing purposes.

5.4. Quality Control Laboratory shall be divided into separate sections i.e. for

chemical, microbiological and wherever required, biological testing. These shall have

adequate area for basic installation and for ancillary purposes. The microbiology section

shall have arrangements such as airlocks and laminar air flow work station, wherever

considered necessary.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

432

6. Personnel:

6.1. The manufacture shall be conducted under the direct supervision of competent

technical staff with prescribed qualifications and practical experience in the relevant dosage

form and / or active pharmaceutical products.

6.2 The head of the Quality Control Laboratory shall be independent of the

manufacturing unit. The testing shall be conducted under the direct supervision of competent

technical staff who shall be whole time employees of the licensee.

6.3. Personnel for Quality Assurance and Quality Control operations shall be

suitably qualified and experienced.

6.4. Written duties of technical and Quality Control personnel shall be laid and

followed strictly.

6.5. Number of personnel employed shall be adequate and in direct proportion to the

workload.

6.6. The licensee shall ensure in accordance with a written instruction that all

personnel in production area or into Quality Control Laboratories shall receive training

appropriate to the duties and responsibility assigned to them. They shall be provided with

regular in-service training.

7. Health, clothing and sanitation of workers:

7.1 The personnel handling Beta-lactum antibiotics shall be tested for Penicillin

sensitivity before employment and those handling sex hormones, cytotoxic substances and

other potent drugs shall be periodically examined for adverse effects. These personnel should

be moved out of these sections (except in dedicated facilities), by rotation, as a health

safeguard.

7.2 Prior to employment, all personnel, shall undergo medical examination including

eye examination, and shall be free from Tuberculosis, skin and other communicable or

contagious diseases. Thereafter, they should be medically examined periodically, at least once

a year. Records shall be maintained thereof. The licensee shall provide the services of a

qualified physician for assessing the health status of personnel involved in different activities.

7.3 All persons prior to and during employment shall be trained in practices which

ensure personnel hygiene. A high level of personal hygiene shall be observed by all those

engaged in the manufacturing processes. Instructions to this effect shall be displayed in

change- rooms and other strategic locations.

7.4 No person showing, at any time, apparent illness or open lesions which may

adversely affect the quality of products, shall be allowed to handle starting materials,

packaging materials, in-process materials, and drug products until his condition is no longer

judged to be a risk.

7.5 All employees shall be instructed to report about their illness or abnormal

health condition to their immediate supervisor so that appropriate action can be taken.

7.6 Direct contact shall be avoided between the unprotected hands of personnel

and raw materials, intermediate or finished, unpacked products.

7.7 All personnel shall wear clean body coverings appropriate to their duties.

Before entry into the manufacturing area, there shall be change rooms separate for each sex

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

433

with adequate facilities for personal cleanliness such as wash basin with running water,

1

[clean towels or hand dryers], soaps, disinfectants, etc. The change rooms shall be provided

with cabinets for the storage of personal belongings of the personnel.

7.8 Smoking, eating, drinking, chewing or keeping plants, food, drink and

personal medicines shall not be permitted in production, laboratory, storage and other areas

where they might adversely influence the product quality.

8. Manufacturing Operations and Control:

8.1 All manufacturing operations shall be carried out under the supervision of

technical staff approved by the Licensing Authority. Each critical step in the process relating

to the selection, weighing and measuring of raw material addition during various stages shall

be performed by trained personnel under the direct personal supervision of approved technical

staff.

The contents of all vessels and containers used in manufacture and storage during the

various manufacturing stages shall be conspicuously labelled with the name of the product,

batch number, batch size and stage of manufacture. Each label should be initialled and dt. by

the authorised technical staff.

Products not prepared under aseptic conditions are required to be free from pathogens

like Salmonella, Escherichia coli, Pyocyanea, etc.

8.2. Precautions against mix-up and cross-contamination:

8.2.1. The licensee shall prevent mix-up and cross-contamination of drug material

and drug product (from environmental dust) by proper air-handling system, pressure

differential, segregation, status labelling and cleaning. Proper records and Standard Operating

Procedures thereof shall be maintained.

8.2.2 The licensee shall ensure processing of sensitive drugs like Beta-Lactum

antibiotics, sex hormones and cytotoxic substances in segregated areas or isolated production

areas within the building with independent air-handling unit and proper pressure differentials.

1

[The effective segregation of these areas shall be validated with adequate records of

maintenance and services].

8.2.3 To prevent mix-ups during production stages, material under process shall be

conspicuously labelled to demonstrate their status. All equipment used for production shall be

labelled with their current status.

8.2.4 Packaging lines shall be independent and adequately segregated. It shall be

ensured that all left-overs of the previous packaging operations, including labels, cartons and

caps are cleared before the closing hour.

8.2.5 Before packaging operations are begun, steps shall be taken to ensure that the

work area, packaging lines, printing machines, and other equipment are clean and free from

any products, materials and spillages. The line clearance shall be performed according to an

approximate check list and recorded.

8.2.6 The correct details of any printing (for example of batch numbers or expiry

dates) done separately or in the course of the packaging shall be rechecked at regular

intervals. All printing and overprinting shall be authorized in writing.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

434

8.2.7 The manufacturing environment shall be maintained at the required levels of

temperature, humidity and cleanliness.

8.2.8 Authorised persons shall ensure change-over into specific uniforms before

undertaking any manufacturing operations including packaging.

8.2.9

1

[There shall be segregated secured areas for recalled or rejected material

and for such material which are to be reprocessed or recovered.]

9. Sanitation in the Manufacturing Premises:

9.1 The manufacturing premises shall be cleaned and maintained in an orderly

manner, so that it is free from accumulated waste, dust, debris and other similar material. A

validt. cleaning procedure shall be maintained.

9.2 The manufacturing areas shall not be used for storage of materials, except for

the material being processed. It shall not be used as a general thoroughfare.

9.3 A routine sanitation program shall be drawn up and observed, which shall be

properly recorded and which shall indicate–

(a) specific areas to be cleaned and cleaning intervals;

(b) cleaning procedure to be followed, including equipment and materials to

be used for cleaning; and

(c) personnel assigned to and responsible for the cleaning operation.

9.4 The adequacy of the working and in-process storage space shall permit the

orderly and logical positioning of equipment and materials so as to minimize the risk of mix-

up between different pharmaceutical products or their components to avoid cross

contamination, and to minimise the risk of omission or wrong application of any of the

manufacturing or control steps.

9.5 Production areas shall be well lit, particularly where visual on-line controls

are carried out.

10. Raw Materials:

10.1 The licensee shall keep an inventory of all raw materials to be used at any

stage of manufacture of drugs and maintain records as per Schedule U.

10.2 All incoming materials shall be quarantined immediately after receipt or

processing. All materials shall be stored under appropriate conditions and in an orderly

fashion to permit batch segregation and stock rotation by a ‗first in/first expiry‘ – ‗first-out‘

principle. All incoming materials shall be checked to ensure that the consignment corresponds

to the order placed.

10.3 All incoming materials shall be purchased from approved sources under valid

purchase vouchers. Wherever possible, raw materials should be purchased directly from the

producers.

10.4 Authorized staff appointed by the licensee in this behalf, which may include

personnel from the Quality Control Department, shall examine each consignment on receipt

and shall check each container for integrity of package and seal. Damaged containers shall be

identified, recorded and segregated.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

435

10.5 If a single delivery of material is made up of different batches, each batch

shall be considered as a separate batch for sampling, testing and release.

10.6 Raw materials in the storage area shall be appropriately labelled. Labels shall

be clearly marked with the following information:

(a) designated name of the product and the internal code reference, where

applicable, and analytical reference number;

(b) manufacturer‘s name, address and batch number;

(c) the status of the contents (e.g. quarantine, under test, released, approved,

rejected); and

(d) the manufacturing date, expiry date and re-test date.

10.7 There shall be adequate separate areas for materials ―under test‖, ―approved‖

and ―rejected‖ with arrangements and equipment to allow dry, clean and orderly placement of

stored materials and products, wherever necessary, under controlled temperature and

humidity.

10.8 Containers from which samples have been drawn shall be identified.

10.9 Only raw materials which have been released by the Quality Control

Department and which are within their shelf-life shall be used. It shall be ensured that shelf

life of formulation product shall not exceed with that of active raw materials used.

10.10 It shall be ensured that all the containers of raw materials are placed on the

raised platforms/racks and not placed directly on the floor.

11. Equipment:

11.1 Equipment shall be located, designed, constructed, adapted and maintained to

suit the operations to be carried out. The layout and design of the equipment shall aim to

minimise the risk of errors and permit effective cleaning and maintenance in order to avoid

cross-contamination, build-up of dust or dirt and, in general, any adverse effect on the quality

of products. Each equipment shall be provided with a logbook, wherever necessary.

11.2 Balances and other measuring equipment of an appropriate range, accuracy

and precision shall be available in the raw material stores, production and in-process control

operations and these shall be calibrated and checked on a scheduled basis in accordance with

Standard Operating Procedures and records maintained.

11.3 The parts of the production equipment that come into contact with the

product shall not be reactive, additive or adsorptive to an extent that would affect the quality

of the product.

11.4 To avoid accidental contamination, wherever possible, non-toxic/edible grade

lubricants shall be used and the equipment shall be maintained in a way that lubricants do not

contaminate the products being produced.

11.5 Defective equipment shall be removed from production and Quality Control

areas or appropriately labelled.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

436

12. Documentation and Records:– Documentation is an essential part of the Quality

assurance system and, as such, shall be related to all aspects of Good Manufacturing Practices

(GMP). Its aim is to define the specifications for all materials, method of manufacture and

control, to ensure that all personnel concerned with manufacture know the information

necessary to decide whether or not to release a batch of a drug for sale and to provide an audit

trail that shall permit investigation of the history of any suspected defective batch.

12.1 Documents designed, prepared, reviewed and controlled, wherever

applicable, shall comply with these rules.

12.2 Documents shall be approved, signed and dt. by appropriate and authorized

persons.

12.3 Documents shall specify the title, nature and purpose. They shall be laid out

in an orderly fashion and be easy to check. Reproduced documents shall be clear and legible.

Documents shall be regularly reviewed and kept up to date. Any alteration made in the entry

of a document shall be signed and dt..

12.4 The records shall be made or completed at the time of each operation in such

a way that all significant activities concerning the manufacture of pharmaceutical products are

traceable. Records and associated Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) shall be retained for

at least one year after the expiry date of the finished product.

12.5 Data may be recorded by electronic data processing systems or other reliable

means, but Master Formulae and detailed operating procedures relating to the system in use

shall also be available in a hard copy to facilitate checking of the accuracy of the records.

Wherever documentation is handled by electronic data processing methods, authorized

persons shall enter or modify data in the computer. There shall be record of changes and

deletions. Access shall be restricted by ‗passwords‘ or other means and the result of entry of

critical data shall be independently checked. Batch records electronically stored shall be

protected by a suitable back-up. During the period of retention, all relevant data shall be

readily available.

13. Labels and other Printed Materials:– Labels are absolutely necessary for identification

of the drugs and their use. The printing shall be done in bright colours and in a legible

manner. The label shall carry all the prescribed details about the product.

13.1 All containers and equipment shall bear appropriate labels. Different colour

coded labels shall be used to indicate the status of a product (for example under test,

approved, passed, rejected).

13.2 To avoid chance mix-up of printed packaging materials, product leaflets,

relating to different products, shall be stored separately.

13.3 Prior to release, all labels for containers, cartons and boxes and all circulars,

inserts and leaflets shall be examined by the Quality Control Department of the licensee.

13.4 Prior to packaging and labelling of a given batch of a drug, it shall be

ensured by the licensee that samples are drawn from the bulk and duly tested, approved and

released by the quality control personnel.

13.5 Records of receipt of all labelling and packaging materials shall be

maintained for each shipment received indicating receipt, control reference numbers and

whether accepted or rejected. Unused coded and damaged labels and packaging materials

shall be destroyed and recorded.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

437

13.6 The label or accompanying document of reference standards and reference

culture shall indicate concentration, lot number, potency, date on which containers was first

opened and storage conditions, where appropriate.

14. Quality Assurance:–This is a wide-ranging concept concerning all matters that

individually or collectively influence the quality of a product. It is the totality of the

arrangements made with the object of ensuring that products are of the quality required for

their intended use.

14.1 The system of quality assurance appropriate to the manufacture of

pharmaceutical products shall ensure that: –

(a) the pharmaceutical products are designed and developed in a way that takes

account of the requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices (hereinafter

referred as GMP) and other associated codes such as those of Good

Laboratory Practices (hereinafter referred as GLP) and Good Clinical

Practices (hereinafter referred as GCP);

(b) adequate arrangements are made for manufacture, supply and use of the

correct starting and packaging materials.

(c) adequate controls on starting materials, intermediate products and bulk

products and other in-process controls, calibrations, and validations are

carried out.

(d) the finished product is correctly processed and checked in accordance with

established procedures;

(e) the pharmaceutical products are not released for sale or supplied before

authorized persons have certified that each production batch has been

produced and controlled in accordance with the requirements of the label

claim and any other provisions relevant to production, control and release of

pharmaceutical products.

15. Self Inspection and Quality audit:– It may be useful to constitute a self-inspection

team supplemented with a quality audit procedure for assessment of all or part of a system

with the specific purpose of improving it.

15.1 To evaluate the manufacturer‘s compliance with GMP in all aspects of

production and quality control, concept of self-inspection shall be followed. The manufacturer

shall constitute a team of independent, experienced, qualified persons from within or outside

the company, who can audit objectively the implementation of methodology and procedures

evolved. The procedure for self-inspection shall be documented indicating self-inspection

results, evaluation, conclusions and recommended corrective actions with effective follow up

program. The recommendations for corrective action shall be adopted.

15.2 The program shall be designed to detect shortcomings in the implementation

of Good Manufacturing Practice and to recommend the necessary corrective actions. Self-

inspections shall be performed routinely and on specific occasions, like when product recalls

or repeated rejections occur or when an inspection by the licensing authorities is announced.

The team responsible for self-inspection shall consist of personnel who can evaluate the

implementation of Good Manufacturing Practice objectively; all recommendations for

corrective action shall be implemented.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

438

15.3 Written instructions for self-inspection shall be drawn up which shall include

the following: -

(a) Personnel.

(b) Premises including personnel facilities.

(c) Maintenance of buildings and equipment

(d) Storage of starting materials and finished products.

(e) Equipment.

(f) Production and in-process controls.

(g) Quality control.

(h) Documentation.

(i) Sanitation and hygiene.

(j) Validation and revalidation programmes.

(k) Calibration of instruments or measurement systems.

(l) Recall procedures.

(m) Complaints management.

(n) Labels control.

(o) Results of previous self-inspections and any corrective steps taken.

16. Quality Control System. - Quality control shall be concerned with sampling,

specifications, testing, documentation, release procedures which ensure that the necessary and

relevant tests are actually carried and that the materials are not released for use, nor products

released for sale or supply until their quality has been judged to be satisfactory. It is not

confined to laboratory operations but shall be involved in all decisions concerning the quality

of the product. It shall be ensured that all quality control arrangements are effectively and

reliably carried out.The department as a whole shall have other duties such as to establish,

evaluate, validate and implement all Quality Control Procedures and methods.

16.1 Every manufacturing establishment shall establish its own quality control

laboratory manned by qualified and experienced staff.

16.2 The area of the quality control laboratory may be divided into Chemical,

Instrumentation, Microbiological and Biological testing.

16.3 Adequate area having the required storage conditions shall be provided for

keeping reference samples. The quality control department shall evaluate, maintain and store

reference samples.

16.4 Standard operating procedures shall be available for sampling, inspecting and

testing of raw materials, intermediate bulk finished products and packing materials and,

wherever necessary, for monitoring environmental conditions.

16.5 There shall be authorized and dt. specifications for all materials, products,

reagents and solvents including test of identity, content, purity and quality. These shall

include specifications for water, solvents and reagents used in analysis.

16.6 No batch of the product shall be released for sale or supply until it has been

certified by the authorized person(s) that it is in accordance with the requirements of the

standards laid down.

16.7 Reference/retained samples from each batch of the products manufactured

shall be maintained in quantity which is at least twice the quantity of the drug required to

conduct all the tests, except sterility and pyrogen/Bacterial Endotoxin Test performed on the

active material and the product manufactured. The retained product shall be kept in its final

pack or simulated pack for a period of three months after the date of expiry.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

439

16.8 Assessment of records pertaining to finished products shall include all

relevant factors, including the production conditions, the results of in-process testing, the

manufacturing (including packaging) documentation, compliance with the specification for

the finished product, and an examination of the finished pack. Assessment records should be

signed by the in-charge of production and countersigned by the authorised quality control

personnel before a product is released for sale or distribution.

16.9 Quality control personnel shall have access to production areas for sampling

and investigation, as appropriate.

16.10 The quality control department shall conduct stability studies of the products

to ensure and assign their shell life at the prescribed conditions of storage. All records of such

studies shall be maintained.

16.11 The in-charge of Quality Assurance shall investigate all product complaints

and records thereof shall be maintained.

16.12 All instruments shall be calibrated and testing procedures validt. before these

are adopted for routine testing. Periodical calibration of instrument and validation of

procedures shall be carried out.

16.13 Each specification for raw materials, intermediates, final products, and

packing materials shall be approved and maintained by the Quality Control Department.

Periodic revisions of the specifications shall be carried out whenever changes are necessary.

16.14 Pharmacopoeia, reference standards, working standards, references, spectra,

other reference materials and technical books, as required, shall be available in the Quality

Control Laboratory of the licensee.

17. Specification

17.1 For raw materials and packaging materials. - They shall include-

(a) the designated name and internal code reference;

(b) reference, if any, to a pharmacopoeial monograph;

(c) qualitative and quantitative requirements with acceptance limits;

(d) name and address of manufacturer or supplier and original manufacturer of the

material;

(e) specimen of printed material;

(f) directions for sampling and testing or reference to procedures;

(g) storage conditions; and

(h) maximum period of storage before re-testing.

17.2 For product containers and closures:–

17.2.1 All containers and closures intended for use shall comply with the

pharmacopoeial requirements. Suitable validt. test methods, sample sizes, specifications,

cleaning procedure and sterilization procedure, wherever indicated, shall be strictly followed

to ensure that these are not reactive, additive, absorptive, or leach to an extent that

significantly affects the quality or purity of the drug. No second hand or used containers and

closures shall be used.

17.2.2 Whenever bottles are being used, the written schedule of cleaning shall be

laid down and followed. Where bottles are not dried after washing, they should be rinsed with

de-ionised water or distilled water, as the case may be.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

440

17.3. For in-process and bulk products. - Specifications for in-process material,

intermediate and bulk products shall be available. The specifications should be authenticated.

17.4 For finished products. - Appropriate specifications for finished products

shall include: -

(a) the designated name of the product and the code reference;

(b) the formula or a reference to the formula and the pharmacopoeial reference;

(c) directions for sampling and testing or a reference to procedures;

(d) a description of the dosage form and package details;

(e) the qualitative and quantitative requirements, with the acceptance limits for

release;

(f) the storage conditions and precautions, where applicable, and

(g) the shelf-life.

17.5 For preparation of containers and closures. - The requirements mentioned in

the Schedule do not include requirements of machinery, equipments and premises required for

preparation of containers and closures for different dosage forms and categories of drugs. The

suitability and adequacy of the machinery, equipment and premises shall be examined taking

into consideration the requirements of each licensee in this respect.

18. Master Formula Records:

There shall be Master Formula records relating to all manufacturing procedures for

each product and batch size to be manufactured. These shall be prepared and endorsed by the

competent technical staff i.e. head of production and quality control. The Master Formula

shall include: -

(a) the name of the product together with product reference code relating to its

specifications;

(b) the patent or proprietary name of the product along with the generic name, a

description of the dosage form, strength, composition of the product and batch size;

(c) name, quantity, and reference number of all the starting materials to be used. Mention

shall be made of any substance that may ‗disappear‘ in the course of processing.

(d) a statement of the expected final yield with the acceptable limits, and of relevant

intermediate yields, where applicable.

(e) a statement of the processing location and the principal equipment to be used.

(f) the methods, or reference to the methods, to be used for preparing the critical

equipments including cleaning, assembling, calibrating, sterilizing;

(g) detailed stepwise processing instructions and the time taken for each step;

(h) the instructions for in-process control with their limits;

(i) the requirements for storage conditions of the products, including the container,

labelling and special storage conditions where applicable;

(j) any special precautions to be observed;

(k) packing details and specimen labels.

19. Packing Records:

There shall be authorised packaging instructions for each product, pack size and type.

These shall include or have a reference to the following: -

(a) name of the product;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

441

(b) description of the dosage form, strength and composition;

(c) the pack size expressed in terms of the number of doses, weight or volume of the

product in the final container;

(d) complete list of all the packaging materials required for a standard batch size,

including quantities, sizes and types with the code or reference number relating to the

specifications of each packaging material.;

(e) reproduction of the relevant printed packaging materials and specimens indicating

where batch number and expiry date of the product have been applied;

(f) special precautions to be observed, including a careful examination of the area and

equipment in order to ascertain the line clearance before the operations begin.

(g) description of the packaging operation, including any significant subsidiary

operations and equipment to be used;

(h) details of in-process controls with instructions for sampling and acceptance; and

(i) upon completion of the packing and labelling operation, a reconciliation shall be

made between number of labelling and packaging units issued, number of units

labelled, packed and excess returned or destroyed. Any significant or unusual

discrepancy in the numbers shall be carefully investigated before releasing the final

batch.

20. Batch Packaging Records:

20.1 A batch packaging record shall be kept for each batch or part batch

processed. It shall be based on the relevant parts of the packaging instructions, and the

method of preparation of such records shall be designed to avoid transcription errors.

20.2 Before any packaging operation begins, check shall be made and recorded

that the equipment and the work stations are clear of the previous products, documents or

materials not required for the planned packaging operations, and that the equipment is clean

and suitable for use.

21. Batch Processing Records

21.1 There shall be Batch Processing Record for each product. It shall be based on

the relevant parts of the currently approved Master Formula. The method of preparation of

such records included in the Master Formula shall be designed to avoid transcription errors.

21.2 Before any processing begins, check shall be performed and recorded to

ensure that the equipment and work station are clear of previous products, documents or

materials not required for the planned process are removed and the equipment is clean and

suitable for use.

21.3 During processing, the following information shall be recorded at the time

each action is taken and the record shall be dt. and signed by the person responsible for the

processing operations: -

(a) the name of the product,

(b) the number of the batch being manufactured,

(c) dates and time of commencement, of significant intermediate stages and of

completion of production,

(d) initials of the operator of different significant steps of production and where

appropriate, of the person who checked each of these operations,

(e) the batch number and/or analytical control number as well as the quantities of each

starting material actually weighed,

(f) any relevant processing operation or event and major equipment used,

(g) a record of the in-process controls and the initials of the person(s) carrying them out,

and the results obtained,

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

442

(h) the amount of product obtained after different and critical stages of manufacture

(yield),

(i) comments or explanations for significant deviations from the expected yield limits

shall be given,

(j) notes on special problems including details, with signed authorization, for any

deviation from the Master Formula,

(k) addition of any recovered or reprocessed material with reference to recovery or

reprocessing stages.

22. Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and Records, regarding:

22.1 Receipt of materials:

22.1.1 There shall be written Standard Operating Procedures and records for the

receipt of each delivery of raw, primary and printed packaging material.

22.1.2 The records of the receipts shall include;

(a) the name of the material on the delivery note and the number of containers;

(b) the date of receipt;

(c) the manufacturer‘s and/ or supplier‘s name;

(d) the manufacturer‘s batch or reference number;

(e) the total quantity, and number of containers, quantity in each container

received;

(f) the control reference number assigned after receipt;

(g) any other relevant comment or information.

22.1.3 There shall be written standard operating procedures for the internal labelling,

quarantine and storage of starting materials, packaging materials and other

materials, as appropriate.

22.1.4 There shall be Standard Operating Procedures available for each instrument and

equipment and these shall be placed in close proximity to the related instrument

and equipment.

22.2 Sampling:

22.2.1 There shall be written Standard Operating Procedures for sampling which

include the person(s) authorized to take the samples.

22.2.2 The sampling instructions shall include:

(a) the method of sampling and the sampling plan,

(b) the equipment to be used,

(c) any precautions to be observed to avoid contamination of the material or

any deterioration in its quality,

(d) the quantity of samples to be taken,

(e) instructions for any required sub-division or pooling of the samples,

(f) the types of sample container to be used,

(g) any specific precautions to be observed, especially in regard to sampling of

sterile and hazardous materials.

22.3. Batch Numbering:

22.3.1 There shall be Standard Operating Procedures describing the details of the batch

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

443

(lot) numbering set up with the objective of ensuring that each batch of

intermediate, bulk or finished product is identified with a specific batch number.

22.3.2 Batch numbering Standard Operating Procedures applied to a processing stage

and to the respective packaging stage shall be same or traceable to demonstrate

that they belong to one homogenous mix.

22.3.3 Batch number allocation shall be immediately recorded in a logbook or by

electronic data processing system. The record shall include date of allocation,

product identity and size of batch.

22.4. Testing:

22.4.1 There shall be written procedures for testing materials and products at different

stages of manufacture, describing the methods and equipment to be used. The

tests performed shall be recorded.

22.5 Records of analysis:

22.5.1 The records shall include the following data:

(a) name of the material or product and the dosage form,

(b) batch number and, where appropriate the manufacturer and/ or supplier,

(c) references to the relevant specifications and testing procedures,

(d) test results, including observations and calculations, and reference to any

specifications (limits),

(e) dates of testing,

(f) initials of the persons who performed the testing,

(g) initials of the persons who verified the testing and the detailed calculations,

(h) a statement of release or rejection, and

(i) signature and date of the designated responsible person.

22.5.2 There shall be written standard operating procedures and the associated records of

actions taken for:

(a) equipment assembly and validation

(b) analytical apparatus and calibration,

(c) maintenance, cleaning and sanitation;

(d) personnel matters including qualification, training, clothing, hygiene;

(e) environmental monitoring;

(f) pest control;

(g) complaints;

(h) recalls made; and

(i) returns received.

23. Reference Samples:-

23.1 Each lot of every active ingredient, in a quantity sufficient to carry out all the tests,

except sterility and pyrogens/Bacterial Endotoxin Test, shall be retained for a

period of 3 months after the date of expiry of the last batch produced from that

active ingredient.

23.2. Samples of finished formulations shall be stored in the same or simulated

containers in which the drug has been actually marketed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

444

24. Reprocessing and Recoveries:

24.1. Where reprocessing is necessary, written procedures shall be

established and approved by the Quality Assurance Department that

shall specify the conditions and limitations of repeating chemical

reactions. Such reprocessing shall be validt..

24.2. If the product batch has to be reprocessed, the procedure shall be

authorized and recorded. An investigation shall be carried out into the

causes necessitating re- processing and appropriate corrective measures

shall be taken for prevention of recurrence. Re-processed batch shall be

subjected to stability evaluation.

24.3. Recovery of the product residue may be carried out, if permitted, in the

master production and control records by incorporating it in subsequent

batches of the product.

25. Distribution records:

25.1. Prior to distribution or dispatch of given batch of a drug, it shall be ensured

that the batch has been duly tested, approved and released by the quality

control personnel. Pre-dispatch inspection shall be performed on each

consignment on a random basis to ensure that only the correct goods are

dispatched. Detailed instructions for warehousing and stocking of Large

Volume Parenterals, if stocked, shall be in existence and shall be

complied with after the batch is released for distribution. Periodic audits

of warehousing practices followed at distribution centers shall be carried

out and records thereof shall be maintained. Standard Operating

Procedures shall be developed for warehousing of products.

25.2. Records for distribution shall be maintained in a manner

1

[so as] to

facilitate prompt and complete recall of the batch, if and when necessary.

26. Validation and process validation:

26.1. Validation studies shall be an essential part of Good Manufacturing

Practices and shall be conducted as per the pre-defined protocols. These

shall include validation of processing, testing and cleaning procedures.

26.2. A written report summarizing recorded results and conclusions shall be

prepared, documented and maintained.

26.3. Processes and procedures shall be established on the basis of validation

study and undergo periodic revalidation to ensure that they remain capable

of achieving the intended results. Critical processes shall be

validt., prospectively or retrospectively.

26.4. When any new Master Formula or method of preparation is adopted, steps

shall be taken to demonstrate its suitability for routine processing. The

defined process, using the materials and equipment specified shall be

demonstrated to yield a product consistently of the required quality.

26.5. Significant changes to the manufacturing process, including any

change in equipment or materials that may affect product quality and/or

the reproducibility of the process, shall be validt..

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005. for ― such that finished batch of a drug can be traced to the retail level‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

445

27. Product Recalls:

27.1 A prompt and effective product recall system of defective products shall be

devised for timely information of all concerned stockists, wholesalers, suppliers,

upto the retail level within the shortest period. The licensee may make use of both

print and electronic media in this regard.

27.2. There shall be an established written procedure in the form of Standard Operating

Procedure for effective recall of products distributed by the licensee. Recall

operations shall be capable of being initiated promptly so as to effectively reach at

the level of each distribution channel.

27.3 The distribution records shall be readily made available to the persons designated

for recalls.

27.4 The designated person shall record a final report issued, including reconciliation

between the delivered and the recovered quantities of the products.

27.5 The effectiveness of the arrangements for recalls shall be evaluated from time to

time.

27.6 The recalled products shall be stored separately in a secured segregated area

pending final decision on them.

28. Complaints and Adverse Reactions:.

28.1 All complaints thereof concerning product quality shall be carefully reviewed and

recorded according to written procedures. Each complaint shall be

investigated/evaluated by the designated personnel of the company and records of

investigation and remedial action taken thereof shall be maintained.

28.2. Reports of serious adverse drug reactions resulting from the use of a drug along

with comments and documents shall be forthwith reported to the concerned

licensing authority.

28.3 There shall be written procedures describing the action to be taken, recall to be

made of the defective product.

29. Site Master File. –The licensee shall prepare a succinct document in the form of

‗Site Master File‘ containing specific and factual Good Manufacturing Practices about the

production and/or control of pharmaceutical manufacturing preparations carried out at the

licensed premises. It shall contain the following: -

29.1 General information:

(a) brief information of the firm;

(b) pharmaceutical manufacturing activities as permitted by the licensing authority;

(c) other manufacturing activities, if any, carried out on the premises;

(d) type of products licensed for manufacture with flow charts mentioning procedure

and process flow;

(e) number of employees engaged in the production, quality control, storage and

distribution;

(f) use of outside scientific, analytical or other technical assistance in relation to

manufacture and analysis;

(g) short description of the Quality Management System of the firm; and

(h) products details registered with foreign countries.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

446

29.2 Personnel:

(a) organisational chart showing the arrangement for quality assurance including

production and quality control;

(b) qualification, experience and responsibilities of key personnel;

(c) outline for arrangements for basic and in-service training and how the records are

maintained;

(d) health requirements for personnel engaged in production; and

(e) personnel hygiene requirements, including clothing.

29.3 Premises:

(a) simple plan or description of manufacturing areas drawn to scale;

(b) nature of construction and fixtures/fittings;

(c) brief description of ventilation systems. More details should be given for critical

areas with potential risk of airborne contamination (schematic drawing of

systems). Classification of the rooms used for the manufacture of sterile products

should be mentioned;

(d) special areas for the handling of the highly toxic, hazardous and sensitizing

materials;

(e) brief description of water system (schematic drawings of systems), including

sanitation;

(f) description of planned preventive maintenance programs for premises and of the

recording system.

29.4 Equipment:

(a) brief description of major equipment used in production and Quality Control

Laboratories (a list of equipment required);

(b) description of planned preventive maintenance programs for equipment and of the

recording system; and

(c) qualification and calibration including the recording systems and arrangements for

computerized systems validation.

29.5

Sanitation:

(a) availability of written specifications and procedures for cleaning manufacturing

areas and equipment.

29.6 Documentation. -

(a) arrangements for the preparation, revision and distribution of;

(b) necessary documentation for the manufacture;

(c) any other documentation related to product quality that is not mentioned elsewhere

(e.g. microbiological controls about air and water).

29.7 Production:.

(a) brief description of production operations using, wherever possible, flow sheets

and charts specifying important parameters;

(b) arrangements for the handling of starting materials, packaging materials, bulk and

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

447

finished products, including sampling, quarantine, release and storage;

(c) arrangements for the handling of rejected materials and products;

(d) brief description of general policy for process validation.

29.8 Quality Control:

(a) description of the quality control system and of the activities of the Quality Control

Department. Procedures for the release of the finished products.

29.9 Loan licence manufacture and licensee:

(a) description of the way in which compliance of Good Manufacturing Practices by

the loan licensee shall be assessed.

29.10 Distribution, complaints and product recall:

(a) arrangements and recording system for distribution;

(b) arrangements for the handling of complaints and product recalls.

29.11 Self inspection. -

(a) short description of the self-inspection system indicating whether an outside,

independent and experienced external expert was involved in evaluating the

manufacturer‘s compliance with Good manufacturing Practices in all aspects of

production.

29.12 Export of drugs. -

(a) products exported to different countries;

(b) complaints and product recall, if any.

PART IA

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF STERILE PRODUCTS,

PARENTERAL PREPARATIONS (SMALL VOLUME INJECTABLES AND LARGE

VOLUME PARENTERALS) AND STERILE OPHTHALMIC PREPARATIONS.

Note. - The general requirements as given in Part 1 of this Schedule relating to Requirements

of Good Manufacturing Practices for Premises and Materials for pharmaceutical products

shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of sterile products, Parenteral

preparations (Small Volume Injectables and Large Volume Parenterals) and Sterile

Ophthalmic Preparations. In addition to these requirements, the following specific

requirements shall also be followed, namely: -

1. General :

Sterile products, being very critical and sensitive in nature, a very high degree of

precautions, prevention and preparations are needed. Dampness, dirt and darkness are to be

avoided to ensure aseptic conditions in all areas. There shall be strict compliance in the

prescribed standards especially in the matter of supply of water, air, active materials and in

the maintenance of hygienic environment.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

448

2. Buildings and Civil Works:

2.1 The buildings shall be built on proper foundation with standardized materials

to avoid cracks in critical areas like aseptic solution preparation, filling and sealing rooms.

2.2 Location of services like water, steam, gases etc. shall be such that their

servicing or repair shall not pose any threat to the integrity of the facility. Water lines shall

not pose any threat of leakage to aseptic area.

2.3. The manufacturing areas shall be clearly separated into support areas (e.g.

washing and component preparation areas, storage areas etc.), preparation areas (e.g. bulk

manufacturing area, non-aseptic blending areas etc.) change areas and aseptic areas.

Operations like removal of outer cardboard wrappings of primary packaging materials shall

be done in the de-cartoning areas which are segregated from the washing areas. Wooden

pallets, fiber board drums, cardboard and other particle shedding materials shall not be taken

inside the preparation areas.

2.4. In aseptic areas –

(a) walls, floors and ceiling should be impervious, non-shedding, non-flaking and

non-cracking. Flooring should be unbroken and provided with a cove both at

the junction between the wall and the floor as well as the wall and the ceiling.

(b) walls shall be flat, and ledges and recesses shall be avoided. Wherever other

surfaces join the wall (e,g, sterilizers, electric sockets, gas points etc.) these

shall flush the walls. Walls shall be provided with a cove at the joint between

the ceiling and the floor;

(c) ceiling shall be solid and joints shall be sealed. Light-fittings and air-grills shall

flush with the walls and not hanging from the ceiling, so as to prevent

contamination;

(d) there shall be no sinks and drains in Grade A and Grade B areas;

(e) doors shall be made of non-shedding material. These may be made preferably

of Aluminium or Steel material. Wooden doors shall not be used. Doors shall

open towards the higher-pressure area so that they close automatically due to air

pressure;

(f) Windows shall be made of similar material as the doors, preferably with double

panel and shall be flush with the walls. If fire escapes are to be provided, these

shall be suitably fastened to the walls without any gaps;

(g) The furniture used shall be smooth, washable and made of stainless steel or

any other appropriate material other than wood.

2.5. The manufacturing and support areas shall have the same quality of civil

structure described above for aseptic areas, except the environmental standards which may

vary in the critical areas.

2.6 Change rooms with entrance in the form of air-locks shall be provided before

entry into the sterile product manufacturing areas and then to the aseptic area. Separate exit

space from the aseptic areas is advisable. Change rooms to the aseptic areas shall be clearly

demarcated into ‗black‘. ‗grey‘, and ‗white rooms‘ with different levels of activity and air

cleanliness. The ‗black‘ change room shall be provided with a hand-washing sink. The sink

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

449

and its drain in the un-classified (first) change rooms may be kept clean all the time. The specially

designed drain shall be periodically monitored to avoid presence of pathogenic micro-organisms.

Change room doors shall not be opened simultaneously. An appropriate inter-locking system and a

visual and/or audible warning system may be installed to prevent the opening of more than one door at a

time.

2.7. For communication between aseptic areas and non-aseptic areas, intercom

telephones or speak-phones shall be used. These shall be minimum in number.

2.8 Material transfer between aseptic areas and outside shall be through suitable airlocks or

pass-boxes. Doors of such airlocks and pass-boxes shall have suitable interlocking arrangements.

2.9. Personal welfare areas like rest rooms, tea room, canteen and toilets shall be outside

and separated from the sterile product manufacturing area.

2.10 Animal houses shall be away from the sterile product manufacturing area and shall not

share a common entrance or air handling system with the manufacturing area.

3. Air Handling System (Central Air-Conditioning):

3.1 Air Handling Units for sterile product manufacturing areas shall be different from

those for other areas. Critical areas, such as the aseptic filling area, sterilized components

unloading area and change room conforming to Grades B, C and D respectively shall have separate air

handling units. The filter configuration in the air handling system shall be suitably designed to achieve

the Grade of air as given in Table1. Typical operational activities for clean areas are highlighted in

Table II and Table III.

3.2 For products which are filled aseptically, the filling room shall meet Grade B conditions

at rest unmanned. This condition shall also be obtained within a period of about 30 minutes of the

personnel leaving the room after completion of operations.

3.3. The filling operations shall take place under Grade A conditions which shall be

demonstrated under working of simulated conditions which shall be achieved by providing laminar air

flow work stations with suitable HEPA filters or isolator technology.

3.4. For products, which are terminally sterilized, the filling room shall meet Grade C

conditions at rest. This condition shall be obtainable within a period of about 30 minutes of the

personnel leaving the room after completion of operations.

3.5. Manufacturing and component preparation areas shall meet Grade C

conditions.

3.6. After completion of preparation, washed components and vessels shall be protected

with

1

[Grade D background and should be handled in such a way that they are not recontaminated].

3.7. The minimum air changes for Grade B and Grade C areas shall not be less than 20

air changes per hour in a room with good air flow pattern and appropriate HEPA filters. For Grade A

laminar air flow work stations, the air flow rate shall be 0.3 meter per second ± 20% (for vertical flows)

and 0.45 meter per second ± 20% (for horizontal flows).

3.8. Differential pressure between areas of different environmental standards shall be at

least 15 Pascal (0.06 inches or 1.5 mm water gauge). Suitable manometers or gauges shall be

installed to measure and verify pressure differential.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

450

3.9 The final change room shall have the same class of air as specified for the

aseptic area. The pressure differentials in the change rooms shall be in the descending order

from ‗white‘ to ‗black‘.

3.10 Unless there are product specific requirements, temperature and humidity in

the aseptic areas

1

[shall be 27 ± 2 degree centigrade and relative humidity 55% ± 5,

respectively].

1

[TABLE I

AIR BORNE PARTICULATE CLASSIFICATION FOR MANUFACTURE

OF STERILE PRODUCTS

Grade Maximum number of permitted particles per cubic metre equal t to or above

At rest (b) In operation (a)

A 3500 0 3500 0

B (a) 3500 0 3,50,000 2,000

D (a) 35,00,000 20,000 Not defined (c) Not defined (c)]

Notes :

(a) In order to reach the B, C and D air grades, the number of air changes shall be

related to the size of the room and the equipment and personnel present in the

room. The air system shall be provided with the appropriate filters such as HEPA

for Grades A, B and C. The maximum permitted number of particles in the ―at rest‖

condition shall approximately be as under:

1

[Grade A and B corresponds with class 100 or M 3.5 or class 5]; Grade C with Class

10,000 or M 5.5 or ISO Class 7; Grade D with Class 1,00,000 or M 6.5 or ISO Class 8.

(b) The requirement and limit for the area shall depend on the nature of the operation carried

out.

(c) Type of operations to be carried out in the various grades are given in Table II and Table

III as under:

TABLE II

TYPES OF OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE VARIOUS

GRADES FOR ASEPTIC PREPARATIONS

Grade Types of operations for aseptic preparations

A Aseptic preparation and filling

B Background room conditions for activities requiring Grade A

C Preparation of solution to be filtered

D Handling of components after washing

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

451

TABLE III

TYPES OF OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE VARIOUS

GRADES FOR TERMINALLY STERILIZED PRODUCTS

Grade Types of operations for terminally sterilized products.

A Filling of products, which are usually at risk.

C Placement of filling and sealing machines, preparation of solutions when

1

[unusually at

risk]. Filling of product when unusually at risk.

D Moulding, blowing (pre-forming) operations of plastic containers, preparations of

solutions and components for subsequent filling.

4. Environmental Monitoring:

4.1 All environmental parameters listed under para 3.1 to 3.10 shall be verified and

established at the time of installation and thereafter monitored at periodic intervals. The

recommended frequencies of periodic monitoring shall be as follows :-

(a) Particulate monitoring in air – 6 Monthly.

(b) HEPA filter integrity testing (smoke testing) – Yearly

(c) Air change rates – 6 Monthly.

(d) Air pressure differentials – Daily.

(e) Temperature and humidity – Daily

(f) Microbiological monitoring by settle plates and/or swabs in aseptic areas–

Daily, and at decreased frequency in other areas.

`Note: The above frequencies of monitoring shall be changed as per the

requirements and load in individual cases.

4.2 There shall be a written environmental monitoring program and

microbiological results shall be recorded. Recommended limits for microbiological

monitoring of clean areas ―in operation‖ are as given in the table below:

TABLE

RECOMMENDED LIMITS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL MONITORING OF CLEAN

AREAS ― IN OPERATION‖

Grade Air sample

Cfu/m

2

Settle plates (dia. 90mm.

Cfu/2 hrs.

Contact plates

(dia. 55mm) cfu per

plate

Glove points

(five fingers) cfu

per glove

A < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1

B 10 5 5 5

C 100 50 25 --

D 500 100 50 --

Notes:

(a) These are average values.

(b) Individual settle plates may be exposed for not less than two hours in Grade B,

C and D areas and for not less than thirty minutes in Grade A area.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

452

4.3 Appropriate action shall be taken immediately if the result of particulate and

microbiological monitoring indicates that the counts exceed the limits. The Standard

Operating Procedures shall contain corrective action. After major engineering modification to

the HVAC system of any area, all monitoring shall be re-performed before production

commences.

5. Garments.

5.1 This section covers garments required for use by personnel working only in

aseptic area. Outdoor clothing shall not be brought into the sterile areas.

5,2 The garments shall be made of non-shedding and tight weave material.

Cotton garments shall not be used. The garments shall shed virtually no fibres or particulate

matter.

5.3 The clothing and its quality shall be adopted to the process and the work

place and worn in such a way as to protect the product from contamination. Garments shall be

single piece with fastenings at cuffs, neck and at legs to ensure close fit. Trouser legs shall be

tucked inside the cover boots. Suitable design of garments shall either include a hood (head-

cover) or a separate hood which can be tucked inside the over-all. Pockets, pleats and belts

shall be avoided in garments. Zips (if any) shall be of plastic material. Garments with

damaged zips shall not be used.

5.4. Only clean, sterilized and protective garments shall be used at each work

session where aseptic filtration and filling operations are undertaken and at each work shift

for products intended to be sterilized, post-filling. The mask and gloves shall be changed at

every work session in both instances.

5.5 Gloves shall be made of latex or other suitable plastic materials and shall be

powder-free. These shall be long enough to cover wrists completely and allow the over-all

cuff to be tucked in.

5.6. The footwear shall be of suitable plastic or rubber material and shall be daily

cleaned with a bactericide.

5.7. Safety goggles or numbered glasses with side extension shall be used inside

aseptic areas. These shall be sanitized by a suitable method.

5.8. Garment changing procedures shall be documented and operators trained in

this respect. A full size mirror shall be provided in the final change room for the operator to

verify that he is appropriately attired in the garments. Periodic inspection of the garments

shall be done by responsible staff.

6. Sanitation:

6.1. There shall be written procedures for the sanitation of sterile processing

facilities. Employees carrying out sanitation of aseptic areas shall be trained specifically for

this purpose.

6.2. Different sanitizing agent shall be used in rotation and the concentrations of

the same shall be as per the recommendations of the manufacturer. Records of rotational use

of sanitizing agents shall be maintained.

6.3. Distilled water freshly collected directly from the distilled water plant or

water maintained above 70 degree centigrade from the re-circulation loop shall be used for

dilution of disinfectants. Alternatively, distilled water sterilized by autoclaving or membrane

filtration shall be used. The dilution shall be carried out in the ‗white‘ change room.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

453

6.4.

1

[Where alcohol or isopropyl alcohol is used for dilution of disinfectants for

use as hand sprays, the preparation of the same shall be done in the bulk preparation area in

grade C.]

6.5. Diluted disinfectants shall bear the label ‗use before‘, based on

microbiological establishment of the germicidal properties. The solutions shall be adequately

labelled and documents maintained.

6.6. Formaldehyde or any other equally effective fumigant is recommended for

the fumigation of aseptic areas or after major civil modifications. There shall be Standard

Operating Procedures for this purpose. Its use for routine purpose shall be discouraged and an

equally effective surface cleaning regime shall be followed.

6.7. Cleaning of sterile processing facilities shall be undertaken with air suction

devices or with non-linting sponges or clothes.

6.8. Air particulate quality shall be evaluated on a regular basis and record

maintained.

7. Equipment:

7.1 The special equipment required for manufacturing sterile products includes

component washing machines, steam sterilizers, dry heat sterilizers, membrane filter

assemblies, manufacturing vessels, blenders, liquid filling machines, powder filling machines,

sealing and labelling machines, vacuum testing chambers, inspection machines, lyophilisers,

pressure vessels etc. Suitable and fully integrated washing sterilizing filling lines may be

provided, depending upon the type and volume of activity.

7.2. Unit-sterilizers shall be double-ended with suitable inter-locking

arrangements between the doors. The effectiveness of the sterilization process shall be

established initially by biological inactivation studies using microbial spore indicators and

then at least once a year by carrying out thermal mapping of the chamber. Various

sterilization parameters shall be established based on these studies and documented. For

membrane filters used for filtration, appropriate filter integrity tests that ensure sterilization

shall be carried out before and after filtration.

7.3. Filling machines shall be challenged initially and then at periodic intervals by

simulation trials including sterile media fill. Standard Operating Procedures and acceptance

criteria for media fills shall be established, justified and documented. Special simulation trial

procedures shall be developed, validt. and documented for special products like ophthalmic

ointments.

7.4. The construction material used for the parts which are in direct contact with

products and the manufacturing vessels may be stainless steel 316 or Boro-silicate glass (if

glass containers) and the tubing shall be capable of being washed and autoclaved.

7.5 On procurement, installation qualification of each of the equipment shall be done

by engineers with the support of production and quality assurance personnel. Equipment for

critical processes like aseptic filling and sterilizers shall be suitably validt. according to a

written program before putting them to use.

7.6. Standard Operating Procedures shall be available for each equipment for its

calibration and operation and cleaning. Gauges and other measuring devices attached to

equipment shall be calibrated at suitable intervals against a written program. Calibration

status of equipment gauges shall be adequately documented and displayed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

454

8. Water and Steam Systems:

8.1. Potable water meeting microbiological specification of not more than 500

cfu/ml and indicating absence of individual pathogenic micro-organisms. Escherichia coli,

Salmonella, Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa per 100 ml sample shall be

used for the preparation of purified water.

8.2 Purified water prepared by de-mineralization shall meet the microbiological

specification of not more than 100 cfu per ml and indicate absence of pathogenic micro-

organisms in 100 ml. Purified water shall also meet IP specification for chemical quality.

Purified water shall be used for hand washing in change rooms. Containers, closures and

machine parts may be washed with potable water followed by suitably filtered purified water.

Purified water shall be stored in stainless steel tanks or plastic tanks.

8.3. Water for Injection (hereinafter as WFI) shall be prepared from potable water or

purified water meeting the above specifications by distillation. Water for Injection shall meet

microbiological specification of not more than 10 cfu per 100 ml. WFI shall also meet IP

specification for Water for Injection and shall have an endotoxin level of not more than

0.25 EU/Ml. Bulk solutions of liquid parenterals shall be made in WFI. Final rinse of product

containers and machine parts shall be done with WFI. Disinfectant solutions for use in aseptic

areas shall be prepared in WFI.

8.4. Water for Injection for the manufacture of liquid injectables shall be freshly

collected from the distillation plant or from a storage or circulation loop where the water has

been kept at above 70 degree centigrade. At the point of collection, water may be cooled

using suitable heat exchanger.

8.5 Water for non-injectable sterile products like eye drops shall meet IP

specifications for purified water. In addition, microbiologial specification of not more than 10

cfu per 100 ml and absence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Enterobacter coli in 100 ml

shall also be met.

8.6. Water for Injection shall be stored in steam jacketed stainless steel tanks of

suitable size and the tanks shall have hydrophobic bacterial retention with 0.22 μ vent filters.

The filters shall be suitably sterilized at periodic intervals. The distribution lines for purified

water and distilled water shall be of stainless steel 316 construction and shall not shed

particles.

8.7. There shall be a written procedure and program for the sanitation of different

water systems including storage tanks, distribution lines, pumps and other related equipment.

Records of sanitation shall be maintained.

8.8. There shall be written microbiological monitoring program for different types of

water. The results shall justify the frequency of sampling and testing. Investigation shall be

carried out and corrective action taken in case of deviation from prescribed limits.

1

[8.9 Steam coming in contact with the product, primary containers and other

product contact surfaces shall be sterile and pyrogen free.]

9. Manufacturing Process:

9.1. Manufacture of sterile products shall be carried out only in areas under

defined conditions.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

455

9.2. Bulk raw materials shall be monitored for bio-burden periodically. Bio-

burden of bulk solution prior to membrane filtration shall be monitored periodically and a

limit of not more than 100 cfu per ml is recommended.

9.3 The time between the start of the preparation of the solution and its

sterilization or filtration through a micro-organism retaining filter shall be minimized. There

shall be a set maximum permissible time for each product that takes into account its

composition and method of storage mentioned in the Master formula record.

9.4. Gases coming in contact with the sterile product shall be filtered through two

0.22 μ hydrophobic filters connected in-series. These filters shall be tested for integrity. Gas

cylinders shall not be taken inside aseptic areas.

9.5. Washed containers shall be sterilized immediately before use. Sterilized

containers, if not used within an established time, shall be rinsed with distilled or filtered

purified water and re-sterilized.

9.6. Each lot of finished product shall be filled in one continuous operation. In

each case, where one batch is filled in using more than one operation, each lot shall be tested

separately for sterility and held separately till sterility test results are known.

9.7. Special care shall be exercised while filling products in powder form so as not

to contaminate the environment during transfer of powder to filling machine-hopper.

10. Form-Fill-Seal Technology or Blow, Fill-Seal Technology:

10.1 Form-Fill-Seal units are specially built automated machines in which through

one continuous operation, containers are formed from thermoplastic granules, filled and then

sealed. Blow, fill-seal units are machines in which containers are moulded / blown (pre-

formed) in separate clean rooms, by non-continuous operations.

Note:

(i) These shall be installed in at least Grade C environment.

(ii) These shall comply with the limits as recommended in Table at Item 4.2.

10.2. Form-Fill-Seal/Blow, Fill-Seal machines used for the manufacture of

products for terminal sterilization shall be installed in at least Grade C environment and the

filling zone within the machine shall fulfil Grade A requirements.

10.3. Terminally sterilized products.–

10.3.1. Preparation of primary packaging material such as glass bottles, ampoules

and rubber stoppers shall be done in at least Grade D environment. Where there is unusual

risk to the product from microbial contamination, the above operation shall be done in Grade

C environment. All the processes used for component preparation shall be validt..

10.3.2. Filling of products requiring terminal sterilization shall be done under Grade

A environment with a Grade C background.

10.4 Preparation of solutions, which are to be sterilized by filtration, shall be done in

Grade C environment, and if not to be filtered, the preparation of materials and products shall

be in a Grade A environment with Grade B in background.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

456

10.5 Filtration (Membrane).-

(i) Solutions for Large Volume Parenterals shall be filtered through a non-fibre releasing,

sterilizing grade cartridge/membrane filter of nominal pore size of 0.22 μ for aseptic

filling whereas 0.45 μ porosity shall be used for terminally sterilized products.

(ii) A second filtration using another 0.22 μ sterilizing grade cartridge / membrane filter

shall be performed immediately prior to filling. Process specifications shall indicate

the maximum time during which a filtration system may be used with a view to

precluding microbial build-up to levels that may affect the microbiological quality of

the Large Volume Parenterals.

(iii) The integrity of the sterilized filter shall be verified and confirmed immediately after

use by an appropriate method such as Bubble Point, Diffusive Flow or Pressure Hold

Test.

10.6 Sterilization (Autoclaving).–

10.6.1. Before any sterilization process is adopted, its suitability for the product and

its efficacy in achieving the desired sterilizing conditions in all parts of each type of load

pattern to be processed, shall be demonstrated by physical measurements and by biological

indicators, where appropriate.

10.6.2 All the sterilization process shall be appropriately validt.. The validity of the

process shall be verified at regular intervals, but at least annually. Whenever significant

modifications have been made to the equipment and product, records shall be maintained

thereof.

10.6.3 The sterilizer shall be double ended to prevent mix-ups.

10.6.4 Periodic bio-burden monitoring of products before terminal sterilization shall

be carried out and controlled to limits specified for the product in the Master Formula.

10.6.5 The use of biological indicators shall be considered as an additional method

of monitoring the sterilization. These shall be stored and used according to the manufacturer‘s

instructions. Their quality shall be checked by positive controls. If biological indicators used,

strict precautions shall be taken to avoid transferring microbial contamination from them.

10.6.6 There shall be clear means of differentiating ‗ sterilized‘ and ‗un-sterilized‘

products. Each basket, tray or other carrier of products or components shall be clearly labelled

with the name of the material, its batch number, and sterilization status. Indicators shall be

used, where appropriate, to indicate whether a batch (or sub-batch) has passed through the

sterilization process.

10.6.7 Sterilization records shall be available for each sterilization-run and may also

include thermographs and sterilization monitoring strips. They shall be maintained as part of

the batch release procedure.

10.7. Sterilization (By dry heat).–

10.7.1 Each heat sterilization cycle shall be recorded on a time/temperature chart

of a suitable size by appropriate equipment of the required accuracy and precision. The

position of temperature probes used for controlling and/or recording shall be determined

during the validation and, where applicable, shall also be checked against a second

independent temperature probe located in the same position. The chart shall form a part of the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

457

batch record. Container mapping may also be carried out in the case of Large Volume

Parenterals.

10.7.2 Chemical or biological indicators may also be used, but shall not take the place

of physical validation.

10.7.3. Sufficient time shall be allowed for the load to reach the required

temperature before measurement of sterilization time commences. This time shall be

separately determined for each type of load to be processed.

10.7.4. After the high temperature phase of a heat sterilization cycle, precautions

shall be taken against contamination of sterilized load during cooling. Any cooling fluid or

gas in contact with the product shall be sterilized unless it can be shown that any leaking

container would not be approved for use. Air inlet and outlets shall be provided with bacterial

retaining filters.

10.7.5. The process used for sterilization by dry heat shall include air-circulation

within the chamber and the maintenance of a positive pressure to prevent the entry of non-

sterile air. Air inlets and outlets should be provided with micro-organism retaining filters.

Where this process of sterilization by dry heat is also intended to remove pyrogens, challenge

tests using endotoxins would be required as part of the validation process.

10.8. Sterilization (By Moist Heat).-

10.8.1 Both the temperature and pressure shall be used to monitor the process.

Control instrumentation shall normally be independent of monitoring instrumentation and

recording charts. Where automated control and monitoring systems are used for these

applications, these shall be validt. to ensure that critical process requirements are met. System

and cycle faults shall be registered by the system and observed by the operator. The reading

of the independent temperature indicator shall be routinely checked against the chart-recorder

during the sterilization period. For sterilizers fitted with a drain at the bottom of the chamber,

it may also be necessary to record the temperature at this position throughout the sterilization

period. There shall be frequent leak tests done on the chamber during the vacuum phase of the

cycle.

10.8.2 The items to be sterilized, other than products in sealed containers, shall be

wrapped in a material which allows removal of air and penetration of steam but which

prevents re-contamination after sterilization. All parts of the load shall be in contact with the

sterilizing agent at the required temperature for the required time.

10.8.3. No Large Volume Parenteral shall be subjected to steam sterilization cycle

until it has been filled and sealed.

10.8.4 Care shall be taken to ensure that the steam used for sterilization is of a

suitable quality and does not contain additives at a level which could cause contamination of

the product or equipment.

10.9. Completion/finalisation of sterile products–

10.9.1. All unit operations and processes in the manufacture of a batch shall have a

minimum time specified and the shortest validt. time shall be used from the start of a batch to

its ultimate release for distribution.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

458

10.9.2. Containers shall be closed by appropriately validt. methods. Containers

closed by fusion e.g. glass or plastic ampoules shall be subjected to 100% integrity testing.

Samples of other containers shall be checked for integrity according to appropriate

procedures.

10.9.3 Containers sealed under vacuum shall be tested for required vacuum

conditions.

10.9.4 Filled containers of parenteral products shall be inspected individually for

extraneous contamination or other defects. When inspection is done visually, it shall be done

under suitably controlled conditions of illumination and background. Operators doing the

inspection shall pass regular eye-sight checks with spectacles, if worn, and be allowed

frequent rest from inspection. Where other methods of inspection are used, the process shall

be validt. and the performance of the equipment checked at suitable intervals. Results shall be

recorded.

11. Product Containers and Closures. –

11.1 All containers and closures intended for use shall comply with the

pharmacopoeial and other specified requirements. Suitable samples sizes, specifications, test

methods, cleaning procedures and sterilization procedures, shall be used to assure that

containers, closures and other component parts of drug packages are suitable and are not

reactive, additive, adsorptive or leachable or presents the risk of toxicity to an extent that

significantly affects the quality or purity of the drug. No second hand or used containers and

closures shall be used.

11.2 Plastic granules shall also comply with the pharmacopoeial requirements

including physio-chemical and biological tests.

11.3. All containers and closures shall be rinsed prior to sterilization with Water for

Injection according to written procedure.

11.4. The design of closures, containers and stoppers shall be such as to make

cleaning, easy and also to make airtight seal when fitted to the bottles.

11.5 It shall be ensured that containers and closures chosen for a particular

product are such that when coming into contact they are not absorbed into the product and

they do not affect the product adversely. The closures and stoppers should be of such quality

substances as not to affect the quality of the product and avoid the risk of toxicity.

11.6. Whenever glass bottles are used, the written schedule of cleaning shall be laid

down and followed. Where bottles are not dried after washing, these shall be finally

rinsed with distilled water or pyrogen free water, as the case may be, according to written

procedure.

11.7. Individual containers of parenteral preparations, ophthalmic preparations shall

be examined against black/white background fitted with diffused light after filling so as to

ensure freedom from foreign matters.

11.8 Glass Bottles. –

11.8.1 Shape and design of the glass bottle shall be rational and standardized.

Glass bottles made of USP Type-I and USP Type-II glass shall only be used. Glass bottles

shall not be reused. Before use, USP Type-II bottles shall be validt. for the absence of

particulate matter generated over a period of the shelf -life of the product and shall be

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

459

regularly monitored after the production, following statistical sampling methods. USP Type-

III glass containers may be used for non-parenteral sterile products such as Otic Solutions.

11.9. Plastic Containers. –

11.9.1 Pre-formed plastic containers intended to be used for packing of Large

Volume Parenteral shall be moulded in-house by one-continuous operation through an

automatic machine.

11.9.2. Blowing, filling and sealing (plugging) operation shall be conducted in

room(s) conforming to requirements as mentioned in Table III of Item 3.10. Entry to the area

where such operations are undertaken, shall be through a series of airlocks. Blowers shall

have an air supply which is filtered through 0.22μ filters. Removal of runners and plugging

operations shall be conducted under a laminar airflow workstation.

11.10 Rubber Stoppers. –

11.10.1 The rubber stoppers used for Large Volume Parenterals shall comply with

specifications prescribed in the current edition of the Indian Pharmacopoeia.

12. Documentation:

12.1 The manufacturing records relating to manufacture of sterile products shall

indicate the following details:-

(1) Serial number of the Batch Manufacturing Record.

(2) Name of the product

(3) Reference to Master Formula Record.

(4) Batch/Lot number

(5) Batch/Lot size.

(6) Date of commencement of manufacture and date of completion of manufacture.

(7) Date of manufacture and assigned date of expiry.

(8) Date of each step in manufacturing.

(9) Names of all ingredients with the grade given by the quality control department.

(10) Quality of all ingredients.

(11) Control reference numbers for all ingredients.

(12) Time and duration of blending, mixing, etc. whenever applicable.

(13) pH of solution whenever applicable.

(14) Filter integrity testing records

(15) Temperature and humidity records whenever applicable

(16) Records of plate-counts whenever applicable.

(17) Results of pyrogen and/or bacterial endotoxin & toxicity.

(18) Records of weight or volume of drug filled in containers.

(19) Bulk sterility in case of aseptically filled products.

(20) Leak test records.

(21) Inspection records.

(22) Sterilization records including autoclave leakage test records, load details, date,

duration, temperature, pressure, etc.

(23) Container washing records.

(24) Total number of containers filled.

(25) Total numbers of containers rejected at each stage

(26) Theoretical yield, permissible yield, actual yield and variation thereof.

(27) Clarification for variation in yield beyond permissible yield.

(28) Reference numbers of relevant analytical reports.

(29) Details of reprocessing, if any.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

460

(30) Name of all operators carrying out different activities.

(31) Environmental monitoring records.

(32) Specimens of printed packaging materials.

(33) Records of destruction of rejected containers and printed packaging materials.

(34) Signature of competent technical staff responsible for manufacture and testing.

Note: (1) Products shall be released only after complete filling and testing.

(2) Result of the tests relating to sterility, pyrogens, and Bacterial

endotoxins shall be maintained in the analytical records.

(3) Validation details and simulation trial records shall be maintained

separately,

(4) Records of environmental monitoring like temperature, humidity,

microbilogical data, etc. shall be maintained. Records of periodic

servicing of HEPA filters, sterilizers and other periodic maintenance

of facilities and equipment carried out also be maintained.

(5) Separate facilities shall be provided for filling-cum-sealing of Small

Volume Injectables and Large Volume Parenterals.

(6) It is advisable to provide separate facilities for manufacture of

Large Volume Parenterals in glass containers and / or plastic

containers.

(7) For manufacture of Large Volume Parenterals in plastic containers,

it is advisable to instal automatic (with all operations) Form–Fill-

Seal machines having one continuous operation.

PART IB

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF ORAL SOLID DOSAGE

FORMS (TABLETS AND CAPSULES)

Note: - The General Requirements as given in Part 1 of this Schedule relating to

requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices for Premises and materials for

pharmaceutical products shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of oral

Solid Dosage Forms (Tablets and Capsules). In addition to these requirements, the following

Specific Requirement shall also be followed, namely :-

1. General:

1.1 The processing of dry materials and products creates problems of dust control

and cross-contamination. Special attention is therefore, needed in the design, maintenance

and use of premises and equipment in order to overcome these problems. Wherever

required, enclosed dust control manufacturing systems shall be employed.

1.2. Suitable environmental conditions for the products handled shall be

maintained by installation of air-conditioning wherever necessary. Effective air-extraction

systems, with discharge points situated to avoid contamination of other products and

processes shall be provided. Filters shall be installed to retain dust and protect the factory and

local environment.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

461

1.3. Special care shall be taken to protect against subsequent contamination of the

product by particles of metal or wood. The use of metal detector is recommended.

Wooden equipment should be avoided. Screens, sieves, punches and dies shall be examined

for wear and tear or for breakage before and after each use.

1.4. All ingredients for a dry product shall be sifted before use unless the

quality of the input material can be assured. Such sifting shall normally be carried out at

dedicated areas.

1.5.

1

[Where the facilities are designed to provide special environmental

conditions of pressure differentials between rooms, these conditions shall be regularly

monitored and any deviation shall be brought to the immediate attention of the production

and quality assurance departments].

1.6. Care shall be taken to guard against any material lodging and remaining

undetected in any processing or packaging equipment. Particular care shall be taken to ensure

that any vacuum, compressed air or air-extraction nozzles are kept clean and that there is no

evidence of lubricants leaking into the product from any part of the equipments.

2. Sifting, Mixing and Granulation:

2.1. Unless operated as a closed system, mixing, sifting and blending equipments

shall be fitted with dust extractors

1

[or in a dedicated area for each operation].

2.2. Residues from sieving operations shall be examined periodically for evidence of

the presence of unwanted materials.

2.3. Critical operating parameters like time and temperature for each mixing,

blending and drying operation shall be specified in a Master Formula, monitored during

processing, and recorded in the batch records.

2.4. Filter bags fitted to fluid-bed dryer shall not be used for different products,

without being washed in-between use. With certain highly potent or sensitizing products, bags

specific to one product only shall be used. Air entering the dryer shall be filtered. Steps shall

be taken to prevent contamination of the site and local environment by dust in the air leaving

the dryer due to close positioning of the air-inlets and exhaust.

2.5. Granulation and coating solutions shall be made, stored and used in a manner

which minimizes the risk of contamination or microbial growth.

3. Compressions (Tablets):

3.1. Each tablet compressing machine shall be provided with effective dust control

facilities to avoid cross-contamination. Unless the same product is being made on each

machine, or unless the compression machine itself provides its own enclosed air controlled

environment, the machine shall be installed in separate cubicles.

3.2. Suitable physical, procedural and labelling arrangements shall be made to

prevent mix up of materials, granules and tablets on compression machinery.

3.3. Accurate and calibrated weighing equipment shall be readily available and

used for in-process monitoring of tablet weight variation. Procedures used shall be capable of

detecting out-of-limits tablets.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

462

3.4. At the commencement of each compression run and in case of multiple

compression points in a compression machine, sufficient individual tablets shall be examined

at fixed intervals to ensure that a tablet from each compression station or from each

compression point has been inspected for suitable pharmacopoeial parameters like

‗appearance‘, ‗weight variation‘, ‗disintegration‘, ‗hardness‘, ‗friability‘ and ‗thickness‘. The

results shall be recorded as part of the batch documentation.

3.5. Tablets shall be de-dusted, preferably by automatic device and shall be

monitored for the presence of foreign materials besides any other defects.

3.6. Tablets shall be collected into clean, labelled containers.

3.7. Rejected or discarded tablets shall be isolated in identified containers and their

quantity recorded in the Batch Manufacturing Record.

3.8 In-process control shall be employed to ensure that the products remain within

specification. During compression, samples of tablets shall be taken at regular intervals of not

greater than 30 minutes to ensure that they are being produced in compliance with specified

in-process specification. The tablets shall also be periodically checked for additional

parameters such as ‗appearance‘, ‗weight variation‘, ‗disintegration‘, ‗hardness‘, ‗friability‘

and ‗thickness‘ and contamination by lubricating oil.

4. Coating (Tablets):

4.1. Air supplied to coating pans for drying purposes shall be filtered air and of

suitable quality. The area shall be provided with suitable exhaust system and environmental

control (temperature, humidity) measures.

4.2 Coating solutions and suspensions shall be made afresh and used in a manner,

which shall minimize the risk of microbial growth. Their preparation and use shall be

documented and recorded.

5. Filling of Hard Gelatin Capsule:

Empty capsules shells shall be regarded as ‗drug component‘ and treated accordingly.

They shall be stored under conditions which shall ensure their safety from the effects of

excessive heat and moisture.

6. Printing (Tablets and Capsules)

6.1. Special care shall be taken to avoid product mix-up during any printing of

tablets and capsules. Where different products, or different batches of the same product, are

printed simultaneously, the operations shall adequately be segregated. Edible grade colours

and suitable printing ink shall be used for such printing.

6.2. After printing, tablets and capsules shall be approved by Quality Control

before release for packaging or sale.

7. Packaging (Strip and Blister):

7.1. Care shall be taken when using automatic tablet and capsule counting, strip and

blister packaging equipment to ensure that all ‗rogue‘ tablets, capsules or foils from

packaging operation are removed before a new packaging operation is commenced. There

shall be an independent recorded check of the equipment before a new batch of tablets or

capsules is handled.

7.2. Uncoated tablets shall be packed on equipment designed to minimize the risk of

cross-contamination. Such packaging shall be carried out in an isolated area when potent

tablets or Beta-Iactum containing tablets are being packed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

463

7.3. The strips coming out of the machine shall be inspected for defects such as

misprint, cuts on the foil, missing tablets and improper sealing.

7.4. Integrity of individual packaging strips and blisters shall be subjected to

vacuum test periodically to ensure leak proofness of each pocket strip and blister and records

maintained.

PART IC

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF ORAL LIQUIDS

(SYRUPS, ELIXIRS, EMULSIONS AND SUSPENSIONS)

Note: The General Requirements as given in Part I of this Schedule relating to

Requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices for Premises and Materials for

pharmaceutical products shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of

(Syrups, Elixirs, Emulsions and Suspensions). In addition to these requirements, the following

Specific Requirements shall also be followed, namely:-

1. Building and Equipment:.

1.1. The premises and equipment shall be designed, constructed and maintained to

suit the manufacturing of Oral Liquids. The layout and design of the manufacturing area shall

strive to minimize the risk of cross-contamination and mix-ups.

1.2. Manufacturing area shall have entry through double door airlock facility. It

shall be made fly proof by use of ‗fly catcher‘ and/or ‗air curtain‘.

1.3. Drainage shall be of adequate size and have adequate traps, without open

channels and the design shall be such as to prevent back flow. Drains shall be shallow to

facilitate cleaning and disinfecting.

1.4. The production area shall be cleaned and sanitized at the end of every

production process.

1.5. Tanks, containers, pipe work and pumps shall be designed and installed so

that they can be easily cleaned and sanitized. Equipment design shall be such as to prevent

accumulation of residual microbial growth or cross-contamination.

1.6. Stainless steel or any other appropriate material shall be used for parts of

equipments coming in direct contact with the products. The use of glass apparatus shall be

minimum.

1.7. Arrangements for cleaning of containers, closures and droppers shall be made

with the help of suitable machines/devices equipped with the high pressure air, water and

steam jets.

1.8. The furniture used shall be smooth, washable and made of stainless steel

1

[or

any other appropriate material which is scratch proof, washable and smooth].

2. Purified Water.

2.1. The chemical and microbiological quality of purified water used shall be

specified and monitored routinely. The microbiological evaluation shall include testing for

absence of pathogens and shall not exceed 100 cfu/ml (as per Appendix 12.5 of IP 1996.)

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

464

2.2. There shall be a written procedure for operation and maintenance of the

purified water system. Care shall be taken to avoid the risk of microbial proliferation with

appropriate methods like re-circulation, use of UV treatment, treatment with heat and

sanitizing agent. After any chemical sanitisation of the water system, a flushing shall be done

to ensure that the sanitizing agent has been effectively removed.

3. Manufacturing:

3.1.

1

[Manufacturing personnel shall wear wherever required, non-fiber shedding

clothing to prevent contamination of the products].

3.2. Materials likely to shed fibre like gunny bags, or wooden pallets shall not be

carried into the area where products or cleaned-containers are exposed.

3.3. Care shall be taken to maintain the homogenecity of emulsion by use of

appropriate emulsifier and suspensions by use of appropriate stirrer during filling. Mixing and

filling processes shall be specified and monitored. Special care shall be taken at the beginning

of the filling process, after stoppage due to any interruption and at the end of the process to

ensure that the product is uniformly homogenous during the filling process.

3.4. The primary packaging area shall have an air supply which is filtered through

5 micron filters. The temperature of the area shall not exceed 30 degrees centigrade.

3.5. When the bulk product is not immediately packed, the maximum period of

storage and storage conditions shall be specified in the Master Formula. The maximum period

of storage time of a product in the bulk stage shall be validt..

PART ID

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF TOPICAL PRODUCTS ,

i.e. EXTERNAL PREPARATIONS (CREAMS, OINTMENTS, PASTES,

EMULSIONS, LOTIONS, SOLUTIONS, DUSTING POWDERS AND IDENTICAL

PRODUCTS)

Note: The General Requirements as given in Part I of this Schedule relating to

Requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices for Premises and Materials for

pharmaceutical products shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of

Topical Products i.e. External preparations (Creams, Ointments, Pastes, Emulsions, Lotions,

Solutions, Dusting powders and identical products used for external applications). In

addition to these requirements, the following Specific Requirements shall also be followed,

namely: -

1. The entrance to the area where topical products are manufactured

shall be through a suitable airlock. Outside the airlock, insectocutors shall be

installed.

2. The air to this manufacturing area shall be filtered through at least 20μ

air filters and shall be air-conditioned.

2

[***].

3. The area shall be fitted with an exhaust system of suitable capacity to

effectively remove vapours, fumes, smoke, floating dust particles.

4. The equipment used shall be designed and maintained to prevent the

product from being accidentally contaminated with any foreign matter or

lubricant.

5.

3

[Suitable cleaning equipment and material] shall be used in the process

of cleaning or drying the process equipment or accessories used.

2. The words ―The air shall be ventilated.‖ omitted by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005, for ― no rags or dusters‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

465

6. Water used in compounding shall be Purified Water IP.

7. Powders, wherever used, shall be suitably sieved before use.

8. Heating vehicles and a base like petroleum jelly shall be done in separate

mixing area in suitable stainless steel vessels, using steam, gas, electricity, solar

energy, etc.

9. A separate packing section may be provided for primary packaging of the

products.

PART 1E

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF

METERED-DOSE-INHALERS (MDI)

Note: The General Requirements as given in Part I of this Schedule relating to

Requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices for Premises and Materials for

pharmaceutical products shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of

Metered-Dose-Inhalers (MDI). In addition to these requirements, the following Specific

Requirements shall also be followed, namely: -

1. General:

Manufacture of Metered-Dose-Inhalers shall be done under conditions which shall

ensure minimum microbial and particulate contamination. Assurance of the quality of

components and the bulk product is very important. Where medicaments are in suspended

state, uniformity of suspension shall be established.

2. Building and Civil Works:

2.1. The building shall be located on a solid foundation to reduce risk of cracking

walls and floor due to the movement of equipment and machinery.

2.2 All building surfaces shall be impervious, smooth and non-shedding.

Flooring shall be continuous and provided with a cove between the floor and the wall as well

as the wall to the ceiling. Ceiling shall be solid, continuous and covered to walls. Light

fittings and air-grills shall be flush with the ceiling. All service lines requiring maintenance

shall be erected in such a manner that these are accessible from outside the production area.

2.3. The manufacturing area shall be segregated into change rooms for personnel,

container preparation area, bulk preparation and filling area, quarantine area and spray testing

and packing areas.

2.4. Secondary change rooms shall be provided for operators to change from

factory clothing to special departmental clothing before entering the manufacturing and filling

area.

2.5. Separate area shall be provided for de-cartoning of components before they

are air washed.

2.6. The propellants used for manufacture shall be delivered to the manufacturing

area distribution system by filtering them through 2μ filters. The bulk containers of

propellants shall be stored, suitably identified, away from the manufacturing facilities.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

466

3. Environmental Conditions:

3.1. Where products or clean components are exposed, the area shall be supplied

with filtered air of Grade C.

3.2. The requirements of temperature and humidity in the manufacturing

area shall be decided depending on the type of product and propellants handled in the

facility. Other support areas shall have comfort levels of temperature and humidity.

3.3. There shall be a difference in room pressure between the manufacturing

area and the support areas and the differential pressure shall be not less than 15 Pascals (0.06

inches or 1.5 mm water gauge).

3.4. There shall be a written schedule for the monitoring of environmental

conditions. Temperature and humidity shall be monitored daily.

4. Garments:

4.1. Personnel in the manufacturing and filling section shall wear suitable single-

piece-garment made out of non-shedding, tight weave material. Personnel in support areas

shall wear clean factory uniforms.

4.2. Gloves made of suitable material having no interaction with the propellants

shall be used by the operators in the manufacturing and filling areas. Preferably, disposable

gloves shall be used.

4.3. Suitable department-specific personnel protective equipment like footwear

and safety glasses shall be used wherever hazard exists.

5. Sanitation:

5.1. There shall be written procedures for the sanitation of the MDI

manufacturing facility. Special care should be taken to handle residues and rinses of

propellants.

5.2. Use of water for cleaning shall be restricted and controlled. Routinely used

disinfectants are suitable for sanitizing the different areas. Records of sanitation shall be

maintained.

6. Equipment:

6.1. Manufacturing equipment shall be of closed system. The vessels and supply

lines shall be of stainless steel.

6.2. Suitable check weights, spray testing machines and labelling machines shall

be provided in the department.

6.3. All the equipment shall be suitably calibrated and their performance validt.

on receipt and thereafter periodically.

7. Manufacture:

7.1. There shall be an approved Master Formula Records for the manufacture of

metered dose inhalers. All propellants, liquids and gases shall be filtered through 2μ filters to

remove particles.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

467

7.2. The primary packing material shall be appropriately cleaned by compressed

air suitably filtered through 0.2μ filter. The humidity of compressed air shall be controlled as

applicable.

7.3. The valves shall be carefully handled and after de-cartoning, these shall be

kept in clean, closed containers in the filling room.

7.4. For suspensions, the bulk shall be kept stirred continuously.

7.5. In-process controls shall include periodical checking of weight of bulk

formulation filled in the containers. In a two-shot-filling process (liquid filling followed by

gaseous filling), it shall be ensured that 100% check on weight is carried out.

7.6. Filled containers shall be quarantined for a suitable period established by the

manufacturer to detect leaking containers prior to testing, labelling and packing.

8. Documentation-

8.1. In addition to the routine good manufacturing practices documentation,

manufacturing records shall show the following additional information:-

(1) Temperature and humidity in the manufacturing area.

(2) Periodic filled weights of the formulation.

(3) Records of rejections during on-line check weighing.

(4) Records of rejection during spray testing.

PART 1F

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF PREMISES, PLANT AND MATERIALS FOR

MANUFACTURE OF ACTIVE PHARMACEUTIAL INGREDIENTS

(BULK DRUGS)

Note: The General Requirements as given in Part I of this Schedule relating to

Requirements of Good Manufacturing Practices for premises and Materials for

pharmaceutical products shall be complied with, mutatis mutandis, for the manufacture of

active pharmaceutical ingredients (Bulk Drugs). In addition to these requirements, the

following Specific Requirements shall also be followed, namely: -

1. Building and Civil Works:

1.1. Apart from the building requirements contained in Part I, General ante, the

active pharmaceutical ingredients facilities for manufacture of hazardous reactions, Beta-

Lactum antibiotics. Steroids and Steroidal Hormones / Cytotoxic substances shall be provided

in confined areas to prevent contamination of the other drugs manufactured.

1.2. The final stage of preparation of a drug, like isolation/filtration/drying/

milling / sieving and packing operations shall be provided with air filtration systems including

pre-filters and finally with a 5 micron filter. Air handling systems with adequate number of air

changes per hour or any other suitable system to control the air borne contamination shall be

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

468

provided. Humidity / Temperature shall also be controlled for all the operations wherever

required.

1.3. Air filtration systems including pre-filters and particulate matter retention air

filters shall be used, where appropriate, for air supplies to production areas. If air is re-

circulated to production areas, measures shall be taken to control re-circulation of floating

dust particles from production. In areas where air contamination occurs during production,

there shall be adequate exhaust system to control contaminants.

1.4. Ancillary area shall be provided for Boiler-house. Utility areas like heat

exchangers, chilling workshop, store and supply of gases shall also be provided.

1.5. For specified preparation like manufacture of sterile products and for certain

antibiotics, sex hormones, cytotoxic and oncology products, separate enclosed areas shall be

designed. The requirements for the sterile active pharmaceutical ingredient shall be in line

with the facilities required for formulation to be filled aseptically.

2. Sterile Products:

Sterile active pharmaceutical ingredient filled aseptically shall be treated as

formulation from the stage wherever the process demands like crystallization, lyophilisation,

filtration etc. All conditions applicable to formulations that are required to be filled aseptically

shall apply mutatis mutandis for the manufacture of sterile active pharmaceutical ingredients

involving stages like filtration, crystallization and lyophilisation.

3. Utilities / Services:

Equipment like chilling plant, boiler, heat exchangers, vacuum and gas storage

vessels shall be serviced, cleaned, sanitized and maintained at appropriate intervals to prevent

mal-functions or contamination that may interfere with safety, identity, strength, quality or

purity of the drug product.

4. Equipment Design, Size and Location:

4.1. Equipment used in the manufacture, processing, packing or holding of an

active pharmaceutical ingredient shall be of appropriate design, adequate size and suitably

located to facilitate operations for its intended use and for its cleaning and maintenance.

4.2. If equipment is used for different intermediates and active pharmaceutical

ingredients, proper cleaning before switching from one product to another becomes

particularly important. If cleaning of a specific type of equipment is difficult, the equipment

may need to be dedicated to a particular intermediate or active pharmaceutical ingredient.

4.3. The choice of cleaning methods, detergents and levels of cleaning shall be

defined and justified. Selection of cleaning agents (e.g. solvents) should depend on :

(a) the suitability of the cleaning agent to remove residues of raw materials;

intermediates, precursors, degradation products and isomers, as appropriate.

(b) whether the cleaning agent leaves a residue itself;

(c) compatibility with equipment construction materials like centrifuge/

filtration, dryer/fluid bed dryer, rotocone proton dryer, vacuum dryer, frit

mill, multi-mill/jet mills/sewetters cut sizing;

(d) test for absence of intermediate or active pharmaceutical ingredient in the

final rinse.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

469

4.4. Written procedures shall be established and followed for cleaning and

maintenance of equipment, including utensils used in the manufacture, processing, packing

or holding of active pharmaceutical ingredients. These procedures shall include but should

not be limited to the following :

(a) assignment of responsibility for cleaning and maintaining equipment;

(b) maintenance and cleaning program schedules, including where appropriate,

sanitizing schedules;

(c) a complete description of the methods and materials used to clean and

maintain equipment, including instructions for de-assembling and re-

assembling each article of equipment to ensure proper cleaning and

maintenance.;

(d) removal or obliteration of previous batch identification;

(e) protection of clean equipment from contamination prior to use;

(f) inspection of equipment for cleanliness immediately before use;

(g) establishing the maximum time that may elapse between completion of

processing and equipment cleaning as well as between cleaning and

equipment reuse.

4.5. Equipment shall be cleaned between successive batches to prevent

contamination and carry-over of degraded material or contaminants unless otherwise

established by validation.

4.6. As processing approaches the final purified active pharmaceutical ingredient,

it is important to ensure that incidental carry over between batches does not have adverse

impact on the established impurity profile. However, this does not generally hold good for

any biological, active pharmaceutical ingredient where many of the processing steps are

accomplished aseptically and where it is necessary to clean and sterilize equipment between

batches.

5. In-Process Controls:

5.1. In-process control for chemical reactions may include the following:

(a) reaction time or reaction completion;

(b) reaction mass appearance, clarity, completeness or pH solutions;

(c) reaction temperature;

(d) concentration of a reactant;

(e) assay or purity of the product;

(f) process completion check by TLC / any other means.

5.2. In-process control for physical operations may include the following:

(a) appearance and colour;

(b) uniformity of the blend;

(c) temperature of a process;

(d) concentration of a solution;

(e) processing rate or time;

(f) particle size analysis;

(i) moisture content.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

470

6. Product Containers and Closures:

6.1. All containers and closures shall comply with the pharmacopoeial or any

other requirement, suitable sampling methods, sample sizes, specifications, test methods,

cleaning procedures and sterilization procedures, when indicated, shall be used to assure that

containers, closures and other component parts of drug packages are suitable and are not

reactive, additive, adsorptive or leachable to an extent that significantly affects the quality or

purity of the drug.

6.2. The drug product container shall be tested or re-examined as appropriate and

approved or rejected and shall be identified and controlled under a quarantine system

designed to prevent their use in manufacturing or processing operations for which these are

unsuitable.

6.3 Container closure system shall provide adequate protection against

foreseeable external factors in storage / transportation and use that may cause deterioration or

contamination of the active pharmaceutical ingredient.

6.4. Bulk containers and closures shall be cleaned and, where indicated by the

nature of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, sterilized to ensure that they are suitable for

their intended use.

6.5. The container shall be conspicuously marked with the name of the product

and the following additional information concerning :

(a) quality and standards, if specified;

(b) manufacturing licence number/drug master file number (whichever

applicable), batch number;

(c) date of manufacture and date of expiry;

(d) method for container disposal (label shall give the methodology, if

required);

(e) storage conditions, if specified and name and address of the manufacturer, if

available.

6.6. Areas for different operation of active pharmaceutical ingredients (bulk

drugs) section shall have appropriate area which may be suitably partitioned for different

operations.

PART II

REQUIREMENTS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

1. External Preparations:

The following equipment is recommended for the manufacture of ‗External

preparations‘ i.e. Ointments, Emulsion, Lotions, Solutions, Pastes, Creams, Dusting powders

and such identical products used for external applications, whichever is applicable, namely :-

(1)

1

[Mixing and storage tanks preferably of stainless steel or any other appropriate

material].

(2)

2

[Stainless steel container] (steam, gas or electrically heated).

(3) Mixer (electrically operated).

(4) Planetary mixer.

(5) A colloid mill or a suitable emulsifier.

(6) A triple roller mill or an ointment mill.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005; for ―mixing and storage tanks (Stainless steel)‖.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005; for ―Jacketted Kettle‖.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

471

(7) Liquid filling equipment (electrically operated).

(8) Jar or tube filling equipment

1

[***]

Area. - (1) A minmum area of thirty square meters for basic installation and ten

square meters for Ancillary area is recommended.

(2) Areas for formulations meant for external use and internal use shall be

separately provided to avoid mix-up.

2

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

2. Oral Liquid Preparations:

The following equipments are recommended for the manufacture of oral/internal use

preparations i.e. Syrups, Elixirs, Emulsions and Suspensions, whichever is applicable,

namely: -

(1)

3

[Mixing and storage tanks preferably of Stainless steel or any other

appropriate material].

(2) Jacketted Kettle / Stainless steel tank (steam, gas or electrically heated).

(3) Portable stirrer (electrically operated).

(4) A colloid mill or suitable emulsifier (electrically operated).

(5) Suitable filtration equipment (electrically operated).

(6) Semi-automatic/automatic bottle filling machine.

(7) Pilfer proof cap sealing machine.

(8) Water distillation unit or deionizer.

(9) Clarity testing inspection units.

Area. - A minimum area of thirty square meters for basic installation and ten square

meters for Ancillary area is recommended.

2

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

3. Tablets:

The Tableting section shall be free from dust and floating particles and may be air-

conditioned. For this purpose, each

4

[tablet compression machine] shall be isolated into

cubicles and connected to a vacuum dust collector or an exhaust system. For effective

operations, the tablet production department shall be divided into four distinct and separate

sections as follows: -

(a) Mixing, Granulation and Drying section.

(b) Tablet compression section.

(c) Packaging section (strip/blister machine wherever required).

(d) Coating section (wherever required).

3.1. The following electrically operated equipments are recommended for the

manufacture of compressed tablets and hypodermic tablets, in each of the above sections,

namely: -

(a) Granulation-cum-Drying section:

(1) Disintegrator and sifter.

(2) Powder mixer.

(3) Mass mixer/Planetary mixer/Rapid mixer granulator.

1. The word ‗electrically operated‘ Omitted by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005.

3 Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005, for ―mixing and storage tanks (Stainless steel)‖.

4. Subs. by G.S.R. 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005, for ‗tablet machine‘.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

472

(4)

1

[Granulator wherever required].

(5) Thermostatically controlled hot air oven with trays (preferably mounted on a

trolley)/Fluid bed dryer.

(6) Weighing machines.

(b) Compression section:

(1) Tablet compression machine, single/multi punch/rotatory.

(2) Punch and dies storage cabinets.

(3) Tablet de-duster

(4) Tablet inspection unit/belt.

(5)

1

[Dissolution test apparatus wherever required].

(6) In-process testing equipment like single pan electronic balance, hardness tester,

friability and disintegration test apparatus.

(7) Air-conditioning and dehumidification arrangement (wherever necessary)

(c) Packaging section:

(1) Strip/blister packaging machine.

(2) Leak test apparatus (vacuum system).

(3) Tablet counters (wherever applicable).

(4) Air-conditioning and dehumidification arrangement (wherever applicable).

Area. – A minimum area of sixty square meters for basic installation and twenty

square meters for Ancillary area is recommended for un-coated tablets.

(d) Coating section:

(1) Jacketted kettle

2

[stainless steel container or any other appropriate material]

(steam, gas or electrically heated for preparing coating suspension).

(2) Coating pan (Stainless steel).

(3) Polishing pan (where applicable).

(4) Exhaust system (including vacuum dust collector).

(5) Air-conditioning and Dehumidification Arrangement.

(6) Weighing balance.

2

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

3.2. The coating section shall be made dust free with suitable exhaust system to

remove excess powder and fumes resulting from solvent evaporation. It shall be air-

conditioned and dehumidified wherever considered necessary.

Area. – A minimum additional area of thirty square meters for coating section for

basic installation and ten square meters for Ancillary area is recommended.

Separate area and equipment for mixing, granulation, drying, tablet compression,

coating and packing shall be provided for Penicillin group of drugs on the lines indicated

above. In case of operations involving dust and floating particles, care shall be exercised to

avoid cross-contamination.

2

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

3.3. The manufacture of Hypodermic tablets shall be conducted under aseptic

conditions in a separate air-conditioned room, the walls of which shall be smooth and

washable. The granulation, tableting and packing shall be done in this room.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

473

3.4. The manufacture of effervescent and soluble

1

[***] tablets shall be carried out in air-

conditioned and dehumidified areas.

4. Powders:

The following equipment is recommended for the manufacture of powders, namely:-

(1) Disintegrator.

(2) Mixer (electrically operated).

(3) Sifter.

(4) Stainless steel vessels and scoops of suitable sizes.

(5) Filling equipment

1

[***].

(6) Weighing balance.

In the case of operation involving floating particles of fine powder, suitable exhaust

system shall be provided. Workers should be provided with suitable masks during operation.

Area. – A minimum area of thirty square meters is recommended to allow for the

basic installations. Where the actual blending is to be done on the premises, an additional

room shall be provided for the purpose.

2

[Note: The requirement for additional room in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

5. Capsules:

For the manufacture of capsules, separate enclosed area suitably air-conditioned and

dehumidified with an airlock arrangement shall be provided. The following equipment is

recommended for filling Hard Gelatin Capsules, namely: -

(1) Mixing and blending equipment (electrically or power driven).

(2) Capsules filling units

1

[***].

(3) Capsules counters (wherever applicable).

(4) Weighing balance.

(5) Disintegration test apparatus.

(6) Capsule polishing equipment.

Separate equipment and, filling and packaging areas shall be provided in penicillin

and non-penicillin sections. In case of operations involving floating particles of fine powder, a

suitable exhaust system shall be provided. Manufacture and filling shall be carried out in air-

conditioned area. The room shall be dehumidified.

Area. –A minimum area of twenty-five square meters for basic installation and ten

square meters for Ancillary area each for penicillin and non-penicillin sections is

recommended.

2

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

6. Surgical Dressing:

The following equipment is recommended for the manufacture of Surgical Dressings

other than Absorbent Cotton Wool, namely:-

(1) Rolling machine.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

474

(2) Trimming machine.

(3) Cutting equipment.

(4) Folding and pressing machine for gauze.

(5) Mixing tanks for processing medicated dressing.

(6) Hot air dry oven.

(7) Steam sterilizer or dry heat sterilizer or other suitable equipment.

(8) Work tables/benches for different operations.

Area. – A minimum area of thirty square meters is recommended to allow for the

basic installations. In case medicated dressings are to be manufactured, another room with a

minimum area of thirty square meters shall be provided.

7. Ophthalmic Preparations:.

For the manufacture of Ophthalmic preparations, separate enclosed areas with airlock

arrangement shall be provided. The following equipment is recommended for the manufacture

under aseptic conditions of Eye-Ointment, Eye-Lotions and other preparations for external

use, namely:-

(1) Thermostatically controlled hot air ovens (preferably double ended).

(2) Jacketted kettle/stainless steel tanks (steam, gas or electrically heated).

(3) Mixing and storage tanks of stainless steel/Planetary mixer.

(4) Colloid mill or ointment mill.

(5) Tube filling and crimping equipment (semi-automatic or automatic filling machines).

(6) Tube cleaning equipment (air jet type).

(7) Tube washing and drying equipment, if required.

(8) Automatic vial washing machine.

(9) Vial drying oven.

(10) Rubber bung washing machine.

(11) Sintered glass funnel, Seitz filter and filter candle (preferably cartridge and membrane

filters).

(12) Liquid filling equipment (semi-automatic or automatic filling machines).

(13) Autoclave (preferably ventilator autoclave).

(14) Air conditioning and dehumidification arrangement (preferably centrally air-

conditioned and dehumidification system).

(15) Laminar airflow units.

Area. – (1) A minimum area of twenty-five square meters for basic installation and

ten square meters for Ancillary area is recommended. Manufacture and filling shall be carried

out in air-conditioned areas under aseptic conditions. The rooms shall be further dehumidified

as considered necessary if preparations containing antibiotics are manufactured.

(2) Areas for formulations meant for external use and internal use shall be separately

provided to avoid mix up.

1

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this Part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

8. Pessaries and Suppositories:

(i) The following equipment is recommended for manufacture of Pessaries and

Suppositories, namely: -

(1) Mixing and pouring equipment

(2) Moulding equipment.

(3) Weighing devices.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

475

Area. – A minimum area of twenty square meters is recommended to allow for the

basic installation.

(ii) In the case of pessaries manufactured by granulation and compression, the

requirements as indicated under ―Item 3 of Tablet‖, shall be provided.

9. Inhalers and Vitrallae:

The following equipment is recommended for manufacture of inhalers and vitrallae,

namely: -

(1) Mixing equipment.

(2) Graduated delivery equipment for measurement of the medicament during filling.

(3) Sealing equipment.

Area. – An area of minimum twenty square meters is recommended for the basic

installations.

10. Repacking of drugs and pharmaceutical chemicals:

The following equipment is recommended for repacking of drugs and

pharmaceuticals chemicals, namely:-

(1) Powder disintegrator.

(2) Powder sifter (electrically operated).

(3) Stainless steel scoops and vessels of suitable sizes.

(4) Weighing and measuring equipment.

(5) Filling equipment (semi-automatic / automatic machines).

(6) Electric sealing machine.

Area. – An area of minimum thirty square metres is recommended for the basic

installation. In case of operations involving floating particles of fine powder, a suitable

exhaust system shall be provided.

11. Parenteral Preparations

The whole operation of manufacture of parenteral preparations (small volume

injectables and large volume parenterals) in glass and plastic containers may be divided into

the following separate areas/rooms, namely: -

11.1 Parenteral preparations in glass containers: –

(1) Water management area: This includes water treatment and storage.

(2) Containers and closures preparation area: This includes washing and drying of

ampoules, vials, bottles and closures.

(3) Solution preparation area: This includes preparation and filtration of solution.

(4) Filling, capping and sealing area: This includes filling and sealing of ampoules and/or

filling, capping and sealing of vials and bottles.

(5) Sterilization area

(6) Quarantine area

(7) Visual inspection area.

(8) Packaging area

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

476

The following equipment is recommended for different above-mentioned areas,

namely: -

(a) Water management area:

(1) De-ionised water treatment unit.

(2) Distillation (multi-column with heat exchangers) unit.

(3) Thermostatically controlled water storage tank.

(4) Transfer pumps.

(5) Stainless steel service lines for carrying water into user areas.

(b) Containers and closures preparation area:

(1) Automatic rotary ampoule/vial/bottle washing machine having separate air, water

distilled water jets.

(2) Automatic closures washing machine,

(3) Storage equipment for ampoules, vials, bottles and closures.

(4) Dryer/sterilizer (double ended)

(5) Dust proof storage cabinets.

(6) Stainless steel benches/stools.

(c) Solution preparation area:

(1) Solution preparation and mixing stainless steel tanks and other containers.

(2) Portable stirrer.

(3) Filtration equipment with cartridge and membrane filters/bacteriological filters.

(4) Transfer pumps.

(5) Stainless steel benches/stools

(d) Filling, capping and sealing area:

(1) Automatic ampoule/vial/bottle filling, sealing and capping machine under laminar air

flow workstation.

(2) Gas lines (Nitrogen, Oxygen, Carbon dioxide) wherever required.

(3) Stainless steel benches / stools.

(e) Sterilization area:

(1) Steam sterilizer (preferably with computer control for sterilization cycle along with

trolley sets for loading/unloading containers before and after sterilization).

(2) Hot air sterilizer (preferably double ended).

(3) Pressure leak test apparatus.

(f) Quarantine area. –

(1) Storage cabinets.

(2) Raised platforms/steel racks.

(g) Visual inspection area:

(1) Visual inspection units (preferably conveyor belt type and composite white and black

assembly supported with illumination).

(2) Stainless steel benches/stools.

(h) Packaging area. -

(1) Batch coding machine (preferably automatic).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

477

(2) Labelling unit (preferably conveyor belt type).

(3) Benches/stools.

Area. – (1) A minimum area of one hundred and fifty square meters for the basic

installation and an Ancillary area of one hundred square meters for Small Volume Injectables

is recommended. For Large Volume Parenterals, an area of one hundred and fifty square

meters each for the basic installation and for Ancillary area is recommended. These areas

shall be partitioned into suitable enclosures with airlock arrangements.

(2) Areas for formulations meant for external use and internal use shall be separately

provided to avoid mix up.

(3) Packaging materials for large volume parenteral shall have a minimum area of

100 square meters.

1

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

11.2 Parenteral preparations in plastic containers by Form-Fill-Seal/Blow, Fill-

Seal Technology.-The whole operation of manufacture of large volume parenteral

preparations in plastic containers including plastic pouches by automatic (all operations in one

station) Form-Fill-Seal machine or by semi-automatic blow moulding, filling-cum-sealing

machine may be divided into following separate areas/rooms, namely: -

(1) Water management area.

(2) Solution preparation area.

(3) Containers moulding-cum-filling and sealing area.

(4) Sterilization area.

(5) Quarantine area .

(6) Visual inspection area.

(7) Packaging area.

The following equipment is recommended for different above mentioned areas

namely: -

(a) Water management area:

(1) De-ionised water treatment unit.

(2) Distillation unit (multi column with heat exchangers).

(3) Thermostatically controlled water storage tank.

(4) Transfer pumps.

(5) Stainless steel service lines for carrying water into user areas.

(b) Solution preparation area:

(1) Solution preparation and storage tanks.

(2) Transfer pumps.

(3) Cartridge and membrane filters.

(c) Container moulding-cum-filling and sealing area:

(1) Sterile Form-Fill-Seal machine (all operations in one station with built-in laminar air

flow workstation having integrated container output conveyor belt through pass box).

(2) Arrangement for feeding plastic granules through feeding-cum-filling tank into the

machine.

1. Ins. by 431(E), dt. 30.6.2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

478

(d) Sterilization area: Super heated steam sterilizer (with computer control for

sterilization cycle along with trolley sets for loading/unloading containers for

sterilization).

(e) Quarantine area:- Adequate number of platforms/racks with storage system.

(f) Visual inspection area. - Visual inspection unit (with conveyor belt and composite

white and black assembly supported with illumination).

(g) Packaging area:

(1) Pressure leak test apparatus (pressure belt or rotating disc type).

(2) Batch coding machine (preferably automatic).

(3) Labelling unit (preferably conveyor belt type).

Area. – (1) A minimum area of two hundred and fifty square meters for the basic

installation and an Ancillary area of one hundred and fifty square metres for large volume

parenteral preparations in plastic containers by Form-Fill-Seal technology is recommended.

These areas shall be partitioned into suitable enclosures with airlock arrangements.

(2) Areas for formulations meant for external use and internal use shall be separately

provided to avoid mix up.

(3) Packaging materials for large volume parenteral shall have a minimum area of

100 square meters.]

1

[Note: The requirement for ancillary area in this part shall not apply to units registered

before 1st January, 2002.]

1

[Note I: There are certain categories of drugs such as chemicals and pharmaceutical aids,

gauzes and bandages, medicinal gases, empty gelatin capsules, non- chemical/mechanical

contraceptives, diagnostic kits and reagents, medical devices, new dosage forms and their

delivery systems, disinfectant fluids, antacids, raw-materials manufactured from sea bittern,

veterinary biologicals including poultry vaccines, re-packing of drugs, etc. for which this

Schedule does not prescribe specific requirements of space and equipments. The Licensing

Authority, as the case may be, in respect of such categories of drugs, have the discretion to

modify the requirements of this Schedule, if he is of the opinion that having regard to the

nature off the products and extent of manufacturing operations and for reasons to be recorded

in writing, it is necessary to relax or alter them in the circumstances of a particular case and

direct the manufacturer to carry out necessary modifications in them and the modifications

having been made, approve the manufacturer of such categories of the drugs.

Note II: In case of manufacturers licensed to manufacture drugs prior to the 11th December,

2001, the requirements of this Schedule shall also apply to them from 1st July, 2005.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

479

1

[SCHEDUE M-I

[See Rule 85E (2)]

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES AND REQUIREMENTS OF PREMISES,

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT FOR HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES

1.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1 Location and Surroundings: - The premises shall be situated at a clean place which

shall not be adjacent to open drains, public lavatory or any factory producing

pollution of any kind, garbage dump, slaughter house or any other source likely

to cause contamination from the external environment. The premises shall be

located away from railway lines so that the performance of sensitive electronic

equipment is not affected by vibrations. There shall be no open drains inside or

outside the manufacturing premises. It shall be so designed that the entry of

rodents is checked. The drains shall facilitate easy flow of the effluent and shall

be cleared periodically.

1.2 Building: - The premises shall not be used for any purpose other than manufacture

of homoeopathic drugs and no part of the manufacturing premises shall be used

for any other purpose. Other facilities, if needed, could be provided in separate

building(s) in the same campus. Crude raw materials, packing materials, etc.

shall be stored and handled in places earmarked for them and shall not be taken

inside areas where critical operations of manufacture are done excepting

processed raw material. Heating, washing, drying, packing and labelling etc.

wherever needed, shall be done in dedicated ancillary areas adjacent to the

manufacturing sections concerned. The walls and floorings of manufacturing

areas shall be smooth and free from chinks, cracks and crevices and shall be

washable. The design of the windows, windowpanes and all fittings shall be

such that they will not facilitate accumulation / lodging of dust and other

contaminants.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. No. 678(E) , dt. 31-10-2006, for Schedule MI. Earlier Schedule MI was inserted by G.S.R. 507 (E), dt:

12.6.1987. Schedule M1, before substitution, stood as under.:

―

SCHEDUE M-I

[See Rule 85E (2)]

1. Requirement of factory premises for manufacture of Homeopathic preparations-

(a) Location and surroundings. - The factory shall be situated in a place which shall not be adjacent

to an open sewage drain, public lavatory or any factory which produces a disagreeable or

obnoxious odour or fumes or large quantities of soot, dust or smoke. The factory shall be located in

a sanitary place, remove from filthy surroundings.

(b) Buildings. - The part of the building used for manufacturing shall not be used for a sleeping

place and no sleeping place adjoining to it shall communicate therewith except through open air

or through an intervening open space. The walls of the room in which manufacturing operations

are carried out shall, upto a height of six feet from the floor, be smooth, waterproof and shall be

capable of being kept clean. The flooring shall be smooth, even and washable and shall be such as

not to permit retention or accumulation of dust. There shall be no chinks or crevices in the walls or

floor.

(c) The building used for the factory shall be constructed so as to permit production under hygienic

conditions laid down in the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948).

(d) Water Supply. - The water used in manufacture shall be pure and drinkable quality, free from

pathogenic microorganisms.

(e) Disposal of waste. - There should be adequate arrangement for disposal of waste-water and other

residues from the laboratory.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

480

(f) The rooms should be airy and clean and the temperature of the room should be

moderately comfortable.

(g) Health, Clothing and Sanitary requirement of the Staff. - All workers shall be free from

contagious or obnoxious disease. Their clothing shall consist of a white or coloured uniform

suitable to the nature of the work and the climate, and shall be clean. Adequate facilities for

personal cleanliness, such as clean towels, soap and hand scrubbing brushes, shall be provided

separately for each sex. The workers shall be required to wash and change into clean footwear

before entering the rooms where the manufacturing operations are carried on. Workers shall be

required to wear either a clean cap or a suitable headgear so as to avoid any possibility of

contamination by air or perspiration.

(h) Medical services. - The manufacturer shall provide adequate facilities for First Aid, Medical

inspection of workers at the time of employment and periodically check-up thereafter at least

once a year.

(i) Working benches. - Working benches shall be provided for carrying out operations such as

filling, labelling, packing etc. Such benches shall be fitted with smooth, impervious tops

capable of being washed.

(j) Container management. - Where operations involving use of containers such as bottles,

phials and jars are conducted, there shall be adequate arrangements separated from

potentisation chamber for washing, cleaning and drying such containers, with

suitable equipment for the purpose. Wherever these are attended manually adequate precaution

of perfection in respect of cleanliness and avoidance of pollutants shall be taken.

2. Requirements of Plant and Equipment:

(a) Mother tinctures. External tinctures and Mother solution section. - The following plant and

equipment shall be provided namely: -

(i) Disintegrator.

(ii) Sieved Separator.

(iii) Balances and fluid measures.

(iv) Chopping boards and knives.

(v) Macerators with lids.

(vi) Percolators with lids and regulated discharge.

(vii) Moisture determination apparatus or other suitable arrangement.

(viii) Filtering arrangement.

(ix) Mixing vessels and suitable non-metallic storage containers.

(x) Portable stirrers.

(xi) Water still.

Note: (1) As far as possible metal contacts may be avoided once the drug is processed. (2) An area of

55 sq. meters is recommended for basic installations.

(3) Adequate separate storage facility should be provided for raw material

quarantine, storage and bonded room for alcohol where applicable.

(4) Separate and suitable storage facility should be provided for fresh herbs and

odorous raw materials.

(5) Adequate laboratory facility shall be provided for testing of raw materials and

finished products,

(b) Potentisation Section. - (1) The following arrangements are recommended for

container for closure preparation section namely:

(i) Washing tanks with suitable brushing arrangement manual or mechanical.

(ii) Purified Water rinsing tank

(iii) Closure macerating or washing tanks.

(iv) Drying chambers.

An area of 20 sq. meters is recommended for basic installations.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

481

(2) The following arrangements are recommended for potency preparation section, namely:

–

(i) Working tables with washable top.

(ii) Facilities for separate storage of different grades of back potencies.

(iii) Suitable measuring devices for discharge of drug and diluent in potentisation vial,

(iv) Potentiser with counter or suitable manual arrangement.

Note: - (1) Different droppers shall be used for different drugs pote ncies.

(2) All measuring devices shall be of metric system and be made of glass and shall be free from

metallic contents.

(3) It is desired that glass droppers etc. intended for re-use after cleaning should be

sterilized by autoclave or heating in a hot air oven.

(4) Plastics, rubber tubes, bulks etc. coming in contact with tinctures or back potencies should

not be re-used for other tincture and potencies.

(5) Method of potentisation will be adopted as specified in Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India Vol. I.

3. Triturating, Tableting and Pill/Globules section -

(3) The following arrangements are recommended: (i)

Triturating machine for suitable device.

(ii) Disintegrator.

(iii) Mass Mixer. (iv)

Granulator. (v)

Oven.

(vi) Tableting punches or machines.

(vii) Kettle (Steam/gas/electrically heated) for preparation solution. (viii) Dryers.

(ix) Sieved separator, tablet counters and balances.

Note: Tablet section shall be free from dust and floating particles. An area of 55 sq. meters is

recommended for basic installations.

(4) Ointments and lotion section:

The following arrangements are recommended namely: -

(i) Mixing tank

(ii) Kettle (Steam, gas or electrically heated). (iii)

Suitable powder mixer

(iv) Ointment mill

(v) Filling equipment or arrangement.

An area of 20 sq. meters is recommended for basic installations. (5) Syrups

and tonics:

The following arrangements are recommended namely:- (i)

Mixing and storage tank.

(ii) Potable mixer.

(iii) Filtering equipment. (iv)

Water still / Deioniser.

(v) Filling and sealing equipment.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

482

An area of 20 sq. meters is recommended for basic installations. (6)

Ophthalmic Preparations:

The following equipment is recommended for manufacture under aseptic conditions of Eye-

Ointments, Eye-Drops, Eye-lotions and other preparations for external use, namely: -

(i) Hot air even electrically heated with thermostatic control. (ii) Colloid

mill or ointment mill.

(iii) Kettle (gas or electrically heated) with suitable mixing arrangement. (iv) Tube

filling equipment.

(v) Mixing and storage tanks of stainless steel or of other suitable material.

(vi) Sintered glass funnel, Seitz filter or filter candle. (vii)

Liquid filling equipment.

(viii) Autoclaves.

Adequate precaution should be taken to ensure that the finished product is sterile. An area of 20 sq.

meters is recommended for basic installations.

(7) Adequate arrangements for space and equipment should be made for labelling and packing.‖

2. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

2.1 General: - The design of the plant shall be suitable for the nature and quantum

of the activities involved. Equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to

facilitate easy flow of materials and to check criss-cross movement of the personnel.

The entry to all manufacturing sections shall be regulated and persons not associated

with the activities in the sections shall not have access to them. There shall be

arrangements for personal cleanliness of workers and toilets. These shall be separate

for men and women workers. There shall be suitable arrangement, separate for men

and women, to change from their outside dress and footwear into the factory dress and

footwear. Uniforms of suitable colours and fabric which facilitate proper washing

and which do not shed fibres other contaminants shall be provided. Suitable head-

covers and gloves shall be provided to the workers. The manufacturing premises shall

not be used for dining. There shall be separate area for the personnel to take food or

rest. Toilets shall be located in or adjacent to any of the areas concerned with any

manufacturing activity. Spitting, smoking, chewing, littering, etc. in the

manufacturing or ancillary areas shall not be permitted. Standard operating practices

(SOPs) for cleaning and sanitation, personal hygiene of the workers, general and

specific upkeep of the plant, equipment and premises and every activity associated

with manufacture of drugs including procurement, quarantine, testing and

warehousing of material shall be written and adopted. No person with any contagious

disease shall be involved in any of the manufacturing activities. There shall be proper

arrangements for maintenance of the equipment and systems. The performance of

every equipment and system shall be properly validated and their use shall be

monitored. Dos and don‘ts in the matter of the use of the plant and equipment as may

be applicable shall be written and displayed in all places.

There shall be separate dedicated areas for each ancillary activity such as receipt,

cleaning, warehousing and issue of raw materials, packaging materials, containers and

closures, finished goods etc. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent

entry/presence etc. of insects, rodents, birds, lizards and other animals into the raw

material handling areas. Every material shall have proper identification and control

numbers and inventory tags and labels displaying status of the quality being used, etc.

There shall be proper arrangements and SOPs for preventing mix-up of materials at

every stage of handling. There shall be separate arrangements for handling and

warehousing of materials of different origins. Materials with odour shall be kept in

tightly closed containers and shall be well protected from other materials. Fresh

materials and odorous materials shall, preferably be stored in separate dedicated areas.

Where bonded manufacturing and / or warehousing facilities are required as per

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

483

Excise laws, the facilities required shall be provided without compromise on the

requirements specified above.

A well equipped laboratory for quality control/quality assurance of raw materials

and finished products and for carrying out in-process controls shall be provided.

(a) Rooms: - The rooms shall be airy, ventilated, and maintained at temperatures

which are moderate and comfortable. Sections which are required to be sterile, air-

conditioned and provided with air handling system shall be designed accordingly. All

sections shall be free from insects, birds, rodents, worms etc. and suitable measures

shall be taken to prevent the same from finding ways to the sections and equipment.

(b) Water: - The water used for manufacture of drugs shall be of the quality as

prescribed in the rules or in the Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia concerned, as the case

may be, and shall be prepared from pure drinking quality water, free from pathogenic

organisms.

(c) Disposal of waste: - Effluents, organic and inorganic wastes shall be disposed

of in such a manner as may be prescribed in the laws pertaining to pollution control

and if no such law exists in the place of manufacture, they shall be rendered harmless

and shall be disposed of in such a manner that they are not hazardous to health of the

public or cattle or plants.

(d) Factories Act: - The provisions of the Factories Act, 1948(Act 63 of 1948), as

applicable shall be adhered to.

(e) Medical Services:- All persons concerned with any activity pertaining to

manufacture of drugs including handling of raw materials, packing materials, packing

and labelling of drugs, etc. shall be medically examined for fitness at the time of

employment and subsequently at periodic intervals and records thereof shall be

maintained.

(f) Safety measures: - First-aid facilities shall be provided in such a manner that

they are easily accessible and staff shall be imparted knowledge and training in first-

aid measures as may be needed. Fire control equipment in suitable numbers shall be

provided at easily accessible places near all sections including stores and

warehouses.

(g) Workbenches: - Workbenches suitable to the nature and quantum of the work

involved shall be provided in all sections. Such work benches in general, shall have

smooth, washable and impervious tops and the parts shall not be rough or rusty or

damaged otherwise.

(h) Container management: - Proper arrangements shall be made for receiving

containers, closures and packing materials in secluded areas and for de-dusting the

same, removal of wastes, washing, cleaning and drying. Suitable equipment shall be

provided as may be needed, considering the nature of work involved. Where soaps

and detergents are used to wash containers and closures used for primary packing,

suitable procedure shall be prescribed and adopted for total removal of such materials

from the containers and closures. Plastic containers which are likely to absorb active

principle or which are likely to contaminate the contents may not be used.

Glass containers used shall be made of neutral glass. The closures and washers

used shall be of inert materials which shall not absorb the active principles or

contaminate the contents or which may otherwise be likely to cause deterioration of

quality. The containers, closures and packing materials shall protect the properties of

the medicines, Tablets, if blister-packed, shall have secondary protective packaging to

protect the medicines from moisture, odour etc. Neutral glass phials and epoxy-coated

closure shall be used for eye-drops. Transparent plastic containers may be used for

eye-drops containing only aqueous preparations. Sterile plastic nozzles may be

provided to eye-drops separately along with the medicine, whatever needed.

2.2. Personnel.- Manufacture of drugs shall be under the control of approved technical staff

that shall possess the qualifications prescribed in rule 85.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

484

3. REQUIREMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES:

3.1 Mother tinctures and mother solutions:- The following equipment and facilities

shall be provided:-

(i) Disintegrator;

(ii) Sieved separator;

(iii) Balances, weights and fluid measures, all in metric system;

(iv) Chopping table/board and knives;

(v) Macerators with lids (all made of stainless steel of grade 304 or neutral glass);

(vi) Percolators (all made of stainless steel of grade 304);

(vii) Moisture determination apparatus;

(viii) Filter press/Sparkler filter (all metal parts shall be of stainless steel);

(ix) Mixing and storage vessels (Stainless steel of grade 304);

(x) Portable stirrers (Rod, blades and screws shall be of stainless steel);

(xi) Water still/water purifier;

(xii) Macerators and percolators for preparing mother solutions of materials of chemical

origin. These shall be of material, which will not react with the chemicals, used and

which do not bleach; and

(xiii) Filling and sealing machine.

The area and facilities for manufacture of mother tinctures and mother solutions shall be

separate and shall be 55 square meters for each for basic installations.

3.2 Potentisation section :- The section shall have the following facilities:-

(i) Work benches with washable impervious tops;

(ii) Facilities for orderly storage of different potencies and back-potencies of various

drugs;

(iii) Suitable devices for measuring and dispensing of potencies/back-potencies into the

potentisation phials;

(iv) Potentiser with counter.

An area of 20 square meters shall be provided for basic installations.

Note: -

(a) The requirement of potentiser is not mandatory. The process may be done

manually also with proper SOPs. Potentiser, if used, shall be properly validated and shall be

calibrated every time before commencement of work for proper performance.

(b) The manufactur er sh all use back-poten cies procur ed fr om Licen sed

manufacturers and the firm shall maintain proper records of purchase or shall prepare

own-back potencies . Every container of potencies and back-potencies shall be kept properly

labelled and there shall not be mix-up of different medicines and different potencies.

3.3 Containers and Closures Section: - Separate area for preparation of containers and

closures shall be provided adjacent to the potentisation section. This area shall have the

following facilities:-

(i) Washing tanks with suitable mechanical or hand operated brushes;

(ii) Rinsing tanks. Purified water shall be used for rinsing;

(iii) Closures washing / macerating tanks;

(iv) Driers;

Note: -

(a) Different droppers shall be used only for each different medicine and different

potency.

(b) All measures shall be in metric system. Measures used shall be of neutral glass.

Metal droppers and plastic droppers shall not be used.

(c) Glass droppers shall be reused only after proper cleaning and sterilization.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

485

(d) Potentisation shall be done by the method(s) prescribed in the Homoeopathic

Pharmacopoeia of India.

3.4 Trituration, Tableting, Pills and Globules making sections:- The following basic

equipment and facilities shall be provided:-

(i) Triturating Machine;

(ii) Disintegrator;

(iii) Mass Mixer;

(iv) Granulator;

(v) Electrical Oven;

(vi) Tablets punching Machine;

(vii) Kettle (steam or electrically heated ) for preparing solutions;

(viii) Driers for drying granules and tablets;

(ix) Sieved separator (stainless steel);

(x) Tablet counter;

(xi) Balances;

(xii) Coating Pan with spray-gun;

(xiii) Multi-sifter

(xiv) Mill with perforations.

An area of 55 square meters shall be provided for basic installations. The area shall be

suitably divided into cubicles to minimize cross contamination, mix-up etc.

Note: - The section shall be free from insects, worms, rodents, dust and other floating

particles and moisture.

3.5 Syrups and other oral liquids section:- The following basic equipment and facilities shall

be provided:-

(i) Mixing and storage tanks (stainless steel of grade 304);

(ii) Portable stirrer (rod, blades and screws shall be of stainless steel);

(iii) Filter press / Sparkler filter (all metal parts shall be of stainless steel);

(iv) Filling and sealing machine;

An area of 20 square meters shall be provided for basic installations. The section shall

be free from dust and other floating particles, cobwebs, flies, ants and other insects, birds,

lizards and rodents.

(1) Adequate number of workbenches shall be provided.

(2) Visual inspection table shall be provided. This shall comprise of a colour con trast

backgr ound with lamp for providing diffused ligh t, mounted on a suitable table.

3.6 Ointments and lotions section :- The following basic equipments and facilities shall be

provided:-

(i) Mixing tanks (Stainless steel)

(ii) Kettle (steam or electrically heated) for preparing solutions

(iii) Suitable powder / planetary Mixer

(iv) Ointment mill / colloidal Mill / Emulsifier

(v) Filling and sealing machine / Crimping machine

(vi) Filtering equipment

(vii) Balance and weights

A minimum area of 20 square meters shall be provided for basic installations. An

ancillary area for washing vessels and equipment shall be provided. An ancillary area for

heating purposes shall also be provided.

3.7 Ophthalmic preparations section:- The following basic equipment and facilities shall

be provided:-

(i) Hot air oven, electrically heated, with thermostatic control;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

486

(ii) Laminar Air Flow bench;

(iii) Air Handling Unit with HEPA filters to provide filtered air and positive pressure to

the section and air-locks;

(iv) Ointment mill / colloidal mill;

(v) Mixing and storage tanks (Stainless steel of grade 304);

(vi) Pressure vessels, as may be needed;

(vii) Sintered glass funnels, Seitz Filter / Filter candle;

(viii) Vacuum pump;

(ix) Filling machines for liquids ointments etc.;

(x) Autoclaves with pressure and temperature gauges; and

(xi) Necessary workbenches, visual inspection bench, etc.

Area: Minimum area of 20 square meters shall be provided for basic installations.

Note: -

1. The section shall have a clean room facility of Class 100 specification.

2. The section shall be air-conditioned and humidity controlled.

3. Entry to the sections shall be regulated through air-locks with differential air

pressures with the air-lock adjacent to the section having higher pressure and the first one

through which entry is made with the least pressure.

4. Materials shall be passed to the sections through suitable hatches.

5. The personnel shall wear sterile clothing including headgear, which shall not shed

fibre.

6. Washing of phials shall be done in separate areas with proper equipment. Proper

facilities shall be provided in the area for washing vessels.

7. Separate area shall be provided for packing and labelling.

4. QUALITY CONTROL DIVISION:

4.1 Functions: - A separate quality control division shall be provided in the premises.

The section shall be under the control of an approved technical officer, independent of the

manufacturing division and directly responsible to the management. The section shall be

responsible for ensuring the quality of all raw materials, packing materials and finished goods.

The section shall also carry out in-process quality checks of the products. The section shall be

responsible for the stability of the products and for prescribing their shelf life wherever

applicable.

The functions of the division shall include:-

(1) To test the identity, quality and purity of the raw materials and to recommend

rejection of the material of poor quality and approve materials of the prescribed

quality only.

(2) To test the identity, quality and purity of the finished products and to recommend

rejection of the material of poor quality and to approve materials of the prescribed

quality only.

(3) To prepare and validate the methods of analysis, validate the equipment,

monitor their use, take steps for proper maintenance, etc.

(4) To approve or reject container s, closures and packaging materials in accordance

with the prescribed norms.

(5) To exercise / carry out in-process control of products.

(6) To prescribe SOPs on all matters concerning quality of materials and products.

(7) To monitor the storage and handling of raw materials, finished products,

containers, closures and packaging materials.

(8) To investigate complaints on quantity of products and take / recommend appropriate

measures and to examine returned goods and recommend their proper disposal.

4.2 Personnel: - The quality control staff shall be full-time personnel. Analysis and tests of

drugs, raw materials, etc. shall be done by qualified and approved technical staff. The

technical staff shall have the minimum qualification of degree in Homoeopathic Pharmacy

or Science with Chemistry or Botany as the principal subject and experience of not less than

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

487

two years in the test and analysis of medicines including handling of instruments.

4.3 Equipment: - The following equipment shall be provided:-

(i) Microscope of suitable magnification and photographic device;

(ii) Dissecting microscope;

(iii) TLC apparatus;

(iv) UV lamp viewer;

(v) Monopan Digital Electronic Balance;

(vi) Hot air oven;

(vii) Distillation apparatus;

(viii) Water Bath;

(ix) Polarimeter;

(x) Refractometer;

(xi) Melting point apparatus;

(xii) pH meter;

(xiii) Magnetic stirrer;

(xiv) Table Centrifuge;

(xv) Muffle furnace / electric Bunsen;

(xvi) Moisture determination apparatus;

(xvii) U.V. Spectrophotometer;

(xviii) Rotary microtome / Section cutting facilities;

(xix) Tablet Disintegration Machine.

5. RAW MATERIALS:

5.1 Raw materials of Plant Origin:-

(a) The raw materials of plant origin used for manufacture of drugs shal l be of the following

specifications:-

(i) the materials shall be those recently collected and dried and shall be free from

moisture so as to eliminate the risk of deterioration and infestation with pests moulds, etc. The

materials shall be collected when the atmospheric temperature is suitable where its active

constituents are not changed / damaged / destroyed.

(ii) when fresh materials are to be used, the time lapse from the time of collection to

use shall be minimized to the extent possible;

(iii) the materials should be taken from healthy plants and shall be free from parasites,

moulds, etc.;

(iv) the materials shall be free of inorganic or organic foreign matter;

(v) when dry materials are procured, they shall be from healthy plants and shall be in

unprocessed form, free from all extraneous matters such as fungus, insects, moulds,

pathogenic organisms, etc. and should not be more than six months old. Plant materi alsof

Agaricaceae, which are perishable shall be used within one week of ollection.

(b) To facilitate proper identification and purity of the material and to exercise proper quality

control of the material, the following conditions must be satisfied:-

(i) a small twig of the plant with leaves shall be available if the part used is bark of the

plant;

(ii) an entire plant or part or aerial twig with leaves and some uncut roots /

rhizomes / bulbs shall be available if the part used is a root /rhizome / bulb;

(iii) if plants with flowers are to be used, a few dry flowers shall also be ava ilable

with the aerial twig;

(iv) if the material used is a mould or of the plant families Agaricaceae,

Polyporaceae/ amanitacaea / Boletaceae / Russulaceae, a whole specimen plant / mould shall

be available in properly dried form;

(v) the materials shall be free from insecticides, fungicides, etc;

(vi) the materials shall be in open mesh bags or in suitable material which permits

the passage of air inside;

(vii) each consignment of the material shall be accompanied by a statement of the

supplier‘s name; name of the plant with description of the part supplied. The

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

488

pharmacopoeial reference, place of collection /harvest, date and time of collection and

packaging and weight.

5.2 Raw material of Chemical origin: - They shall be of respective pharmacopoeial

standards and statements of their specification shall accompany the materials.

5.3 Raw materials of animal origin: - The materials shall be those collected from healthy

animals and shall be of pharmacopoeial specifications. The materials shall be thos e collected,

packed and transported under proper hygienic conditions and well protected from all

contamination. The materials shall be accompanied by statements as in para ‗a‘ above. In

case of drugs derived from a whole insect, bulk of such drugs along with some uncut whole

insect should be provided / maintained for records.

5.4 Sarcodes: - The materials shall be those collected from healthy animals and shall be of

pharmacopoeial specification. The materials shall be those collected, packed and transp orted

under proper hygienic conditions and well protected from all contamination. The materials

shall be accompanied by statements as in the Para ‗a‘ above. The materials shall be tested to

see that they are free from pathogenic organisms such as E. Coli, Salmonella, etc.

5.5 Nosodes: - These shall be of pharmacopoeial specifications. As these are derived from

diseased animals or human beings, they shall be autoclaved immediately after collection and

preserved and transported under proper hygienic conditions and well protected from all

contamination. Before use, these shall be sterilized by autoclaving and shall comply with the

test for sterility as specified in the Homoeopathic Pharmacopoeia.

6. PROCEDURES:

6.1 Manufacture of Mother tinctures: -

(a) Every material shall be identified and checked for its purity. They shall be cleaned

and processed by cutting, chopping, etc. for use in macerators / percolators. A specimen of

the material shall be preserved till approval of the product for release for sale.

(b) The design and procedures adopted shall ensure reproduction of the product of the

same quality every time.

(c) Mother tinctures shall be preserved in tight closed neutral containers at

temperatures preferably below 250 C, protected from light.

6.2 Manufacture of Attenuations: -

(a) Attenuations shall be prepared in a clean room environment with filtered air and

positive pressure inside suitable for the operations.

(b) The methods used shall be reproducible and shall be validated.

(c) The containers, tubings, etc. of the machines used for manufacture of attenuations

shall be thoroughly washed, cleaned and dried after attenuation of a drug. Regular checks shall

be carried out on the materials.

(d) The parts of the equipment that come into contact with the attenuation materials

shall be of neutral quality and shall not cause any contamination to the material.

(e) Attenuations shall be preserved in properly labeled glass containers.

(f) Alcohol and other vehicles used shall be of Homoeopathic pharmacopoeia

specification and shall be free from impurities.

6.3 Trituration: - Trituration technique is used to manufacture drugs from insoluble strains.

The procedure / method specified in the Homoeopathic pharmacopoeia shall be adopted.

6.4 Formulations:- Compound formulations shall preferably be in liquid and solid forms and

the potency of the ingredients shall be in detectable quantity preferably be in 3x except in case

of highly poisonous material and toxins which should not be below 6x. The ingredients shall

be compatible to each other. Complete pharmacopoeial name of each ingredient shall be

printed on the label along with composition.

6.5 Medicated Insert Pellets: - (a) Pellets shall be manufactured in clean rooms free from

particulate contaminants. The equipment used shall enable prevention of contamination and

cross- contamination.

(b) The procedures shall be validated.

7. LABORATORY CONTROLS:

Tests as per the pharmacopoeia and requirements shall be carried out on products and

materials. The stability of the products shall be established by proper methods. Sterility tests,

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

489

wherever applicable, shall be carried out. Control samples shall be preserved for not less than

three years after the last sales.

8. PACKINGAND LABELLING:

A minimum area of 50 square meters shall be provided for packing and labeling section.

9. EXPIRYDATE:

Not exceeding sixty (60) months from the date of manufacture.

10. STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICES:

Standard Operating Practices (SOPs) shall be developed for various activities such as

receipt, identification, cleaning, drying, warehousing, issue, handling, sampling etc. of all

materials. Labels and packing materials shall be examined for correctness and compliance

with rules. Records shall be maintained for their printing, use, destruction etc.

11. RECORDSAND REGISTERS:

Records shall be maintained for all the activities. These shall include records of

production, records of raw materials, records of testing, records of sales and other supplies,

records of rejection, complaints and actions taken, SOPs and records in respect of compliance

thereof, log books of equipment, master formula records, records of medical examination and

fitness of personnel etc. All records shall be maintained for a period of one yea r after the

expiry of a batch or for three years whichever is later.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

490

1

[SCHEDULE M-II

[See Rule 139]

REQUIREMENTS OF FACTORY PREMISES FOR MANUFACTURE

OF COSMETICS

I. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

(A) Location and surroundings.–The factory shall be located in a sanitary place and hygienic

conditions shall be maintained in the premises. Premises shall not be used for residence or be

interconnected with residential area. It shall be well ventilated and clean.

(B) Buildings.– The buildings used for the factory shall be constructed so as to permit production

under hygienic conditions and not to permit entry of insects, rodents, files, etc.

The walls of the room in which manufacturing operations are carried out, shall be up to a

height of six feet from the floor, be smooth, waterproof and capable of being kept clean.

The flooring shall be smooth, even and washable and shall be such as not to permit

retention or accumulation of dust.

(C) Water supply: - The water used in manufacture shall be of potable quality.

(D) Disposal of water. –- Suitable arrangements shall be made for disposal of waste-water.

(E) Health, clothing and sanitary requirements of the staff.– All workers shall be free from

contagious or infectious diseases. They shall be provided with clean uniforms, masks,

headgears, and gloves wherever required. Washing facilities shall also be provided.

(F) Medical Services. - Adequate facilities for first aid shall be provided.

(G) Work benches shall be provided for carrying out operations such as filling, labelling,

packing, etc. Such benches shall be fitted with smooth, impervious tops capable of being

washed.

(H) Adequate facilities shall be provided for washing and drying of glass containers if the same

are to be used for packing the product.

II. REQUIREMENTS OF PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following equipment, area and other requirements are recommended for the

manufacture of: −

A. Powders:− Face powder, cake make-up, compacts, face packs, masks and

rouges, etc.

1. Equipment:

(a) Powder mixer of suitable type provided with a dust collector.

(b) Perfume and colour blender.

(c) Sifter with sieves of suitable mesh size.

(d) Ball mill or suitable grinder.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

491

(e) Trays and scoops (stainless steel).

(f) Filling and sealing equipment provided with dust extractor.

(g) For compacts: -

(i) a separate mixer, (ii) compact pressing machine.

(h) Weighing and measuring devices

(i) Storage tanks.

An area of 15 square meters is recommended. The section is to be provided with adequate

exhaust fans.

B. Creams, lotions, emulsions, pastes, cleansing milks, shampoos, pomade,

brilliantine, shaving creams and hair-oils etc.

(a) Mixing and storage tanks of suitable materials.

(b) Heating kettle – steam, gas or electrically heated.

(c) Suitable agitator.

(d) Colloidal mill or homogeniser (wherever necessary).

(e) Triple roller mill (wherever necessary).

(f) Filling and sealing equipment.

(g) Weighing and measuring devices.

An area of 25 square meters is recommended.

C. Nail Polishes and Nail lacquers.

1. Equipment:

(a) A suitable mixer.

(b) Storage tanks.

(c) Filling machine – hand operated or power driven.

(d) Weighing and Measuring devices.

An area of 15 square meters is recommended. The section shall be provided with flameproof

exhaust system.

2. Premises:–The following are the special requirements related to Nail

Polishes and Nail Lacquers: -

(a) It shall be situated in an industrial area.

(b) It shall be separate from other cosmetic-manufacturing areas by metal/brick partition

up to ceiling.

(c) Floors, walls, ceiling and doors shall be fireproof.

(d) Smoking, cooking and dwelling shall not be permitted and no naked flame shall be

brought in the premises.

(e) All electrical wiring and connections shall be concealed and main electric switch

shall be outside the manufacturing area.

(f) All equipment, furniture and light fittings in the section shall be flameproof.

(g) Fire extinguisher like foam and dry powder and sufficient number of buckets

containing sand shall be provided.

(h) All doors of the section shall open outwards.

3. Storage:

All explosive solvents and ingredients shall be stored in metal cupboards or in a

separate enclosed area.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

492

4. Manufacture:

(a) Manufacture of lacquer shall not be undertaken unless the above conditions are

complied with.

(b) Workers shall be asked to wear shoes with rubber soles in the section.

5. Other r e quirements:

No objection certificate from the local Fire Brigade Authorities shall be furnished.

D. Lipsticks and Lip-gloss, etc.

1. Equipment

(a) Vertical mixer.

(b) Jacketted kettle – steam, gas or electrically heated.

(c) Mixing vessel (stainless steel).

(d) Triple roller mill/Ball mill.

(e) Moulds with refrigeration facility.

(f) Weighing and measuring devices.

An area of 15 square meters is recommended.

E. Depilatories.

1. Equipment:

(a) Mixing tanks.

(b) Mixer

(c) Triple roller mill or homogeniser (where necessary).

(d) Filling and sealing equipment.

(e) Weighing and measuring devices.

(f) Moulds (where necessary).

An area of 10 square meters is recommended.

F. Preparations used for Eyes: - Such preparations shall be manufactured under strict

hygienic conditions to ensure that these are safe for use.

1. Eyebrows, Eyelashes, Eyeliners, etc.

1 Equipment:

(a) Mixing tanks.

(b) A suitable mixer.

(c) Homogeniser (where necessary)

(d) Filling and sealing equipment.

(e) Weighing and measuring devices.

An area of 10 square meters is recommended.

2. Kajal and Surma

1. Equipment:

(a) Base sterilizer.

(b) Powder sterilizer (dry heat oven).

(c) Stainless steel tanks.

(d) A suitable Mixer.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

493

(e) Stainless steel sieves.

(f) Filling and sealing arrangements.

(g) Weighing and measuring devices.

(h) Homogeniser (where necessary).

(i) Pestle and Mortar (for Surma).

An area of 10 square meters with a separate area of 5 square meters for base

sterilization is recommended.

Other requirements for 1 and 2:

(a) False ceiling shall be provided wherever required.

(b) Manufacturing area shall be made fly proof. An airlock or an aircurtain shall be

provided.

(c) Base used for Kajal shall be sterilized by heating the base at 150 degree C for

required time in a separate enclosed area.

(d) The vegetable carbon black powder shall be sterilized in a drying oven at 120 degree

C for required time.

(e) All utensils used for manufacture shall be of stainless steel and shall be washed with

detergent water, antiseptic liquid and again with distilled water.

(f) Containers employed for ‗Kajal‘ shall be cleaned properly with bactericidal solution

and dried.

(g) Workers shall put on clean overalls and use hand gloves wherever necessary.

G. Aerosol.

1. Equipment: -

(a) Air-compressor (wherever necessary).

(b) Mixing tanks.

(c) Suitable propellant filling and crimping equipments.

(d) Liquid filling unit.

(e) Leak testing equipment.

(f) Fire extinguisher (wherever necessary)

(g) Suitable filtration equipment.

(h) Weighing and measuring devices.

An area of 15 square meters is recommended.

2. Other requirements: - No objection certificate from the Local Fire Brigade

Authorities shall be furnished.

H. Alcoholic Fragrance Solutions.

Equipment: -

(a) Mixing tanks with stirrer

(b) Filtering equipment.

(c) Filling and sealing equipment.

(d) Weighing and measuring devices.

An area of 15 square meters is recommended.

I. Hair Dyes.

Equipment:

(a) Stainless steel tanks.

(b) Mixer.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

494

(c) Filling Unit.

(d) Weighing and measuring devices.

(e) Masks, gloves and goggles.

An area of 15 square meters with proper exhaust is recommended.

J. Tooth powders and toothpastes, etc.:

1. Tooth-powder in General.

Equipment:

(a) Weighing and measuring devices.

(b) Dry mixer (powder blender).

(c) Stainless steel sieves.

(d) Powder filling and sealing equipments.

An area of 15 square meters with proper exhaust is recommended.

2. Toothpastes.

Equipment:

(a) Weighing and measuring devices.

(b) Kettle – steam, gas or electrically heated (where necessary).

(c) Planetary mixer with de-aerator system.

(d) Stainless steel tanks.

(e) Tube filling equipment.

(f) Crimping machine.

An additional area of 15 square meters with proper exhaust is recommended.

3. Tooth-powder (Black)

Equipment:

(a) Weighing and measuring devices.

(b) Dry mixer powder blender.

(c) Stainless steel sieves.

(d) Powder filling arrangements.

An area of 15 square meters with proper exhaust is recommended. Areas for

manufacturing ―Black‖ and ―White‖ tooth powders should be separate.

K. Toilet Soaps:

Equipment: -

(a) Kettles/pans for saponification.

(b) Boiler or any other suitable heating arrangement.

(c) Suitable stirring arrangement.

(d) Storage tanks or trays.

(e) Driers.

(g) Mixer.

(h) Triple roller mill.

(i) Granulator.

(j) Plodder.

(k) Cutter.

(l) Pressing, stamping and embossing machine.

(m) Weighing and measuring devices.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

495

A minimum area of 100 square meters is recommended for the small-scale

manufacture of toilet soaps.

The areas recommended above are for basic manufacturing of different categories of

cosmetics. In addition to that separate adequate space for storage of raw materials, finished

products, packing materials shall be provided in factory premises.

1

[***]

Note No. I−The above requirements of the Schedule are made subject to modification at

the discretion of the Licensing Authority, if he is of the opinion that having regard to the

nature and extent of the manufacturing operations it is necessary to relax or alter them in the

circumstances of a particular case.

Note No. II.−The above requirements do not include requirements of machinery,

equipments and premises required for preparation of containers and clousers of different

categories of cosmetics. The Licensing Authority shall have the discretion to examine the

suitability and adequacy of the machinery, equipments and premises for the purpose of taking

into consideration of the requirements of the licensee.

Note No. III.−Schedule M-II specifies equipments and space required for certain

categories of cosmetics only. There are other cosmetics items, viz. Attars, perfumes, etc.,

which are not covered in the above categories. The Licensing Authority shall, in respect of

such items or categories of cosmetics have the discretion to examine the adequacy of factory

premises, space, plant and machinery and other requisites having regard to the nature and

extent of the manufacturing operations involved and direct the licensee to carry on necessary

modification in them.

1. The words ―A testing laboratory shall also be provided‖ omitted by G.S.R.285 (E) , dt. 16.7.1996.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

496

1

[SCHEDULE M-III

[See rules 69, 69A, 75, 75A and 76]

QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM –FOR NOTIFIED MEDICAL DEVICES AND IN-

VITRO DIAGNOSTICS

1. General Requirements:

1.1. This schedule specifies requirements for a quality management system that shall be used by

the manufacturer for the design and development, manufacture, packaging, labeling, testing,

installation and servicing of medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics. If the manufacturer does not

carry out design and development activity, the same shall be recorded in the quality management

system. The manufacturer shall maintain conformity with this Schedule to reflect the exclusions.

1.2. If any requirement in clause 7(product realisation) of this Schedule is not applicable due to

the nature of the medical device and in-vitro diagnostics for which the quality management system is

applied, the manufacturer does not need to include such a requirement in its quality management

system.

1.3. The processes required by this Schedule, which are applicable to the medical device and in-

vitro diagnostic devices, but which are not performed by the manufacturer are the responsibility of

the manufacturer and are accounted for in the manufacturer‘s quality management system.

1.4. If a manufacturer engages in only some operations subject to the requirements of this part,

and not in others, that manufacturer need only to comply with those requirements which are

applicable to the operations in which it is engaged.

1.5. It is emphasised that the quality management system requirements specified in this Schedule

are in addition to complementary to technical requirements for products.

1.6. Manufacturers of components or parts of finished devices and in-vitro diagnostics are

encouraged to use appropriate provisions of this regulation as guidance.

2. Applicability:

The provisions of this Schedule shall be applicable to manufacturers of finished devices, In-Vitro

Diagnostics, mechanical contraceptives (condoms, intrauterine devices, tubal rings), surgical

dressings, surgical bandages, surgical staplers, surgical sutures and ligatures, blood and blood

components collection bags with or without anticoagulants intended for human or animal use.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

497

3. Terms and definitions:

3.1 Active implantable medical device.- Active medical device which is intended to be totally

or partially introduced, surgically or medically, into the human or animal body or by medical

intervention into a natural orifice and which is intended to remain after the procedure.

3.2 Active medical device.- Medical device relying for its functioning on a source of electrical

energy or any source of power other than that directly generated by the human or animal body or

gravity.

3.3 Advisory notice.- Notice issued by the manufacturer, subsequent to delivery of the medical

device and in-vitro diagnostic devices, to provide supplementary information or to advise what

action should be taken in or both in:-

a. the use of a medical device and in-vitro diagnostic devices;

b. the modification of a medical device and in-vitro diagnostic devices;

c. the return of the medical device and in-vitro diagnostic devices to the organization that

supplied it; or

d. the destruction of a medical device and in-vitro diagnostic devices.

3.4 Customer complaint.- Written, electronic or oral communication that alleges deficiencies

related to the identity, quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of a

medical device and in-vitro diagnostic devices that has been placed on the market.

3.5 Implantable medical device.- Medical device intended:-

a. to be totally or partially introduced into the human or animal body or a natural orifice; or

b. to replace an epithelial surface or the surface of the eye;

by surgical intervention, and which is intended to remain after the procedure for at least

thirty days, and which can only be removed by medical or surgical intervention.

3.6 Component means any raw material, substance, piece, part, software, firmware, labeling, or

assembly which is intended to be included as part of the finished, packaged, and labeled device.

3.7 Design input means the physical and performance requirements of a device that are used as a

basis for device design.

3.8 Design output means the results of a design effort at each design phase and at the end of the

total design effort. The finished design output is the basis for the device master record. The total

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

498

finished design output consists of the device, its packaging and labeling, and the device master

record.

3.9 Design review means a documented, comprehensive, systematic examination of a design to

evaluate the adequacy of the design requirements, to evaluate the capability of the design to meet

these requirements, and to identify problems.

3.10 Finished device means any device or accessory to any device that is suitable for use or

capable of functioning, whether or not it is packaged, labeled or sterilized.

3.11 In-vitro Diagnostic means in-vitro diagnostics referred in this Schedule including

diagnostics kits and reagents that fall under sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of section 3 of Drugs and

Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3.12 Management with executive responsibility means those senior employees of a manufacturer

who have the authority to establish or make changes to the manufacturer's quality policy and quality

system.

3.13 Medical device referred in this Schedule means devices that are notified under clause (iv) of

sub-section (b) of section 3 of Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

3.14 Quality audit means a systematic, independent examination of a manufacturer's quality

system that is performed at defined intervals and at sufficient frequency to determine whether both

quality system activities and the results of such activities comply with quality system procedures,

that these procedures are implemented effectively, and that these procedures are suitable to achieve

quality system objectives.

3.15 Quality policy means the overall intention and direction of an organization with respect to

quality, as established by management with executive responsibility.

3.16 Quality system means the organisational structure, responsibilities, procedures, processes,

and resources for implementing quality management.

3.17 Rework means action taken on a nonconforming product that will fulfill the specified

Device Master File requirements before it is released for distribution.

3.18 Specification means any requirement with which a product, process, service, or other

activity must conform.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

499

3.19 Validation means confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the

particular requirement for a specific intended use can be consistently fulfilled;

3.19.1 Process validation means establishing by objective evidence that a process consistently

produces a result or product meeting its predetermined specifications.

3.19.2 Design validation means establishing by objective evidence that device specifications

conform with user needs and intended use(s).

3.20 Verification means confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that

specified requirements have been fulfilled.

4 Quality management system.-

4.1 General:

The manufacturer shall establish, document, implement and maintain a quality management system

and maintain its effectiveness in accordance with the requirements of this schedule.

The manufacturer shall;-

(a) identify the processes needed for the quality management system and their application

throughout the organization;

(b) determine the sequence and interaction of these processes;

(c) determine criteria and methods needed to ensure that both the operation and control of these

processes are effective;

(d) ensure the availability of resources and information necessary to support the operation and

monitoring of these processes;

(e) monitor, measure and analyse these processes; and

(f) implement actions necessary to achieve planned results and maintain the effectiveness of these

processes.

These processes shall be managed by the manufacturer in accordance with the requirements of this

Schedule. Where a manufacturer chooses to outsource any process that affects product conformity

with requirements, the manufacturer shall ensure control over such processes. Control of such

outsourced processes shall be identified within the quality management system.

NOTE: Processes needed for the quality management system referred to above shall include

processes for management activities, provision of resources, product realization and measurement.

4.2 Documentation requirements.-

4.2.1 General

The quality management system documentation shall include;-

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

500

(a) documented statements of a quality policy and quality objectives;

(b) a quality manual;

(c) documented procedures required by this schedule;

(d) documents needed by the manufacturer to ensure the effective planning, operation and

control of its processes;

(e) records required by this schedule, and

where this schedule specifies that a requirement, procedure, activity or special arrangement be

―documented‖, it shall, in addition, be implemented and maintained.

For each type or model of medical device or In-vitro Diagnostics, the manufacturer shall establish

and maintain a file either containing or identifying documents defining product specifications and

quality management system requirements. These documents shall define the complete

manufacturing process and, if applicable, installation.

The manufacture shall prepare documentation for device or in-vitro diagnostics in a form of a

Device Master File containing specific information as referred to in Annexure-A appended to this

Schedule.

Data may be recorded by electronic data processing systems or other reliable means, but documents

and record relating to the system in use shall also be available in a hard copy to facilitate checking of

the accuracy of the records. Wherever documentation is handled by electronic data processing

methods, authorized persons shall enter or modify data in the computer. There shall be record of

changes and deletions. Access shall be restricted by ‗passwords‘ or other means and the result of

entry of critical data shall be independently checked. Batch records electronically stored shall be

protected by a suitable back-up. During the period of retention, all relevant data shall be readily

available.

4.2.2 Quality manual.-

The manufacturer shall establish and maintain a quality manual that includes:-

(a) the scope of the quality management system, including details of and justification for any

exclusion or non-application or both;

(b) the documented procedures established for the quality management system, or reference to

them; and

(c) a description of the interaction between the processes of the quality management system.

The quality manual shall outline the structure of the documentation used in the quality

management system.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

501

The manufacturer shall prepare documentation in a form of a Plant Master File containing specific

information about the facilities, personnel and other details as prescribed in Annexure B appended to

this Schedule.

4.2.3 Control of documents.-

Documents required by the quality management system shall be controlled. Records are a special

type of document and shall be controlled according to the requirements given in the control of

records. Documents shall be approved, signed and dated by the appropriate and the authorised

person.

A documented procedure shall be established to define the controls needed.-

(a) to review and approve documents for adequacy prior to issue;

(b) to review and update as necessary and re-approve documents;

(c) to ensure that changes and the current revision status of documents are identified;

(d) to ensure that relevant versions of applicable documents are available at points of use;

(e) to ensure that documents remain legible and readily identifiable;

(f) to ensure that documents of external origin are identified and their distribution controlled;

and

(g) to prevent the unintended use of obsolete documents, and to apply suitable identification to

them if they are retained for any purpose.

Changes to document shall be reviewed and approved. Change records shall be maintained which

will include a description of the change, identification of the affected documents, the signature of the

approving individual, the approval date, and when the change becomes effective.

The manufacturer shall ensure that changes to documents are reviewed and approved either by the

original approving functionary or another designated functionary which has access to pertinent

background information upon which to base its decisions.

The manufacturer shall define the period for which at least one copy of obsolete controlled

documents shall be retained. This period shall ensure that documents to which medical devices or in-

vitro diagnostics have been manufactured and tested are retained for at least one year after the date

of expiry of the medical device or in-vitro diagnostic as defined by the manufacturer.

4.2.4 Control of records.-

Records shall be established and maintained to provide evidence of conformity to the requirements

and of the effective operation of the quality management system. Records shall remain legible,

readily identifiable and retrievable. A documented procedure shall be established to define the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

502

controls needed for the identification, storage, protection, retrieval, retention time and disposition of

records.

The manufacturer shall retain the records for a period of time at least one year after the date of

expiry of the medical device or in-vitro diagnostics as defined by the manufacturer, but not less than

two years from the date of product release by the manufacturer.

5 Management responsibility.-

5.1 Management commitment:

Top management of the manufacturer shall provide evidence of its commitment to the development

and implementation of the quality management system and maintaining its effectiveness by:-

(a) communicating to the employees the importance of meeting customer as well as statutory and

regulatory requirements;

(b) establishing the quality policy;

(c) ensuring that quality objectives are established;

(d) conducting management reviews; and

(e) ensuring the availability of resources.

5.2 Customer focus:

Top management of the manufacturer shall ensure that customer requirements are determined and

are met.

5.3 Quality policy:

Top management of the manufacturer shall ensure that the quality policy:-

(a) is appropriate to the purpose of the manufacturing facility;

(b) includes a commitment to comply with requirements and to maintain the effectiveness of the

quality management system;

(c) provides a framework for establishing and reviewing quality objectives;

(d) is communicated and understood within the manufacturer‘s organization; and

(e) is reviewed for continuing suitability.

5.4 Planning.-

5.4.1 Quality objectives:

Top management of the manufacturer shall ensure that quality objectives, including those needed to

meet requirements for product, are established at relevant functions and levels within the

manufacturing organization. The quality objectives shall be measurable and consistent with the

quality policy.

5.4.2 Quality management system planning:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

503

Top management of the manufacturer shall ensure that.-

(a) the planning of the quality management system is carried out in order to meet the specified

requirements, as well as the quality objectives; and

(b) the integrity of the quality management system is maintained when changes to the quality

management system are planned and implemented.

5.5 Responsibility, authority and communication.-

5.5.1 Responsibility and authority:

Top management of the manufacturer shall ensure that responsibilities and authorities are defined,

documented and communicated within the manufacturing organisation.

Top management of the manufacturer shall establish the interrelation of all personnel who manage,

perform and verify work affecting quality, and shall ensure the independence and authority

necessary to perform these tasks.

5.5.2 Management representative:

Top management shall appoint a member of management who, irrespective of other responsibilities,

shall have responsibility and authority that includes:-

(a) ensuring that processes needed for the quality management system are established,

implemented and maintained;

(b) reporting to top management on the performance of the quality management system and any

need for improvement; and

(c) ensuring the promotion of awareness of regulatory and customer requirements throughout

the manufacturing organization.

5.5.3 Internal communication:

Top management shall ensure that appropriate communication processes are established within the

Manufacturing organization and that communication takes place regarding the effectiveness of the

quality management system.

5.6 Management review.-

5.6.1 General:

Top management shall review the organization‘s quality management system, at planned intervals,

to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness. This review shall include assessing

opportunities for improvement and the need for changes to the quality management system,

including the quality policy and quality objectives. Records from management reviews shall be

maintained.

5.6.2 Review input:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

504

The input to management review shall include information on:-

(a) results of audits,

(b) customer feedback,

(c) process performance and product conformity,

(d) status of preventive and corrective actions,

(e) follow-up actions from previous management reviews,

(f) changes that could affect the quality management system,

(g) recommendations for improvement, and

(h) new or revised regulatory requirements as and when issued.

5.6.3 Review output:

The output from the management review shall include any decisions and actions related to:-

(a) improvements needed to maintain the effectiveness of the quality management system and

its processes,

(b) improvement of product related to customer requirements, and

(c) resource needs.

6 Resource management.-

6.1 Provision of resources:

The manufacturing organization shall determine and provide the resources needed

(a) to implement the quality management system and to maintain its effectiveness, and

(b) to meet regulatory and customer requirements.

6.2 Human resources.-

6.2.1 General:

Personnel performing work affecting product quality shall be competent on the basis of appropriate

education, training, skills and experience. Number of personnel employed shall be adequate and in

direct proportion to the workload. Prior to employment, all personnel, shall undergo medical

examination including eye examination, and shall be free from communicable or contagious

diseases. Thereafter, they should be medically examined periodically, at least once a year. Records

shall be maintained thereof.

6.2.2 Competence, awareness and training:

The manufacturer shall:-

(a) determine the necessary competence for personnel performing work affecting product

quality,

(b) provide training or take other actions to satisfy these needs,

(c) evaluate the effectiveness of the actions taken,

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

505

(d) ensure that its personnel are aware of the relevance and importance of their activities and

how they contribute to the achievement of the quality objectives,

(e) maintain appropriate records of education, training, skills and experience, and

(f) establish documented procedures for identifying training needs and ensure that all personnel

are trained to adequately perform their assigned responsibilities.

6.3 Infrastructure:

The organisation shall determine, provide and maintain the infrastructure needed to achieve

conformity to product requirements. Infrastructure includes, as applicable:-

(a) buildings, workspace and associated utilities.

(b) process equipment (both hardware and software), and

(c) supporting services (such as transport or communication).

The manufacturer shall establish documented requirements for maintenance activities, including

their frequency, when such activities or lack thereof can affect product quality. Records of such

maintenance shall be maintained.

6.4 Work environment:

The organisation shall determine and manage the work environment needed to achieve conformity to

product requirements. The following requirements shall apply, namely:-

(a) the manufacturer shall establish documented requirements for health, cleanliness and clothing

of personnel if contact between such personnel and the product or work environment could

adversely affect the quality of the product;

(b) if work environment conditions can have an adverse effect on product quality, the

manufacturer shall establish documented requirements as per Annexure-C of this schedule

for the work environment conditions and documented procedures or work instructions to

monitor and control these work environment condition;

(c) the manufacturer shall ensure that all personnel who are required to work temporarily under

special environmental conditions within the work environment are appropriately trained and

supervised by a trained person;

(d) if appropriate, special arrangements shall be established and documented for the control of

contaminated or potentially contaminated product in order to prevent contamination of other

product, the work environment or personnel.

(e) all personnel shall bear clean body covering appropriate to their duties. Smoking, eating,

drinking, chewing or keeping food and drink shall not be permitted in production, laboratory

and storage areas.

7 Product realisation.-

7.1 Planning of product realization:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

506

The manufacturer shall plan and develop the processes needed for product realization. Planning of

product realization shall be consistent with the requirements of the other processes of the quality

management system.

In planning product realisation, the manufacturer shall determine the following, as

appropriate:-

(a) quality objectives and requirements for the product;

(b) the need to establish processes, documents, and provide resources specific to the product;

(c) required verification, validation, monitoring, inspection and test activities specific to the

product and the criteria for product acceptance;

(d) records needed to provide evidence that the realisation processes and resulting product meet

requirements.

The output of this planning shall be in a form suitable for the manufacturer‘s method of operations.

The manufacturer organisation shall establish documented requirements for risk management (as per

the IS or ISO 14971) throughout product realisation. Records arising from risk management shall be

maintained.

7.2 Customer-related processes.-

7.2.1 Determination of requirements related to the product:

The manufacturer shall determine:-

(a) requirements specified by the customer, including the requirements for delivery and post-

delivery activities,

(b) requirements not stated by the customer but necessary for specified or intended use, where

known;

(c) statutory requirements related to the product, and

(d) any additional requirements determined by the manufacturer.

7.2.2 Review of requirements related to the product:

The manufacturer shall review the requirements related to the product. This review shall be

conducted prior to the manufacturer's commitment to supply a product to the customer and shall

ensure that:-

(a) product requirements are defined and documented;

(b) contract or order requirements differing from those previously expressed are resolved; and

(c) the manufacturer has the ability to meet the defined requirements.

Records of the results of the review and actions arising from the review shall be maintained.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

507

Where the customer provides no documented statement of requirement, the customer requirements

shall be confirmed by the manufacturer before acceptance.

Where product requirements are changed, the manufacturer shall ensure that relevant documents are

amended and that relevant personnel are made aware of the changed requirements.

7.2.3 Customer communication:

The manufacturer shall determine and implement effective arrangements for communicating with

customers in relation to:-

(a) product information;

(b) enquiries, contracts or order handling, including amendments;

(c) customer feedback, including customer complaints; and

(d) advisory notices.

7.3 Design and development.-

7.3.1 Design and development planning:

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures for design and development. The

manufacturer shall plan and control the design and development of product. During the design and

development planning, the manufacturer shall determine :-

(a) the design and development stages;

(b) the review, verification, validation and design transfer activities that are appropriate at each

design and development stage; and

(c) the responsibilities and authorities for design and development.

The manufacturer shall manage the interfaces between different groups involved in design and

development to ensure effective communication and clear assignment of responsibility.

Planning output shall be documented, and updated as appropriate, as the design and development

progresses.

NOTE: Design transfer activities during the design and development process ensure that design and

development outputs are verified as suitable for manufacturing before becoming final production

specifications.

7.3.2 Design and development inputs:

Inputs relating to product requirements shall be determined and records maintained. The design

requirements relating to a device are appropriate and address the intended use of the device,

including the needs of the user and patients.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

508

These inputs shall include:-

(a) functional, performance and safety requirements, according to the intended use;

(b) applicable statutory and regulatory requirements;

(c) where applicable, information derived from previous similar designs;

(d) other requirements essential for design and development; and

(e) output(s) of risk management.

These inputs shall be reviewed for adequacy and approved by designated individual.

Requirements shall be complete, unambiguous and not in conflict with each other.

7.3.3 Design and development outputs:

The outputs of design and development shall be provided in a form that enables verification against

the design and development input and shall be documented, reviewed, and approved prior to release.

Design and development outputs shall:-

(a) meet the input requirements for design and development;

(b) provide appropriate information for purchasing, production and for service provision;

(c) contain or reference product acceptance criteria; and

(d) specify the characteristics of the product that are essential for its safe and proper use.

Records of the design and development outputs shall be maintained.

Records of design and development outputs can include specifications, manufacturing procedures,

engineering drawings, and engineering or research logbooks.

7.3.4 Design and development review:

At suitable stages, systematic reviews of design and development shall be performed in accordance

with planned arrangements:-

(a) to evaluate the ability of the results of design and development to meet requirements; and

(b) to identify any problems and propose necessary actions.

Participants in such reviews shall include representatives of functions concerned with the design and

development stage being reviewed, as well as other specialist personnel.

Records of the results of the reviews and any necessary actions shall be maintained

7.3.5 Design and development verification:

Verification shall be performed in accordance with planned arrangements to ensure that the design

and development outputs have met the design and development input requirements. Records of the

results of the verification and any necessary actions shall be maintained.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

509

7.3.6 Design and development validation:

Design and development validation shall be performed in accordance with planned arrangements to

ensure that the resulting product is capable of meeting the requirements for the specified application

or intended use.

Design validation shall be performed under defined operating conditions on initial production units,

lots, or batches or their equivalence. Design validation shall include software validation and risk

analysis, where appropriate validation shall be completed prior to the delivery or implementation of

the product.

Records of the results of validation and any necessary actions shall be maintained.

As part of design and development validation, the manufacturer shall perform clinical evaluations

and/or evaluation of performance of the medical device or In-vitro Diagnostics.

NOTE 1.- If a medical device or In-vitro Diagnostic can only be validated following assembly and

installation at point of use, delivery is not considered to be complete until the product has been

formally transferred to the customer.

NOTE 2.- Provision of the medical device for purposes of clinical evaluations and/or evaluation of

performance is not considered to be delivery.

7.3.7 Control of design and development changes:

Design and development changes shall be identified and records maintained. The changes shall be

reviewed, verified and validated, as appropriate, and approved before implementation. The review of

design and development changes shall include evaluation of the effect of the changes on constituent

parts and product already delivered. Records of the results of the review of changes and any

necessary actions shall be maintained.

Note.-Each manufacturer shall establish and maintain a Design History File for each type of device.

The Design History File shall contain or reference the records necessary to demonstrate that the

design was developed in accordance with the approved design plan and the requirements of design

and development.

7.4 Purchasing.-

7.4.1 Purchasing process:

The manufacturer organisation shall establish documented procedures to ensure that purchased

product conforms to specified purchase requirements. The type and extent of control applied to the

supplier and the purchased product shall be dependent upon the effect of the purchased product on

subsequent product realisation or the final product.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

510

The manufacturer shall evaluate and select suppliers based on their ability to supply product in

accordance with the manufacturer‘s requirements. Criteria for selection, evaluation and re-evaluation

shall be established.

Records of the results of evaluations and any necessary actions arising from the evaluation shall be

maintained.

7.4.2 Purchasing information:

Purchasing information shall describe the product to be purchased, including where appropriate:-

(a) requirements for approval of product, procedures, processes and equipment;

(b) requirements for qualification of personnel; and

(c) quality management system requirements.

The manufacturer shall ensure the adequacy of specified purchase requirements prior to their

communication to the supplier.

To the extent required for traceability, the manufacturer shall maintain documents and records of

relevant purchasing information.

7.4.3 Verification of purchased product:

The manufacturer shall establish and implement the inspection or other activities necessary for

ensuring that purchased product meets specified purchase requirements. Where the manufacturer

intends to perform verification at the supplier‘s premises, the manufacturer shall state the intended

verification arrangements and method of product release in the purchasing information. Records of

the verification shall be maintained.

7.5 Production and service provision.-

7.5.1 Control of production and service provision:

7.5.1.1 General requirements:

The manufacturer shall plan and carry out production and service provision under controlled

conditions. Controlled conditions shall include, as applicable:-

(a) the availability of information that describes the characteristics of the product,

(b) the availability of documented procedures, documented requirements, work instructions; and

reference materials and reference measurement procedures as necessary;

(c) the use of suitable equipment;

(d) the availability and use of monitoring and measuring devices;

(e) the implementation of monitoring and measurement;

(f) the implementation of release, delivery and post-delivery activities; and

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

511

(g) the implementation of defined operations for labeling and packaging.

The manufacturer shall establish and maintain a record for each batch of medical device or In-vitro

Diagnostic devices that provides traceability and identifies the amount manufactured and amount

approved for distribution. The batch record shall be verified and approved.

7.5.1.2 Control of production and service provision — Specific requirements

7.5.1.2.1 Cleanliness of product and contamination control:

The manufacturer shall establish documented requirements for cleanliness of product if:-

(a) product is cleaned by the manufacturer prior to sterilisation or its use; or

(b) product is supplied non-sterile to be subjected to a cleaning process prior to sterilisation or

its use; or

(c) product is supplied to be used non-sterile and its cleanliness is of significance in use; or

(d) process agents are to be removed from product during manufacture.

If the product is cleaned in accordance with (a) or (b) above, the requirements content in clause 6.4

(a) and (b) do not apply prior to the cleaning process

7.5.1.2.2 Installation activities:

If appropriate, the manufacturer shall establish documented requirements which contain acceptance

criteria for installing and verifying the installation of the medical device or In-vitro Diagnostic

device.

If the agreed customer requirements allow installation to be performed other than by manufacturer or

its authorised agent, the manufacturer shall provide documented requirements for installation and

verification. Records of installation and verification performed by the manufacturer or its authorized

agent shall be maintained.

7.5.1.3 Particular requirements for sterile medical devices:

The manufacturer shall maintain records of the process parameters for the sterilisation process which

was used for each sterilisation batch. Sterilisation records shall be traceable to each production batch

of medical device.

7.5.2 Validation of processes for production and service provision.-

7.5.2.1 General:

The manufacturer shall validate any processes for production and service provision where the

resulting output cannot be verified by subsequent monitoring or measurement. This includes any

processes where deficiencies become apparent only after the product is in use. Validation shall

demonstrate the ability of these processes to achieve planned results.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

512

The manufacturer shall establish arrangements for these processes including, as applicable:-

(a) defined criteria for review and approval of the processes;

(b) approval of equipment and qualification of personnel

(c) use of specific methods and procedures,;

(d) requirements for records; and

(e) revalidation.

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures for the validation of the application of

computer software (and its changes to such software or its application) for production and service

provision that affect the ability of the product conform to specified requirements. Such software

applications shall be validated prior to initial use.

Records of validation shall be maintained.

7.5.2.2 Particular requirements for sterile medical devices:

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures for the validation of sterilization processes.

Sterilisation processes shall be validated prior to initial use. The records of validation of each

sterilisation process shall be maintained.

7.5.3 Identification and traceability.-

7.5.3.1 Identification:

The manufacturer shall identify the product by suitable means throughout product realization, and

shall establish documented procedures for such product identification. The manufacturer shall

establish documented procedures to ensure that medical devices and In-vitro Diagnostics returned to

the manufacturer are identified and distinguished from conforming product.

7.5.3.2 Traceability.-

7.5.3.2.1 General:

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures for traceability. Such procedures shall

define the extent of product traceability and the records required.

Where traceability is a requirement, the manufacturer shall control and record the unique

identification of the product.

NOTE.- Configuration management is a means by which identification and traceability can be

maintained.

7.5.3.2.2 Particular requirements for active implantable medical devices and implantable

medical devices:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

513

In defining the records required for traceability, the manufacturer shall include records of all

components, materials and work environment conditions, if these could cause the medical device not

to satisfy its specified requirements.

The manufacturer shall require that its agents or distributors maintain records of the distribution of

active implantable medical devices and implantable medical devices to allow traceability and that

such records are available for inspection. Records of the name and address of the shipping package

consignee shall be maintained.

7.5.3.3 Status identification:

The manufacturer shall identify the product status with respect to monitoring and measurement

requirements. The identification of product status shall be maintained throughout production,

storage, implant, usage and installation of the product to ensure that only product that has passed the

required inspections and tests (or released under an authorized concession) is dispatched, used or

installed.

7.5.4 Customer property:

The manufacturer shall exercise care with customer property while it is under the manufacturer‘s

control or being used by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall identify, verify, protect and

safeguard customer property provided for use or incorporation into the product. If any customer

property is lost, damaged or otherwise found to be unsuitable for use, this shall be reported to the

customer and records maintained.

NOTE.- Customer property can include intellectual property or confidential health information.

7.5.5 Preservation of product:

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures or documented work instructions for

preserving the conformity of product during internal processing and delivery to the intended

destination. This preservation shall include identification, handling, packaging, storage and

protection. Preservation shall also apply to the constituent parts of a product.

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures or documented work instructions for the

control of product with a limited shelf-life or requiring special storage conditions. Such special

storage conditions shall be controlled and recorded.

7.6 Control of monitoring and measuring devices:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

514

The manufacturer shall determine the monitoring and measurement to be undertaken and the

monitoring and measuring devices needed to provide evidence of conformity of product to

determined requirements.

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures to ensure that monitoring and measurement

can be carried out and are carried out in a manner that is consistent with the monitoring and

measurement requirements.

Where necessary to ensure valid results, measuring equipment shall be:-

(a) calibrated or verified at specified intervals, or prior to use, against measurement standards

traceable to Bureau of Indian Standards wherever available ; where no such standards exist,

the basis used for calibration or verification shall be recorded;

(b) adjusted or re-adjusted as necessary;

(c) identified to enable the calibration status to be determined;

(d) safeguarded from adjustments that would invalidate the measurement result;

(e) protected from damage and deterioration during handling, maintenance and storage.

In addition, the manufacturer shall assess and record the validity of the previous measuring results

when the equipment is found not to conform to requirements. The manufacturer shall take

appropriate action on the equipment and any product affected. Records of the results of calibration

and verification shall be maintained.

When used in the monitoring and measurement of specified requirements, the ability of computer

software to satisfy the intended application shall be confirmed. This shall be undertaken prior to

initial use and reconfirmed as necessary.

8 Measurement, analysis and improvement.-

8.1 General:

The manufacturer shall plan and implement the monitoring, measurement, analysis and

improvement processes needed:-

(a) to demonstrate conformity of the product;

(b) to ensure conformity of the quality management system; and

(c) to maintain the effectiveness of the quality management system.

This shall include determination of applicable methods, including statistical techniques, and the

extent of their use.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

515

Note.- If relevant Indian standards are not available, International standards are applicable. In case

no Indian or International standards are available, validated testing process of the manufacturer is

applicable.

8.2 Monitoring and measurement.-

8.2.1 Feedback:

As one of the measurements of the performance of the quality management system, the

manufacturer shall monitor information relating to whether the manufacturer has met customer or

regulatory requirements. The methods for obtaining and using this information shall be determined.

The manufacturer shall establish a documented procedure for a feedback system to provide early

warning of quality problems and for input into the corrective and preventive action processes.

8.2.2 Internal audit:

The manufacturer shall conduct internal audits at planned intervals to determine whether the quality

management system:-

a) conforms to the planned arrangements, to the requirements of this schedule and to the

quality management system requirements established by the manufacturer, and

b) is effectively implemented and maintained.

An audit programme shall be planned, taking into consideration the status and importance of the

processes and areas to be audited, as well as the results of previous audits. The audit criteria, scope,

frequency and methods shall be defined. Selection of auditors and conduct of audits shall ensure

objectivity and impartiality of the audit process. Auditors shall not audit their own work.

The responsibilities and requirements for planning and conducting audits, and for reporting results

and maintaining records shall be defined in a documented procedure. The management responsible

for the area being audited shall ensure that actions are taken without undue delay to eliminate

detected nonconformities and their causes. Follow-up activities shall include the verification of the

actions taken and the reporting of verification results.

8.2.3 Monitoring and measurement of processes:

The manufacturer shall apply suitable methods for monitoring and, where applicable, measurement

of the quality management system processes. These methods shall demonstrate the ability of the

processes to achieve planned results. When planned results are not achieved, correction and

corrective action shall be taken, as appropriate, to ensure conformity of the product.

8.2.4 Monitoring and measurement of product.-

8.2.4.1 General requirements:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

516

The manufacturer shall monitor and measure the characteristics of the product to verify that product

requirements have been met. This shall be carried out at appropriate stages of the product realisation

process in accordance with the planned arrangements and documented procedures.

Evidence of conformity with the acceptance criteria shall be maintained. Records shall indicate the

person(s) authorizing release of product. Product release shall not proceed until the planned

arrangements have been satisfactorily completed.

8.2.4.2 Particular requirement for active implantable medical devices and implantable medical

Devices wherever applicable:

The manufacturer shall record the identity of personnel performing any inspection or testing.

8.3 Control of nonconforming product

The manufacturer shall ensure that product which does not conform to product requirements is

identified and controlled to prevent its unintended use or delivery. The controls and related

responsibilities and authorities for dealing with nonconforming product shall be defined in a

documented procedure.

The manufacturer shall deal with nonconforming product by one or more of the following ways:

(a) by taking action to eliminate the detected nonconformity;

(b) by authorizing its use, release or acceptance under concession;

(c) by taking action to preclude its original intended use or application.

The manufacturer shall ensure that nonconforming product is accepted by concession only if

regulatory requirements are met. Records of the identity of the person authorisng the concession

shall be maintained.

Records of the nature of nonconformities and any subsequent actions taken, including concessions

obtained, shall be maintained.

When nonconforming product is corrected it shall be subject to re-verification to demonstrate

conformity to the requirements. When nonconforming product is detected after delivery or use has

started, the manufacturer shall take action appropriate to the effects, or potential effects, of the non-

conformity.

If product needs to be reworked (one or more times), the manufacturer shall document the rework

process in a work instruction that has undergone the same authorisation and approval procedure as

the original work instruction. Prior to authorisation and approval of the work instruction, a

determination of any adverse effect of the rework upon product shall be made and documented.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

517

8.4 Analysis of data:

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures to determine, collect and analyze

appropriate data to demonstrate the suitability and effectiveness of the quality management system

and to evaluate whether improvement of the effectiveness of the quality management system can be

made.

This shall include data generated as a result of monitoring and measurement and from other relevant

sources.

The analysis of data shall provide information relating to:-

(a) feedback

(b) conformity to product requirements;

(c) characteristics and trends of processes and products including opportunities for preventive

action; and

(d) suppliers.

Records of the results of the analysis of data shall be maintained.

8.5 Improvement.-

8.5.1 General:

The manufacturer shall identify and implement any changes necessary to ensure and maintain the

continued suitability and effectiveness of the quality management system through the use of the

quality policy, quality objectives, audit results, analysis of data, corrective and preventive actions

and management review.

The manufacturer shall establish documented procedures for the issue and implementation of

advisory notices. These procedures shall be capable of being implemented at any time. Records of

all customer complaint investigations shall be maintained. If investigation determine that the

activities outside the manufacturer‘s organisation contributed to the customer complaint, relevant

information shall be exchanged between the organisations involved.

If any customer complaint is not followed by corrective or preventive action, the reason shall be

recorded and approved. Manufacturer shall notify the adverse event to the regulatory authority and

establish documented procedures for the same.

8.5.2 Corrective action:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

518

The manufacturer shall take action to eliminate the cause of nonconformities in order to prevent

recurrence. Corrective actions shall be appropriate to the effects of the nonconformities encountered.

A documented procedure shall be established to define requirements for:-

(a) reviewing nonconformities (including customer complaints);

(b) determining the causes of nonconformities;

(c) evaluating the need for action to ensure that nonconformities do not recur

(d) determining and implementing action needed, including, if appropriate, updating

documentation;

(e) recording of the results of any investigation and of action taken; and

(f) reviewing the corrective action taken and its effectiveness.

8.5.3 Preventive action:

The manufacturer shall determine action to eliminate the causes of potential nonconformities in

order to prevent their occurrence. Preventive actions shall be appropriate to the effects of the

potential problems. A documented procedure shall be established to define requirements for

(a) determining potential nonconformities and their causes,

(b) evaluating the need for action to prevent occurrence of nonconformities,

(c) determining and implementing action needed,

(d) recording of the results of any investigations and of action taken, and

(e) reviewing preventive action taken and its effectiveness.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

519

Annexure ‗A‘

(refer para 4.2.1)

The manufacturer shall prepare a succinct document in the form of Device Master File containing

specific information about the device manufacturing in the premises.

1.0 Executive Summary:

An executive summary shall be provided by the manufacturer and shall contain:

Introductory descriptive information on the medical device or In-vitro Diagnostics, the intended use

and indication for use, Class of Device, novel features of the device (if any), shelf life of the device

and a synopsis on the content of the dossier information regarding sterilisation of the device

(whether it is sterile or non-sterile; if sterile, mode of sterilisation)

2.0 Device Description And Product Specification, Including Variants And Accessories:

2.1 Device Description

2.2 Product Specification

2.3 Reference to predicate and/or previous generations of the device

3.0 Labelling

4.0 Design And Manufacturing Information:

4.1 Device Design

4.2 Manufacturing Processes

5.0 Essential Principles (EP) Checklist

6.0 Risk Analysis And Control Summary

7.0 Product Verification And Validation:

7.1 Biocompatibility

7.2 Medicinal Substances

7.3 Biological Safety

7.4 Sterilisation

7.5 Software Verification and Validation

7.6 Animal Studies

7.7 Shelf Life/Stability Data

7.8 Clinical Evidence

7.9 Post Marketing Surveillance Data (Vigilance Reporting)

8. Additional information in case of the diagnostic kits:

Product dossier showing the:

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

520

8.1 The details of source antigen or antibody as the case may be and characterization of the

same.

Process control of coating of antigen or antibody on the base material like Nitrocellulose

paper, strips or cards or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) wells etc.

Detailed composition of the kit and manufacturing flow chart process of the kit showing the

specific flow diagram of individual components or source of the individual components.

8.2 Test protocol of the kit showing the specifications and method of testing. In house

evaluation report of sensitivity, specificity and stability studies.

8.3 The detailed test report of all the components used/packed in the finished kit.

8.4 Pack size and labelling.

8.5 Product inserts.

Specific evaluation report, if done by any laboratory in India, showing the sensitivity and specificity

of the kit.

Specific processing like safe handling, material control, area control, process control, and stability

studies, storage at quarantine stage and finished stage, packaging should be highlighted in the

product dossier.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

521

Annexure `B`

(refer para 4.2.2)

The manufacturer shall prepare a succinct document in the form of Plant Master File containing

specific information about the production and/or control of device manufacturing carried out at the

premises. It shall contain the following information:

1. General Information:

(i) brief information on the site (including name and address), relation to other sites;

(ii) manufacturing activities;

(iii) any other operations carried out on the site

(iv) name and exact address of the site, including telephone, fax numbers, web site URL and

e-mail address;

(v) type of medical devices handled on the site and information about specifically toxic or

hazardous substances handled, mentioning the way they are handled and precautions

taken;

(vi) short description of the site (size, location and immediate environment and other

activities on the site);

(vii) number of employees engaged in Production, Quality Control, warehousing, and

distribution;

(viii) use of outside scientific, analytical or other technical assistance in relation to the design,

manufacture and testing;

(ix) short description of the quality management system of the company;

(x) devices details registered with foreign countries;

2. Personnel:

(i) organisation chart showing the arrangements for key personne;l

(ii) qualifications, experience and responsibilities of key personnel;

(iii) outline of arrangements for basic and in-service training and how records are maintained;

(iv) health requirements for personnel engaged in production

(v) personnel hygiene requirements, including clothing.

3. Premises and Facilities:

(i) layout of premises with indication of scale;

(ii) nature of construction, finishes/fixtures and fittings;

(iii) brief description of ventilation systems. More details should be given for critical areas

with potential risks of airborne contamination (including schematic drawings of the

systems). Classification of the rooms used for the manufacture of sterile products should

be mentioned;

(iv) special areas for the handling of highly toxic, hazardous and sensitizing materials;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

522

(v) brief description of water systems (schematic drawings of the systems are desirable)

including sanitation;

(vi) maintenance (description of planned preventive maintenance programmes for premises

and recording system);

4. Equipment:

(i) Brief description of major production and quality control laboratories equipment (a list of

the equipment is required);

(ii) maintenance (description of planned preventive maintenance programmes and recording

system);

(iii) qualification and calibration, including the recording system. Arrangements for

computerized systems validation.

5. Sanitation:

Availability of written specifications and procedures for cleaning the manufacturing areas and

equipments.

6. Production:

(i) Brief description of production operations using, wherever possible, flow sheets and

charts specifying important parameters ;

(ii) arrangements for the handling of starting materials, packaging materials, bulk and

finished products, including sampling, quarantine, release and storage;

(iii) arrangements for reprocessing or rework;

(iv) arrangements for the handling of rejected materials and products;

(v) brief description of general policy for process validation.

7. Quality Assurance:

Description of the Quality Assurance system and of the activities of the Quality Assurance

Department. Procedures for the release of finished products.

8. Storage:

Policy on the storage of medical device.

9. Documentation:

Arrangements for the preparation, revision and distribution of necessary documentation,

including storage of master documents.

10. Medical Device Complaints and Field Safety Corrective Action:

(i) Arrangements for the handling of complaints ;

(ii) Arrangements for the handling of field safety corrective action

11. Internal Audit:

Short Description of the internal audit system.

12. Contract Activities:

Description of the way in which the compliance of the contract acceptor is assessed.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

523

Annexure ‗C‘

Environmental requirement for Notified medical devices and in-vitro diagnostics

Name of Device Type of Operation ISO Class (At rest)

Cardiac stent/Drug Eluting

Stent

Primary Packing and Crimping 5

Washing, Ultrasonic cleaning &Drug

coating

7

Assembly, Wrapping & Packaging 8

Laser cutting, Descaling, Annealing &

Electro polishing

9

Heart Valves Valve Packing 5

Ultrasonic Cleaning & Visual Inspection 7

Frame & Disc Assembly 7

Intra Ocular Lenses Packing & Sealing 5

Final Inspection 7

Power Checking& Final Cleaning 8

Tumble Polishing & Lathe Cutting 9

Bone Cements Final Product Filling 5

Sieving & Calcinations 7

Powder Preparation, Granulation

&Drying

8

Internal Prosthetic

Replacement

Packing 5

Product Preparation 7

Component Preparation 8

Orthopedic Implants Polishing &Cleaning & packaging (to be

sterilized in factory premises)

7

Polishing , cleaning & packaging (Non

Sterile- to be sterilized in Hospital)

8

Cutting, lathing 9

Catheters /Ablation Device / I

V Cannulae / Scalp Vein Set/

Hypodermic Syringes/

Hypodermic Needles /

Perfusion Sets

Assembly, Coating, Wrapping &

Packing

7

Component Preparation & Cleaning 8

Moulding 9

Condom Compounding Well ventilated area with

minimum 5 micron filter

Moulding Well ventilated area with

minimum 5 micron filter

Vulcanising Normal air

Packing Air conditioned

Intra Uterine Devices Moulding Well ventilated area with

minimum 5 micron filter

Assembling 7

Packaging 7

Tubal ring Extrusion 7

Cutting and Assembly 7

Packaging 7

Blood bags Moulding/Extrusion of components 8

Assembly 7

Filing 5

Suture Extrusion 9

Assembly 8

Packing 8

Staplers Staple formation 9

Staple assembly 8

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

524

Staple final pack 8

Ligatures Extrusion 9

Cutting and assembly 8

Final Pack 8

Surgical dressings Weaving 9

Assembly and Gauzing 9

Final pack 9

In-vitro diagnostics

Dry, Liquid Reagent Preparation Well Lighted and

Ventilated controlled

temperature & humidity as

per process or product

requirement

Coating of sheets etc.

Assembly and primary packing

Filling Well Lighted and

Ventilated controlled

temperature and humidity

as per process or product

requirement. Provision of

Laminar hood if required,

Clean Room class 8 or class

9 as per product/process

requirement

Secondary Packing Well Lighted and

Ventilated controlled

temperature if required

Storage As per recommended

storage condition of the

product].

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

525

1

[SCHEDULE N

[See Rule 64(1)]

LIST OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT FOR THE EFFICIENT RUNNING

OF A PHARMACY

1. Entrance. - The front of a pharmacy shall bear an inscription ―Pharmacy‖ in front.

2. Premises. - The premises of a pharmacy shall be separated from rooms for private

use. The premises shall be well built, dry, well lit and ventilated and, of sufficient dimensions

to allow the goods in stock, especially medicaments and poisons to be kept in a clearly visible

and appropriate manner. The areas of the section to be used as dispensing department shall be

not less than 6 square meters for one pharmacist working therein with additional 2 square

meters for each additional pharmacist. The height of the premises shall be at least 2.5 meters.

The floor of the pharmacy shall be smooth and washable. The walls shall be plastered

or tiled or oil painted so as to maintain smooth, durable and washable surface devoid of holes,

cracks and crevices.

A pharmacy shall be provided with ample supply of good quality water.

The dispensing department shall be separated by a barrier to prevent the admission of

the public.

3. Furniture and apparatus. - The furniture and apparatus of a pharmacy shall be

adopted to the uses for which they are intended and correspond to the size and requirements

of the establishment.

Drugs, chemicals, and medicaments shall be kept in a room appropriate to their

properties and in such special containers as will prevent any deterioration of the contents or of

contents of containers kept near them. Drawers, glasses and other containers used for keeping

medicaments shall be of suitable size and capable of being closed tightly to prevent the entry

of dust.

Every container shall bear a label of appropriate size, easily readable with names of

medicaments as given in the Pharmacopoeias.

A pharmacy shall be provided with a dispensing bench, the top of which shall be

covered with washable and impervious material like stainless steel, laminated or plastic, etc.

A pharmacy shall be provided with a cupboard with lock and key for the storage of

poisons and shall be clearly marked with the work ‗POISON‘ in red letters on a white

background.

Containers of all concentrated solution shall bear special label or marked with the

words ―To be diluted‖.

A Pharmacy shall be provided with the following minimum apparatus and books

necessary for making of official preparations and prescriptions:-

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

526

Apparatus: -

Books :

Balance, dispensing, sensitivity 30 mg.

Balance, counter, capacity 3 Kgm., sensitivity 1 gm.

Beakers, lipped, assorted sizes.

Bottles, prescription, ungraduated assorted sizes.

Corks assorted sizes and tapers.

Cork, extracter.

Evaporating dishes, porcelain.

Filter paper.

Funnels, glass.

Litmas paper, blue and red.

Measure glasses cylindrical 10 ml, 25 ml, 100 ml and 500 ml.

Mortars and pestles, glass.

Mortars and pestles, wedgwood.

Ointment pots with bakelite or suitable caps.

Ointment slab, porcelain

Pipette graduated, 2 ml, 5 ml and 10 ml.

Ring, stand (retort) iron, complete with rings.

Rubber stamps and pad

Scissors

Spatulas, rubber or vulcanite

Spatulas, stainless steel.

Spirit lamp

Glass stirring rods.

Thermometer, 0

o

C to 200

o

C.

Tripod stand.

Watch glasses.

Water bath.

Water distillation still in case Eye drops and Eye lotions are prepared.

Weights, Metric, 1 mg. to 100 gm.

Wire Gauze.

*Pill finisher, boxwood.

* Pill Machine.

* Pill Boxes.

* Suppository mould.

The Indian Pharmacopoeia (Current Edition).

National Formulary of Indian (Current Edition).

The Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940.

The Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945.

The Pharmacy Act, 1948.

The Dangerous Drugs Act, 1930.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

527

4. General provisions. - A pharmacy shall be conducted under the continuous

personal supervision of a Registered Pharmacist whose name shall be displayed

conspicuously in the premises.

The Pharmacist shall always put on clean white overalls.

The premises and fittings of the pharmacy shall be properly kept and everything shall

be in good order and clean.

All records and registers shall be maintained in accordance with the laws in force.

Any container taken from the poison cupboard shall be replaced therein immediately

after use and the cupboard locked. The keys of the poison cupboard shall be kept in the

personal custody of the responsible person.

Medicaments when supplied shall have labels conforming to the provisions of laws in

force.

Note: - The above requirements are subject to modifications at the discretion of the

licensing authority, if he is of opinion that having regard to the nature of drugs dispensed,

compounded or prepared by the licensee. It is necessary to relax the above requirements or to

impose additional requirements in the circumstances of a particular case. The decision of the

licensing authority in that regard shall be final.

* These items are to be provided only by those who intend to dispense pills or

suppositories, as the case may be.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

528

1

[SCHEDULE O

[See Rule 126]

STANDARD FOR DISINFECTANT FLUIDS

2

[PART I

PROVISION APPLICABLE TO BLACK FLUIDS AND WHITE FLUIDS

The standards for disinfectants shall conform to the Indian Standards specification (IS

1061:1997) laid down from time to time by the Bureau of Indian Standards.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 1243, dared 19-09-1979, for Schedule O (w.e.f. 6-10-979). EARLIER Schedule O was added y

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 735(E), dated 21-12-2005, for

―PART I

Provision applicable to Black Fluids and White Fluids

1.Classification - The disinfectants shall be classified as follows: -

(a) Black fluids

(b) White fluids

(A) Black fluids.– These shall be homogeneous dark brown solution of coal tar acid or

similar acids derived from petroleum with or without hydrocarbon, and/or other

phenolic compounds, and their derivatives and a suitable emulsifier.

(B) White fluids.– These shall be finely dispersed homogeneous white to off- white

emulsion consisting of coal tar acids or similar acids derived from petroleum, with or

without hydrocarbons, and/or other phenolic compounds, and their derivatives.

2.Gradation – Each of the above classes of disinfectant fluids shall be graded on the basis of the

minimum requirements in respect of:

Rideal Walker (RW) Coefficient as follows: -

Grade Rideal Walker (RW) Coefficient (Minimum)

1. 18

2. 10

3. 5

3.Type - Each of the above grades of disinfectant fluids shall be stable in the range of temperature

indicated against each type. -

Type Stable in the range of

(I) Normal 15

o

C to 45

o

C.

(II) Winter 5

o

C to 30

o

C

4.Requirements - All classes and grades of disinfectant fluids shall comply with the following

requirements, namely: -

(1) Stability after dilution - When tested by the method described hereinafter the

disinfectant fluid shall be miscible with artificial hard water (for Black fluids) or with artificial sea

water (for White fluids) in all proportion from 1 per cent to 5 per cent by volume, to give

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

529

emulsion which shall not break or show more than traces of separation of either top or bottom oil

when kept for 6 hours at 15

o

C to 45

o

C for Type (I) (Normal) and 5

o

C to 30

o

C for Type (II)

(Winter).

(2) Germicidal Value.– Rideal Walker Coefficient – Black fluids and White fluids shall

be tested for determination of Rideal Walker Coefficient (R.W.Coefficient) by the method

described hereinafter.

(3) Storage.– Disinfectant fluids of all classes shall be stored in mild steel, tinned mild steel or

other suitable containers. These shall not be stored in containers made of galvanized iron.

(4) Labelling. -Subject to the other provisions in these rules, the label on the container shall

state-

(i) the name of the product,

(ii) the name and full address of the manufacturer,

(iii) grade, type, R.W. Coefficient of product,

(iv) date of manufacture,

(v) quantity present in the container,

(vi) indications and mode of use, and

(vii) date up to which the product can be used.

5.Method of testing - (1) Preparation of sample - The sample of disinfectant fluid to be tested

should be mixed thoroughly taking care that no air is beaten into the fluid immediately before

withdrawing any portion for testing. The rest portion should be withdrawn from the middle of the

sample.

(2) Method of resting stability after dilution. - (a) Preparation of Artificial Hard Water: 40

ml of I N Hydrochloric Acid (Analytical Reagent Quality) is neutralized with a slight excess of

Calcium Carbonate and filtered. The filtrate is diluted to 1000 ml with distilled water, 10 parts

of this solution is further diluted to 100 parts with distilled water.

(b) Preparation of Artificial Sea Water: 27G of Sodium Chloride (Analytical Reagent

Quality) and 5 G of Magnesium Sulphate (Analytical Reagent Quality) are dissolved in distilled

water and diluted to 1000 ml. The solution is filtered before use.

(c) Procedure: Take 1 ml and 5 ml portions of the sample in duplicate in 100 ml stoppered

measuring cylinder (IS: 878 – 1956) by means of pipettes. Dilute the sample with artificial Hard

water or Artificial Sea water (as the case may be) upto 10 ml mark. Mix thoroughly by inverting the

cylinders 5 times. Keep the cylinders containing the diluted fluids for 6 hours at the extremes of the

temperature range specified for the particular type. The sample complies with the test if the solution

shows not more than a trace of separation at its top and bottom.

(3) Method of determination of Rideal Walker Coefficient (R.W.C)-

Apparatus – A loop, 4 mm in internal diameter is made at the end of 28 swg (0.376 mm)

wire of platinum or platinum iridium alloy, 38 mm long from the loop to the holder. The loop is bent

at such an angle to the length of the wire as will facilitate in removal vertically from the surface of

the liquid while keeping the place of the loop horizontal.

Incubator – Set and maintained at 37

o

C ± 1

o

C

Pipettes – Standard graduated pipettes of capacity 10 ml; 5 ml and 1 ml

Dropping Pipette – Made of delivery 0.2 ml

Medication tubes – 5 sterile plugged rimless test tubes 125 mm x 22 mm

(5 inch x ¾ inch) made of hard neutral glass.

Both tubes – About 2 dozens of the same description as medication tubes.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

530

Standard measuring cylinders stopped and graduated—500 ml graduated in

10 ml–;one 100 ml graduated 1 ml– five. All apparatus must be scrupulously clean and

sterile; immediately before use.

Reagents– (a) Broth.– Prepare a mixture of the following ingredients:

Meat extract (Microbiological grade) 20 g Peptone (Micro biological grade) 20g. Sodium

Chloride (Regent Quality) 10 g Distilled Water- 1000 ml.

Dissolve the solids in distilled water. Add sufficient sodium hydroxide to neutralize the

solution; then boil it to bring down phosphates and filter while hot. The broth thus prepared

is then adjusted to pH 7.6 with normal Hydrochloric acid. The broth is then sterilized by

autoclaving at 15 lbs pressure for 20 minutes. It is then filtered and placed in 5 ml quantities in

sterilized broth tubes. The tubes of media thus prepared are sterilized by autoclaving at 15 lbs

pressure for 10 minutes. The final pH of the medium should lie between 7.3 and 7.5. Further

resterilization in bulk or in tubes is not permissible.

(b) Test Organism- Test organism used is Salmonella typhi (NCTC 786) of which suitable

culture shall be obtained from the Director, Central Drugs Laboratory, Calcutta. This culture is

maintained by weekly sub-culture on a nutrient agar slope (made by dissolving 2.5 per cent Agar

Agar (Bacteriological grade) in broth prepared as above), incubating the sub- culture for 24 hours

at 37

O

C and then storing in refrigerator at a temperature below 22

o

C. For the purpose of the test a

little of the growth from the most recent sub-culture in nutrient agar slope is placed in tube of R.W.

broth and incubated for 23 hours at 38

o

C. A standard loopful is then transferred to a second tube

and incubated as before. This is done at least three times before a test is carried out. Sub-culturing

in broth is limited to 14 days.

(c) Standard phenol: 5 per cent W/V solution in sterile distilled water of chemically pure

phenol having a crystallizing point of not less than 40.5

o

C is prepared. Test dilutions are prepared

from this stock solution containing 1 g of phenol in each 95, 100, 105, 115 ml of the solution made.

These dilutions shall be used within a week of preparation.

(d) Test dilutions of Disinfectant (sample)- The sample is prepared as described under

―Preparation of samples‖. A test portion of 5 ml is withdrawn and discharged into about 480 ml of

sterile distilled water in a 500 ml glass stoppered sterile measuring cylinder and the pipette is

rinsed three times or more in the clear liquid. The whole is then made up to 500 ml with sterile

distilled water, the cylinder is stoppered and the contents thoroughly mixed by inverting the

cylinder several times. Suitable test dilutions in sterile distilled water are then immediately

prepared from this stock solution.

Procedure: 5 ml of 4 chosen dilutions of the disinfectant are placed in 4 medication tubes

which are then placed in a rack provided with water bath maintained at a constant temperature

between 17

o

C and 19

o

C, with the strongest dilution on the left. The fifth medication tube

containing 5 ml of the particular phenol dilution is placed on the right. When the content on the

medication tubes and broth culture of the test organism have reached the temperature of the water

bath, starting at Zero time, 0.2 ml of the culture is added to the left hand medication tube and the

tube is shaken gently. After 30 seconds the next tube is inoculated similarly and the process is

repeated with each successive tube at intervals of 30 seconds until the phenol control has been

inoculated. Thirty seconds after this last addition (that is 2-1/2 minutes from zero) a loopful of

the well-shaken content of the tube at the extreme left is withdrawn and placed in tube

containing 5 ml of the broth medium. Thirty seconds after this similar operation is performed

on the second medication tube. The procedure is repeated at an interval of 30 seconds with

each of the 5 medication tubes working from left to right until 4 sets of cultures have been made

i.e. at 2-1/2, 5, 7-1/2 and 10 minutes respectively after exposure. In each withdrawal care should

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

531

be taken to ensure that the loop is removed vertically from the surface of the liquid with its plane

horizontally and without touching the side of the test tubes. The loop shall be sterilized by flaming

between each operation, care being taken that the loop is cooled before being again used.

The inoculated broth tubes are incubated for not less than 48 hours and not more than 72 hours at

37

o

C when the tubes showing growth of the test organisms will be recognized by turbidity of the

broth.

Calculation of Coefficient – The R.W. Coefficient is obtained by dividing that

dilution of the disinfectant which shows life of test organism in 2-1/2 and 5 minutes but no life

thereafter by that dilution of the phenol which gives the same response.A typical set of sample is

given below:

Sample disinfectant Time of exposures in minutes

Dilutions 2½ 5 7½ 10

R.W. Coefficient

=

1200

=

12

1:1300

1:100 Pheno control

+

+

+

+

+

−

−

−

100

(+ = growth − = No growth)

PART II

Provisions applicable to other disinfectant fluids:

Disinfectant fluids which are made with chemicals other than those specified under Part I of this

Schedule shall conform to the formula or list of ingredients shown on the label.

Labelling : Subject to the provisions of rules on labelling, the label of container shall state:

(i) the name of the product;

(ii) the name and full address of the manufacturer;

(iii) the full formula or list of ingredients of the preparation;

(iv) date of manufacture;

(v) date up to which the product can be used;

(vi) quantity present in the container; and

(vii) indications and mode of use.

Cautionary note:

Mercury compounds shall be strictly excluded from all grades.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

532

1

[SCHEDULE P

[See Rule 96]

LIFE PERIOD OF DRUGS

Sl.

No.

Name of the drug Period in months (unless

otherwise specified)

between date of

manufacture and date of

expiry which the labelled

potency period of the drug

shall not exceed under the

conditions of storage

specified in Column No.4

Condition of storage

1 2 3 4

ANTIBIOTICS

1. Adramycin 30 In a cool place

2. Ampicillin 36 In a cool place

3. Ampicillin Capsules 24

4. Ampicillin Dry Syrup 24

5. Ampicillin Injection 24

6. Ampicillin Sodium 36 In a cool place

7. Ampicillin Trihydrate 30 In a cool place

8. Amoxycillin Trihydrate 36 In a cool place

9 Amoxycillin Trihydrate Capsules 24

10. Amoxycillin Trihydrate Dry Syrup 18

11. Bacitracin 18 In a cool place

12. Bacitracin or Zinc Bacitracin Tablets 12

13. Bacitracin Lozenges 12

14. Carbenicillin Sodium Injection 24 At temperature not

Exceeding 5°C

15. Carbenicillin Sodium Powder 24 At temperature not

Exceeding 5°C

16. Cephalexin 24 In a cool place

17. Chloramphenicol 60 In a cool place

18. Chloramphenicol Capsules & Tablets 48

19. Chloramphenicol Palmitate 48

20. Chloramphenicol Palmitate Oral Suspension 36

21. Chloramphenicol Eye drops 24

22. Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate Powder 48 In a cool palace

23. Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate Injection 36 In a cool place

24 Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride 60 In a cool place

25. Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride Capsules 60

26. Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride Tablets 24

27. Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride Ointment 24

28. Cloxacillin (Oral) 36 In a cool place

29. Cloxacillin Sodium (Injection Grade) 36 In a cool place

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

533

1 2 3 4

30. Colistin Sulphate 60 Protected from light

31. D-Cycloserine 48 In a cool place

32. Dimethyl Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride 48

33. Dimethyl Chlortetracycline Hydrochloride Capsules 36

34. Daunoblastin Injection. 36

35. Doxycycline Hydrochloride 48 In a cool place

36. Doxcycline Monohydrate 36 In a cool place

37. Doxycyline Monohydrate for Oral Suspension. 24

38. Doxycycline Monohydrate Capsules. 36

39. Erythromycin Estolate 36 In a cool place

40. Erythromycin Ethylsuccinate 60 In a cool place

41. Erythromycin Oral Suspension 36

42. Erythromycin Estolate for Oral Suspension 36

43. Erythromycin Ethyl Succinate Tablet 24

44. Erythromycin Estolate Tablets 24

45. Erythromycin Stearate 36 In a cool place

46. Framycetin Sulphate 48 In a well closed container

with temperature not

exceeding 30°C

47. Framycetin Sulphate Eye drops 24 In a well closed container

with temperature not

exceeding 30°C

48. Framycetin Sulphate Ointment 24 In a well closed container

with temperature not

exceeding 30°C

49. Gentamycin Sulphate 60 In a cool place.

50. Gentamycin Sulphate Injection 36

51. Gramicidin 60 In a cool place

52. Griseofulvin 48 In a cool place

53. Griseofulvin Tablets 36

54. Kanamycin Sulphate Injection. 24

55. Kanamycin Acid Sulphate Powder 48 In a cool place

56. Mitomycin C 48 In a cool place

57. Neomycin Sulphate. 48 In a cool place

58. Nystatin 36 At temperature not exceeding

5°C

59. Oleandomycin Phosphate sterile 24 In a cool place

60. Oleandomycin Phosphate non sterile 36 In a cool place

61. Oxytetracline Hydrochloride 36 In a cool place

62. Oxytetracycline Hydrochloride Capsules. 36

63. Oxytetracycline Hydrochloride Tablets 24

64. Oxytetracycline Hydrochloride Injection 24

65. Oxytetracycline Hydrochloride Ointment 36

66. Penicillin Crystalline 36 In a cool place

67. Penicillin Tablets 18 In a cool place

68. Procaine Penicillin G 36 In a cool place

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

534

1 2 3 4

69. Benzathin Penicillin G 48

In a cool place70. Potassium Phenoxy Methyl Penicillin 48 In a cool place

71. Potassium Phenoxy Methyl PenicillinTablets 24

72. Polymixin B Sulphate 48 In a cool place

73. Polymixin B Sulphate Ointment or Powder 24 In a cool place

74. Rifampicin 36 In a cool place

1

[75 Rifampicin Capsules 36]

76. Spramycin Base 24 In a cool place

77. Strepromycin Injection. 36

78. Streptomycin Ointment 24

79. Streptomycin Tablets 24

80. Streptomycin Sulphate 48 At temperature not exceeding 20oC

81. Tetracycline Base 24 In a cool place

82. Tetracycline Hydrochloride 36 In a cool place

83. Tetracycline Hydrochloride Capsules 36

84. Tetracycline Tablets 24

85. Tyrothricin 60 In a cool place.

VITAMINS

1.

Vitamin A Injection

24

2. Vitamin B1 Injection 24

3. Thiamine Mononitrate Tablets 36

4.

Thiamine Hydrochloride

48 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

5. Thiamine Mononitrate 48 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

6. Riboflavin 60 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

7. Riboflavin-5-Phosphate 24 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

8. Riboflavin Tablets 36

9. Vitamin B2 Injection 24

10. Vitamin B6 60 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

11. Vitamin B6 tablets 36

12. Cyanacobalamin 48 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

13. Hydroxycobalamin 48 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

14. Vitamin B12 Injection 36

15. Calcium Pantothenate 36 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

16. Vitamin C Injection 24

17. Calcium Pantothenate Tablets 36

2

18. Vitamin C 48 In a well closed container, protected

from light, in a cool place.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

535

1 2 3 4

19. Vitamin D2 D3 36 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

20. Vitamin E or E-Acetate 60 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

21. Folic Acid 60 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

22. Folic Acid Tablets 36

23. Vitamin K 60 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

24. Vitamin K Injection 36

25. Niacinamide 60 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

26. Niacinamide Tablets 36

27. D-Panthenol 60 In a well closed container, protected from

light, in a cool place.

INSULIN PREPARATIONS

1. Globuline Zinc Insulin Injection 24 At temperature between 2

o

C and 8

o

C,

must not be allowed to freeze.

2. Insulin Injection 24 At temperature between 2

o

C and 8

o

C,

must not be allowed to freeze.

3. Insulin Zinc Suspension 24 At temperature between 2

o

C and 8

o

C,

must not be allowed to freeze.

4. Isophane Insulin Injection. 24 At temperature between 2

o

C and 8

o

C,

must not be allowed to freeze.

1

[5. Human Insulin Injection 30 At temperature between 2

o

C and 8

o

C,

must not be allowed to freeze.

NORMAL HUMAN PLASMA

1. Anti-Haemophillic Human Globulin 12 In a cool place

2. Dried Plasma 60 At a temperature not exceeding

25

o

C

3. Dried Normal Human Serum Albumin 60 At a temperature not exceeding

25

o

C

4. Frozen Plasma 60 In deep freeze

5. Liquid Plasma 24 In cold place

6. Liquid Normal Human Serum Albumin. 60 In cold place.

2

[7. Whole Human Blood-

(a) Collected in ACD solution 21days At temperature between 4

o

C and

6

o

C

(b) Collection in CPDA solution. 35days At temperature between 4

o

C and

6

o

C]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

536

SERA TOXIN AND TOXOID

1. Alum Precipitated Diphtheria Toxoid 24 In cold place.

2. Alum Precipitated Diphtheria and

Tetanus toxoid and Pertusis vaccine combined 18 In cold place

3. Alum Precipitated Tetanus Toxoid 24 In a cold place

4. Aluminium Hydroxide 24 In a cold place.

Absorbed Diphtheria Toxoid

5. Aluminium Hydroxide Absorbed 18 In a cold place

Diphtheria Tetanus Toxoid and Pertussis

Vaccine combined.

6. Aluminium Phosphate Absorbed Diphtheria

Toxoid.

7. Aluminium Phosphate absorbed

Diphtheria and Tetanus Toxoid

8. Aluminium phosphate absorbed diphtheria

Toxoid Tetanus Toxoid and

Pertussis vaccine combined.

24 In a cold place.

24 In a cold place.

18 In cold place

9. Diagnostic Diphtheira Toxin (Schick Test) 12 In cold place

10. Cobra venom in solution 3 Between 2

o

C and 5

o

C protected

from light.

at the lower limit.

o

C preferable

1[

11. Diphtheria Toxoid 24 In cold place

12. Inactivted Diagnostic Diphtheria Toxin. 12 In cold place

13. Liquid serum 12 Between 2

o

C and 10

14. Lyophilised anti-snake venom serum 60

15. Lyophilised Schick test Toxin and control 60

16 Old Tuberculin 60 In cold place

17. Thrombin (Bovine origin) 36 In cold place.

18. Tetanus Toxoid 36 In cold place]

19. uberculin PPD 60 In cold place

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

537

OTHER VACCINES

1. Alum precipitatd pertussis Vaccine. 18 In cold place

2

[2. BCG Vaccine 24 In cold place]

3. Cholera Vaccine 18 In cold place

4. DHL Vaccine (for dog) 12 In cold place

5. Measles Vaccine 24 In cold place

6. Plague Vaccine 36 In cold place

7. Polio Vaccine 24 When stored at minus 20

o

C

6 When stored at Zero

o

C

3 When stored at 4

o

C

8. Rabies vaccine 6 In cold place

9. Typhoid vaccine 18 In cold place

10. Typhoid and Para Typhoid Vaccine. 18 In cold place

11. Typhoid Para Typhoid A and B vaccine. 18 In cold place

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

538

1 2 3 4

12. Typhoid Para Typhoid A,B & C Vaccine 18 In cold place

13. Typhoid Para Typhoid A, B & C and 18 In cold place

Tetanus Vaccine.

14. Typhus vaccine 12 In cold place

15. Yellow Fever Vaccine 12 In cold place

1

[16. Anti-Rabies Vaccine (Cell Culture) 24 In cold place.]

ANTITOXIN

(For serum extracted preparations)

20% Excess potency 12 In cold place

30% Excess potency 24 In cold place

40% Excess potency 36 In cold place

50% Excess potency (for enzyme preparations) 48 In cold place

5% Excess potency 12 In cold place

10% Excess potency 24 In cold place

15% Excess potency 36 In cold place

20% Excess Potency 48 In cold place

MISCELLANEOUS DRUGS

.

Note : (1) The term ―cool place‖ means place having a temperature between 10

o

C and 25

o

C.

(2) The term ―cold place‖ means a place having a temperature not exceeding 8

o

C.

(3) Capsules should be kept in a well-closed container at temperature not exceeding 30

o

C.

(4) Wherever condition of storage is not specified in Column 4, it may be stored under normal room

temperature.]

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 215(E) , dt. 19. 3. 1999.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 174(E) , dt. 16. 3.2005.

2

[1. Andrenaline for Injection

12

[As prescribed in Indian Pharmacopoeia]

2. Chorionic Gonadotrophin for 36 At temperature not exceeding 20

o

C

Injection (Lyophilised)

3. Corticotrophin 24 In cold place

4. Corticotrophin Lyophilised 36 In cold place

5. Heparin Injection 36 In a cool place.

6. Liquid Extract of Ergot 12 In cold place

7. Liver Extract Crude Injection 24 In a cool place

8. Oxytocin Injection 24 In cold place

9. Paraldehyde Injection 6 In cool place protected from light.

10. Pituitary Injection 24 In cold place.

11. Vasopressin Injection 24 In cold place.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

539

1

[SCHEDULE P1

[See Rule 109]

PACK SIZES OF DRUGS

Name of the Drug Dosage form Pack size

1 2 3

Albendazole Suspension

10ml

Atenolol Tablets 14

Anti-Haemmorhoidal Topicals Rectal Capsules 20

Aspirin (Low-dose) Tablets 14

Cholecalciferol or Ergocalciferol Granules 1 gm. Sachet

Ciclopiroxolamine Vaginal Cream 30 gms.

Catalin Ophthalmic drops 15 ml

Famotidine Tablets 14

Glyceryl Trinitrate Spansules (Long Acting) 25

Isosorbide Dinitrate Spansules (Long Acting) 25

Isoniazide Syrup 200 ml

Ipecacuanha Syrup 10 ml

Oral Rehydration Salt (ORS) Powder Pouches to be reconstituted

to one litre in one pack or

in 5 unit dose sachets in

one pack.

Piperazine Granules 5 gm.

Syrup 30 ml

Pyrantel Pamoate Syrup 8 ml or 10 ml

Potassium Chloride. Syrup 60 ml and 200 ml.

Progestogen Qestrogen

(Combinations for Oral Contraception)

Tablets 21 or 22 with or without

placebo.

7

Roxatidine Acetate Hydrochloride Tablets 14

Vitamin A Oral Drops Drops 7.5 ml.]

2

[Co-trimoxazole Suspension 50 ml.

Haloperidol Oral Solution 15 ml.

Loxapine Oral Liquid Concentrate 15 ml.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

540

1

[SCHEDULE Q

(See rules 134 and 144)

2

[PART I]

3

[LIST OF DYES, COLOURS AND PIGMENTS PERMITTED TO BE USED IN COSMETICS AND

SOAPS AS GIVEN UNDER IS : 4707

(PART I)-1988

(AS AMENDED BY THE BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS)

Common name of the

colour

Colour

Index

Number

Chemical name of the colour

1 2 3

Guinea Green B 42085 Monosodium salt of 4-(N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzylamino)–

cyclohexadienimine).

Light Green SF Yellowish 42095 Disodium salt of 4-[4-(N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzylamine)-phenyl)-4-

sulphoniumphenyl) methylene]-2(-(N-ethyl-N-sulfobenzyl) ∆

Tartrazine 19140 Trisodium salt of 3-carboxy-5-hydroxy-1-p-sulfophenyl-4-p-

sulfophenylazo-pyrazole.

Sunset yellow FCF

Ponceau 3R

15985

16155

Disodium salt of 1-p-sulfophenylazo-2- naphthol-6-sulfonic

acid.

Disodium salts of a mixture of 1-alkyl- phenylazo-2-napthol 3,

6-disulfonic acids.

Amarnath. 16185 Trisodium salt of 1-(4-sulfo-1- napthylazo) 2-naphthol 3, 6-

disulfonic acid.

Erythrosine. 45430 Disodium salt of 9-0-carboxyphenyl-6- hydroxy 2,4,5, 7-

tetraiodo-3- isoxanthone.

Ponceau SX. 14700 Disodium salt of 2-(5 sulfo-2, 4-xylyl- azo)-1-naphthol-4-

sulfonic acid.

Brilliant Blue FCF 42090 Disodium salt of 4-(9-4-(N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl)-

∆ 2, 5-cyclohexadienimine).

Indigocarmine. 73015 Disodium salt of 5,5‘-indigotindisulfonic acid.

Wool Violet 5 BN

(Acid- violet 6B)

42640 Monosodium salt of 4-(N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl)-(4-

dimethyl-∆ 2,5-cyclohexadienimine)

Light Green SF

Yellowish

42095 Calcium salt of 4-(4-(N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzyl) (minophenyl)

1. Inserted by Notification F.-1-36/64 D, dated 17.8.1964.

2. Renumbered as Part I by G.S.R. 11(E) , dated 7.1.1991.

3. Substituted by G.S.R. 811(E) , dated 14.11.1994.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

541

1 2 3

Alizarin Cyanine Green F 61570 Disodium salt of 1,4-bis (O-sulfo-p-toluino) anthraquinone

Quinazarine Green SS 61565 1,4-bis-(p-Toluino)-anthraquinone

Fast Green FCF 42053 Disodium salt of 4-(4-(ethyl-p-sulfobenzylamino)-phenyl) (4-

sulfobenzyl) ∆ 2, 5, cyclohexadienimine).

Acid Fast Green 42100 Monosodium salt of 4-(4-N-ethyl-p-sulfobenzylomino) phenyl)-

Pyranine Concentrated 59040

benzyl- ∆ 2,5, cyclohexadienimine).

Trisodium salt of acid.

Quinoline Yellow WS 47005 Disodium salt of disulfonic acid of 2-(2-Quinolyl)-1, 3-

indandione.

Quinoline Yellow SS 47000 2-(2-quinolyl)-1, 3 indandiene.

Poneceau 2 R 16150 Disodium salt of 1-xylylazo-2-naphthol-3, 6-disulfonic acid.

Lithol Rubin B. 15850 Monosodium salt of 4-(o-sulfo-p-tolylazo)3 hydroxy-2-naphthoic

acid.

Lithol Rubin BCA 15850 Calcium salt of 4-(o-sulfo-p-tolylazo)-3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic

acid

Lake Red D. 15500 Monosodium salt of 1-0-carboxyphenylazo-2-naphthol.

Lake Red DBA 15500 Barium salt of 1-o-carboxyphenylazo-2-naphthol.

Lake Red DCA. 15500 Calcium salt of 1-o-carboxyphenylazo-2-naphthol.

Toney Red. 26100 I-p-phenylazophenylazo-2-naphthol.

Oil Red OS. 26125 I-Xylylazoxylylazo-2-napththol

Eosin TS

Eosin YSK. .

45380

45380

Disodium salt of 2,4,5,7-tetrabromo-9-0 carboxyphenyl-6-

Dipotassium salt of 2,4,5,7-tetrabromo-9-0 carboxyphenyl-

Tetrachlorofluorescein K. 45366 Disodium salt of 9-0-carboxyphenyl-2,4,5,7-tetrachloro-6-

Tetrachloro Tetrabromo

fluorescein

Phloxine B 45410 Disodium salt of 2,4,5,7-tetrabromo-9 (3,4,5,6-tetra chloro-

Helindone Pink CN. 73360 5, 5-Dichloro-3, 3‘ dimethyl-thioindigo

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

542

1 2 3

Deep Maroon (Fanchon Maroon)

Toluidine Red. .

15880

12120

Calcium salt of 4-(I-sulfo-2-naphthylazo 3- hydroxy-2-

naphthoic acid.

Flaming Red. 12085 I- (o-Chloro-p-nitrophenylazo)-2-naphthol

Deep Red (Maroon).

Alba Red.

12350

13058

naphthamide.

acid.

Orange G.

Orange II

16230

15510

Disodium salt of 1-phenylazo-2-naphthol-6-8-disulfonic

acid.

Monosodium salt of 1-p-sulfophenylazo-2-naphthol.

Dichlorofluorescein. NA 45365 Disodium salt of 9-o-carboxyphenyl-1-4,5- dichloro-6-

Erythrosine Yellowish NA. 45425 Disodium salt of 9-o-carboxyphenyl-6- hydroxy-4, 5-

Erythrosine Yellowish K. 45425 Dipotassium salt of 9-o-carboxyphenyl-6-hydroxy-4, 5-

Erythrosine Yellowish NH 45425 Dipotassium salt of 9-o-carboxyphenyl-6-hydroxy-4, 5-

Orange TR 45456 4,5, 15-Tribromo 2, 7-dicarboxy-3, 6- fluorandiol.

Alizarin. 58000 1,2- Anthraquinonediol.

1

[***]

Alphazurine FG. 42090 Diammonium salt of 4-(N-ethyl-p- sulfobenzyl amino)-

p-sulfobenzyl) ∆ 2 ,5-cyclohexadienimine).

Allarin Astrol B. 61530 Monosodium salt of 1-methylamino-4-(o-sulfo-p-toluino)-

anthroquinone.

Indigo. 73000 Indigotin.

Patent Blue NA. . 42052 Monosodium salt of 4-(4- (N-ethyl- benzyl-amino)-phenyl –

Benzyl- ∆ 2, 5-cyclohexadienimine).

Patent Blue CA. 42052 Calcium salt of 4-(4- (N-ethyl- benzyl-amino)-phenyl)-(5

hydroxy-4-sulfo-2-sulfoniumphenyl, methylene)- (N-ethyl-

N-benzyl- ∆ 2- 5-cyclohexadienimine).

Carbrantherene Blue 69825 3, 3- Dichloroindanthrene.

1. Omitted by G.S.R. 203(E), dated 18-03-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

543

1 2 3

Napthol Blue

Black

20470 Disodium salt of 8-amino-7-p- nitrophenylazo 3-

Alizurol purple SS 60725 I-hydroxy-4-p-toluino-anthraquinone.

Acid Red 89 23910 ----

Acid Red 97 22890 ----

Acid Blue 1 42045 ----

Food Blue 3 42045 ----

Natural Orange 75480 ----

Solvent Blues 4 44045 ----

Solvent Yellow 18 12740 ----

Food Yellow 12. 12740 ----

1

[***] ----

Solvent Yellow 32. 48045 ----

Fanchon Yellow

(Hansa Yellow G).

accetoacetanilide

2

[Part II

LIST OF COLOURS PERMITTED TO BE USED IN SOAPS.

Common name of the Colour Index Chemical name of the colour

Colour No.

Phthalocyanine Blue 74160 (phthalocyninate (2--) copper.

Iragalite Red CVPB

Paste or Pigment

Orange 5

Aqueous Green Paste 74260 Polychloro copper Phthalocyanine.

Pigment Yellow 3 11710 2-(4-Chloro-2-nitrophenyl)-azo-N-(-2-Chloro-

phenyl)-3- Oxobutamide.

Irgalite Carmine F-P Powder

or Pigments Red 5.

Monolite Red 4R HV Paste

or Pigment Red 7.

diathylamine) Sulfonyl-2-methoxyphenyl)azo-

3-hydroxy-2-naphthalene carboxamide.

Azo 3-hydroxy-2-naphthalenol Carboxamide.

Oil Red No.1 or Solvent

Red 24 or Oil Red 3R.

*This list of colour for use in soaps is in addition to those colours already given in Schedule Q and are used

for soaps.]

1. Omitted by G.S.R. 203(E) dated 18-03-2015

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

544

1

[SCHEDULE R

[See Rule 125]

STANDARDS FOR CONDOMS MADE OF RUBBER LATEX INTENDED FOR SINGLE USE

AND OTHER MECHANICAL CONTRACEPTIVES

I-Condoms

1. Description - Condoms consist of cylindrical rubber sheaths with one end open. The

open end shall terminate with an integral rim. The closed end may have a receptacle. They

may be supplied rolled and shall be free from tackiness and shall be capable of being unrolled

readily.

2. Materials - (1) Condoms shall be manufactured from good quality rubber latex and

shall be free from embedded grit and shall be opaque or translucent prior to the application of

dusting materials or lubricants.

(2) The rubber latex, colours used and any dusting materials or lubricants applied to the

condoms shall neither contain nor liberate substances which are known to have toxic or other

harmful effects under normal conditions of use. Any dusting material or lubricant or colour

used shall not have deleterious effect on the condoms or be harmful to the users.

3. Procedure for sampling during production − (1) Specimens constituting the test

samples shall be taken at random successively from each quantum of production that is, from

the quantity produced from the same finished rubber latex and under the same processing

and finishing conditions of manufacture and samples from each quantum shall be tested

separately to ascertain conformity of quantum with the specified requirements in accordance

with the tests described in this Schedule.

(2) (a) The number of samples drawn from each quantum shall be not less than 0.5 per

cent of the number.

(b) The number of samples drawn from each quantum shall be tested for Burst

Volume and Pressure Test and Water Leakage Test in accordance with the method prescribed

in paras 9 and 10 of this Schedule. 75 per cent of the samples drawn will be tested for Water

Leakage Test and 25 per cent will be tested for Burst Volume and Pressure Test.

(c) The number of test samples ‗N‘ and the number of rejected samples ‗R‘ from a

sequence of production quanta shall be recorded in a register. The cumulative total of test

samples ‗N‘ and the cumulative total of rejects ‗R‘ from the test shall be recorded and the

condoms shall be deemed to comply with the requirements if the cumulative total of rejects

‗R‘ is not more than

2

[0.0025N+3 x √0.0025N] for Water Leakage Test, and

2

[0.015N+3 x

√0.015N] for Burst Volume and Pressure Test.

(3) Each unit of 100 test samples shall be distributed for the various tests as follows: -

25 for Burst Volume Pressure Test, and;

75 for Water Leakage Test.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

545

(4) Where the number of test samples is a multiple of 100 the distribution scale

mentioned above shall be prorated.

(5) If the cumulative total sample rejected exceeds the number of allowables at any

point in the sequence of quanta, the quantum at which this occurs shall be liable to rejection.

The assessment of quality of further production quanta shall include all previous test results

starting from quantum number 1 and approval of production shall be in suspense until the

condition required by the scheme is again fulfilled.

(6) At least one sample shall be taken at random from each production quantum not

exceeding 10,000 condoms and shall satisfy all requirements regarding dimensions as

specified in paragraph 8 of this Schedule.

4. Procedure for sampling and testing of finished products by a manufacturer –

A. Water Leakage Test.- (1) Statistical sampling for quality control assessment of the finished

product in respect of Water Leakage Test shall be done in accordance with the plan set out in

Annexure 1 to this Schedule.

(2) A test sample failing in the above test is to be considered as defective. If the

cumulative total of rejects ‗R‘ is found to be equal to or greater than the number shown against

‗R‘ in Annexure-I, the batch or lot shall be declared as not of standard quality.

B. Bursting Volume and Pressure Test.- (1) Sample condoms shall be tested for

Bursting Volume and Pressure Test. Statistical sampling for this test shall be done in

accordance with the plan set out in Annexure III to this Schedule.

Condoms shall not leak or burst at a volume of less than that specified or at a

pressure less than 1.0 kpa (gauge), when tested as per paragraph 9, both before and after oven

conditioning as specified in Annexure V. Bursting Volume minimum limit in litres shall be

equal to [mean condom width (mm)

2

] rounded to the nearest 0.5 litre.

151.8

(2) A test sample failing in the above test is to be considered defective. If the

cumulative total of rejects ‗R‘ is found to be equal or greater than the number shown against

‗R‘ in Annexure III, the batch or lot shall be declared as not of standard quality.

C. Dimensions. - At least 2 samples drawn from the lot or batch shall satisfy the requirements

regarding dimensions as specified in paragraph 8 of this Schedule.

5. Procedure for sampling and testing of condoms by a purchaser -

A. Water Leakage Test- (1) Statistical sampling of condoms by a purchaser for Water Leakage

Test shall be done in accordance with the plan set out in Annexure II to this Schedule;

(2) A test sample failing in the above test is to be considered as defective. If the

cumulative total of rejects ‗R‘ is found to be equal to or greater than the number shown

against ‗R‘ in the Annexure-II, the batch or lot shall be declared as not of standard quality.

B. Bursting Volume and Pressure Test - Sample condoms shall be tested for Bursting

Volume and Pressure Test. Statistical sampling for this test shall be done in accordance with

the plan set out in Annexure III to this Schedule. If the cumulative total of rejects ‗R‘ is found

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

546

to be equal to or greater that the number shown against ‗R‘ in Annexure III, the batch or lot

shall be declared as not of standard quality.

Condom shall not leak or burst at a volume of less than that specified or at a pressure

less than 1.0 kpa (gauge), when tested as specified in paragraph 9, both before and after oven

conditioning as per specified in Annexure V. Bursting volume minimum limit in litres shall be

equal to

[mean condom width (mm)

2

] rounded to the nearest 0.5 litre.

151.8

C. Dimensions. - At least two samples from the lot or batch shall satisfy the requirements

regarding dimensions as specified in paragraph 8 of this Schedule.

6. Sampling plan for a Drugs Inspector - (1) Where an Inspector under the Act desires

to take test samples from the premises of manufacturer or a distribution depot; twenty containers

from each batch of production may be selected by him on a random basis and from each of the

containers, five samples shall be taken. The hundred samples so selected shall be distributed for

various tests as specified in paragraph 7 of this Schedule. In case the number of container is less

than twenty, the number of samples to be taken from each container shall be proportionately

increased.

(2) Where an Inspector under the Act desires to take samples from a sales premises, he

shall take hundred samples from each batch of production in accordance with the procedure as

specified in sub- paragraph (1).

7. Sampled condoms drawn under sub-paragraph.- (1) shall be distributed for various tests

as follows: - Two samples for thickness, length and width;

Forty-five samples for Water Leakage Test;

Forty-five samples for Bursting Volume and Pressure Test; and

Eight samples as reserve.

The samples shall be declared as not of standard quality, if, - (i) the number of

condoms found defective in the Water Leakage Test exceeds one; (ii) the number of condoms

found defective in Bursting Volume and Pressure Test exceeds two; (iii) samples fail to

conform to the requirements of dimensions as specified in paragraph 8 of this Schedule.

8. Dimensions - (1) The length when unrolled (excluding test) shall be not less than -

(i) 170 mm.

(2) The width of a condom which laid flat and measured at any point within 85 mm

from the open end shall be,–

(i) 49 ± 2 mm for 170 mm length.

(ii) 53 ± 2 mm for 180 mm length.

(3) The single-wall thickness of a condom when measured at three points, one at 30 ±

2mm from the open end, 30 ± 5mm from the close end excluding the reservoir tip and at the

mid distance between these two point shall be from 0.045 mm to 0.075 mm.

NOTE 1. - The single-wall thickness shall be determined with a suitable micrometer

dial gauge graduated in intervals of 0.01 mm.

NOTE 2. - Condoms shall, prior to the measurement of thickness, have the dusting

powder or the lubricant or both removed by means of water or Isopropanol.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

547

9. Bursting Volume and Pressure Test - Determination of Bursting Volume and

Pressure Test shall be done as specified in Annexure IV.

10. Water Leakage Test - Unroll the condom and fit the open end on a suitable

mount, the condom thus being suspended open end upwards. Fill it with 300 ml water at room

temperature and inspect it after a period of at least 1 minute for leakage up to 25.mm from the

open end. If, because of distension of the condom the water does not extend to 25 mm from the

open end, raise the closed end until the water level reaches this distance. After at least 1

minute, inspect the newly-wetted part of the condom for leakage. The condom shall be deemed

to be defective if it bursts during test or shows any evidence of leakage or seepage of micro-

droplets or does not hold 300 ml water.

11. Quantity of Lubricant - (1) The condoms shall be dressed with silicone lubricant.

The quantity required on each individual condom should not be less than 200 mg and

minimum viscosity shall be 200 centistokes.

(2) Lubricated condoms in individual foil packages shall be weighed on an Analytical

Balance. Each condom shall be removed from its foil package and both condom and its foil

package shall be washed in denatured ethanol or isopropanol, dried and then weighed again.

All weights shall be recorded to the nearest milligram (mg.). Compliance with the

requirement shall be determined by subtracting the weight of the washed and dried condom

and its foil package from the weight of sample condom in individual foil package prior to the

removal of lubricant. Washing and drying may be required upto a total of four times if

the lubricant quantity is less than the required minimum.

(3) At least thirteen samples shall be drawn from the lot or batch and the samples shall

satisfy the requirements regarding the quantity of lubricant.

12. Colour Fastness - Not less than ten samples taken at random from each batch of

coloured condoms shall pass the following test for colour fastness, namely :-

Thoroughly wet inside and outside of the condom with distilled water. Make no

attempt to remove any dusting material or lubricant. Wrap the wet condom in white absorbent

paper so that the largest possible surface area of the condom is in contact with the paper and

seal the whole in a suitable container to prevent loss of moisture. Allow the container and its

contents to stand for 16 hours to 24 hours at room temperature. After removing the absorbent

paper from the container, examine it visually in the natural daylight for any indication of

staining. No part of the absorbent paper shall be stained. If there is any indication of staining of

the absorbent paper by any colouring agent present in any of the condoms or any dusting

material or lubricant, the entire batch shall be declared to be not of standard quality.

13. Labelling, packing and storage - (1) The condoms shall be individually wrapped

and sealed in laminates containing at least eight microns of aluminium foil. The individual

condom shall be packed in square (non-squeeze condition) / rectangular aluminium foil. The

packing shall protect the condoms from contamination and mechanical damage. The smallest

packing offered to the consumer shall bear a clear permanent marking with the following

particulars, namely: -

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

548

(i) Manufacturer‘s name and address and the trade name of the condoms, if any;

(ii) Batch number;

(iii) Date of manufacture (Month and year only);

(iv) Date of expiry (Month and year only) which shall not be more than thirty-six

months from the date of manufacture;

(v) The words ―For single use only‖

(2) The condoms shall be stored in a cool dry place away from heat and direct sunlight.

14. Integrity of individual package seals - Sample condoms in individual packages shall be

placed in a sealed, transparent container (such as a laboratory Bell jar) and subjected to vacuum

of 50± 10 kpa (gauge) for a period of one minute.

Condom packages that do not inflate or remain inflated for the period of the test shall be

deemed non- compliers. In doubtful cases, the test may be repeated, and both the inflation and

deflation of packages may be observed on application and removal of vacuum. An AQL of 2.5

per cent will be applied in assessing the results of this test. Thirty-two samples of condoms for a

batch size less than 5 lakhs and fifty samples of condoms for batch size more than 5 lakhs shall

be tested for integrity test of individual package seals and compliance limit or acceptance

number shall be not more than two or three condoms respectively.

II- Other Mechanical Contraceptive

15. Standards for other mechanical contraceptive - Standards for ‗Copper T‘ and ‗Tubal

Ring‘shall be as laid down in Annexure VI.

1

[ANNEXURE I

[See Paragraph 4-A]

SAMPLING PLAN FOR QUALITY CONTROL OF CONDOMS AT MANUFACTURER’S

LEVEL.

BATCH SIZE: 35,001 TO 1.5 LAKH

Single Sampling Plan

Sample Size 200: AQL - 0.25

AC - 1

R - 2

1. Subs. by. G.S.R. 353(E) , for ― Annexures I to III‖ dt. 26-4-2000.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

549

Single Sampling Plan

BATCH SIZE: 150001 TO 5 LAKHS

Sample Size 315 : AQL - 0.25

AC - 2

R - 3

BATCH SIZE: OVER 5 LAKHS

Single Sampling Plan.

Sample Size 500: AQL - 0.25

AC - 3

R - 4

Note : AQL denotes Acceptance Quality Level;

AC denotes Acceptance Number i.e. the maximum allowable

number of defectives for acceptance of the Batch; and

R denotes Rejection Number i.e., the minimum number of

defectives for rejection of the Batch.

ANNEDURE II

[See Paragraph 5A]

SAMPLING PLAN FOR QUALITY CONTROL OF CONDOMS AT PURCHASER‘S

LEVEL.

BATCH SIZE: 35,001 TO 1.5 LAKHS

Single Sampling Plan

Sample Size 200: AQL - 0.25

AC - 1

R - 2

BATCH SIZE : 15,001 TO 5 LAKHS

Single Sampling Plan.

Sample Size 315: AQL - 0.25

AC - 2

R - 3

BATCH SIZE : OVER 5 LAKHS

Single Sampling Plan

Sample Size 500: AQL - 0.25

AC - 3

R - 4

Note: AQL denotes Acceptance Quality Level;

AC denotes Acceptance Number i.e. the maximum allowable number of defectives for

acceptance of the Batch; and

R denotes Rejection Number i.e., the minimum number of defectives for rejection of the

Batch.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

550

ANNEXURE III

[See Paragraph 4-B and 5-B]

SAMPLING PLAN FOR BURSTING VOLUME AND PRESSURE TES T .

Single Sampling Plan.

BATCH SIZE: 35,001 TO 1.5 LAKH.

Sample Size 200: AQL - 1.5

AC - 7

R - 8

BATCH SIZE: 150001 LAKHS TO 5 LAKHS

Single Sampling Plan.

Sample Size 315: AQL - 1.5

AC - 10

R - 11

Single Sampling Plan.

BATCH SIZE: OVER 5 LAKHS

Sample Size 500: AQL - 1.5

AC - 14

R - 15

Note : AQL denotes Acceptance Quality Level;

AC denotes Acceptance Number i.e. the maximum allowable number of defectives

for acceptance of the Batch; and

R denotes Rejection Number i.e., the minimum number of defectives for rejection of the

Batch.]

ANNEXURE IV

(See Paragraph 9)

DETERMINATION OF BURSTING VOLUME AND PRESSURE

1. Principle - Inflation of constant length of the condom with air and recording

the volume and pressure at the moment of bursting.

2. Apparatus - (1) Apparatus suitable for inflating the condom with clean air at a

specified rate and provided with equipment for measuring volume and pressure.

(2) Suitable mount for fitting the condoms to the apparatus as shown in the figure annexed.

(3) Rod, 140 mm in length having a smooth sphere 20 mm in diameter at its top (see

the figure) for hanging the unrolled condom when fixed to the apparatus.

3. Procedure - (1) Unroll the condom, hang it on the rod (2.3), affix to the mount

(2.2) and inflate with air at a rate of 0.4 to 0.5 litre/sec. (24 to 30 litres/min.)

(2) Measure and note the bursting volume, in litres rounded to the nearest 0.5

litre and the bursting pressure, in kilopascals rounded to the nearest 0.1 kpa.

4. Test report - The test report shall include the following particulars:

(a) the identification of the sample;

(b) the bursting volume and bursting pressure of each tested condom;

(c) the date of testing.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

551

ANNEXURE V

[See Paragraphs 4(B) and 5 (B)

OVEN CONDITIONING

1. Principle of the Method - The test consists in subjecting test samples to controlled

deterioration by air at an elevated temperature and at atmospheric pressure after which burst

volume and pressure limits are measured.

2. Apparatus - The air oven shall be of such a size that the total volume of the test

samples does not exceed 10 per cent of the free air space of the oven. Provision shall be

made for slow circulation of air in the oven of not less than three changes and not more than

ten changes per hour. The temperature of the oven shall be thermostatically controlled so that

the test samples are kept within ± 2

o

C of the specified ageing temperature. A thermometer

shall be placed near the centre of the ageing test samples to record the actual ageing

temperature.

Note: - Copper or copper alloys shall not be used for the material of construction of the oven

prescribed.

3. Test sample - The foil laminations of individual packages should remain intact

throughout all laboratory handling including over conditioning.

4. Temperature of the oven – Maintain the oven at 70 ± 2

o

C.

5. Duration of test - 96 hours.

6. Procedure - Condition the requisite number of unopened packages of rubber condoms in

the oven at 70 ± 2

o

C for 96 hours. After heating, keep the packages at 23 ± 5

o

C for at least

12 hours but not more than 96 hours. Open the packages and examine conditioned condoms

for tackiness, brittleness, or other signs of deterioration. Within 96 hours but not sooner than

12 hours after conditioning, do the bursting volume and pressure Test as described in this

Schedule.

ANNEXURE VI

(See Paragraph 15)

1. Standards for Copper T (200B) (IS-12418) (part 4)-1991-UDC 615.477.87) -

Contraceptive Device Copper T (200 B) shall conform to the Indian Standards laid down

from time to time by the Bureau of Indian Standards.

2. Standards for Contraceptive Tubal Ring (IS 13009 : 1990-UDC 615.472.6 :

611.656) - Contraceptive Device Tubal Ring shall conform to the Indian Standards laid

down from time to time by the Bureau of Indian Standards.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

552

1

[SCHEDULE R1

(See Rules 109A, 109, 109C and 125A)

The medical devices shall conform to the Indian Standards laid down from time to

time by the Bureau of Indian Standards. If there are no Bureau of Indian Standards then it

shall conform to the International Standards, like International Organisation for

Standardisation, or other International Pharmacopeia Standards and such other standards as

may be specified for this purpose. In case national or international standards are not available,

the device shall conform to the manufacturer‘s validated standards.]

2

[SCHEDULE S

[See Rule 150-A]

STANDARDS FOR COSMETICS

Standards for cosmetics in finished form − The following cosmetics in finished form

shall conform to the Indian Standards specifications laid down from time to time by the

3

[Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)].

1. Skin Powders.

2. Skin Powder for infants.

3. Tooth Powder.

4. Toothpaste.

5. Skin Creams.

6. Hair Oils.

7. Shampoo, Soap-based.

8. Shampoo, Synthetic-Detergent based.

9. Hair Creams.

10. Oxidation hair dyes, Liquid.

11. Cologne.]

4

[12. Nail Polish (Nail Enamel).

13. After Shave Lotion.

14. Pomades and Brilliantines.

15. Depliatories Chemical.

16 Shaving Creams.

17. Cosmetic Pencils.

18. Lipstick.]

5

[19. Toilet Soap.

20. Liquid Toilet Soap.

21. Baby Toilet Soap.

22. Shaving Soap.

23. Transparent Toilet Soap.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

553

1

[24. Lipsalve IS:10284.

25. Powder Hair Dye IS: 10350.

26. Bindi (Liquid) IS: 10998.

27. Kum Kum Powder IS: 10999.

28. Henna Powder IS: 11142.]

2

[29. Bathing Bars IS: 13498: 1997

3[30. Sindoor IS: 14649: 1999

4

[31. Liquid Foundation makeup IS 14318

4[32. Cold Wax Hair remover IS 15152

4

[33. Face pack IS 15153

4

[34. Kajal IS 15154

4

[35. Oxidation Hair Dyes (Emulson Type) IS 15205

4[36. Cream Bleach IS 15608

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 592(E), dt.13.8.2008.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 203(E), dt.18.03.2015.

5

[SCHEDULE T

(See rule 157)

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES FOR AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA AND UNANI

MEDICINES

The Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) are prescribed as follows in Part I and Part II

to ensure that:

(i) Raw materials used in the manufacture of drugs are authentic, of prescribed

quality and are free from contamination.

(ii) The manufacturing process is as has been prescribed to maintain the standards.

(iii) Adequate quality control measures are adopted.

(iv) The manufactured drug which is released for sale is of acceptable quality.

(v) To achieve the objectives listed above, each licensee shall evolve methodology

and procedures for following the prescribed process of manufacture of drugs

which should be documented as a manual and kept for reference and

inspection. However, under IMCC Act 1970 registered Vaidyas, Siddhas and

Hakeems who prepare medicines on their own to dispense to their patients and

not selling such drugs in the market are exempted from the purview of G.M.P.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

554

PART I

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES

1.1 Factory Premises:

The manufacturing plant should have adequate space for: -

(i)Receiving and storing raw material.

(ii)Manufacturing process areas.

(iii)Quality control section.

(iv)Finished goods store.

(v)Office.

1.1 General Requirements:

1.1(A) Location and surroundings - The factory building for manufacture of

Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines shall be so situated and shall have such

construction as to avoid contamination from open sewerage, drain, public lavatory for any

factory which produces disagreeable or obnoxious odour or fumes or excessive soot, dust

and smoke.

1.1(B) Buildings - The buildings used for factory shall be such as to permit

production of drugs under hygienic conditions and should be free from cobwebs and

insects/rodents. It should have adequate provision of light and ventilation. The floor and

the walls should not be damp or moist. The premises used for manufacturing, processing,

packaging and labelling will be in conformity with the provisions of the Factory Act. It

shall be located so as to be:

(I) Compatible with other manufacturing operations that may be carried out in

the same or adjacent premises.

(II) Adequately provided with working space to allow orderly and logical

placement of equipment and materials to avoid the risk of mix-up between

different drugs or components thereof and control the possibility of cross

contamination by other drugs or substances and avoid the risk of omission of

any manufacturing or control step.

(III) Designed, constructed and maintained to prevent entry of insects and rodents.

Interior surface (walls, floors and ceilings) shall be smooth and free from

cracks and permit easy cleaning and disinfection. The walls of the room in

which the manufacturing operations are carried out shall be impervious to and

be capable of being kept clean. The flooring shall be smooth and even and

shall be such as not to permit retention or accumulation of dust or waste

products.

(IV) Provided with proper drainage system in the processing area. The sanitary

fittings and electrical fixtures in the manufacturing area shall be proper and

safe.

(V) Furnace/Bhatti section could be covered with tin roof and proper

ventilation, but sufficient care should be taken to prevent flies and dust.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

555

(VI) There should be fire safety measures and proper exits should be there.

(VII) Drying Space: -There should be separate space for drying of raw material,

in process medicine or medicines which require drying before packing. This

space will be protected from flies/ insects/dust etc., by proper flooring, wire-

mash window, glass panels or other material.

1.1(C) Water Supply - The water used in manufacture shall be pure and of potable

quality. Adequate provision of water for washing the premises shall be made.

1.1(D) Disposable of Waste - From the manufacturing section and laboratories

the waste water and the residues which might be prejudicial to the workers or public health

shall be disposed off.

1.1(E) Container‘s Cleaning - In factories where operations involving the use of

containers such as glass bottles, vials and jars are conducted, there shall be adequate

arrangements separated from the manufacturing operations for washing, cleaning and

drying of such containers.

1.1(F) Stores - Storage should have proper ventilation and shall be free from

dampness. It should provide independent adequate space for storage of different types

of material, such as raw material, packaging material and finished products.

1.1. (F)(A) Raw Materials - All raw materials procured for manufacturing will be

stored in the raw materials store. The manufacture based on the experience and the

characteristics of the particular raw material used in Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani system

shall decide the use of appropriate containers which would protect the quality of raw

materials as well as prevent it from damage due to dampness, microbiological

contamination or rodent and insect infestation, etc. If certain raw materials require such

controlled environmental conditions, the raw materials stores may be sub-divided

with proper enclosures to provide such conditions by suitable cabinization. While

designing such containers, cupboard or areas in the raw materials store, care may be

taken to handle the following different categories of raw materials:-

1. Raw material of metallic origin.

2. Raw material of mineral origin.

3. Raw material from animal source.

4. Fresh herbs.

5. Dry herbs or plant parts

6. Excipients etc.

7. Volatile oils/perfumes and flavours

8. Plant concentrates/ extracts and exudates/resins.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

556

Each container used for raw material storage shall be properly identified with the

label which indicates name of the raw material, source of supply and will also clearly state

the status of raw material such as ‗UNDER TEST‘ or ‗APPROVED‘ or ‗REJECTED‘.

The labels shall further indicate the identity of the particular supply in the form of Batch

No. or Lot No. and the date of receipt of the consignment.

All the raw materials shall be sampled and got tested either by the in-house

Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani experts (Quality control technical person) or by the

laboratories approved by the Government and shall be used only on approval after

verifying. The rejected raw material should be removed from other raw material store and

should be kept in separate room. Procedure of ‗First in first out‘ should be adopted for raw

materials wherever necessary. Records of the receipt, testing and approval or rejection and

use of raw material shall be maintained.

1.1. (F)(B) Packaging Materials. - All packaging materials such as bottles, jars,

capsules etc. shall be stored properly. All containers and closure shall be adequately

cleaned and dried before packing the products.

1.1. (F)(C) Finished Goods Stores. - The finished goods transferred from the

production area after proper packaging shall be stored in the finished goods stores within

an area marked ―Quarantine‖. After the quality control laboratory and the experts have

checked the correctness of finished goods with reference to its packing/labelling as well as

the finished product quality as prescribed, then it will be moved to ―Approved Finished

Goods Stock‖ area. Only approved finished goods shall be dispatched as per marketing

requirements. Distribution records shall be maintained as required.

If any Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug needs special storage conditions, finished

goods store shall provide necessary environmental requirements.

1.1(G) Working space. - The manufacturing area shall provide adequate space

(manufacture and quality control) for orderly placement of equipment and material used in

any of the operations for which these employed so as to facilitate easy and safe working

and to minimize or to eliminate any risk of mix-up between different drugs, raw materials

and to prevent the possibility of cross contamination of one drug by another drug that is

manufactured, stored or handled in the same premises.

1.1(H) Health Clothing, Sanitation and Hygiene of Workers.- All workers

employed in the Factory shall be free from contagious diseases. The clothing of the

workers shall consist of proper uniform suitable to the nature of work and the climate and

shall be clean. The uniform shall also include cloth or synthetic covering for hands, feet

and head wherever required. Adequate facilities for personal cleanliness such as clean

towels, soap and scrubbing brushes shall be provided. Separate provision shall be made for

lavatories to be used by men and women, and such lavatories shall be located at places

separated from the processing rooms. Workers will also be provided facilities for changing

their clothes and to keep their personal belongings.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

557

1.1. (I) Medical Services: The manufacturer shall also provide:-

(a) adequate facilities for first aid;

(b) medical examination of workers at the time of employment and periodical

check up thereafter by a physician once a year, with particular attention being

devoted to freedom from infections. Records thereof shall be maintained.

1.1(J) Machinery and Equipments - For carrying out manufacturing depending on

the size of operation and the nature of product manufactured, suitable equipment either

manually operated or operated semi-automatically (Electrical or steam based) or fully

automatic machinery shall be made available. These may include machines for use in

the process of manufacture such as crushing, grinding, powdering, boiling, mashing,

burning, roasting, filtering, drying, filling, labelling and packing etc. to ensure ease in

movement of workers and orderliness in operations a suitably adequate space will be

ensured between two machines or rows of machines. These equipments have to be properly

installed and maintained with proper cleaning. List of equipments and machinery

recommended is indicated in Part II-A.

Proper Standard Operational Procedures (SOPs) for cleaning, maintaining and

performance of every machine should be laid down.

1.1(K) Batch Manufacturing Records - The licensee shall maintain batch

manufacturing record of each batch of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drugs manufactured

irrespective of the type of product manufactured (classical preparation or patent and

proprietary medicines). Manufacturing records are required to provide an account of the

list of raw materials and their quantities obtained from the store, tests conducted during

the various stages of manufacture like taste, colour, physical characteristics and chemical

tests as may be necessary or indicated in the approved books of Ayurveda, Siddha and

Unani mentioned in the First Schedule of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940 (23 of

1940). These tests may include any in-house or pharmacopoeial test adopted by the

manufacturer in the raw material or in the process material and in the finished product.

These records shall be duly signed by Production and Quality Control Personnel

respectively. Details of transfer of manufactured drug to the finished products store

including dates and quantity of drugs transferred along with record of testing of the

finished product, if any, and packaging, records shall be maintained. Only after the

manufactured drugs have been verified and accepted quality shall be allowed to be cleared

for sale.

It should be essential to maintain the record of date, manpower, machine and

equipments used and to keep in process record of various shodhana, bhavana, burning and

fire and specific grindings in terms of internal use.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

558

1.1(L) Distribution Records - Records of sale and distribution of each batch of

Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani Drugs shall be maintained in order to facilitate prompt and

complete recall of the batch, if necessary.The duration of record keeping should be the

date of expiry of the batch. Certain category of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani medicines

like Bhasma, Rasa, Kupi-pakva, Parpati, Sindura, Karpu/Uppu/Puram, Kushta, Asava-

arishta etc. do not have expiry date in contrast their efficacy increases with the

passage of time. Hence, records need be maintained upto five years of the exhausting of

stock.

1.1(M) Record of Market Complaints - Manufacturers shall maintain a register to

record all reports of market complaints received regarding the products sold in the market.

The manufacturer shall enter all data received on such market complaints, investigations

carried out by the manufacturers regarding the complaint as well as any corrective action

initiated to prevent recurrence of such market complaints shall also be recorded. Once in a

period of six months the manufacturer shall submit the record of such complaints to the

licensing authority. The Register shall also be available for inspection during any

inspection of the premises.

Reports of any adverse reaction resulting from the use of Ayurvedic, Siddha and

Unani drugs shall also be maintained in a separate register by each manufacturer. The

manufacturer shall investigate any of the adverse reaction to find if the same is due to any

defect in the product, and whether such reactions are already reported in the literature or it

is a new observation.

1.1(N) Quality Control. - Every licensee is required to provide facility for

quality control section in his own premises or through Government approved testing

laboratory. The test shall be as per the Auurveda, Siddha and Unani pharmacopoeial

standard. Where the tests are not available, the test should be performed according to the

manufacturers‘ specification or other information available. The quality control section

shall verify all the raw materials, monitor in-process quality checks and control the quality

of finished product being released to finished goods store/warehouse. Preferably for such

quality control there will be a separate expert. The quality control section shall have the

following facilities:–

(1) There should be 150 sq. feet area for quality control section.

(2) For identification of raw drugs, reference books and reference samples

should be maintained.

(3) Manufacturing record should be maintained for the various processes.

(4) To verify the finished products, controlled samples of finished products of

each batch will be kept till the expiry date of product for 3 years.

(5) To supervise and monitor adequacy of conditions under which raw

materials, semi- finished products and finished products are stored.

(6) Keep record in establishing shelf life and storage requirements for the drugs.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

559

(7) Manufacturers who are manufacturing patent and proprietary Ayurveda,

Siddha, and Unani medicines shall provide their own specification and control

references in respect of such formulated drugs.

(8) The record of specific method and procedure of preparation, that is,

―Bhavana‖, ―Mardana‖ and ―Puta‖ and the record of every process carried out

by the manufacturer shall be maintained.

(9) The standards for identity, purity and strength as given in respective

pharmacopoeias of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani systems of medicines

published by Government of India shall be complied with.

(10) All raw materials will be monitored for fungal, bacterial contamination

with a view to minimize such contamination.

(11) Quality control section will have a minimum of: –

1

[(i) (a) Expert in Ayurveda or Sidha or Unani medicine who possesses a

degree qualification recognized under Schedule II of Indian Medicine Central

Council Act 1970;

(b) Chemist, who shall possess at least Bachelor Degree in Science or

Pharmacy or Pharmacy (Ayurveda), awarded by a recognized University; and

(c) Botanist (Pharmacognosist), who shall possess at least Bachelor Degree in

Science (Medical) or Pharmacy or Pharmacy (Ayurveda) awarded by a

recognized University.]

(ii) The manufacturing unit shall have a quality control section as explained

under Section 35 (ii). Alternatively, these quality control provisions will be met

by getting testing etc., from a recognised laboratory for Ayurveda, Siddha and

Unani drugs; under Rule 160-A of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act. The

manufacturing company will maintain all the record of various tests got done

from outside recognised laboratory.

(iii) List of equipments recommended is indicated in Part II C.

1.2. Requirement for Sterile Product:

(A) Manufacturing Areas: – For the manufacture of sterile Ayurvedic, Unani and

Siddha drugs, separate enclosed areas specifically designed for the purpose shall be

provided. These areas shall be provided with air locks for entry and shall be essentially

dust free and ventilated with an air supply. For all areas where aseptic manufacture has to

be carried out, air supply shall be filtered through bacteria retaining filters (HEPA Filters)

and shall be at a pressure higher than in the adjacent areas. The filters shall be checked for

performance on installation and periodically thereafter the record of checks shall be

maintained. All the surfaces in sterile manufacturing areas shall be designed to facilitate

cleaning and disinfection. For sterile manufacturing routine microbial counts of all

Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug manufacturing areas shall be carried out during

operations. Results of such count shall be checked against established in-house

standards and record maintained.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 463(E) dated 08-07-2005.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

560

Access to manufacturing areas shall be restricted to minimum number of

authorized personnel. Special procedure to be followed for entering and leaving the

manufacturing areas shall be written down and displayed.

For the manufacturing of Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani drug that can be sterilized

in their final containers, the design of the areas shall preclude the possibility of the

products intended for sterilization being mixed with or taken to be products already

sterilized. In case of terminally sterilized products, the design of the areas shall preclude

the possibility of mix-up between non-sterile products.

(B) Precautions against contamination and mix:

(a) Carrying out manufacturing operations in a separate block of adequately

isolated building or operating in an isolated enclosure within the building,

(b) Using appropriate pressure differential in the process area.

(c) Providing a suitable exhaust system.

(d) Designing laminar flow sterile air system for sterile products.

(e) The germicidal efficiency of UV lamps shall be checked and recorded

indicating the burning hours or checked using intensity.

(f) Individual containers of liquids and ophthalmic solutions shall be

examined against black-white background fitted with diffused light after

filling to ensure freedom from contamination with foreign suspended matter.

(g) Expert technical staff approved by the Licensing Authority shall

check and compare actual yield against theoretical yield before final

distribution of the batch.

All process controls as required under master formula including room

temperature, relative humidity, volume filled, leakage and clarity shall be checked and

recorded.

PART II

A. LIST OF RECOMMENDED MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM

MANUFACTURING PREMISES REQUIRED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF

VARIOUS CATEGORIES OF AYURVEDIC, SIDDHA SYSTEM OF MEDICINES

One machine indicated for one category of medicine could be used for the manufacturing

of other category of medicine also. Similarly some of the manufacturing areas like

powdering, furnace, packing of liquids and Avaleha, Paks, could also be shared for these

items.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

561

Sl.No. Category of Medicine Minimum manufacturing

space required

recommended

(1) (2) (3) (4)

1200 Square feet

covered area with

separate cabins or

partitions for each

activity. If Unani

medicines are

manufactured in same

premises an additional

area of 400 sq. feet will

be required.

1. Anjana/Pisti 100 sq. feet. Karel/mechanized/motorized, karel.

End runner/Ball-Mill

2. Churna / Nasya/

Kwath Churn

200 sq feet Grinder/disintegrator/Pulveriser/

Powder mixer/sieves/shifter.

3. Pills/Vati /Gutika

Matirai and tablets

100 sq. feet Ball Mill, Mass mixer/powder

mixer, Granulator, drier, tablet

compressing machine, pill/vati

cutting machine, stainless steel

trays/container for storage and

sugar coating, polishing pan in case

of sugar-coated tablets,mechanised

chattoo (for mixing guggulu) where

required.

4. Kupi pakava/Ksara/

a Satva/Sindura

Karpu/ Uppu / Param

150 sq. feet Bhatti, Karahi/Stainless steel

Vessels/Patila Flask, Multani

Matti/Plaster of Paris, Copper Rod,

Earthern container, Gaj Put Bhatti,

operated) End/EdgeRunner, Exhaust

Fan, Wooden/S.S.Spatula.

5. Kajal 100 sq. feet Earthern lamps for collection of

Kajal, Triple Roller Mill, End

Runner, Sieves, S.S.Patila, Filling/

packing and manufacturing room

should be provided with exhaust fan

and ultra violet lamps.

6. Capsules 100 sq. feet Air Conditioner, De-humidifier,

hygrometer, thermometer, Capsule

filling machine and chemical

balance.

7. Ointment/Marham

Pasai

100sq. feet Tube filling machine, Crimping

Machine/Ointment Mixer, End

Runner/ Mill (Where required) S.S.

Storage Container S.S.Patila.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

562

Sl.No. Category of Medicine Minimum manufacturing

space required

recommended

(1) (2) (3) (4)

8. Pak/Avaleh/Khand/

100 sq. feet

Bhatti section fitted with

exhaust fan and should be fly

proof, Iron Kadahi/S.S. Patila and

S.S. Storage container.

9. Panak, Syrup / Pravahi

Kwath Manapaku

150 sq, feet Tincture press, exhaust fan

fitted and fly proof, Bhatti section,

Bottle washing machine, filter

press / Gravity filter, liquid

filling machine P.P. Capping

Machine

10. Asava / Arishta 200 sq. ft Same as mentioned above.

Fermentation tanks, containers and

distillation plant where necessary,

Filter Press.

11.

12.

Sura

Ark Tinir

100 sq. ft

100 sq. ft

Same as mentioned above plus

Distillation plant and Transfer

pump.

Maceration tank, Distillation plant,

Liquid filling tank with tap /

Gravity filter/Filter

p ress, Visual

inspection box.

13. Tail/Ghrit Ney 100 sq. ft Bhatti, Kadahi/S.S. Patila

S.S.Storage Containers, Filtration

equipment, filling tank with

tap/Liquid filling machine.

14. Aschyotan / Netra Malham

bindu

100 sq. ft Hot air oven electrically

heated with thermostatic control,

kettle gas or electrically heated

with suitable mixing arrangements,

collation mill, or ointment mill,

tube filling equipment, mixing and

storage tanks of stainless steel or

of other suitable material

sintered glass funnel, seitz filter or

filter candle, liquid filling

equipment, autoclave.

15. Each manufacturing unit will

have a separate area for

Bhatti, furnace boilers, puta,

etc. This will have proper

ventilation, removal of

smoke, prevention of flies,

insets, dust etc. The furnace

200 sq. ft

section could have tin roof.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

563

B. LIST OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM MANUFACTURING

PREMISES REQUIRED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VARIOUS

CATEGORIES OF UNANI SYSTEM OF MEDICINES

One machine indicated for one category of medicine could be used for the manufacturing

of other category of medicine also. Similarly some of the manufacturing areas like

powdering, furnace, packing of liquids could also be shared for these items.

Sl.No. Category of

Medicine

Minimum manufacturing space

required

Machinery/equipment recommended

(1) (2) (3) (4)

1200 square feet covered area

with separate cabins,

partitions for each activity. If

Ayurveda / Siddha

medicines are also

manufactured in same

premises an additional area of

400 square feet will be

required.

1. Itrifal

Khamiras

100 sq. feet Grinder/ Pulveriser, Sieves, powder

mixer (if required), S.S. Patilas,

Bhatti and other accessories, plant

mixer for Khamiras.

2. Arq. 100 sq. feet

Distillation Plant (garembic)

S.S. storage tank, Boiling Vessel,

Gravity filter, Bottle filling machine,

Bottle washing machine, Bottle

drier.

3. Habb (Pills) and

tablets.

100 sq. feet

Ball Mill, Mass Mixer/Powder

mixer, Granulator drier, tablet

compressing machine, pill/vati

cutting machine, stainless steal

trays/ container for storage and

sugar coating, polishing pan in

case of sugar-coated tablets,

mechanized chattoo, (for

mixing guggul) where required.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

564

4. Sufoof (Powder) 200 sq. feet Grinder / pulveriser, Sieves, Trays,

Scoops, Powder mixer

(where required).

5. Raughan (oils) (Crushing

and boiling)

100 sq. feet Oil Expeller, S.S. Patilas Oil filter

bottle, Filling machine, Bottle drier,

Bhatti.

6. Shiyaf, Surma, Kajal 100 sq. feet End runner, mixing S.S. Vessel..

7. Marham, Zimad

(Ointment)

8. Qurs (Tab.)

100 sq. feet

100 sq. feet

Kharal, Bhatti, End runner, Grinder,

Pulveriser, Triple Roller Mill (if

required).

Grinder/Pulveriser, Sieves, Powder

mixer (where needed), Granulator,

Drier, Tablet Compressing Machine,

Die punches Trays, O.T. Apparatus,

Balance with weights, Scoops, Sugar

Coating Pan, polishing pan, Heater.

9. Kushta 100 sq. feet Bhatti, Kharal, Sil Batta, Earthen pots.

10. Murabba 100 sq. feet. Aluminium Vessels 50-100kgs.

Capacity, Gendna, Bhatti.

11. Capsule 100 sq. feet Pulveriser, Powder mixer

(where needed), capsule filling

machine, Air conditioner, De-

humidifier, Balance with weights,

storage containers, glass.

12. Sharbat and Joshanda 100 sq. feet Tinctum Press, exhaust fan fitted,

Bhatti section, Bottle washing

machine, Filter Press Gravity filter,

Liquid filling tank with tap/liquid

filling machine, hot air oven

electrically heated with thermostatic

control, kettle.

13. Qutoor-e- Chashm

and Marham(Eye

drops, eye ointment)

100 sq. feet Hot air oven electrically heated

with thermostatic control, kettle

14. Each manufacturing

unit will have a

separate area for

Bhatti, furnaces,

boilers, putta,etc.

This will have proper

of smoke, prevention

of flies, insects, dust,

etc.

200 sq. feet

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

565

C. LIST OF EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED FOR IN-HOUSE QUALITY CONTROL

SECTION

(Alternatively, unit can get testing done from the Government approved laboratory).

(A) CHEMISTRY SECTION (B) PHARMACOGNOSY SECTION

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17

18

19.

20

21.

22

23.

24

25.

Alcohol Determination Apparatus

(complete set)

Volatile Oil Determination

Apparatus.

Boiling Point Determination

Apparatus.

Melting Point Determination

Apparatus.

Refractometer.

Polarimeter.

Viscometer.

Tablet Disintegration Apparatus.

Moisture Meter.

Muffle Furnace.

Electronic Balance.

Magnetic Stirrer.

Hot Air Oven.

Refrigerator.

Glass/Steel Distillation Apparatus.

LPG Gas Cylinders with Burners.

Water Bath (Temperature controlled.)

Heating Mantles/ Hot Plates.

TLC Apparatus with all accessories

(Manual)

Paper Chromatography apparatus

with accessories.

Sieve size 10 to120 with Sieve

shaker.

Centrifuge Machine.

Dehumidifier.

pH Meter.

Limit Test Apparatus.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Microscope Binoculor.

Dissecting Microscope.

Microtome.

Physical Balance.

Aluminium Slide Trays.

Stage Micrometer.

Camera Lucida (Prism and

Mirror Type).

Chemicals, Glassware etc.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

566

1

[D. SUPPLEMENTARY GUIDELINES FOR MANUFACTURING OF

RASAUSHADHIES OR RASAMARUNTHUKAL AND KUSHTAJAT (HERBO-

MINERAL-METALLIC COMPOUNDS) OF AYURVEDA, SIDDHA AND UNANI

MEDICINES

These guidelines are intended to complement those provided above and should be

read in conjunction with the parent guidelines. The supplementary guidelines are to

provide general and minimum technical requirements for quality assurance and control in

manufacturing Rasaushadhis or Rasamarunthukal and Kushtajat (Herbo-mineral-metallic

formulations). These supplementary guidelines deal with Bhasmas, Sindura, Pishti, Kajjali,

Khalviya Ras, Kupipakwa, Rasayan, Parpati, Potali Rasa, Satwa (of Metals and Minerals

origin) Druti Parpam, Karpu, and Kushta etc. used in Ayurvedic, Siddha and Unani

Systems of medicine.

The supplementary GMP guidelines for Rasaushadhi or Rasamarunthukal and

Kushtajat are needed to establish the authenticity of raw drug, minerals and metals, in-

process validation and quality control parameters to ensure that these formulations are

processed and prepared in accordance with classical texts and for which safety measures

are complied. Only those manufacturing units which have Good Manufacturing Practices

for ASU drugs and supplementary certificate for Rasaushadhi or Rasamarunthukal and

Kushtajat formulations shall be allowed to manufacture th e same. Supplementary Good

Manufactur ing Pr actices Certificate for Rasaushadhies shall be issued by the State

Licensing Authority only after thorough inspection by an expert team including

Rasashastra experts nominated by the Department of AYUSH.

2. Manufacturing Process Areas :-

For the manufacture of Bhasma and Kupipakawa and Rasaushadhi preparations

made from metals and minerals the following specific areas shall be provided, which

should be completely segregated from the production area used for preparation of plants

and animal by product based formulation to avoid cross contamination. The following

exclusive areas the required for Rasaushadhies or Rasamarunthukal and Kushtajat:-

2.2 (a) Bhatti or Heating Device Section for Bhasma and Rasaushadhies :- 100 sq.

feet for heating, burning, putta and any heat related work with proper

ventilation, exhaust and chimney. This could be tin shed also.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

567

(b) Grinding, Drying and Processing Section for Bhasma and Rasaushadhies:-

100 Sq. feet (Manual or Mechanical, oven etc.). Drying

1

[Shall be] done in

a space which is covered by glass or other transparent material to allow

entry of sunrays on the material to keep for the purpose. If drying is being

done in oven the temperature of the same may be selected specific

temperature.

(c) Rashaushadi Related Store :-100 Sq. feet.

The size and dimensions of each Bhatti Section would be so designed to suit the

batch size or quantity of materials to be processed, keeping in mind the processing is done

as per the conditions of Drug and Cosmetics Act mentioned under Schedule I official

books.

In addition to the fuels prescribed in the schedule books namely coal, fire wood,

cow dung cakes etc., use of other heating devices e.g. electrical heating, oil or gas fired

furnaces and others Shall be] employed so as to provide the required temperature as per

the nature of material and object of heating. Depending on the formulation being

manufactured, manufacturers may adopt aerobic or anaerobic process. Properly baked and

clean earthen pots of other crucibles and glass containers of appropriate design shall be

used.

The manufacturing area should be designed with special attention to process the

products that generate toxic fumes like SO2, arsenic and mercury vapor, etc. When heating

and boiling of the materials is necessary, suitable ventilation and air exhaust flow

mechanism should be provided to prevent accumulation of unintended fumes and vapors.

Such areas may be provided with properly designed chimneys or ducts fitted with exhaust

system and suitable scrubbing system to remove fumes and smoke, so that safety of

personnel and environment is taken care of.

Since processing of Rasaushadhis may introduce heavy metal contamination and

cross contamination etc., therefore, cleaning of equipment is particularly important after

every process by using appropriate cleaning agent which should not react with material of

equipment and must be free from unwanted properties e.g. corrosiveness.

2.3 Records shall be maintained specially for temperatures attained during the entire

process of Bhasmikaran, while employing different kinds of classical puta, furnaces using

oil, gas or electricity. Appropriate temperature measuring instrument should be employed

such as pyrometer and, pyrograph for manual reading or recording by heat sensors,

connected to computer as the case may be.

In order to handle large quantities, appropriate technology like use of hand operated

extruders for making chakrikas or pellets may be adopeted. However, such equipments

made of aluminium or its alloys should not be used.

1. Subs. by G.S.R.Subs. by G.S.R.338(E), dated 15-04-2010.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

568

Access to manufacturing areas shall be restricted to minimum number of authorized

personnel only.

3. Quality Control :-

A. Inprocess Quality Control :-

The registers as indicated below should exclusively be maintained for ready reference :-

(a) Shodhan Register with following details :-

1. Sl No.

2. Batch No. and Size

3. Date, time and duration

4. Name of the Raw-material with Quality reference and quantity

5. Quantity of Shodhana Dravya

6. Book Reference followed

7. Methodology

(b) Bhavana and Putta Register with following details :-

1. Sl No.

2. Batch No.

3. Date, time

4. Name of the material and quantity of starting materials

5. Quantity of Nirvapya Dravya

6. Quantity of Bhavana Dravya

7. Date and time of Starting and completion of Bhavana or Mardana and

duration

8. Type and Number of Puttas

9. Time and Date of completion of Puttas

10. Color and texture of the product or standards

11. Inprocess tests followed (Bhasma Pariksha and any other tests)

12. In case heating at a particular temperature is required, record of attainment

of that temperature.

(c) Grinding Record Register:- (Finished Product / Intermediate procedure)

1. Sl. No.

2. Batch No.

3. Date and time

4. Name of the material and quantity

5. Name of the equipment (SS/granite)

6. Duration of grinding

7. Repeat the grinding if required (Number of repetition)

(d) Packing details:-

1. Name of Rasaushadhi

2. Type of Dosage Form (eg. Powder, pill, tablet etc)

3. Weight of Rasaushadhi in each unit

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

569

B. Product Quality Control:-

The specifications for finished Rasaushadhi are primarily intended to define the

quality rather than to establish full characterization, and should focus on those

characteristics found to be useful in ensuring the quality. Consistent quality for

Rasaushadhi can only be assured if the starting material-metals and minerals are used of

pharmacopoeial standards. In some cases more detailed information may be needed on

aspects of their process. The manufacturer will ensure in-house standards for the uniform

quality of product.

Quality testing will be carried out as per official Pharmaceutica or Schedule books

for texts namely, color, taste, varitaratwa, Rekhapurnatwa, Laghutva, Nirdhumatwa,

Dntagre Kachakacha, Niruttha, Apunarbhava and Nischandratwa.

The Particle size of the product should be tested by adopting microscope fitted with

micrometer or particle size analyzer or any appropriate other techniques. Required physio-

chemical characterization of the product should be undertaken by appropriate analytical

equipment. The Standard Manufacturing Process of the product should be evolved/follow

up. The disintegration time of pills-vati and tablets should also be recorded.

4. Product recalls:- Literature inserted inside the product package should indicate the

name, address of the manufacturing unit

1

[and] telephone number for reporting of any

adverse drug reaction by physicians or patients. On receipt of such Adverse Drug Reaction

report, it will be the responsibility of the manufacturer to ensure the recall of the product

from the market.

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be included for storage of recalled

Rasaushadhies in a secure segregated area, complying with the requirements specified for

storage till their final disposal.

5. Medical examination of the Employees:- Employees engaged in manufacturing should

be medially examined periodically at least once a year for any adverse effect of the drug

during manufacturing process for which necessary investigations

1

[Shall be] carried out

for ensuring that there is no effect of material on the vital organs of the employees. Annual

examination reports of the employees shall be made available to statutory inspectors

during Good Manufacturing Practices inspections.

6. Self-Inspection:- The release of Rasaushadhis should be under the control of a person

who has been trained in the specific features of the processing and quality assurance of

Rasaushadhis. Personnel dealing with the production and quality assurance of

Rasaushadhis manufacturing section should have an adequate training in the specific

subject of Rasaushadhis manufacturing. He will be at least a degree holder in Ayurvedic,

Siddha / Unani medicines or B.Pharma degree holder in Ayurvedic / Siddha / Unani

medicines.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 338(E) dated 15-04-2010.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

570

7. Dosage form of Rasaushadhis:- The Rasaushadhis may be made into an acceptable

dosage forms such as churna, vati, guti, tablet or capsules etc. after adding suitable

permissible fillers or binding agents as permissible under the Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia

of India or Indian pharmacopoeia as updated from time to time. In such cases the label

must indicate the quantity of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines in one Tablet or Pill

or Capsule in addition to the filler. The crystalline product may be grinded before packing

in the individual dispensing size. All the Rasaushadhis or Rasamaruthukal or Kushtajat

shall be packed in a dosage form which is ready for use for the consumer. Grinding and

weighing of individual dose of potentially poisonous products will not be permissible in

patient consumer pack. This arrangement may reduce the Adverse Drug Reaction of

Rasaushadhi which takes place due to dose variation. However, for hospital bulk pack, it

will not be applicable and label will clearly indicate the ―Hospital pack.‖

8. Area Specifications/ requirement for an applicant companies only to have GMP of

Rasaushadhis or Rasamarunthukal and Kushtajat (Herbomineral/metallic

compounds) of Ayurveda, Siddha and Unani medicines:-

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 338(E) dated 15-04-2010

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

571

Sr. No. Category of Medicine /

Manufacturing area

Minimum

Manufacturing

space required

Machinery equipme recommended

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Pisti / grinding area for

Bhasma, Pishti, Kushtajat

Powdering area for raw drugs

of plant origin giving in

Rasaushadhis (Herbo-metalic

formulations)

Pills / Vati/ Gutika Matrica

and tablets / Habb making area

Kupi pakva / Ksara / Parpati /

Lavana Bhasma Satva /

Sindura Kapu / Uppa / Param /

Qushta / Jawhar

Receiving and storing raw

material

Quality Control Section

Quarantine / observation

Finished goods store

Rejected goods store

Bhatti-putta area

Area for water and washing

etc.

Office

100 sq. ft.

200 sq. ft.

100 sq. ft.

150 sq. ft.

200 sq. ft.

150 sq. ft.

50 sq. ft.

150 sq. ft.

50 sq. ft.

200 sq. ft.

50 sq. ft.

100 sq. ft.

Kharal/mechanized/motorized Kharal,

End runner / Ball-Mill Sieves / Sifter.

Grinder / Distintegrator /Pulverisor / Powder

mixer / Sieves / Sifter

Ball Mills, Mass Mixer/Powder mixer,

Granulator, drier, tablet compressing machine,

pill/ vati cutting machine, stainless steel trays /

container for storage and sugar coating,

polishing pan in case of sugar coated tablets,

mechanized chatoo, (for mixing

of guggulu) where required.

Bhatti, Karahi / stainless steel vessels

/patila flask, Multani Matti / Plaster

of Paris, Copper Rod, Earthen container, Gaj

Put Bhatti, Muffle furnace (electrically

operated) End / Edge Runner, Exhaust Fan,

Wooden, S.S. Spatula.

TOTAL 1500 sq. ft

Note : The above requirements of machinery, equipments, space are made subject to

the modification at the discretion of the Licensing Authority; if he is of the opinion that having

regard to the nature and extent of the manufacturing operations it is necessary to relax or alter

them in the circumstances in a particular case,

1

[he may do so after recording reasons in

writing]].

1. Added by G.S.R.463(E), dated 08-07-2005

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

572

1

[Schedule TA

(See rule 157 A)

FORM FOR RECORD OF UTILIZATION OF RAW MATERIAL BY AYURVEDA OR

SIDDHA OR UNANI LICENSED MANUFACTURING UNITS DURING THE

FINANCIAL YEAR

Identification Particulars:

Manufacturing License No ...................................

Issued by..................................................................

Name: ............................................

Address: ........................................

State: ............................................. Pin Code: ...................................................................

Telephone:...................................... Fax: .........................................................................

Email: ..................................

1. Quantity of Medicinal Plants/Extracts/Essential Oils/Metals/Animal By-Products

Minerals Used During 1st April, to 31st March of the preceeding year (For Productions at

the identified facility)

(a) Herbs Used

Common Name

as in AFI/API*

Plant’s

Botanical

Name

Quantity

Used/per

annum (in

Kgs.)

Sources of Supply Part Used

Traders/

Manufacturers

Forest

Collectors

Cultivators Imported Total Whole

plans

Root Leaf Others

*Ayurvedic Formulary of India/Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India

(b) Extracts Used

Name of Extracts Quantity Used/per

annum (in Kgs.)

Sources of Supply

Common Name as in

AFI/API*

Botanical Name In-House Export Suppliers Imported Total

* Ayurvedic Formulary of India/Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India

Name of Mineral Quantity Used/per

annum (in Kgs.)

Sources of Supply

Common Name Chemical Name Manufacturers Traders

(Domestic)

Importers Total

1. Ins. By G.S.R. 512 (E), dated 09-07-2008

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

573

(d) Animal By-Products Used

Name of By-Product Quantity Used/per

annum (in Kgs.)

Sources of Supply

Common Name Biological/Chemical

Name (if any)

Manufacturers Traders

(Domestic)

Importers Total

2. Shortage of raw material(s)/inputs during the preceeding year.

If yes, please indicate name(s) of such raw material(s) by level of importance

starting from most important to least important, reason for shortage [availability, quality

or any other (please specify)]

Name of Raw Materials Appro. Qty of shortage (in

Kgs.)

Reason

Name of the drug and part

used as mentioned in official

formulary / Pharmacopoeial/

Schedue I books

Biological/ Chemical Name (if

any)

1

[SCHEDULE U

(See rules 74, 74A, 74B, 78 and 78A)

I. PARTICULARS TO BE SHOWN IN MANUFACTURING RECORDS

A. SUBSTANCES, OTHER THAN PARENTERAL PREPARATIONS IN GENERAL.

1. Serial number

2. Name of the product

3. Reference of Master Formula Records.

4. Lot/Batch Size.

5. Lot/Batch Number.

6. Date of commencement of manufacture and date of completion of manufacture and assigned

date of expiry.

7. Name of all ingredients, specifications quantities required for the lot/Batch size and quantities

actually used. All weighings and measurements shall be carried out by a responsible person and

initialled by him and shall be counter-checked and signed by the competent technical staff under whose

personal supervision the ingredients are used for manufacture.

8. Control Numbers of raw materials used in the formulation.

9. Date, time and duration of mixing.

10. Details of environmental controls like room temperature, relative humidity.

11.Date of granulation, wherever applicable.

12. Theoretical weight and actual weight of granules/powder blend.

13. Records of in-processes controls (Periodically whenever necessary):

(a) Uniformity of mixing.

(b) Moisture content of granules/powder in case of Tablet/Capsules.

(c) pH of solution in case of liquid.

(d) Weight variation.

(e) Disintegration time.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 735(E) dated 24-06-1988

NY

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

574

(f) Hardness

(g) Friability test

(h) Leak test in case of strip packing.

(i) Filled volume of liquids.

(j) Quantity of tablets/capsules in the final container.

(k) Content of ointment in the filled containers.

14. Date of compression in case of Tablets/date of filling in case of capsules.

15. Date of sealing/coating /polishing in case of capsules/tablets wherever applicable.

16. Reference to analytical Report number stating the result of test and analysis.

17. Separate records of the disposal of the rejected batches and of batches withdrawn from the

market.

18.The theoretical yield and actual productions yield and packing particulars indicating the size and

quantity of finished packings.

19. Specimen of label/strip, carton with batch coding information like Batch Number, date of

manufacture, date of expiry, retail price as applicable stamped thereon and inserts used in the finished

packings.

20. Signature with date of competent technical staff responsible for the manufacture.

21. Counter-signature of the head of the testing units or other approved person-in-charge of testing

for having verified the batch records and for having released and batch for sale and distribution, the

quantity released and date of release.

22. Date of release of finished packings and quantity released for sale and distribution.

23. Quantity transferred to warehouse.

24. For Hypodermic tablets and ophthalmic preparations, which are required to be manufactured

under aseptic conditions, records shall be maintained indicating the precautions taken during the process

of manufacture to ensure that aseptic conditions are maintained.

B. PARENTERAL PREPARATIONS.

1. Serial number.

2. Name of the product.

3. Reference of the master formula record.

4. Batch /Lot size.

5. Batch No. and/or Lot No.

6. Date of commencement of manufacture and date of completion.

7. Names of all ingredients, specifications and quantity required for the Lot/Batch size

and quantity actually used. All weighings and measurements shall be carried out by a

responsible person and initialled by him and shall be countersigned by the technical staff under

whose personal supervision the stock are issued and by another competent technical staff under

whose supervision the ingredients are used for manufacture.

8. Control numbers of raw materials used in the formulation.

9. Date, time and duration of mixing.

10. Details of environmental controls like temperature, humidity, microbial count in the

sterile working areas.

11. pH of the solution, wherever applicable.

12. Date and method of filtration.

13. Sterility test, reference on bulk batch wherever applicable.

14. Record of check on volume filled.

15. Date of filling.

16. Records of tests employed: -

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

575

(a) To ensure that sealed ampoules are leak proof

(b) To check the presence of foreign particles.

(c) Pyrogen test, wherever applicable

(d) Toxicity test, wherever applicable.

17. Records of checking of instruments and apparatus of sterilization (indicators).

18. Records of cleaning and sterilization of containers and closures, if necessary.

19. Records of sterilization in case of parenteral preparations which are heat sterilized

including particulars of time, temperature and pressure employed. Such records should be

marked to relate to the batch sterilized.

20. Number and size of containers filled and quantity rejected.

21. The theoretical yield and actual yield and the percentage yield thereof.

22. Reference to Analytical report numbers stating whether of standard quality or otherwise.

23. Specimen of labels, cartons, etc. with Batch coding information like batch number, date

of manufacture, date of expiry, as applicable, stamped thereon, and inserts used in the finished

packings.

24. Signature with date of the component technical staff responsible for manufacture.

25. Particulars regarding the precautions taken during the manufacture to ensure that aseptic

conditions are maintained.

26. Countersignature of head of the testing unit or person in charge of testing for having

verified the documents and for having released the product for sale and distribution, the

quantity released and date of release.

27. Records for having transferred to warehouse giving packings and quantities.

28. Separate records of the disposal of the rejected batches and of all batches withdrawn

from the market.

29. Records of reprocessing if any and particulars of reprocessing.

II. RECORDS OF RAW MATERIALS

Records in respect of each raw material shall be maintained indicating the date of receipt,

invoice number, name and address of the manufacturer/supplier, batch number, quantity received, pack

size, date of manufacture, date of expiry, if any, date of analysis and release/rejection by quality

control, analytical report number with special remarks, if any, quantity issued, date of issue and the

particulars of the name and batch numbers of products for the manufacture of which issued and the

proper disposal of the stocks.

III. PARTICULARS TO BE RECORDED IN THE ANALYTICAL RECORDS

A. TABLETS AND CAPSULES.

1. Analytical report number.

2. Name of the sample.

3. Date of receipt of sample.

4. Batch/Lot number.

5. Protocols of tests applied.

(a) Description.

(b) Identification.

(c) Uniformity of weight.

(d) Uniformity of diameter (if applicable).

(e) Disintegration test (time in minutes).

(f) Any other tests.

(g) Results of Assay.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

576

Note: Records regarding various tests applied (including readings and calculations) should be

maintained and necessary reference to these records should be entered in Col. 5 above whenever

necessary.

6. Signature of the Analyst.

7. Opinion and signature of the approved Analyst.

B. PARENTERAL PREPARATIONS.

1. Analytical report number.

2. Name of the sample.

3. Batch number.

4. Date of receipt of samples.

5. Number of containers filled.

6. Number of containers received.

7. Protocols of tests applied.

(a) Clarity.

(b) pH wherever applicable.

(c) Identification.

(d) Volume in container.

(e) Sterility –

(i) Bulk sample wherever applicable

(ii) container sample.

(f) Pyrogen test, wherever applicable.

(g) Toxicity test, wherever applicable.

(h) Any other tests.

(i) Results of Assay.

Note: Records regarding various tests applied (including readings and calculations) should be

maintained and necessary reference to these records should be entered in Col. 7 above, wherever

necessary.

8. Signature of the Analyst.

9. Opinion and signature of the approved Analyst.

PYROGEN TEST:

1. Test Report Number.

2. Name of the samp le.

3. Batch Number.

4. Number of rabbits used.

5. Weight of each rabbit.

6. Normal temperature of each rabbit.

7. Mean initial temperature of each rabbit.

8. Dose and volume of solution injected into each rabbit and time of injection.

9. Temperature of each rabbit noted at suitable intervals.

10. Maximum temperature.

11. Response.

12. Summed response.

13. Signature of the Analyst.

14.Opinion and signature of the approved Analyst.

TOXICITY TEST

1. Test Report Number.

2. Name of the sample.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

577

3. Batch Number.

4. Number of mice used and weight of each mouse.

5. Strength and volume of the drugs injected.

6. Date of injection.

7. Results and remarks.

8. Signature of Analyst.

9. Opinion and signature of the approved Analyst.

C. FOR OTHER DRUGS

1. Analytical report number.

2. Name of the sample.

3. Batch/Lot number.

4. Date of receipt of sample.

5. Protocol of tests applied.

(a) Description.

(b) Identification.

(c) Any other tests.

(d) Results of Assay.

Note:Particulars regarding various tests applied (including readings and calculations) shall be maintained

and necessary reference to these records shall be entered in Column 5 above, wherever necessary.

6. Signature of Analyst.

7. Opinion and signature of the approved Analyst.

D. RAW MATERIALS

1. Serial number.

2. Name of the materials.

3. Name of the manufacturer/supplier.

4. Quantity received.

5. Invoice/Challan number and date.

6. Protocols of tests applied.

Note: Particulars regarding various tests applied (including readings and calculations) shall be

maintained and necessary reference to these records shall be entered in Column 6 above, wherever

necessary.

E. CONTAINER, PACKING MATERIALS ETC.

1. Serial number.

2. Name of the item.

3. Name of the manufacturer/supplier.

4. Quantity received.

5. Invoice/Challan number and date

6. Results of tests applied.

Note: Particulars regarding various tests applied shall be maintained and necessary reference to these

records shall be entered in Column 6 above, wherever necessary

7. Remarks.

8. Signature of the examiner.

Notes: 1. The foregoing provisions represent the minimum requirements to be complied with by

the licensee. The Licensing Authority may, however, direct the nature of records to be maintained by the

licensee for such products as are not covered by the categories described above.

2. The Licensing Authority may permit the licensee to maintain records in such manner as

are considered satisfactory, provided the basic requirements laid down above are complied with.

3. The Licensing Authority may at its discretion direct the licensee to maintain records for such

additional particulars as it may consider necessary in the circumstances of a particular case.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

578

1

[SCHEDULE U(I)

(See rules 142 and 142B)

I. PARTICULARS TO BE SHOWN IN THE MANUFACTURING RECORDS:

1. Serial number.

2. Name of the product.

3. Lot/Batch size.

4. Lot/Batch number.

5. Date of commencement of manufacture and date when manufacture was completed.

6. Names of all ingredients, quantities required for the lot/batch size, quantities actually used.

7. Control reference numbers in respect of raw materials used in formulation.

8. Reference to analytical report numbers.

9. Actual production and packing particulars indicating the size and quantity of

finished packings.

10. Date of release of finished packing for distribution or sale.

11. Signature of the expert staff responsible for the manufacture.

II. RECORDS OF RAW MATERIALS:

Records in respect of each raw material shall be maintained indicating the quantity received,

control reference number, the quantity issued from time to time, the names and batch numbers of the

products for the manufacture of which the said quantity of raw material has been issued and the

particulars relating to the proper disposal of the stocks.

Notes: (1) The Licensing Authority may permit the licensee to maintain records in such

manner as is considered satisfactory, provided the basic requirements laid down above are complied

with.

(2) The Licensing Authority may direct the licensee to maintain records for such

additional particulars, as it may consider necessary in the circumstances of a particular case.]

2

[SCHEDULE V

( See rule 124B)

STANDARDS FOR PATENT OR PROPRIETARY MEDICINES

3

[***]

4

[2. Standards for patent or proprietary medicines, containing vitamins: Patent or proprietary

medicines containing vitamins for prophylactic, therapeutic or paediatric use shall contain the

vitamins in quantities not less than and not more than those specified below in single or in two divided

daily doses, namely: - [see table below].

3

[***]

5

[4. General Standards for Different Categories of Patent or Proprietary Medicines. - In the

case of pharmaceutical products containing several active ingredients, the selection shall be such that

the ingredients do not interact with one another and do not affect the safety and therapeutic efficacy of

the product. The combination shall not also lead to analytical difficulties for the purpose of assaying

the content of such ingredient separately. The substances added as additives shall be innocuous, shall

not affect the safety or therapeutic efficacy of the active ingredients, and shall not affect the assays and

identity tests in the amount present.]

1. Added by G.S.R. 1594, dt. 28-10-1976.

2. Added by G.S.R. 665, dt. 06-05-1977.

4. Added by G.S.R. No. 930 ,dt. 13-7-1978.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

579

Subject to the provisions of these rules, patent or proprietary medicines shall comply with the

following standards, namely: -

1. Patent or proprietary medicines shall comply with the general requirements of the dosage

form under which it falls as given in the Indian Pharmacopoeia. If the dosage form is not included in

the Indian Pharmacopoeia, but is included in any other pharmacopoeia, prescribed for the purpose of

the Second Schedule to the Act, it shall comply with the general requirements of the dosage of

such pharmacopoeia. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing requirements, general

requirements shall include compliance with colour consistency, clarity, stability, freedom from

contamination with foreign matter or fungal growth, defects like chipping and capping of tablets,

cracking of the coating, mottled appearance and other characteristic defects that can be perceived by

visual inspection.

2. Without prejudice to the generality of the following paras, dosage forms of patent or

proprietary medicines shall comply with the following requirements, namely:-

(a) Tablets: Medicines shall comply with requirements for tablets as laid down in the Indian

Pharmacopoeia. The nature of coating shall be indicated on the label. Permitted colours

may, however, be added and declared on the label. Nature of tablets, such as uncoated, sugar

coated or film coated, shall be declared on the label.

1

[***]

( b) Capsules : Medicines shall comply with the requirements for capsules laid down in the

Indian Pharmacopoeia. However, the capsules shall be free from distortion or shape, dis-

colouration and other physical defects like leakage of powder from joints, pinholes or cracks in

the capsules;

(c) Liquid oral dosage forms: Emulsions and suspensions shall disperse uniformly on shaking.

Homogeneous solutions shall contain no sediments. The volume of the product (net content) in

the container shall be not less than the labelled volume. The limit for ethanol content of

pharmaceutical products shall be not less than 90 per cent and not more than 110 per cent of the

labelled contents.

(d) Injections: Medicines shall comply with the requirements for injections as laid down in the

Indian Pharmacopoeia.

(e) Ointments: Medicines shall comply with the requirements for injections as laid down in the

Indian Pharmacopoeia.

3. The content of active ingredients, other than vitamins, enzymes and antibiotics, in patent or

proprietary medicines shall be not less than 90 per cent and not more than 110 per cent of the labelled

content; however, for enzymes and vitamins, only for lower limit of 90 per cent shall apply. In all dry

formulations containing antibiotics, the limit shall be 90 to 130 per cent of the labelled contents and in

case of liquid antibiotic formulations, the limit shall be 90 to 140 per cent of labelled contents.

Fiducial limits for error for microbiological assay of antibiotics may be estimated depending

upon the design of assay procedure. Methods, used for assaying active ingredients shall employ the

same basic principles and shall use same organisms as given in the latest edition of the Indian

Pharmacopoeia or shall follow any other methods as approved by the authority competent to grant

licence to manufacture.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

580

4. All patent or proprietary medicines containing aspirin shall be subjected to ―Free Salicylic

Acid Test‖ and the limit of such acid shall be 0.75 per cent. Except in case of soluble type aspirin in

which case the limit of such acid shall be 3 per cent.

5. Patent or proprietary medicine to be tested under the provisions of rule 121-A for pyrogen

shall be tested by injecting into rabbits not less than the human dose of the medicine based on body

weight of a 60 kg. human being. Methodology and limits shall be based on the method recorded in

the Indian Pharmacopoeia. Dose selected shall be indicated in the protocol but the dose shall be not

greater than 5 times the human dose based on body weight of 60 kg for man.

6. In injectable patent or proprietary medicines, the test for freedom from toxicity, shall be

performed as described in the Indian Pharmacopoeia. Dose selected shall be indicated in the protocol

but the dose shall not be less than five times the human dose based on body weight of 60 kg. human

being.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

581

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

Vitamin Unit Patent or proprietary Patent or proprietary Patent or proprietary medicines containing

Medicines containing medicines containing vitamins for paediatric use.

Vitamins for prophylactic vitamins for therapeutic

Use.

(in single dose or in two divided doses) per daily dose

For adults For infants less than For children above one

one year. year up to adults

1 2 3 4 5 6

Vitamin A. I.U Not less than 1600 and not

more than 2,500

Not less than 5000 and not more

than 10,000

Not less than 750 and not Not less than 1500 and more

more than 3,000 than 5,000

Vitamin D. I.U Not less than 100 and not more

than 200.

Not less than 400 and not more

than 1,000

Not less than 200 and not Not less than 100 and more than

more than 400 400

Vitamin B1 mg. Not less than 1 and not more

than 2

Not less than 4.5 and not more

than 10

Not less than 0.5 and more Not less than 1 and not more

than 1 than 4.5

Vitamin B2 mg Not less than 1 and not more

than 3

Not less than 5 and not more

than 10

Not less than 0.5 and not Not less than 1 and not more

more than 1.5 than 5.

Vitamin B6 mg Not less than 0.5 and not more

than 1.5

Not less than 1.5 and not more

than 3

Not less than 0.5 and not Not less than 1 and not more

more than 1.5 than 3

Niacinamide mg Not less than 15 and not more

than 26

Not less than 45 and not more

than 100

Not less than 5 and not more Not less than 10 and not more

than 15 than 40.

d-Pantothenic mg Not less than 1 and not more Not less than 5 and not more Not less than 1 and not more Not less than 2.5 and not more

acid or its salts than 5 than 50 than 3 than 10

and panthenol.

Folic acid mg. Not less than 50 and not more Not less than 1000 and not more Not less than 25 and not Not less than 100 and not more

than 300 than 1500 more than 100 than 500

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

582

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

1 2 3 4 5 6

Vitamin B12 mcg Not less than 0.5 and not more Not less than 5 and not more Not less than 1 and not more Not less than 1 and not more

than 1 than 15 than 3 than 5

Vitamin C mg Not less than 25 and not more

than 50

Not less than 75 and not more

than 150

Not less than 20 and not

more than 40

Not less than 30 and not more

than 80

Vitamin E I.U Not less than 5 and not more

than 10

Not less than 15 and not more

than 25

Not less than 2.5 and not

more than 10

Not less than 5 and not more

than 20.

Notes: (1) Patent or proprietary medicines containing vitamins intended for prophylactic, therapeutic or paediatric use shall bear on the label the words ―For

Prophylactic Use‖ ― For Therapeutic Use,‖ or ―For Paediatric Use‖ as the case may be. In the case of paediatric preparations the age of the infant or

the child for whose use it is intended, shall be given in addition to the particulars required to be given under these rules.

(2)The above standards shall not apply to any preparation containing a single vitamin only and also to any preparation containing vitamins intended

for parenteral use.

Provided, however, that in the case of patent or proprietary medicines containing vitamins which are intended for the treatment of certain specific

conditions or diseases, the Licensing Authority specified in clause (b) of rule 21, may permit the addition of vitamins therein in relaxation of the limits

specified above, if satisfactory evidence is produced in justification of such relaxation.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. dated 22-12-2009

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

583

1

[***]

2

[SCHEDULE X

[See Rules 23, 61, 75, 97 and 105A]

Amobarbital

Glutethimide

Pentobarbital

3

[Ketamine hydrochloride]

Amphetamine

Meprobamate

Phencyclidine

Barbital

Methamphetamine

Phenometrazine

Cyclobarbital

4

[***]

5

[***]

Dexamphetamine

Methylphenidate

Secobarbital

Ethclorvynol

Methylphenobarbital

Note: 1. Any stereoisometric form of the substance specified in this Schedule, any salt of the

substance and preparation containing such substances are also covered by this Schedule.

2. Preparations containing the above substances are also covered by this Schedule.

Provided, however, preparations containing Meprobamate

5

[***] in combination

with other drugs may be exempted by the Licensing Authority specified in clause (b) of rule

21, from the provisions of this Schedule, if satisfactory evidence is adduced that these

preparations are not liable to be misused.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

584

1

[SCHEDULE Y

REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES FOR PERMISSION TO IMPORT AND / OR

MANUFACTURE OF NEW DRUGS FOR SALE OR TO UNDERTAKE CLINICAL

TRIALS

1. Application for permission.- (1) Application for permission to import or manufacture

new drugs for sale or to undertake clinical trials shall be made in Form 44 accompanied with

following data in accordance with the appendices, namely:-

(i) chemical and pharmaceutical information as prescribed in item 2 of Appendix I;

(ii) animal pharmacology data as prescribed in item 3 of Appendix I and Appendix IV;

(a) specific pharmacological actions as prescribed in item 3.2 of Appendix I, and

demonstrating, therapeutic potential for humans shall be described according to

the animal models and species used. Wherever possible, dose-response relationships

and ED50s shall be submitted. Special studies conducted to elucidate mode of

action shall also be described (Appendix IV);

(b) general pharmacological actions as prescribed in item 3.3 of Appendix I and item

1.2 of Appendix IV;

(c) pharmacokinetic data related to the absorption, distribution, metabolism and

excretion of the test substance as prescribed in item 3.5 of Appendix I. Wherever

possible, the drug effects shall be corelated to the plasma drug concentrations;

(iii) animal toxicology data as prescribed in item 4 of Appendix I and Appendix III;

(iv) human Clinical Pharmacology Data as prescribed in items 5, 6 and 7 of Appendix I

and as stated below:-

(a) for new drug substances discovered in India, clinical trials are required to be carried

out in India right from Phase I and data should be submitted as required under items

1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (data, if any, from other countries), and 9 of Appendix I;

(b) for new drug substances discovered in countries other than India, Phase I data as

required under items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (data from other countries) and 9 of Appendix I

should be submitted along with the application. After submission of Phase I

data generated outside India to the Licensing Authority, permission may be granted

to repeat Phase I trials and/or to conduct Phase II trials and subsequently Phase III

trials concurrently with other global trials for that drug. Phase III trials are required

to be conducted in India before permission to market the drug in India is granted;

(c) the data required will depend upon the purpose of the new drug application . The

number of study subjects and sites to be involved in the conduct of clinical trial

will depend upon the nature and objective of the study. Permission to carry out these

trials shall generally be given in stages, considering the data emerging from earlier

Phase(s);

(d) application for permission to initiate specific phase of clinical trial should also

accompany Investigator‘s brochure, proposed protocol (Appendix X), case record

form, study subject‘s informed consent document(s) (Appendix V), investigator‘s

undertaking (Appendix VII) and ethics committee clearance, if available (Appendix

VIII);

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

585

(e) reports of clinical studies submitted under items 5-8 of Appendix I should be in

consonance with the format prescribed in Appendix II of this Schedule. The study

report shall be certified by the Principal Investigator or, if no Principal Investigator is

designated, then by each of the Investigators participating in the study. The certification

should acknowledge the contents of the report, the accurate presentation of the study

as undertaken, and express agreement with the conclusions. Each page should be

numbered;

(v) regulatory status in other countries as prescribed in item 9.2 of Appendix I, including

Information in respect of restrictions imposed, if any, on the use of the drug in other countries,

e.g. dosage limits, exclusion of certain age groups, warning about adverse drug reactions,.etc.

(item 9.2 of Appendix I). Likewise, if the drug has been withdrawn in any country by the

manufacturer or by regulatory authorities, such information should also be furnished along with

the reasons and their relevance, if any, to India. This information must continue to be submitted

by the sponsor to the Licensing Authority during the course of marketing of the drug in India;

(vi) the full prescribing information should be submitted as part of the new drug

application for marketing as prescribed in item 10 of Appendix I. The prescribing information

(package insert) shall comprise the following sections: generic name; composition; dosage

form/s, indications; dose and method of administration; use in special populations (such as

pregnant women, lactating women, paediatric patients, geriatric patients etc.); contra-indications;

warnings; precautions; drug interactions; undesirable effects; overdose; pharmacodynamic and

pharmacokinetic properties; incompatibilities; shelf-life; packaging information; storage and

handling instructions. All package inserts, promotional literature and patient education material

subsequently produced are required to be consistent with the contents of the approved full

prescribing information. The drafts of label and carton texts should comply with provisions of

rules 96 and 97. After submission and approval by the Licensing Authority, no changes in

the package insert shall be effected without such changes being approved by the Licensing

Authority; and

(vii) complete testing protocol/s for quality control testing together with a complete

impurity profile and release specifications for the product as prescribed in item 11 of Appendix I

should be submitted as part of new drug application for marketing. Samples of the pure drug

substance and finished product are to be submitted when desired by the regulatory authority.

(2) If the study drug is intended to be imported for the purposes of examination, test or

analysis, the application for import of small quantities of drugs for such purpose should also be

made in Form 12.

(3) For drugs indicated in life threatening / serious diseases or diseases of special relevance

to the Indian health scenario, the toxicological and clinical data requirements may be

abbreviated, deferred or omitted, as deemed appropriate by the Licensing Authority.

2. Clinical Trial:

(1) Approval for clinical trial

(i) Clinical trial on a new drug shall be initiated only after the permission has been granted

by the Licensing Authority under rule 21 (b), and the approval obtained from the respective

ethics committee (s). The Licensing Authority as defined shall be informed of the approval of the

respective institutional ethics committee(s) as prescribed in Appendix VIII, and the trial initiated

at each respective site only after obtaining such an approval for that site. The trial site(s)

may accept the approval granted to the protocol by the ethics committee of another trial

site or the approval granted by an independent ethics committee (constituted as per Appendix

VIII), provided

that the approving ethics committee(s) is/are willing to accept their responsibilities for the study

at such trial site(s) and the trial site(s) is/are willing to accept such an arrangement and that the

protocol version is same at all trial sites.

(ii) All trial Investigator(s) should possess appropriate qualifications, training and

experience and should have access to such investigational and treatment facilities as are relevant

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

586

to the proposed trial protocol. A qualified physician (or dentist, when appropriate) who is an

investigator or a sub-investigator for the trial, should be responsible for all trial-related

medical (or dental) decisions. Laboratories used for generating data for clinical trials should

be compliant with Good Laboratory Practices. If services of a laboratory or a facilities outside

the country are to be availed, its/their name(s), address(s) and specific services to be used should

be stated in the protocol to avail Licensing Authority‘s permission to send clinical trial related

samples to such laboratory(ies) and/or facility(ies). In all cases, information about

laboratory(ies) / facilities to be used for the trial, if other than those at the investigation site(s),

should be furnished to the Licensing Authority prior to initiation of trial at such site(s).

(iii) Protocol amendments if become necessary before initiation or during the course

of a clinical trial, all such amendments should be notified to the Licensing Authority in writing

along with the approval by the ethics committee which has granted the approval for the study.

No deviations from or changes to the protocol should be implemented without prior written

approval of the ethics committee and the Licensing Authority except when it is necessary to

eliminate immediate hazards to the trial Subject(s) or when change(s) involve(s) only

logistic or administrative aspects of the trial. All such exceptions must be immediately notified

to the ethics committee as well as to the Licensing Authority. Administrative and/or logistic

changes in the protocol should be notified to the Licensing Authority within 30 days.

(2) Responsibilities of Sponsor:

(i) The clinical trial Sponsor is responsible for implementing and maintaining

quality assurance systems to ensure that the clinical trial is conducted and data generated,

documented and reported in compliance with the protocol and Good Clinical Practice (GCP)

Guidelines issued by the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization, Directorate

General of Health Services, Government of India as well as with all applicable statutory

provisions. Standard operating procedures should be documented to ensure compliance with

GCP and applicable regulations.

(ii) Sponsors are required to submit a status report on the clinical trial to the Licensing

Authority at the prescribed periodicity.

(iii) In case of studies prematurely discontinued for any reason including lack of

commercial interest in pursuing the new drug application, a summary report should be submitted

within 3 months. The summary report should provide a brief description of the study, the number

of patients exposed to the drug, dose and duration of exposure, details of adverse drug

reactions (Appendix XI), if any, and the reason for discontinuation of the study or non-

pursuit of the new drug application;

1

[(iv) Any report of the serious adverse event, after due analysis shall be forwarded by the

sponsor to the Licensing Authority as referred to in clause (b) of rule 21, the Chairman of the

Ethics Committee and the head of the institution where the trial has been conducted, within

fourteen days of the occurrence of the serious adverse event.]

2

[(v) in case of injury or death occurring to the clinical trial subject, the Sponsor (whether

a pharmaceutical company or an Institution) or his representative, whosoever, had obtained

permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of the clinical trial, shall make payment for

medical management of the subject and also provide financial compensation for the clinical trial

related injury or death in the manner as prescribed in Appendix XII;

2

[(vi) the Sponsor (whether a pharmaceutical company or an Institution) or his

representative, whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of

the clinical trial, shall submit details of compensation provided or paid for clinical trial related

injury or death, to the Licensing Authority within thirty days of the receipt of the order of the

Licensing Authority.]

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 889(E) dated 12-12-2014

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

587

1

[(3)(i)] Responsibilities of the Investigator(s):

The Investigator(s) shall be responsible for the conduct of the trial according to the

protocol and the GCP Guidelines and also for compliance as per the undertaking given in

Appendix VII. Standard operating procedures are required to be documented by the

investigators for the tasks performed by them. During and following a subject‘s participation in

a trial, the investigator should ensure that adequate medical care is provided to the

participant for any adverse events. Investigator(s) shall report all serious and unexpected adverse

events to the

2

[Licensing Authority defined under clause (b) of rule 21, the Sponsor or his

repeesentative, whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of

the clinical trial, and the Ethics Committee that accorded approval to the study protocol, within

twenty four hours of their occurance.

3

[In case, the Investigator fails to report any serious adverse

event within the stipulated period, he shall have to furnish the reason for the delay to the

satisfaction of the Licensing Authority along with the report of the serious adverse event. The

report of the serious adverse event, after due analysis, shall be forwarded by the Investigator to

the Licensing Authority as referred to in clause (b) of rule 21, the Chairman of the Ethics

Committee and the Head of the institution where the trial has been conducted within fourteen

days of the occurrence of the serious adverse event.]].

4

[(ii)The Investigator shall provide information to the clinical trial subject through informed

consent process as provided in Appendix V about the essential elements of the clinical trial and

the subject‘s right to claim compensation in case of trial related injury or death. He shall also

inform the subject or his/her nominees(s) of their rights to contact the Sponsor or his

representative whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of

the clinical trial for the purpose of making claims in the case of trial related injury or death.]

(4) Informed Consent:

(i) In all trials, a freely given, informed, written consent is required to be obtained

from each study subject. The Investigator must provide information about the study verbally

as well as using a patient information sheet, in a language that is non-technical and

understandable by the study subject. The Subject‘s consent must be obtained in writing using

an ‗Informed Consent Form‘. Both the patient information sheet as well as the Informed

Consent Form should have been approved by the ethics committee and furnished to the Licensing

Authority. Any changes in the informed consent documents should be approved by the ethics

committee and submitted to the Licensing Authority before such changes are implemented.

(ii) Where a subject is not able to give informed consent (e.g. an unconscious person or a

minor or those suffering from severe mental illness or disability), the same may be obtained

from a legally acceptable representative (a legally acceptable representative is a person who

is able to give consent for or authorize an intervention in the patient as provided by the law(s) of

India). If the Subject or his/her legally acceptable representative is unable to read/write – an

impartial witness should be present during the entire informed consent process who must append

his/her signatures to the consent form.

(iii) A checklist of essential elements to be included in the study subject‘s informed

consent document as well as a format for the Informed Consent Form for study Subjects is given

in Appendix V.

1. Sub-para (3) renumbered as sub-para, (3)(i) thereof by G.S.R 53(E), dated 30-01-2013.

2. Subs. by G.S.R. 53(E), dated 30-01-2013.

3. Subs. by G.S.R. 889(E), dated 12-12-2014.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 53(E), dated 30-01-2013.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

588

(5) Responsibilities of the Ethics Committee:

(i) It is the responsibility of the ethics committee that reviews and accords its approval to

a trial protocol to safeguard the rights, safety and well being of all trial subjects. The ethics

committee should exercise particular care to protect the rights, safety and well being of all

vulnerable subjects participating in the study, e.g., members of a group with hierarchical

structure (e.g. prisoners, armed forces personnel, staff and students of medical, nursing and

pharmacy academic institutions), patients with incurable diseases, umemployed or impoverished

persons, patients in emergency situation, ethnic minority groups, homeless persons, nomads,

refugees, minors or others incapable of personally giving consent. Ethics committee(s) should

get document ‗standard operating procedures‘ and should maintain a record of its proceedings.

(ii) Ethics Committee(s) should make, at appropriate intervals, an ongoing review of the

trials for which they review the protocol(s). Such a review may be based on the periodic

study progress reports furnished by the investigators and/or monitoring and internal audit reports

furnished by the Sponsor and/or by visiting the study sites.

(iii) In case an ethics committee revokes its approval accorded to a trial protocol, it must

record the reasons for doing so and at once communicate such a decision to the Investigator as

well as to the Licensing Authority.

1

[(iv) In case of serious adverse event occurring to the clinical trial subject, the Ethics

Committee shall forward its report on the serious adverse event, after due analysis, along with its

opinion on the financial compensation, if any, to be paid by the Sponsor or his representative,

whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority as referred to in clause (b) of

rule 21 for conducting the clinical trial, to the Licensing Authority within thirty days of the

occurrence of the serious adverse event.

2

[5(A). Serious Adverse Events:

(1) A serious adverse event is an untoward medical occurrence during clinical trial that is

associated with death, in patient hospitalization (in case the study was being conducted on out-

patient), prolongation of hospitalization (in case the study was being conducted on in-patient),

persistent or significant disability or incapacity, a congenital anomaly or birth defect or is

otherwise life threatening.

(2) The Investigator shall report all serious

3

[***] adverse events to the Licensing

Authority as defined under clause (b) of Rule 21, the Sponsor or his representative, whosoever

had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of the clinical trial and the

Ethics Committee that accorded approval to the study protocol, within twenty four hours of their

occurrence as per Appendix XI and the said Licensing Authority shall determine the cause of

injury or death as per the procedure prescribed under Appendix XII and pass orders as deemed

necessary.

4

[In case, the Investigator fails to report any serious adverse event within the stipulated

period, he shall have to furnish the reason for the delay to the satisfaction of the Licensing

Authority along with the report of the serious adverse event.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 889(E) dated 12-12-2014.

2. Ins. by G.S.R. 53(E) dated 30-01-2013.

3. The words ―and unexpected‖omitted by G.S.R. 889(E) dated 12-12-2014.

4. Ins. by G.S.R. 889 (E) dated 12-12-2014.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

589

(6) Human Pharmacology (Phase I):

(i) The objective of studies in this Phase is the estimation of safety and tolerability with

the initial administration of an investigational new drug into human(s). Studies in this Phase of

development usually have non-therapeutic objectives and may be conducted in healthy volunteers

subjects or certain types of patients. Drugs with significant potential toxicity e.g. cytotoxic drugs

are usually studied in patients. Phase I trials should preferably be carried out by Investigators

trained in clinical pharmacology with access to the necessary facilities to closely observe and

monitor the Subjects.

(ii) Studies conducted in Phase I, usually intended to involve one or a combination of

the following objectives:-

(a) Maximum tolerated dose: To determine the tolerability of the dose range expected

to be needed for later clinical studies and to determine the nature of adverse reactions that

can be expected. These studies include both single and multiple dose administration.

(b) Pharmacokinetics, i.e., characterization of a drug's absorption, distribution,

metabolism and excretion. Although these studies continue throughout the development plan,

they should be performed to support formulation development and determine pharmacokinetic

parameters in different age groups to support dosing recommendations.

(c) Pharmacodynamics: Depending on the drug and the endpoints studied,

pharmacodynamic studies and studies relating to drug blood levels (pharmacokinetic/

pharmacodynamic studies) may be conducted in healthy volunteer Subjects or in patients with

the target disease. If there are appropriate validated indicators of activity and potential efficacy,

pharmacodynamic data obtained from patients may guide the dosage and dose regimen to be

applied in later studies.

(d) Early Measurement of Drug Activity: Preliminary studies of activity or potential

therapeutic benefit may be conducted in Phase I as a secondary objective. Such studies are

generally performed in later Phases but may be appropriate when drug activity is readily

measurable with a short duration of drug exposure in patients at this early stage.

(7) Therapeutic exploratory trials (Phase II):

(i) The primary objective of Phase II trials is to evaluate the effectiveness of a drug for a

particular indication or indications in patients with the condition under study and to determine the

common short-term side-effects and risks associated with the drug. Studies in Phase II should be

conducted in a group of patients who are selected by relatively narrow criteria leading to a

relatively homogeneous population. These studies should be closely monitored. An important

goal for this Phase is to determine the dose(s) and regimen for Phase III trials. Doses used in

Phase II are usually (but not always) less than the highest doses used in Phase I.

(ii) Additional objectives of Phase II studies can include evaluation of potential study

endpoints, therapeutic regimens (including concomitant medications) and target populations (e.g.

mild versus severe disease) for further studies in Phase II or III. These objectives may be served

by exploratory analyses, examining subsets of data and by including multiple endpoints in trials.

(iii) If the application is for conduct of clinical trials as a part of multi-national clinical

development of the drug, the number of sites and the patients as well as the justification for

undertaking such trials in India shall be provided to the Licensing Authority.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

590

(8) Therapeutic confirmatory trials (Phase III):

(i) Phase III studies have primary objective of demonstration or confirmation of

therapeutic benefit(s). Studies in Phase III are designed to confirm the preliminary evidence

accumulated in Phase II that a drug is safe and effective for use in the intended indication and

recipient population. These studies should be intended to provide an adequate basis for

marketing approval. Studies in Phase III may also further explore the dose-response relationships

(relationships among dose, drug concentration in blood and clinical response), use of the drug in

wider populations, in different stages of disease, or the safety and efficacy of the drug in

combination with other drug(s).

(ii) For drugs intended to be administered for long periods, trials involving extended

exposure to the drug are ordinarily conducted in Phase III, although they may be initiated in

Phase II. These studies carried out in Phase III complete the information needed to support

adequate instructions for use of the drug (prescribing information).

(iii) For new drugs approved outside India, Phase III studies need to be carried out

primarily to generate evidence of efficacy and safety of the drug in Indian patients when used as

recommended in the prescribing information. Prior to conduct of Phase III studies in Indian

subjects, Licensing Authority may require pharmacokinetic studies to be undertaken to verify that

the data generated in Indian population is in conformity with the data already generated abroad.

(iv) If the application is for the conduct of clinical trials as a part of multi-national

clinical development of the drug, the number of sites and patients as well as the justification for

undertaking such trials in India should be provided to the Licensing Authority along with the

application.

(9) Post Marketing Trials (Phase IV):

Post Marketing trials are studies (other than routine surveillance) performed after drug

approval and related to the approved indication(s). These trials go beyond the prior

demonstration of the drug‘s safety, efficacy and dose definition. These trials may not be

considered necessary at the time of new drug approval but may be required by the Licensing

Authority for optimizing the drug's use. They may be of any type but should have valid

scientific objectives. Phase IV trials include additional drug-drug interaction(s), dose-

response or safety studies and trials designed to support use under the approved indication(s), e.g.

mortality/morbidity studies, epidemiological studies etc.

3. Studies in special populations:

Information supporting the use of the drug in children, pregnant women, nursing women,

elderly patients, patients with renal or other organ systems failure, and those on specific

concomitant medication is required to be submitted if relevant to the clinical profile of the

drug and its anticipated usage pattern. Any claim sought to be made for the drug product that is

not based on data submitted under preceding items of this Schedule should be supported by

studies included under this item of the Schedule (Appendix I, item 8.3).

(1) Geriatrics:

Geriatric patients should be included in Phase III clinical trials (and in Phase II trials, at

the Sponsor's option) in meaningful numbers, if-

(a) the disease intended to be treated is characteristically a disease of aging; or

(b) the population to be treated is known to include substantial numbers of geriatric

patients; or

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

591

(c) when there is specific reason to expect that conditions common in the elderly are

likely to be encountered; or

(d) when the new drug is likely to alter the geriatric patient's response (with regard to

safety or efficacy) compared with that of the non-geriatric patient.

(2) Paediatrics:

(i) The timing of paediatric studies in the new drug development program will depend on

the medicinal product, the type of disease being treated, safety considerations, and the efficacy

and safety of available treatments. For a drug expected to be used in children, evaluations

should be made in the appropriate age group. When clinical development is to include studies in

children, it is usually appropriate to begin with older children before extending the trial to

younger children and then infants.

(ii) If the new drug is for diseases predominantly or exclusively affecting paediatric

patients, clinical trial data should be generated in the paediatric population except for initial

safety and tolerability data, which will usually be obtained in adults unless such initial safety

studies in adults would yield little useful information or expose them to inappropriate risk.

(iii) If the new drug is intended to treat serious or life-threatening diseases,

occurring in both adults and paediatric patients, for which there are currently no or limited

therapeutic options, paediatric population should be included in the clinical trials early, following

assessment of initial safety data and reasonable evidence of potential benefit. In circumstances

where this is not possible, lack of data should be justified in detail.

(iv) If the new drug has a potential for use in paediatric patients – Paediatric studies

should be conducted. These studies may be initiated at various phases of clinical

development or after post marketing survelliance in adults if a safety concern exists. In cases

where there is limited paediatric data at the time of submission of application – more data in

paediatric patients would be expected after marketing authorisation for use in children is granted.

(v) The paediatric studies should include –

(a) clinical trials,

(b) relative bioequivalence comparisons of the paediatric formulation with the

adult formulation performed in adults, and

(c) definitive pharmacokinetic studies for dose selection across the age ranges of

paediatric patients in whom the drug is likely to be used. These studies

should be conducted in the paediatric patient population with the disease

under study.

(vi) If the new drug is a major therapeutic advance for the paediatric population – the

studies should begin early in the drug development , and this data should be submitted with the

new drug application.

(vii) Paediatric Subjects are legally unable to provide written informed consent, and are

dependent on their parent(s)/ legal guardian to assume responsibility for their participation in

clinical studies. Written informed consent should be obtained from the parent/ legal guardian.

However, all paediatric participants should be informed to the fullest extent possible about the

study in a language and in terms that they are able to understand. Where appropriate,

paediatric participants should additionally assent to enrol in the study. Mature minors and

adolescents should personally sign and date a separately designed written assent form.

Although a participant‘s wish to withdraw from a study must be respected, there may be

circumstances in therapeutic studies for serious or life-threatening diseases in which, in the

opinion of the Investigator and parent(s)/ legal guardian, the welfare of a pediatric patient would

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

592

be jeopardized by his or her failing to participate in the study. In this situation, continued

parental/ legal guardian consent should be sufficient to allow participation in the study.

(viii) For clinical trials conducted in the paediatric population, the reviewing ethics

committee should include members who are knowledgeable about pediatric, ethical, clinical and

psychosocial issues.

(3) Pregnant or nursing women:

(i) Pregnant or nursing women should be included in clinical trials only when the drug is

intended for use by pregnant/nursing women or foetuses/nursing infants and where the data

generated from women who are not pregnant or nursing, is not suitable.

(ii) For new drugs intended for use during pregnancy, follow-up data (pertaining to a

period appropriate for that drug) on the pregnancy, foetus and child will be required.

Where applicable, excretion of the drug or its metabolites into human milk should be examined

and the infant should be monitored for predicted pharmacological effects of the drug.

1

[(4) Post Marketing Surveillance:

(i) The applicant shall have a pharmacovigilance system in place for collecting,

processing and forwarding the report to the licensing authority for information on

adverse drug reactions emerging from the use of the drug manufactured or marketed by

the applicant in the country.

(ia) The system shall be managed by qualified and trained personnel and the officer in-

charge of collection and processing of data shall be a medical officer or a pharmacist

trained in collection and analysis of adverse drug reaction reports.

(ib) Subsequent to approval of the product, new drug shall be closely monitored for its

clinical safety once it is marketed.

(ic) The applicant shall furnish Periodic Safety Update Reports (PSURs) in order to-

(a) report all the relevant new information from appropriate sources;

(b) relate these data to patient exposure ;

(c) summarize the market authorization status in different countries and

any significant variations related to safety; and

(d) indicate whether changes should be made to product information in order to

optimize the use of the product.

(ii) Ordinarily all dosage forms and formulations as well as indications for new drugs

should be covered in one PSUR. Within the single PSUR separate presentations of data for

different dosage forms, indications or separate population need to be given.

(iii) All relevant clinical and non-clinical safety data should cover only the period of the

report (interval data). The PSURs shall be submitted every six months for the first two years after

approval of the drug is granted to the applicant. For subsequent two years – the PSURs need to

be submitted annually. Licensing authority may extend the total duration of submission of

PSURs if it is considered necessary in the interest of public health. PSURs due for a period must

be submitted within 30 calendar days of the last day of the reporting period.

However, all cases involving serious unexpected adverse reactions must be reported to the

licensing authority within 15 days of initial receipt of the information by the applicant. If

marketing of the new drug is delayed by the applicant after obtaining approval to market, such

data will have to be provided on the deferred basis beginning from the time the new drug is

marketed.

(iv) New studies specifically planned or conducted to examine a safety issue should be

described in the PSURs.

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 287(E) dated 08-03-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

593

(v) A PSUR should be structured as follows:

(a) A title page stating: Periodic safety update report for the product, applicant‘s

name, period covered by the report, date of approval of new drug, date of

marketing of new drug and date of reporting;

(b) Introduction,

(c) Current worldwide market authorization status,

(d) Update of actions taken for safety reasons,

(e) Changes to reference safety information,

(f) Estimated patient exposure,

(g) Presentation of individual case histories,

(h) Studies,

(i) Other information,

(j) Overall safety evaluation,

(k) Conclusion,

(l) Appendix providing material relating to indications, dosing, pharmacology

and other related information.

(5) Special studies: Bioavailability / Bioequivalence Studies:

(i) For drugs approved elsewhere in the world and absorbed systemically, bioequivalence

with the reference formulation should be carried out wherever applicable. These studies should

be conducted under the labelled conditions of administration. Data on the extent of systemic

absorption may be required for formulations other than those designed for systemic absorption.

(ii) Evaluation of the effect of food on absorption following oral administration should be

carried out. Data from dissolution studies should also be submitted for all solid oral dosage

forms.

(iii) Dissolution and bioavailability data submitted with the new drug application must

provide information that assures bioequivalence or establishes bioavailability and dosage

correlations between the formulation(s) sought to be marketed and those used for clinical trials

during clinical development of the product. (See items 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 of Appendix I).

(iv) All bioavailability and bioequivalence studies should be conducted according to the

Guidelines for Bioavailability and Bioequivalence studies as prescribed.

Note.- The data requirements stated in this Schedule are expected to provide

adequate information to evaluate the efficacy, safety and therapeutic rationale of new drugs (as

defined under rule 122-E) prior to the permission for sale. Depending upon the nature of new

drugs and disease(s), additional information may be required by the Licensing Authority. The

applicant shall certify the authencity of the data and documents submitted in support of an

application for new drug. The Licensing Authority reserves the right to reject any data or any

document(s) if such data or contents of such documents are found to be of doubtful integrity.

APPENDIX I

DATA TO BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH THE APPLICATION TO CONDUCT

CLINICAL TRIALS/IMPORT/MANUFACTURE OF NEW DRUGS FOR MARKETING IN

THE COUNTRY

1. Introduction

A brief description of the drug and the therapeutic class to which it belongs.

2. Chemical and pharmaceutical information

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

594

2.1. Information on active ingredients

Drug information (Generic Name, Chemical Name or INN)

2.2. Physicochemical Data

(a) Chemical name and Structure

Empirical formula

Molecular weight

(b) Physical properties

Description

Solubility

Rotation

Partition coefficient

Dissociation constant

2.3. Analytical Data

Elemental analysis

Mass spectrum

NMR spectra

IR spectra

UV spectra

Polymorphic identification

2.4. Complete monograph specification including

Identification

Identity/quantification of impurities

Enantiomeric purity

Assay

2.5. Validations

Assay method

Impurity estimation method

Residual solvent/other volatile impurities (OVI) estimation method

2.6. Stability Studies (for details refer Appendix IX)

Final release specification

Reference standard characterization

Material safety data sheet

2.7. Data on Formulation

Dosage form

Composition

Master manufacturing formula

Details of the formulation (including inactive ingredients)

In process quality control check

Finished product specification

Excipient compatibility study

Validation of the analytical method

Comparative evaluation with international brand(s) or approved Indian brands,

if applicable

Pack presentation

Dissolution

Assay

Impurities

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

595

Content uniformity

pH

Force degradation study

Stability evaluation in market intended pack at proposed storage conditions

Packing specifications

Process validation

When the application is for clinical trials only, the international non-proprietary name

(INN) or generic name, drug category, dosage form and data supporting stability in the

intended container-closure system for the duration of the clinical trial (information covered in

item nos. 2.1, 2.3, 2.6, 2.7) are required.

3. Animal Pharmacology (for details refer Appendix IV)

3.1. Summary

3.2. Specific pharmacological actions

3.3. General pharmacological actions

3.4. Follow-up and Supplemental Safety Pharmacology Studies

3.5. Pharmacokinetics: absorption, distribution; metabolism; excretion

4. Animal Toxicology (for details refer Appendix III)

4.1. General Aspects

4.2. Systemic Toxicity Studies

4.3. Male Fertility Study

4.4. Female Reproduction and Developmental Toxicity Studies

4.5. Local toxicity

4.7. Genotoxicity

4.8. Carcinogenicity

1

[Note.- Where the data on animal toxicity as per the specifications of Appendix III has been

submitted and the same has been considered by the regulatory authority of the country which had

earlier approved the drug, the animal toxicity studies shall not be required to be conducted in India

except in cases where there are specific concerns recorded in writing.]

5. Human / Clinical pharmacology (Phase I)

5.1. Summary

5.2. Specific Pharmacological effects

5.3. General Pharmacological effects

5.4. Pharmacokinetics, absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion

5.5. Pharmacodynamics / early measurement of drug activity

6. Therapeutic exploratory trials (Phase II)

6.1. Summary

6.2. Study report(s) as given in Appendix II

7. Therapeutic confirmatory trials (Phase III)

7.1. Summary

7.2. Individual study reports with listing of sites and Investigators.

8. Special studies

8.1. Summary

8.2. Bio-availability / Bio-equivalence.

8.3. Other studies e.g. geriatrics, paediatrics, pregnant or nursing women

1. Subs. by G.S.R. 313(E) dated 16-03-2016.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

596

9. Regulatory status in other countries

9.1. Countries where the drug is

a. Marketed

b. Approved

c. Approved as IND

d. Withdrawn, if any, with reasons

9.2. Restrictions on use, if any, in countries where marketed /approved

9.3. Free sale certificate or certificate of analysis, as appropriate.

10. Prescribing information

10.1. Proposed full prescribing information

11. Samples and Testing Protocol/s

11.1. Samples of pure drug substance and finished product (an equivalent of 50 clinical

doses, or more number of clinical doses if prescribed by the Licensing Authority), with

testing protocol/s, full impurity profile and release specifications.

1

[12. New Chemical Entity and Global Clinical Trial:

12.1 Assessment of risk versus benefit to the patients

12.2 Innovation vis-à-vis existing therapeutic option

12.3 Unmet medical need in the country.]

NOTES:

(1) All items may not be applicable to all drugs. For explanation, refer text of Schedule Y.

(2) For requirements of data to be submitted with application for clinical trials refer text

of this Schedule.

APPENDIX IA

DATA REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED BY AN APPLICANT FOR GRANT OF

PERMISSION TO IMPORT AND / OR MANUFACTURE A NEW DRUG ALREADY

APPROVED IN THE COUNTRY

1. Introduction

A brief description of the drug and the therapeutic class

2. Chemical and pharmaceutical information

2.1. Chemical name, code name or number, if any; non-proprietary or generic name, if

any, structure; physico-chemical properties

2.2. Dosage form and its composition

2.3. Test specifications

(a) active ingredients

(b) inactive ingredients

2.4 Tests for identification of the active ingredients and method of its assay

2.5 Outline of the method of manufacture of active ingredients

2.6 Stability data

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 826 (E), dt. 30-10-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

597

3. Marketing information

3.1 Proposed package insert / promotional literature

3.2 Draft specimen of the label and carton

4. Special studies conducted with approval of Licensing Authority

4.1 Bioavailability / Bioequivalence and comparative dissolution studies for oral dosage forms

4.2 Sub-acute animal toxicity studies for intravenous infusions and injectables.

1

[APPENDIX I B

DATA TO BE SUBMITTED ALONG WITH APPLICATION TO CONDUCT CLINICAL

TRIAL OR IMPORT OR MANUFACTURE OF A PHYTOPHARMACEUTICAL DRUG IN

THE COUNTRY

PART - I

1. Data to be submitted by the applicant:

1.1. A brief description or summary of the phytopharmaceutical drug giving the botanical name of

the plant (including vernacular or scriptural name, wherever applicable), formulation and route of

administration, dosages, therapeutic class for which it is indicated and the claims to be made for the

phytopharmaceutical product.

1.2. Published literature including information on plant or product or phytopharmaceutical drug, as a

traditional medicine or as an ethno medicine and provide reference to books and other documents,

regarding composition, process prescribed, dose or method of usage, proportion of the active

ingredients in such traditional preparations per dose or per day‘s consumption and uses.

1.3. Information on any contraindications, side effects mentioned in traditional medicine or ethno

medicine literature or reports on current usage of the formulation.

1.4. Published scientific reports in respect of safety and pharmacological studies relevant for the

phytopharmaceutical drug intended to be marketed,-

(a) where the process and usages are similar or same to the product known in traditional medicine or

ethno medicine; and

(b) where process or usage is different from that known in traditional medicine or ethno medicine.

1.5. Information on any contraindications, side effects mentioned or reported in any of the studies,

information on side effects and adverse reactions reported during current usage of the

phytopharmaceutical in the last three years, wherever applicable.

1.6. Present usage of the phytopharmaceutical drug, – to establish history of usages, provide details

of the product, manufacturer, quantum sold, extent of exposure on human population and number of

years for which the product is being sold.

2. Human or clinical pharmacology information:

2.1. Published scientific reports in respect of pharmacological studies including human studies or

clinical studies or epidemiological studies, relevant for the phytopharmaceutical drug intended to be

marketed,-

(a) where the process and usages are similar or same to the product known in traditional medicine or

ethno medicine; and

(b) where process or usage is different from that known in traditional medicine or ethno medicine.

2.2. Pharmacodynamic information (if available).

2.3. Monographs, if any, published on the plant or product or extract or phytopharmaceutical.

(Copies of all publications, along with english translation to be attached.)

1. Ins. by G.S.R. 918 (E), dt. 30-11-2015.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

598

PART – II

Data generated by applicant

3. Identification, authentication and source of plant used for extraction and fractionation:

3.1. Taxonomical identity of the plant used as a source of the phytopharmaceutical drug giving

botanical name of genus, species and family, followed by the authority citation (taxonomist‘s name

who named the species), the variety or the cultivar (if any) needs to be mentioned.

3.2 Morphological and anatomical description giving diagnostic features and a photograph of the

plant or plant part for further confirmation of identity and authenticity. (Furnish certificate of

confirmation of botanical identity by a qualified taxonomist).

3.3 Natural habitat and geographical distribution of the plant and also mention whether the part of

the plant used is renewable or destructive and the source whether cultivated or wild.

3.4 Season or time of collection.

3.5 Source of the plant including its geographical location and season or time of collection.

3.6 A statement indicating whether the species is any of the following, namely:-

(a) determined to be endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act or the Convention

on International Trade in Endangered species (CITES) of wild Fauna and Flora;

(b) entitled to special protection under the Biological Diversity Act, 2002 (18 of 2003); (c) any

known genotypic, chemotypic and ecotypic variability of species.

3.7. A list of grower or supplier (including names and addresses) and information on the following

items for each grower or supplier, if available or identified already, including information of primary

processing, namely:-

(a) harvest location;

(b) growth conditions;

(c) stage of plant growth at harvest;

(d) harvesting time;

(e) collection, washing, drying and storage conditions;

(f) handling, garbling and transportation;

(g) grinding, pulverising of the plant material; and

(h) sieving for getting uniform particle size of powdered plant material.

3.8. Quality specifications, namely:-

(a) foreign matter;

(b) total ash;

(c) acid insoluble ash;

(d) pesticide residue;

(e) heavy metal contamination;

(f) microbial load;

(g) chromatographic finger print profile with phytochemical reference marker;

(h) assay for bio-active or phytochemical compounds; and

(i) chromatographic fingerprint of a sample as per test method given under quality control of the

phytopharmaceutical drug (photo documentation).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

599

3.9 . An undertaking to supply specimen sample of plant duly labeled and photocopy of the

certificate of identity confirmation issued by a qualified taxonomist along with drawings or

photographs of the diagnostic morphological and histological features of the botanical raw material

used for the confirmation of authenticity.

4. Process for extraction and subsequent fractionation and purification:

4.1. Quality specifications and test methods for starting material.

4.2. Steps involved in processing.

(a) details of solvent used, extractive values, solvent residue tests or limits, physico-chemical tests,

microbial loads, heavy metal contaminants, chromatographic finger print profile with phytochemical

reference markers, assay for active constituents or characteristic markers, if active constituents are

not known;

(b) characterisation of final purified fraction;

(c) data on bio-active constituent of final purified fraction;

(d) information on any excipients or diluents or stabiliser or preservative used, if any.

4.3. Details of packaging of the purified and characterised final product, storage conditions and

labeling.

5. Formulation of phytopharmaceutical drug applied for:

5.1. Details of the composition, proportion of the final purified fraction with defined markers of

phytopharmaceutical drug per unit dose, name and proportions of all excipients, stabilisers and any

other agent used and packaging materials.

5.2. Test for identification for the phytopharmaceutical drug.

5.3. Quality specifications for active and inactive phytopharmaceutical chromatographic finger print

profile with phytochemical reference marker and assay of active constituent or characteristic

chemical marker.

6. Manufacturing process of formulation:

6.1. The outline of the method of manufacture of the dosage form, along with environmental

controls, in-process quality control tests and limits for acceptance.

6.2. Details of all packaging materials used, packing steps and description of the final packs.

6.3. Finished product‘s quality specifications, including tests specific for the dosage form, quality

and chromatographic finger print profile with phytochemical reference marker and assay for active

constituent or characteristic marker, if active constituents are not known.

7. Stability data:

7.1. Stability data of the phytopharmaceutical drug described at 4 above, stored at room temperature

at 40 +/- 2 deg. C and humidity at 75%RH +/- 5%RH for 0, 1, 2, 3 and 6 months.

7.2 Stability data of the phytopharmaceutical drug in dosage form or formulation stored at room

temperature at 40 +/- 2 deg. C and humidity at 75%RH +/- 5%RH for 0, 1, 2, 3 and 6 months, in the

pack intended for marketing.

8. Safety and pharmacological information:

8.1. Data on safety and pharmacological studies to be provided.

8.2. Animal toxicity and safety data:

(a) 28 to 90 days repeat dose oral toxicity on two species of animals;

(b) In-vitro genotoxicity data (Ame‘s test and Chromosomal aberration test as per Schedule Y);

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

600

(c) dermal toxicity tests for topical use products;

(d) teratogenicity study (only if phytopharmaceutical drug is intended for use during pregnancy).

9. Human studies:

9.1. Clinical trials for phytopharmaceutical drugs to be conducted as per applicable rules and

guidelines for new drugs.

9.2. For all phytopharmaceutical drugs data from phase I (to determine maximum tolerated dose and

associated toxicities) and the protocols shall be submitted prior to performing the studies.

9.3. Data of results of dose finding studies performed and the protocols shall be submitted prior to

performing the studies: Provided that in the case of phytopharmaceutical drug already marketed for

more than five years or where there is adequate published evidence regarding the safety of the

phytopharmaceutical drug, the studies may be abbreviated, modified or relaxed.

10. Confirmatory clinical trials:

10.1. Submit protocols for approval for any specific or special safety and efficacy study proposed

specific to the phytopharmaceutical drug.

10.2. Submit proposed protocol for approval for human clinical studies appropriate to generate or

validate safety and efficacy data for the phytopharmaceutical dosage form or product as per

applicable rules and guidelines.

10.3. Submit information on how the quality of the formulation would be maintained during the

above studies.

11. Regulatory status:

11.1. Status of the phytopharmaceutical drug marketed in any country under any category like

functional food or dietary supplement or as traditional medicine or as an approved drug.

12. Marketing information:

12.1. Details of package insert or patient information sheet of the phytopharmaceutical drug to be

marketed.

12.2. Draft of the text for label and carton.

13. Post marketing surveillance (PMS):

13.1. The applicant shall furnish periodic safety update reports every six months for the first two

years after approval the drug is granted.

13.2. For subsequent two years the periodic safety update reports need to be submitted annually.

14. Any other relevant information:

Any other relevant information which the applicant considers that it will help in scientific evaluation

of the application.]

APPENDIX II

STRUCTURE, CONTENTS AND FORMAT FOR CLINICAL STUDY REPORTS

1. Title Page:

This page should contain information about the title of the study, the protocol code, name of the

investigational product tested, development Phase, indication studied, a brief description of the trial

design, the start and end date of patient accrual and the names of the Sponsor and the participating

Institutes (Investigators).

2. Study Synopsis (1 to 2 pages):

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

601

A brief overview of the study from the protocol development to the trial closure should be given

here. This section will only summarize the important conclusions derived from the study.

3. Statement of compliance with the ‗Guidelines for Clinical Trials on Pharmaceutical

Products in India :

GCP Guidelines‘ issued by the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization, Ministry of

Health, Government of India.

4. List of Abbreviations and Definitions

5. Table of contents

6. Ethics Committee:

This section should document that the study was conducted in accordance with the ethical

principles of Declaration of Helsinki. A detailed description of the Ethics Committee constitution

and date(s) of approvals of trial documents for each of the participating sites should be

provided. A declaration should state that EC notifications as per Good Clinical Practice

Guidelines issued by Central Drugs Standard Control Organization and Ethical Guidelines for

Biomedical Research on Human Subjects, issued by Indian Council of Medical Research have been

followed.

7. Study Team:

Briefly describe the administrative structure of the study (Investigators, site staff, Sponsor/

designates, Central laboratory etc).

8. Introduction:

A brief description of the product development rationale should be given here.

9. Study Objective:

A statement describing the overall purpose of the study and the primary and secondary

objectives to be achieved should be mentioned here.

10. Investigational Plan:

This section should describe the overall trial design, the Subject selection criteria, the treatment

procedures, blinding / randomization techniques if any, allowed/ disallowed concomitant treatment,

the efficacy and safety criteria assessed, the data quality assurance procedures and the statistical

methods planned for the analysis of the data obtained.

11. Trial Subjects:

A clear accounting of all trial Subjects who entered the study will be given here. Mention should

also be made of all cases that were dropouts or protocol deviations. Enumerate the patients

screened, randomised, and prematurely discontinued. State reasons for premature discontinuation of

therapy in each applicable case.

12. Efficacy evaluation

The results of evaluation of all the efficacy variables will be described in this section with

appropriate tabular and graphical representation. A brief description of the demographic

characteristics of the trial patients should also be provided along with a listing of patients and

observations excluded from efficacy analysis.

13. Safety Evaluation:

This section should include the complete list

13.1 All serious adverse events, whether expected or unexpected and

13.2 unexpected advese events whether serious or not (compiled from data received as per Appendix

XI).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

602

The comparison of adverse events across study groups may be presented in a tabular or

graphical form. This section should also give a brief narrative of all important events considered

related to the investigational product.

14. Discussion and overall Conclusion:

Discussion of the important conclusions derived from the trial and scope for further

development.

15. List of References:

16. Appendices:

List of Appendices to the Clinical Trial Report

(a) Protocol and amendments

(b) Specimen of Case Record Form

(c) Investigators‘ name(s) with contact addresses, phone, e-mail etc. (d) Patient data listings

(e) List of trial participants treated with investigational product

(f) Discontinued participants

(g) Protocol deviations

(h) CRFs of cases involving death and life threatening adverse event cases

(i) Publications from the trial

(j) Important publications referenced in the study

(k) Audit certificate, if available

(l) Investigator‘s certificate that he/she has read the report and that the report accurately

describes the conduct and the results of the study.

APPENDIX III

ANIMAL TOXICOLOGY (NON-CLINICAL TOXICITY STUDIES)

1. General Principles:

Toxicity studies should comply with the norms of Good Laboratory Practice (GLP). Briefly,

these studies should be performed by suitably trained and qualified staff employing properly

calibrated and standardized equipment of adequate size and capacity. Studies should be done as per

written protocols with modifications (if any) verifiable retrospectively. Standard operating

procedures (SOPs) should be followed for all managerial and laboratory tasks related to these

studies. Test substances and test systems (in-vitro or in-vivo) should be properly characterized

and standardized. All documents belonging to each study, including its approved protocol, raw

data, draft report, final report, and histology slides and paraffin tissue blocks should be preserved for

a minimum of 5 years after marketing of the drug.

Toxicokinetic studies (generation of pharmacokinetic data either as an integral component of the

conduct of non-clinical toxicity studies or in specially designed studies) should be conducted to

assess the systemic exposure achieved in animals and its relationship to dose level and the time

course of the toxicity study. Other objectives of toxicokinetic studies include obtaining data to

relate the exposure achieved in toxicity studies to toxicological findings and contribute to the

assessment of the relevance of these findings to clinical safety, to support the choice of species and

treatment regimen in nonclinical toxicity studies and to provide information which, in conjunction

with the toxicity findings, contributes to the design of subsequent non-clinical toxicity studies.

1.1 Systemic Toxicity Studies

1.1.1 Single-dose Toxicity Studies: These studies (see Appendix I item 4.2) should be carried out in

2 rodent species (mice and rats) using the same route as intended for humans. In addition,

unless the intended route of administration in humans is only intravenous, at least one more

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

603

route should be used in one of the species to ensure systemic absorption of the drug. This

route should depend on the nature of the drug. A limit of 2g/kg (or 10 times the normal

dose that is intended in humans, whichever is higher) is recommended for oral dosing.

Animals should be observed for 14 days after the drug administration, and minimum lethal

dose (MLD) and maximum tolerated dose (MTD) should be established. If possible, the

target organ of toxicity should also be determined. Mortality should be observed for up to 7

days after parenteral administration and up to 14 days after oral administration. Symptoms,

signs and mode of death should be reported, with appropriate macroscopic and microscopic

findings where necessary. LD10 and LD50 should be reported preferably with 95 percent

confidence limits. If LD50s cannot be determined, reasons for the same should be stated.

The dose causing severe toxic manifestations or death should be defined in the case of

cytotoxic anticancer agents, and the post-dosing observation period should be up to 14 days.

Mice should first be used for determination of MTD. Findings should then be confirmed in rat

for establishing linear relationship between toxicity and body surface area. In case of

nonlinearity, data of the more sensitive species should be used to determine the Phase I

starting dose. Where rodents are known to be poor predictors of human toxicity (e.g.,

antifolates), or where the cytotoxic drug acts by a novel mechanism of action, MTD should be

established in non-rodent species.

1.1.2 Repeated-dose Systemic Toxicity Studies: These studies (see Appendix I, item 4.2) should be

carried out in at least two mammalian species, of which one should be a non- rodent. Dose

ranging studies should precede the 14-, 28-, 90- or 180- day toxicity studies. Duration of the

final systematic toxicity study will depend on the duration, therapeutic indication and scale of

the proposed clinical trial (see item 1.8). If a species is known to metabolize the drug in the

same way as humans, it should be preferred for toxicity studies.

In repeated-dose toxicity studies the drug should be administered 7 days a week by the

route intended for clinical use. The number of animals required for these studies, i.e. the

minimum number of animals on which data should be available, is shown in Item 1.9.

Wherever applicable, a control group of animals given the vehicle alone should be

included, and three other groups should be given graded doses of the drug. The highest dose

should produce observable toxicity; the lowest dose should not cause observable toxicity, but

should be comparable to the intended therapeutic dose in humans or a multiple of it . To make

allowance for the sensitivity of the species the intermediate dose should cause some

symptoms, but not gross toxicity or death, and should be placed logarithmically between the

other two doses.

The parameters to be monitored and recorded in long-term toxicity studies should include

behavioral, physiological, biochemical and microscopic observations. In case of parenteral

drug administration, the sites of injection should be subjected to gross and microscopic

examination. Initial and final electrocardiogram and fundus examination should be carried out

in the non-rodent species.

In the case of cytotoxic anticancer agents dosing and study design should be in

accordance with the proposed clinical schedule in terms of days of exposure and number of

cycles. Two rodent species may be tested for initiating Phase I trials. A non-rodent species

should be added if the drug has a novel mechanism of action, or if permission for Phase II, III

or marketing is being sought.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

604

For most compounds, it is expected that single dose tissue distribution studies with

sufficient sensitivity and specificity will provide an adequate assessment of tissue

distribution and the potential for accumulation. Thus, repeated dose tissue distribution

studies should not be required uniformly for all compounds and should only be conducted

when appropriate data cannot be derived from other sources. Repeated dose studies may be

appropriate under certain circumstances based on the data from single dose tissue

distribution studies, toxicity and toxicokinetic studies. The studies may be most appropriate

for compounds which have an apparently long half life, incomplete elimination or

unanticipated organ toxicity.

Notes:

(i) Single Dose Toxicity Study: Each group should contain at least 5 animals of either sex. At

least four graded doses should be given. Animals should be exposed to the test substance in a single

bolus or by continuous infusion or several doses within 24 hours. Animals should be observed for 14

days. Signs of intoxication, effect on body weight, gross pathological changes should be reported.

It is desirable to include histo-pathology of grossly affected organs, if any.

(ii) Dose-ranging Study: Objectives of this study include the identification of target organ of

toxicity and establishment of MTD for subsequent studies.

(a) Rodents: Study should be performed in one rodent species (preferably rat) by the

proposed clinical route of administration. At least four graded doses including control

should be given, and each dose group as well as the vehicle control should consist of a

minimum of 5 animals of each sex. Animals should be exposed to the test substance

daily for 10 consecutive days. Highest dose should be the maximum tolerated dose of

single-dose study. Animals should be observed daily for signs of intoxication (general

appearance, activity and behaviour etc), and periodically for the body weight and

laboratory parameters. Gross examination of viscera and microscopic examination of

affected organs should be done.

(b) Non-rodents: One male and one female are to be taken for ascending Phase MTD study.

Dosing should start after initial recording of cage-side and laboratory parameters.

Starting dose may be 3 to 5 times the extrapolated effective dose or MTD (whichever is

less), and dose escalation in suitable steps should be done every third day after

drawing the samples for laboratory parameters. Dose should be lowered appropriately

when clinical or laboratory evidence of toxicity are observed. Administration of test

substance should then continue for 10 days at the well-tolerated dose level following

which, samples for laboratory parameters should be taken. Sacrifice, autopsy and

microscopic examination of affected tissues should be performed as in the case of

rodents.

(iii) 14-28 Day repeated-dose toxicity studies: One rodent (6-10/sex/group) and one non-

rodent (2-3/sex/group) species are needed. Daily dosing by proposed clinical route at

three dose levels should be done with highest dose having observable toxicity, mid- dose

between high and low dose, and low dose. The doses should preferably be multiples of

the effective dose and free from toxicity. Observation parameters should include cage-

side observations, body weight changes, food/water intake, blood biochemistry,

haematology, and gross and microscopic studies of all viscera and tissues.

(iv) 90-Day repeated-dose toxicity studies: One rodent (15-30/sex/group) and one non-

rodent (4-6/sex/group) species are needed. Daily dosing by proposed clinical route at

three graded dose levels should be done. In addition to the control a ―high-dose-reversal‖

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

605

group and its control group should be also included. Parameters should include signs of

intoxication (general appearance, activity and behaviour etc), body weight, food intake,

blood biochemical parameters, haematological values, urine analysis, organ weights,

gross and microscopic study of viscera and tissues. Half the animals in ―reversal‖ groups

(treated and control) should be sacrificed after 14 days of stopping the treatment. The

remaining animals should be sacrificed after 28 days of stopping the treatment or after the

recovery of signs and/or clinical pathological changes – whichever comes later, and

evaluated for the parameters used for the main study.

(v) 180-Day repeated-dose toxicity studies: One rodent (15-30/sex/group) and one non-

rodent (4-6/sex/group) species are needed. At least 4 groups, including control, should

be taken. Daily dosing by proposed clinical route at three graded dose levels should be

done. Parameters should include signs of intoxication, body weight, food intake, blood

biochemistry, hematology, urine analysis, organ weights, gross and microscopic

examination of organs and tissues.

1.2 Male Fertility Study

One rodent species (preferably rat) should be used. Dose selection should be done from the

results of the previous 14 or 28-day toxicity study in rat. Three dose groups, the highest one

showing minimal toxicity in systemic studies, and a control group should be taken. Each

group should consist of 6 adult male animals. Animals should be treated with the test

substance by the intended route of clinical use for minimum 28 days and maximum 70 days

before they are paired with female animals of proven fertility in a ratio of 1:2 for mating.

Drug treatment of the male animals should continue during pairing. Pairing should be

continued till the detection of vaginal plug or 10 days, whichever is earlier. Females getting

thus pregnant should be examined for their fertility index after day 13 of gestation.

All the male animals should be sacrificed at the end of the study. Weights of each testis and

epididymis should be separately recorded. Sperms from one epididymis should be examined

for their motility and morphology. The other epididymis and both testes should be examined

for their histology.

1.3 Female Reproduction and Developmental Toxicity Studies

These studies (see Appendix I, item 4.4) need to be carried out for all drugs proposed to be

studied or used in women of child bearing age. Segment I, II and III studies (see below) are

to be performed in albino mice or rats, and segment II study should include albino rabbits

also as a second test species.

On the occasion, when the test article is not compatible with the rabbit (e.g. antibiotics which

are effective against gram positive, anaerobic organisms and protozoas) the Segment II data

in the mouse may be substituted.

1.3.1 Female Fertility Study (Segment I): The study should be done in one rodent species (rat

preferred). The drug should be administered to both males and females, beginning a

sufficient number of days (28 days in males and 14 days in females) before mating. Drug

treatment should continue during mating and, subsequently, during the gestation period.

Three graded doses should be used, the highest dose (usually the MTD obtained from

previous systemic toxicity studies) should not affect general health of the parent animals. At

least 15 males and 15 females should be used per dose group. Control and the

treated groups should be of similar size. The route of administration should be the

same as intended for therapeutic use

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

606

Dams should be allowed to litter and their medication should be continued till the

weaning of pups. Observations on body weight, food intake, clinical signs

of intoxication, mating behaviour, progress of gestation/ parturition periods,

length of gestation, parturition, post-partum health and gross pathology (and

histopathology of affected organs) of dams should be recorded. The pups from both

treated and control groups should be observed for general signs of intoxication, sex-wise

distribution in different treatment groups, body weight, growth parameters, survival, gross

examination, and autopsy. Histopathology of affected organs should be done.

1.3.2 Teratogenicity Study (Segment II):

One rodent (preferably rat) and one non-rodent (rabbit) species are to be used. The drug

should be administered throughout the period of organogenesis, using three dose levels as

described for segment I. The highest dose should cause minimum maternal toxicity and

the lowest one should be proportional to the proposed dose for clinical use in humans or

a multiple of it. The route of administration should be the same as intended for

human therapeutic use.

The control and the treated groups should consist of at least 20 pregnant rats (or

mice) and 12 rabbits, on each dose level. All foetuses should be subjected to

gross examination, one of the foetuses should be examined for skeletal abnormalities and

the other half for visceral abnormalities. Observation parameters should include: (Dams)

signs of intoxication, effect on body weight, effect on food intake, examination of uterus,

ovaries and uterine contents, number of corpora lutea, implantation sites, resorptions (if

any); and for the foetuses, the total number, gender, body length, weight and gross/ visceral/

skeletal abnormalities, if any.

1.3.3 Perinatal Study (Segment III):

This study is specially recommended if the drug is to be given to pregnant or nursing

mothers for long periods or where there are indications of possible adverse effects on foetal

development. One rodent species (preferably rat) is needed. Dosing at levels comparable

to multiples of human dose should be done by the intended clinical route. At least 4 groups

(including control), each consisting of 15 dams should be used. The drug should

be administered throughout the last trimester of pregnancy (from day 15 of

gestation) and then the dose that causes low foetal lo ss should be continued

throughout lactation and weaning. Dams should then be sacrificed and examined

as described below.

One male and one female from each litter of F1 generation (total 15 males and 15

females in each group) should be selected at weaning and treated with vehicle or test

substance (at the dose levels described above) throughout their periods of growth to

sexual maturity, pairing, gestation, parturition and lactation. Mating performance and

fertility of F1 generation should thus be evaluated to obtain the F2 generation whose growth

parameters should be monitored till weaning. The criteria of evaluation should be the same

as described earlier (3.4.1).

Animals should be sacrificed at the end of the study and the observation parameters should

include (Dams) body weight, food intake, general signs of intoxication, progress of

gestation/ parturition periods and gross pathology (if any); and for pups, the clinical signs,

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

607

sex-wise distribution in dose groups, body weight, growth parameters, gross

examination, survival and autopsy (if needed) and where necessary, histopathology.

1.4 Local toxicity

These studies (see Appendix I, item 4.5) are required when the new drug is proposed to be

used by some special route (other than oral) in humans. The drug should be applied to an

appropriate site (e.g., skin or vaginal mucous membrane) to determine local effects in a

suitable species. Typical study designs for these studies should include three dose levels

and untreated and/ or vehicle control, preferably use of 2 species, and increasing group size

with increase in duration of treatment. Where dosing is restricted due to anatomical or

humane reasons, or the drug concentration cannot be increased beyond a certain level due to

the problems of solubility, pH or tonicity, a clear statement to this effect should be given. If

the drug is absorbed from the site of application, appropriate systemic toxicity studies will

also be required.

Notes:

(i) Dermal toxicity study: The study should be done in rabbit and rat. Daily topical

(dermal) application of test substance in its clinical dosage form should be done. Test

material should be applied on shaved skin covering not less than 10% of the total body

surface area. Porous gauze dressing should be used to hold liquid material in place.

Formulations with different concentrations (at least 3) of test substance, several fold

higher than the clinical dosage form should be used. Period of application may vary from 7

to 90 days depending on the clinical duration of use. Where skin irritation is grossly visible

in the initial studies, a recovery group should be included in the subsequent repeated-dose

study. Local signs (erythema, oedema and eschar formation) as well as histological

examination of sites of application should be used for evaluation of results.

(ii) Photo-allergy or dermal photo-toxicity: It should be tested by Armstrong/ Harber

Test in guinea pig. This test should be done if the drug or a metabolite is related to an agent

causing photosensitivity or the nature of action suggests such a potential (e.g., drugs to be

used in treatment of leucoderma). Pretest in 8 animals should screen 4

concentrations (patch application for 2 hours ±15 min.) with and without UV exposure (10

J/cm2). Observations recorded at 24 and 48 hours should be used to ascertain highest

nonirritant dose. Main test should be performed with 10 test animals and 5 controls.

Induction with the dose selected from pretest should use 0.3 ml/patch for 2 hour ±15 min.

followed by 10 J/cm2 of UV exposure. This should be repeated on day 0, 2,4,7,9 and 11 of

the test. Animals should be challenged with the same concentration of test substance

between day 20 to 24 of the test with a similar 2-hour application followed by exposure to 10

J/cm2 of UV light. Examination and grading of erythema and oedema formation at the

challenge sites should be done 24 and 48 hours after the challenge. A positive control like

musk ambrett or psoralin should be used.

(iii) Vaginal Toxicity Test: Study is to be done in rabbit or dog. Test substance should

be applied topically (vaginal mucosa) in the form of pessary, cream or ointment. Six to

ten animals per dose group should be taken. Higher concentrations or several daily

applications of test substance should be done to achieve multiples of daily human dose.

The minimum duration of drug treatment is 7 days (more according to clinical use),

subject to a maximum of 30 days. Observation parameters should include swelling, closure

of introitus and histopathology of vaginal wall.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

608

(iv) Rectal Tolerance Test: For all preparations meant for rectal administration this

test may be performed in rabbits or dogs. Six to ten animals per dose group should be taken.

Formulation in volume comparable to human dose (or the maximum possible volume)

should be applied once or several times daily, per rectally, to achieve administration of

multiples of daily human dose. The minimum duration of application is 7 days (more

according to clinical use), subject to a maximum of 30 days. Size of suppositories may be

smaller, but the drug content should be several fold higher than the proposed human dose.

Observation parameters should include clinical signs (sliding on backside), signs of pain,

blood and/or mucus in faeces, condition of anal region/sphincter, gross and (if required)

histological examination of rectal mucosa.

(v) Parenteral Drugs: For products meant for intravenous or intramuscular or

subcutaneous or intradermal injection the sites of injection in systemic toxicity studies

should be specially examined grossly and microscopically. If needed, reversibility of

adverse effects may be determined on a case to case basis.

(vi) Ocular toxicity studies (for products meant for ocular instillation): These studies

should be carried out in two species, one of which should be the albino rabbit which has a

sufficiently large conjunctival sac. Direct delivery of drug onto the cornea in case of

animals having small conjunctival sacs should be ensured. Liquids, ointments, gels or soft

contact lenses (saturated with drug) should be used. Initial single dose application should be

done to decide the exposure concentrations for repeated-dose studies and the need to

include a recovery group. Duration of the final study will depend on the proposed length of

human exposure subject to a maximum of 90 days. At least two different

concentrations exceeding the human dose should be used for demonstrating the margin of

safety. In acute studies, one eye should be used for drug administration and the other kept as

control. A separate control group should be included in repeated-dose studies.

Slit-lamp examination should be done to detect the changes in cornea, iris and aqueous

humor. Fluorescent dyes (sodium fluorescein, 0.25 to 1.0%) should be used for detecting the

defects in surface epithelium of cornea and conjunctiva. Changes in intra-ocular tension

should be monitored by a tonometer. Histological examination of eyes should be done at the

end of the study after fixation in Davidson‘s or Zenker‘s fluid.

(vii) Inhalation toxicity studies: The studies are to be undertaken in one rodent and one

non-rodent species using the formulation that is to be eventually proposed to be marketed.

Acute, subacute and chronic toxicity studies should be performed according to the intended

duration of human exposure. Standard systemic toxicity study designs (described above)

should be used. Gases and vapours should be given in whole body exposure chambers;

aerosols are to be given by nose-only method. Exposure time and concentrations of test

substance (limit dose of 5mg/l) should be adjusted to ensure exposure at levels

comparable to multiples of intended human exposure. Three dose groups and a control

(plus vehicle control, if needed) are required. Duration of exposure may vary subject to a

maximum of 6 hours per day and five days a week. Food and water should be withdrawn

during the period of exposure to test substance.

Temperature, humidity and flow rate of exposure chamber should be recorded and reported.

Evidence of exposure with test substance of particle size of 4 micron (especially for

aerosols) with not less that 25% being 1 micron should be provided. Effects on

respiratory rate, findings of bronchial lavage fluid examination, histological examination of

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

609

respiratory passages and lung tissue should be included along with the regular parameters of

systemic toxicity studies or assessment of margin of safety.

1.5 Allergenicity/ Hypersensitivity:

Standard tests include guinea pig maximization test (GPMT) and local lymph node assay

(LLNA) in mouse. Any one of the two may be done.

Notes:

(i) Guinea Pig Maximization Test: The test is to be performed in two steps; first,

determination of maximum nonirritant and minimum irritant doses, and second, the main

test. The initial study will also have two components. To determine the intradermal

induction dose, 4 dose levels should be tested by the same route in a batch of 4 male and 4

female animals (2 of each sex should be given Freund‘s adjuvant). The minimum irritant

dose should be used for induction. Similarly, a topical minimum irritant dose should be

determined for challenge. This should be established in 2 males and 2 females. A

minimum of 6 male and 6 female animals per group should be used in the main study.

One test and one control group should be used. It is preferable to have one more positive

control group. Intradermal induction (day 1) coupled with topical challenge (day 21)

should be done. If there is no response, re-challenge should be done 7-30 days after the

primary challenge. Erythema and oedema (individual animal scores as well as

maximization grading) should be used as evaluation criteria.

(ii) Local Lymph Node Assay: Mice used in this test should be of the same sex, either only

males or only females. Drug treatment is to be given on ear skin. Three graded doses,

the highest being maximum nonirritant dose plus vehicle control should be used. A

minimum of 6 mice per group should be used. Test material should be applied on ear skin on

three consecutive days and on day 5, the draining auricular lymph nodes should be dissected

out 5 hours after i.v. H-thymidine or bromo-deoxy-uridine (BrdU). Increase in H-

thymidine or BrdU incorporation should be used as the criterion for evaluation of

results.

1.6 Genotoxicity

Genotoxic compounds, in the absence of other data, shall be presumed to be trans- species

carcinogens, implying a hazard to humans. Such compounds need not be subjected to

long-term carcinogenicity studies. However, if such a drug is intended to be administered

for chronic illnesses or otherwise over a long period of time - a chronic toxicity study (up to

one year) may be necessary to detect early tumorigenic effects.

Genotoxicity tests are in vitro and in vivo tests conducted to detect compounds which induce

genetic damage directly or indirectly. These tests should enable a hazard identification with

respect to damage to DNA and its fixation.

The following standard test battery is generally expected to be conducted:

(i) A test for gene mutation in bacteria.

(ii) An in vitro test with cytogenetic evaluation of chromosomal damage with mammalian

cells or an in vitro mouse lymphoma tic assay.

(iii) An in vivo test for chromosomal damage using rodent haematopoietic cells. Other

genotoxicity tests e.g. tests for measurement of DNA adducts, DNA strand

breaks, DNA repair or recombination serve as options in addition to the standard battery

for further investigation of genotoxicity test results obtained in the standard battery. Only

under extreme conditions in which one or more tests comprising the standard battery cannot

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

610

be employed for technical reasons, alternative validated tests can serve as substitutes

provided sufficient scientific justification should be provided to support the argument that a

given standard battery test is not appropriate.

Both in-vitro and in-vivo studies should be done. In-vitro studies should include Ames‘

Salmonella assay and chromosomal aberrations (CA) in cultured cells. In-vivo studies

should include micronucleus assay (MNA) or CA in rodent bone marrow. Data analysis of

CA should include analysis of ‗gaps.‘

Cytotoxic anticancer agents: Genotoxicity data are not required before Phase I and

II trials. But these studies should be completed before applying for Phase III trials.

Notes:

Ames‘ Test (Reverse mutation assay in Salmonella): S. typhimurium tester strains

such as TA98, TA100, TA102, TA1535, TA97 or Escherichia coli WP2 uvrA or

Escherichia coli WP2 uvrA (pKM101) should be used.

(i) In-vitro exposure (with and without metabolic activation, S9 mix) should be done at a

minimum of 5 log dose levels. ―Solvent‖ and ―positive‖ control should be used. Positive

control may include 9-amino-acridine, 2-nitrofluorine, sodium azide and mitomycin C,

respectively, in the tester strains mentioned above. Each set should consist of at least three

replicates. A 2.5 fold (or more) increase in number of revertants in comparison to

spontaneous revertants would be considered positive.

(ii) In-vitro cytogenetic assay : The desired level of toxicity for in vitro cytogenetic tests

using cell lines should be greater than 50% reduction in cell number or culture confluency.

For lymphocyte cultures, an inhibition of mitotic index by greater than 50% is considered

sufficient. It should be performed in CHO cells or on human lymphocyte in culture. In-vitro

exposure (with and without metabolic activation, S9 mix) should be done using a minimum

of 3 log doses. ―Solvent‖ and ―positive‖ control should be included. A positive control like

Cyclophosphamide with metabolic activation and Mitomycin C for without metabolic

activation should be used to give a reproducible and detectable increase clastogenic effect

over the background which demonstrates the sensitivity of the test system. Each set should

consist of at least three replicates. Increased number of aberrations in metaphase

chromosomes should be used as the criteria for evaluation.

(iii) In-vivo micronucleus assay: One rodent species (preferably mouse) is needed. Route

of administration of test substance should be the same as intended for humans. Five animals

per sex per dose groups should be used. At least three dose levels, plus ―solvent‖ and

―positive‖ control should be tested. A positive control like mitomycin C or

cyclophosphamide should be used. Dosing should be done on day 1 and 2 of study

followed by sacrifice of animals 6 hours after the last injection. Bone marrow from both the

femora should be taken out, flushed with fetal bovine serum (20 min.), pelletted and

smeared on glass slides. Giemsa-MayGruenwald staining should be done and increased

number of micronuclei in polychromatic erythrocytes (minimum 1000) should be used as

the evaluation criteria.

(iv) In-vivo cytogenetic assay: One rodent species (preferably rat) is to be used. Route of

administration of test substance should be the same as intended for humans. Five

animals/sex/dose groups should be used. At least three dose levels, plus ―solvent‖ and

―positive‖ control should be tested. Positive control may include cyclophosphamide.

Dosing should be done on day 1 followed by intra-peritoneal colchicine administration at

22 hours. Animals should be sacrificed 2 hours after colchicine administration. Bone

marrow from both the femora should be taken out, flushed with hypotonic saline (20 min.),

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

611

pelletted and resuspended in Carnoy‘s fluid. Once again the cells should be pelletted and

dropped on clean glass slides with a Pasteur pipette. Giemsa staining should be done and

increased number of aberrations in metaphase chromosomes (minimum 100) should be used

as the evaluation criteria.

1.7 Carcinogenicity (see Appendix I, item 4.8)

Carcinogenicity studies should be performed for all drugs that are expected to be

clinically used for more than 6 months as well as for drugs used frequently in an intermittent

manner in the treatment of chronic or recurrent conditions. Carcinogenicity studies are also

to be performed for drugs if there is concern about their carcinogenic potential emanating

from previous demonstration of carcinogenic potential in the product class that is considered

relevant to humans or where structure-activity relationship suggests carcinogenic risk or

when there is evidence of preneoplastic lesions in repeated dose toxicity studies or when

long-term tissue retention of parent compound or metabolite(s) results in local tissue

reactions or other pathophysiological responses. For pharmaceuticals developed to treat

certain serious diseases, Licensing Authority may allow carcinogenicity testing to be

conducted after marketing permission has been granted.

In instances where the life-expectancy in the indicated population is short (i.e., less than

2-3 years)- no long-term carcinogenicity studies may be required. In cases where the

therapeutic agent for cancer is generally successful and life is significantly prolonged

there may be later concerns regarding secondary cancers. When such drugs are

intended for adjuvant therapy in tumour free patients or for prolonged use in non-cancer

indications, carcinogenicity studies may be / are needed. Completed rodent carcinogenicity

studies are not needed in advance of the conduct of large scale clinical trials, unless there is

special concern for the patient population.

Carcinogenicity studies should be done in a rodent species (preferably rat). Mouse may be

employed only with proper scientific justification. The selected strain of animals should not

have a very high or very low incidence of spontaneous tumors.

At least three dose levels should be used. The highest dose should be sub-lethal, and it

should not reduce the life span of animals by more than 10% of expected normal. The

lowest dose should be comparable to the intended human therapeutic dose or a multiple of it,

e.g.

2.5x; to make allowance for the sensitivity of the species. The intermediate dose to be

placed logarithmically between the other two doses. An untreated control and (if indicated) a

vehicle control group should be included. The drug should be administered 7 days a week for

a fraction of the life span comparable to the fraction of human life span over which the drug

is likely to be used therapeutically. Generally, the period of dosing should be 24 months for

rats and 18 months for mice.

Observations should include macroscopic changes observed at autopsy and detailed

histopathology of organs and tissues. Additional tests for carcinogenicity (short-term

bioassays, neonatal mouse assay or tests employing transgenic animals) may also be done

depending on their applicability on a case to case basis.

Note:

Each dose group and concurrent control group not intended to be sacrificed early should contain

atleast 50 animals of each sex. A high dose sattelite group for evaluation of pathology other than

neoplasia should contain 20 animals of each sex while the sattelite control group should contain 10

animals of each sex. Observation parameters should include signs of intoxication, effect on body

weight, food intake, clinical chemistry parameters, hematology parameters, urine analysis, organ

weights, gross pathology and detailed histopathology. Comprehensive descriptions of benign and

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

612

malignant tumour development, time of their detection, site, dimensions, histological typing etc.

should be given.

1.8 Animal toxicity requirements for clinic al trials and marketing of a new drug.

Systemic Toxicity Studies

Route of administration

Duration of

proposed human

administration

Human Phase(s)

for which study is

proposed to be

conducted

Long term toxicity

requirements

1

[Oral or Parenteral or

Transdermal

Single dose or

several doses in one

day, Upto 1wk

Upto 2 wks Marketing permission 2sp;4wks

> 2 wk but upto 4wks I,II,III 2 sp; equal to duration of human

exposure

Marketing permission 2 sp; 12 wks

> 4 wks but upto 12 wks I,II,III 2 sp; equal to duration of human

exposure

Marketing permission 2sp;24wks

> 12 wks but upto 24

wks

I,II,III 2 sp; equal to duration of human

exposure

Marketing permission 2 sp; Rodent 24 wks, non-rodent

36 wks

> 24 wks I,II,III 2 sp; Rodent 24 wks, non-rodent

36 wks

Marketing permission 2 sp; Rodent 24 wks, non-rodent

36 wks]

Inhalation (general

anaesthetics, aerosols)

(Exposure time 3h/d,

5d/wk)

(Exposure time

(Exposure time

Local Toxicity Studies

Dermal

III 2sp;4wk

Ocular or Otic or

Nasal

III 2sp;4wk

Vaginal or Rectal Upto 2 wk I,II 1sp;4wk

III 2sp;4wk

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

613

Special Toxicity Studies

Male Fertility Study:

1

[ Phase III in male volunteers/patients ]

Female Reproduction and Developmental Toxicity Studies:

 Segment II studies in 2 species; Phase II, III involving female patients of child- bearing

age.

 Segment I study; Phase III involving female patients of child-bearing age.

 Segment III study; Phase III for drugs to be given to pregnant or nursing mothers for long

periods or where there are indications of possible adverse effects on foetal development.

Allergenicity/Hypersensitivity: Phase I, II, III - when there is a cause of concern or for parenteral

drugs (including derrmal application).

Photo-allergy or dermal photo-toxicity:

 Phase I, II, III - if the drug or a metabolite is related to an agent causing

photosensitivity or the nature of action suggests such a potential.

Genotoxicity :

 In-vitro studies - Phase I

 Both in-vitro and in-vivo - Phase II, III

Arcinogenicity:

 Phase III - when there is a cause for concern, or when the drug is to be used for more than 6

months.

Abbreviations: sp-species; mo-month; wk-week; d -day; h-hour; I, II, III - Phases of clinical trial;

Note:

1. Animal toxicity data generated in other countries may be accepted and may not be asked to be

repeated/duplicated in India on a case to case basis depending upon the quality of data and the

credentials of the laboratory(ies) where such data has been generated.

2. Requirements for fixed dose combinations are given in Appendix VI.

1.9 Number of animals required for repeated-dose toxicity studies

14-28 days 84-182 days

Group Rodent (Rat) Non-rodent

(Dog or

Rodent (Rat) Non-rodent

(Dog or

Monkey) Monkey)

dose

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

614

2.0 Laboratory parameters to be included in toxicity studies.

Haematological parameters

• Haemoglobin • Total RBC

Count

• Haematocrit • Reticulocyte Count

• Total WBC Count • Differential WBC

Count

• Platelet

Count

• Terminal Bone

Marrow Examination

• ESR (Non-

rodents only)

• General Blood Picture: A special mention of abnormal and immature

cells should be made.

• Coagulation Parameters (Non-rodents only): Bleeding Time, Coagulation Time, Prothrombin Time,

Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time

Urinalysis Parameters:

• Colour • Appearance • Specific • 24-hour urinary

Gravity output

• Reaction (pH) • Albumin •Sugar

• Acetone

Bile pigments Urobilinogen • Occult

Blood

• Microscopic examination of urinary sediment.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

615

Blood Biochemical Parameters

• Glucose • Cholesterol • Triglycerides • HDL

Cholesterol

(Non-

rodents

only)

• LDL Cholesterol

(Non-rodents

• Bilirubin • SGPT (ALT) • SGOT

(AST)

only)

• Alkaline • GGT • Blood Urea • Ceatinine

Phosphatase

(Non-rodents only)

(ALP)

• Total Proteins • Albumin

Nitrogen

• Globulin

•

(Calculated

Sodium

values)

• • •

Potassium Phosphorus Calciu m

Gross and Microscopic Pathology

• Brain*:

Cerebrum,

cerebellum,

• (Spinal Cord) • Eye • (Middle Ear)

Midbrain

• Thyroid • Parathyroid) • Spleen • Thymus

• Adrenal* • (Pancreas) • (Trachea) • Lung*

• Heart* • Aorta • Oesophagus • Stomach

• Duodenum • Jejunum • Terminal • Colon

ileum

• (Rectum) • Liver* • Kidney* • Urinary bladder

• Epididymis • Testis* • Ovary • Uterus*

• Skin • Mammary • Mesenteric • Skeletal muscle

gland lymph node

* Organs marked with an asterisk should be weighed.

() Organs listed in parenthesis should be examined if indicated by the nature of the drug or

observed effects.

Non-clinical toxicity testing and safety evaluation data of an IND needed for the conduct of

different phases of clinical trials.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

616

Note: Refer Appendix III (Points 1.1 through 1.7 and tables 1.8 and 1.9) for essential

features of study designs of the non-clinical toxicity studies listed below.

For Phase I Clinical Trials

Systemic Toxicity studies

(i) Single dose toxicity studies

(ii) Dose Ranging Studies

(iii) Repeat-dose systemic toxicity studies of appropriate duration to support the

duration of proposed human exposure.

Male fertility study

In-vitro genotoxicity tests

Relevant local toxicity studies with proposed route of clinical application (duration

depending on proposed length of clinical exposure)

Allergenicity/Hypersensitivity tests (when there is a cause for concern or for

parenteral drugs, including dermal application)

Photo-allergy or dermal photo-toxicity test (if the drug or a metabolite is related to

an agent causing photosensitivity or the nature of action suggests such a potential)

For Phase II Clinical Trials

Provide a summary of all the non-clinical safety data (listed above) already submitted

while obtaining the permissions for Phase I trial, with appropriate references.

In case of an application for directly starting a Phase II trial - complete details of the

non- clinical safety data needed for obtaining the permission for Phase I trial, as per

the list provided above must be submitted.

Repeat-dose systemic toxicity studies of appropriate duration to support the duration

of proposed human exposure

In-vivo genotoxicity tests-

Segment II reproductive/developmental toxicity study (if female patients of child

bearing age are going to be involved)

For Phase III Clinical Trials

Provide a summary of all the non-clinical safety data (listed above) already

submitted while obtaining the permissions for Phase I and II trials, with appropriate

references.

In case of an application for directly initiating a Phase III trial - complete details

of the non-clinical safety data needed for obtaining the permissions for Phase I and II

trials, as per the list provided above must be provided.

Repeat-dose systemic toxicity studies of appropriate duration to support the duration

of proposed human exposure

Reproductive/developmental toxicity studies

Segment I (if female patients of child bearing age are going to be involved), and

Segment III (for drugs to be given to pregnant or nursing mothers or where there are

indications of possible adverse effects on foetal development).

Carcinogenicity studies (when there is a cause for concern or when the drug is to be

used for more than 6 months).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

617

For Phase IV Clinical Trials

Provide a summary of all the non-clinical safety data (listed above) already

submitted while obtaining the permissions for Phase I, II and III trials, with appropriate

references.

In case an application is made for initiating the Phase IV trial, complete details of the

non-clinical safety data needed for obtaining the permissions for Phase I, II and III trials, as

per the list provided above must be submitted.

Application Of Good Laboratory Practices (GLP)

The animal studies be conducted in an accredited laboratory. Where the safety

pharmacology studies are part of toxicology studies, these studies should also be conducted

in an accredited laboratory.

1. General Principles

APPENDIX IV

ANIMAL PHARMACOLOGY

Specific and general pharmacological studies should be conducted to support use of

therapeutics in humans. In the early stages of drug development enough information may

not be available to rationally select study design for safety assessment. In such a

situation, a general approach to safety pharmacology studies can be applied. Safety

pharmacology studies are studies that investigate potential undesirable pharmacodynamic

effects of a substance on physiological functions in relation to exposure within the

therapeutic range or above.

1.1 Specific Pharmacological Actions

Specific pharmacological actions are those which demonstrate the therapeutic potential

for humans.

The specific studies that should be conducted and their design will be different based on

the individual properties and intended uses of investigational drug. Scientifically validated

methods should be used. The use of new technologies and methodologies in accordance

with sound scientific principles should be preferred.

1.2 General Pharmacological Actions

1.2.1 Essential Safety Pharmacology

Safety pharmacology studies need to be conducted to investigate the potential

undesirable pharmacodynamic effects of a substance on physiological functions in relation

to exposure within the therapeutic range and above. These studies should be designed to

identify undesirable pharmacodynamic properties of a substance that may have relevance

to its human safety; to evaluate adverse pharmacodynamic and/or pathophysiological

effects observed in toxicology and/or clinical studies; and to investigate the mechanism of

the adverse pharmacodynamic effects observed and/or suspected.

The aim of the essential safety pharmacology is to study the effects of the test drug on

vital functions. Vital organ systems such as cardiovascular, respiratory and central nervous

systems should be studied. Essential safety pharmacology studies may be excluded or

supplemented based on scientific rationale. Also, the exclusion of certain

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

618

test(s) or exploration(s) of certain organs, systems or functions should be scientifically

justified.

1.2.1.1 Cardiovascular System

Effects of the investigational drug should be studied on blood pressure, heart rate, and

the electrocardiogram. If possible in vitro, in vivo and/or ex vivo methods including

electrophysiology should also be considered.

1.2.1.2 Central Nervous System

Effects of the investigational drug should be studied on motor activity, behavioral

changes, coordination, sensory and motor reflex responses and body temperature.

1.2.1.3 Respiratory System

Effects of the investigational drug on respiratory rate and other functions such as tidal

volume and hemoglobin oxygen saturation should be studied.

1.3 Follow-up and Supplemental Safety Pharmacology Studies

In addition to the essential safety pharmacological studies, additional supplemental and

follow-up safety pharmacology studies may need to be conducted as appropriate. These

depend on the pharmacological properties or chemical class of the test substance, and the

data generated from safety pharmacology studies, clinical trials, pharmacovigilance,

experimental in vitro or in vivo studies, or from literature reports.

1.3.1 Follow-up Studies For Essential Safety Pharmacology

Follow-up studies provide additional information or a better understanding than

that provided by the essential safety pharmacology.

1.3.1.1 Cardiovascular System

These include ventricular contractility, vascular resistance and the effects of chemical

mediators, their agonists and antagonists on the cardiovascular system.

1.3.1.2 Central Nervous System

These include behavioral studies , learning and memory, electrophysiology studies ,

neurochemistry and ligand binding studies.

1.3.1.3 Respiratory System

These include airway resistance, compliance, pulmonary arterial pressure, blood gases

and blood pH.

1.3.2 Supplemental Safety Pharmacology Studies

These studies are required to investigate the possible adverse pharmacological effects

that are not assessed in the essential safety pharmacological studies and are a cause for

concern.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

619

1.3.2.1 Urinary System

These include urine volume, specific gravity, osmolality, pH, proteins, cytology and

blood urea nitrogen, creatinine and plasma proteins estimation.

1.3.2.2 Autonomic Nervous System

These include binding to receptors relevant for the autonomic nervous system, and

functional response to agonist or antagonist responses in vivo or in vitro, and effects of direct

stimulation of autonomic nerves and their effects on cardiovascular responses.

1.3.2.3 Gastrointestinal System

These include studies on gastric secretion, gastric pH measurement, gastric mucosal

examination, bile secretion, gastric emptying time in vivo and ileocaecal contraction in

vitro.

1.3.2.4 Other Organ Systems

Effects of the investigational drug on organ systems not investigated elsewhere

should be assessed when there is a cause for concern. For example dependency potential,

skeletal muscle, immune and endocrine functions may be investigated.

1.4 Conditions Under Which Safety Pharmacology Studies Are Not Necessary

Safety pharmacology studies are usually not required for locally applied agents e.g.

dermal or ocular, in cases when the pharmacology of the investigational drug is well known,

and/or when systemic absorption from the site of application is low. Safety pharmacology

testing is also not necessary, in the case of a new derivative having similar pharmacokinetics

and pharmacodynamics.

1.5 Timing Of Safety Pharmacology Studies In Relation To Clinical Development

1.5.1 Prior To First Administration In Humans

The effects of an investigational drug on the vital functions listed in the essential safety

pharmacology should be studied prior to first administration in humans. Any follow-up or

supplemental studies identified, should be conducted if necessary, based on a cause for

concern.

1.5.2 During Clinical Development

Additional investigations may be warranted to clarify observed or suspected

adverse effects in animals and humans during clinical development

1.5.3 Before applying for marketing Approval

Follow-up and supplemental safety pharmacology studies should be assessed prior to

approval unless not required, in which case this should be justified. Available

information from toxicology studies addressing safety pharmacology endpoints or

information from clinical studies can replace such studies.

1.6 Application Of Good Laboratory Practices (GLP)

The animal studies be conducted in an accredited laboratory. Where the safety

pharmacology studies are part of toxicology studies, these studies should also be conducted

in an accredited laboratory.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

620

APPENDIX V

INFORMED CONSENT

1. Checklist for study Subject‘s informed consent documents

1.1 Essential Elements:

1. Statement that the study involves research and explanation of the purpose of the research

2. Expected duration of the Subject's participation.

3. Description of the procedures to be followed, including all invasive procedures and

4. Description of any reasonably foreseeable risks or discomforts to the Subject

5. Description of any benefits to the Subject or others reasonably expected from research. If no

benefit is expected Subject should be made aware of this.

6. Disclosure of specific appropriate alternative procedures or therapies available to the

Subject.

7. Statement describing the extent to which confidentiality of records identifying the Subject

will be maintained and who will have access to Subject‘s medical records

8. Trial treatment schedule(s) and the probability for random assignment to each treatment (for

randomized trials)

9.

1

[Statement describing the financial compensation and medical management as under:

2

[(a) In case of any injury occurring to the subject during the clinical trial, free medical

management shall be given as long as required or till such time it is established that the

injury is not related to the clinical trial, whichever is earlier.]

(b) In the event of a trial related injury or death, the Sponsor or his representative,

whosoever has obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of the clinical

trial, shall provide financial compensation for the injury or death].

10. An explanation about whom to contact for trial related queries, rights of Subjects and in the

event of any injury

11. The anticipated prorated payment, if any, to the Subject for participating in the trial

12. Subject's responsibilities on participation in the trial

13. Statement that participation is voluntary, that the subject can withdraw from the study at any

time and that refusal to participate will not involve any penalty or loss of benefits to which

the Subject is otherwise entitled.

3

[14. Statement that there is a possibility of failure of investigational product to provide

intended therapeutic effect.

15. Statement that in the case of placebo controlled trial, the placebo administered to the

subjects shall not have any therapeutic effect.

16.Any other pertinent information.]

1.2 Additional elements, which may be required

(a) Statement of foreseeable circumstances under which the Subject's participation may be

terminated by the Investigator without the Subject's consent.

(b) Additional costs to the Subject that may result from participation in the study.

(c) The consequences of a Subject‘s decision to withdraw from the research and

procedures for orderly termination of participation by Subject.

(d) Statement that the Subject or Subject's representative will be notified in a timely manner

if significant new findings develop during the course of the research which may affect the Subject's

willingness to continue participation will be provided.

(e) A statement that the particular treatment or procedure may involve risks to the Subject (or

to the embryo or fetus, if the Subject is or may become pregnant), which are currently

unforeseeable

(f) Approximate number of Subjects enrolled in the study.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules 1945

621

2. Format of informed consent form for Subjects participating in a clinical trial

Informed Consent form to participate in a clinical trial

Study Title:

Study Number:

Date of Birth / Age: _______

1

[Address of the Subject______________

Qualification ______________________

Occupation: Student/Self-Employed/ Service/Housewife/Others (Please tick as appropriate)

Annual Income of the subject __________________

Name and address of the nominee(s) and his relation to the subject ________ (for the purpose of

compensation in case of trial related death).]

Please initial box

(Subject)

(i) I confirm that I have read and understood the information sheet dated [ ]

for the above study and have had the opportunity to ask questions.

(ii) I understand that my participation in the study is voluntary and that I am [ ]

free to withdraw at any time, without giving any reason, without my

medical care or legal rights being affected.

(iii) I understand that the Sponsor of the clinical trial, others working on the [ ]

Sponsor‘s behalf, the Ethics Committee and the regulatory authorities

will not need my permission to look at my health records both in respect

of the current study and any further research that may be conducted in

relation to it, even if I withdraw from the trial. I agree to this access.

However, I understand that my identity will not be revealed in any

information released to third parties or published.

(iv) I agree not to restrict the use of any data or results that arise from this [ ]

study provided such a use is only for scientific purpose(s)

(v) I agree to take part in the above study. [ ]

Signature (or Thumb impression) of the Subject/Legally Acceptable

Date: / _/

Signatory‘s Name:

Date: Study Investigator‘s Name:

Signature of t h e Witness

Date: / /

Name of the Witness:

1

[Copy of the Patient Information Sheet and duly filled Informed Consent Form shall be

handled over to the subject or his/her attendant.]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

622

APPENDIX VI

FIXED DOSE COMBINATIONS (FDCs)

Fixed Dose Combinations refer to products containing one or more active ingredients used for a

particular indication(s). FDCs can be divided into the following groups and data required for approval

for marketing is described below:

(a) The first group of FDCs includes those in which one or more of the active ingredients is a

new drug. For such FDCs to be approved for marketing data to be submitted will be similar to data

required for any new drug (including clinical trials) [see rule 122E, item (a)].

(b)(i) The second group FDCs includes those in which active ingredients already

approved/marketed individually are combined for the first time, for a particular claim and where the

ingredients are likely to have significant interaction of a pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic nature

[see rule 122E, item (c)]. If clinical trials have been carried out with the FDC in other countries, reports

of such trials should be submitted. If the FDC is marketed abroad, the regulatory status in other

countries should be stated. (see Appendix I, item 9).

(ii) For marketing permission, appropriate chemical and pharmaceutical data will be submitted.

In case such a combination is not marketed anywhere in the world but these drugs are already in use

concomitantly (not as an FDC but individually) for the said claim, marketing permission may be

granted based on chemical and pharmaceutical data. Data showing the stability of the proposed dosage

form will also have to be submitted.

(iii) For any other such FDCs, clinical trials may be required. For obtaining permission to

carry out clinical trials with such FDCs a summary of available pharmacological, toxicological and

clinical data on the individual ingredients should be submitted, along with the rationale for combining

them in the proposed ratio. In addition, acute toxicity data (LD 50) and pharmacological data should be

submitted on the individual ingredients as well as their combination in the proposed ratio.

(c) The third group of FDCs includes those which are already marketed, but in which it is

proposed either to change the ratio of active ingredients or to make a new therapeutic claim. For such

FDCs, the appropriate rationale including published reports (if any) should be submitted to obtain

marketing permission. Permission will be granted depending upon the nature of the claim and data

submitted.

(d) The fourth group of FDC includes those whose individual active ingredients (or drugs from

the same class) have been widely used in a particular indication(s) for years, their concomitant use is

often necessary and no claim is proposed to be made other than convenience. It will have to be

demonstrated that the proposed dosage form is stable and the ingredients are unlikely to have significant

interaction of a pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic nature.

No additional animal or human data are generally required for these FDCs, and marketing permission may

be granted if the FDC has an acceptable rationale.

APPENDIX VII

UNDERTAKING BY THE INVESTIGATOR

1. Full name, address and title of the Principal Investigator (or Investigator(s) when there is no

Principal Investigator)

2. Name and address of the medical college, hospital or other facility where the clinical trial will be

conducted: Education, training & experience that qualify the Investigator for the clinical trial (Attach

details including Medical Council registration number, and / or any other statement(s) of qualification(s))

3. Name and address of all clinical laboratory facilities to be used in the study.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

623

4. Name and address of the Ethics Committee that is responsible for approval and continuing

review of the study.

5. Names of the other members of the research team (Co- or sub-Investigators) who will be

assisting the Investigator in the conduct of the investigation (s).

6. Protocol Title and Study number (if any) of the clinical trial to be conducted by the

Investigator.

7. Commitments:

(i) I have reviewed the clinical protocol and agree that it contains all the necessary

information to conduct the study. I will not begin the study until all necessary Ethics

Committee and regulatory approvals have been obtained.

(ii) I agree to conduct the study in accordance with the current protocol. I will not

implement any deviation from or changes of the protocol without agreement by the Sponsor

and prior review and documented approval / favorable opinion from the Ethics Committee of the

amendment, except where necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard(s) to the trial

Subjects or when the change(s) involved are only logistical or administrative in nature.

(iii) I agree to personally conduct and/or supervise the clinical trial at my site.

(iv) I agree to inform all Subjects, that the drugs are being used for investigational purposes

and I will ensure that the requirements relating to obtaining informed consent and ethics

committee review and approval specified in the GCP guidelines are met.

(v) I agree to report to the Sponsor all adverse experiences that occur in the course of the

investigation(s) in accordance with the regulatory and GCP guidelines.

(vi) I have read and understood the information in the Investigator's brochure, including the

potential risks and side effects of the drug.

(vii) I agree to ensure that all associates, colleagues and employees assisting in the conduct

of the study are suitably qualified and experienced and they have been informed about their

obligations in meeting their commitments in the trial.

(viii) I agree to maintain adequate and accurate records and to make those records available

for audit / inspection by the Sponsor, Ethics Committee, Licensing Authority or their authorized

representatives, in accordance with regulatory and GCP provisions. I will fully cooperate with

any study related audit conducted by regulatory officials or authorized representatives of the

Sponsor.

(ix) I agree to promptly report to the Ethics Committee all changes in the clinical trial

activities and all unanticipated problems involving risks to human Subjects or others.

(x) I agree to inform all unexpected serious adverse events to the Sponsor as well as the

Ethics Committee within seven days of their occurence.

(xi) I will maintain confidentiality of the identification of all participating study patients and

assure security and confidentiality of study data.

(xii) I agree to comply with all other requirements, guidelines and statutory obligations as

applicable to clinical Investigators participating in clinical trials

8. Signature of Investigator with Date

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

624

APPENDIX VIII

ETHICS COMMITTEE

1

[I. Requirements and guidelines for registration of Ethics Committee

1. Scope:

Ethics Committee shall review every clinical trial proposal and evaluate the possible

risks to the subjects, expected benefits and adequacy of documentation for ensuring privacy,

confidentiality and justice. In the case of any serious adverse event occurring to the clinical trial

subjects during the clinical trial, the Ethics Committee shall analyze and forward its opinion as

per procedures specified in APPENDIX XII of Schedule Y.

2. Composition of Ethics Committee:

(a) Ethics Committee shall consist of not less than seven members and one among its

members, who is from outside the institute, shall be appointed as Chairman; one member as a

Member Secretary and rest of the members shall be from Medical, Scientific, Non-medical and

Non-scientific fields including lay public.

(b) The committee shall include at least one member whose primary area of interest or

specialization is Non-scientific and at least one member who is independent of the institution.

Besides, there should be appropriate gender representation on the Ethics Committee.

(c) The Ethics Committee can have as its members, individuals from other

Institutions or Communities, if required.

(d) Members should be conversant with the provisions of clinical trials under this Schedule,

Good Clinical Practice Guidelines for clinical trials in India and other regulatory requirements

to safeguard the rights, safety and well- being of the trial subjects.

(e) For review of each protocol the quorum of Ethics Committee shall be at least five

members with the following representations:

(i) Basic medical scientist (preferably one pharmacologist)

(ii) Clinician;

(iii) Legal expert;

(iv) Social scientist or representative of non-governmental voluntary agency or

philosopher or ethicist or theologian or a similar person;

(v) Lay person from community.

(f) The members representing medical scientists and clinicians should have post graduate

qualification and adequate experience in their respective fields and aware of their

role and responsibilities as committee members.

(g) As far as possible, based on the requirement of research area such as HIV, Genetic

disorder etc., specific patient group may also be represented in the Ethics

Committee.

(h) There should be no conflict of interest. The members shall voluntarily withdraw

from the Ethics Committee meeting while making a decision on an application

which evokes a conflict of interest which may be indicated in writing to the

Chairman prior to the review and be recorded so in the minutes. All members shall

sign a declaration on conflict of interest.

(i) Subject experts or other experts may be invited to the meetings for their advice. But

no such expert shall have voting rights.

3. Information required to be submitted by the applicant for registration of Ethics

Committee:

(a) Name of the Ethics Committee

(b) Authority under which the Ethics Committee has been constituted, membership

requirements, the term of reference, conditions of appointment and the quorum

required.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

625

(c) The procedure for resignation, replacement or removal of members.

(d) Address of the office of the Ethics Committee.

(e) Name, address, qualification, organizational title, telephone number, fax number,

email, mailing address and brief profile of the Chairman.

(f) Names, qualifications, organizational title, telephone number, fax number, e-mail and

mailing address of the members of the Ethics Committee. The information shall also

in clude member ‘s specialty (pr imary, scientific or non -scientific), member ‘s

affiliation with institutions and patient group representation, if any.

(g) Details of the supporting staff.

(h) In the case of Ethics Committees existing before the publication of the Drugs and

Cosmetics (Third Amendment) Rules, 2013,-

(i) Type of clinical research reviewed by the committee (e.g. pharmaceuticals,

devices, epidemiological, retrospective, herbals, etc.)

(ii) Documents reviewed for every clinical trial protocol including Informed

Consent documents.

(iii) In for mation in respect of number of meetings of the committee and

documentation of the minutes of meetings of these committees concerning

clinical trials.

(iv) Information regarding review of serious adverse events reported during the

conduct of the trial.

(i) The Standard Operating Procedures to be followed by the committee in general.

(j) Standard Operating Procedures to be followed by the committee for vulnerable

population.

(k) Policy regarding training for new and existing committee members along with

Standard Operating Procedures.

(l) Policy to monitor or prevent the conflict of interest along with Standard Operating

Procedures.

(m) If the committee has been audited or inspected before, give details.

4. Maintenance of record:

All documentation and communication of an Ethics Committee are to be dated, filed and

preserved according to the Standard Operating Procedures. Strict confidentiality shall

be maintained during access and retrieval procedures. Records should be maintained

for the following, namely:-

(a) The constitution and composition of the Ethics Committee; (b) The curriculum vitae

of all the committee members;

(c) Standard Operating Procedures followed by the committee; (d) National and

international guidelines;

(e) Copies of the protocol, data collection formats, Case Report Forms, Investigator‘s

brochures, etc, submitted for review;

(f) All correspondence with committee members and Investigators regarding

application, decision and follow up;

(g) Agenda of all Ethics Committee meetings;

(h) Minutes of all Ethics Committee meetings with signature of the Chairman; (i)

Copies of decisions communicated to the applicants;

(j) Record of all notification issued for premature termination of a study with a

summary of the reasons;

(k) Final report of the study including microfilms, compact disks or video-recordings.

All records shall be safely maintained after the completion or termination of the

study for not less than five years from the date of completion or termination of the

trial (Both in hard and soft copies).

5. The Ethics Committee shall be open to inspection by the officers authorized by the Central

Drugs Standard Control Organization, who may include an officer of the State Drug Control

Authority concerned, to verify compliance to the requirements of Schedule Y, Good Clinical

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

626

Practice guidelines and other applicable regulation for safeguarding the rights, safety and

well-being of the trial subjects.]

III. Format for According Approval to clinical trial protocol by the Ethics Committee.]

To

Dr.

Dear Dr.

The Institutional Ethics Committee / Independent Ethics Committee (state name of the

committee, as appropriate) reviewed and discussed your application to conduct the clinical trial

entitled ―……‖ on …….(date).

The following documents were reviewed:

(a) Trial Protocol (including protocol amendments), dated Version no (s).

(b) Patient Information Sheet and Informed Consent Form (including updates if any) in English and/or

vernacular language.

(c) Investigator‘s Brochure, dated , Version no.

(d) Proposed methods for patient accrual including advertisement (s) etc. proposed to be used for

the purpose.

(e) Principal Investigator‘s current CV.

(f) Insurance Policy / Compensation for participation and for serious adverse events occurring during

the study participation.

(g) Investigator‘s Agreement with the Sponsor.

(h) Investigator‘s Undertaking (Appendix VII).

The following members of the ethics committee were present at the meeting held on (date, time,

place).

Chairman of the Ethics Committee

Member secretary of the Ethics Committee

Name of each member with designation

We approve the trial to be conducted in its presented form.

The Institutional Ethics Committee / Independent Ethics Committee expects to be informed about the

progress of the study, any SAE occurring in the course of the study, any changes in the protocol and

patient information/informed consent and asks to be provided a copy of the final report.

Yours sincerely,

Member Secretary, Ethics Committee.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

627

APPENDIX IX

STABILITY TESTING OF NEW DRUGS

Stability testing is to be performed to provide evidence on how the quality of a drug substance or

formulation varies with time under the influence of various environmental factors such as temperature,

humidity and light, and to establish shelf life for the formulation and recommended storage conditions.

Stability studies should include testing of those attributes of the drug substance that are susceptible

to change during storage and are likely to influence quality, safety, and/or efficacy. In case of

formulations the testing should cover, as appropriate, the physical, chemical, biological, and

microbiological attributes, preservative content (e.g., antioxidant, antimicrobial preservative), and

functionality tests (e.g., for a dose delivery system).

Validated stability-indicating analytical procedures should be applied. For long term studies,

frequency of testing should be sufficient to establish the stability profile of the drug substance.

In general, a drug substance should be evaluated under storage conditions that test its thermal

stability and, if applicable, its sensitivity to moisture. The storage conditions and the length of studies

chosen should be sufficient to cover storage, shipment and subsequent use.

Stress testing of the drug substance should be conducted to identify the likely degradation products,

which in turn establish the degradation pathways, evaluate the intrinsic stability of the molecule and

validate the stability indicating power of the analytical procedures used. The nature of the stress testing

will depend on the individual drug substance and the type of formulation involved.

Stress testing may generally be carried out on a single batch of the drug substance. It should

include the effect of temperatures ), humidity where appropriate, oxidation, and photolysis on the

drug substance.

Data should be provided for (a) Photostability on at least one primary batch of the drug substance

as well as the formulation, as the case may be and (b) the susceptibility of the drug substance to

hydrolysis across a wide range of pH values when in solution or suspension.

Long-term testing should cover a minimum of 12 months‘ duration on at least three primary

batches of the drug substance or the formulation at the time of submission and should be continued for a

period of time sufficient to cover the proposed shelf life. Accelerated testing should cover a

minimum of 6 months duration at the time of submission.

In case of drug substances, the batches should be manufactured to a minimum of pilot scale by the

same synthetic route and using a method of manufacture that simulates the final process to be used for

production batches. In case of formulations, two of the three batches should be at least pilot scale and

the third one may be smaller. The manufacturing process(es) used for primary batches should simulate

that to be applied to production batches and should provide products of the same quality and meeting the

same specifications as that intended for marketing.

The stability studies for drug substances should be conducted either in the same container - closure

system as proposed for storage and distribution or in a container - closure system that simulates the

proposed final packaging. In case of formulations, the stability studies should be conducted in the final

container - closure system proposed for marketing.

Stability Testing of new drug substances and formulations:

(i) Study conditions for drug substances and formulations intended to be stored under

general conditions

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

628

Study Study conditions Duration of study

Long term 30°C ± 2°C/65% RH ± 5% RH 12 months

Accelerated 40°C ± 2°C/75% RH ± 5% RH 6 months

If at any time during 6 months‘ testing under the accelerated storage condition, such changes occur that

cause the product to fail in complying with the prescribed standards, additional testing under an

intermediate storage condition should be conducted and evaluated against significant change criteria.

(ii) Study conditions for drug substances and formulations intended to be stored in a refrigerator

Study Study conditions Duration of study

Long term 5°C ± 3°C 12 months

Accelerated 25°C ± 2°C/60% RH ± 5% RH 6 months

(iii) Study conditions for drug substances and formulations intended to be stored in a freezer

Study Study conditions Duration of study____________________

Long term - 20°C ± 5°C 12 months

(iv) Drug substances intended for storage below -20°C shall be treated on a case-by-

case basis.

(v) Stability testing of the formulation after constitution or dilution, if applicable,

should be conducted to provide information for the labelling on the preparation, storage

condition, and in-use period of the constituted or diluted product. This testing should be

performed on the constituted or diluted product through the proposed in-use period.

APPENDIX X

CONTENTS OF THE PROPOSED PROTOCOL FOR CONDUCTING CLINICAL

TRIALS

1. Title Page

(a) Full title of the clinical study,

(b) Protocol / Study number, and protocol version number with date

(c) The IND name/number of the investigational drug

(d) Complete name and address of the Sponsor and contract research organization if any

(e) List of the Investigators who are conducting the study, their respective institutional

affiliations and site locations

(f) Name(s) of clinical laboratories and other departments and/or facilities participating in

the study.

2. Table of Contents

A complete Table of Contents including a list of all Appendices.

1. Background and Introduction

(a) Preclinical experience.

(b) Clinical experience.

Previous clinical work with the new drug should be reviewed here and a description of how the

current protocol extends existing data should be provided. If this is an entirely new indication, how this

drug was considered for this should be discussed. Relevant information regarding pharmacological,

toxicological and other biological properties of the drug/biologic/medical device, and previous efficacy

and safety experience should be described.

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

629

2. Study Rationale

This section should describe a brief summary of the background information relevant to the study

design and protocol methodology. The reasons for performing this study in the particular population

included by the protocol should be provided.

3. Study Objective(s) (primary as well as secondray) and their logical relation to the study design.

4. Study Design

(a) Overview of the Study Design: Including a description of the type of study (i.e., double-blind,

multicentre, placebo controlled, etc.), a detail of the specific treatment groups and number of study

Subjects in each group and investigative site, Subject number assignment, and the type, sequence

and duration of study periods.

(b) Flow chart of the study

(c) A brief description of the methods and procedures to be used during the study.

(d) Discussion of Study Design: This discussion details the rationale for the design chosen for this

study.

5. Study Population: the number of Subjects required to be enrolled in the study at the investigative site

and by all sites along with a brief description of the nature of the Subject population required is also

mentioned.

6. Subject Eligibility

(a) Inclusion Criteria

(b) Exclusion Criteria

7. Study Assessments – plan, procedures and methods to be described in detail

8. Study Conduct stating the types of study activities that would be included in this section

would be: medical history, type of physical examination, blood or urine testing, electrocardiogram

(ECG), diagnostic testing such as pulmonary function tests, symptom measurement, dispensation and

retrieval of medication, Subject cohort assignment, adverse event review, etc.

Each visit should be described separately as Visit 1, Visit 2, etc.

Discontinued Subjects: Describes the circumstances for Subject withdrawal, dropouts, or other

reasons for discontinuation of Subjects . State how dropouts would be managed and if they would be

replaced, describe the method of handling of protocol waivers, if any. The person(s) who approves all

such waivers should be identified and the criteria used for specific waivers should be provided.

Describes how protocol violations will be treated, including conditions where the study will be

terminated for non-compliance with the protocol.

9. Study Treatment

(a) Dosing schedule (dose, frequency, and duration of the experimental treatment) Describe the

administration of placebos and/or dummy medications if they are part of the treatment plan. If

applicable, concomitant drug(s), their doses, frequency, and duration of concomitant treatment should be

stated.

(b) Study drug supplies and administration: A statement about who is going to provide the study

medication and that the investigational drug formulation has been manufactured following all

regulations Details of the product stability, storage requirements and dispensing requirements

should be provided.

(c) Dose modification for study drug toxicity: Rules for changing the dose or stopping the study drug

should be provided.

(d) Possible drug interactions.

(e) Concomitant therapy: The drugs that are permitted during the study and the conditions under

which they may be used are detailed here. Describe the drugs that a Subject is not allowed to use during

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

630

parts of or the entire study. If any washout periods for prohibited medications are needed prior to

enrolment, these should be described here.

(f) Blinding procedures: A detailed description of the blinding procedure if the study employs a blind

on the Investigator and/or the Subject.

(g) Unblinding procedures: If the study is blinded, the circumstances in which unblinding may be

done and the mechanism to be used for unblinding should be given.

10. Adverse Events (See Appendix XI): Description of expected adverse events should be given.

Procedures used to evaluate an adverse event should be described.

11. Ethical Considerations: Give the summary of:

(a) Risk/benefit assessment:

(b) Ethics Committee review and communications.

(c) Informed consent process.

(d) Statement of Subject confidentiality including ownership of data and coding procedures.

12. Study Monitoring and Supervision: A description of study monitoring policies and procedures

should be provided along with the proposed frequency of site monitoring visits, and who is expected to

perform monitoring.

Case Record Form (CRF) completion requirements, including who gets which copies of the forms

and any specifics required in filling out the forms CRF correction requirements, including who is

authorized to make corrections on the CRF and how queries about study data are handled and how

errors, if any, are to be corrected should be stated.

Investigator study files, including what needs to be stored following study completion should be

described.

13. Investigational Product Management

(a) Give Investigational product description and packaging (stating all Ingredients and the

formulation of the investigational drug and any placebos used in the study)

(b) The precise dosing required during the study.

(c) Method of packaging, labelling, and blinding of study substances.

(d) Method of assigning treatments to Subjects and the Subject identification code numbering

system.

(e) Storage conditions for study substances.

(f) Investigational product accountability: Describe instructions for the receipt, storage, dispensation,

and return of the investigational products to ensure a complete accounting of all investigational

products received, dispensed, and returned/destroyed.

(g.) Describe policy and procedure for handling unused investigational products.

14. Data Analysis:

Provide details of the statistical approach to be followed including sample size, how the

sample size was determined, including assumptions made in making this determination, efficacy

endpoints (primary as well as secondary) and safety endpoints.

Statistical analysis: Give complete details of how the results will be analyzed and reported along

with the description of statistical tests to be used to analyze the primary and secondary endpoints

defined above. Describe the level of significance, statistical tests to be used, and the methods used for

missing data; method of evaluation of the data for treatment failures, non-compliance, and Subject

withdrawals; rationale and conditions for any interim analysis if planned.

Describe statistical considerations for Pharmacokinetic (PK) analysis, if applicable.

15. Undertaking by the Investigator (see Appendix VII).

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

631

16. Appendices: Provide a study synopsis, copies of the informed consent documents (patient

information sheet, informed consent form etc.); CRF and other data collection forms; a summary of

relevant pre-clinical safety information and any other documents referenced in the clinical protocol.

APPENDIX XI

Data Elements for reporting serious adverse events occuring in a clinical trial

1. Patient Details

Initials & other relevant identifier (hospital/OPD record number etc.)* Gender

Age and/or date of birth

Weight

Height

2. Suspected Drug(s)

Generic name of the drug*.

Indication(s) for which suspect drug was prescribed or tested. Dosage form and strength.

Daily dose and regimen (specify units - e.g., mg, ml, mg/kg).

Route of administration.

Starting date and time of day.

Stopping date and time, or duration of treatment

3. Other Treatment(s)

Provide the same information for concomitant drugs (including non prescription/OTC

drugs) and non-drug therapies, as for the suspected drug(s).

4. Details of Suspected Adverse Drug Reaction(s)

Full description of reaction(s) including body site and severity, as well as the criterion (or criteria)

for regarding the report as serious. In addition to a description of the reported signs and

symptoms, whenever possible, describe a specific diagnosis for the reaction.*

Start date (and time) of onset of reaction.

Stop date (and time) or duration of reaction.

Dechallenge and rechallenge information.

Setting (e.g., hospital, out-patient clinic, home, nursing home).

5. Outcome

Information on recovery and any sequelae; results of specific tests and/or treatment that may

have been conducted.

For a fatal outcome, cause of death and a comment on its possible relationship to the suspected

reaction; any post-mortem findings.

Other information: anything relevant to facilitate assessment of the case, such as medical history

including allergy, drug or alcohol abuse; family history; findings from special investigations etc.

6. Details about the Investigator*

Name

Address

Telephone number

Profession (speciality)

Date of reporting the event to Licensing Authority:

Date of reporting the event to Ethics Committee overseeing the site:

Signature of the Investigator

Note: Information marked * must be provided.‖]

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

632

1

[APPENDIX XII

Compensation in case of injury or death during clinical trial

2

[(1) In case of an injury occurring to the subject during the clinical trial, free medical

management shall be given as long as required or till such time it is established that

the injury is not related to the clinical trial, whichever is earlier.]

(2) In case the injury occurring to the trial subject is related to the clinical trial, such

subject shall also be entitled for financial compensation as per order of the

Licensing Authority defined under clause (b) of Rule 21 and the financial

compensation will be over and above any expenses incurred on the medical

management of the subject.

3

[In case, there is no permanent injury, the quantum of

compensation shall be commensurate with the nature of the non-permanent injury

and loss of wages.]

(3) In the case of clinical trial related death of the subject, his/her nominee(s) would be

entitled for financial compensation as per the order of the Licensing Authority

defined under clause (b) of Rule 21, and the financial compensation will be over

and above any expenses incurred on the medical management of the subject.

(4) The financial compensation for clinical trial related injury or death could be in the

form of:-

(a) Payment for medical management;

(b) Financial compensation for trail related injury;

(c) Financial compensation to nominee(s) of the trial subject in case of death;

(d) Financial compensation for the child injured in–utero because of the

participation of parent in clinical trial.

(5) The Sponsor or his representative, whosoever had obtained permission from the

Licensing Authority for conduct of the clinical trial shall provide financial

compensation, if the injury or death has occurred because of any or the following

reasons, namely:-

(a) Adverse effect of investigational product(s);

(b) Any clinical trial procedures involved in the study;

(c) Violation of the approved protocol, scientific misconduct or negligence by the

Sponsor or his representative or the Investigator;

(d) Failure of investigational product to provide intended therapeutic effect; where,

the standard care, though available, was not provided to the subject as per the

clinical trial protocol.

(e) Use of placebo in a placebo-controlled trial, where, the standard care, though

available, was not provided to the subject as per the clinical trial protocol;

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

633

(f) Adverse effects due to concomitant medication excluding standard care,

necessitated as part of approved protocol;

(g) Injury to the child in-utero because of the participation of parent in clinical trial.

(6) Procedure for payment of financial compensation.

(a) The Investigator shall report all serious

1

[***] adverse events to the Licensing

Authority as defined under clause (b) of Rule 21, the Sponsor or his representative

whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conduct of

the clinical trial and the Ethics Committee that accorded approval to the study

protocol, within twenty four hours of their occurrence as per Appendix XI.

2

[In

case, the Investigator fails to report any serious adverse event within the stipulated

period, he shall have to furnish the reason for the delay to the satisfaction of the

Licensing Authority along with the report of the serious adverse event.]

(b) (i) The cases of serious adverse events of death shall be examined as under:

(A) An independent Expert Committee shall be constituted by the Licensing

Authority as defined under Rule 21(b) to examine the cases and recommend to

the Licensing Authority for the purpose of arriving at the cause of death and

quantum of compensation in case of clinical trial related death.

(B)The Sponsor or his representative, whosoever had obtained permission from

the Licensing Authority for conducting the clinical trial and the Investigator

shall forward their reports on serious adverse event of death after due analysis

to

3

[***] the Licensing Authority as defined under Rule 21(b) and the head of

the Institution where the trial has been conducted within

4

[fourteen days] of

occurrence of the serious adverse event of death.

(C) The Ethics Committee shall forward its report on serious adverse event of

death after due analysis along with its opinion on the financial compensation, if

any, to be paid by the Sponsor or his representative, whosoever had obtained

permission from the Licensing Authority as defined under Rule 21(b) for

conducting the clinical trial,

5

[***] to the Licensing Authority within

6

[thirty

days] of the occurrence of the serious adverse event of death.

2

[(CA) The Licensing Authority shall forward the report of the Investigator,

Sponsor or his representative whosoever had obtained permission from the

Licensing Authority for conducting clinical trial and the Ethics Committee to

the Chairman of the Expert Committee.]

1. The word ―and unexpected‖ omitted by G.S.R. 889(E), dt. 12.12.2014.

3. The word ―Chairman of the Expert Committee with a copy of the report to‖ omitted by

5. The word ―to the Chairman of the Expert Committee with a copy of the report‖ omitted by

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

634

(D) The Expert Committee shall examine the report of serious adverse event of

death and give its recommendations to the Licensing Authority for the

purpose of arriving at the cause of the adverse event with in

1

[one hundred

and five days of the occurrence of the adverse event,] and the expert

committee while examining the event, may take into consideration, the

reports of the Investigator, Sponsor or his representative whosoever had

obtained permission from the Licensing Authority for conducting the

clinical trial and the Ethics Committee.

(E) In the case of clinical trial related death, the Expert Committee shall also

recommend the quantum of compensation to be paid by the Sponsor or his

representative, whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing

Authority as defined under Rule 21(b) for conducting the clinical trial.

(F) The Licensing Authority shall consider the recommendations of the Expert

Committee and shall determine the cause of death and pass orders as

deemed necessary.

(G) In case of clinical trial related death, the Licensing Authority, after

considering the recommendations of the Expert Committee, shall decide

the quantum of compensation to be paid by the Sponsor or his

representative, whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing

Authority for conducting the clinical trial and shall pass orders as deemed

necessary within

1

[one hundred and fifty days of the occurrence of the

adverse event] .

(ii) Cases of serious adverse events, other than deaths, shall be examined as under:

(A) The Sponsor or his representative, whosoever had obtained permission

from the Licensing Authority for conducting the clinical trial, and the

Investigator shall forward their reports on serious adverse event, after

due analysis, to the Licensing Authority as defined under Rule 21(b),

Chairman of the Ethics Committee and the head of the Institution where

the trial has been conducted within

1

[fourteen days] of occurrence of the

serious adverse event.

(B) The Ethics Committee shall forward its report on the serious adverse

event, after due analysis along with its opinion regarding the financial

compensation, if any, to be paid by the Sponsor or his representative,

whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority as

defined under Rule 21(b) for conducting the clinical trial, to the

Licensing Authority within

1

[thirty days] of occurrence of the serious

adverse event.

(C) The Licensing Authority shall determine the cause of injury and pass

order as deemed necessary. The Licensing Authority shall have the

option to constitute an independent Expert Committee, wherever

considered necessary, to examine such serious adverse events of injury,

which will recommend to the Licensing Authority for arriving at the

IndiaCode

Drugs and Cosmetics Rules, 1945

635

cause considered necessary, to examine such serious adverse events of

injury, which will recommend to the Licensing Authority for arriving at the

cause of the injury and also the quantum of compensation in case of clinical

trial related injury, to be paid by the Sponsor or his representative

whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing Authority as

defined under Rule 21(b) for conducting the clinical trial.

(D) In case of clinical trial related injury, the Licensing Authority, shall decide

the quantum of compensation to be paid by the Sponsor or his

representative whosoever had obtained permission from the Licensing

Authority for conducting the clinical trial and shall pass orders as deemed

necessary within

1

[one hundred and fifty days of the occurrence of the

adverse event] .

(c) The sponsor or his representative, whosoever had obtained permission from the

Licensing Authority for conducting the clinical trial shall pay the compensation

in case of clinical trial related injury or death as per the order of the Licensing

Authority as defined under Rule 21(b) within thirty days of the receipt of such

order.]

IndiaCode